'

m

•i3-1

THE

FIRST GERMANIC BIBLE
TRANSLATED FROM THE GREEK

BY

THE GOTHIC BISHOP WULFILA
IX

THE

C

1

FOURTH CENTURY

AND THE OTHER REMAINS OF THE GOTHIC LANGUAGE
EDITED,

WITH AN INTRODUCTION, A SYNTAX, AND A GLOSSARY,
BY

Q. H.
atjthou

BALG,

Ph.

E>.,

-

a comparative glossary ok

the gothic language, and editor -" tub English Edition of Brai.-ne's Gothic Grammar.

'" '^ U
Milwaukee, Wis.
:

The Author.

*

.Mr

New

York, N. Y. B. Westeraiann & Co London, England: Truebner & Co.
:

Halle, Germany:

Max

Niemeyer.

1891

------

_y
-I

ENTERED ACCORDING TO ACT OF CONGRESS,

IN

THE TEAR

1891,

BY

. H.
IN
l-i-i
1

BALG,
1

THE OFFICE OF THE LIBRARIAN OF CONGRESS, AT WASHINGTON
-

-l-l-l

Ki.kcti;otvi'i:ii

>

Pkixtki»

by the Gi:i:mama

Pin.

Co..

Milwaukee, Wis.

To

DR. W.

BRAUNE,

Professor at Heidelberg,
AND

DR.

E.

BERNHARDT,
This
IS

Professor at Erfurt,

Work

RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED
BY

The Editor,

PREFACE.

study of English and the other Germanic languages in American universities and colleges
zeal for
scientific

The increasing

a

has naturally necessitated a thuro study of Gothic.

Altho this
priraitiv

language does not iu
pensibl for

all its

particulars offer the
it is

most

stage of the remains of Germanic speech,

indisputably indis-

a thuro scientific knowledge of every one of its sister dialects. The recent catalogs of our higher institutions show a growing interest in the study of Gothic, and Ave may fairly believ that the time is not far off when also in this cuntry the study of Gothic wil either precede or at least be cultivated side by side with
that of Old English (Anglo-Saxon) in
to pay tribute to a
scientific
all

our institutions that claim

study of English and the other Gerwitli

manic languages, and to be up

the times.

The present work, the
America.
syntax,
cuntries,

first of its

kind in America, was prepared

with a view to facilitate and accelerate the study of Gothic in

Hitherto the student has been compeld to uze notes,

etc.,

to the Gothic literature of books publisht in foren

and partly writn in foren languages, and I think it is high time to hav a complete text-book of the Gothic literature and

grammar

of our own.

My original plan
edition,

was to reprint Bernhardt's Gothic and Greek
I

texts in parallel columns, to translate the introduction to his large

and add a comparativ syntax.

soon found, however,

vi

PREFACE.

that in

my

very limited time and

sumwhat uufavorabl

profes-

sional condition such a task would require

many

the book would be too voluminous as a siugl

and that handbook, and peryears,
fair introduc-

haps too expensiv for

many students. For
a book which
it is is

these reasons I changed

my plan and now

offer

ment to be a

tion to the studv of Gothic.

As to the Gothic text
edition
is

generally admitted that Bernhardt's
it,

the best

;

hense I hav adopted

with the editor's perall of

mission, in this book, and with but few alterations, to
(except misprints),
if

which

I

remember

wel, attention
I

has been calld in

the foot-notes.

hav added many of my own. In numerous cases I hav compared Uppstrom's texts and notes, as wel as Massmann's 'Gotische Urkundeiv. The facsimile is a copy of Uppstrom's facsimile in his 'Codex Argenteus'. The syntax, tho largely due to the investigations of others, con-

To

Bernhardt's notes

tains
lentz

many

views of

my

own.

Bernhardt's, less frequently Gabe-

and Lobe's, syntax and the syntactic writings of Kohler, Schrader, Schirmer, Eckardt, Silber, Pieper, and others hav been
offer materials suited

found to

to

my

purpose from which

more or less freely. taken directly from the text. The translation of the example is as literal as possibl, and when taken from the biblical text, in nearly Having all possibl cases in accordance with the English version. constantly kept in mind that my syntax is chiefly writn for beginners, I hav not spared illustrations, and hav inserted many explanatory remarks and cross references in parenthesis, which wjl cerselections

made careful

hav But every exampl was
I

,

tainly be of great help to them.

The glossary
definition
is

is in

the main an extract from

my

'Comparative
which,

Glossary', of course, with all improvements

deemd necessary. Each
if

followd by a reference or references,
in full.

not
for

numerous, hav been givn
follows

The arrangement

of

words

is.

practical reasons, purely alfabetical, with the exceptions of q which
It.

This part of the work was

much

facilitated

by Heine's
of prepo-

glossary.
sitions,

The glossary may in many respects (use etc.) be regarded as a supplement to the syntax.
of
all

The complete index
rules of svntax,
wil

Gothic words occurring in the

undoutedlv be found useful and convenient.

PREFACE.
In reading Gothic the beginner
free use of
is

ernestly cautiond against too
it

other versions, even the Greek, unless
First of all he

be a critical
familiar
rules of

one

like

Bernhardt's.

with the declensions
fonology.
in

must make himself and conjugations, and with the chief
all

In this direction he wil find

he needs to start with

what

is

put in large print in the 'Gothic Grammar'.

flection of every

word

is

indicated in the glossary (See
references

The inremark on

page 293) by figures in parenthesis. The after vocabulary words ar to fonology.

immediately

The student should not try to run over too much ground at once. 'Dispose wel of one sentence, i. e. not only of its meaning and construction, but also of all forms of every inflectional word, before attacking another' should be the motto of all who wish to lern a language thuroly and quickly,
Milwaukee, Sept. 27th, 1891.
G.

H. BALG.

To be added
Page 250,

:

I.

21, after the

word with: Mk. 10, 9.

CONTENTS.
Page Page

Preface

A.

Nominative.
a
Fi-

Contents Introduction Abbreviations Remains of the Gothic Langua ge

vm
xiu

§

13. (a) used as the Subject of nite Verb (b) in the Predicate

xxu

227 227

B.

Vocative.
228

Syntax:

1—221 222—292

§

14.

with and without the Interjection

THE SENTENCE.
§ 1.

C.
§

Accusative.

Simple and Compound Sentences 222

15.

Direct Object of a Transitive

Subject and Predicate.
§ 2.

§

16.

Verb 229 Verbs taking an Accusative of
the Reflexive Pronoun

§ 3.

The Subject of a Sentence The Predicate of a Sentence

222 223

231

§

17.

Agreement.
A.
S 4.

Subject

and Predicate

Verb.

§

The Predicate Verb

§ 5.

A
B.

Singular Collective
Subject

224 224
§

Accusatives, one of a Person and the other of a Thing, with one verb 231 18. Two Accusatives, both denoting the Same Person orThing231

Two

D.

Genitive.
of the Geni-

and Predicate Substantive.
19.

Primary Function
tive
1.

§ 6.

A

Substantive

in

the Predicate.. 224

232

§§ 7.8. Subject
§ 9.

Pronouns

225 225
Parti§

Genitive after Substantives.

A

Predicate Adjective or Participle

20.

§ 10.

An Attributive Adjective,
ciple or Adjective

Relations expressed by an Adnominal Genitive 232
//.

Pronoun

226

Genitive after Substantive

§ 11.

A

Substantive in Apposition. ...227

Pronouns, Neuter Adjectives,

THE
§ 12.

and ArumeraJs.
called

CASES.
§

21.

In

most cases usually

Number

of Cases in Gothic

227

Partitive Genitive

233

CONTENTS.
,

Page
ing, saying,

Page

III.

Genitive after Adjectives.

commanding,

for-

§22
§23

Genitive after Adjectives
their

and
234
§

bidding, permitting, writing,

Adverbs
is

reading, etc
38.

242

Genitive denoting in Respect to

which an Adjective
IV.

used

235
§

After Verbs denoting the Relation of one person to another 242 After Intransitive Verbs denot-

Genitive after Verbs.

39. 40. 41.
42.

Predicate Genitive after

wisan
235
in of
§ §

and

w air pa

§25

Genitive of

an Object only part affected by the action
the verb

235
desiring,

§

§26

Genitive after Verbs of asking,

begging,

hearing,

§43.

ing Motion 243 Dative of a Direct Object 243 Dative after Intransitive Verbs denoting Disposition 244 Dative after Verbs signifying to please 245 Dative after gafripon, ga-

looking at, remembering, reminding, calling, sparing, helping, taking hold of, etc 236

gagawairpnan, gawadjon, 245
sibjou,
§

44.

§27

Genitive of

filling, fullness,

and
237
of
§

Dative after Verbs signifying to trouble, plague, torment,
destroy, injure

want

245

§28 §29

Genitive

following

Verbs

healing, defrauding, leaving.. .238

Genitive of Cause with Verbs

expressing affection
V.

238

§

Adverbial Genitive.

§30

Genitive of
VI.

Time Within

238
§
§

Dative after Verbs which also take an Accusative, according to the meaning 245 46. Dative after Verbs which also take an Accusative, a difference in signification being
45.

scarcely perceptible

217

Genitive after Prepositions

and Prepositional
Adverbs.

Dative of Interest 247 48. Possessive Dative for the Greek
47.

Genitive

248

§31

Genitive after in, du,
of;

fram,
a
t a-

Dative as Instrumental.

i

a

a

t

a

pro, hindaua, ufaro

239

§50. Dative of adjacency, accompa§

E.

Dative.
239

§32

The Dative represents Four Old
Cases
§

Dative Proper.

niment, and association 248 of Instrumental Endings 248 249 52. (1) Dative of Association " " Means or Instru(2)
51.

Remains

§33

Dative, theRemoter or Indirect

Object
I.

239

(3)
(4) (5)

" " " " "

" Ruling

250 and Management 252
ment.

Dative after Substantives.

§34

Dene- tee to or for

which any-

" Violent Motion. ...252 " Cause 252
"

thing

is

239

(6)
(7)

Manner
ence

253

§35
36

After
II.

wisan and wairpan. ..239

" Measure of Differ-

253 253 255

Dative after Adjectives.
Dative as Locative.

§

,

After Predicate Adjectives with

wisan and wairpan
III.

§

240

53. (1) Dative of Place Where " Time When " (2)

Dative after Verbs.
§

§37

,

After Transitive Verbs of giving, bringing,promising,sbow-

54. (1) with

Dative as Ablative. Verbs compounded with af and fra 255

CONTENTS.
Page to leave.

Page

_

with bileipan.
for>,ikr

256

(3) with a Comparative Degree 256

with an Infinitive Phrase. ..261 •• a whole Clause or Sen(6) 261 tence
(5)

Da tire
"-

after Prepositions.

IV.
256
§

Relative Pronouns.
of

Dative after Prepositions

69. 70.
71.

ADJECTIVES.
General Remarks on the In256 flection of Adjectives by followed Comparatives

Formation Pronoun

the Relative

262

§
§

Position of the Pronoun saei..262 Assimilation of the Relative

Pronoun
§

263

>

>.

72.

bau, than

256 §73.

Attraction 263 The Relative Pronouns ik<i.

buei.etc

263

NUMERALS.
V.
58

Numerals used Adjectively and
Substantively

257
j

Interrogative Prono CNS.
to

74.

The Interrogative
(2) " Indirect
"

a

s

:

PRONOUNS.
I.

(1) in Direct Questions

264 264
al-

Personal Pronouns.
257

I.J.

The Interrogative lia)>ar

Subject Personal Pronouns
II.

ways used substantively The Interrogative lv a r
chiefly used Substantively

265
j i

s

Reflexive and Possessive Pronouns.
Pronoun
sei

(1) in Direct Questions (2) " Indirect

§00
§61
5

Reflexi ve

a

,

sis

"
i-

265 265

sik
Reflexive Reflexive
sessive)

257

>

77

The Interrogative hrileika
tive:

Pronoun

in

Depend-

either Substantive or Adjec-

ent Clauses

258
(pos-

62

Pronoun seins

(1) in Direct Questions

258

(2) " Indirect

"

265 266

III.

Demonstrative Pronouns and Article.

VI.

Indefinite and Distriiutive Pronouns.

5

The Pronoun s a used Substan§78. The Indefinite sums is used: tively and Adjectively 259 266 (1) Substantively The Pronoun sah used Sub! 64. 266 (2) Adjectively stantively and Adjectively 259 267 Formation of Indefinites § 79. The Pronoun jains used SubThe English 'every', how ren§ 80. 251' stantively and Adjectively 268 dered The Pronoun *his used Alone S 66 English 'each of two', how §81. The or with a following Substan269 rendered 259 tive §82. The Indefinite alls is used: 667. The Pronoun sa as Definite Ar269 (1) Substantively ticle 259 269 Adjectively (2) §68 The Gothic Article occurs: 260 (1 with Substantives VERB. " Adverbs, etc 261 (2) Voices. " a Substantive or Pro63.
.

.

.

THE

(3)

noun
(4)

in the

Genitive 261
J

"

a Participial Phrase.. .261

B4.

Active and Middle (Passive) ....270 270 Functions of the Voices

CONTENTS.
Page
Page
(3) In
§

Tenses.
§

Consecutive Clauses.

85.

Two

Tenses in Gothic, Present

97.

Optative of Result
(4)

279

§

86.

and Preterit The Present expresses
(1)

271
§

In Causal Clauses.

98.

Continued Present Action. ..271 Action (Historical (2) Past
Present)
(3)

Optative of Cause or Reason.. ..280
(5)

In Relative Clauses.

The Greek Future
"

(4)
§

"

Perfect

272 272 272

§

99.

Relative Clauses
(a) Result

may express:
280 281 281

(b)
(c)

87.

The Preterit the Only Tense for
the Past. It expresses

Cause Condition

Continued or Repeated Past Action 273 , (2) Past Action, now completed 273 273 (3) Simple Past Action (1) Past Action previous to another Past Action 274
(1)

(6) In
§

Temporal Clauses.

100.

Optative expressing a Logical Relation 282

(7) In
§

101.

Comparative Clauses. The Optative expresses a comis

parison which
ceived in the
III.

merely con-

Moods.
§ 88.

mind

283

Three Moods in Gothic Indicative, Optative (Subjunctive), and Imperative 274
:

Optative in Conditional Sentences.

§

102.

Definition of Conditional Sentences...

283

A.
§

Indicative.

89.

The Indicative Mood expresses a Fact 274
B.
Optative.

§ 90.

The Optative expresses what Merely Conceived in the Mind 274 I. Optative in Independent
is

and Apodosis take the Present Optative 284 (b) Protasis and Apodosis take the Preterit Optative implying non-Fulfillment 284 (c) The Protasis takes the
(a) Protasis

Preterit Optative,

and the
285

Apodosis the Present Optative
(d)

Sentences.
§ 91.

The Optative
(1)

in

Independent

Sentences implies

The Protasis takes the Present Optative, and the
Apodosis the Present Indicative

a Wish (Optative Proper). ..275 an Exhortation 275 275 (3) a Possibility
(2

285

(e)

The Protasis takes the
Present Optative, the Apodosis the Imperative

II.

Optative in Dependent
Clauses.
In Object Clauses.
in Object Clauses
(f)

285

(1)
§

The Protasis takes the
Preterit Optative, the Apo-

92.

The Optative

dosis the Present Optative 285

expresses Doubt, Uncertainty,

Contrariness, etc
§

276 276 277
§

IV.

Optative in Subject
Clauses.
the

93. 94.
95.

Optative
ses

in

Final Object Clau-

§

Optative after Verbs of Fearing-

103. Subject Clauses having Verb in the Optative

286

V.
§

Optative in Appositive
Clauses.
Definition of Appositive Clauses

§

Optative
(2)

iu Indirect

Questions 277
104.

In Final Clauses.

§

96.

Optative of Purpose

277

286

XII

CONTENTS.
Page Page
3.

C.
§

Imperative.
287
§

Infinitive

of Purpose.

105.

Use

of the Imperative...

114. Infinitive expresses Purpose.. .290
Infinitive

D.
§

Infinitive.
§

with Conjunctions.

106.

Nature
1.

of the Infinitive

287

115. Infinitive with Conjunctions denotes Result 290

Infinitive

as Subject.

§§107. 108. Use of Subject Infinitive 288
2.

E.
§§

Participles.

*

Infinitive

as Object.

116.117. Present and Preterit Participles

291

§§109. 110. Verbs with an Objective
Infinitive
§

§

111. Complimentary Infinitive

289 289

§ §
§

118. Attributive Participle 291 119. Participle (Dative) Absolute..292 120. 121.
Participle with at

Accusative and Infinitive.
§

Nominative absolute

292 292

112. 113.

Subject in the Accusative, with
its

Verb

in the Infinitive

§

Accusative and Infinitive Impersonals

293—466 289 Glossary Index of Gothic words... 467 alter 290

INTRODUCTION.

Germanic tribes which is frequently styled the 'Gothic group' for which ther has receutly been proposed the name 'Vandilians' (suggested by Pliny, mat. hist.' IV, 99). The chief constituents of this group ar the Vandals, the Gepidae, the Burgundi, the Heruli, and the Rugii ). As to the first migration of the Goths on European soil history furnishes no information. According to an old tradition (Jordanes, chapter 4, § 25) the nativ cuntry of the Goths was Scandzia, an ilaud in Scandinavia, whense, under their king Berig, they crost over to the mainland and setld on the lower Vistula. The erliest abode of the Goths known to history is the lower region between the Elbe and the Vistula.
of
1

The Gothic peple belongd to a group

as applied the supposition to the Goths by classical writers, we ar led to that the original name of the Goths was the weak form Gutans (Comp. 0. E. Gotan, N. Gotar, gen. Gotna) which was after-

From

the names Gutones, Gotones,

<»,

,

.

Concerning tlie Vandilians, comp. Gothic Grammar, Appendix, § 220. Waudaleu', p. 3 et seq.; Strassbourg, 1881; F. Wrede, 'Ueber die Sprache der F. Dahn, 'Urgeschichte der germ, und rom. volker, vol. I, p. 139, et seq.; Berlin, 1881.— The dialects of the Gothic or Vandilian tribes together with those of the Scandinavians we call East Germanic, as opposed to West Germanic, a term applied to the languages of the remaining Germanic tribes. Concerning the division of the
»)

Germanic race into East Germanic and West Germanic tribes, comp. H. Zimmer, 'Ostgermanisch und Westgermanisch', in zs. Ida., 19, 393 et seq.; and Beitr., IX, 516, et seq.; furthermore, comp. the table of the Indo-Germanie family of languages,
in

my

'Comparative Glossary

of the

Gothic Language',

p.

598.

INTRODUCTION.

ward discarded in favor of the strong form *Gutos, as we may forms infer from Lt. Goti, Gotti, (later) Gothi, Gr. em ploy d by later writers. Besides ther occurs the spelling Gut-, in the compound Gut-piuda (Gothic Calendar, p. 202), i. e. Gutpeple. At all events our spelling Goth, Gothic (German Gothe, gothisch) is a corruption due to the Lt. Gothi, and it is long and universal usage onlv that mav iustifv its existence, while most

,,

German

filologists

unscrupulously write Gote, gotisch.
left

The Goths mav ha
direction.

of the second century after

German home about the midl Christ ), moving in a south-easterly
their
1

numerous tribes of the Goths occupied the districts on the left bank of the lower Danube and north of the Black Sea. The Roman empire was seriously endangerd by the approach of these Avarlike Germanic tribes who, after many strugls with the Roman soldiers, and even onse being defeated by them, had been granted a territory, the province of Dacia, by the emperor Marcus Aurelius (161-180). In the time of Valerianus and Gallienus the Goths made a raid into Asia, whense they returnd with booty and many Christian captivs. Among these captivs ther was (according to an account by Philostorgius, a Capodocian 2 )) a family from the village of

About the midl

of the third centurv

Sadagolthina, near the city of Parnassos, in Cappadocia. A descendent of this Christian family was Wulfila, that great man whom we may fairly call the 'apostl' of the Goths, and to whom Ave must here for a while direct our special attention.

among the Goths, in 310 or 311. At this time a vast number of Goths wer Christians, their conversion having been effected by those whom they had carried into captivity. Wulfila, undoutedly a man of great ability and distinction, was sent with an embassy to Constantinople, probably in 328. At the synod at Antiochia. in 341, he was consecrated bishop by Eusebius of Xicomedia. He then returnd to his peple north of the Danube. When persecuted by Athanarich, in 348, he led a great number of his sect across the Danube, and was permitted by the emperor Constantius to setl in Moesia, near Xicopolis. In
Wulfila 3 ) was born
1

)

Comp.

Sievers, in Gradr.,

I,

407

et seq.

und die Lehre des Ulfila'. Hannover, ) See Georg Waits, 'Ueber das Lebeu el 1840, p. ): Max MuDer, 'Lectures <>n the Science of Language', vol. 1. p. eeq.; Berahardt's introduction to hie ' Vulflla oder die Gotische BibeP, p. VIII el eeq.
2

-'

3
)

Comp. Waltz's work ( -ited
Gottingen
1

ulfilas',

set)

:

<;.

in note 1, abuv); Bessell, TJeber das Leben des Kauiniann. 'Kritaaclie Uutersuchuug der quellen zur

geechichte Ulfilas', in

'zs. Ida.'

27,

193

et seq.

INTRODUCTION.

xv

383 x ) he was calld to Constantinople by the emperor Theodosius. Here he died immediately after his arrival. We lern from Philostorgius that Wulfila translated 2 ) the hole Bible into Gothic, with the exception of the Book of Kings, and we ar further informd by Auxentius, Wulfila's pupil, that he wrote and preacht in Greek and Latin also. 3 ) Ther is, however, sum dout as

381

(or

to the correctness of Philostorgius' statement; it is rather believd that Wulfila did not complete his version 4 ). It remains to say that Wulfila livd among the Western Goths, and that we ar justified in the belief that the dialect which he employe! must naturally hav been the dialect of those for whom he wrote and to whom he preacht. Moreover Ave may presume that the distinction between the dialect of the Western Goths and that of the Eastern Goths, who then livd north of the Black Sea, was by no means a great one, so that Wulfila's Bible was intelligibl to the hole Gothic tribe. Wulfila's manuscripts hav been lost. All that has cum down to us of his version as wel as two other fragments of the Gothic a Calender (S. Ill, 1, below) and a commentary on language the Gospel of St. John (S. Ill, 5, below) by an unknown author ar preservd, it is supposed, in East Gothic manuscripts writn 5 in Upper Italy, at the beginning or midl of the sixth century ). We also hav two Latin deeds of sale (S. p. 218) with East Gothic names of witnesses. Concerning the great importance of these latter documents, the student may consult Bernhardt, p. 649; and for the valuabl Gothic proper names, as uzed by Greek and Latin authors, the recent article by Sievers, in P's. Grndr., I, 409.

As regards the Gothic

letters, see
I,

'Gothic Grammar',

§§1 and

2;

409, manuscripts in which the remains of the Gothic dialect, The the oldest record of the Germanic or Teutonic languages, hav cum down to us, may be sumd up as follows (1) Codex Argenteus (CA). This codex onse numberd 330 leave containing the Gospels in the following order: Mt., Jo., Lu., Mk. Of these 330 leavs 177 ar extant. The parchment is purpl, the letters in silver, but the first line of each section, the Our Father, and the superscriptions in gold. The codex was first found
Sievers, in Paul's Grndr.
§ 3.
')
2
)

So

Sievers, in Paul's Grndr., II, 68.

Chiefly

from the Greek, occasionally also consulting the Lt. version;
p.

s.

Bernhardt, p. XXXVIII. 3 Waitz, p. 19; Bernhardt, ) ") Bernhard, p. XXIII.
5
)

XV, Max
408.

Muller,

I,

212.

Sievers, in P's Grndr.,

I,

p.

xvi

INTRODUCTION.

in the sixteenth century, in the

Abbey

of

Werden on the Ruhr,

was transferd to Prague, before the end of that century, whense, after this city had been taken by the Swedes, in 1648, it was carried to Stockholm and presented to queen Christine by Count Konigsmark. After a short time it was transferd to Holland by Isaak Yossius. Here it was for the first time completely copied by Franz Junius, and afterward printed, in 1665. In 1662 it was bought for 300 or 450 dollars by the Swedish Count de la Gardie who, having it bound in solid silver,
and from here
it

presented it again to the Swedish queen who donated the valuabl trezur to the university at Upsal, where it is now preservd. In order to complete the story of the Codex Argenteus, it remains to say that between 1821 and 1834 ten leavs of it wer stolen, containing the beginning of the Gospel of St. Mark, but in 1857 they wer restored to Andrew Uppstrom. professor at Upsal

XIX). (II) Codex Carolinus (Cod. Car.). This manuscript was carried from the Abbev of AYeissenburg to Wolfenbuttel. in 1678, where it was found by Knittel, in 1756. It consists of four leavs containing about 42 verses (supplemented with, not translated from, the corresponding Latin text) from several chapters (11-15) of the Epistles to the Romans. (III) Codices Ambrosiani. The Ambrosian manuscripts at Milan (also calld Milan MSS.) wer discoverd by Angelo Mai in the monastery at Bobbio (founded in the 7th century), at tli<> beginning of the present century. They ar clast as follows (1) Codex A. originally consisting of 203 leavs (Comp. IV, below). It contains on 95 leavs (one being illegibl and six blank) fragments of St. Paul's Epistles to the Romans, Corinthians,
(S. p.

Kphesinns.
calendar.

Galatians.

Philippians,

Colossians,

Thessalonians.
of

Timothy. Titus,
(2)

and Philemon, and a fragment

a Gothic

Codex B, originally containing 336 pages 156 of which (including two blank ones) ar preservd. The remaining 154
pages contain all of the second Epistle to the Corinthians, fragments of the first Epistle to the Corinthians, of the Epistle to the Galatians. Ephesians. Philippians. Colossians. Thessalonians.

Timothv. and Titns. (3) Codex C. consisting of two leavs containing a fragment of the Gospel of Lt. Matthew, with a Lt. text of the Gospel
written over
(4)
it.
I),

Codex Nehemiah.

three

leavs

with

fragments

of

Ezra

and

INTRODUCTION.

Codex library at Rome,
(5)

eight leavs three of which ar in the Vatican five in the Ambrosian library at Milan. They contain fragments of an interpretation of the Gospel of St. John, and ar usually styled Skeireins, i. e. Skeireins aiwaggel-

,

jons ]?airh Iohannen (Explanation of the Gospel by John), a title givn them by their editor Massmann. (IV) Codex Turinensis, properly belonging to Codex A (S. Ill, 1, abuv). Four much damaged leavs at Turin, where they wer discoverd by Reifferscheidt. Tho almost illegibl, they hav been deciferd and publisht ) by Massmann. They contain Gal.
1

13-20, IV, 13-19. For more about the Gothic manuscripts, see Bernhardt's 'Vulfila', Introduction, XXXIX et seq. Concerning the history of the Codex Argenteus, comp. Schulte's 'Gotthica minora', zs.
II,

VI, 14-18; Col.

fda. 23, 51; 318. 24,

324

et seq.;

and

J. Peters,

314
II,

et seq.

Compare

also Sievers, in Paul's Grundr.,

'Germania', 30, I, 408, § 2;

69, notes.

EDITIONS OF THE REMAINS OF THE GOTHIC LANGUAGE.

Jesu Christi evangeliorum versiones perantiquae duae, gothica scil. et anglosaxonica, quarum illam ex celeberrimo codice argenteo nunc primum depromsit Fi. Junius. Accessit et glossarium gothicum, Dortrechti 1665, (Amstelodami 1684). Two volumes. (2) D. N. Jesu Christi SS. Evangelia ab Ulflla Gothorum in Moesia Episcopo circa annum a nato Christo CCCLX ex graeco gothice translata, nunc cum parallelis versiouibus, sveo—gothica, uorroena, seu islandica, et vulgata latina edita, Stockholmiae 1671. The editor was George Stiernhi elm. (3) Sacrorum evangeliorum versio Gothica ex Codice Argenteo emendata atque suppleta cum interpretatione latina et adnotationibus E. Benzelii edidit, observationes suas adiecit et grammaticam gothicam praemisit E. Lye, Oxonii 1750. (4) Several years later Biisching publisht the results of Hire's important renewd comparison of the Codex Argenteus Iohannis ab Hire scripta versionem Ulfilanam et linguam moeso— gothicam illustrantia, ab ipso doctissimo auctore emendata,
(1)

Quatuor D. X.

)

Gertnauia, 18G8, p. 271.

xvm

TXTRODlTTlnX.

novisque accessionibus aucta, iam vero ob pra?stantiam ac varitatem collecta, et una cum aliis scriptis similis argumenti edita ab A. F. Bmcbing, Berolini 1773. (5) Ulphilae versionera gothicam nonnullorum capitum epistolae Pauli ad Roraanos e litura cuiusdain ms. rescripti qui in augusta apud Guelpherbytanos bibliotheca adservatur, eruit comnieutatus est datque foras F. A. Knittel, 1762. (G) Ulfilas gothische Bibeliibersetzung nach Ihrens Text, mit einer grammatiacb. wortlichen lateiuischenUebersetzuug, saint einer Sprachlehre und einera Glossar ausgearbeitet von F. K. Fuldn. das Glossar ausgearbeitet von W. F. H. Reinwald, herausgegeben von J. Chr. Za.hu, Weissenfels, 1803.— The fragment of the Epistle to the Romans is from KnitteVs edition. (7) The Gothic Gospel of St. Matthew from the Codex Argentina of the fourth century, with the corresponding English or Saxon from the Durham book of the eight century, etc., by S. HenshaJl; London, 1807.
Evangelii secundum Matthaeum versio francica seculi IX nee non gothica sec. IV. quoad superest. by SchmeUer; Stuttgart.
(8)

1827.
Ulphilae partium ineditarum in Ambrosianis palimpsestis ab Angela M&jo repertarum specimen coniunctis curia einadem M;iji et C. O. Cnstillionnei editura; Mediolani, 1819.— Ulphilae versio
(9)

gothica epistolae D. Pauli ad Corinthioa secundae, quam, etc. edidit C. O. Castilhonaeua; Mediolani, 1829.— Gothicae versionis epistolarum D. Pauli ad Romanos, ad Corinthios primae. ad Ephesios, quae supersunt, etc. edidit C. O. Cwtillionneus; Mediolani, 1834.— Gothicae versionis epistolarum D. Pauli ad Galatas, ad Philippenaea, ad Colossenses, ad Thessalonicenses primae, quae supersunt, etc. edidit C. O. GaetHliooaeOS, Mediolani, 1835. (10) Skeireins aiwaggeljona pairh Iohaunen, Ausleguug dee Bvangelii Johanuis in gothiacher Sprache. Ana romischen maylandiachen Handschriften nebst lateinischer Uebersetinng, belegenden Anmerknngen, geschichtlicher Cnterenchnng, gothisch-lateiniachem Worterbuche und Schriftproben von H. F. Mammann; Miiuchen, 1834. (Comp. 11 and «Hi. below.) (11) Frabanhtabokoa oder die gothiachen Urknnden von Neapel und Arezzo mit ewey Scnriftnachbildnngen im Steindruck

von

//.

F.

Masemann, Wion 1838.
i

Ulfilas.— Veteria et novi testament versionis gothicae fragments quae supersunt ad fidem codd. caatigata latinitate donate adnotatione critica instruct a enm glosaarioet grammatics linyuae erothicae coniunctis curis edideruut H. C. de Gabelentz et
(12)

INTRODUCTION.

which contains all the Gothic texts except the Skeireins, the second the Skeireins, a glossary, and a grammar. (13) Codex Argenteus sive sacrorum evangeliorum versionis gothicae fragmenta quae iterum recoguita adnotationibusque instructa per lineas singulas ad fidem codicis additis fragmentis evangelicis codicum ambrosianorum et tabula lapide expressa (Comp. 15 and 17, edidit Andreas Uppstrom; Upsaliae, 1854.
first of

Dr. J. Loebe; Lipsiae, 1843.

— Two

volumes the

below.)

Sprachlehre, Worterbuch, von Ign. Gaugengigl, bevorwortet von Dr. Michael Fertig; Passau, 1848. A fourth edition appeard in 1856. (15) Decern codicis argentei rediviva folia cum foliis contiguis et intermediis edidit Andreas Uppstrom; Upsaliae, 1857. (Comp.
(14)
Ulfilas,

Urschrift,

and p. XYI, (I), concluding remark.) Die gothischen Sprachdenkmaler und Ulfilas, Die heiligen (16) Schriften alten und neuen Bundes in gothischer Sprache von H. F. Massmann; Stuttgart, 1857. (Comp. 10, abuv.) (17) Fragmenta Gothica selecta ad fidem codicum Ambrosianorum Carolini Yaticani edidit Andreas Uppstrom; Upsaliae, 1861.
13, abuv; also 16, below;

(Comp. 13 and 15, abuv.) (18) Die bruchstucke der Skeireins, A. Vollmer; Munchen, 1862. (19) Codices Gotici Ambrosiani sive Epistolarum Pauli Esrae Nehemiae versionis Goticae fragmenta quae iterum recognovit per lineas singulas descripsit adnotationibus instruxit, Andreas Uppstrom; Holmiae et Lipsiae. (20) Auswahl aus Ulfilas gothischer bibeliibersetzung. Mit glossar und einem grundriss zur gothischen laut- und flexionslehre. Yon K. A. Hahn; Heidelberg, 1849. A second edition appeard after Hahn's death, in 1864, by A. Holtzmann. A third edition after Holtzmann's death, in 1874, by Adalb. Jeitteles. (21) The Gothic, Anglo-Saxon, Wycliffe and Tyndale Gospels ., by the Rev. J. Bos worth, D. D., and George Waring, London, 1865. (22) Yulfila oder die gotische Bibel mit dem entsprechenden griechischen Text und mit kritischem und erklarendem Commentar nebst dem Kalender, der Skeireins und den gotischen Urkunden herausgegeben von Ernst Bernhardt; Halle, 1875. (Comp. 26,

.

below.)
(23) Friedrich Ludwig Stamm's Ulfilas oder die uns erhaltenen Denkmaler der gothischen Sprache. Text, Grammatik und Woerterbuch; Paderborn, 1858. All the subsequent editions wer edited

by

Dr. Moritz Heine.

The eighth appeard

in 1888.

INTRODUCTION

Evangelium Marci granimatisch erlautert (24) Ulfilas. Dr. R. Mnller and Dr. H. Hoeppe; Berlin, 1881.

von

(20) The Gospel of Saint Mark in Gothic according to the translation made by Wulfila in the fourth century. Edited, with a grammatical introduction and glossarial Index, by the Rev. Walter W. Skent. M. A:; Oxford, 1882. (26) Die Gotische Bibel des Wulfila nebst der Skeireins. dem

Kalender und denUrkunden. Herausgegebeu von Ernst Bernhardt', Halle. 1884. (Comp. 22, abuv). (27) 'Lesestiicke aus den evangelien des Matthaeus, Marcus, Lucas, aus dem zweiten Corintherbriefe und aus der Skeireins'. in AVilhelm Braune's 'Gotische Grammatik'; Halle 1887. English edition by G. H. Balg (S. (3), below).

LEXICAL WORKS.
In addition to the glossaries publisht with the Gothic texts. the following dictionaries and glossaries remain to be mentiond:

Gothisches Glossar von Ernst Schuhe. Mit einer Vorrede Jacob Grimm; Magdeburg, 1847. (Comp. (3), below). (2) Yergleichendes "Worterbuch der gothischen Sprache von Dr. Eoivnz Diefenbacb; Frankfurt am Main, 1851. Two volumes. (3) Gothisches Worterbuch nebst Flexionslehre von Ernst Schuhe; Ziillichau, 1807. (Comp. (1), abuv). (4) A Moeso-Gothic Glossary with an introduction, an outline of Moeso-Gothic grammar, etc.. by the Rev. W. W. Skeat, .; London, 1868. (5) A Comparative Glossary of the Gothic Language, with especial reference to English and German, by G. H. Balg, Ph. D. With a preface by Prof. Francis A. March, LL. D, L. H. D.; Mavville (now Milwaukee), "Wisconsin; New York; London, Engl.; Halle, Germ., 1887—1889.
(1)

'

.

GRAMMATICAL WORKS.
Bernhardt, Kurzgefasste Gotische Grammatik; Halle, 1885. (2) T. Le Marchant Douse, An introduction, phonological, morphological, syntactic, to the Gothic of ntilas; London, 188(5. (3) Wilhelm Rranne, Gotische Grammatik mit einigen Lee stricken und "Wortverzeiehnis. Halle, 1887. Dritte Auflage. English Edition by G.H.Balg, Milwaukee, Wis.; New York; Loudon.
(1)

INTRODUCTION.

Further grammars hav been mentiond in connection with the Gothic texts. Of etymological works, beside those cited with the texts and glossaries, I mention: Leo Meyer, Die gotische sprache. Hire
lautgestaltung, insbesondere im verhaltuiss zum Altindischen, Griechischen und Lateinischen; Berlin, 1869.— Dr. Sigmund Feist, Grundriss der gotischen etymologie; Strassburg, Karl J. Triibner,

1888.
Several authors who hav writn upon Gothic subjects hav been mentiond in the 'Gothic Grammar' and in the foot-notes of this introduction.— Thus I may fairly hope that the student wlto uzes this book has been introduced to sufficient aids in studying Gothic. In conclusion I cannot omit the remark that I hav intentionally avoided to criticize any of the books cited in this intro-

But I believ I ow it to the beginner in Gothic to say that he must be careful in uzing sum of the older editions. Of the complete texts I recommend those of Bernhardt and Stamin.
duction.

•«$

ABBREVIATIONS AND
alis.

SIGNS.
— preterit.
— preterit-present verb.

abstr.
ace.

adj(s).

adv(s).
an. v.
art.
B.-itr.

— absolute, — abstract. — accusative. — adjective(s). — adverb — anomalous
(s).

-ly.

verb.

— article.
—Tan] &Braune'8
Beitraege.

caua.

— causative.
«—codex.

cod.
c(ora)p.
conj.

— compare.
— conjunction. — dative. — declension.
— definite.

compar. —comparative.
dat.
decl.
def.

demonst r.- demonstrative.
dir.
«list r.

— imperative. — imperfect. imperf. impers. — impersonal. — indeclinable. indecl. — indicative. indie. indir. — indirect. — infinitive. — instrument. inter — interjection. interrog — interrogative. intr(ans) — intransitive. — Latin. L(a)t. — literal, — masculine. Mdl. E. — Middle English. MS(S). — mamiscript(s). — note(s). IKS). — neuter. — negative. neg.
imper.
-ly. inf.
iiis.tr.

pret.

pret.-pres.v.

pr(o)n.
pr. n.

prop.
q. v.

— pronoun. — proper noun. — proper, — quod vide =
-ly.

-al.

which
red. v.

see.

i.

— reduplicating
verb.

.

refl.

— reflexive.

rel.
s.

— relative.
— see.
—being
stood. singular.

lit.
111.

-ly.

sc.

under-

sine.'.

st(r). v.

Illellt).

subj.

— — strong verb. — subjunctive.
— subscription.

subser.
BD(S).

f(em).
fig.

tolld. roiig.

— figurative, — followed. — following.

— direct. — distributive. — feminine.
-ly.

N. H. G.

— New
man.

High Ger-

— substantive(s).
.

superl.

uom. nam.
obj.

— nominative.

— numeral.
— object.
-Old
English.

Bupersci
th.

— superlative. — superscription. — thing.
-ly.

tr(ans).

— transitive,

0. E.

trop.
uninfl.

— tropical, -ly.

for.
(i.

w.

gen.

Goth.

Goth.Gi
Gr.

.

— foreign word. — German. — genitive. — Gothic. — Gothic Gramma r.

Opt.
P•

— optative. — page.
—participle, participial.

v(s).

partic
partit.

w. W.

V.

pass.
pere.

— partitive. — passive,
—person,
ly.

zs. Ida.

— nninflected. — verb(s). — with, or word. — weak verb. — zeitschrift fur
dentsches alter•
torn.

-ly.

Gradr.

— Greek. — PauljGrundriss
der

-al, -al-

=

germani- pl(ur).
Philolo]»!-.

schen
gie.
i.

— plural. — possessive.

— equivalent — indicates
forms.

to.

sup-

prep.
is.

— preposition.
— present.

posed words or

e.

— id est — thai — Areno
ment. —Calendar.

pres.

•.
Gal.
Col.

doc.

docu-

.lei.

— John.

Phil.

Lu.

— Luke.
-Mark.

Philem.

Mk.
Mt.

Rom.
Skeir.

Cm-.

Eph.
Gal.

— Colossians. — Corinthians. — Kphesians.
--Galatians.

— Matthew. — Nehemiali.

Neap. Doc.—Neapolitan doo- These. Tim. anient.
Nell.

— Philippians. — Philemon. — Bomans. — ftkeireins. — Thessalonians.
—Timothy.

Tit.

— Titus.

Aiwaggeljo pairh Mabbaiu.

Chapter
;

III.

usleibib af witoda,

unte allata

11 A];>ban ik in watin izwis wairbib. 19 lb saei nu gatairib ainaie=35 daupja ib sa afar mis gagganda anabusne bizo minnistono jah swmboza mis ist, bizei ik ni im wairbs ei anahneiwands andbin- laisjai swa mans, minnista haidau skaudaraip skohis is; sah tada in biudangardjai himine; i]> ban izwis daupeib in ahmin wei- saei taujib jah laisjai swa, sah mikils haitada in biudangardjai hamma.
himine. Chapter V. 20 qiba auk izwis ]>atei nibai 8 Audagai ]>aihrainjahairtans, managizo wairbib izwaraizos gaunte bai gnb gasailuand. 15 ... ak ana lukarnastabin, raihteins bau bize bokarje jah jah liuhteib allaim bairn in bam- Fareisaie, ni bau qimi]? in biu.

ma

garda.

dangardjai himine.

1G swa liuhtjai liuhab izwar in andwairbja manne, ei gasailraina izwara goda waurstwa jah hauhjama at tan izwarana bana in himinam. ]g=33 17 ni hugjaib ei qemjau gatairan witob aibbau praufetuns ni qam gatairan ak usfulljan. kl=34 18 Amen auk qiba izwis, und
;

21 hausidedub batei qiban bairn airizam ni maurbrjais
:

ist
;

i]>

saei

maurbreibj
ik

skula wairbib

stauai.

qi^a izwis ]?atei luazuh modags brobr seinamma sware skula wairbib stauai; ib saei qibib brobr seinamma raka, skula wairbib gaqumbai abban batei usleibib himins jah airba, saei qi]ub dwala, skula wairbib jota ains aibbau ains strike ni in gaiainnan funins.
;

22 abban

more than % of the Greek text) are preserved as follows: Hi, 11 and V, 8 in Skeir. Ill, d and VI, d, respectively XXV, H8— XXVI, 3. XXYT, 65— XXVII, 1 in the Ambrosian Codex C; V, 15— VI, 32. VII, 12— X, 1. X, 23-XI, 25. XXVI, 70—XXVTI, 19. XXVII, 42—66 in the Codex Argenteus Hence the verses XXVI, 71— XXVII, 1 are found twice. in CA perhaps liuhteij?, for the incorrect liuteip in CA. — 17. ei qemjau V, 15.
The fragments of Mt.
{a little

;

:

ei

ik

qemjau, the ik being erased.

Matthew V

32 ib ik qiba izwis ]>atei liradu hunslastada jah jainar gamu- zuh saei afletib qen seina inuh neis batei brobar j^eius habaib fairina kalkinassaus, taujib bo 23 jabai nu bairais aibr bein
horinon, jah sa izei afsatida liu24 aflet jainar bo giba beina gaib, horinob. 33 aftra hausidedu]? ]?atei qiin andwairbja hunslastadis jah gagg faurbis gasibjon brobr bei- ban ist ]:>aim airizam ni ufarnamma, jah bibe atgaggands at- swarais, ib usgibais fraujin aipans beinans. bair ]?o giba beina.
Ira bi buk,
:

]q=36

25
batei

Sijais

waila hugjands an-

34 abban
allis,

ik qiba izwis ni swa-

dastauin beinammasprauto, und ran
is

ni bi himina, unte stols

in

wiga

mi]?

imma

;

ibai ist gubs,

Iran atgibai buk sa andastaua 35 nih bi airbai, unte fotustauin, jah sa staua buk atgibai baurd ist fotiwe is, nih bi Iairuandbahta, jah in karkara galag- saulymai, unte baurgs ist ]us jaza. mikilins Juudanis 26 amen qiba bus, ni usgaggis 36 nih bi haubida ]>einamma jainbro, unte usgibis bana min- swarais, unte ni magi; ain tagl nistan kintu. lireit aib]?au swart gataujan. lz=37 27 Hausidedu]? ]>atei qiban ist: 37 sijaib ban waurd izwar ja ni horinos. ja, ne ne, ib bata managizo bairn 28 abban ik qiba izwis batei us bamma ubilin ist. hrazuh saei sailrib qinon du lu38 hausidedub batei qiban ist ston izos, ju gahorinoda izai in augo und augin jah tunbu und hairtin seinamma. tunbau. jabai ]?ein ]?ata

29

ib

augo
;

3D ib ik qiba izwis ni andstantaihswo marzjai bilk, usstigg ita jah wairp af bus batizo ist auk dan alhs bamma unseljin. Ak jabai liras buk stautai bi lh=38 ]ms ei fraqistnai ains li]?iwe ]?einaize jah ni allata leik bein ga- taihswon ]>eina kinnu, wandei imma jah bo anbara; driusai in gaiainnan.

40 jah bamma wiljandin mib 30 jah jabai taihswo beina handus marzjai ]mk, afmait bo ]ms staua jah paida ]>eina nijah wairp af bus batizo ist auk man, aflet imma jah wastja. bus ei fraqistnai ains libiwe bei41 Jah jabai luas buk ana-l]>=.'U>
;

naize jah ni allata leik bein ga- naubjai rasta aina, gaggais mi]» driusai in gaiainnan. imma twos. 42 bamma bidjandin ]>uk gi31 qibanuh ban ist batei lirazuh saei afletai qen, gibai izai af- bais, jah bamma wiljandin af bus leiliran sis ni uswandiais. stassais bokos.

29. usstigg; usstagg in

(JA.

31. hjazuh; luahjazuk in

CA.—S2.

izei; ize

inCA.

Matthew

V. VI.

3

43 hausidedub batei qiban ist: frijos nehmndjan beinana jah
fiais

fiand beinana;

so armahairtiba beina in fulhsnja, jah atta beins saei sailrib in fulhsnja, usgibib bus
ei sijai

4

m=40

44 Abba

ik qiba izwis: frijo]? in bairhtein.

5 jah ban bidjaib, ni sijaib swawrikandans izwis, waila taujaib swe bai liutans; unte fiijond in ]>aim hatjandam izwis, jah bid- gaqumbim jah waihstam plapjo jaib bi bans usbriutandans izwis; standandans bidjan, ei gaumamen qiba 45 ei wairbaib sunjus attins jaindau mannam. izwaris bis in himinam, unte sun- izwis, batei haband mizdon seina. non seina urranneib ana ubilans 6 ib bu ban bidjais, gagg in jah godans jah rigneib ana ga- hebjon beina jahgalukandshaurraihtans jah ana inwindans. dai beinai bidei du attin ])einamfijands izwarans, biubjaib ]?ans

ma— 41

46 Jabai auk

frijob

bans

fri-

ma bamma

in fulhsnja, jah atta

jondans izwis ainans, lro mizdono habaib? niu jah ]>ai biudo bata samo taujand? 47 jah jabai goleib bans frijonds izwarans batainei, Ire managizo taujib? niu jah motarjos bata samo taujand?

}?eins saei sailrib in fulhsnja, us-

gibib bus in bairhtein.

7 Bidjandansub ban ni filu-mg=43 waurdjaib swaswe bai biudo; bugkeib im auk ei in nluwaurdein seinai andhausjaindau.

48 sijai]> nu jus swaswe atta izwar sa
fullatojis ist.

fullatojai,

8 ni galeikob nu bairn wait auk atta izwar bizei jusbaurbub,
;

in

himinam

faurbizei jus bidjaib ina.

9 swa nu bidjaib jus
ear bu in bein

Chapter VI. mb=42 1 Atsailrib armaion izwara ni taujan in and\vair]>ja manne du

Atta linhiminam, weihnainamo
:

qimai biudinassus ]>eins; sailran im; aibbau laun ni ha- wairbai wilja beins swe in himibaib fram attin izwarammabam- na jah ana airbai;

10

himinam. 2 ban nu taujais armaion, ni haurnjais faura bus, swaswe bai liutans taujand in gaqum]>im jah in garunsim, ei hauhjaindau fram mannam. amen qiba izwis, andnemun mizdon seina. 3 ib ]>uk taujandan armaion, ni witi
in

ma

unsarana ]>ana sinteinan gif uns himma daga; 12 jah aflet uns batei skulans sijaima, swaswe jah weis afletam ]?aim skulam unsaraim; 13 jah ni briggais uns in fraistubnjai, ak lausei uns af bamma
11
hlaif
ubilin,

unte beina ist biudangarhleidumei beina Ira taujib taihs- di jah mahts jah wulbus in aiwins. amen. wo ]>eina,

second): fulhsja in CA. 6. fulhsnja (the second) ; fulhlsuja in CA.
TT. 4. fulhsnja {the

— 5.

plapjo; L. suggests platjo.

Matthew

VI. VII.

md=44

=4

ni magub frakann. missadedins ize, afletib iali izwis gu]>a skalkinon jah mammonin. 2."i Du]>]>e qiba izwis, ni niaur-uu>=:4i> atta izwar sa ufar himinam 15 i)> jabai ni afieti]» mannam naib eaiwalai izwarai Ira matmissadedins ize, ui ]>au atta iz- jaib jah lva drigkaib, nih leik a war afleti]' missadedins izwaros. izwaramma Ire wasjai)>. niu sai1G A]>]>an bi]>e fastaib, ui wair- wala mais ist fodeinai jah leik baib swaswe ]>ai liutans gaurai wast jom?

14 Unte jabai

afletij^

mannam baramma

26 ineaihjib du fuglam himinis. frawardjand auk andwairbja seina. ei gasailraindau mannam ]?ei ni saiand nih sneiband nih fastandans. amen qiba izwis ]>a- lisand in banstins, jah atta izwar tei andnemun mizdon seina. sa ufar himinam fodeib ins niu 17 ib ]m fastands salbo haubi]> jus mais wulbrizans sijub bairn? ]>ein jah ludja beina Jnvah, 27 ib Iras izwara maurnande
;

18

ei ni

gasailvaizau

mannam mag anaaukan ana wahstu
blomans haibjos
;

sei-

fastands,

ak
in

]>amma

J'einamma nana aleina aiua? fulhsnja, jah atta 28 jah bi wastjos lrasaurgai}>?
attin
lrai-

beins, saei sailrib in fulhsnja, us- gakunnai]>
gibi]> ]ms.

wa Avahsjand

ni

arbaidjand nih

huzda ana spinnand, malo jah nidwa fra- 29 qibuh ]>an izwis batei nih Sa uwardeib, jah ]>arei ]uubos ufgra- laumon in allamma wulbau seinammaga\vasidasiksweains]uze. band jah hlifand 30 jah bande }?ata hawi haibmq=46 20 lb huzdjai]> izwis huzda in himina, barei nih malo nih nidwa jos himma daga wisando jah frawardei]?, jah ]>arei biubos ni gistradagis in auhn galagib gub ufgraband nih stiland. swa wasjib, hraiwa mais izwis, 21 barei auk ist huzd izwar. leitil galaubjandans? baruh ist jah hairto izwar. 31 ni maurnaib nu qi]>andans: 22 Lukarn leikis ist augo. ja- hra matjam ai]>]>au lva drigkani inz=47 bai nu augo bein ainfalb ist. alla- aibbau Ire wasjaima ? ta leik ]>eiu liuhadein wairbib; 32 all auk bata jnudos sok23 ib jabai augo ]?ein unsel ist, jaud waituh ]>an atta izwar sa allata leik ]>ein riqizein wairbib. ufar himinam batei baurbub. ... jabai nu liuhab bata in bus riqiz Chaptek VII. ist, bata riqiz bjan filu? jaina. izwis mans, swa 12 jiih=48 24 Ni manna mag twaim frau- iali jus taujaib im; bata auk is1 jam skalkinon; unte jabai fijaib witob iali praufeteis. ainana. jah anbarana frijob, aib13 inngaggaib bairh aggwu )'au ainamma ufhauseib, ib an- dam•.; unte braid daurjah rams
19
ni huzdjai]> izwis

airbai, barei

:

.

.

.

24.

mammonin
.
. .

;

faihu)?ra

.

.

.

in

tin•

margin, as

a,

gloss;

</•.

La. XVI, IS.

VII, 12.

jaina; remainder

of taujaiua.

Matthew

VII. V11I.

wigs sa brigganda in fralustai, min mahtins mikilos gatawidejah managai sind bai inngalei- dum? ]?andans bairh bata. 23 jah ban andhaita im batei

14 Ivan aggwu bata daur jah ni 1 anhun kimba izwis afleibib braihans wigs sa brigganda in fairra mis, jus waurkjandans
;

libainai, jah fawai sind bai bigi- unsibja.

24 Salvazuh nu saei hauseibja=61 nq=56 15 AtsailuiJ? swejmuh faura waurda meina jah taujib bo, galiugnapraufetum ]?aim izei qi- leiko ina waira frodamma, saei mand at izwis in wastjom lam be. gatimrida razn sein ana staina. ip innabro sind wulfos wihvan25 jah atiddja dalab rign jah dans. qemun alvos jah waiwoun win16 bi akranam ize ufkunnaib dos jah bistugqun bi bammarazins. na jainamma, jah ni gadraus, nz=57 Ibai lisanda af J>aurnumweina- unte gasulib was ana staina. aib])au af wigadeinom basja, 26 jah lvazuh saei hauseib smakkans? waurda meina jah ni taujib bo, nh=58 17 Swa all bagme godaize galeikoda mann dvvalamma, saei akrana goda gataujib, ib sa ubi- gatimrida razn sein ana malmin. la bagms akrana ubila gataujib. 27 jah atiddja dalab rign jah 18 ni mag bagms biubeigs qemun alvos jah waiwoun winakrana ubila gataujan, nih dos jah bistugqun bi jainamma bagms ubils akrana ]>iu]?eiga ga- razna, jah gadraus, jah was drus
tandans bana.
taujan.
is

mikils.

=59

19 All bagme ni taujandane akran god usmaitada jah in fon
atlagjada. 20 ]?annu bi
kunnai]> ins.

akranam

ize uf-

28 Jah warb ban ustauh Iesus jb=62 ]?o waurda, biabridedun manageins ana laiseinai is. 29 was auk laisjands ins swe waldufni habands jah ni swaswe

21 ni lvazuh saei

qi]u]>

mis bokarjos.

frauja frauja, inngalei]?i]> in ]>iudangardja himine, ak sa taujands wiljan attins meinis bis in

Chapter VIII. 1 Dalab ban atgaggandin im-jg— 63

himinam.
j=60

ma af fairgunja,

laistidedun afar

22 Managai qiband mis in jai- imma iumjons managos. namma daga: frauja frauja, niu 2 jah sai manna brutsflll ha]?einamma namin praufetidedum bands durinnands in wait ina qijah beinamma namin unhul]>ons bands: frauja, jabai wileis, magt uswanrpum, jah beinamma na- mik gahrainjan.
IS. wigs; for wigis in MS.,

unsibja sahjazuh; so

L.,

23. 24. a corrected form of the original wiggs. hut uusibjaua: lvazuh in MS. ; cy. Gal. IV, 5. Bo. IX, 4.

6

Matthew

Till.

3 jah ufrakjands handu attai12 ib ]iai sunjus biudangardjoe tok imma qibands: wiljau. wair]> uewairpanda in riqis bata hinbrains, jah suns hraiii war]' ]m- dumisto; jainar wairpib grets
ta brutsfill is. 4 jah qab imma Iesus:
ei

jah krusts tun]?i\ve.
sailr
]uik

maim

ni qibais,

ak gagg,

13 Jah qab IeBUsbammahun-jq=66 dafada: gagg, jah swaswe galaujah gahailis

silban ataugei gudjin, jah atbair bides, wairbai ]uis. giba boei anabaup Moses du' noda sa biumagus weitwodibai im. lveilai.

in

jainai

jd=64

5 Afaruh ban bata innatgag-

14 Jah qimands Iesus

in garda jz=67

imma in Kafamaum, duatiddja imma hundafabs bidgandin
jands ina 6 jah qibands: frauja. ]'iumagus meins ligi]? in garda usliba,

harduba balwibs. 7 jah qab du imma Iesus: qimands gahailja ina.

ik

8 jah andhafjands sa hunda-

fabs qa]?: frauja, niimwairbsei uf hrot mein inngaggais; ak ba- hailida, tainei qi]> waurda, jah gahailni]> 17 ei usfullnodedi ]>ata gamesa biumagus meins. lido bairn Esalan praufetu qiban9 jah auk ik manna im hn- dan sa unmahtins unsaros us:

Paitraus gasalr swaihron is ligandein jah in heitom. 1 5 jah attaitok handau izos, jah aflailot ija so heito jah uriais jah andbahtida imma. 1G at andanahtja ban waurbanamma athernn du imma daimonarjans managans; jah uswarp bans ahmans waurda, jah allans bans ubil habandans ga;

jah sauhtins usbar. gadrauhtins, jah qiba du bam18 gasailrands ]>an Iesus mama: gagg, jah gaggib, jah anba- nagans hinhmans bi sik haihait ramma: qim, jah qimib, jah du galei]'an siponjaus hindar maskalka meinamma: tawei bata, rein. jah taujib. 10 Jah duatgaggands ains bo-jb=G8

bands

uf waldufnja

meinamma nam

10 gahauejands ban Iesus sildaleikida jah qab du ]>aim afarlaistjandazn
in
:

kareie
laistja
gis.
l'i)

qab du imma: laisari, buk ]>islraduh badei gag-

amen qiba

izwis, ni

jah qa]> du imma Iesus: bigat. fauhons grobos aigun jah fug11 Abban qi]m izwis ]>atei nia- los himinia eitlans, sunns mans je=65 nagai fram ommsa jah saggqa ni habaib h?ar haubib sein anaIsraela swalauda galaubein

qimand jah anakumbjand
in

mi]>

linaiwjai.

Alwaliama jah Isaka jah Iakoba
biudangardjai himine;

21 anbaruh

ban siponje is qab
uslaubei mis

du imma:

frauja.

Mil.
heitom.

14.

jah

(tin•

aecoud); in CA

it

stands before gauahr,

not Itefore in

Matthew

VIII. IX.

32 jah qab du im: gaggib, ib tan meinana. eis usgaggandans galibun in 22 ib Iesus qab du imma: lai- hairda sweine; jah sai run gastei afar mis, jah let bans dau- waurhtedun sis alia so hairda ]?ans filhan seinans daubans. and driuson in marein, jah ga23 Jah innatgaggandin imma daubnodedun in watnam. jf>=G9 in skip, afariddjedun imma si33 ib bai haldandans gaj^lauponjos is. hun, jah galeibandans gataihun mikils war]? in baurg all bi bans daimonar24 jah sai wegs in marein, swaswe bat a skip ga- jans, hulib wairban fram wegim ib is 34 jah sai alLa so baurgsusiddsaislep. ja wibra Iesu. jah gasaihran25 jah duatgaggandans sipon- dans ina bedun ei uslibi hindar
frumist galetyan jah gafilhan at;

jos

urraisidedun ina qiban- markos dans frauja, nasei unsis, fraqistis
:

ize.

nam. 26 jah qab du im Iesus: lea
galaubjandans? banuh urreisands gasok windam jah marein, jah warb wis inikil. 27 ib bai mans sildaleikidedun qibandans hjileiks ist sa, ei jah windos jah marei ufhausjand imfaurhtei]?,
leitil
:

Chapter IX.
1
laib

Jah atsteigands
jah

in skip ufar-u=70

qam

in seinai baurg.

2 ]?anuh atberun du
liban

imma usize

ana

ligra

Ugandan; jah
uslibin: brafstei

gasailuands Iesus galaubein

qab du

bamma

bilk, barnilo,

afletanda bus fra-

ma?

waurhteis beinos.

ta

28 jah qimandin imma hindar 3 ]?aruh sumai ]?ize bokarje qemarein in gauja Gairgaisaine, bun in sis silbam: sa wajamereib. gamotidedun imma twai daimo4 jah witands Iesus bos mitonarjos us hlaiwasnom rinnanize qa]>: dulue jus mito]> dans sleidjai filu, swaswe ni mah- nins ubila in hairtam izwaraim?

manna

uslei]?an bairh ]?ana

wig jainana. 29 jah sai hropidedun qi]?andans lea uns jah bus, Iesu, sunu gubs? qamt her faur mel
:

Iv/abar ist raihtis azetizo qi]?an:

afletanda bus frawaurhteis, ]?au qiban: urreis jah gagg?

G a]?ban ei witeib batei waldnfni habai]> sa sunus mans ana balwjan unsis? 30 wasuh ]>an fairra im hairda airbai afletan frawaurhtins, banuh qa]> du bamma uslibin: ursweine managaize haldaua. 31 ib bo skohsla bedun ina qi- reisands nim ]>ana ligr J?einana bandans jabai uswairpis uns, jah gagg in gard ]>einana. uslaubei uns galei]?an in bo hair7 jah urreisands galai]? in gard
:

da

sweine.

seinana.

20. buiiu; aunau

in

CA.

IX,

6.

afletan: afieitan in CA.

8

Matthew IX.

8 gasaihrandeins ban manageins ohtedun sildaleikjandans jah mikilidedun gub pana gibandan waldufni swaleikata manna m. ua=71 9 Jah bairhleibands Iesus jainpro gasalr mannan sitandan at motai, Ma]}]>aiu haitanana, jah

17

ni}?

ban giutand wein

niu-

jata in balgins fairnjans, aibbau distaurnand balgeis, bibeh ban jah wein usgutni]? jah balgeis fraqistnand, ak giutand wein juggata in balgins niujans. jah ba-

jo]mm gabairgada.
18 Mipbanei
is

rodida bata duud=7t
]?atei
;

qab du imma:

laistei

afar mis, im, ]?aruh reiks ains qimands in-

jahusstandands iddja afar imma. ub=72 10 Jah war];», bibe is anakumbida in garda, jah sai managai motarjos jah frawaurhtaiqimandans mibanakumbidedun Iesua jah siponjam is. lljahgaumjandansFareisaieis qebun du]>aim siponjam is: dulre mij? motarjam jah frawaurhtaim matjib sa laisareis izwar? ug=73 12 I]' Iesus gahausjands qa]> du im ni banrtran hailai lekeis, ak bai unhaili habandans. 13 a]»]?an gaggai]?, ganimi]» lua sijai: armahairtiba wiljau
:

wait ina qimands meina nu gaswalt
atlagei
libaib.

dauhtar
iia.

akei qimands

handu

]>eina

ana

jah

10 jah urreisands Iesus iddja
jah siponjos is. 20 jah sai qino blo]?arinnandei ib wintruns duatgaggandei aftaro attaitok skauta Avastjosis. 21 qa]mh auk in sis jabai batainei atteka wastiai is, ganisa. 22 ib Iesus gawandjands sik jah gasailrands ]>o qa]» brafstei bnk, dauhtar, galaubeins beina ganasida bnk. jah ganas so qino
afar
.

imma

.

:

:

jah ni hunsl.

ni]?

ban qam

la]?on

uswaurhtans ak frawaurhtans. 14 banuh atiddjedun siponjos bis reikis jah gasailrands swiglIohannes qibandane: dulre weis ians iah haurnianshaurniand;ins jah Fareisaieis fastam filu, \\> bai jah managein auhjondein qab du
siponjos ]?einai ni fastand? im 15 jah qa]> du im Iesus: ibai 24 afleiju]?, unte ni gaswalt so magun snnjns brubfadis qainon mawi, ak slepib. jah bihlohun

fram bizai Ireilai jainai. 23 jah qimands Iesus in garda

und bata hreilos ]>ei mib im is1 ina. brabfabs? i]> atgaggand dagos 25 banuh ban usdribana war]» ban afnimada af im sa brnbfabs, so managei atgaggands inn hajah ban fastand. baida handu izos, jah urrais so 10 a]»]>an ni lrashun lagjib du mawi. plata fanan barihis ana snagan 2G jah usiddja meriba so and fairnjana; unte afnimi]» fullon af alia jaina air]>a. bamma snagin, jah wairsiza ga- 27 Jah hrarbondin Iesua jain-ne=75
,

taura wairbib.

]?ro,

laistidedun afar

imma

twai

]'.

atgaggand; ahraggxaiid

in

C'.l.

Matthew IX.

.

9

blindans hropjandans jah qiban37 panuh qa]? du siponjam sei-uh=78 dans: armai uggkis, sunu Dawei- naim: asans raihtis managa, ib
dis.

waurstwjans fawai.

28 qimandin ban in garda 38 bidjib nu fraujan asanais duatiddjedun imma baiblindans, ei ussandjai waurstwjans in asan jah qab im Iesus: ga-u-laubjats seina. ]?atei nmgjau bata taujan? qeChapter X.
]juii

du imma: jai, frauja. 29 banuh attaitok augam

1
ize
si.
.

Jah athaitands bans twalifup=79
.
.

qibands: bi galaubeinai iggqarai 23 ... bizai baurg, bliuhaib wairbai iggqis. in anbara; amen auk qiba izwis 30 jah usluknodedun im auei ni ustiuhib baurgs Israelis unte gona. jah inagida ins Iesus qiqimib sa sunus mans. bands: sailr/ats ei manna ni witi. 24 Nist siponeis ufar laisarja, y=90 31 ib eis usgaggandans usmeridedun ina in allai airbai jainai. nih skalks ufarfraujinseinamma. 25 ganah siponi ei wairbai swe 32 banuh bi]?e ut usiddjedun laisareis is, jah skalks swe frauja
eis,

atberun imma mannan is. baudana daimonari. Jabai gardawaldand Baiailzai- ya=91 33 jah bibe usdribans warb unhulbo, rodida sa dumba, jah bul haihaitun, und Iv/an filu mais bans innakundans is. sildaleikidedun manageins qisai

bandans: ni aiw swa uskunb was
in Israela.

nunu ogeib izwis ins. Ni waiht auk ist gahuli]> batei yb=92
26
ni

ni

34 i\> Fareisaieis qebun: in fauramablja unkulbono usdreibib
unhul]?ons.

andhuljaidau, jah fulgin batei ni ufkunnaidau.

qiba izwis in riqiza, ug=93 uq=7G 35 Jah bitauh Iesus baurgs qibaib in liuhada; jah batei in alios jah haimos, laisjands in auso gahauseib, merjaib ana gaqumjum ize jah merjands ai- hrotam. waggeljon ]>iudangardjos jah 28 jah ni ogeib izwis bans usjah alia qimandans leika batainei, ib saihailjands alios sauhtins
J)atei

27

unhailja.

uz=77

36 Gasaihrands ban bos manageins

wesun

infeinoda in afdauidai jah

ize,

unte frawaur-

panai swe lamba ni habandona
hairdeis.

walai ni magandans usqiman; ib ogeib mais bana magandan jah saiwalai jah leika fraqistjan in gaiainnan. 29 niu twai sparwans assarjau bugjanda? jah ains ize ni gadriu-

36. afdauidai; Holtzmanii, 'Altdeutsche Gramma27. sunu; sunau in CA. !', .suggests ai'mauidai. tik', j). X, 1. si ...; the first two letters of siponjans. /// CA there is a gap between
si
. . .

and

]>izai in

23.

10
sib

Matthew

.

XI.

inuh attins izwaris garaihtana in namin garaihtis mizdon garaihtis nimib. 30 a])])an izwara jah tagla 42 Jah saei gadragkeib ainanar=10O haubidis alia garabana sind. ]uze niinnistane stikla kaldis waair]?a
wilj an.

ana

nunu ogei]?; managaim tins ]?atainei in namin siponeis, sparwam batizans siju]> jus. amen qiba izwis ei ni fraqistei]> 32 salrazuh nu saei andhaitib mizdon seinai. mis in andwairbja manne, andChapter XL haita jah ik innna in andwairbja 1 Jah war]> bibe usfullida Ie-ra=101 attins meinis, saei in himinam
31
ni

sus anabiudauds bairn twalif siyd=94 33 lp bishranoh saei afaikib ponjam seinaim, ushof sik jainmik in andwairbja manne, afaika bro du laisjan jah merjan and
ist.

jah ik ina in andwairbja attins baurgs ize. meinis ]?is saei in himinam ist. 2 I]? Iohannes gahausjands inrb=lQ2 34 Nih ahjaib batei qemjau karkarai waurstwa Xristaus. inye=95 lagjan gawairbi ana airba ni sandjands bi siponjam seinaim
:

3 qa]? du imma: ]?u is sa qiskaidan mannan manda bau anbarizuh beidaima? wibra attan is jah dauhtarwi]?ra 4 jah andhafjands Iesus qab aij>ein izos jah brub wibra swaih- du im gaggandans gateihi]> ron izos, Iohanne batei gahauseib jah ga3G jah fijands mans innakun- sairoib: dai is. 5 blindai ussailrand jah halyq=9G 37 Saei frijo]> attan aibbau tai gaggand, bmtsfillai hrainjai aibein ufar mik, nist meina wairband jah baudai gahauswairbs; jah saei frijob sunu aib- jand, jah daubai urreisand jah bau dauhtar ufar mik, nist meina unledai wailamerjanda; A\air]?s jah audags ist lrazuh saei (i 38 jah saei ni nimib galgan ni gamarzjada in mis. seinana jah laistjai afar mis, 7 at ])aim ban afgaggandam nist meina wairbs. dugann Iesus qiban balm manayz=97 39 Saei bigiti]> saiwala seina, geim bi Johannen: lua usiddjefraqisteib izai, jah saei fraqisteib dnb ana aujnda sailran? raus saiwalai seinai in meina. bigitib fram winda wagidata. bo. 8 akei Ira usiddjedub sailran? yh=98 40 Sa andnimands izwis mik mannan hnasqjaim wastjom gaandnimib, jah sa mik andni- wasidana? sai baiei hnasqjaim mands andnimib ]>ana sandjan- wasidai sind. in gardim biudane (lan mik. si nd.
lagjan gawairbi ak hairu.

qam
35

qam auk

:

y }?=99

41 Sa andnimands praufetu in 9 akei Ira usiddjedub sailran? namin praufetaus mizdon prau- praufetn? jai qiba izwis, jah mafetis nimib, jah sa andnimands nagizo praufetan.

Matthew XI. XXV.

11
sei-

rg=103

10 Sa
lib ist:

ist

auk

bi banei

game- war]? handugei fram barnam

sai ik

insandja aggilu naim.

meinana faura bus, saei gaman20 panuh dugann idweitjan rh=l08 wei]> wig beinana faura bus. baurgim in baimei waurbun bos 11 Amen qiba izwis, ni urrais managistons mahteis is, patei ni rd=l04 iu baurim qinono maiza Iohanne idreigodedun sik: bamina daupjandin; ib sa min21 wai pus Kaurazein, wai pus
niza
in

biudangardjai

maiza imma ist. 12 Framuh ban baim dagam pos waurbanons in izwis, re=105 Iohannis bis daupjandins und />au in sakkau jah azgon

himine Bepsaidan; unte ip waurbeina in Tyre jah Seidone lanna mahteis
airis
idrei-

hita biudangardi himine ana- gOdedeina. 22 swebauh (\\pa izwis: Tyrim mahtjada, jah anamahtjandans jah Seidonim sutizo irairbib in frawilwand bo. 13 allai auk praufeteis jah \vi- daga stauos pau izwis.

23 jah bu Kafarnaura, pu und tob und Iohanne fauraqebun himin ushauhida, dalap und 14 jah jabai wildedei]? mibniman, sa ist Helias, saei skulda halja, galeibis; Unte jabai in £audaumjamrb=10i) qiman. 15 saei habai axisona hausjan- waur\>eina 7?2ahteis bos waurbanons in izwis, aibbau eis weseina dona «vihausjaf. rq=l06 16 Hwe nu galeiko bata ku/2i? und hina dag. 24 swebauh qiba izwis batei galeik ist barnam sitandam in garunsim jah wopjandam anbar airbai Saudaumje sutizo wair]?ib
anbaris
in

17 jah qipandam: swiglodedum izwis jah ni plinsidedub; hnium jah ni qainodedub. 18 Qam raihtis Iohanfies nih rz=l07 maijands nih drigkanr/s•, jah qiband: unhulbo/2 habaip; 19 qam sa sunus mans matjandsjah drigkands, \ah qipand: sai manna, afetja jah aMragkja, motarje frijonds jah frawaurhtaize. jah uswaurhta gadomida

daga stauos ban bus. 25 Inuh jainamma rnela and-ri=no
Chapter XXV.

haf

38 kranuh ban buk sehmm gast jah gala]>odedum? aibbau

naqadana jah wasidedum? 39 hranuh ban buk sehmm siukana aibbau in karkarai ja atiddjedum du bus? 40 jah andhafjands sa biudans amen qiba izwis, (\\]n]> du im:

15. Uppstrom (in his 'Decern Codicis ArXI, 10. meinana; meinna in CA. Folia') remarks: 'Hujus folii magna pars avulsa interiit, quo facgentei Rediviva tum est, ut non nisi supplendo textum integrum restituere Editores potuerint.' The gaps between 15 and 24 are filled up according to Lu. VII, 31 et seq. X, IS et s 26. angaria; so according to Lu. 7, 32 (See § 20); or anj>arana (See § 25, 7 a part of andhafjands. There is a gap in CA, from audhaf DOte l).—25. andhaf

,,

.

_

.

.

.

;

...

to

XXVI,

70, the verses

XXV, 3S—XXVI,

70 are from the Ambrosian Codex

C.

12
jali
]>iz<»

Matthew XXV. XXVI.

]>;

tawidedu)?

ainamma

().">

.

.

.

]>anrbuni weitwode? sai
]>o

minnistane broJ?re meinaize, mi gahausidedu)?

wajamerein

is. mis tawideduj?. <><; Ira izwis JjugkeiJ?? eis 41 ]>anuh qij?ij? jah ]>aim af hleidumein ferai: gaggty fairra andhafjandansqe]uin: skula dan-

mis. jus frnqi]>anans. in foil ]>ata

isms
(57

ist.

aiweino ]>ata manwido unhul]nn jah aggilom is. 42 unte gredags was jan ni gebuj) mis mat jan. af]niursi)>s was jan ui dragkidedu)? mik. 43 gasts jan ni <iala]>odedu]> mik, naqa]>s jan ni wasidedu]> mik, sinks jah in karkarai jan ni gaweisodedu)? meina. 44 ]>anuh andhafjand jah J>ai Iran ]>uk qi]>andans: frauja,
selruni

panuh spiwun ana anda-tig=313
is

wleizn

jah kanpaetednn ina.

sumaij? J>an lofam slohun 68 qi]>andans: pranfetei unsis.
Xristu, Iras ist sa slahands ]nik?
(

(j .)

I]>

rohenai; aina ]>iwi qfyandei: jah ]ui wast Iesua ]>amma (mleilaiau. is langnida faura ]>aim 70 allaim qij>ands: ni wait lva qijus.

Paitrns uta sat anatid=314 jah duntiddja imma

gredagana ai|>]\-iu af71 Usgaggandan ]>an ina intie=315 |>aursidana ai]>)>au gast ai]>]>au danr, gasaro ina an]?ara jah qn]> naqadana ai)>|'au siukana ai)>]>au dn ]>aim jainar: jah sa was mij> in karkarai jan ni andbahtideIesua I'amma Xazoraiau.
deima
I•"»

)ais?

])anuh

andhafji]>
qij>a izwis:

im

qi-

72 jah aftra afaiaik mi]> ai]>a swarands ]»atoi ni kann ]>ana

jah J>atawidedu]> ainamma ]>ize leitilane, mis ni tawidedn)». 46 jah galeijrand ]>ai in balwein aiweinon, i]> J?ai garaihtans in Libain aiweinon.
I'amls:
nei ui

amen

mannan.
73 afar dans ]>ai
Paitrau:
jah
]>uk.
l»i

leitil

]>an atgaggan• standandans qe]uin

snnjai jah ]m |?izeis,
]>t>ina

auk razda
1

handwei]>

Chapteb XXVI.
1

7

]'anuli

dngann afdomjan

Jah
|'<>

\var]>

l>i]»»>

alia

waurda,

eeinaim: 2 witu]' ]>atoi afar tuans da- dis h'suis qi]»anis du sis. J?atei gans paska wair]>i]>. jas ea sunns faur hanins hruk ]>riiu mans atgibada dn ushramjan. afaikis mik: jah usgaggands ut 3 |)anuh gaigrot baitraba.
.

usinuh Iesus jah swaran |»;it im ni kann ]>ana qaj> eiponjam mannan: jah suns liana hrukida. 7•" Jah gamunda Paitrns waur-tiq=8l6

.

.

XX
7<>.

.

/ /

aehram

;

eebjun

in

MS.

with
;'//

afaiaik

begins again. CA, langnida ;/) Ambr.

ha CA

— 45. bawidedup; ACS. has tawidup.— XX 17. — 71. jah sa in CA, jas sa Ambr. — T-. standandans in CA, etandans C. — Ambr.
/'//

('.

7-i.

/'/;

(':

Paitrau in in Ambr.C. Uppstromsajs: 'Sbrarioa primnm acripait qebun du Paitrau; thinde p&rticulam du expungendam ease Uneoba avpra induetis indkarit. .. afaikis in CA, inwidie //; Ambr. C.

CA, An Paitrau

Matthew XXVII.

13

Chapter XXVII. bu is biudans Iudaie? ib Iesus tiz=3i7 1 At maurgin banwaurjmnana qab du imma: bu qibis. 12 Jah mibbanei wrohibs wastka=32l runa nemun allai (bai) gudjans jah bai siuistans manageins bi fram baim gudjam jah sinistam,
Iesu, ei

afdaubidedeina ina.

ni

imma Pei2 Jah gabindandans ina galatus: niu hauseis Ivan filu ana tauhun jah anafulhun ina Paunbuk weitwodjand? tiau Peilatau kindina. 14 jah ni andhof imma wibra ti]?=319 3 panuh gasaihrands Iudas sa ni ainhun waurde, swaswe sildagalewjands ina batei du stauai leikida sa kindins filu. gatauhans warb, idreigonds ga15 And dulbbanhrarjoh bkihts tkb=322 wandida bans brins tiguns siluwas sa kindins fraletan ainana breinaize gudjani jah sinistam bizai managein bandjan banei 4 qibands: frawaurhta mis ga- wildedun. lewjands blob swikn, ib eis qe16 Habaidedunuh ban band-tkq=323 bun: hra kara unsis? bu witeis. jan gatarhidana, Barabban. 5 jah atwairpands baim silu17 gaqumanaim ban im, qab bram in alh aflaib, jah galei- im Peilatus: hrana wileib ei fratih=318

waiht andhof. 13 banuh qab du

bands ushaihah sik. letau izwis, Barabban bau Iesu, 6 ib bai gudjans nimandans saei haitada Xristus? bans skattans qebun: ni skuld 18 wissa auk batei in neibis ist lagjan bans in kaurbanaun, atgebun ina. unte andawairbi blobis ist. 19 Sitandin ban imma anatkd=324 7 garuni ban nimandans us- stauastola, insandida du imma bauhtedun us baim bana akr qens is qibandei: ni waiht bus kasjins du usiilhan ana gastim. jah bamma garaihtin 8 dubbe haitans warb akrs 42 Israelis ist, atsteigadau jains akrs blobis und hina dag. nu af l»amma galgin, ei gasai9 banuh usfullnoda bata qi- hraima jah galaubjam imma. bano bairh Iairaimian praufetu 43 trauaida du guba, lausqibandan: jah usnemun brins jadau nu ina, jabai wili ina; qab tiguns silubreinaize andawairbi auk batei gubs im sunus. bis wairbodius, batei garahnide44 patuh samo jah bai wai-tlb=339 dun fram sunum Israelis, dedjans bai mibushramidans im10 jah atgebun ins und akra kas- ma idweitidedun imma. jins, swaswe anabaub mis frauja. 45 Fram saihston ban hreilai tm=34rO tk=320 11 lb Iesus stob faura kindina; war)) riqis ufar allai airbai und
. .

.

.

.

.

ja frah ina sa kindins qibands

lveila

niundon.

gudjans in CA, bai gudjans in CA, garuni in Ambr. C. Anibr. C. Before sinistaus Ambr. C. breaks off. silubreinaize; silubrinaize in CA. andawairbi andwairbi in CA; cp. 9, and andabauhts, andalauni. 9. andawairbi 15. luarjoh luarjanok in CA. andwairbi in CA, the a after d is put above the line.

XXVII,

1.

runa

in

;


;

1

1

Matthew XXVII.
I]>

tma=341

46

ban

bi

lreila

niundon
inikilai

57

I]'

]'an seibu Avar}?,

qamtmh=348

manua gabigs af Areimabaias, ufhropida Iesus stibnai qibands: Helei Helei lima sibak- bizuh iiamo Iosef, saei jah silba ]>;mi, batei ist: gub meins gu]> sipouida Iesua; meine, dulue mis bilaist? 58 sab atgaggandsduPeilatau 47 i|> sumai bize jainar st;in- bab bis leikis Iesuis; banuh Peidandane gahausjandans qe)>un latus uslaubida giban ]>ata leik. batei Helian wopeib sa. 59 Jah nimands ]^ata leik Iosef tmj>=349 iinb=342 48 Jali Mins bragida ains us biwand ita sabana hrainjamma, jab nam swamm fulljands GO jah galagida ita in niujamaketis, jah lagjands ana raus ma seinamma hlaiwa, batei nsdraggkida ina. huloda ana staina, jahfaurwalwi)' )>;ii anbarai qebun: let. ei jands staina mikilammadaurons
1 1 1 1
(

l

tmg

••u:!

sailuamqimaiuHeliaenasjanina. 50 I)> Iesus aftra hropjauds
stibnai mikilai aflailot alimau.

bis hlaiwis galaib.

51 Jali ban faurhali alhs disekrituoda in twa iupabro uud dalab, jah airba inreiraida, tme=345 Jah etainos i]isskritnodedun, 52 jah hlaiwasnos usluknode«l mi jah manage leika )>ize litmd=844

Wasuh ban jainar Marjatn=330 Magdalene jab so anbara Marja
sitandeins hlaiwa.

(

andwairbis

bamma
saei isttna=351

62 Iftumin ban daga,
afar paraskaiwein,

gaqemun
jah

au-

humistans gudjans
saieis

Farei-

mdane
.":{

weihaize urrisun.

du Peilatau

63 qibandans: frauja, g-amundedum J>atei jains airzjands qab gandana in bo weihon baurg jah nauh libands: afar ]>rins dagans urreisa. ataugidedun sik managaim. 04 bait mi wit an bamma hlaiI]> hundafabs jah bai mi]> tmq 846 5 imma vritandans [esua, gasai- wa and bana bridjan dag, ibai hjandans |>o reironjah bo waur- anfto qimandans bai eiponjosis banona ohteduu abraba, qiban- binimaina imma jah qibaina du urrais us daubaim, dans: bi sunjai gubs sunns ist sa. mahagein jah ist so spedizei airziba wairsitmz=847 55 Wesunuh ban jainar qinons
jah usgaggandans us hlaiwasnom afar urrist is innateae1
:

managos

fairrabro saihrandeins, bozei laistideduu afar [esua fram
Galeilaia andbahtjandeins

zei bizai

frhmein.

65 qab im Peilatus: habai]> imma; wardjans; gaggib witaiduh swa56 in baimei wee Maria bo ewe kunnub. Magdalene, jah Maria so [akobis (K) i]> cis gaggandans galukuu
. . .

jah [osezis aibei, jah aibei Buniwe bata hlaiw faursigljandans baZaibaidaiaus. na.
diaekritnoda; diekritnoda in CA. inreiraida; in is written above the line. [o« na; [oeei in [end of the fine); ep. Mk.XV, 40. 47. Lu. III. L'iK 64. )>ii<]|an; \md\iawCA. no/to; a/to in CA. epedixei; epeidisei in CA.

.

."/.

<

l

Aiwaggeljo ]>airh Marku anastodeij*.

im wairps anahneiwands andbindan skaudaraip skohe is. a=l 1 Anastodeins aiwaggeljons Iesuis Xristaus sunaus gups. 8 appan ik daupja izwis in 2 swe gameli]? ist in Esa'iin watin, ip is daupeip izwis in praufetau: sai ik insandja aggilu ahmin weihamma. meinana faura pus, saei gaman9 Jah Avar]? in jainaim dagam e=5 weip wig ]?einana faura pus. qam Iesus fram Nazaraip Galeib=2 3 Stibna wopjandins in aupi- laias jah daupips was fram Iodai: manweip wig fraujins, raih- hanne in Iaurdane. tos waurkeip staigos gups un10 jah suns usgaggands
I.

Chapter

ik

ni

saris.

g=3

4 "Was Iohannes daupjands

in

aupidai jah merjands daupein idahak atgaggandan ana ina. reigos du aflageinai frawaurhte. 11 jah stibna qam ushiminam: 5 jah usiddjedun du imma all pu is sunus meins sa liuba, in Iudaialand jah Iairusaulymeis, puzei waila galeikaida. jah daupidai wesun allai in Iaur12 Jah suns sai ahma ina us-q=G dane afrrai fram imma andhaitauh in aupida. tandans frawaurhtim seinaim. 13 jah was in pizai aupidai 6 wasup pan Iohannes gawasipstaglamulbandaus jahgairda dage fidwor tiguns fraisans fram

pamma watin gasahj nans himinans jah ahman swe

us usluka-

hup seinana, jah ma- satanin, Jah was mip diuzam, jah aggi-z=7 tida pram steins jah milip haileis andbahtidedun imma. piwisk. 14 Ip afar patei atgibansh=s d=4 7 Jah merida qipands: qimip
filleina bi

swinpoza mis sa afar mis,

pizei

Avar]?

Iohannes,

The following verses ofMk. (a served in the Codex Argenteus:

little
I,

,
in
in

more than f of the Greek text) are pre1—VI, 30. VI, 53—XII, 38. XIII, 16—29.
wil]?i.

4—16. XIV,

41-XYI
in the

12.

I,

6. haij?iwisk;

margin the gloss
Alt.

10. uslukanans; usluknans

CA;
the

cp. II. Cor. II, 12,

and

XI, 10, note.

11. in }mzei waila galeikaida;

margin the gloss

)?ukei

Avilda.

;
j>=9

Mark
Eeeufl

I.

25 jah andbait ina Iesus qimerjande aiwaggeljon piudangard- bands: bahai jah nsgagg ut us bamma, ahma nnhrainja. j<>S -ll]'S.
in

Qam

Galeilaia,

qibands ]>atoi usfullnoda 26 jah tahida ina ahma sa unsik biu- hrainja. jah hropjands stibnai ]»;iia mel jah atnehrida dangardi gups; idreigob jah ga- mikilai usiddja us imma.
15

aiwaggeljon. 27 jah afslaubnodedun allai 16 jah hrarbonds fanr mareiii sildaleikjandans, swaei sokideGaleilaias gasahj Seimonu jah dun mib sis misso qibandans:
la ubei)> in
|

Andraian bropar is. )>is Seimonis. wairpandanB nati in marein; wesun auk liskjans. 17 Jah qap im lesus: hirjats i=io afar mis. jahgatanja igqiswair|>aii nutans manne. 18 jah suns afletandane bo
oatja eeina Laistidedan afar
nia.
ini-

Ira sijai

bata?
ei

lro so laiseino

so niujo,
biudi)>

mib waldufnja jah ahinam bairn nnhrainjam anajah ufhausjand

imma?

ia=n

19 Jah jainpTO ingaggands frauds leitil gasahj Iakohu ]?ana Zaihaidaiaus jah Iohunne bro|>ar is. jah I'aiis in skipa nianw-

28 usiddja ban meriba is suns and allans bisitands Graleilaias. 29 Jah suns us bizai syna-ie=15 gogen usgaggandans qemun in -aula Seimonis jah Andraiins mib Iakobau jah lohannen. 80 i)> swaihro Seimonis lag in brinnon, jah suns qebun imma
bi ija.

jandans natja, 20 jah suns haihait ins. afletandane attan seinana
baidaiu in bamma skipa asniani gali)>un afar ininia.
ib=i2
-1

jah

81

jali

duatgaggands
undgreipands

urrai-

Zai- sida mi}? izos;

bo

handu

jah aflailot bo so briuno suns, jah andhnhtida im.

82 andanahtja ]>an waurbaKafarnaum; namnia. ban gasaggq sauik b<>jah suns sabbato daga galeibande in synagogen laisida ins. run du imma allans pans ubil 22 Jah usfilnians waurjnm una habandans jah nnhulbons haig=18 bizai laiseinai is, ante was lais- bandans. 88 jah .so baurgs alia garunjande ins ewe waldufni habands, nana was at daura. jah ni ewaswe ]>ai bokarjos. 34 jah gahailida managana 28 Jah was in bizai synagogeo id-i manna in anliradnjamma ah- ubil habandans missaleikaim

Jah galibun

in

t

i/.<•

inin.

jah ofhropida
qi bands: fralet, Ira

sauhtim.
mis jah
fra-

_

1

Jah

nnhulbons managos us-iq=io

|>us.

Icsu Nazorenai?
;

qamt

war]), jah ni fralailot rodjnn ]>os

qistjan una kann is. sa weiha gubs.

]>uk

Iras bn

nnhulbons, ante kunbedun ina.

35

Jah

air

uhtwon

usstan-ii

17

/.''.

leitil;

leita

///

C.l.

Mark

I.

II.

17

dands nsiddja jah galaib ana aubjana sta]?, jah jainar ha]). 36 jah galaistans waur]?un imma Seimon jah bai mi]? imma, 37 jah bigitandans ina qe]?un du imma batei allai]?uk sokjand. 38 jah qa]? du im: gaggam du
bisunjane haimom jah baurgim, ei jah jainar merjau; unte dube qam. 39 jah was merjands in synagogim ize and alia Galeilaian jah unhulbons uswairpands.
]?aim

Chapter

II.

1 Jah galaib aftra in Kafar-k=20 naum afar dagans, jah gafrehun batei in garda ist. 2 jah suns gaqemun managai,

gamostedun nih at daura, jah rodida im waurd.
swaswe
ju]?an ni

3 jah qemun at imma usliban bairandans hafanana fram fidworim. 4 jah ni magandans nelra qiman imma faura manageim, andhulidedun hrot ]?arei was Ie-

ih=i8

40 Jah qam at- imma brutsfill sus, jah usgrabandans insailihabands, bidjands ina jah kni- dedun bata badi jah fralailotun, wam knussjands jah qi]?ands du ana bammei lag sa usliba. imma batei jabai wileis, magt gasaibjands ban Iesus gamik gahrainjan. laubein ize qab du bamma usli41 ib Iesus infeinands ufrak- }?in: barnilo, afletanda bus frajands handu seina attaitok im- waurhteis beinos. ma jah qab imma: wiljau, wairb 6 Avesunuh ban sumai ]?ize bokarje jainar sitandans jah bagk42 jah bibe qab ]?ata Iesus, jandans sis in hairtam seinaim: suns bata ]?rutsiill aflaib af im7 hra sa swa rodeib naiteinins? ma, jah hrains Avar]?. Iras mag afletan frawaurhtins 43 jah gahrotjands imma niba ains gub? suns ussandida ina 8 jah suns ufkunnands Iesus 44 jah qab du imma: sailr ei ahmin seinamma batei swa ]?ai
hrains.

qab du im: dulre gagg buk silban ataugjan gudjin mito]? }?ata in hairtam iz\varaim? 9 lrabar ist azetizo du qiban jah atbair fram gahraineinai beinai batei anabaub Moses du ]?amma usli]?in: afletanda bus
ni
qi]?ais

mannhun

Avaiht,

ak mitodedun

sis,

frawaurhteis beinos, ]?au qi]?an: weitwodibai im. ij?=19 45 lb is usgaggands dugann urreis jah nim bata badi ]?einata merjan filu jah usqi]?an bata jah gagg? waurd, SAvaswe is juban ni mahta 10 abban ei witeib batei walandaugjo in baurg galei[?an, ak dufni habaib sunus mans ana uta ana aubjaim stadim was; airbai afletan frawaurhtins, qab. jah iddjedun du imma allabro. du bamma uslibin:

CA. II, 3. fidworim; fidworin in CA. gaselrun in CA.
38.
in

haimom; haimon

afletanda; afletanda in CA.

— gasehrum;
2

L8

Mark
Jnis
<]i)';i.

II.

11 badi
12

orreis

ninmh
<lu

]>ata

reisaieis

fastand,

]>ai

]>einai

]><'in

jah

gagg

('••inanima.
jali

garda eiponjos ni fastand? 19 jah qa]> im Iesns: ibai ma-

gun suujus brujrfadie, und Jmtei jande badi ueiddja faura and- nap im ist bru]'fa]'s. fastan? swa wairjjja allaize, awaswe usgeis- lagga hreila ewe mi]? sis haband nodedun allai jah hauhidedun bruj'fad. ni magnn fastan. mikiljandana uu]>. qifandans ]>a20 a]>]">nn atgaggand dagos
nrrais suns jah ushai-

im sa bru]'fn]'s. ka=Jl 13 Jah <i.alai]> aftra faur ma- jah ]>an fastand in jainamma rein; jah all manageins iddjednn daga. da imma, jah laisida ins. 21 ni manna plat fanins ninjis
tei

aiw swa

ni

gasehram.

]>an

amimada

af

"

14 jah hrarbondegasahj L#aiwwi siujij? ana snagan tairnjana: ibai I'ana Altaians sitandan at ino- afnimai fullon af J>amma, sa fcai, jah (ja]> da iinina: gagg afar oiuja I'aimiia fairnjin, jah wairmis. jah aestandands iddja afar siza gataura wairjrij?. iinina. 22 ni manna uiuti)> wein jugL5 Jah war]' bi]v is anakuin- gata in balgins fairnjans; ibai kb=22 bida in garda is. jah managai aufto distadrai wein |'aia niujo motarjos jah Erawanrhtai mi]>- ]>ans balgins, jah wein us<rutni]> anaknmbidedun [esua jah ei- jah ]>ai balgeis fraqistnand, ak ponjam is: wesun auk managai wein jnggata in balgins niujans jah iddjednn afar iinina. giutand. 16 jah |»ai bokarjos jali Farei23 Jah war]' fairhgaggan im- kd=24 saieis, gasaihrandans Ina mat- ma eabbato daga ]>airh atisk, jandan nii)> |>;»ini unitarian! jah jah dugunnun eiponjos is skewErawaurhtaim, qeJ?UD du |>aim jandans raupjan ahsa. siponjam is: Ira ist fatei mi]' 24 jah Fareisaieis qe)nro du motarjam jah frawaurhtaim imma: sai Ira tanjand eiponjos
niatji]'

jah driggki)??
qaj?

|>cinai
ist ?

sabbatim

]>atei

ni

skuld

kg=28

1"

Jah gahauejande leans
ni

du

]>nurbun swin]>ai lekeie 25 jah is qa}» du im: niu usak |>ai ubilaha habandans: ni suggwuj? aiw Ira gotawida Daqam la]>on uswanrhtane ak Era- weid, |»un )>aurfta jah ^redags waurhtans. was. is jah )'ai mij? imma ?
iiu:

is jah wcsun Biponjoslohannis 26 lraiwa galaif in gard *ru]>s jah Fareisaieis fastandans. jah uf Abinl'ara gudjin jah hlaibans atiddjednn jah qe)mn du imma faurlageinais matida, ]>anz»>i ni dnhre eiponjos [ohannes jah Fa- skuld ist matjan niba ainaim

18.

jah

all

manageina iddjedan du imma
in

is

added in tbeMS.

1<>.

Frawaurh-

taim (tbesecond); Fraarhtaim

Mark

II.

TIL

10

gaf jah bairn mib naus jah bai bi Tyra jah Seisis wisandam? dona, manageins filu, gahauske=25 27 Jah qab im sabbato in jaudans liran filu is tawida, mans war]? gaskapans, ni manna qemun at imma. in sabbato dagis, 9 jah qab ]>aim siponjam sei28 swaei frauja ist sa sunus naim ei skip habaib wesi at immans jah ]>amma sabbato. ma in bizos manageins, ei ni

gudjam,

jali

:

]?raiheina ina.

Chapter

III.

10 managans auk gahailida,

1 Jah galai]? aftra in syna- swaswe drusun ana ina ei imma gogen, jah was jainar manna attaitokeina; jah swa managai gabaursana habands handu. swe habaidedun wundufnjos 2 jah witaidednn imma, haili11 jah ahmans unhrainjans, dediu sabbato daga, ei wrohide- bain ]?an ina gasehrun, drusun deina ina. du imma.

qab du ]?amma mann ]?amma gabaursana habandin handu urreis in midumai. 4 jah qab du im: skuldu ist in sabbatim biu]? taujan aibbau
.3

jah

tei

:

Jah hropidedun qibandans ]?a- kh=28 bu is sunus gubs. 12 jah filu and bait ins ei ina

gaswikunjudedeina. 13 Jah usstaig in fairguni, jah unbiub taujan, saiwala nasjan athaihait ]?anzei wilda is, jah aibbau usqistjan? ib eis ]>ahai- gali]?un du imma. dedun. 14 jah gawaurhta twalif du 5 jah ussaikrands ins mib mo- wisan mib sis, jah ei insandidedi
ni

1=29

da, gaurs in daubibos hairtins ins merjan
ize,

kei

qab du ]?amma mann: bo handu beina! jah
is.

ufra-

ufra- jan sauhtins jah

15 jah haban waldufni du hailuswairpan un16 Jah gasatida Seimona na-l-30

kida, jah gastob aftra so han- tmlbons.

dus
kq=26

6 Jah gaggandans ]?an Fareisaieis sunsaiw mi]? bairn Herodianum garuni gatawidedun bi ina, ei imma usqemeina. 7 jah Iesus aflai]? mi]? siponjam seinaim du marein,

Paitrus; 17 jah Iakobau bamma Zaibaidaiaus, jah Iohanne bro]?r Iakobaus, jah gasatida im namna Bauanairgais, batei ist sunjus beihjons;

mo

kz=27

18 jah Andraian jah Filippu laia laistidedun afar imma; jah jah Bar]?aulaumaiu jah Matbaiu us Iudaia jah J?oman jah Iakobu bana 8 jah us Iairusaulymim jah us Alfaiaus jah paddaiu jah SeiIdumaia jah hindana Iaurda- mona jmna Kananeiten
filu

Jah

manageins us

Galei-

III, 7.

jus;

CA

originally

us Galeilaia; us Galeilaiau in CA. IS. usstaig; ustaig had suujos, but the scribe changed to u.

in

CA.

— 17. sun-

20
19 jah Iudan Iskarioten,
iali

Mark
saei

.

IV

galewida ina.

uute qepun: hraiujaua habai]\

30

ahman

un-

la=3l

Jah atiddjedun in gard; 31 Jah qemun panaipei is jalile=35 20 jah galddja sik managei, broprjus is. jah utastandandona swaswe ni mahtedun iiih hlaii insandidedun du imma haitanraatjan. dona iua. 21 jah hausjandans train im32 jah setim bi iua managei, ma bokarjos jah anparai usidd- qehuu ]>au du imma: sai ai]>ei jedun gahaban ina; qepun auk peina jah bro]'rjus ]'oiuai jah
)>;ii<-i

usgaisips

ist

swistrjuspeinos uta sokjandpuk.

lb=32

22 Jah bokarjos ]'ai af Iairusaulyniai qimandans qepun patei
Baiailzaibul habaip, jah patei in

ist

33 jah andhof im qipands: lro so ai]>ei meina ai]']>au J>ai 34 jah bisaihrands bisunjane

]>annna reikistin unhul]?ouo uswairpip ]>aini unhulpom.
]g=:i:i

broprjus meinai?

23 Jah athaitands ins in gaju- I'iins bi sik sitandans qa]>: sai kom qa}> du im: hraiwa mag aipei meina jah ]>ai broprjus meinai. eatanaa satanan iiswairpan? 35 saei allis waurkeip wiljan 24 jah jabai Jnudangardi wigups, sa jah bropar meins jah 1'i-a sik gadailjada, oimagstanswistar jah aipei isl dan bo [riudangardi jaina. 25 jah jabai garde wipra sik Chapter IV. gadailjada, ni mag standan sa 1 Jah aftra Iesus dugann garde jains.

lais-lq=36

jah jabai Batana ussto]> jan at marein. jah galesun sik ana sik eilban jah gadailips du imma mauageius filu, swaswe war]?, mag gastandan, ak ina galeipandan in skip gasitan iu marein, jah alia so managei audi habai]>. 27 ni manna mag kasa ewin- wipra marein ana sta]>a was. 2 jah laisida ins in gajukom I'is galeipands in gard is wilwan,

26

1

1

ewinpau ga- manag, jah qajs im in laiseinai bindip, jah (pan) ]>an;i gard is seinai: diswilwai. 3 hausei]'! sai urrann sa saild=34 28Amenqipa izwis patei allata anda du saian Eraiwa seinamma. afletada |>ata frawaurhte su4 jah war]' iiiij>]>anci saiso, liuiu manne, jah naiteinoe, ewa sum raihtis gadraus faur wig, managoa swaswe wajamerjand; jah qemnn fugloe jah Eretun 29 a]-]>au saei wajamereip ah- ]>ata. man weihana, ni habaip fralel 5 an]'aru)> ]'an gadraus ana aiw. akskula isl aiweinaizos fra- stainahanima, ]>aroi ni habaida
nilia

faurpis

]>;m;i

waurhtais.

airpa

managa, jah suns urrann,
galeijnui in CA.

27.

I'.ui

l-aiin:

]•.•

in

CA.

iv,

/.

galeipandan

;

Mark
in ]uzei ni

IV.

21

habaida diupaizos air17 jah ni haband waurtins in pos sis, ak lueilaluairbai sind ]?aG at sunnin ]?an urrinnandin ]>roh bi]?e qimip agio aippau ufbrann, jah ante ni habaida wrakja in pis waurdis, suns gawanrtins, gapaursnoda. marzjanda. 7 jah sum gadraus in paur18 jah ]?ai sind pai in ]?aurnuns, jah ufarstigun ]?ai ]?aurn- nuns saianans, ]?ai waurd hausjus jah afluapidedun pata, jah jand ans, akran ni gaf. 19 jah saurgos ]uzos libainais 8 jah sum gadraus in air]?a jah afmarzeins gabeins jah ]>ai goda, jah gaf akran urrinnando bi pata anpar lustjus innatjah wahsjando, jah bar ain .1. gaggandans aflvapjand ]?ata jah ain .j. jah ain .r. waurd, jah akranalaus wairpip. 9 jah qap: saei habai ausona 20 jah pai sind ]>ai ana airpai hausjandona, gahausjai. [nzai godon saianans, J^aiei haus10 ip bi]>e war]? sundro, frehun jand pata waurd jah andnimand,
;

ina pai bi iua mip ]>aim twali- jah akran bairand, bim pizos gajukons. ain .j. jah ain .r.
lz=37

ain

.1.

jah

wairpai. afletaindau im frawaurhteis. 23 jabai luas habai ausona 13 jah qap du im: ni witup po hausjandona, gahausjai. gajukon, jah Iraiwa alios pos 24 Jah qa]? du im: saifaip hra ma=41 gajukons kunneip? hauseip. in ]?izaiei mita]> miti]>, Ib=38 14 Sa saijands waurd saijip. 15 a]?]?an pai \vi]?ra wig sind mi tad a izwis, jah biaukada izwis parei saiada pata waurd, jah paim galaubjandam. 25 Unte pi si am m eh saei ha-mb=42 ]?an gahausjand unkarjans, suus qimipsatanas jah usnimip waurd bai]>, gibada imma; jah saei ni habaip, jah patei habai]', afni]?ata insaiano in hairtam ize.

11 Jah qa]? im: izwis atgiban 21 Jah qap du im: ibai lukarnlb=39 ist kunnan runa ]nudangardjos qimip du]>e ei uf melan satjaidau gups, ip jainaim paim uta in aippau undar ligr? niu ei ana gajukom allata wair]>ip, lukarnastapan satjaidau? 12 ei sailuandans sailraina ih all is ist lua fulginis m=40 22 jah ni gaumjaina, jah hausjangabairhtjaidau; nih ]>atei ni dans hausjaina jah ni fra])jaiua, war]? analaugn, ak ei swikunp ibai luan gawandjaina sik jah

16 jah sind samaleiko pai ana mada imma. stain ahamma saianans, paiei 2G Jah qap: swa ist piudan- mg=43 ]?an hausjand pata waurd, suns gardi gups swaswe jabai manna
mi]> fahedai

nimand

ita,

wairpip, fraiwa

ana

air]?a,

11.
Alt. o,

gajukom; gajukon
2b.

in

CA. {Cp.

V, 3,

note).

12. ibai; nibai in

CA;

cp.

22

Mark

IV. V.

37 jah war]> skura windis nii27 jali slepib jah urreisij? nahi jah daga, jali bata fraiw keinib kila jah wegos waltidedun in skip, ewaswe ita juban gafulljah liudi]>, swe ni wait is. 28 silbo auk airba akran bai- noda. .'?s jah was is ana notin ana ]>a]>roh ahs. ri|>. frumist gras. ]>a]>roh fulleij? kaurnis in bamma vYaggarja slepanda; jah urraisidedun ina jah qe]mn du imma: ansa. 21) ]>anuh bijvatgibada akran, laiaari, niu kara ]nik bizei fiasuns inaandeib gilj'a. mite atist qiatnam?
jah urreisands gaaok winda md=44 80 Jah qa)>: Ire galeikom ]>iu- jah qa}? du ma rein: gaslawai, afdangardja gape, aibbau in lmlei- dumbn. jah anasilaida sa winds, jah war]? wis mikil. kai gajukon gabairam ]>o?
asans.
•".'.»

31 swe kaurno sinapis, bat<-i |>an saiada ana air]>a. minnist
allafce fraiwe ist ]>ize
.")2

40 jah qab du im: dulve faurhtai siju]> awa? hraiwa ni nauh
habai]> galaubein?

ana

airbai,

jah

]'aii

saiada,

urrinnib
niikilans,

jah \\air]n]> allaize gras*' maiat, jah qe]mn
jali

41 jah ohtedun sis agis mikil, du sis misso: luas]>ansa
sijai,

gataujib astans

Bwaewe maguD uf ekadan is hiniinis gabauan. me=4o 33 Jah swaleikaim managaim Chapter V. gajukom rodida du im |'ata 1 Jah qemun hindar marein in wnurd. ewaswe niahtcdun haus- landa Gaddarene. jon. 2 jah nsgaggandin imma us \\ i]> inuh gajukon ni rodida skipa suns gamotida imma manim. na us aurahjom in ahmin unuiq=4G I|> sundro siponjani scinaini hrainjamma. andband allata. 3 eaei bauain habaida in aurahinz=47 Jah qaj? du im in jainam- jom. jah ni naudibandjom eisaruia daga, at andanahtjn ]>an iicinaim manna nialita ina ga:{.")

unte jah winds jah fug- marei nfhanajand imma?
liu

oaleibam jamis bindan, 4 ante ia ufta eiaamam bi fostadia. 36 jah afletandana mana- tuns grab usran aim jah naudibandandiH'inun ina s\v<> was in jom uabundans eisarneinaim gein akipa, jah |>un an]>nra skipa we• was. jah galausida af sis ]>os sun mil• ininia. nandibandjos jah ]>o ana fotum
\\aur|>ananinia
:

]

/s

not necessarily fnllein cp.O. E. iyllo]>. fullness. 86. stadis: stable Lu. I". 8. (Coeijn, 'Taalknndige Bijdragen', />.'>). expected; cp. Mk. IV, 1.

28

iullci)':

;

.

-.

himself.

aarahjom; ;/; CA originally aurahjon, which was corrected by the scribe /. gatamjan; in tin• margin the gloss gabindau. gasaihrande; gasai-

Kailraiids

;/;

CA.

; irk
eisarna gabrak, jah mahta ina gat am j an.

V.

23

15 jah atiddjedun du Iesu a, jah gasailrand bana wodan si5 jah siirteino nahtam jah da- fcandan jah gawasidana jah frabgam in aurahjom jah in fairgun- jandan, ]>ana saei habaida laijam was hropjands jali bligg- gaion, jah ohtedun. 10 jah spillodedun im baiei wands sik stainam. G gasai brands ]>an Iesu fair- gaselrun, lraiwa war]? bi bana
ni

manna

ra])ro

rann jah

in wait ina,

7 jah hropjands stibnai mikilai qab: Ira mis jah bus, Iesu sunu gu]>s ]As hauhistins? biswara buk bi guba, ni balwjais
mis.

wodan jah bi bo sweina. 17 jah dugunnun bidjan ina galei]?an hindar markos seinos. 18 Jah inngaggandan ina in mh=48 skip ba]> ina saei was wods, ei
mib imma
wesi.

19 jah ni lailot ina., ak qab du imma: gagg du garda bei]?amma namma du beinaim, jah gateih mann. im Iran filu ]>us frauja gatawida 9 jah frah ina: Ira namo ]?ein? jah gaarmaida }>uk. jah qab du imma: namo mein 20 jah galaib jah dugann merlaigaion, unte managai sijum. jan in Daikapaulein Iran filu 10 jah ba]? ina filu ei ni us- gatawida imma Iesus, jah allai dribi im us landa. sildaleikidedun. 11 wasuh ban jainar hairda 21 Jah usleijmndin Iesua inmb=49 sweine haldana at bamma fairskipa aftra hindar marein, ga8 unte qa]> imma: alima unhrainja, us

usgagg,

gunja; qemun sik manageins filu du 12 jah bedim ina alios bos un- imma, jah was faura marein. hul]>ons qibandeins; insandei un22 jah sai qimi]? ains bize sysis in bo sweina, ei in bo galeinamin Jaeirus, jah

baima.

nagogafade, sailr ands ina gadraus du fotum
Iesuis,

23 jah ba]? ina filu qibands unhrainjans gali]nm in ]?o swei- ]>atei dauhtar meina aftumist na, jah rami so hairda and driu- habai]>, ei qimands lagjais ana son in marein, wesunu]> ]?an swe bo handuns, ei ganisai jah libai. twos ]msundjos, jah aflrapnode24 jah galaib mib imma, jah dun in marein. iddjedun afar imma manageins 14 jah bai haldandans bo filu, jah ]?raihun ina. sweina gablauhun jah gataihun 25 jah qinono suma wisandei in baurg jah in haimom; jah qe- in runa blo]?is jera twalif, mun sailran Ira wesi ]?ata waur- 20 jah manag gabulandei fram managaim lekjam jah fraqiman]?ano.
7. smiii;

13 jah uslaubida im Iesus suns, jah usgaggandans ahmans bai

suuau

in

CA.

— usdribi;

usdrebi in CA.

24
dei

Mark

V. VI.

allamma seinamma jah ni waihtai botida, ak made wairs
bi

habaida, 27 gahausjandei

ainnohun ize mi]? sis afargaggan nibai Paitru jah Iakobu jah Iohannen
37 jah
ni fralailot

Iesu,

at- bro]>ar Iakobis.

gaggandei

in

managein aftana
is.

38 jah galaib

in

gard

bis syna-

attaitok wastjai

gogafadis, jah gasahj auhjodu 28 unte qa]> batei jabai wast- jah gretandans jah waifairhjjanh'lu.

dans jom is atteka, ganisa. 39 29 jah sunsaiw gabaursnoda

innatgaggande qab du im: h?a auhjob jah gretib? bata B8 brunna blobis izos. jah ufknnba ana leika batei gahail- barn ni gadaubnoda, ak slt>}ii]>. 40 jah bililohun ina. i]> is usnoda af ]>annn;i elaha. wairpands allaim ganimib attan 30 jah sunsaiw [esus ufkunba bis barnis jah aibein jah bans in sis sill)in ]>o us .sis nialit usmib sis, jah galaib inn bard was gaggandein; gawandjande sik in bata barn ligando. manageii] qab: Iras mis taitok 41 jah fairgraip bi liandau wastjom? bata barn qabuh du izai: taleiba 31 jah qebnn du imma siponkumei, )>atei ist gaskeiri]': niajos is: eaihria bo managein ]»p'iwilo, du ]uis qiba, urreis. handein buk jah qibis: Iras mis
iali

.

taitok?

12
iali

jah

suns

urrais so
j<>r<>

mawi

wlaitoda bata tanjandein.
jah
."I•"»

32

saihran

iddja;

was auk

twalibe;

]>o
iali

usgeisnodedun faurhtrin mijah
ni

kilai.

so qino ogandei jah randei, witandei batei warb
i|>

rei-

43

anabanb im
ranbi bata,

filu

ei

bi

qam jah draus du imma (|a]> imma alia ]>o sunia.
iia.
.'
1

manna

jah hai-

jah

hait izai giban niatjan.

i]>

is

qab du

i/.ai:

daulnar.

Chapteb

VI.

galaubeins beina ganasida ]uik: 1 Jah usstob jainbro jah qamn=50 gagg in gawairbi, iali siiais haila in landa seinamma, jah laistiaf ]>amma elaha beinamma. dednn afar imma siponjos is. 35 nauhbannh imma rodjan•J iali bibe war]) sabbato, dudin qemun t'ram bamma syna- gann in synagoge laisjan; jah gogafada qibandans ]>at <-i dauh- managai hansjandans sildaleikitar beina gaewalt, Ira banamais dedun qibandans: hrabro bamma draibeis bana laisari? bata; jah hjo so handugeino so \\< [esue sunsaiw gahaus- gibano imma, <>i mahteis swaleijands bata waurd rodib qaj? du kos bairh handuna is wairband? bamma synagogafada: ni faurhniu bata ist sa timrja, sa t«'i. batainei galaubei. sunns Marjins, i]> brobar Iakoba
•"><')
•".

87. aiimolmn: ainnlmn in CA.

Mark

VI.

25

jah Iuse jah Iudins jah Seimonis? 12 Jah usgaggandans meride- nq=56 jah niu sind swistrjus is her at dun ei idreigodedeina, unsis? jah gamarzidai waurbun 13 jah unhulbons managos
na--51

usdribun, jah gasalbodedun aleQa]> ]?an im Iesus batei nist wa managans siukans jah gabraufetus unswers niba in ga- hailidedun. baur]?ai seinai jah in gani]?jam 14 Jah gahausida ]>iudans He- nz=o7 jah in garda seinamma. rodes, swikunb allis warb namo 5 jah ni mahta jainar ainohun

in

J'amma.

4

is,

mahte gataujan, niba fawaim daupjands us dau]?aim urrais; siukaim handuns galagjands ga- dubbe waurkjand bos mahteis hailida. in imma.
6 jah sildaleikida in ungalaubeinais
ize.

jah qa]?

]>atei

Iohannis sa

nb=52

laisjands.

15 Anbarai ]>an qebun batei nh=58 Helias ist, anbarai ]>an qebun Jah bitauh weihsa bisunjane ]>atei praufetes ist swe ains bize
praufete.

ug— 53

7 Jah athaihait bans twalif, 16 gahausjands ]?an Herodes jah dugann ins insandjan twans qa]> batei bammei ik haubib afhranzuh, jah gaf im waldufni maimait Iohanne, sa ist; sah ahmane unhrainjaize, urrais us daubaim. 8 jah faurbau]) im ei waiht ni

nemeina

wig niba aina, nih matibalg nih
in

hrngga
hlaif.

17 Sa auk raihtis Herodes in-n}?=59 nih sandjands gahabaida Iohannen

jah gabaud ina in karkarai in Hairodiadins qenais Filippaus 9 ak gaskohai suljom. nd=54 Jah ni wasjaib twaim paidom. brobrs seinis, untebogaliugaida. 18 Qab auk Iohannes du He- j=60 10 jah qab du im: bishraduh bei gaggai]? in gard, bar saljai]>, roda batei ni skuld ist bus haban qen brobrs beinis. unte usgaggai]> jainbro. 19 ib so Herodia naiw imma ne- 55 11 Jah swa managai swe ni andnimaina izwis ni hausjaina jah wilda imma usqiman jah ni
in gairdos aiz,

usgaggandans jain]?ro us- mahta; hrisjai]? mulda bo undaro fotum 20 unte Herodis ohta sis Ioizwaraim du weitwodibai im hannen, kunnands ina wair gaamen qiba izwis, sutizo ist Sau- raihtanajahweihanajahwitaida daumjam aij^au Gaumaurjam imma, jah hausjands imma main daga stauos ]?au bizai baurg nag gatawida, jah gabaurjaba
izwis,

jainai.

imma
10. usgaggaih; usgaggaggaij? in CA.

andhausida.

hausjaina in CA; it is not jainai; necessary to write nih hausjaina; cp. Mk. XIV, 68. Rom. IX, 10, etc. 10. naiw; CA had naiswor, but the letters s, o, r, are deleted. janai in CA. dauhtr; so in Heine's edition, CA has dauhtar.
VI,
ni

26
21
jali

Mark

VT. VII.

30 Jali galddjedun apaustau-ja=6l waurbans dags gatils, baa Herodia mela gabaurbais l<'is|lu Iesua, jah gataihuo imnia seinaizoe nahtamat waurhta allata jah swa iilu ewe gatawij>aiin maistam seinaize jah ]>u- dt'tJun
.

.

sundifadim jah bairn fmmistam
Galeilaias,

•"•*>

jah duatsnewun.

22 jali atgaggandein inn dauhtr Berodiadins jah plinsjandein jah galeikandein Heroda jah ]>aim mibanakumbjandam,
qa|> )>iii(lans
bidei

du

]>izai

maujai:
wileis,

mik bisbjizuh
)»us.

bei

jah giba
2•'{

jah swor izai batei bishrah bei bidjaie mik. giba bus, and

halba biudangardja meina.

24

i)>

si

usgaggandei qab du
Iris

aibein eeinai:

bidjau? ib si qab: haubidis [ohannis ]>is daupjah

54 Jah usgaggandam im usji>— oi> skipa, euneaiwufkunnandansina, birinnandans all bata gawi dugunnun ana bad] am bans ubil habandans bairan ]>ad<*i hausidedun ei is wesi. 56 jah bishraduh badei iddja in haimos aib]>au baurirs ai) )>au in Aveihsa. ana gagga lagidedun siukans, jah bedun ina ei ban skauta wastjos is attaitokeina; jah swa managai swe attaitokun imma. ganesun.
.".")
i

jandine.
l'.~>

sik du imma u=70 1 atgaggandei sunsaiw Fareisaieis jah sumai ]>ize bosniumundo du bamma biudana kaije qimandans us Iairusauly6ab qibandei: wiljau ei mis "iinim. hais ana mesa haubib Iohannis 2 jah gaeaihrandane Bumana bis daupjandins. )>ize siponje is gamainjaim han26 jah gaura waurbans sa biu- dum. ]>at' ist un]nvahanaiin. niatdans in bize aibe jah in bize mib- jandans hlaibans.

Chapter Jah gaqemun

YII.

anaknmbjandane
ufbrikan.

id

wilda

izai

3

i]>

Fareisaieis jah aJlai lu-

daieis, niba ufta bwahand han27 jah suns insandjans sa biuduns, ni matjand, habandans dans spaikulatur anabaub briganafilh bize sinistane, gan haubib is. 4 jah afmablaniba daupjand, s i|> is galeibands afmaimait ni matjand. jah anbar ist maiinma haubib in karkarai, jah nag batei andnemun du haban, a1 bar bata haubib is ana mesa daupeinins etikle jah aurkje jah
l'

jah atgaf ita |>i/.ai maujai. jah katile jah ligre. so mawi atgaf ita aibein eeinai. 5 |)a]'ioh ban frehun ina baina •_"» jah gahauejandane siponjos Fareisaieis jah bai bokarjos: is qemun jah usnemun leik is jah duhre bai siponjos beinai ni gag-

galagidedua
S3,

ita

in

hlaiwa.

gand
in

bi

bammei anafulhun

bai

daatenewun

:

duatsniwnn

CA.

Mark

VII.

27
ist

ak unbwahanaim hanmatjanci hlaif? 6 ib is andhafjands qa]? du im ]?atei waila praufetida Esa'ias bi izwis bans liutans, swe gamelib ist: so managei wairilom mik sweraib, ib hairto ize fairra habaib sik mis. 7 ib sware mik blotand laisjandans laiseinins anabusnins
sinistanSj

dum

gando us mann, bata gamainjando mannan.

bata

1G jabai mas habai ausona hausjandona, gahausjai.

gando in mannan ni mag ina 8 afietandans raihtis anabusn gamainjan, gups habaib batei anafulhun 19 unte ni galeibib imma in maunans; daupeinins aurkje jah hairto, ak in wamba, jah in urstikle jah anbar galeik swaleirunsa usgaggib, gahraineib alkata manag taujib. lans matins? 9 jah qab du im: waila inwi20 qabub ban batei bata us di]> anabusn gubs, ei bata anamann usgaggando, bata gamaifulhano izwar fastaib. 10 Moses auk raihtis qab: swe- neib mannan. 21 innabro auk us hairtin rai attan beinana jah aibein beina, jah: saei ubil qibai attin manne mitoneis ubilos usgagseinamma aibbau aibein seinai, gand, kalkinassjus, horinassjus,
maurbra, 22 biubja, faihufrikeins, unse11 ib jus qibib: jabai qibai leins, liutei, aglaitei, augo unsel, manna attin seinamma aibbau aibein: kaurban, batei ist maibms, wajamereins, hauhhairtei, unwiti; bishjah batei us mis gabatnis; 23 bo alia ubilona innabro 12 jah ni fraletib ina ni waiht usgaggand jah gagamainjand taujan attin seinamma aibbau mannan. ai]?ein seinai, 24 jah jainbro usstandands 13 blaubjandans waurd gu]?s galaib in markos Tyre jah Seibizai anabusnai izwarai boei done. jah galei bands in gard ni anafulhub. jah galeik swaleikata wilda witan mannan, jah ni

manne.

17 Jah ban galaib in gard usub=72 ]>izai managein, frehun ina siponjos is bi bo gajukon. 18 jah qab du im: swajahjus unwitans sijub? ni frabjib bammei all bata utabro inngag-

daubau afdaubjaidau.

manag

taujib.

mahta galaugnjan.

25 gahausjandei raihtis qino bi ina, bizozei habaida dauhtar ahman unhrainjana, qimandei jah frabjaib. 15 ni waihts ist utabro mans draus du fotum is; inngaggando in ina batei magi 26 wasub ban so qino hai]?no, ina gamainjaii; ak ]?ata utgag- Saurini Fynikiska gabaurbai.
VII, 19. gahraineib,

14 jah athaitands alia ]>o managein qab im: hauseib mis allai

not jah gahraineib;

cp.

however Lu.

V, 3.

28
ug=73

Mark
ei

VII. VIII.

Jah bab ina
27

]?o

unhulbou
izai:

uswaurpi us dauhtr
ib Iesus qa]>
faur]>is

izos.
let

Chapter VIII. unte ni gob isl ln'inan hlaib 1 In jainaim ban dagam aftra barne jah wairpan hundam. 28 i)' si andhof imma jah <]a]> at filu managai managein wisandu imma: jai, frauja; jah auk dein jah ni habandam lea matihundos undaro biuda matjand dedeina, athaitands eiponjans
af

sada

du wairban

Waila allatagatawida, jah bau- uq=76 dans gataujib gah&usjan jah unrodjandans rodjan.

barna

drauhsnom barne.
2 .)
(

qabuh du im
in

2 infeinoda du bizai managein, waurdis gagg, usiddja unhulj>o unte ju dagans ]>iins mi]> mis wesun jah ni haband Ira matus dauhtr beinai.
jah
(]a]>

du

izai:

bis

ik1=74

30 Jah galeibandei du garda jaina. jah jabai fraleta ins lausqiseinamma bigat unhulbou usbrans du garda ize, ufligand ana gaggana jah ]>o dauhtar liganmg& sumai raihtis ize fairrabro deiu ana ligra. jah aftra galeibands afmar- qemun. 4 jah andhofuu imma siponjos knin Tyre jah Seidone qam a1 marein Galeilaie mi|> tweihnaim is: lra]>ro bans mag hjas gasobian hlaibam ana aubidai? markom Daikapaulaios. 5 jah frah ins: lean managans i\2 jah berun du imma baudaii.i siauiinana. jah beduu ina ei habaib hlaibans? ib eis qebun:
.*}
:

•*'»1

lagidedi

imma handu.

sibun.

33 jah afnimands ina af mana^ciu eundro lagida figgrans seiuaus in ausoua imma, jah speiwauils a1 taitok uggou is, I jah ussnilrnnds du himiiia gaewogida jah qab du imma:
t
.*')

anabaub bizai managem anakumbjan ana airbai; jah nimande bans sibun hlaibans jah
(>

jah

awiliudonds gabrak jah atgafsi-

ponjam eeinaim,
faur;

jah

atlagidedeina atlagidedun faur )>o
ei

aift';i|';i.
•'.">

managein. 7 jah habaidedun fiskane fajah suneaiw ueluknodedun wans, jah bans gabiubjands qab imma hliumans, jah andbundnoda bandi buggons is, jah po- ei atlagidedeina jah bans. dida raihtaba. 8 gamatidedun ban jah sadai •*5() jah auahau]» in ei maun waurbun, jah uenemun Iaibos
batei
ist
:

uslukll.

i

ni

qebeina.
H'.ni
lilu
is

ue=7"

iia

anabaub,

uiais

gabruko sibun spyreidans. i) wesunubban bai matjandans
sue fldwor busundjos; jah
lailol
ins.

bamma

eis

meridedun.
sildaleikide-

fra-

'7 jah ufarassau dun qibandans:
82. liandii-

10 jah galaib eunsaiw
in

in sk

i

j

>

handau

CA.

88. epei wands:

epewande

in

CA.

Mark

VIII.

29
ni

nauh fra]?ji]>? 22 Jah qemun in Be]?aniin, jahpa=81 uz=77 11 Jah urrunnun Fareisaieis jah dugunnun mipsokjan imma, berun du imma blindan, jah besokjandans du imma taikn us dun ina ei imma attaitoki. 23 jah fairgreipands handu pis himina, fraisandans ina. uh=78 12 Jah ufswogjands ahmiu sei- blindins ustauh ina utana weihnamma qap: lira pat a kuni taikn sis, jah speiwands in augona is, sokei]?? amen qi]?a izwis jabai atlagjands ana handuns seinos,
gibaidau kunja
frah ina ga-u-lua-selri. 24 jah ussailrands qa]?: ga13 jah afletands ins galei]?ands saihra mans, }?atei swe bagmans aftra in skip uslaip hindar magasaihra gaggandans.

siponjam seinaim jah ana fera Magdalan.
mi]?

qam

21 jah qab du im: lraiwa

pamma

taikne.

rein.

25 paproh aftra galagida hanjah ufarmunnodedun niman duns ana po augona is, jah gahlaibans, jah niba ainana hlaif tawida ina ussailuan jah aftra ni habaidedun inip sis in skipa. gasatips warp, jah gasalr/ bairhu)?=79 15 Jah anabaub im qibands:
1-1

taba allans. 26 jah insandida ina du garda stis Fareisaie jah beistisHerodis: is qibands: ni in pata Aveihs gagp=80 16 Jah ]?ahtedun mi]? sis misso gais, ni mannhun qipais in pamqibandans unte hlaibans ni ha- ma Aveihsa. bam. 27 Jah usiddja Iesus jah sipon-pb=82 17 jah frabjands Iesus qab du jos is in weihsa Kaisarias ]?izos im: lv/a baggkeib unte hlaibans Filippaus; jah ana wiga frah sisailrip ei atsaimi]? izwis bis bei-

nauh frabjip nih ponjans seinans qibands du im: witub, unte daubata habaip lrana qipand mik mans wisan? hairto izwar. 28 ip eis andhofun: Iohannen 18 augona habandans ni ga- ]?ana daupjand, jah anparai Hesailri]?, jah ausona habandans lian, sumaih ]?an ainana prauni gahausei]?, jah ni gamunup. fete. 19 pan pans fimf hlaibans ga29 jah is qa]? du im appan jus brak fimf ]?usundjom, hjan ma- hrana mik qi]?i]? wisan? 'nagos tainjons fullos gabruko Andhafjands pan Paitrus qappg=83 usnemup? qepun du imma twa- du imma: pu is Xristus. lif. 30 jah faurbaub im ei mann20 ap]?an ]?an ]?ans sibun hlai- hun ni qepeina bi ina. bans fidwor pusundjom, Iran 31 jah dugann laisjan ins batei managans spyreidans fullans ga- skal sunus mans filu winnan, bruko usnemup? ip eis qepun: jah uskiusan skulds ist fram sibun ]?aim sinistam jah paim auhuni habaip?
ni
: :

Yffly 26. 27. weihsa;

wehsa

in

CA.

30

Mark

VIII.

1\

mistam gudjam jah bokarjam -tandandane
jah iiaqiman jah afar brine da- daubana,

gana oaatandan, '\2 jah awiknnbaba batawanrd
rodida.

kausiand uute gaaairoand biudinassu gnbe <)imianaua in mahbai
izei ni

tai.

2 jah afar dagans daiha gapd=84 Jah aftiuhands ina Paitrus du- nam lesus Paitru jah Iakobu jah Iohannen. jah ustauh ins gami andbeitan ina.

83

i]>

is

gawandjanda

sik jah

ana fairguni hauh sundro

ai-

]><•=*.-,

nans. jah inmaidida sik in andsairoanda bans siponjana nans andbait Paitru qibande: wairbja ize. '\ jah wastjos is waur]'un glithindar mik. satana. ante ni frabjis )>aim gubs ak baim mnnjandeina lreitos ewe anaiwe, swaleikos swe wnllareia ana airmanne. :)4. Jah arhaitands raann- bai ni mag- galreitjan. 4 jah ataugiba war]' im Helias gein mib siponjam eeinaim qab

]

dn

ini:

saei wili

afar mis laiM-

mib Mose. jah wesun rodjandans
•"»

jah nimai mi]' leana. iah andhafiands Paitrna qab galgan eeinana jah laistjai mik. \~> saei allis wili saiwala du [eana: rabbei, gob ist nnaia seina ganaajan, fraqiateib izai; ib saei her wisan. jah gawanrkjam hlifraqiateib eaiwalai eeinai in jans brine, bua ainana iah Bfoae meina jah in bizoa aiwaggeljons. ainana jah ainana Helijin.
ian. inwidai sik silban

ganaajib bo.

auk wissa h*a rodidedi; 6 Ira auk boteib mannanja- weaun auk uaagidai. 7 jah war]' milhma ufarskadwbaigageigaibbana fairlru allana
(>

ni

iah

gaaleibeib sik

eaiwalai

sei-

janda

im.

na!?
•'{7

bamma

(jam stibna us milhmin: aa ist sunns
jah

aibbau Ira gibib manna meina sa linba, bamma hanajaib. iah anaka insailrandans ni inmaidcin saiwalos aeinaizoa? ainnohnn gaaehrnn, 8 Dnte saei skamaibaik meina banaaeiba alia [ean ainana mib sis. jali wanrde meinaize in gabanri) dalab ban atgaggandam im bai bizai horinondein jah frawaurliton. jah sunns

mans

ska- af

bamma

fairgunja,

anabanb

])

ban qimib in wnlban im ei mannhnn ni spillodedeina at tins eeinia mib aggilnm balm batei gaaehrnn, niba bij>e sunns mans us daubaim usstoj'i. wciham. lo -Iah bata wanrd habaide-ph=88 Chapteb dun du sis misso. aokjandana .Iah qab du im: amen qiba Ira ist bata aa daubaim uaatanZ =s7 izwia batei eind enmai bice her dan.

maib

sik

is.

1

/.
>

/.

izei:

in

in

CA.

8.

ainuohun; ainohun, originally aiuoinohuu

(tlie

Loo

bang

erased), in CA.

Mark IX.

31

89

11 Jah frehim ina qibandans 21 jah frah ]^ana attan is mite qiband ]>ai bokarjos batei luan lagg mel ist ei bata warb
Helias skuli

us barniskja. 12 ib is andhafjands qa]> du 22 jah ufta ina jah in fon atim Helias swebauh qimands warp jah in wato, ei usqistidedi faurbis aftra gaboteib alia; jah imma, akei jabai mageis, hilp hmiwa gameli]) ist bi sunu mans unsara gableibjands unsis. ei manag winnai jah frakunbs 23 ib Iesus qa}? du imma bata wairbai? jabai mageis galaubjan; allata 13 akei qiba izwis batei ju mahteig ]>amma galaubjandin. Helias qam, jah gatawidedun 24 jah sunsaiw ufhropjands sa imma swa filu swe wildedun, atta pis barnis mib tagram qab: swaswe gamelib ist bi ina. galaubja; hilp meinaizos uny=90 14 Jah qimands at siponjam galaubeinais. gasalir filu manageins bi ins jah 25 gasailuands J?an Iesus batei bokarjans sokjandans mib im. samab rann managei, gahrotida 15 jah sunsaiw alia managei ahmin bamma unhrainjin qigasaihrandans ina usgeisnode- bands du imma: bu ahma ]m dun, jah durinnandans inwitun unrodjands jah baubs, ik bus ina. anabiuda, usgagg us bamma jah 10 jah frah bans bokarjans: ];>anaseibs ni galeibais in ina. lira sokeib mib ]>aim? 20 jah hropjands jah filu tahains us jands ina usiddja; jah warb swe ya-91 17 Jah andhafjands ]uzai managein laisari, daubs, swaswe managai qebun qa]>:
i]^

qiman

faurjus.

imma?

is qa]?:

:

brahta sunu meinana du bus, ]?atei gas wait. habandan ahman unrodjandan; 27 Iesus undgreipands ina 18 jah bishraruh bei ina ga- bi handau urraisida ina, jah fahi]?, gawairpib ina, jah hrabjib usstob. jah kriusti^ tunbuns seinans jah 28 Jah galeibandan ina inyb=92 gastaurkni]?; jah qab siponjam gard, siponjos is frehun ina sunusdribeina ina, jah dro: dulu^e weis ni mahtedum ni mahtedun. usdreiban J^ana? 29 jah qab du im: bata kuni 19 ib is andhafjands im qa]?: kuni ungalaubjando, und lira in waihtai ni mag usgaggan at izwis sijau? und lira bulau niba in bidai jah fastubnja. 30 Jah jainpro usgaggandans yg=93 izwis? bairib ina du mis. 20 jah brahtedun ina at imma; iddjedun ]?airh Galeilaian, jah ni jah gasaihrands ina, sunsaiw sa wilda ei liras wissedi; ahma tahida ina, jah driusands 31 unte laisida siponjans seiana airba walwisoda lirabjands. nans, jah qab du im batei sunus
]^einaim
ei

12. Helias; Helia in CA.

— IS. usdribeiDa;

usdreibeina in CA.

— 28. mahtedum;

mahtedun

m

CA.

32

Mark IX.

ne, jah

unte Xristaus sijn]». in handnns mari- namma usqimand imma, jah us- amen qiba izwis ei ni fraqistei]> qietibe bridjin daga nsstandib. mizdon seinai. 'V2 ib eis ni fro]nm bamma 42 Jah sa hrazuh saei framarz-v]'=99

mans atgibada

ainana ]>ize leitilane ]>ize galaubjandane dn mis. g-o]) ist nan. in Kafarnanm. imma maie ei galagjaidau asilu33 jab qam yd=94 Jah in garda qumane frah ins: qairnue ana halsaggan is jah lira in wiga mi]' izwis misso mi- frawaurpane weei in marein: 43 Jah jabai marzjai bnk han-r=100 todedub? .'54 is slawaidedun; dn sis dus beina, afmait bo; gob bns I]> ye=95 andiunnun hrarjis maists isthamfaniina in libain galeiban, misso ban twos handnne habandin gaweei. 35 jah sitands atwopida ]>ans leiban in gaiainnan, in fon bata twalif jah qab du iin: jabai Iras unlrapnando,
waurda, jah ohtedun ina
fraih- jai
<

j

frumists wisan, sijai allaize 44 ]>arei maba ize ni gaswiltib aftnmiste jah allaim andbahte. jah fon ni afhrapnib. 4•") jah jabai fotua beine niarzjah nimande barn gasatida ita in. niidjaiin im, jah ana ar- jai bnk, afmait ina; gob ]>ns ist uiins iiiniaiids ita qab dn im: galeiban in libain haltamma, 37 Baei a in ]nze swaleikaize ban twans fotnns habandin gawili
.*'><;

barne andnimib ana namin mei- wairpan in gaiainnan, in fon nainnia, mik andnimib. bata nnlrapnando. yq=OG Jah sahaznh saoi mik and40 barei maba ize ni gaswilti]' nimib, ni mik andnimib ak bana jali fon ni afhrapnib. 47 jah jabai augo bein marzsandjandan mik. :;s Andhof ban imma Iohannes jai bnk, newairp imma; gob bus yz=:i'7 qibands: laieari, sehrum sumana ist haihamma galeiban in biuin beinamma namin usdreiban- dangardja gnbs, ban twa andan anhnlbons, aaei ni laisteib gona habandin atwairpan in jah vraridedum imma,unte gaiainnan funine, ni laisteib barei maba ize ni gadaub-

, .
•"lit

l

ib

is

qab:

ni

warjib imma;
i>t

ni]>

jah ton ni aihrapnib.

ni

mannahnn auk eaei taujib maht in namin meinamma jah

.» IJ'azuh

jah

auk funin saltada, ra=101 lrariatoh hnnele salt a salsalt:
i
]

magi epranto ubilwaurdjan mis: tada. 40 ante eaei nisi wibra izwis. 50 (]'
fanr izwis
ist.

jabai salt on-rb=102 saltan wairbib, hre supoda? ha>

yh=98

il

Saei

auk

allie

gadragkjai baib

in

izwis salt,

jah gawair-

izwis stikla watins in

namin mei-

beigai sijub mi}' izwis misso.

89.

is;

probably misspelled forloBoa.— 42. hataaggan; so L6be, CA bas baleagsnpoda enpuda /// CA.
;

Mark

.

14 gasailuands .ban Iesus unwerida jah qab du im: leti]) ]>o rg=l03 1 Jah jainbro usstandands qam in markom Iudaias hindar barna gaggan du mis, jah ni warjib bo; unte bize ist biudanIaurdanau, jah gaqemun sik gardi gubs. aftra manageins du imma, jah 15 amen qiba izwis, saei ni swe biuhts aftra laisida ins. andnimibbiudangardja gu]?s swe 2 jah duatgaggandans Fareibarn, ni bauh qimib in izai. saieis frehun ina skuldu sijai 16 jah gablaihands im, lagmann qen afsatjan, fraisandans jands handuns ana bo biubida

Chapter

.

ina.

andhafjands qab: hm 17 Jah usgaggandin imma inrz=107 izwis anabaub Moses? wig, duatrinnands ainsjahknuss4 ib eis qebun: Moses uslaujands bab ina qibands: laisari bida unsis bokos afsateinais mel]?iu]?eiga, hm taujau, ei libainais jan jah afletan. aiweinons arbja wairbau? 5 jah andhafjands Iesus qab 18 ib is qab du imma: lua mik du im: wibra harduhairtein iz- qibis biubeigana? ni luashun wara gamelida izwis ]?o ana- ]?iu]>eigs alja ains gub.
3 ib
is

im.

busn.

19 bos anabusnins kant: ni 6 ib af anastodeinai gaskaftais horinos, ni maurbrjais, ni hlifais, gumein jah qinein gatawida. gub. ni sijais galiugaweitwods, ni ana7 inuh bis bileibai manna attin mahtjais, swerai attan beinana

seinamma jah

aibein seinai, jah aibein j^eina. 8 jah sijaina bo twa du leika 20 baruh andhafjands qab du samin, swaswe ]?anaseibs ni sind imma: laisari, bo alia gafastaida

twa ak

leik ain.

9 batei nu gub gawab,

manna

]?amma ni skaidai. rd=104 10 Jah in garda
jos is bi ]?ata
re =i05

aftra siponina.

samo frehun

11 Jah qab du im: sahmzuh saei afletib qen seina jah liugaib anbara, horino]? du bizai; 12 jah jabai qino afletib aban seinana jahliugada anbaramma,
horinob.

rq =i06

13 panuh atberun du imma barna ei attaitoki im; ib bai siponjos is sokun bairn bairandam
du.

us jundai meinai. 21 lb Iesus insailirands durh=108 imma frijoda ina jah qab du imma: ainis bus wan ist; gagg, swa filu swe habais frabugei jah gif barbain, jah habais huzd in himinam, jah hiri laistjan mik nimands galgan. 22 lb is gauipnands in bisr]?=109 waurdis galaib gaurs; was auk habands faihu manag. 23 jah bisaihmnds Iesus qab siponjam seinaim: sai lvaiwa agluba bai faihu gahabandans in ]>iudangardja gubs galeiband.

X,

IS. is;

probably misspelled for

Iesus.

23. faihu; faiho in CA.

34

Mark

.

24 ib bai siponjos afslaubno- humans aftumans jah aftumaus dedun in waurde is; ]?anih Iesus frumans.
im: baraftra andhafjands nilona, lraiwa aglu ist]>aim hug-

jandam afar faihau

iu

]>iudan-

32 ~Wesunu]> ban ana wiga rib=112 gaggandans du Iairusaulyniai jah faurbigaggands ins Iesus,

gardja gubs galei]>an.

jah sildaleikidedun, jah afarlaist25 azetizo ist ulbandau bairh jandans faurhtai waurbun. jah |»;iiiko nejilos galei]?an bail ga- andnimands aftra ]>ans twalif
in

Juudangardja gu]>s dugann im qiban ]>oei habaidedun ina gadaban, galeiban. niais usgeisnodedun i]> eis 26 33 batei sai usgaggam in Iaiqibandans du sis niisso: jah Iras rusaulynia, jah sunns mans atmag ganisan? gibada baira ufargudjam jah

bigamma

dn im Iesns bokarjam, jah gawargjand ina qab: fram mannam unmahteig daubau (jah atgiband ina biuist, akei ni fram guba; allata dom), auk mahteig ist fram guba. 34 jah bilaikand ina jah bligg28 dugann ]>an Paitrus qiban wand ina jah speiwand ana ina du iuiiua sai weis afiailotum jah usqimand inima, jah bridjin
insailrands
:

27

daga usstandib. 35 Jah athabaidedun sik durig=ll3 ri=no 21) Andhafjands im Iesus qab: amen qiba izwis. ui lrasliun ist inima Iakobus jah Iohannes sunalia jah

laistidedum buk.

bro- jus Zaibaidaiaus qibandans: lai|>ruus (aibbau swistruns) aibbau sarij wileima ej batei ]>uk bidjoe aibein aibbau attan aibbau qen taujais uggkis.
eaei
aflailoti

gard

ai]?j>au

ai|>|'au
in

bama

aibbau haimoblja
in

36
:')7

i]>

Iesus

qabim:

Ira wileits

meina jah
•"'•

bizos aiwaggel- taujan niik Igqis?
ib eis
ei

ious.
saei
ni

andnimai
tnela

.r.

falb gif ugkis

qebun du inima: ains af taihswon

t'ra)>ci-

gardins jah nai jah ains af hleidumein beinai brobruns jah swistruns jah at- sitaiwa in wulbau beinamma. tan jah aibein jah bama jah 38 i)> Iesus qabuh du im: ni haimoblja mib wrakom, jah in wituts hns bidjats. magutsu aiwa bamma anawairbin libaiu driggkan stikl banei ik driggka, aiweinon. jah daupeinai bizaiei ik daup*'>1 ria=lll .\])]>an managed wair]>aii(l jada, ei daupjaindau?
in

nu

bamma

J l. bugjandam; so probably '" CA, 1U<> ^ being indistinct; Lobe baa Imnjandam. — 25. azetito; aatuo in CA. — 27. akei before ni; in CA before fram, l>y oversight; </>. Mi. Vlll, 14, note. — 29. aflailoti; aflailailoti inCA. aifebaD ewitin in CA. —jah atgiband ina (riudom; wanBtrane; wanting in CA. attan;
ting in CA;
<j>.

Lu.

7/

; 1

1

82.

— nastandib;

ostandi]? in ('A.

— 3S.

wituts; witujjs

inCA.

Mark

.

.

35

du imma: gai ei gabahaidedi; ib is filu magu. ib Iesus qabuh du im: mais hropida: sunu Daweidis, swebauh bana stikl banei ik armai mik. driggka, driggkats, jah bizai 49 jah gastandands Iesus haidaupeinai ]>izaiei ik daupjada hait atwopjan ina, jah wopide(daupjanda), dun bana blindan qibandans du 40 ib bata du sitan af taihs- imma: brafstei buk, urreis, wowon meinai aibbau af hleidumein peib buk. nist mein du gibau, alja ];>aimei 50 ib is afwairpands wastjai manwib was. seinai ushlaupands qam at Iesu. rid=H4 41 Jah gahausjandans bai tai51 jah andhafjands qab du hun dugunnun uuwerjan bi Ia- imma Iesus: hra wileis ei taujau kobu jah Iohannen. ]>us? ib sa blinda qab du imma: 42 ib is athaitands ins qa,]? du rabbaunei, ei ussaihrau. im: witubbatei (]>aiei) ]mggkjand 52 ib Iesus qab du imma: reikinon ]>iudom, gafraujinond gagg, galaubeins beina ganasida
39
ib
eis

qe]?un

im,

ib

]?ai

mikilans

ize

gawal- buk. jah sunsaiw ussahr jah
stida in wiga Iesu.

lai-

dand im. 43 i]> ni swa
salimzuh saei

sijai in izwis;

ak

wili

wairban mikils
1 Jah

Chapter XI.
bi]?e

in izwis, sijai izwar andbahts.

nehra wesun Iairu- riz=117 44 jah saei wili izwara wair- salem in Bebsfagein jah Bebaniin ban frumists, sijai allaim skalks. at fairgunja alewjin, insandida

45 Jah auk sunus mans ni twans siponje seinaize. qam at andbahtjam, ak and- 2 jah qa]? du im: gaggats in bahtjan jah giban saiwala seina haim bo wibrawair]?on iggqis, faur managans bin. jah sunsaiw inngaggandans in riq=llG 4G Jah qemun in Iairikon. jah ]?o baurg bigitats fulan gabunusgaggandin imma jainJuO mi]? danana, ana bammei nauh ainssiponjam seinaim jah manageiu hun manne ni sat; andbindanganohai, sunus Teimaiaus Bar- dans ina attiuhats. 3 jah jabai liras iggqis qibai: teimaius blinda sat faur wig du dulue bata taujats? qi baits ]?aaihtron. 47 jah gahausjands batei Iesus tei frauja bis gairneib; Jah sunsaiw ina isandeibhidre. vih=118 sa Nazoraius ist, dugann hrop4 galibun ban jah bigetun fujan jah qiban: sunu Daweidis lan gabundanana at daura uta Iesu, armai mik. 48 jah luotidedun imma mana- ana gagga, jah andbundun ina.
rie=115
30. daupjanda wanting in CA. — 42. is; ju-obably misspelt for Iesus. }>aiei, 44. frumists; frumisfc in CA. —46. Barteimaius; Barteimaiwanting in CA. aus in CA. — 47. 48. sunu; sunau in CA.
;

XT,

1.

Bel?aniin; Bipaniin in CA.

36
5 jah

Mark

.

15 Jah iddjedun du Iairusauly- rka=121 eumai ]nze jainar staiidandane qebun du im: Ira tau- mai. jah atgagg-ands Ieens in jats andbindandana bana fulan? alh dngann newairpan banafra6 i]> eifl qebun du im, awaawe bngjandana jah bngjandans in ;inabau]i im Ieana; jah lailotun alh. jah mesa akattjane jah aitlane ]nze frabugiandane ahakini in». 7 iah brahtedun bana fulan uswaltida. 16 jah ni lailot ei lvas bairhat Ieana, jah galagidedun ana waatjoe seinos. iah gaaat ana beri kas bairn j^o alh. 17 jah laisida qibanda du im: ina. sei- niu gameli]> ist ]^atei razn mem 8 managai ]'an waatjom naim strawidedun ana wiga, su- ram bido haitada allaim binmai astans niaimaitun us bag- dom? ib jus gatawidedub ita du mam jah atrawidednn ana wiga. filigrja waidedjane. i» Jah bai fauragaggandane ri>=ii9 18 Jah gahausidednn bai bo- rkb= 123 (jah ]>ai afargaggandana) hro- karjoa jah gndjane auhnmistana, pidednn qibandana: osanna. bin- jah eokidedun hraiwa imma usbida .-a qimanda in naniin frau- qistidedoina: ohtednn auk ina. jins; unte alia managei afldaleikide10 binbido so qimandei biu- dun in laiscinais i». dangardi in naniin attins unli) Jah bibe andanahti warb,rkg=l98 s Daweidia, oeanna in haunsiddja ut us bizai banrg.
;

hisTjam.

rk=l20

2< jah in manrgin Eanrgagganin Iainisaulynin dans gaaebjnn bana amakkateens jah in alh: jah biaaihranda bagm banrajana na wanrtim. alia, at andanahtia jnban \\\21 jah gamnnandsPaitrna qab eandin hreilai nsiddja in Be>

11

Jah

«ralai]>

banian mib baim twalibini. bagma banei Eraqaat gabanrs12 jah iftnmin daga oaatannoda. dandam im us Bebaniin, gredaga 22 Jah andhafjanda Ieana qab rkd=l24 was. du im: habaib galanbein gnba, 13 jah gaaaihranda smakka-

du imma: rabbei,

>>ai

amakka-

bagm
iinina.

Eairrabro
<•

habandan

lauf.

l'•".

amen auk qiba
ei qi]>ai

izwia, biabja-

atiddja

aufto bigeti Ira ana zuh
ja:

jah qimanda at ininia ni

du bamma faiigunushafci ]mk jah wairp bna in
jah ni tuzweriai in hair-

waiht bigat ana
ni

imma

niba lauf:
ini-

niart'in.

Bmakkane. 14 jah usbairands qab du
nu-l
:

auk was
ni

tin
ei

Beinamma, akgalanbjai bate
biahrah
Pu]>]>e
]'<'i

batei qibib gagaggib, wairbib
J?ei

nia

banaaeiba
]>ai

us

bua aiw
jab
is.

imma
21

qibib.
L26

manna akran
hausidednn

matjai.

_

aiponjoe

biahrah

qiba izwia, allatarke bidjandana aokeib,

!>.

jah |•. a;.u_

lane or a similar expression

ia

wanting

in

CA.

Mark XI.

XII.

37

Chapter XII. bib izwis. 1 Jah dugann im in gajukonrkh=128 rkq=126 25 Jah ban standai]? bidjan- qiban: weinagard ussatida mandans, afletaib jabai lira habaib na, jah bisatida ina fabom jah wibra luana, ei jah atta izwar usgrof dal uf mesa jah gatimsa in himinam afletai izwis mis- rida kelikn, jah anafalh ina
galaubeib batei nimib,
jali

wair-

waurstwjam, jah aflaib aljab. 26 ib jabai jus ni afletib, ni 2 jah insandida du bairn bau atta izwar sa in himinam waurstwjam at mel skalk, ei at afletib izwis missadedins izwaros. bairn waurstwjam nemi akranis rkz- 127 27 Jah iddjedun aftra du Iai- bis weinagardis;
rusaulymai. jah in alh hrarbondin imma atiddjedun du imma bai auhumistans gudjans jah bokarjos jah sinistans, 28 jah qebun du imma: in luamraa waldufnje bata taujis? jah hias bus bata waldufni atgaf ei bata taujis? 29 ib Iesus andhafjands qab du im: fraihna jah ik izwis ainis w^,urdis, jah andhafjib mis, jah qi]?a izwis in hramma waldufnje

sad edins izwaros.

3

ib

eis

nimandans ina

us-

bluggwun jah insandidedun
handjan.

laus-

4 jah aftra insandida du im an]?arana skalk; jah bana stainam wairpandans gaaiwiskodedun jah haubib wundan brahtedun,
jah insandidedun ganaitidana.

5 jah aftra insandida anbarana; jah jainana afslohun, jah

managans

anj?arans,

sumans

bata tauja. 30 daupeins Iohannis uzuh himina Avas bau uzuh mannam?
andhafjib mis. 31 jah bahtedun du sis misso qi];>andans: jabai qi]?am us himina, qibi]?: a]?]?an dulue ni galaubidedu].?

usbliggwandans, sumanzuh ban usqimandans.
6 banuh nauhbanuh ainana sunu aigands liubana sis, insandida jah bana du im spedistana, qi]:>ands batei gaaistand sunu meinana. 7 ib jainai bai waurstwjans qebun du sis misso ]?atei sa ist sa arbinnmja; hirji}> usqimam imma, jah unsar wairbi]^ bata
arbi.

imma?

32 ak qibam: us mannam? ohtedun po managein; allai auk alakjo habaidedun Iohannen batei bi sunjai praufetes

was.

8 jah undgreipandans ina us33 jah andhafjandans qebun qemun jah uswaurpun imma ut du Iesua: ni witum. jah andhafjands Iesus qab du im: nih ik us bamma weinagarda. 9 lira nuh taujai frauja ]Aa izwis qij>a in mamma waldufnje weinagardis? qimib jah usqisbata tauja.

32. ohtedun; uhtedun in CA.

XII,

4.

haubi}nvundan

;

some write

haubi]?

wundan.

38
teib

Mark XII.

pans waurstwjans, jah gibip sis patei jabai Iris bropar gapana Aveinagard anparaim. danpnai jah bileibai qenai jah 10 nih bata gamelido ussugg- barne ni bilei]>ai. ei nimai bro]>ar wup: stains }>ammei uswaurpun is po qen is jah ussatjai barna pai timrjans. sah war]? du hau- bropr seinamma. bida waihstins; 20 sibun broju-ahans wesun; 11 frnm fraujin war]? sa. jah jah sa frumista nam ([en, jah ist Mldaleiks in augam unsa- gaswiltanda ni bilaij? fraiwa, 21 jah an par nam ]>o jah garaim? rk]?=129 12 Jah sokidedun ina undgrei- dau]uioda. jah ni sa bilaip fraipan jah ohtedun }>o mauagein; wa: jah pridja samaleiko. 22 jali nemun j>o samaleiko fro]nm auk ]>atei duiinpogaiu!

rl=130

]'ai sibun jah ni bilipun fraiwa. kon qaj>. Jah afletandans ina gali]>un. spedumista allaize gaswalr jah 13 jah insandidedun du imma so qens. 2•"} in pizai usstassai, ]>an uesumai ]>ize Fareisaie jah Herodiane, ei ina ganuteina waurda. standand, hrarjamma ize wair14 ib eis qimandans <]e])iin du ]>ip qens? pai auk sibun aihteimma: laisari, witum ]>atei sun- dun po du qenai. 24 jah andhafiands [eaus qap jeius is. jah ni kara buk manssailris in andwair]>ja du im: niu dupe airzjai eijup ni hun: ni auk manne, ak bi sunjai wig gu]>s kunnandans mela nih mnUt

skuldu ist kaisaragild gupe? 2.") usstandand us allis gibanKaieara, ]>au niu gibaima? 1 Iesus gasaihranda ize dau]>aim. ni lingand ni liuganda. ij>
lnisfis;

]'

•">

liutein
sij>?

*

;

]

>

du im: hra

niik frai<'i

ak siud swe aggiljus

]>ai

in hi-

atbairip mis skatt.
i]>

ga-

saihrau.
1<>

minam. 26 appan

bi

daupans,

f?atei

atberun, jah qaj? du urreiaand, niu gakunnaidedup im: Iris isi sa manleika jah so ana bokom Mosczis ana ailracis «]*•]> u i)> du tundiai. lraiwa imma qap gup ofarmeleins?
cis
1
1

qipande: ik im gup Abrahamis 17 jah andhafiands Iesus qap jah gu]> Tsakis jah lakobis? 27 nist gup dau]>aize ak qidu im: osgibip |><> Kaisaris Kaisaia jah l'o gups gupa. jah sil- waiz»•; appau jus filu airzjai siju]». 28 jah duatgaggands aina jrfze daleikidedmi ana |?amma. L8 jah atiddjednn Saddukaieis bokarje.

imma:

Kaisaris.

du imma,
ni wisan,

dans:
(

samana sok-ria=l31 jah frehun ina qi)>an- jandans. gnsailrands ]>atci waila im andhof, frah ina: tuarja isi
paiei

qipand osstass

Gahausjande

ina

1 .)

laisari.

Moeee gamelida untin-

allaizo

anabusne

frumista'.'

24. mola: in

margin the glom bol

Mark XII.

XIII.

39

andhof imma ]?atei 37 silba raihtis Daweid qibib frumista allaizo anabusns: hau- ina fraujan, jah lvrabro imma sei, Israel, frauja gub unsar sunus ist? jah alia so managei frauja ains ist, hausidedun imma gabaurjaba.

29

ib Iesus

30 jah frijos fraujan glib nana us allamma hairtin

]>ei]>ei-

38 Jah qab du im

in laiseinai rle=135
.
.

seinai: sailm]> faura bo. jah us allai saiwalai Chapter XIII. beinai jah us allai gahugdai ]>einai jah us allai mahtai J^einai; 16 wastja seina. frumista anabusns. Ab]?an wai baim qi]mhaf-rmd=l44 so 17 31 jah anbara galeika ]Mzai: torn jah daddjandeim in jainaim
.

namma

.

.

.

nehmndjan beinana swe da gam. buk silban. maizei baim anbara 18 Abban bidjaib ei ni wairj>ai rme=l45 anabusns nist. sa ]?lauhs izwar wintrau. rlb=132 32 Jah qa]? du imma sa bo19 Wairband auk bai dagos rmq=146
frijos

waila, laisari, bi sunjai jainai agio swaleika, swe ni was qast }?atei ains ist jah nist an- swaleika fram anastodeinai ga]>ar alja imma. skaftais, boei gaskop gu]>, und
kareis:

33 jah bata du

frijon ina us

hita, jah ni wairbib.

20 Jah ni frauja gamaurgidedi rmz=147 bans dagans, ni ]>auh ganesi us allai mahtai jah bata du ainhun leike; akei in ]>ize gawalifrijon nelrundjan swe sik silban dane, banzei gawalida, gamaurmanagizo ist allaim baim alagida ]>ans dagans. brunstim jah saudim. 21 Jah ]?an jabai luas izwisrmli=148 34 jah Iesus gasailuands ina qibai: sai her Xristus, ai}>]?au batei f rod aba andhof, qa]? du galaubjaib. imma: ni fairra is [nudangardjai sai jainar, ni 22 Unte urreisand galiuga- rmb=149 gubs.
frabja jah us allai saiwalai jah
iig=133

allamma

hairtin jah us

allamma

Jah ainshun banaseibs

ni ga- xristjusjahgaliugapraufeteis,jah

daursta ina fraihnan. 35 Jah andhafjands Iesus qab iid=i34: laisjands in alh: hraiwa qi]?and bai bokarjos batei Xristus sunus ist Daweidis? 36 silba auk Daweid qab in

giband taiknins jah fauratanja du afairzjan, jabai mahteig sijai, jah bans gawalidans. 23 ib jus sailui]?; sai fauragataih izwis allata.

24 Akei in jainans dagans afarrn=ir)0 ahmin weihamma: qibib frauja bo aglon jaina sauil riqizeib, jah du fraujin meinamma: sit af mena ni gibib liuhab sein, 25 jah stairnons himinis wairtaihswon meinai, unte ik galagja fijands ]?einans fotubaurd fotiwe band driusandeins, jah mahteis bos in himinam gawagjanda. beinaize.
38.

bo

.

.

;

the first

two

letters

ofbokarjant.

40
rna=151

Mark
]>an

XIII. XIV.

20 Jab

gasaimand sunu

inansqimaiidaii in

milhmam

nii]>

10 Jah Iudas Iskariotes, ainsrj=l60 ]nze twalibe, galaibdu ]>aim gadjam,
ei

mahtai managai jah wulban.

galewidedi ina im.

11 i]? eis gahausjandans fa27 jah J>an insandeib aggiluns seinans jah galisij' bans gawali- ginodedunjahgahaihaitun imma dans seinans af fidwor windam faihu gibau, jah sokida hraiwa fram andiam airbos und andi gatQaba ina galewidedi. 12 jah 1'amma frumistiu daga himinis. 28 a}>ban af smakkabagma azvme. ban paska salidedun, qeganimib ]'o gajukon. ]»an ]?is j'un du imma ]>ai siponjos is: juban asts blaqus wairbib jah lrarwileis ei galei]>andansman\vnskeinaud laubos, kunnu]? ]»atei jaima, ei matjais paska? 13 jah insandida twans sipon ic nelra ist asans. 29 swan jah jus, ]>an gasailri]» seinaize qajmh du im: gaggata ]'ata wairban, kunneib ]>atei in ]>o baurg, jah gamotei]> ig(]is manna kas watins bairands; nelua sijuj^ at gaggata afar bamma, Chapteb XIV. 14 jah badei inngaleibai, qitriiis ]>is balsanis warb? Jiaits bamma heiwafraujin batei 4 lnnlit wesi auk ]>ata balsan laisareis qi]>i]>: hrar Bind sali]»frabugjaii in managizo ban brija wos. barei paska mi]> eiponjam liunda ekatte jali giban unle- meinaim matjau? daiiii; jah andstaunaidedun ]>o. jah sa izwis taikneib kelikn 6 ib Iesus qab: letij> ]>o; duhre mikilata gastrawi]? mauwjata, i/.ai usbriutib? bannu go]» jah jainar manwjaib uneie. wauretw waurhta bi mis. L6 jah usiddjedun bai sipon. .. 41 sai galewjada sunns mans 7 sinteino auk bane unledans in lianduns frawaurht aize. habaib mi]> i/.wis, jah ban wileib,
.

.

.

.

.

.

.")

.

.

magub
ui
rn]>
.",;»

iin

waila tanjan,

i]>

niik

12

urreisib,

gaggam;

sai

sa

sinteino habaib.

lewjands mik atnehrida.

8 patci habaida, sogatawida. faursnau salbon lucin left du usfilha.

4. Jah sunsaiw nauhbanuh atrpa=l81

imma

rodjandin
1

qam

Iudas.

sums bize walibe, jah mib imma 9 ameo qiba i/.wis. I'islraruli managei mib hairum jah triwam so aiwaggeljo and fram bairn auhumistam gudjam ]»ci meijada alia manaseb, jah batei gata- jah bokarjam jah sinistam. wid.i so rod j ad a du gamundai 11 Atuh-ban-gaf sa lewjandsrpb izos. im bandwon qibands: bammei

i

v _>

,
XIV.
tables

29.
I.

.-iju)»

at;

il»•

t

ofal

is

faded out
in

in

CA.
fraqisteine.

... (fins, iin.il syllable

of qisteins or
CA.


1

10. [ekariotee;
1n• first

[ekarioteis in

CA.

18.

gaggats; gaggael

W.

sipon;

twoayl-

of siponjos.

Mark XIV

41

kukjau, 8a

ist; greipi]? ]?ana

jah

tiuhib arniba.

5G managai auk galiug weitwodidedun ana ina.

45 jah qimands sunsaiw atJah samaleikos bos weitwodi- ry=l90 gaggands du imma qa]?: rabbei bos ni wesun. rabbei, jah kukida-iinma; 57 jah sumai usstandandans 46 ib eis uslagidedun handuns galiug weitwodidedun ana ina ana ina jah undgripiin ina. qi]?andans rpg— 183 47 lb ains sums bize atstan58 ]?atei Aveis gahausidedum dandane imma uslukands hairu qi]?andan ina ]?atei ik gataira
sloh skalk auhumistins gudjins alh ]?o handuwaurhton, jah bi jah afsloh imma auso bata ]?rins dagans anbara unhandutaihswo. waurhta gatimrja,
rpd- 184

48 Jah andhafjands Iesus qa]? 59 jah ni swa samaleika was du im: swe du waidedjin urrun- weitwodiba ize. nub mi]? hairum jah triwam grei60 jah usstandands sa auhupan mik. mista gudja in midjaim frah Iesu 49 daga luammeh was at izwis qi]?ands: niu andhafjis waiht hra in alh laisjands, jah ni gripu]? bai ana buk weitwodjand?
mik; ak

bahaida jah waiht ni aftra sa auhumista hun allai. gudja frah ina jah qab du imma: rpq=l86 51 Jah ains sums juggalaubs ]?u is Xristus sa sunus bis ]?iuis

rpe=185

usfullnodedeinabokos. 61 i]? 50 Jah afletandans inagablau- andhof.
ei

laistida
leina
is ]?ai

afar

imma

biwaibi]?s

}?eigins?

ana naqadana, jah gripun
juggalaudeis;

62

i]?

is

qabuh:

ik im.

Jah gasaihti]? ]?ana sunu mans rya=191 52 i]? is bilei]?ands bamma leiaf taihswon sitandan mahtais na naqabs ga]?lauh faura im. jah qimandan mi]? milhmam hiipz=i87 53 Jah gatauhun Iesu du auminis. humistin gudjin, jah garunnun 63 I]? sa auhumista gudja dis-ryb=l92 mi]? imma auhumistans gudjans
jah bai sinistans jah bo- skreitands wastjos seinos qa]?: BTa ]?anamais ]?aurbum Aveis rjg=i 93 karjos.
allai

54 Jah Paitrus fairraJuO lai- weitwode ? 64 hausidedu]? ]?o wajamerein stida afar imma, unte qam in garda bis auhumistins gudjins, is; lua izwis ]?ugkei]?? ]?aruh eis jah was sitands mi]? andbahtam allai gadomidedun ina skulan wisan daubau. jah warmjands sik at liuhada. rp]?=189 55 I]? bai auhumistans gud65 Jah dugunnun sumai spei- ryd=l 94 jans jah alia so gafaurds soki- wan ana wlit is jah huljan anddedun ana Iesu weitwodi]?a du wair]?i is jah kaupatjan ina; jah afdau]?jan ina, jah ni bigetun; qe]?un du imma: praufetei, jah
rpb=:l88
62.
is;

probably misspelt for

Iesns.

\J

Mark XIV. XV.

andbahtos
elohun ina.
rye=10.",
(}(>

gabaurjaba
Avisandin

lofam dandans Iesu brahtedun ina at
Peilatan.
in

2 Jah frah ina Peilatus: ]m iss=200 rohsnai dalapa, jah atiddja aina piudans Iudaie? ip is andhafJ'iujo }n\s auhuinistins gudjins, jands qa]> du imma: ]>u qipis. (57 jali «rasailrandei Paitru Jah Avrohidedun ina pai au-ea=201 warmjandan sik. insailrandei du huniistans gudjans filn.
•*'»

Jali

Paitrau

iniina

qap: jali ]>u ini]> Ieeua 4 ip Peilatus aftra frah ina |>ainina Xazorenau wast. qipands: niu andhafjis ni waiht? is afaiaik 68 qipands: ni sai Iran filu ana ]>uk weitwod-

wait,

kann Ira

]>u qipis.

jand.

ryq=196

Jali galaip faur gard, jah liana

5

i]>

Iesus

banamaie

ni

andhof,

Ip and dulp lrarjoh fralailot sb=202 dugann (|i)>an paim fauraim ainana bandjan banei bedun. standandam batei sa ]»izo ist. 7 Waenh ban sa haitana Barab-sg=203 70 i|> is aftra laugnida. jah
aftra

wopida. jah
(')'.)

ewaswe
]>iwi

sildaleikida Peilatus.

gasaihmndei ina

afar

leitil

aftra

pad atstandan- baa
Pail ran
:

in

] i

>

|>aim

nii]>

imma

droli-

jandani gabnndans, baiei in auhjai |'izt> is. jah auk (Galeilaius jodan maurpr gatawidedun. 8 jah usgaggandei alia manaia jali) razda beina galeika ist. ge! dngunnun bidjan ewaswe sin71 i]> is dugann afaikan jab

dans qepun du

bi sun-

swaran |>at»'i ni kann Dan banei <|i]>i]>. 72 jah an]>arannna
wopida,
ryz- l!i7

]>ann

man-

teino tawida im.
i)

ip

Peilatne

andhof im

qi-

sin]>a liana

bands: wileidu fraletan bana pindan Iudaie?

izwis

Jah
waurd,
batei

gamunda
swe qap
faurpizei

I'aitrus

pata
leans,

imma

10 Wissa auk batei in neipissd=204 atgebun ina J>ai auhumistans

rvli

ryb

nana hrukjai gndjans. 11 i]> bai auliuniistans gudjanfl twaim einpam, mwidis mik prim inwagidedun bo managein, ei sinpam. jah dugann gretan. inais Barabban frailailoti im. Chapteb XV. 12 I]» Peilatus aftra andhaf-ee L98 .Jali sunsaiw in maUTgin ga- jands <ia]> du im: Ira nu wileip runitaujandanepai auhumistans ei taujau )'aniinci qipip biudan gudjanfl nii]> paim sinistani jali Iudaie? bokarjam 13 i)> eis aftra hropidednn: ii»!> Jah alia so gafanrds, gabin- ushramei ina.
1

205

87.
laius
/'//

is

Nasorenaa; Nacoreinaii in CA. — 69. TO. ]>iz<•: |•<• in CA. TO. Galeijah aeenu to buve »•• omitted by overnight. T2. Faurbizei; faorbiEe

CA.

gretan; greitaa
<;.

/'//

CA. CA.

XV.

tcarjoh; tvarjo in

'>.

fraletao; fraleitan

/'//

CA.

Mark XV.

48

25 Wasuh ban hreila bridjo sig=213 gatawida? ib eis mais jah ushramidedun ina. hropidedun: ushramei ina. 26 Jah was ufarmeli fairinos sid=2l4 sq=20G 15 lb Peilatus wiljands bizai is ufarmelib: sa biudans Iudaie. managein fullafahjan fralailot 27 Jah mib imma ushramide- sie=215 im bana Barabban, ib Iesu at- dun twans Avaidedjans; ainana gaf usbliggwands, ei ushramibs af taihswon jah ainana af hleiduwesi. mein is. sz=207 16 I]) gadrauhteis gatauhun 28 Jah usfullnoda bata game- siq=21G ina irmana gardis, ]?atei ist prai- lido bata qibando; jah mib untoriaun, jah gahaihaitun alia sibjaim rahnibs Avas. hansa; 29 Jah bai faurgaggandans siz=2l7 17 jah gawasidedim ina paur- wajameridedun ina Avibondans purai jah atlagidedun ana ina haubida seina jah qibandans: paurneina Avipja uswindandans; sa gatairands bo alh jah bi brins 18 jah dugimnim goljan ina: dagans gatimrjands bo, hails, biudan Iudaie. 30 nasei buk silban jah atsteig 19 jah slohun is haubib rausa af I'amma galgin. jah bispiwun ina, jah lagjandans 31 Samaleiko jah bai auhumi- sih=218 kniwa inwitun ina. stans gudjans bilaikandans ina sh=208 20 Jah bibe bilailaikun ina, mib sis misso mib baim bokarandwasidedun ina ]uzai paur- jam qebun: anbarans ganasida, purai jah gawasidedun ina wast- ib sik silban ni mag ganasjan; jom swesaim. 32 sa Xristus sa biudans IsJah ustauhun ina, ei ushrami- raelis atsteigadau nu af bamma sl?=209 dedeina ina. galgin, ei gasaihraima jah ga21 jah undgripun sum ana laubjaima. % manne Seimona Kyreinaiu qi- Jah ]mi mibushramidans imma si);>=2iD mandan af akra, attan Alaik- idweitidedun imma. sandraus jah Rufaus, ei nemi 33 Jah bibe warb meila saihsto, sk=220 riqis Avarb ana allai airbai und galgan is. si=210 22 Jah attauhun ina ana lueila niundon. 34 Jah niundon hreilai Avopidaska=221 Gaulgauba stab, batei ist gaib Peilatus

14

qab du im: hra

allis ubilis

.

skeirib luairneins stabs;

Iesus

stibnai

mikilai

qi bands:

23 Jah gebun imma drigkan ailoe ailoe lima sibakbanei, batei wein mib Smyrna; ib is ni nam. ist gaskeirib: gub meins gub sib=212 24 Jah ushramjandans ina dis- meins, duhre mis bilaist? 35 jah sumai bize atstandandailjand wastjos is, wairpandans hlauta ana bos, hrarjizuh lira dane gahausjandans qebun: sai,
sia=211

nemi.

Helian Avopeip.

24. disdailjand; disdailjandans in CA.

28. qibando;
;

qi]?ano in
in

CA;
CA.

cp.

Rom. IX,

17. Gal. IV, 30.

— 29.

faurgaggandans

fauragaggandans

4+
skb=222

Mark XV. XVI.

36 pragjands ban ains jah ga- ]>ana hundafab frah ina juban fulljands swain akeitis galag- gadaujmodedi. jauds ana raus dragkida ina qi- ,45 jah finbande at ]>amma bands: let, ei sailram qimaiu hnndafada fragaf bata leik Ioset'a Helias athafjan ina. 4b Jah usbugjands leiu jahskh=228 skg=223 37 Iblesus aftraletands stibna usnimands ita biwand ]>amma
niikila uzon.

leina jah

galagida ita in hlaiwa,

skd=224

38 Jah faurahah alhs disskrit- }>atei was gadraban us staina, noda in twa iupabro und dalab. jah atwalwida stain du daura bis hlaiwis. ske=225 39 Gasailrands ]>an sa hunda47 ib Maria so Magdalene fa]>s sa atstandands in andJah Marja Iosezis selrun Irarskb=220 wairbja is }>atei swa hropjands
uzon, qa)>: bi sunjai sa sunus was gubs.
1

manna

galagibs wesi.

Chapter XVI.
Jah inwisandin sabbatedaga sl=230 Maria so Magdalene jah Marja so Iakobis jah Salome usbauhtedun aromata, ei atgaggan1 deins gasalbodedeina ina.

8kq=226

40
|>ro

AVosunu]» ]>an qinons fairra-

sailrandeins, in baimei Avas Maria so Magdalene jah Maria

[akobis ]>is niinnizins jah Iosezis ai]>ei jah Salome.

2 Jah filu air ]ns dagis afar-sla=231 jah laistideduD ina jah andbahti- sabbate atiddjedun du J'aniina dedmi imma jah an]>aros mana- hlaiwa, at urrinnandin sunnin. gos bozei mi]uddjedun imma in 3 jah qe]nm du sis misso: has Iairusalem. afwalwjai unsis bana stain af
skz=227

41 jah ban was

in

Galeilaia.

andanahtja daurom bia hlaiwis? wanrbanamma, nnte was para4 jah inaaihrandeina gaumideekaiwe, sari ist fruma sabbato, dun bammei afwalwibs ist sa 43 qimands [osei at Arama- stains: was auk mikils abraba. » jah atgaggandeina in ]>ata baiae, gaguda ragineie, eaei was silli.i beidanda biudangardjoa hlaiw gasehrun jnggalauj? sitangu]>s. anananbjands galaib inn dan in taihswai biwaibidana dn IVilatau jah bab ]>is leikis uastjai lreitai. jah nageianode12

Jah jubao

al

Irsuis.

dun.
Peilatus sildaJeikida
ei

44
is

i]>

ju]>an gaswalt, jah athaitands

(]>

6 [)arnh qaj? du im: ni faurh-slb=232 izwis. Bokeib Xazoraiu

[

44. bans ]>an in CA. CA. XVI, 7. inwisandin sabbate daga; CA has inwisandin sabbate dagis. Lobe writes inwisandins sabbate dagis, wbieh would ho the only example of & genitive
la

in

:

absolute.

reading inwisandin sabbatedaga, 'since the sabbath was at band', {Mary \f.. etc., bought sweet spices, i. 0. 'before tin' sabbatb') suits well with 1. 11. .V.V//7. .'H. in inwisandins sabbat.' dagia would menu the same thing. itiddjedon atiddednn in ('A.
Tin•
;

Mark XVI.

45

bana ushramidan, nist her, ur9 Usstandands ban in maur- eld=234 rais. sai bana sta]? ]>arei gala- gin frumin sabbato ataugida
gidedim ina. frumist Marjin ]>izai Magdalene, 7 akei gaggi]? qibiduh clu si- af bizaiei uswarp sibun imlmlponiam is jah du Paitrau ]?atei ]>ons. faurbigaggib izwis in Galeilaian; 10 soh gaggandei gataih bairn baruh ina gasaihnb, swaswe qab mib imraa wisandam, qainonizwis. dam jah gretandam. 11 jah eis hausjandans batei 8 Jah usgaggandeins af bamma hlaiwa gablauhun, dizuh- libai]? jah gasaihrans warb fram ban-sat ijos reiro jah usfilniei, izai, ni galaubidedim. 12 afaruh ban bata jah ni qe]?un mannhun waiht, ohtedun sis auk.

Aiwagge^jo ]>airh Lukan

anasto(lei]>.

a=l

1

Unte raihtia managai dubi

8 war]' J?an mi]>]>anei gudji-

)?08ga- aoda is in wikon kuniis aeinia in fullaweisidons in una waihtina, aii(lwair])ja <ru]>s. 9bibmhtjagndjinassaushlante 2 swaswe anafulhun unsis ]?aiei Eram Erumiatin ailbaaiunjos jah ininia urrann <lu salian atgag-

gunnun meljan insaht

waurdis, gands in alh fraujina, 1<» jah alls hiuhma was managaleikaida jah mis jah annua weihamma Eram anastodeinai geina beidandana uta tueilai ]>yallaim glaggwuba afarlaiatjan- lniamins. 11 war]' pan ininia in aiunai gahahjo [tub meljan, batiata

andbahtos weaun
.•'>

]>is

<

1

1 1

|>aiautVilu.

gakunnais ]>izo bi galaiafya is waurde aataj?. 5 was in dagam Eerodee
ei

4

[?oei

aggilua fraujina atandanda af tailiswon hunslastadis ]>vniia-

mi ns.
J?iu-

L2

jah

gadrobnoda Zakariaa
jah
agia diadraua

dania [udaias gudja namin Za- gaaaihranda, kanas us afar Abijina, jah <]<>ns ina.
is

.' qa]> |»;in <lu ininia sa aggilua: ni oga ]ms, Zakaria, <lu]v aamo Lsoa Aileiaabai)?. ei weaunuh ]>an garaihta ba in ei andhauaida iat bida |><>ina. jah andwairjjja gu)?8, gaggandona qena ]>rina Aileieabai}? gabairid in allaim anabusnim jah garaih- sunn ]ais. jali liaitais nanio is [ohannen. fceim fraujina unwaha.
ns

dauhtrum Aharons,

jah

7 jab

iii

was

ini

was Aileiaabafy framaldra dage

jah wair]>i]> ]>us faheda jah atairo, jah ba 8wegniJ>a, jah managai in gaseinaize wesun. l»aui-]>ai is Eaginondi
barne, ante
1-1

The following vereea ofLu. (not quite % of Codex Argenteua: I. 7-.V. 80. XIV, 9—XVI, 24. In tin- Vienna MS. aiwaggeljo )>airli Lokan.
/.

tin•

Greek irxi) are found

in ih<>

XML 8—XX, 46.
ei

Superscription:

.".

gndja; gudji

in
1
,

Hot hit•

Grammar

S

CA. qena; qeina 7 notis 2 and 8).

/'//

CA. [Concerning
izos;

and i tore in Lu.,
Uppatrom:
et

originally twice.

librariua primum aeripeH

umbo

izos

u

;'/)

bi,

correxH.

Poateriua izos

\toe,quoddeinde,radendo euojure intactum eat.

mo

mutandoque

Luke

I.

47

15 wairbib auk mikils

in and-

24 afaruh ban bans dagans

wairbja fraujins, jah wein jah inkilbo war]? Aileisabaib qens is, leibu ni drigkid, jah ahmins wei- jah galaugnida sik menobs fimf, his gafulljada nauhban iu warn- qibandei bai aibeins seinaizos, 25 batei swa mis gatawida

16 jah managans suniwe Is- frauja in dagam |?aimei insahr raelis gawandeib du fraujin guba afniman idweit mein in mannam. ize; 26 banuh ban in menob saih17 jah silba fauraqimid in and- stin insandibs was aggilus Gabwairbja is in ahmin jah mahtai riel fram guba in baurg GaleiHaileiins, gawandjan hairtona laias sei haitada Nazaraib, attane du barnam jah untalans 27 du magabai in fragibtim in frodein garaihtaize, manwjan abin bizei namo Iosef, us garda fraujin managein gafahrida. Daweidis, jah namo bizos maga-

18 jahqabZakarias du barnma bais Mariam.
aggilau: bime
raiktis

kunnum

|>ata?

im

sineigs jah qens

ik 28 jah galeibands inn sa aggimeina lus du izai qab: fagino, anstai

framaldrozei in

seinaim. audahafta, frauja 19 jah andhafjands sa aggilus bido bu in qinom.
ik

dagam

mib

bus, biu-

29 ib si gasaihrandei gablahsstandands in andwairbja gubs, nodabi innatgahtai is, jahbahta jah insandibs im rodjan du bus sis tceleika wesi so goleins, batei jah wailamerjan bus bata; swa ]?iubida izai.

qab du imma:

im Gabriel

sa

30 jah qab aggilus du izai: ni bus, Mariam; bigast auk ei wairbai bata, dube ei ni ga- anst fram guba. laubides waurdam meinaim, boei 31 jah sai ganimis in kityein usfulljanda in mela seinamma. jah gabairis sunu, jah haitais 21 jah was managei beidan- namo is Iesu. dans Zakariins, jah sildaleikide32 sah wairbib mikils jah sudun lua latidedi ina in bizai alh. nus hauhistins haitada, jahgibid 22 usgaggands ban ni mahta imma frauja gup stol Daweidis du im rodjan, jah frobun bam- attins is, 33 jah biudanob ufar garda mei siun gasalir in alh; jah silba was bandwjands im, jah was Iakobis in ajukdub, jah biudinassaus is ni wairbib andeis. dumbs. 23 jah warb bi]?e usfullnode34 qab ban Mariam du bamma dun dagos andbahteis is, galaib aggilau: lvaiwa sijai bata, bandu garda seinamma. dei aban ni kann?

20 jah

sijais

]?ahands jah ni

magands rodjan und bana dag ogs

29. innatgahtai; innagahtai in CA. According to 23. dagos; dagis in CA. Uppstrom, there are traces oft above the line before the g; cp. atgaggan inn.

-is

Luke
Jali

I.

b— 2

47 jah ewegneid ahma meins andhafjands sa aggilus weihs atgag- du gu]>a nasjand meinamma. qap du izai: ahma gip ana jnik, jali niahts hauhi48 unte insahr du hnaiweinai stins ufarskadweid ]ms; dupe ei piujos seinaizos. sai allis fram eaei gabairada weihs, haitada himma nu audagjand mik alia snims gups. kunja,
35
.'J(>

g=3

Jah

sai Aileisabai]>

ni]>jo

49 unte gatawida mis

mikilein

jah so inkilpo sunau in sa mahteiga; jah weih naino is, aldomin seinanmia. jah sa me50 jah armahairtei is in aldins nopfl s.iilista ist izai sei haitada aide j^aim ogandam ina.
peina,
stairo;

51 gatawida swinpein in arma 37 unte nist unmahteig gupa seinamma, distahida mikilpuhainhun waurde. tans gahugdai hairtins seinis, 38 qap pan Mariam: sai piwi 52 gadrausida mahteiga s af franjins. wairpai mis bi waurda stolam jah ushauhida gahnaiwipeinamma. jah galaip fairra izai
sa aggilne.
3i)

dans,
5: \

nsstandandei ]>an Mariam

in ]>aim

dagam

iddja in bairgain

gredagans gaso]>ida piube jah gabignandans insandida lansans.

hein

sniumundo

40 jah galaib
41 jah
barn
in
Avar]),

in

54 hleibida Israela piumagau gardZakariins seinamma, gamunands arraahairteins,
Ai-

baurg Iudins,

jah golida Aileisabaip.

swe hausida
izos;

55 swaswe rodida du attam

leisabaip golein Mariins, lailaik unsaraim,
qi]>au

Abrahama

jah fraiwa

jah gafull-

noda ahmins weihis Aileisabaip, 42 jah ufwopida stibnai mikipiupido )>u in jab j>inj>ido akran qibaue
lai

jah

<|a]>:

and aiw. 56 gasto]> pan Mariam mij> izai swe meno|>s ]>rins, jah gaqinom. wandida sikdu garda seinamma.
is

peinis.

I.*')

ai|>ci

jah hrapro mis j>nla ei franjins meinis at mis?

Aileisabaip usfullnoda qemi mel du bairan, jah gabar sunu.
ij>

57

58 jah hansidednn bisitands
jah ganipjos izos
lida

44

sai allis eunsei war]> stilma

goleinais

peinaizos
lailaik
in

in

ansam
barn
in

franja

unte gamikiarmahairtein seina

meinaim,
swignipai
l.~,

|>ata

bi izai.

wambai

meinai.

jah mipfaginodedun izai. jah warp in daga ahtudin 59
|?ata

jah

audaga so galaubjandei qemua bimaitan
ns1auli1s
|>ize

barn, jah

haihaitun ina afar aaminattins dane izai frani fraujin. is Zakarian. 1•', jah qap .Mariam: mikileid 60 jah andliafiaixlei so aipei is eaiwala meina Eraujan, qap: ne. ak haitaidau [ohannee.
]>a1«i
w;iir]»i])

rodi-

.7/.

|

1

1

i.-ilt;i ii

:

]

»iu iii.iLiii

;'//

CA.

.7.7.

ir.iiua

:

naiw

;'/;

CA.

Luke

I.

II.

49

61 jah qebun du izai batei ni ainshun ist in kunja beinamma saei haitaidau bamma namin. 62 gabandwidedun ban attin is bata maiwa wildedi haitan
ina.

attain unsaraim »jah gamunan triggwos weihaizos seinaizos, 73 aibis banei swor wij^ra Ab-

raham attan unsarana,
unsis

ei

gebi

74 unagein us handau fijande

63 ib is sokjands spilda nam unsaraize galausidaim skalkinon gahmelida qibands: Iohannes ist imma namo is. jah sildaleikidedun 75 in sunjai jah garaihtein in andwairbja is allans dagans unallai. sarans. 64 usluknoda ban munbs is 76 jah bu, barnilo, praufetus suns jah tuggo is, jah rodida
biubjands gub. .65 jah war]? ana allaim agis baim bisitandam ina, jah in allai bairgahein Iudaias merida wesun alia bo waurda, 66 jah galagidedun allai bai hausjandans in hairtin seinamma, qibandans: lua skuli bata barn wairban? jah ban handus
fraujins

hauhistins haitaza; fauragaggis

auk faura andwairbja fraujins manwjan wigans imma, 77 du giban kunbi naseinais managein is in afleta frawaurhte ize 78 bairh infeinandein armahairtein gubs unsaris, in
hi]>ai,

bammei

gaweisob unsara urruns us hau-

79 gabairhtjan bairn in riqiza 67 jah Zakarias atta is gafull- jah skadau daubaus sitandam noda ahmins weihis jah praufe- du garaihtjan fotuns unsarans in wig gawairbjis. tida jah qab: 80 ib bata barn wohs jah 68 biubeigs frauja gub Israelis, swinbnoda ahmin, jah was ana unte gaweisoda jah gawaurhta aubidom und dag ustaikneinais uslausein managein seinai, 69 jah urraisida haurn nasei- seinaizos du Israela. Chapter II. nais unsis in garda Daweidis biumagaus seinis, 1 Warb ban in dagans jainans 70 swaswe rodida ]?airh munb urrann gagrefts fram kaisara weihaize bize fram anastodeinai Agustau gameljan allana mid-

was mib imma.

aiwis praufete seinaize,

jungard.

71 giban nasein us fijandam 2 soh ban gilstrameleins fruunsaraim jah us handau allaize mista warb at [wisandin kindiua bize hatandane unsis, Sjriais] raginondin Saurim Kyarmahairtiba bi renaiau. 72 taujan

65. bisitandam; bisitantandam in CA.
79.

73.

Abraham; Abrahama

in

CA.

daubaus; daubus in CA. wisandin kindina Syriais; originally a gloss to raginondin Saurim. Kytv naiau; Kyreinaiau in CA.
II, 2.

I

50

Luke

IT.

3 jah iddjedun allai, ei melidai weseina, lrarjizuh in seiuai baurg. 4 urrann ban jah Iosef us Galeilaia us baurg• Nazaraib in Iudaian, in baurg Daweidis sei haitada Beblnhaini, dube ei Avas us garda fadreinais Daweidis.

hauhistjam gu]^a jah ana airbai gawairbi in nianin

14 wulbus

nani godis Aviljins. 15 jah warbbibe galibun fairra im in himin ]>ai aggiljus, jah ]>ai mans bai hairdjos qebun du sis misso: bairhgaggaima ju nnd 5 anameljan mi]> Mariin, sei in I»e]dahaim jah sailrainia Avaurd fragiftim was imnia qens, wisan- bata waur]>ano, batei frauja gadein inkilbon. (> war]) ban mi]>]>anei ]>o
A\e-

kannida unsis. 1G jah qemuu sniumjandans,
jah

sun jainar, usfullnodedun dagos du bairan izai, 7 jah gabar sunu seinana bana frumabaur, jah biwand ina jah galagida ina in nzetin, unte ni was in runiis in stada bamma. '8 jah hairdjos wesun in bamma saniinlanda bairhwakandans jah witandanswahtwom nahts ufaro
(

bigetun

.Marian jah

Iosef,

jah bata barn ligando in uzetin.

17 gasaihrandans ban gakannidedun bi ]>ata waurd batei rodib was du im bi bata bain. 18 jah allai bai gahausjandans sildaleikidedun bi ]^>o rodidonafrani bairn hairdjam du im; 19 ib Maria alia gafastaida h.iirdai seiuai. bo waurda bagkjandei in hairtin .) i]> aggilus fraujins anaqam seinamma. ins jah wulbus fraujins biskain 20 jah gawandidedun sik bai ins, jah ohtedun agisa miki- hairdjos mikiljandans jah hazlamma. jandans gub in allaize ]>izeei ga10 jah qab du ini sa aggilue: hausidedun jah gaselvun,swaswe
ni

unte sai spillo izwis rodib was du im. 21 jah bi]>e usfullnodedun daEahed mikila, sei wairbib allai managein, gos ahtau du bimaitan ina, jah 11 batei gabaurans ist izwis haitan was namo is lesus, bata himma daga nasjands, saei isi qibano fram aggilau, faurjuzei Xiisius fiauja, in baurg Dawei- ganumans wesi in wamba. 22 jah bi]>e usfullnodedun dadis. 12 jah bata izwis taikns, bigi- gos hraineinais ize bi witoda tiil barn biwundau jah galagid Mosezis, brahtedun ina in Iairuin nzetin. saleui atsatjan faura fraujin, L3 jah anaks warb mib bamma 23 swaswe gainelid ist in wiaggilau managei harjis himina- toda fraujins. batei hrazuh gukundis hazjandane gub jah qi- makandaizeuslukandsqibuweihs bandane: iraujins haitada,
ogeib;

.'>.

qens; qeine
in

///

CA.

10. iahed; faheid in CA.

21. usfullnodedun; uslul-

Dodedon

CA.

So

in 22.

Luke

II.

51

24 jah ei gebeina fram imma swaswe qi]>an ist in witoda fraujins, gajuk hraiwadubono aipbautwosjuggonsahake. 25 baruh was manna in Iairusalem, ]>izei namo Symaion, jah sa manna was garaihts jah guhunsl,

managaize in Israela jah du taiknai andsakanai. 35 jah ban beina silbons saiwala bairhgaggib hairus,
lmljaindau us
ei

andhair-

managaim

tam

mitoneis.

36 jah was Anna praufeteis, dauhtar Fanuelis, us kunja Aseris. dafaurhts, beidands labonais Israelis, jah ahma weihs was ana soh framaldra dage managaize,

libandei mib abin jera sibun imma; 26 jah Mas imma gataihan fram maga]?ein seinai, fram ahmin J?amma weihin ni 37 soh ban widuwo jere ahtau-

sailvan daubu, Xristu fraujins.

faurbizei

selri

tehund jah fidwor, soh ni afiddja fairra alh fastubnjam jah bidom
fraujan

27 jah
;

qam

in

ahmin

in ]uzai blotandei

nahtam jah

alh jah mibbanei innattaulmn da gam. 38 soh ]>izai meilai atstandanberusjos bata barn Iesu, ei tawidedeina bi biuhtja witodis bi dei andhaihait fraujin jah rodida
ina,
bi ina in allaim bairn usbeidan-

28 jah is andnam ina ana armins seinans, jah ]?iu]iida guba
jah qab:

dam
dun

labon Iairusaulymos. 39 jah bibe ustauhun allata bi witoda fraujins, gawandidesik in Galeilaian, in

29 nu

fraletais skalk beinana,
]?ei-

baurg

fraujinond frauja, bi waurda namina in gawairbja,

seina Nazarai]?.

ja allaizo manageino,

40 ib bata barn wohs jah 30 bande selrun augona meina swinjmoda ahmins fullnands jah handugeins, jah ansts gubs was nasein ]>eina, ana imma. 31 boei manwides in andwair]>41 jah wratodedun bai berusjos is jera

hmmmeh

in Iairusa-

du andhuleinai ]'iu- lem at dulb paska. dom jah wul]ni manageiu ]>einai 42 jah bi]?e Avar J? twalibwinIsraela. trus, usgaggandam ban im in jah was Iosef jah aibei is Iairusaulyma bi biuhtja dulbais, 33 sildaleikjandona ana bairn ]?oei 43 jah ustiuhandam bans darodida wesun bi ina. gans, mibbanei gawandidedun 31 jah biubida ina Symaion sik aftra, gastob Iesus sa magus jali qab du Mariin aibein is: sai in Iairusalem, jah ni wissedun sa ligi]' du drusa jah usstassai Iosef jah aibei is.
32
liuha]?
26. faurbizei; faurbize in CA.
fraletais; fraleitais in CA.

anandwairbja
in CA.

in

CA.

43. mibbanei; mib]>ane in CA.

37. blotandei; blotande in CA. wissedun; Avisedun in CA.

— 31. andwairbja; — 41. berusjos; birusjos

52

Luke

II. III.

44 kugjandona in gasinpjam tau Iudaia. jah fidurraginja ]ns ina uisan qemun dagis Avig jah Galeilaias Herodeis, Filippauzuh sokidedun ina in ganibjam jah pan broju's is fidurraginja Jus in kunbam, Ituraias jah Trakauneitidans 45 jah ni bigitandona ina ga- landis, jah Lvsaniaus Abeileni wandidedun sik in Iairusalem fidurraginja, 2 at auhmistam gudjam Annin eokjandona ina. 4G jah war]? afar dagans ]?rins jah Kajafin, bigetnn ina in alh sitandan in Warb waurd gube at Iohannen z=7
midjaim laisarjam jah hausjan- Zaxariins Bunau in aubidai. dan 11 jah fraihnandan ins. 3 jah qam and allans gaujane d=4 47 Usgeisnodednn ban allai Ianrdanaus merjands daupein |';ii hausjandans is ana frodein idreigos du fraleta frawaurhte,
i
1

jah

andawaurdjam is. 48 jah gasailrandans ina

sil-

4 swaswe gamelid ist in bokom wanrde Esaeiins praufetaus qi-

bandins; stibna wopjandins in e=5 Jah qa]> du imma so aibei is: aubidai: mamveid wig fraujins, magn, lua gatawides nns swa? raihtos waurkeib etaigoe is; sai sa atta J>eins jah ikwinnan5 all dale usfulljada jah all

daleikideduu.

dona sokidednm ]>uk. 49 jah qa]> du im: lva batei Bokidedub mik? niu wiseedub ]>atei in balm attins meinis skulda mean? 50 jali ija ni fro]>un bamina wanrda batei rodida du im. 51 jah iddja mi}> im jah qam in Nazaraib, jah was ufhausjande im. jah aibei
]>o

jah hlaine gahnaiwjada, jah wairbib ]>ata wraiqo du raihtamma jah usdrusteis (\u wigam slaihtaim;
fairgunje

jah gaeaihrib gube.
7

all leike

nasein

Qab ban du bairn atgaggan-h=8 deim manageim daupjan fram

ie

waurda

alia

in

sis: kuni nadre, Iras gataiknida gafaetaida izwis bliuhan faura bamma anahnirtin eeiwairbin hatiza?
i•;
i

namma.

8 waurkjaib nn akran \ 52 jah Iesns baih frodein jah bata idreigos, jah ni duginnaib wahstan jah anstni at gu]>a jah qiban in izwis: attau aigum

Abraham, qiba auk izwis batei Chapter III. mag gub us stainam ]>aim nrq=6 1 In jera ban nmftataihnndin raiejaa barna Abrahama. ) abban in so aqizi ai waurbiudinassauB Teibairiaue Kaisarie, raginondin Puntiau Peila- tim bagme ligib; all nu bagme

mannam.

/'.'.

alii; nllli in
I.

CA.
CA.


;

48. Diaga; iiinirau

;//

CA.
. eianda

Ill,
.',.

timi'tiitiiilmiKliii
<l:il<i

the second syllable,

above the

fine

CA.

dale;

in

Luke

III.

53

imbairandane akran god usmaitada jah in fon galagjada. ])— 9 10 Jah frehun ina manageins qibandans: an lira taujaima? 11 andkafjands ban qab: sa habands twos paidos gibai ]?amma unhabandin, jah saei habai matins, samaleiko taujai. 12 qemun ban motarjos daupjan jah qe]?un du imma: hra taujaima?
laisari,

19 i]> Herodes sa taitrarkes, gasakans fram imma bi Herodiadein qen brobrs is jah bi alia boei gawaurhta ubila Herodes, 20 anaaiauk jah bata ana alia jah galauk Iohannen in karkarai. 21 War]? ban bibe daupidaig=13
alia

managein jah at Iesu ufdaujah bidjandin, usluk-

pidamma

noda himins, 22 jah atiddja ahma sa weiha 13 ]?aruh qa]? du im: niwaiht leikis siunai swe ahaks ana ina, ufar ]?atei garaid sijai izwis, jah stibna us himina warb qilausjaib. bandei bu is sunus meins sa liu14 frehun ban ina jah bai mili- ba, in buzei waila galeikaida. tondans qibandans: jah weis lira 23 Jah silba was Iesus swe jereid=14 taujaima? jah qab du im: ni brije tigiwe uf gakunbai, swaei mannanhun holob, ni mannan- sunus. munds was Iosefis sunaus hun anamahtjaid, jah waldaib Heleis annom izwaraim. 24 sunaus Matbatis sunaus i=10 15 At wenjandein ban allai Laiwweis sunaus Mailkeis sunaus managein jah bagkjandam allaim' Jannins sunaus Iosefis
:

in

hairtam seinaim

bi

Iohannen,

niu aufto sa wesi Xristus, 16 Andhof ban Iohannes allaim ia=ll qibands: ik allis izwis watin daupja; ib gaggib swinboza mis,

andbindan skaudaraip skohis is; sah izwis
bizei ik ni

im

wair]?s

daupeib in ahmin
funin;

weihamma jah
in

17 habands Avinbiskauron

handau seinai, ib=12 Jah gahraineib gabrask sein, jah briggib kaurn in bansta seinamma, ib ahana intandei]? funin unVuapnandin.

18 managub
gein.

]?an

jah anbar

brafstjands biu]?spilloda

mana-

25 sunaus Mattabiwis sunaus Amnions sunaus Naumis sunaus Aizleimis sunaus Naggais 26 sunaus Mahabis sunaus Mattabiaus sunaus Saimaieinis sunaus Iosefis sunaus Iodins 27 sunaus Iohannins sunaus Resins sunaus Zauraubabilis sunaus Salabielis sunaus Nerins 28 sunaus Mailkeins sunaus Addeins sunaus Kosamis sunaus Airmodamis sunaus Heris 29 sunaus Iosezis sunaus Aileiaizairis sunaus Ioreimis sunaus Matta]?anis sunaus Laiwweis 30 sunaus Symaions sunaus Iudins sunaus Iosefis sunaus Iohannins sunaus Aileiakeimis

14. waldai}?; in the

margin the gloss ganohidai

sijai]?.

15. Iohannen; Io-

hanuein

in

CA.

54

Luke

III.

IV.

sunns sijais gubs, wairp buk babro dalab; 10 gamelid ist auk batei aggilum seinaim anabiudib hi buk du gafastan buk, Chaptek IX. 11 jah batei ana handuni ]>uk 1 I]> Iesus aluuius weihis fulls ie=15 gawandida sik fram Eaurdanau, ufhaband, ei Iran ni gastagqjaJs jah tauhans was in ahniin in hi staina fotu beinana. 12 jah andhafiands qab imma au|>idai [esus batei qiban ist: ni fraisais 2 dage fidwor tiguns, fraisans

31 sunaus Mailaianis sunaus Maeinanis sunaus Mattabanis sunaus Nabanis sunaus Daweidifl 32 sunaus Iaissaizis sunaus Obeidis sunaus Bauauzis sunaus Salmonis sunaus Nahassonis 33 sunaus Anieinadabis sunaus Aramis suuaus Aizoris sunaus Faraizis suuaus Iudins 34 suuaus Iakohis suuaus Isakis sunaus Abrahamis sunaus parins sunaus Xakoris sunaus Sairokis suuaus Ragawis sunaus Falaigis sunaus Aibairis suuaus Salamis 36 suuaus Kaeinanis suuaus Arfaksadis sunaus Semis sunaus Nauelis sunaus Lamaikis 37 suuaus Mabusalia sunaus Ainokis suuaus Iaredis sunaus Maleilaielis suuaus Kaeinanis 38 suuaus Ainosis suuaus Snlis suuaus Adamis suuaus gubs.
:'>•")

5 jah ustiuhands ina diabulus

ana fairguni hauhata ataugida

imma

allans

]nudinassuns
in stika melis.

]ns

midjungardis

G jah qa]? du imma sa diabulus: bus giba bata waldufni ]>ize allata jah wulbu ize, unte mis atgiban ist, jah ]uslrammeh ])ei wiliau giba bata.

mi jahai inweitis mik in andwairbja meinamma, wairbib
7
]>u

bein

all.

8 jah andhafiands imma Iesus (|a]>: gamelid ist fraujan glib beinana inweitais jah imma ai:

naninia fullafahjais. 9 babroh gatauh ina in Iairusalem jah gasatida ina anagiblin alhs. jah qab du imma jahai
:

fram diabulau.
iq=16

fraujan

gub beinana.

Jah
I'aim

ni

uialida waiht in dagain

jainaim,

jah

at

dagam, bibegredags 3 jah qab du iuiuia diabulus:

jah ustiuhands all fraiustauhanaim stubnjo diabulus afstob fairra iinnia and mel. \var)>.

13

14 Jah gawandida

sik Iesus in iz- 17
:

jahai sunns sijais gubs, qib ]>am- niahtai ahniins in (hdeilaian jah meriba uirann and all gawi ina slaiua ei wairbai hlaibs. 4 jah andliof Iesus wi]»ra iua bisitande hi ina. 15 jah is laisida in gaqumbim (]i|>auds gamelid ist batei ni hi
:

hlaib ainana
hi
all

lihaid

manna, ak

ize,

mikilids fram allaiin.

waui-dc gubs.
'!.

1<>

Jah qam

in

Nazaraib, bareiih=18
;//

TV,

sunns; BUnaus
in

in

CA.

.".

diabnlue; diabulaua

CA.

1•"!.

frai-

etnbnjo; fraistobnjo

CA.

Luke

[V.

55
bi sunjai

jah galaip inn bi in daga sabbato in synagogein, jah usstop siggwan bokos. 17 jah atgibanos wesun imma bokos Esaeiins praufetaus, jah uslnkands pos bokos bigat stad
todies,

was

25 Appan
patei
in
]?an

biuhtja

seinamma

managos

qipa izwis kb=22 widuvvons wesun
in

dagam

Heleiins

Israela,
jerani

galuknoda himins du

]>rim jah meno]?s saihs, svve

warp

huhrus mikils and alia air]?a,, 26 jah ni du ainaihim pizo
insandi]>s

was Helias, alja in ana mis, in Saraipta Seidonais du qiuon wipizei gasalbodamikdu wailamer- duwon. jan unledaim, insandida mik dn 27 jah managai prutsfillai weganasjan pans gamalwidans sun uf Haileisaiau praufetau in
J>arei

was gamelid

18

ahma

fraujins

hairtin,

19 merjan frahunpanaim fralet jah blindaim siun, fraletan gamaidans in gaprafstein, merjan jer fraujins andanem. 20 jah faifalb pos bokos jah usgibands andbahta gasat, jah allaim in ]nzai sjmagogein wesun

Israela, jah ni ainshun ize gahrainids was, alja Naiman sa Saur.

28 jah fullai waurpun allai modis in pizai synagogein haus-

jandans pata, 29 jah usstandandans uskusun imma ut us baurg, jah brahteaugona fairweitjandona du im- dun ina und auhmisto ]>is fairma. gunjis ana ]?ammei so baurgs 21 dugann pan rodjan du im ize gatimrida was, du afdrauspatei
niela

usfullnodedun jan ina pa]?ro; 30 ip is pairhleipands pairh 22 Jah allai alakjo weitwodi- midjans ins iddja. 19 dedun imma jah sildaleikidedun 31 Jah galaip in Kafarnaum kg— 23 bi ]>o waurda anstais po usgag- baurg Galeilaias, jah was laisg;indona us munpa is, jahqe]>un: jands ins in sabbatim. niu sa ist sunus Iosefis? 32 Jah sildaleikidedun bi ]>okd=24

himma daga
po
in

ausam izwaraim.

k=20

23 Jah qap du im: aufto qi]?i]> laisein is, unte in waldufnja was mis po gajukon pu leki, hailei waurd is. puk silban; hran filu hausidedum 33 Jah in pizai synagogein ke=25 waurpan in Kafarnaum, tawei was manna habands ahman un:

jah her in gabaur]>ai peinai. hulpons unhrainjana, jah ufhroka=21 24 Qap pan: amen izwis qipa pida qipands: patei ni ainshun praufete anda34 let, lv/a uns jah pus, Iesu nems ist in gabaurpai seinai. Nazorenu? qamt fraqistjan un-

— IS.

17. Esaeiins; Eisaeiins in CA; see Jo. 12, 41, note,

praufetaus; prafetus in CA.
twice, but

ganasjan bans; CAerroneously had these them bans ganasjan has been erased. 23. leki;

two words
leiki in

between

CA.

27. Haileisaiau;

Haileisaiu in CA.

-

Luk*- IV.

.

42 BiJ'eh ]>an war]' dags. us-kL^_~ gubs. gaggands galai]' ana aubjana 35 jah galrotida iniina Iesus stad, iah manas^ins sokidedun qibands: afdobn jah usgagg us ina jah qemun und ina. jah gabaimna. jah gawairpands ina habaidedun ina. ei ni afli]'i fairra sa unhulba in mid aim urrann im. af imma. ni waihtai gaskabjands 43 ]'aruh is qab du im batei imma. jah baini anbaraim baurgim 36 jah war]' afslauj'nan allans. wailamerian ik skal bi ]nudaniah rodidedun du sis misso qi- gardja gups, unte du]>e mik inJ'andans: Ira waurde bata J'atei sandida. mi]' waldufnja iah nnahtai ana44 jah was meriands in synabiudi]' J'aini unhrainjam ahmam gogim Galeilaiaiah usgaggand? 37 iah usiddia meriba frain Chapter V. imma and allans stadins ]n> 1 Jah war]' mi]']'anei managei kl?=29 bisunjane land> ~-~andands ban us ]'izai anatramp ina du hausjan waurd kq=_ 38 nagogai galaib in gard Sei- gu]'s, jah is silba was standands
sie?
is,

kann Jmk Iras

sa weiha

j

*

-

Seimcmis nelra saiwa Gainnesarai}?. 2 jah gasalr twa skipa stanwas anahabaida brinnon mikidandona at J'amma saiwa ib lai. iah bedun ina bi Jo.
monis. swaihro ]'an
}'is
:

39 iah atstandands ufar iia fiskjans afgaggandans af im u-gasok bizai brinnon. jah aflailot J'wohun natja. 3 galaib }'an in ain J'ize ski] iia: sunsaiw ]'an usstandandei ]'atei was Seimonis: haihait ina andbahtida im.

4u niibbanei ]>an sagq sunno. aftiuhan fairra sta]'a leitil: jah laisida us bamnia _ allai swa managai ewe habaide:>a manageiiidun siukaiLS sauhtim missaleikaim. brahtedun ins at imma: 4 BiJ'eh }'an gaandida rod- 1= ip is ainlrarjammeh ize handun^ jands, qa]' du Seimonau: bri^_ analagjands gahaihda ana diupij'a. jah athahid kz=27 41 Fsiddiedun ban iah unhul- natja izwara du fiskon. jah andhafjand> Shimon qab I'ons af managaim hropiandeins jah qibandeinsbateibu isXii>tus du imma: talzjand. alia naht - _ri]?s. iah gasakands im ]'airharbaidjandans waiht ni Deni lailot ]os rodian. unte wi« mom; ib afar waurda jfinamma wairpam natja. dun silban Xristu ina wisan.
-

-

i

-

}

infinitive in Gothic)
V.

Apelt (Germania. XIX. supposes war}? aislaujjnan ana allans. 4. traandida: so Massmann, fof gauanfnda in f'A.
arj?

ai.-laa)?nan allan>:

accusative -with the

Luke

V.

57

taujandans galu- gei |'iil< eilban gudjin, jah atbair sue imma tram |»i/,ni gahraineinai liln, ize. fjeinai batei anabaud Moses <lu wcil \vodi|>;ii im. 7 jah bnndwidcdiin ga skip;i, ]>oci wcsini in L5 Uamernoda |»an bata waurd
6 jah bate

kun

manageins flake natja dishnupnodedun
.-

..

;

1

1

1

> ;

-

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

;

id

84

r\

atiddjedeina hilpan ize; jah m.iis qemun, jah gafullidedun ba \>o nmns
ski pa,

hi

Ina, jah

garunnun biuhjah
leki-

managai hausjon

Bwe sugqun.

ikhi

tram

imma

sauhte seinaizo.
8C

ia=31

Gaumjands |>nn Seimon I'ni10 l|> is wns afleibande anale irus draus «In kniwam lesuis <|i aubidos jah bidjands. I'.nids: bidja |>nk, USgagg I'nirrn 17 Jah war]? in ainamma dage lq mis, ante manna frawaurhts im, jah is wns laisjands, jnli wesun
8
Erauja.

8

aitandans ETareisaieis jah wito 9 sildaleik auk dishabaida ina dalaiearjoe, |?aiei wesun gaqu
; 1
1 1

linimo Gall jah allans |>nns mi|> imma in imimii lis gafahis f?ize flake ]?anzeiganutun, laiaa iah [udaiaa jah tairusau 10 samaleikoh f>an jah [akobn lymon; jah mahte fraujine wns jah [ohannen sununs Zaibaidai- «In hailjail ins.
;
1

1

r

1

1

1

;

;uis,

|>;ii<'i

wesun gadailans

Sci-

I

Jah
ligra

s)d

mans bairandanslz

;

i~

mona.
ib=32
Juli qaj? (In

ana
Seimona
[esus: ni
li|'n,

mannaii saei wns nsjah sokidedun luaiwa ina
jah
is.

ogs
Siud

j>us; frara
iiiit;iiis.

himma

nu

manne innatbereina
in
1

galagidedeina

andwairbja

11 jah gatiuhandans [?oskipa

afletandana laistidednn afar imma.
air]?a

ana

allata

> jah ni bigitandans hraiwa inimi bereina ina in manageins, ussteigandans nun, hrot and
skaljos
lesun.

]g-33

12 Jah
in ainai

\var|> mij?]?anei
s;ii

was

is

baurge, jah
jah

manna bamma

gasatidedun ina mi]? badja in midjaim faura

fulls l^rutsfillis;

gasaihmnda

20 jah gasaimands galaubein drinaanda ana andwair]?i bad ina qibands: frauja, jabai \/A\ qaj? dn bamma nsli|>in: wileis, magt mik gahrainjan. manna, afletanda |>ns frawaurh13 jah nfrakjanda nandu attai- teis |?einos. tok imma qibands: wiljnn, wnir|' 21 jah dngunnun bagkjan bai hraina. jah suns bata Jn-utsfill bokarjos jah Fareisaieia qiban dnns: tins isl sn. snci iodci|> aflni]> af imma. 14 jah ia fanrbaud imma <> oaiteinins? iuas mag afletan mann ni qebi, akgaggjah atau- frawanrhtina alja ains gu]??
Iesu
manageins; manageiii iaCA; <j>. II (Or. VIII, 8, note, diehnapnodednn; CA originally had diehnanpnodednn, the a being scratched.— 10. lakobu; [akoban /// 11. afletandans; afleijTandane in CA; <j>. Uk. II, '> X, 88, note». — 15. CA.
c>.

lekinon; leikinon in CA.

is. galagidedeina; galagidideraa in CA.

20. afle-

tanda; afleitanda

in

CA.

;<s

Luko

.

TT.

22 ufkunnands ]'an Iesus mitonins ize andhafjands qab du im: lea bibagkeib in hairtam izwaraim? 2:5 hrabar ist azetizo, qi]>an: afletanda ]mis frawaurhteis, ban qiban: urreis jah gagg?

du im: ni baurbun hailai ak bai unhailans;
•'>2

lekeis

labon garaihtans ak frawaurhtans in idreiga.
ni

qam

33

ib eis qe]?un

du imma: dubie

24 abban ei dufni habaid sa sunus mans ana matjand jah drigkand? airbai afletan frawaurhtins, qab 34 barub is qab du im: ni madu bamma ustibin: du bus qiba, gud sununs brubfadis, unte sa urreis, jab ushafjande batabadi brubfads mi]> im ist, gataujan beinata gagg in gard beinana. fastan.
25 jali sunsaiw usstandands 35 abban qimand dagos, jah in andwairbja ize, usbafjands ban amimada afim sa brubfads, ana bammei lag, galaib in gard iah ]>an fastand in iainaim daeeinana mikiljands gub.

siponjos Iobannes Eastand ufta jah bidos taujand, samaleiko jah witeid batei wal- Fareisaie, ib ]>ai beinai siponjos

gam.

26 jah usfilmei dissat allans •*»<; qa]mh ]>an iah gajukon du jah mikilidedun gub, jah fullai im batei ainshun plat snagins waurbun agisis qibandans batei niujis ni lagjid ana enagan Eairngasaih/amwulbagabimma daga. jana; aibbau jah sa niuia aflh=38

27 Jah afar bata usiddja jah gasabj motari namiu Laiwwi sitandau ana motastada, jab qab du imma: laistei afar mis. 28 jab bileibands allaim usstandands iddja afar imma.

taurnid, jah

gatimid
•*')7

bamma fairnjin ni bata af bamma niujin.
ai] 1 -

iah ainshun ni giutid wein

niujata in balgins fairnjans;

bau distairid bata niujo \\<'in bans balgins, jah silbo usgutnib

ijj=:i'.)

29 Jah gawaurbta daubt mi- jah bai balgeis Fraqistnand; "» s kila Laiwweis imma in garda ak wein juggata in balgins eeinamma; jah was managei niuians giutand, iah bajobs gamotarje mikila jab anbaraize fastanda. baiei wesun mib im anakumb39 jah ainshun drigkandane
jandans.
•"»<)

fairni

ni

suns

wili

ju<rg:

qi]>i)>

jah birodidedun bokarjoe auk: bata fairnjo batizo ize jah Fareisaieis du eiponjam
is

ist.

qibandans: duhje ini)> bairn motarjam jab Erawaurbtaim
matjid jab drigkid?
.",1

Chapter VI. 1 Jah warb in sabbato anba-ma=4l ramma frumin gaggan imma
atisk, jah

m=40

Jah andhafjands iesus qab bairb

raupidedun absa

28. iddja; in

tin'

38. Fareieaie; Farebmiei in CA.

margin (teg/ass laietida; eeeS7.— 81. lekeis; 80. drigkandane; driggandane

l<>ik<-is
/'//

in

CA.

CA.

Luke

VI.

59

jah matidedim binau10 jah ussailuands allans ins andans liandum. qab du imma: ufrakei bo handu 2 i]> sumai Fareisaie qe]mn du beina. baruh is ufrakida, jah im: toa taujid batei ni skuld ist gastob so handus is swaswe so
siponjos
is

taujan in sabbato dagam? an]?ara. 3 jah andhafjands wi]?ra ins 11 ib
Iesus qab:
batei
ni

eis fullai

bata ussuggwud

frodeins,

waurbun unjah rodidedun du sis

gatawida Daweid, ban gre- misso lira tawidedeina bamma dags was silba jah baiei mib Iesua. imma wesun? 12 Jah war]? in dagam bairn mg-43 1 bjaiwa inngalaib in gard ei usiddja Iesus in fairguni bidgu]?s jah hlaibans faurlageinais jan, jah was naht bairhwakaiids usnam jah matida jah gaf bairn in bidai gubs. mi]> sis wisandam, ]>anzei ni 13 Jah bibe Avar]? dags, at-md=44 skuld ist mat] an nibai ainaiin wopida siponjans seinans, jah gudjam? gawaljands us im twalib, banzei mb=42 5 Jah qa]> du im ]?atei frauja jah apaustuluns namnida, ist sa sunus mans jah ]?amma 14 Seimon banei jah namnida sabbato daga. Paitru, jah Andraian bro]>ar is, jah war]? ]>an in anbaramma Iakobu jah Iohannen, Filippu daga sabbato galeiban imma in jah Barbulomaiu, synagogein jah laisjan. jah was 15 Ma]>]?aiu jah poman, Iajainar manna, jah handus is so kobu bana Alfaiaus, jah Seimon taihswo was baursus; bana haitanan Zeloten, 7 witaidedunuh ban ]?ai bo16 Iudan Iakobans, jah Iudan karjos jah Fareisaieis, jau in
sabbato daga lekinodedi, ei bi- Iskarioten, saei jah Avar]? galewjands ina. geteina til du wrohjan ina. 17 Jah atgaggands dala]> mibme=45 8 ib is wissuh mitonins ize jah qa]? du bamma maim bamma im gasto]> ana stada ibnamma, ]>aursja habandin handu: urreis jah hiuhma siponje is, jah hansa jah stand in midj aim; baruh is mikila manageins af allamma
,

Iudaias jah Iairusalem jah bize urreisands gastob. 9 qab ];>an Iesus du im: frailma faur marein Tyre jah Seidone izwis: hra skuld ist sabbato da- jah anbaraizo baurge, baiei qegam, biu]? taujan bau un]nu]> nmii hausjan imma jah hailjan
taujan, saiwala ganasjan usqistjan?

bau

sik

sauhte seinaizo, 18 jah bai anahabaidans fram

7. lekinodedi; leikinodedi in CA. binauandans; bnauandans in CA. 12. Jmirhwakands bairwakands in CA. 11. tawidedeina; tawidideina in CA. hiuhma• 17. atgaggands; atgaggaggands in CA 15. Alfaiaus; Aliaius in CA.

TT, 1.

;

hiuma

in

CA.

GO

Luk.- VI.

ahmam
lidai
(

unhrainjaim, jah gahai-

28 biubjaib

]?ans fraqibandans

izwis, bidjaid frani baim anawaurbnn. 1 jah alia managei sokidedun mahtjandam izwis. 29 hamma stautandin ]mk bing=53 attekan iinina, unte mahts af imma usiddja jah ganasida al- kinnu, galewei imma jah anbara, jah bamma nimandin af pus lans. mq=46 20 Jah is ushatjands augona wastja jah paida ni warjais. 30 lrammeh ]>an bidjandane eeina du siponjam seinaim qa]?: audagai jus unledans ahrain. bilk gif, jah af ]?amma nimandin unto izwara ist biudangardi hi- ]?ein ni lausei. mine. 31 Jah swaswe wileid ei tau-nd=34 niz=47 21 Audagai ins gredagans du. jaina izwis mans, jah jus tanjaid im samaleiko. ante sadaJ wairbib. mh=48 Audagai jus gTetandans nu, 32 Ab)>nn jabai frijod ]>ansne=55
.)

unte ufhlohjanda.

frijondans izwis, Ira izwis laune

=49

22 Audagai siju]? ban fijand ist? jah auk bai frawaurhtans izwis mans, jah afskaidand izwis bans frijondans sik frijond. jah idweitjand jah uswairpand 33 jah jabai binbtaujaid baim Qaminizwaramma sue nbilamma ]>iu]> taujandam izwis. Ira izwis in sunaus mans. laune ist? jah auk bai frawaurh23 faginod in jainamma daga tans ]>ata samo tanjand. jah laikid, unte sai inizdo izwara 34 jah jabai leilrid frain ]>aimanaga in himinam; bi bamma mei weneid andniman, Ira izwis auktawidednn praufetum attans laune ist? jah auk frawaurhtai iae. nawaurhtaini leihmnd, ei andn=50 24 A]>]>an wai izwis bairn ga- nimaina samaland. beigam, unte ju habaid gablaihl 35 swe]>auh frijod ]>ans fijands
izwara.

izwarans, binb tanjaid jah lei2."» wai izwis jug sadans nu. lraid ni waihtais uswenans: jah antegredagai wairbib. wai izwis wairbib mizdo izwara managa,

jus hlahjandane nu. ante

ua— .".

jah gretaii dnginnid. 20 Wai |>an waila izwis qi]>and jah nnseljam.
allai

gannon jah wairbib snnjns hanhietine, unte is gods ist baim nnfagram
,

mane, eamaleiko allis tawibleibjandans, 36 wairbaid deduii gallugapraufetum attans ewaswe jah atta izwar bleibe ist.
iz<•.

•")7

Jah

ni stojid, ei ni

stojain-nq=56

nb=52

27 Akei izwis qiba balm hans- dan; ni afdomjaid, jah ni afdomjandam: frijod bane hatandane janda; fraletaid, jah fraletanda. s gibaid, jah gibada izwis; izwis, waila tanjaid baim fiiandam izwis. mitada goda jah nfarfnlla jah
•">

27.

hatandane;

in

the margin the gloea batjandam, which hi probably meant

to refer to fijandam.

waswe; swawe

in

CA.

Luke

VI. VII.

61

gawigana jah ufargutanagibada 47 EFazuh sa gaggands du mis jd=64 in barm izwarana; bizai auk sa- jah hausjands waurda meina jah

mon

mitadjon

bizaiei mitid, mi-

taujands bo, ataugja izwis liram-

raa galeiks ist. tada izwis. nz=57 39 Qabuh ban gajukon im: 48 galeiks ist mann timrjandin blinds blindana tiu- razn, saei grob jah gadiupida ibai mag han? niu bai in dal gadriusand? jah gasatida grunduwaddju ana nh=58 40 Nist siponeis ufar laisari staina; at garunjon ban waurseinana; ib gamanwids hrarjizuh banai bistagq ah; a bi jainamma razna, jah ni mahta gawagjan wairbai swe laisareis is. ita, gasulid auk was ana bamma =59 41 Abbanhragaumeis gramsta in augin brobrs beinis, ib anza staina. 49 ib sa hausjands jah ni tauin beinamma augin ni gaumeis? 42 aibbau liraiwa magt qiban jands galeiks ist mann timrjandu brobr beinamma: brobar, let, din razn ana airbai inuh grunik uswairpa gramsta bamma in duwaddju, batei bistagq flodus, augin beinamma, silba in augin jah suns gadraus, jah war}? so beinamma anza ni gaumjands? uswalteins ]ns raznis mikila.

uswairp faurbis bamma Chapter VII. anza us augin beinamma, jah 1 Bibe ban usfullida alia boje=65 ban gaumjais uswairpa gramsta }>amma in augin bro]?rs beinis. waurda seina in hliumans manaj— 60 43 Ni auk ist bagms gods geins, galaib in Kafarnaum. taujands akran ubil, nih ban 2 hundafade ban sumis skalks bagms ubils taujands akran god. siukands swultawairbja (was),
liuta,

44

luarjizuh raihtis

bagme

swesamma akrana uskunbs ist. ja=61 Ni auk us baurnum lisanda smakkans, nih ban us aihratundjai trudanda weinabasja. jb=62 45 piubeigs manna us biubeigamma huzda hairtins seinis

us saei was imma swers. 3 gahausjands ban bi Iesu

in-

sandida du

imma

sinistans Iu-

daie bidjands ina ei qemi jah ganasidedi ]?ana skalk is.

4 ib eis qimandans at Iesua bedim ina usdaudo qibandans
batei wairbs ist

usbairid biub, jah ubils manna us ubilamma huzda hairtins seinis usbairid ubil; uzuh allis ufarfullein hairtins rodeid munbs is. jg— 63 46 Abbanbja mik haitid frauja frauja, jah ni taujid batei qi]>a?

bammei

fragibis

bata; 5 unte frijob biuda unsara, jah

synagogein is gatimrida unsis. 6 ib Iesus iddjuh mib im. jah juban ni fairra wisandin imma

38. mitid; mitad in CA. — 40. laisareis; laisaris in CA. gamamvids; in the grunduwaddjau in CA. margin the gloss ustauhans. 48. grunduwaddju 49. flodus in the margin the gloss ahra. 2. swultawairbja was; was is wanting in CA. 3. qemi; qimi in CA.

;

,

;

62

Lnke

VII.

J?amma

garda,

insandida

«In

lrilftrjom,

]>ai

imma
|>ands

sa hundafads frijonds

qi- sto]?un,

jah

qa]>:

bairandans gajuggalaud. du

ni drai- ]ms qi]'a, urreis. 1•") unte ni ini wair]>s ei uf jah ussat sa nans jah duhrot meiu inngaggais; gann rodjan, jah atgaf ina ai7 du]?ei ni mik silbau wair- ]'cin is. ]>ana rahnida at ]>us qiman; ak 1G dissat jnin allans agis, jah qi]> waurda, jah gahailnid sa mikilideduD gap qtyandans ]>atei jTmmagua meine. praufetus mikils urrais.in unsis, 8 jali J?an auk ik manna im jah j?atei gaweisoda gu]> manauf waldufnja gasatide, habands geins eeinaizos. uf mis silbin gadrauhtins, jah 17 Jah osiddja ]?ata waurdjh=68 qi|?a du ]»;mun;i gagg, jahgag- and alia Tudaia bi ina jah and
bei ]»uk:
:

du imma: frauja,

jah an]?aramma: (pin her, allans bisitands. 18 Jah gataihuo Johanneu si-it>=69 jah qimid, jah du ekalka meinamma: tawei l>ata, jah taujid. ]H)njos is bi alia )>o. .» jah athaitands twans sii) gahauejands |»;ni J?ata Iesus sildaleikida ina, jah wandjands ponje seinaize lohannes ineangid,
sik

du ]>iz;ii afarlaist jandein sis dida ins du Iesua qij>ands: >u managein qaj»: amen qi]>a izwis, is sa qimanda, ]>au an]?aranu ni in [sraela ewalauda galaubein wenjaima?
|

bigal

l'ii

qimandans

J?an

a1

imma

]q=QQ

lo

Jah gawandjandans

insandidans <lu garda I'iiiiii sinkan skalk hailana.
jz=67

wairos qe]?un: lohannes sa bigetun daupjands insandida ugkis du
sik
]>ai

]>ai

]>us qij?ands:

11

Jah war]'
iddja
in

in ]'ainnia

afar- ]>au

qimanda, an]>aranu wenjaima?
]>u
is

sa

daga

baurg namnida

21 inuh
lida
slaliini

]>an ]>izai tueilai gahai-

Niaen, jah

ponjos
Mill."

is

mididdjedun imma siganohai jah manageins
nelrn was daura

managans

ai

eauhtim jah

jah ahniane ubilaize, jah blindaim managaim fragafsiun.

22 jah andhafjands Iesus |>izos baurgs, |>aiuli sai iitbau- du im: gaggandans gateihats rans was nans, sunns ainalia [ohannen ]>airi gasehruts jah
l)i]>ch ]>an
;i i]

12

]>

mm

seinai,

jah

si

Bilbo

wi- gahausideduts,

]>at<>i

blindai us-

duwo, jah managei (uzos baurgs sailrand, hallai gaggand, ]>rutsbaudai gaganoha nii|> i/.ai. iillai gahrainjanda, L3 jah gasaihrands ]><> frauja hausjand, naweis urreisand, unIesus infeinoda du i/.ai jah qaj? ledai wailamerjanda. du i/.ai: ni grel jah audags isl sahrazuh 14 jah duatgaggands attaitok saei ni gamarziada in mis.
.

l'•"»

//.
\\

N.nii

(foriiaein; see 'Gothic

Grammar",
///

>

fi,

n<>ti•

7.

and

>

17.

note

/).•

in

CA.

12.

widuwo: widowo

(A.

Luke

VII.

63

24 at galei]:>andam ]?an bairn airum Iohannes dugann rodjan du manageiu bi Iohannen: hra usiddjedub in aubida saihran? raus fram wind a wagid? 25 akei hra usiddjedub saiman? mannan in hnasqjaim wastjom gawasidana? sai bai in wastjom wulbagaim jah fodeinai wisandans in biudangardjom sind. 26 akei \va usiddjedub saihran?
praufetu? jai qiba izwis, mais praufetau.
jah

33 urrann raihtis Iohannes sa daupjands nih hlaif matjands
nih wein drigkands, jah qibib: unhul]?on habai]>.

34 urrann sunus mans matjands jah drigkands, jah qibib: sai manna afetja jah weiudrugkja, fiijonds motarje jahfrawaurhtaize.

35 jah gasunjoda Avar]? handugei fram barnam seinaim allaim.

36 Bab ban ina sums Farei-ud=74 saie ei matidedi mib imma; jah atgaggands in gard bis Fareiu=70 27 Saistbi banei gamelid ist: saiaus anakumbida. sai ik insandja aggilu meinana 37 baruh sai qino in ]?izai faura andwairbjabeinamma, saei gamanweid wig beinana faura baurg sei was frawaurhta, jah ufkunnandei batei anakumbida bus.
ua=71

28 Qiba allis izwis, maiza in baurim qinono praufetus Iohanne bamrnadaupjandin ainshun nist;
ib sa minniza

in

razna

bis Fareisaiaus,

brig-

o-andei alabalstraun balsanis

imma

in ]>iudanist.

gardjai gu]?s maiza in.ma

38 jah standandei faura fotum is aftaro gretandei, dugann natjan fotuns is tagram jah skufta

ub=72

29 Jah

alia

jandei jah motarjos
peinai Iohannis;

seinis biswarb, jah kumanagei gahaus- haubidis kida fotum is jah gasalboda garaihtana

domidedun gub, ufdaupidai dau-

bamma

balsana.

39 gasailrands ban sa Farei-

jah witoda- saius, saei haihait ina, rodida ib wesi praufastjos runa gubs fraqebun ana sis ains qibands: sa fetus, ufkunbedi ]?au hro jah misik, ni daupidai fram imma. leika so qino sei tekib imma, ug=73 31 He nu galeiko pans mans ]mtei frawaurhta ist. ]us kunjis, jah hre sijaina galei40 jah andhafjands Iesus qab kai? 32 galeikai sind barnam baini du Paitrau: Seimon, skal bus qab: laisari, qib. in garunsai sitandam jah wop- lira qi]?an, ib is

30

ib Fareisaieis

j

41 twai dulgis skulans wesun and am seina misso jah qibanains dam: swiglodedum izwis jah ni dulgahaitjin sumamma
;

plinsidedub,

gaunodedum

izwis skulda skatte fimf

hunda, ib an-

jan ni gaigrotub.

bar fimf tiguns.

26. praufetau; praufetu in
the margin the gloss

hufum. —

CA.—

30. ana;

and

in CA.

32.

gaunodedum;

in

38. gretandei; greitandei in CA.

(54

Luke
ni

VII. VIII.

2 jah qinons ]>ozei wesun galeusgebeina, bairn fragaf. lrabar kinodos ahmane ubilaize jah nu ]uze, qib, mais ina frijod? sauhte, jah Marja sei haitana 43 andhafjands ban Seimon was Magdalene, us bizaiei usiddqab: bana gawenja bammei ma- jedun unhul]?ons sibun, nagizo fragaf. baruh is qa]? du 3 jah Iohanna qens Kusins imma: raihtaba stauides. fauragaggjins Herodes jah Su44 jah gawandjands sik du sanna jah anbaros managos, bo]>izai qinon qab du Seimona: zei andbahtidedun im us aigigasailris ]>o qinon? atgaggan- nam seinaim. din in gard ]>einana wato mis 4 Gaqumanaim ban hiuhmamuq=76 ana fotuns meinans ni gaft; ib managaim jah ]>aim )>aiei us • si Ingram seinaim ganatida meibaurgim gaiddjedun du imma, nans fotuns jah skuftaseinamma qab bairn gajukon:
biswarb. 5 urrann saiands du saian 45 ni kukides mis, ib si, fram fraiwa seinamma. jah mibbanei bammei innatiddja, ni swaif bisaiso, sum gadraus faur wig, jah kukjan fotuns meinans. gatrudan warb, jah fuglos himi4<> alewa haubid meinata ni nis fretun bata. salbodes, ib si balsana gasalbo6 jah an]?ar gadraus ana da fotuns meinans. 47 in ]>izei, qiba bus, afletanda staina. jah uskijanata gabaurs-

42

habaudam ban hrabro

Erawaurhteis izos unte frijoda filu
;

]>os
i]>

managons, noda

in Jnzei ni

habaida qramin

bammei

lei-

miba.
7 jah

til

fraletada,

leitil frijod.

sum gadraus

midumai

48 qa]mh ban du

izai: afletnn-

8 jah anbar gadraus ana airkumbjandanaqibaniD sis silbam: bai godai, jah oekeinoda jah taIras sa ist, saei frawaurhtins wida nkrnn taihuntaihundfal)>. afletai? bata ban qibands ofwopida: saei 50 i]> is (|,•|> bail du bizai qi- liabai ausonn du hnusjan. gagalaubeina ]>eina ganasida hausjai. buk, gagg in gawairbi. .) frehun pan ina siponjos is

da bus frawaurhteis beinos. I'• jah (lugunnun bai mibana-

baurniwe, jah mibuskeinandana |>ai baumjus aftuapidedun bata;

:

(

qibandans hra sijni so gajnko. Chapter VIII. 10 i)> is qa]>: izwis atgiban ist ne=7o 1 Jah warb bibe [afar bata] «i jah is wratoda and baurgsjab kunnnn runos|nudinassausgu)>s. li.iimos merjands jah wailaspilI|> bairn anbaraim in gajukom, uz=
Ionde biudangardja gu]>s, bai twalib mib imma,
\

~~

jah

ei

sailrandans

ni

gasailrainn jah
Erabjaina.

gahausjandans

ni

III.

CA.

galekinodoe gajeikinodoe in CA. andbahtidedun; andbahtededun in CA.
'.
;

— 8. Fauragaggjins; Fauragagjine in — 4. hiuhmam; hiumam in CA.

I.Mko VIII.

G5

uh=78

11 Abban ]>ata
]>ata fraiw ist

ist

so gajuko: tedun andqiban inima faura
gu]>s.

ma

waurd

a gem.

12 ib bai wibra wig sind bad 20 jah gataihan Avar]? imma hausjandans, babroh qimib dia- ]>atei ai]>ei ];>ema jah brobrjus bulus jah usnimib bata waurd af l^eiuai standand uta gasailran hairtiu ize, ei galaubjandans ni ]mk gairnjandona. gamsaina. 21 ib is andhafjands qab du 13 ib bai ana bamma staina, im: aibei meina jah brobrjus meiizei ban hausjand, mib fahedai nai bai sind, bai waurd gubs andnimand bata waurd, jah bai gahausjandaus jah taujandans. waurtins ni haband, ]>aiei du 22 War]? ban in aiuamma ]>izepg=83 mela galaubjand jah in mela dage jah is galaib in skip jah
fraistubnjos afstandand.

siponjos is, jah qab du im: galei14 ib bata in baurnuns gadriu- |»am hindar ]mna marisaiw; jah
galibun.

sando, bai sind ]?aiei gahausjandans jah af saurgom jahgabein jah gabaurjobum ]uzos libainais gaggandans afluapnand jah ni gawrisqand.

23 baruh
anasajslep.

]?an

swe faridedun,

jah atiddja skura windis in pana marisaiw, jah gafullnodedunjahbirekjaiwaurbun.

15

ib

bata ana

bizai

god on

sidedun ina qibandans: talzjand, fraqistnam. ib is urreisands ga jandans bata waurd gahaband sok winda jah bamma wega Miljah akran bairand in bulainai. tins; jah anaslawaidedun, jah up=79 16 A]>ban ni manna lukarn

airbai, bai sind. ]>ai izei in hairtiu

24 duatgaggandans ban

urrai-

godamma

jah seljamma gahaus-

tandjands dishuljib ita kasa aib-

war]) wis.

bau

uf ligr gasatjib,
satjib,

ak ana
ei

lu-

bai inngaggandans saihraina liuhad. p=80 17 Ni auk ist analaugn batei swikunb ni wairbai, nih fulgin ]?atei ni gakunnaidau jah in swikunbamma qimai. pa=81 18 Saimib nu hraiwa hauseib; unte saei habaib, gibada inima, jah saei ni habaib, jah batei bugkeib haban, afnimada af imma.

karnastajun

ban du im: luar ist galaubeins izwara? ogandans
25
qa]>

]>an

sildaleikidedun

qibandans

du

misso: teas siai sa, ei jah windam faurbiudib jah watnam,
sis

jah uf hausjand

imma?
ist

26 jah atfaridedun
Gaddarene, batei
Galeilaia.

gawi wibrawairb
in

27 usgaggandin ban imma ana airba gamotida imma wair sums pb=82 19 Atiddjedun ban du imma us baurg, saei habaida unhulaibei jah brobrjus is, jah ni mah- bons mela lagga, jah wastjom
13. izei
;

ize in

CA; so

kunpamma

in

CA.
;

— 23.

in 15. fahedai; faheidai in CA.

— 17. s\vikunpamma; sweUppstrom: primum scripnon erasum, posterius i.

anasaislep; anasaisleip in CA.

turn fnit anasaisleip, deinde manifesto rasu in, quamquam 27. unnulpcms in the margin the gloss skohsla.

66
ni gawasi]?s was, jah in

Luke TIN.

gawas, ak

in

garda hlaiwasnom.

ni

dan faura fotum
dun.

Iesuis. jah ohie-

28 gasailuands ban Iesu jah 36 gataihun }?an im jah ]>ai ufhropjands draus du imma jah gaeaihrandana luaiwa ganas sa
stibnai mikilai qab: Ira mis jah daimonareis.

bus, Iesu, sunu gubs hauhistins? bidja ]>uk, ni balwjais mis.

37 jah bedun ina allai gaujans ]nze Gaddarene galeiban fairra

29 unte anabaud ahmin ]>amma sis, unte agisa mikilamma disunhrainjin usgaggan af bamma habaidai wesun. maun: manag auk mel frawahv I J? is galei]>ands in ski]) ga-pd=84 ina. jah buudans was eisarna- wandida sik. bandjom jah fotubandjom fa38 ba]> |>an ina sa wair ai staibs was, jah dishniupands bos bammei )>os unhnlbons usiddje-

ma
Ira

bandjos draibi]>s wasfram ]»am- dun, ei wesi mi]? imma; fralailot unhul]nn ana aubidos. }>an ina Iesus qibande:

30 frah
ist

]>an ina Iesus qi)>ands:

39 gawandei

]>uk

du garda

]>ei-

uaino ]>ein? baruh qa]>: harjis, unte unhul]>ons managos galijmn in ina. 31 jah bad ina ei ni anabudi im in afgrundiba galeiban. 32 wasub ]>an jainar hairda Bweine managaize haldanaize in

Ivan filu gatawida ]ms gaj>. jah galaijn and baurg alia meriands Iran
jah
usspillo
filu

namma,

gatawida imma leans. 40 War]? ban, mibbanei ga-pe=85 wandida sik Iesus, andnam ina managei; wesun auk allai beibamma fairgunja: jahbedunina dandans is. ei uslaubidedi im in ]>o galeiban;
jah uslaubida im.

41 jah

sai

qam

wairbizei

namo

33 usgaggandans )>an suns ]>ai Iaeirus, sah fanramableis synaunhulbans ai [>amma mann ga- gogais was; jah drinsands f aura fotum Iesuis bad ina gaggan in li]>un in ]>o sweina, jah rami sa gard seinana, wri|>ns and driuson in bana nia42 unit' dauhtar ainalio was risaiw jah afhrapnodedun. 34 gasaihmndane |'an ]>ai hal- imma swe wintriwe twalibe, jah dandans bata waur]?ano ga]>lau- sd swalt. mibbanei baa iddja is, hun jah gataihun in baurg jah manageins )>raihun ina. in weihsn. 43 jah qino wisandei in runa nsiddjedun)>nn sailran |>atn bloj'is jera twalif, eoei in lekjans 35 waurbano, jah qemun at Iesua, fraqam allamma aigina seinamjah bigetan sitandan bana nian- ma jah ni mahta was Eram ainoaan, afbammei unhnlbone usidd- mehun galekinon, 44 atgaggandei du aftaro atjedun, gawasidana jah frabjan-

28. sunn: siinau in CA.

42. ninalio. not aiuoho:

.

'Ilritr.'.

12.203.

/•>'.

galekinon; galeDdnon

in

CA.

Luke

VIII. IX.

07

taitok skauta wastjos is, jah 53 jah bihlohun ina gasaihransuns gastob sa runs blobis izos. dans batei gaswalt. 45 jah qab Iesus: luas sa te54 banuh is usdreibands allans kands mis? laugnjandam ]>an ut jah fairgreipands handu izos allaim qab Paitrus jah bai mij? Avopida qibands: mawi, urreis. imma: talzjand, manageins bi- 55 jah gawandida ahman izos, luairband buk jah breihand, jah jah usstob suns, jah anabaud izai giban mat. qibis: lvas sa tekands mis? 46 baruh is qab: taitok mis 56 jah usgeisnodedun fadrein

sums, ik auk ufkunba maht us- izos; ib is faurbaud im ei mann gaggandein af mis. ni qebeina bata waurbano.

47 gasaihrandei ban so qino

Chapter IX. galaugnida, reirandei jah atdriusandei du imma, in 1 Gahaitands ban bans twalifpq-86 bizei attaitok imma, gataih im- apaustauluns atgaf im maht jah ma in andwairbja allaizos ma- waldufni ufar allaim unhulbom nageins, jah tuaiwa gahailnoda jah sauhtins gahailjan. 2 jah insandida ins merjan biusuns. 48 ib Iesus qab du izai: braf- dangardja gubs jah gahailjan stei buk, dauhtar, galaubeins allans bans unhailans. 3 Jah qab du im: ni waiht ni- pz=87 beina ganasida ]>uk; gagg in gamaib in wig, nih waluns nih wairbja. 49 nauhban imma rodjandin matibalg nih hlaib nih skattans, gaggib sums manne fram bis nih ban tweihnos paidos haban. fauramaj^leis synagoges qibands 4 jah /in banei gard gaggaib, du imma batei gadaubnoda ]?ar salji}^ jah babroh usgaggai]>. dauhtar beina, ni draibei ]?ana 5 Jah swa managai swe niph=88
batei
ni
laisari.

50 lb Iesus gahausjands andhof imma qibands: ni faurhtei; batainei galaubei, jahganasjada.

51 qimands ban in garda ni fralailot ainohuninngaggan, alja Paitru jah Iakobu jah Iohannen jah bana attan bizos maujos jah
aibein.

andnimaina izwis, usgaggandans us bizai baurg jainai jah mulda af fotum izwaraim afhrisjaib du weitwodibai ana ins. 6 Usgaggandans ban bairhidd- p}>=89 jedun and haimos wailamerjandans jah lekinondans and all. 7 Gahausida ban Herodis say=90 taitrarkes bo.waurbanona fram

52 gaigrotun ]?an allai jah fai- imma alia, jah bahta, unte qefiokun ]>o. baruh qa)>: ni gretib; ]?un sumai batei Iohannes urrais us dau bairn, unte ni gaswalt, ak slepib.

49. synagoges; synagogeis in CA.


in

50. Iesus;

is in

CA.

55. ussto)?; usto]?

in CA. IX,

— 56.
6.

qebeina; qipeina in CA. lekinondans; leikinondans

CA.

7.

taitrarkes; taitarkes in CA.

68
:

Luke IX.

Helias kumbjan kubituns, ana lrar8 sumai ]>an qe]mn ataugida sik. Bumambban, ]?atei janoh fimf tiguns. praufetu.s .sums bize airizaue us15 jah gatawidedun ewa jali stob. gatawidedun anakumbjan allans. 9 jah qa]? Herodes: Iohannau 16 nimands ]>an bans fimf hlaiik haubib afinaimait: ij> hjas ist bans jah twane fiskans, ineaisa bi banei ik hausja swaleik? luands du himina gabiubida ins jah sokida ina gasailvan. jah gabrak. jah gaf siponjam du ya=91 10 Jah gawandjandans sik faurlagjan bizai managein. apaustauleis usspillodedun imma 17 jah matidedun jah sadai ewa filu ewe gatawidedun. jah waur]nm allai. jah ushafan war]> andnimande ins afiddja sundro batei aflifnoda im. gabruko tainana eta)? aubjana baurgs namni- jons twalif. daizos Baidsaiidan. 18 Jah war]', mibbanei was isyd=94 11 i]> }>os inanageins finban- bidjands sundro, gamotidedun
deins laistidedun afar

imma.

imma

siponjos

is,

jah frah ins
wi-

yb=92

Jah andnimands ins rodida du qibande: Irana mik qiband im )>o bi }>iudangardja uu]>s. jah san ]>os manageins?
bans

19 i]> eis andhafjandans qe]uin: hailida. Iohannen bana daupjand. anyg-=93 12 panuh dags juban dugann barai ]>an Heleian, sumai ban hneiwan: atgaggandans ]'au du J'atei praufetus sums ]nze airiimma bai twalif qe]mn du imma: zaue ussto]>. fralet }>o managein, ei galei]>an20 qa]> ]>an du im: abban jus dans in ]?os bisunjane haimos lvana mik qibib wisan'.' andhafjali weihea ealjaina jah bugjaina jands ]>an Paitrus qa]': ]ui is sis matins, unte her in au]>jamma Xristus sunus gu]'s. stada sium. 21 I]> is ban gatuotjands imye=95 18 banuh qab du im: gibibim faurbaub ei mann ni qe]>eina jus matjan. i]> eis qebnn du bata, imma: nisi hindar one maizo 22 qibande batei ekal sunus find hlaibani jah fiskos twai, mans manag winnan jah uskuniba pan batei weie gaggandane sans fram sinisiain \vnir]>an jah bugjaima allai )>izai manaeedai gndjam jah bokarjam jah aeqimat ins. iaan jah bridjin daga unvisan. wcsun auk ewe fiaif )>usund2-\ Qa]> ]?an du allaini: jabaiyq=96 ii>s waire. <)a)>]>an du eiponjam Iras \ afar mis gaggan, afaiBeinaim: gawaurkeib im ana- kai sik silban jah nimni galgan

barbans

lekinassaus ga-

1

1

i 1 i

manaeedai; manaeeidai in CA (('/>/>BtrOm: Liter» i. prior, colon' qaklem ;> vuinis Uteris iliftvrt ei ex parte qu&d&zn vidrri potest, noil t.uncii erase of): in the margin the gloss managein.
//. li'kin.Mssuiis
;

lcikinassaus in

.—

l't.

21. (|»|>.iim;

«|i

>«-iii ji

in

CA.

Luke IX.
-

69

seinana dag Ivanoh, jah laistjai jah bans tAvans Avairans ]?ans mik. mi]>standandans imma. 24 saei allis Avili saiwala seina 33 jah warb, mibbanei afskainasjan,
fraqisteib
izai;

a]?]>an

skaidun sik af imma, qab Paitrus

saei fraqistei]? saiwalai seinai in

meina, ganasji]?

]?o.

du Iesua: talzjand, god ist unsis her Avisan, jah gawaurkjaima

25 kro
sis

allis

]?aurfte gatauji]? hleibros ]?rins, aina
]?o

manna gageigands
alia,
i]>

bus jah aina ma- Mose jah aina Helijin, ni witands
hra qibib.

qibandin yz=97 26 Saei allis skamai]?sik meina Avar}? milhma jah ufarskadwida aibbau meinaize Avaurde, bizuh ins; faurhtidedun ban in bammei sunus mans skamaid sik, bibe jainaiqemun in bamma milhmin. qimi]? in AA ulbau seinamma jah 35 jah stibna war]? us bamma attins jah bize weihane aggile. milhmin qibandei: sa ist sunus
]?an
r

nased jands

sis silbin fraqist-

ai]?]?au gasleibjands?

34 bata

imma

hy=98

27 Qi]>uh ]>an izavis sunja: sind meins sa liuba, bamma hausjaib. sumai ]?ize her standandane]>aiei 36 jah mibbanei Avar]? so stibna, ni kausjand daubu unte gasai- bigitans Avar}? Iesus ains. jah eis
]?ahaidedun jah mann ni gatai28 Avaurbun ban afar bo hun in jainaim dagam ni Avaiht waurda swe dagos ahtau, gani- ]?izei gasehmn. mands Paitru jah Iakobu jah 37 War]? ban in bamma dagayb=99 Iohannen usiddja in fairguni bid- dalab atgaggandam im af fairjan.

hrand ]?iudinassu gubs.

gunja
Avar]?,

gamotida imma manafilu.

29 jah

mibbanei bab

is,

geins

siuns andwairbjis is an]?ara jah 38 jah sai manna us bizai g*awaseins is lueita skeinandei. nagein ufvvopida qibands:

malai-

30 jah

sai Avairos twai

mib-

rodidednn iraina, ]?aiei Avesun Moses jah Helias, ist. 31 bai gasailuanans in Avul]?au 39 jah sai ahma nimib ina qe]?un urruns is, boei skulda us- unhrains, jah anaks hropei]? jah
fulljan in Iairusalem.
tahji]?

buk insaihmn du sunau meinamma, unte ainaha mis
sari,

bidja

ina mi]? hrabon, jah haliaflinni]?

32 ibPaitrus jah bai mib imma
Avesun kauridai
slepa;

saiAv

af

imma

gabri-

gaAvak- kands ina. 40 jah bab siponjans beinans nandans ban gaseluun wulbu is
26.

wulbau; wulbu

biudinassu; biudinassau in CA.

jah at im in 'et intrantibus illis in nubem' (vox facta est).— 36. mibbanei warb; Avarb mibbanei 39. hropei)?; hropib in CA; traces ofe above in CA. 38. sunau; sunu in CA.

— 27. daubu; daubau in CA. ])amma milhmin; in the margin: milhmam atgaggandam, from a rending of the Itala: (et timuerunt)
in

CA.

aggile; aggele in CA.

34.

qemun

in

the

line.

70
ei

Luke IX.

usdribeina imma, jah ni mahtedun. 41 andhafjands ban Iesus qab: kimi ungalaubjando jah inwindo, and Ira siau at izwis jah bulau izwis? attiuh ]>ana snnu

nimib, andnimib bana sandjandan mik; unte sa minnista wi-

sands in allaim
mikils.

izwis,

sa wairbib

49 Andhafjands ban Iohannes ig— 103
qa]>: talzjand,

gasehmm suinaaa

ana ]?einamma namin usdreibanbeinana hidre. 42 baruh nauh]?an duatgag- dan unhulbons, jah waridedum gandin imma gabrak ina sa un- imma, unte ni laistei]> mi]> unsis. 50 jah qab du im Iesus: ni hul]>a jahtahida; galrotidaban Iesus ahmin j^arama unhrainjin, warji]>, unte saei nist wibra izwis. jah galiailida bana magu jah at- faur izwis ist; ni ainshun auk ist manne saei ni gawaurkjai maht gaf ina attin is. 43 usfilmansbanwaurjmn allai in namin meinamma. 51 Warf> ban in ]>ammei us-id=l04 ana bizai mikilein gubs. 1—100 At allaim ban sildaleikjandam fullnodedun dagos andanumtais bi alia boei gatawida Iesus, qab is, jah is andwairbi seinata gaPaitrus: frauja, dulre weis ni tulgida du gaggan inlairnsalem, 52 jah insandida airuns fanra mahtedum usdreiban bamma? ib Iesus qa]>: bata kuni ni usgaggij) sis. jah gaggandans galibnn in nibai in bidom jah in fastubnja. haim Samareite, swe manwian ra=101 Qa]> ]>an du siponjam seinaim: imma; 53 jah ni andnemun ina, unte 44 lagjib jus in ausona izwara andwairbi is was gaggando du ]>o waurda; unte sunns mans Iairusalem. skidds ist atgiban in handuns 54 gasailvandans ban siponjos
manne.
4.")

qibaima, fon waurda. jah was gahuli]> faura atgaggai us himina jah fraqimai im ei ni frobeina imma, jah ohteim, swe jah Heleias gatawida? dun fraihnan ina bi bata waurd.
frauja,

ib

eis

ni

frobxin

bamma

is

Iakobus jah Iohannes qebun:
f

wileizu

ei

rb=102

46 47

Galai]) ]>an
]'iiu

bata lraijis
i]>

55 gawandjands ]>an gasok im mitons in ins. jah qa]> du im: niu witub Iris ize maists wesi. ahmane sijub?

56 unte sunns mans ni qara ton hairtine ize, fairgreipands saiwalom qistjan ak nasjan. jah barn gasatida faura sis, iddjedun in anbara haim. 48 jali qab du im: salrazuh 57 War)» 1'iin gaggandam imrec=l05 eaei andnimib bata bain ana in wiga qa]> sums du iniina: naiiiin nirinamnia. mik andni- laistja ]>uk bishjadub badei gagmib; jah eahrazuh saei mik and gis, frauja.
41. hidre; hidreJ
fulliiodoihin;
;/;

Iesus gasaihrands

bo mi-

CA

:

,•/<.

oaftdnodedun

in

XIV, 21. Mk. XI, 8; ;il*<> hradre, jcundre. CA. — ~>4. Iakobns; Iakobos CA.
/'//

.77.

ns-

Luke IX.

.

71

58 jah qab du im Iesus: fau6 jah jabai sijai jainar sunus hous grobos aigun jah fuglos gavairbjis, galueilaib sik ana himinis sitlans, ib sunns mans imma gawair]?i izwar; ib jabai ni habaib lvmr haubib galagjai. ni, du izwis gawandjai. 59 qab ban du an]>aramma: 7 Inuh ban bamma garda wi-rib=H2 laistei mik. ib is qab: frauja, sai|>, matjandans jah driggkanuslaubei mis galeiban faurbis jah dans ]>o at im; wairbs auk ist usfilhan attan meinana. waurstwja mizdons seinaizos. ni 60 qab ban du imma Iesus: faraib us garda in gard. let bans daubans usfilhan sei8 Jah in boei baurge gaggaibrig— llii nans nawins, ib bu gagg jah jah andnimaina izwis, matjai]? gaspillo biudangardja gubs. bata faurlagido izwis, rq=l06 61 Qab ban jah anbar: laistja 9 jah lekinob bans in
izai siu-

buk, frauja; ib faurbis uslaubei kans, jah qibib du im mis andqi]?an baim baiei sind in

garda meinamma. 10 lb in boei baurge inngag- rid=l 14 62 qab ban du imma Iesus: ni manna uslagjands handu seina gaib jah ni andnimaina izwis, usgaggandans ana fauradaurja ana hohan jah saimands aftra
gatils ist in

atnehrida ana izwis biudangardi gubs.
:

biudangardja gubs.

izos qi]?aib:

11 jah stubju ]?ana gahaftnan-

Chapter X. dan unsis us ]?izai baurg izwarai rz=l07 1 Afarub ban bata ustaiknida ana fotuns unsarans afhrisjam frauja jah anbarans sibunte- izwis; swebauh bata witei}7 batei hund, jah insandida ins twans atnehrida sik ana izwis biudanluanzuh faura andwairbja seinamma in all baurge jah stade badei munaida is gaggan. rh=108 2 Qabuh ]?an du im: asans managa, ib waurstwjans fawai. 1)7=109 Bidjib nu fraujan asanais ei ussatjai waurstwjans in bo asan
seina.

gardi gubs. 12 qiba izwis batei Saudaum-

jam

in

wair}?ib

jainamma daga bau bizai baurg

sutizo
jainai.

13 Wai bus Kaurazein, wairie=115 bus Baibsaidan; unte ib in Tyrai jah Seidonai waurbeina mahteis
]?ozei

3 gaggib; sai ik insandja izwis in swe lamba in midumai wulfe. gai'dreigodedeina. ri=ll0 4 Ni bairaib pugg nih mati14 swebauh Tyrai jah Seidonai balg nih gaskohi, ni mannan- sutizo wairbib in daga stauos hun bi wig goljaib. ]?au izwis. pia=lll 5 In banei garde inngaggaib, 15 jah bu Kafarnaum, bu und frumist qibaib: gawairbi ]>amma himin ushauhido, und halja gagarda.
X,
2.

waurbun in izwis, airis }^au sakkum jah azgon sitandeins

drausjaza.
waurstwjaus (the second); waurstwjands
in

CA.

— o.

]?auei

garde

;

J?aue

gardei in CA.

72
riq=116
.

Luko
izwis,

.

XIV

16 Saei hauseib
seib,

mis hau24 qi]>a auk izwis ]>atei manajah saei ufbrikib izwis, mis gai praufeteis jah ]>iudanos wilib

ufbrikib;

saei

ufbrikib

mis,

dedun sailran

]>atei jus saihrib,

jah ni gasehran, jah hausjan ]>a17 Gawandidedun ban sik bai tei jus gahausei]>, jah ni hausiriz=117 sibuutehimd mi]> fahedai qiban- dedun. dans: frauja, jah unhul]>ons uf2") Jah sai witodafasteis sumsrka=12l
ufbrikib

bamma sandjandin mik.

hausjand

unsis

in

namin

]?ei-

namma.
18 qa|> ban du im: gasalir satamin swe lauhmunja driusandan us himina. 19 sai atgaf izwis waldufni trudan ufaro waurme jah skaurpjono, jah ana allai mahtai fijandis, jah waihte ainohuu izwis ni
gaskabjib.

ussto]?fraisands ina jah qibands: laieari, Ira taujands libainais ai-

weinons arbja wairba?

2G baruh qa]? du imma: in toda roagamelib ist? lraiwa
siggwis?

wius-

andhafjands qa]>: frijos fraujan gub beinana us allanuna hairtin |>einamma jah us allai
i]>

27

is

20 ewebauh
ei

bamma ni

bai

ib

ahmans faginod in bammei namnaiz- swe buk

saiwalai beinai jah us allai mahfaginob tai beinai jah us allai gahugdai izwis ufhaasjand, beinai, jah nebjundjan beinana
silban.

wara gamelida sind in himinam. 28 banuh qab du imma: raihrih=H8 21 I nuh bizai lreilai swegnida taba andhoft; ]>ata tawei, jah ahmin Ieeus jah qa]>: andhaita
bus, atta, frauja himinis jah airbos, unto affalht )>o faura snulides ]>o
libais.
2i) I]> is

wiljands uswaurlilana rkb=122
qa]>

sik traim, jah frodaim, jah andhu-

domjan
ist

du

Iesua:

an

niuklahaim

;

jai,

atta.

has

mis

nelrundja'.'

unte Bwa warb galeikaib in andwairbja beinamma. 22 jah gawandibs du oiponjam eeinaim qab: All mis atgiban isi fram attin ri))=iii» meinamma, jah ni hrashun kann
Iras

30 andhafjands

]>an Iesus qab:

manna galaib

af [airusalem in

[aireikon jah in waidedjans fra-

rann, baiei jah biraubodedun ina

jah banjos analog

.

.

.

10 ak ban haitaizau, atgagrk=l20 2- Jah gawandibs «In sipon- ganda anakumbei ana bamma jam seinaim sundro qab: audaga afl uniislin slada. ei bibe qiinai augona boei saibjand boei jus saei haihait buk, qibai du )uis: eairoib. frijond, usgagg hauhis; banuh

BUnus, alia a! la, jah Iras isi a1 la, alia snnus, jah bammei wili sunns andhuljan.
is1

Chapter XIV.
'.)...

na aftumistanhabanstab.

35, ii--io)>: usto)'

/'//

CA.

80. analag, remainder of analagjandatm.
o/"J?ana.

XIV,

9,

,. second syllable

Luke XIV.
ist

73

bus hauhiba faura baim
]>us,

mi]>-

anakumbjandam
rap— 179

kausjan bans; bidja buk, habai mik faurqibanana.
:

11 Unte lrazuh saei hauheib 20 jah sums qa]> qen liugaida sik silba, gahnaiwjada, jah saei jah dube ni mag qiman. hnaiweib sik silban, ushauhjada. 21 jah qimands sa skalks garp- 180 12 Qap>u]? ]?an jah ]»amma taih fraujin seinamma ]>ata. ]?ahaitandin sik: ]?an waurkjais un- nuh bwairhs sa gardawaldands daurnimat ai]>]?au nahtamat, ni qab du skalka seinamma: ushaitais frijonds Remans nib. bro- gagg sprauto in gatwons jah
nih nibjans bei- staigos baurgs, jah unledans jah nans nih garaznans gabeigans, gamaidans jah blindans jah halibai aufto jah eis aftra haitaina tans attiuh hidre. J?uk, jah wairbib bus usguldan. 22 jah qab sa skalks: frauja, 13 ak ban waurkjais dauht, war]? swe anabaust, jah nauh hait unledans, gamaidans, hal- stads ist. tans, blindans, 23 jah qab sa frauja du bam];>runs

beina.ns

skalka: usgagg and wigans ni haband usgildan bus; usgil- jah fa]?os jah naubei innatgagdada auk bus in usstassai ]?ize gan, ei usfullnai gards meins;

14 jah audags wairbis, unte

eis

ma

uswaurhtane.

24

qij^a

allis

izwis

batei

ni

15 gahausjands ]?an suras ]uze ainshun manne jainaize ]nze anakumbjandane ]>ata qap du faura haitanane kauseib ]us nahimma: audags saei matji]> hlaif tamatis meinis. in biudangardjai gu]?s. 25 Mibiddjedun]?animmahiuh-rpb=182 rpa=181 1G J)aruh qab imma frauja: mans managai, jahgawandjands

26 jabai hras gaggi]? du mis jah ni fijaib> attan seinana jah gans, 17 jah insandida skalk seinana aipein jah qen jah barna jah lueilai nahtamatis qi]?an ]?aim bro]?runs jah swistruns, nauhub haitanam: gaggib, unte ju man- ban seina silbins saiwala, ni mag

manna sums gawaurhta nahtamat mikilana jah haihait mana-

sik qa]>

du im:

wu

ist allata.

raeins siponeis wisan.

18 jah dugunnun suns

faurqi-

27 jah

saei ni bairib

galgan

gaggai afar mis, ni bauhta jah ]>arf galei]?an jah sai- mag wisan meins siponeis. 28 Izwara bras raihtis wiljands rpg= 183 liran p>ata bidja buk, habai mik
}?an allai. sa frumista qa]?: land seinana jah
;

faurqij?anana.

kelikn timbrjan, niu frumist ga19 jah an]?ar qab: juka auhs- sitands rahneib rnanwi]?o habaiu

ne

usbauhta

fimf

jah

gagga du ustiuhan?
lo. pize; pizei in CA.

14. usstassai; ustassai in CA.
in

— usfullnai;

usfuiuai

CA.

74

Luke XIV.

XV

29 ibai aufto, bi]>e gasatidedi 4 K*as manna izwara aigauds grunduwaddju jah ni mahtedi taihuntehund lambe jah fraliuiistiuhan. allai bai gasailran- sands ainamma ]Aze, niu bilei]u]» dans duginnaina bilaikan ina. bo niuntehund jah niun ana au30 qibandane )>atei sa manna bidai jah gaggi]? afar ]'amma dustodidatimbriau jah ni mahta fralusanin. unte bigiti]> bata?
jah bigitands uslagji]> ana 31 aib]>au Iras ]nudans gag- anisans seinans faginonds. gands stigqan wi]>ra anbarana (> jah qimands in garda gala-

ustiuhan.

5

biudan dn wigna, niu gasitands bo b frijonds jah garaznans qifaurbie bagkei}? siaiu mahteigs ]>ands du im: fagino]> mi]» mis mi]? taihun Jmsundjom gamoT- bammei bigat lamb mean bata

twaim tigura fralusano. busundjo gaggandin ana sik? 7 qiba izwis ]»atei swa faheds 32 aib]>au. jabai nist mahteigs, wairbi^ in himiua in amis franauh)>auuh fairra imma wiean- waurhtis idreigondins ban in nii.-m

bamma

mi)>

din insandjands
\\air]'iis.

aim

bidjib ga- untehundis jah niune garaihtaizo
baiei ni J>aurbun idreigos.

rpd=iH4

33 Swah nu lvarjizuh izwara
eaei
ni

afqibib
ni

allamma aigina

eeinamma,
eiponeie.

mag

wisan meins

rpe=18S

34 God

salt:

jabai salt

baud

faheds wair-rpj*=l89 Chapteb XV. ]>i)> in andwairbja aggilegubfl in rpq=186 1 Wcsiniu]• J>an imma nelrjan- ainis idreigondine frawaurhtis. danfl sik allai motarios jah fra11 Qa)>u]' j'iin: manne sumsry=l90 vraurhtai hausjan imma. aihta twans sununs. 2 jah birodidednn Fareieaieie 12 jah qa]» sa juhiza ice du jah bokarjoe qibandans batei ea attin: atta. gif mis eei undrinnai frawaurhtane andnimi}> jah mij?- iaik dail aiginis. jah disdailida matji)> im. im sues s*'in. rpz=i87 3 Qaj> ban du im bo gajnkoo I.'i jah afar ni managane daqi]>ands: gane brahta eamana allata ea
izwis.
29. mahtedi; mahtide in CA. 81. vrigaa; CA baa wig6|na (i. e. wiganna). The stroke over th? a means a; it was inadvertently jmt too fur to tin- right, and nu was erroneous]/ written again at the beginning of the following hne. bagkei)>; bankeib in CA. 82. ni)>)>an: «•) in CA; ep. Mt. VI, 7. etc.

gasupoda? 35 nih du airjnii ni du niaihstau fagr ist; ut uswairpand iinma. eaei habai ausona gahausiandona gahausjai.
\vair]u]\ h*e

8 Aibbau suma qino drakmansrph=188 habandei taihun, jabai fraliusib drakmin ainamma. niu tandeib lukarn jah usbaugei]> razn jah sokeib glaggwaba, unte bigitiji? 9 jah bigitandei gahaiti]? frijondjos jah garaznons qibandei: fagino]> mib mis, unte bigat drakmein ]>ammei fralaus.

10 Swa,qiba

XV,

1<>.

aggfle;

aggek

in

CA.

Luke XV.

75

juhiza sunus jah aflaib in land wastjabofrumiston jah gawasjij> fairra wisando, jah jainar dista- ina, jah gibib figgragulb in hanhida bata swes seinata libands du is jah gaskohi ana fotuns is,

23 jah briggandans stiur bana allamma, alidan ufsneibib, jah matjandans 14 bibe ban frawas warb huhrus abrs and gawi jai- wisam waila, nata, jah is dugann alabarba 24 unte sa sunus meins daubs wairban. was jah gaqiunoda, jah fralu15 jah gaggands gahaftida sik sans was jah bigitans warb. jah sumamma baurgjane jainis gau- dugunnun wisan. jis, jah insandida ina haibjos 25 wasub ban sunus is sa alseinaizos haldan sweina. biza ana akra; jah qimands 16 jah gairnidasaditanhaurne atiddja nelu razn, jah gahausida boei matidedun sweina, jah man- saggwins jah laikins, na irama ni gaf. 26 jah athaitands sumana masis qab: giwe frahuh lua wesi bata. 17 qimands ban in hian filu asnje attins meinis ufar27 baruh is qab du imma baassau haband hlaibe, ib ik huhrau tei bro)?ar beins qam, jah ufusstiuriba.

atta beins stiur bana ali18 usstandands gagga du at- dan, unte hailana ina andnam. tinmeinammajah qiba du imma: 28 banuh modags war}? jah ni frawaurhta mis in himin wilda inngaggan, ib atta is usatta, jah in andwairbja beinamma. gaggands ut bad ina. 19 ju banaseibs ni im wairbs 29 baruh is andhafjands qa]> ei haitaidau sunus beins; gatadu attin: sai swa filu jere skalkiwei mik swe ainana asnje beinoda bus jah ni hranhun ananaize. busn beina ufariddja, jah mis ni 20 jah usstandands qam at aiw atgaft gaitein, ei mib frijonfraqistna.
snai}?

attin seinamma,

nauhbanuh ban

fairra
is

30 ib ban sa sunus beins, saei jah infeinoda, jah bragjands fret bein swes mib kalkjom, qam, draus ana hals is jah kukida
ufsnaist

wisandan gasahr ina atta

dam meinaim

biwesjau;

imma.

imma stiur bana alidan.

31 baruh qab du imma: bar21 jah qab imma sa sunus: sinteino mib mis wast atta, frawaurhta in himin jah in nilo, bu bein ist; andwairbja beinamma, ju bana- jah is, jah all bata mein 32 waila wisan jah faginon seibs ni im wairbs ei haitaidau skuld was, unte brobar beins sunus beins. 22 qab ban sa atta du skal- daubs was jah gaqiunoda, jah

kam

seinaim:

sprauto briggib fralusans jah bigitans warb.

23. briggandans; bringandans hi CA. 22. briggi)?; bringib in CA. cp. 23. 30. snaib; afsnaib in CA;

27. uf-

76

Luke XVI.

) jah ik izwis qiba: taujaij> Chapter XVI. 1 Qa]m]> ]'<in du siponjam sei- izwis frijonds us faihu]>raihua innaim: mauue sums was gabeigs, windibos, ei ]?an ufligaij\ andsaei aihta fauragaggjan, jah sa

nimaina izwis in aiweinos
bTOfl.

hlei-

frawrohi}>s war]?

du imma

ei dis-

10 saei triggws ist in leitilamtahidedi aigin is. 2 jah atwopjands ina qaj> du ma, jah in managamma triggws imma: dulre bata hausja fram ist, jah sa iu leitilamma uutrigg|>us? usgif ration fauragaggjis wa jahiu managamma untriggws
beiuis; ui

magt auk

ju ]>anamais ist.

11 jabai mi in inwindamma fauragaggja wiean. faihubraihna triggwai ni waur3 qaj> ban in sis sa fanragaggja: Ira tanjan, ]>audei franja )>u]>. bata sunjeino Iras izwis meins afnimij'fauragaggi af mis? galaubeib? 12 jah jabai in )>amma fragraban ni mag, bidjan ekama mabjin triggwai ni waurjmj*, mik. 4 and]>ahta mik Ira taujau, ei bata izwar Iras izwis gibi}>? 13 Ni aiushuu ]nwe mag twaim rya=191 ]?an, bi]'e afsatjaidau us fanragaggja, andnimaina mik in gar- fraujam skalkinon: audizuli ai-

nana fijai)> jah anbarana frijo]>, dins seinans. jah athaitands aintuarjanoh aibbau ainamma andtilo]\ i]> faihuskulane fraujins seinis qa]> anbaramma frakauu. ni magu]'
.">

]);uuma frumistin: hran
fraujin

iilu

skalt

gnba skalkinon jah faihubraihna.
14-

meinamma?
qa]>:

Gahausideduu

|'an )>o alia

ryb=192

6 baruh
kase alewis.
]>us

taihuntaihund

jali |>ai

Fareisaieis faihufrikai wi-

jah qa]> du imma: sandans jah bimampideduu ina. nim bokos jah gasitande 15 jah qa)> duim: jussijubjusprauto gamelei fimf tiguns. zei garaihtans domeib izwis sil-

du au]>aramma bans in andwairbja manne, i)> qaj>: abban ]ui Iran filu skalt? gu]> kaun hairtona izwara; ante .is qa]>: taihuntaihund mitade |>aia hauho in mauuaui andasel kaurnis. jah qaj? du imma: nim in andwairbja gubs. I'us bokos jah melei 16 AVito]> jah praufeteis undryg=193 ahtaute7 babToh
j'iin

hund. 8 jah hazida sa frauja ]>aua fauragaggjan inwindibos, ante Erodaba gatawida; ante ]?ai sunjus ]>is aiwis frodozans sunum liuhadis in kunja seinamma sind.

lohannen; ]>a|>n>h ]>iu<lauganli gubs wailamerjada, jah hrazuh in izai naubjada. 17 I] azetizo ist himiu jahryd=194
1

airba hindarlei)>an |>au witodis ainana writ sradriusan.

A' 17.

7.

ianrairairirjan
cp.

:

inur.ipi^jan
17.

//;

CA.

—.

tinii:

tim in CA.

8.

sunjus

sunjos

;/;

CA;
:

)'ailui|)i-aihna

in

and 'Gothic Grammar', § 14. note 8. the margin the Wo»- mammoniin. ibr maininonin cp. lit.
Mk. Hi.
nntt•:
;

/•'/.

FT, 24,

Lukp

.

XVII.

t

sa afletands qen C qa]? ban frauja: jabai habaiseina jah liugands anbara hori- dedeib galaubein swe kaurno sinob, jah hmzuh saei afletana liu- napis, aibbau jus [jabai] qebei]? gaib, horinob. du bairabagma bamma: uslausei ryq=196 19 Abban manne sums was ga- buk us waurtim jah ussatei buk bigs, jah gawasids was paurpau- in marein, jah andhausidedi ]>au rai jah byssaun jah waila wi- izwis. sands daga hramnieh bairhtaba. 7 Has ban izwara skalk ai-sa=20i 20 ib unleds sums was namin gauds arjandan aibbau haldanhaitans Lazarus, sah atwaur- dan, saei atgaggandin af haibjai pans was du daura is banjo fulls. qi]>ai: suns hindarleib anuhkum21 jah gairnida sa]ntandrauh- bei? sno bizo driusandeino af biuda 8 ak niu qibib du imma: manrye=195

18

Hazuh

hundos wei ma du naht matjau, jah biatrinnandans bilaigodedun ban- gaurdans andbahtei mis, unte jos is. matja jah drigka, jah bi]?e ga22 warj))mn gaswiltan ]mrama matjis jah gadrigkais bu? unledin jah briggan fram aggi9 iba bagk bus fairkaitis skalk a lum in barma Abrahamis; ga- jainamma, unte gatawida ]?atei swalt ban jah sa gabeiga jah ga- anabudan was? ni man.
jus gabeigins; akei jah

fulhans war]>. 23 jah in haljai ushafjands au-

gona

baib batei skalkos unbrukjai sinim, gasabj ban Abraham fairrajum, unte batei skuldedum tau]) jah Lazzaru in barmim is. jan gatawidedum. 24 jah is ufhropjands 11 jah Avar]? mtybanei iddja is Chapter XVII. in Iairusalem, jah is ]?airhiddja jabai frawaurkjai bro]?ar bairh midja Samarian jah Galei3
.

seina,

wisands in balwei-

10 swa jah jus, ban taujai]> alia bo anabudanona izwis, qi-

.

.

.

.

.

laian. gasak imma, 12 jah inngaggandin imma in Jah ban jabai idreigo sik, frar b=199 suma haimo gamotidedun imma letais imma. 4 jah jabai sibun sinbam ana taihun brutsfillai mans, baih gadag frawaurkjai du bus jah si- stobun fairrabro, 13 jah «silbans ushofun stibna bun sinbam ana dag gawandjai sik qibands: idreigo mik, frale- qibandans: Iesu talzjand, armai

beins,

tais

6=200

imma. 5 Jah qebun apaustauleis du
biauk uns galaubein.

unsis.

fraujin:

14 jah gaumjands qab du im: gaggandans ataugeib izwis gud-

18. sa; saei in CA, but the ei is scratched, afletana; afleitana in CA. XVII, 6. jabai was erroneously incorporated from a gloss into the text.— 13. usin the glossary. 9. bagk bank in CA. For the dative bus, see fairhaitan hofun; ushofon in CA; see XVI, 8, note.
;

78

Luke XVII.

2G Jah swaswe Avar]? in dagam sz=207 jam. jah war]?, mibbanei galiNauelis, swah wairbib jah in dabun, gahrainidai waurbun. 15 ib ains ban ize gaumjands gam sunaus mans.

bammei
sik

hrains war]?, gawandida
stibnai

mib

mikilai

27 etun jah drugkun, liugaidehauh- dun jah liugaidos wesun, und
]>anei

jands

gu]>,

dag

16 jah draus ana andawleizn faura fotum is awiliudonds irnma; sah was Samareites. 17 andhafjands ]>an Iesus qa]>: niu taihuu ]>ai gahraiuidai waurbun? ib ]>ai niun roar?

jah qam qistida allans.

Nauel in arka, midjasweipains jah fragalai]>

28 Samaleiko jah swe warb

in sb=208

Lodis: etun jah drugkun, bauhtedun jah frabauhtedun, satidedun, timridedun;

dagam

18 ni bigitanai waurbun gawandjandans giban wuljm guba
•niba sa aljakunja?

29

i]>

Lod

bammei daga usiddja us Saudaumim, rignida

swibla jah funin us himina jah 19 jah qa}> du imraa: usstanfraqistida allaim, dauds gagg; galaubeins beina 30 bi I'arama wairbib bamma ganasida buk. daga ei sunus mans andhuljada. sb=202 20 Fraihans ]>an fram Fareisaium: Ivan qimib Jnudangardi 31 In jainamma daga saei sijai s)>=209 gubs? andhof ini jah qaj>: ni ana hrota jah kasa is in razna, qimib juudangardi gubs mib at- ni atsteigai dalab niman ]>o, jah saei ana haibjai, samaleiko ni witainai, 21 nih qiband: sai her, ai]>bau: gawandjai sik ibukana. sui jainar; sai auk biudangardi 32 gamuneib qenais Lodis. gabs in izwis ist. 33 Saei sokeib saiwala seinasi=210 22 qab ]>an du siponjam: gahasjan, fraqistei]> izai, sg=203 Abban qimand dagos )>an gairJah saei fraqisteib izai in mei- sia=211 neijj ainana ]>ize dage sunaus
Minus gasairoan jah ni gasairoib.
«d = 204

na, ganasji]>

]>o.

28

Jail

qiband

izwis:

sai

her,

34

Qi]>a izwis ]>atei bizai nahtsib=212

aibbau: sai jainar: ni galeibaty bwai wairband ana ligra samin, ains usnimada jah an]>ar bileinih laistjaib.
ee=205

24 Swaswe

raihtis

lauhmoni

]>ada:

35 twos wairband malandeins [auhatjandei us bamma uf hiininn in bate of hiinina skeinib, samana, aina usnimada jah aneq=20G Swa wairbib sunns mans in bara bileibada.

daga Beinamma. 37 Jah andhafjandans qebunsig=213 25 abban faurbis ekaJ manag du imma: roar, frauja? ib is qa]> gabulan jah uskiusada Eram im: barei leik, jaindre galisand

bamma

kunja.

sik arans.

22. niimiui

.

.

suiuius:

aioamma

.

.

sumins

in

CA.

Luke XVIII.

79

Chapter XVIII. 12 fasta twaim sinbam sabbaaid=214 1 Qabu]> ban Jah gajukon im taus jah afdailja taihundon dail du bammei sinteino skulun bid- allis bizei gastalda.
jan jah ni wairban usgrudjans,
:

13 jah sa motareis fairrabro 2 qibands staua was sums in standands ni wilda nih augona sumai baurg gub ni ogands jah seina ushafjan du himina, ak

mannan

ni aistands.

sloh in brusts

seinos

qibands:

3 wasub ban jah widuwo in bi- gup, hulbs sijais mis frawaurhzai baurg jainai, jah atiddja du tamma. imma qibandei fraweit mik ana 14 qiba izwis, atiddja sa garaihtoza gataihans du garda seiandastabja memamma.
:

4 jah
afaru}?

ni wilda laggai lreilai;

namma bau

raihtis jains.
sik sie=2l 5

bin:

jabai jah

ban bata qab in sis silgub ni og jah
ni aista,

Unte salcazuh saei hauhei]? silba, gahnaiwjada,

mannan

lb saei hnaiweij? sik silba, us-siq=2lG

5 ib in Juzei usbriutib mis so hauhjada. widuwo, fraweit a bo, ibai und 15 berun ban du imma barna, v andi qimandei usagljai mis. ei im attaitoki; gasaiK andans 6 qab ban frauja: hauseib lva pan siponjos andbitun ins. staua inwindi]?os qibib; 16 ib Iesus athaitands ins qa]>: 7 ib gub niu gawrikai bans letib bo barna gaggan du mis gawalidans seinans bans wop- jah ni warjib bo; unte }>ize swajandans du sis dagam jah nah- leikaize ist biudangardi gubs. tam, jah usbeidands ist ana im? 17 Amen qiba izwis, saei nisiz=2l7 ab]?an qiba izwis batei ga- andnimibbiudangardja gubs swe 8 wrikib ins sprauto. ib swebauh barn, ni qimi]> in izai. sunus mans qimands bi-u-gitai 18 Jah frah ina sums reike qi-sih=218 galaubein ana airbai? J?ands: laisari biubeiga, tea tau9 qa}^ )^an du sumaim, baiei jands libainais aiweinons arbja silbans trauaidedun sis ei we- wairbau? seina garaihtai, jah frakunnan19 qab ]?an du imma Iesus: dans ]?aim an]?araim, ]?o gaju- Ira mik qibis biubeigana ? ni kon: ainshun }?iu]?eigs niba ains gub. 10 Mans twai usiddjedun in 20 bos anabusnins kant: ni alh bidjan, ains Fareisaius jah horinos, ni maurbrjais, ni hlifais, anbar motareis. ni galiugaweitwods sijais, swerai 11 sa Fareisaius standands sis attan beinana jah aibein. bo bad: gub, awiliudo bus, unte 21 i]? is qabuh: bata allata gani im swaswe bai anbarai mans, fastaida us jundai meinai. Avilwans, inwindai, horos, aibbau 22 Gahausjands ban bata Iesus si)?— 219 swaswe sa motareis. qab du imma: nauh ainis pus
XVIIF, 11. inwindai; inwinda
CA.

in

12. pizei; ]Mze in CA.

80
Avan
ist: all

Luk.' XVIII.

XIX.

33 jah usbliggwandans usqijah gadailei unledaim, jah ha- mand imma, jah fridjin daga
fatei habaie frabogei
in

bais

huzd
I])

himina.

jah

hiri

usstandif.
eis ni waihtai ]>is irot>kg=223 jah was fata waurd gafulfun, gin af im, jah ni wiseedun ]>o qifanona. 35 Warf ban miffanei nelra .skd=224 was is Iaireikon, blinds sums sat faur wig du aihtron.

laistjan mik.

34 Jah

ek=220

23

is

gams
filu.

w;u•]':

gahauejands fata was auk gabeigs

24 gasaihrands fan ina Iesus

gaurana waurfanana qa]?: lraiwa agluba ]>ai faihu habandans

36 gahauejands ban managein inngaleifand in fiudangardja faurgaggandein frali Ira wesi gufs. 2) rabizo allis ist ulbandan fata. 37 gataihun fan imma ]>atei fairh fairko neflos fairhleifan fan gabigamma in fiudangardja Iesns Nazoraius fairhgaggif. 38 if is ubuhwopida qibands: gufs galeifan. Iesu sunu Daweidis, armai mik. 2G qefun fan ]>ai gahausjan39 jah fai fauigaggandans dans: an Iras mag ganisan? andbitun ina ei fahaidedi, i]> is ska=221 27 If is qa]>: fata unmahteigo mid filu mais hropida: sunn Daal mannam mahteig ist at gufa. weidis, armai mik.

28 qaf fan Paitrus:
aflailotum duni ]>uk.
allata
(]a]'uli

sai

weis

jah

laistide-

du im: amen 41 qifands: Ira fus wileis ei qi]>a izwis ]>atei ni ainslmn ist baujau? if is qaf: frauja, ei usfize afletandane gard aiffau fa- sailrau. drein ;ii]>]>au brofruns aiffau 42 jah Iesus qa]> dn imma: ([en ai]']'au barna infindangardussailr, galaubeins feina gana29
if
is

40 gastandanda fan Iesus haihait ina tinhan du sis. bibe nelra was fan imma. frah ina.

jos gufs,

sida fuk.

andnimai managfalb 43 jah suns nssnlr, jah laiin famma mela jah in aiwa famstida ina awiliudonds gufa. ma qimandin libain aiweinon. Jah alia managei gasaihrandei ske=225 ekb=222 81 Qanimands ban ]»ans ib. gaf hazein gufa.

30

saei ni

qa|> <lu im: sai

uegaggam

in lai-

ruealem, jah ustiuhada fata gamelido fairh pranfetune bi
all

Chapter XIX.
1

Jah inngaleifands fairhlaif

Iaireikon. snnn mans 2 jah sai 32 atgibada auk fiudom jah

guma

naniin hailans

bilaikada jah anamahtjada jah Zakkaius, sah was fauramafleis motarje, jah was gabigs. bispeiwada,

25.

]>•11•]>;:

]>iiir|>loi)>!in

;/;

CA.—8&

;

[eeOfl in

CA.

— sunn: sunnu

CA.

Luke XIX.

81

3 jah .sokida gasailnan Iesu 12 Qa]> ]?an: manna sums go-skh=228 Iras wesi, jah ni mahta faura dakunds gaggida landis f ranimanagein, unte wahstau leitils man sis biudangardja, was. Jah gawandida sik. sk]?- 229 4 jah bibragjands fanr usstaig 1 3 athaitands J?an taihun skalana smakkabagm, ei gaselri ina, kans seinans atgaf im taihun unte is and bata munaida ]?airh- dailos, jah qab du im: kaupob, gaggan. unte ik qimau. 5 jah bibe qam ana bamma 14 i]> baurgjans is fijaidedun stada, insaihrands iup Iesus ga- ina, jah insandidedun airu afar sabj ina jah qap du imma: Zak- imma qi]>andaus ni wileima ]>akaiu, sniumjands dalab atsteig, na biudanon ufar unsis. himma daga auk in garda bei- 15 jah war]? bibe atwandida namma skal ik wisan. sik aftra andnimands piudan6 jah sniumjands atstaig jah gardja, jah haihait wopjan du andnam ina faginonds. sis bans skalkans baimei atgaf 7 jah gasaihrandans allai biro- ]?ata silubr, ei gakunnaidedi Ira didedun qibandans ]>atei du fra- luarjizuh gawaurhtedi. waurhtis mans galai]> [in gard] 16 qam ban sa frumista qiussaljan. bands: frauja, skatts beins ga8 standands ban Zakkaius qab waurhta taihun skattans. du fraujin: sai halbata aiginis 17 jah qab du imma: waila, meinis, frauja, gadailja unledaim, goda skalk, unte in leitilamma jah jabai Iris Ira afholoda, fidur- wast triggws, sijais waldufni hafalb fragilda. bands ufar taihun baurgim. 9 qab ban du imma Iesus ba18 jah qam anbar qi]?ands: Jiaseins bamma frauja, skatts beins gawaurhta tei himma daga garda war]?, fimf skattans. skq=226 Unte jah sa sunns Abrahamis 19 qab ban jah du bamma: ist jah ]>u sijais ufaro fimf baurgim. 20 jah sums qam qtyands: 10 qam auk sunus mans sokfrauja, sai sa skatts beins, banei jan jah nasjan pans fralusanans.
:

nkz=227

11 At gahausjandam ban im habaida galagidana in fanin; 21 ohta mis auk buk, unte bata biaukands qab gajukon, bi J?atei nelua Iairusalem was manna hardus is, liimis batei ni jah buhta im ei suns skulda wesi lagides, jah snei]?is }?atei ni saibiudangardi gu}?s gaswikunbjan. sost.
gard; originally a gloss for the purpose of explaining the elliptical S. gadailja; gaphrase du frawaurhtis mans, was incorporated into the text. dailjau in CA. Uppstrom: "gadailja un||ledaim; sic Codex satis dare. Non negamus tamen Codicem primo habuisse gadailjau un||Iedaiin, quod et Editores cum Verelio habent, hoc autem ita emendavit librarius, ut, raso n, antecedens u in 20. galagidana; galagida ina in CA. mutaret." G
7.

XIX,

in

82

Luke XIX.
]>aits

22 jah qab du imma: us munba beinamma stoja buk, unselja

du imma batei frauja

bis

gairneib.

skalk jah lata; wisses batei ik 32 galeibandans }>an ]?ai inmanna hardus im, nimands ba- sandidans bigetun, swaswe qa]> tei ni lagida, jah sneibands j^atei du im.
ni saiso;

33 andbindandam ]?an im qe23 jah dulve ni atlagides bata bun bai fraujans bis du im: dulre silubr mein du skattjam? jah andbindats ]>ana fulan? qimands mib wokra galausided34 ib eis qebun: fraujin ]?aurfts
}>is ist.

jau bata. 24 jah du bairn faurastandan-

dam

qa]>:

nimib af

imma bana

35 Jah attauhun ]>ana fuiansig-_''>3 Iesua jah uswairpandans wast-

skatt jah qibib ]?amma bos tai- jos seinos ana bana fulan ussatihun dailos habandin. dedun Iesu.

25 jah qebun du imma: frauja, 36 gaggandin ]>an imma ufhabai]> taihun dailos. strawidedun wastjoni seinaim

2G Qiba allis izwis batei hrarjammeh habandane gibada, i]> af bamma unhabandin jah ]>atei habaib afnimada af imma. sla=231 27 A]>]>an swe]>auh fijands meinans jainans, baiei ni wildedun mik ]uudanon ufar sis, briggib
«1=230

ana wiga. 37 Bibe ]>an is nelra was ju-s!d=23± ban at ibdaljin bis fairguniis alewabagme, dugunnun alakjo managei siponje faginondans hazjan gub stibnai mikilai in allaizo bozei seluun

mahte,
biu]>ida sa qi-

her jah usqimib faura mis.
slb=232

38 qibandans:

28 Jah qibands tin in, usgaggauds
lvma.
21)

bata iddja manda ]?iudans

in

namin

frau-

gawairbi in himina jah wnlin Iairusau- jinSj bus in hauhistjam.
">•"•

39 Jah sumai Fareisaie us bi-ele=2 jah Avar}? bi]?e netca was Be]>sfagein jah Bebanijin, at fair- zai managein qe]nm du imma: gunja batei haitada alewjo, in- lnisnri, sak ]?aim siponjam ]>eisandida twans siponje seinaize
naim.

30 qibands: gaggats

in ]>o wi-

40 jah andhafjands

qa]>

du im:

]>rawair]>on haim, in bizaiei inn-

gaggandans bigitats fulan asilaus gabundanana, ana bammei
ni

Qiba izwis ]>atei jabai bai sla-Hiq=23G wand, stainos hropjand.

ainslmn aiw manne bindandans inn attiuhib.

41 jah sunsei nelva was, gaBat; and- eaihrandsbo baurg gaigrot bi J>o
12 qibands ]>atei
]>u in

wissedeis

31 jah jabai lens igqie Eraih- jah nni: dulue andbindib? swa qi- ma

bamma daga

beinam-

]>o

du gawairbja beinammal
cp.

22. wiss.s: wisscis in
in ('A.

CA.— 29.

at; af

in

CA

:

Mk. XI,

1.

31. igqis; inqis

87. )>ozri: )>oze in

(.

Luke XIX. XX.
i]>

83

nu gafulgin

ist

faura

augam

]?einaim

43

]?atei

qimand dagos ana

bus, jah bigraband fijands beinai

grabai buk jah bistandand buk jah biwaibjand ]>nk allabro, 44 jah airbai buk ga'ibnjand jah barna beina in bus, slz=23" Jah ni letand in bus stain ana
staina,

eih=238

In ]?izei ni ufkun]?es ]?ata mel niuhseinais beinaizos. 45 jah galeibands in alh dugann uswairpan bans frabugjandans in izai jah bugjandans, 46 qibands du im: gameli]? ist ]?atei gards meins gards bido ist; ib jus ina gatawidedub du filegrja ]?iube.

3 andhafjands ban qab du im: fraihna izwis jah ik ainis waurdis, jah qibib mis: 4 daupeins Iohannis uzuh himina was baU uzuh mannam? 5 ib eis bahtedun mi]? sis misso qibandans batei jabai qibam: us himina, qibib: a]?ban duhje ni galaubidedub imma? 6 i]? jabai qibam: us mannam, alia so managei stainam afwairpi]? unsis; triggwaba galaubjand

auk
san.

allai

Iohannen praufetu wiei

7 jah andhofun
lua]?ro.
*

ni wissedeina

8 jah Iesus qab im: ni ik izwis qiba in hramma waldufnje ]?ata
tauja.

9 Dugann ban du managein sma=241 hjammeh in bizai alh; ib bai auh- qiban bo gajukon: manna ussamistans gudjans jah bokarjos tida weinagard jah anafalh ina sokidedun ina usqistjan jah bai waurstwjam jah aflaib jera gafrumistans manageins, noha. 48 jah ni bigetun Ira gatawi10 jah in mela insandida du dedeina: managei auk alakjo ha- bairn aurtjam skalk, ei akranis haida du hausjan imraa. bis weinagardis gebeina imma; ib bai aurtjans usbliggwandans Chapter XX. ina insandidedun lausana. 1 Jah war]? in sumamma dage 11 jah anaaiauk sandjan anam— 240 jainaize at laisjandin imma ]?o barana skalk; ib eis jahjainana managein in alh jah wailamer- bliggwandans jah unswerandans jandin, atstobun bai gudjans jah insandidedun lausana. bokarjos mi]? bairn sinistam, 12 jah anaaiauk sandjan brid2 jah qebun du imma qi ban- jan; i]? eis jah bana gawundondans: qib unsis, in bamma wal- dans uswaurpun. dufnje ]?ata taujis, aibbau luas 13 qab ]?an sa frauja bis weisandja ist saei gaf bus bat a waldufni? nagardis: lua taujau?
slb=239

47 Jah was laisjands

daga

46. filegrja; perhaps fiHg^ja, ns in Mk. XI, 17; cp.

Brugmann, 'Comparative

628; also 'Gothic Grammar', § 10, note gebena in CA. According to Uppstrom i was perhaps written above the line. 12. gawundondans gawondoudans in CA; see XVI, 8, note.

Grammar',

§

5.

XX,

10. gebeina;

;

84

Luke XX.

sunu rneiuana bana liuban: aufto bana gasailrandans aistand.

22 skuldu ist unsis Kaisara gild giban bau niu?

23 bisailvands ]>an ize unselein aurtjans ]?ahtedun mib sis misso Iesus qab du im: Ira mik fraisi]>? qibandane: sa ist sa arbinumja: 21 ataugei]> mis skatt. Iris afslaham ina. ei answairbaibata habaib manleikan jah ufarmeli? arbi. andhafjandans ban qebun: Kaiina lit saris. 15 jali uswairpandans ns bamma weinagarda usqemun. 25 ib is qabuh du im: us-nuhra nu taujai ini frauja bisweina- gibi]> bo Kaisaris Kaisara jah gardis? bo gubs gu]?a. 16 qimib iah usqistei]> aurtjam 2(3 jah ni mahtedun gafahan j^aim, jah gibi]> bana weinagard is waurde in andwairbja manaanbaraim. gakausjandans qebun gers, jah sildaleikjandans anda14 gasailrandans
]?an ina bai

ban: nis

sijai.

waurdi

is

gabahaidedun.

28 qibandane: laisaii, Moses 18 lrazuh saei driusi]> ana gamelida unsis. jabai Iris brobar bana stain gakrotoda ib ana gadaubnai aigands qen, jah sa banei driusib, diswinbeib ina. nnbarnahs gadaubnai, ei nimai smb=242 19 Jah sokidedun bad bokarjos brobar is ]>o qen jah urraisjai jah auhumistans gudjans uslag- fraiw bro]>r seinamma. jan ana ina handuns in bizai 2i) sibuu nu brobrjus wesun. lveilai, jah ohtedun ]?o manajah sa frumista nimauds qen gagein; frobun auk ]?atei du im }->o daujuioda nnbarnahs. gajukon qa]\ 30 jah nam anbar ]>o qen. jah Bmg=243 20 Jah afleibandane insandide- sa gaewalt nnbarnahs. dun ferjans bans us liutein taikn31 jah bridja nam bo sama:

insailrands du im qab: 27 duatgaggandans ]>an sua]?]?an Ira ist bata gamelido: mai Saddukaie, baiei qiband usstains bammei nskusun timrjans. stass ni wisan, frehun ina sab war}? du baubida waihstins?

17

i]>

is

gafaifaheina

samaleiko ]>an jah )>ai sini bilibuu barne jah beina ina reikja jah waldufnja gaswultun. kindinis. 32 spedistaallaizegadaubnoda jah frehun ina qibandane: jah so qens. 21 33 in jnzai usstassai nu lrarjis laisari, wituni batei raihtabarodeis iah laiseis jah ni andsairois ]uze wairbib qens? bai auk sibun andwairbi, ak bi ennjai wig gubs aihtedun bo du qenai. 34 jali andhafjands qabduim laiseis.
ei

iandans

sik garailitans wisan,
is

leiko,

waurde jah atge- bun, jah

gakrotoda; gakrotada 20. waurde; waurdei in CA.
18.

CA; see •1<• Grammar*, ? andawaardi; andawaorde in CA.

1-.

note

1.

Luke XX.
Iesus: bai sunjus bis aiwis
liu-

85
Ni]?

40

ban ]?anasei]?sgadaur-smd=244

gand jah liuganda,
35
i]>

stedun fraihnan ina ni waihtais.

41 Qa]> ]>an du im: hraiwa qi-sme=245 aiwis niutan jah usstassais us ]?and Xristu sunu Daweidis widau]>aim, ni liugand ni liuganda. san?
sei]>s

baiei wairbai sind jainis

36 uih allis gaswiltan bana42 jah silba Daweid qi]>ib in magun, ibnans aggilum bokom psalmo: qab frauja du auk sind, jah sunjus sind gubs fraujin meinamma: sit af taihs-

usstassais sunjus wisandans. won meinai, 37 a]^]?an ]?atei urreisand dau43 unte ik galagja fijands ]?eibans, jah Moses bandwida ana nans fotubaurd fotiwe beinaize. aihwatundjai, swe qibi]>, sahr 44 Daweid ina fraujan haitib, fraujan gub Abrahamis jah glib jah hraiwa sunns imma ist? Isakis jah gub Iakobis. 45 At gahausjandein ]?an allai smq=246

38 abban

gu]? nist daubaize

ak managein qab du siponjam

sei-

auk imma liband. naim: 46 atsaihri]) faura bokarjam 39 andhafjandans ban sumai bize bokarje qejuin: laisari, waila bairn wiljandam gaggan in l\reiqiwaize; allai

qast.

taim

37. banchvida;

bamvida

in

CA.

Ahvaggeljo pairh Iohannen.

Chapter

I.

us siponjam Iohannes mi]? IuJ?us
)>u

29 Sai ea ist wi]?rus gujjs, saei daium bi swiknein. 2(5 Rabbei, saei was mi)? afnimi)? frawaurht ]>izos manahindar Jaurdanau, )?ammei sedais.

weitwodides, sai sa daupei}?, jab
3
eaei

Chapter III. Amen amen qi]?a ]uis: niba
gabairada iupa]?ro,
ni

allai

gaggand du imma. 20 So nu fallens meina

usfull-

mag

noda.
•*5()

gasailran }?iudangardja

jams skal wahsjan, i]> iiv minznan. ist ga4 31 Sa iupajuO qimands ufaro bairan atyeis wisands? ibaimag
gu]?s.

aiwa mahts

manna

allaim ist. Sa us himina qumana ofaro galei)?an jag gabairaidau? 5 Amen amen qi]>a ]ms, niba allaim ist: :52 jali, ]>atei gasahj ja"• gahausaei gabairada us watin jah ahinin, ni mag inngalei]?an in ]>iu- sida, }?ata weitwodei|>, jah J?o
in
ai]?eins seinaizos aftra

wamba

dangardja
23
ruli
. .

gu]?e.

weitwodida

is ni

ainshun

nimij?.

naga wesun jainar, ]>aqemun jah daupidai wesun.
.

Chapteb V. 21 Swaswc ink atta

urraisei]>

24
in

.l.iul'ans jah liban gatauji]?, swa nauh]>anuh galagi]?e jah sunus ]>anzei will liban gakarkarai [ohannee. 25 ]>;i|>roli ]?an war]? sokeins tauji]?.
ni

was

The remains of Jo. {about % of the Greek text) are preserved as follows: V. -/." in tin' Skeireins; the remaining part {beginning irif/j . 4.7) in the 7, 29 Codex Aigentens. I. 29; from Skeir. I, b. from Skeir. If, HI, 4; from Skeir. If. h. e. {twice); see notes. .",• from 28. 24 from Skeir. 22. ainnohnn the Codex has ainohun. Skeir. II. r. from Skeir. Iff a. h. from Skeir. IV. a. 20; from Skeir. IV. A. 111. ,i. 25; 26; Skeir. IV, b. pa us to nimi)? in 32; from SO; from Skeir. TV, ;i. and FT, a. Skeir. IV, c. weitwodida; unusual for weitwodida. V, 21; from Skeir. V, h.

•'/,•

.•/.

;

:

— —-

,•

John

V. VI.

87

22 Nih ban atta ni stojib ainnohun, ak staua alia atgaf sunau,

2 jah laistida ina managems filu, unte gaseluun taiknins bozei

gatawida bi siukaim. 23 ei allai sweraina sunu, swa3 Usiddja ban ana fairguni Ie- mz=4~ swe swerand attan. sus jah jainar gasat mi}? sipon35 Jains Avas lukarn brinnando jam seinaim. jah liuhtjando, ib jus wildedub 4 Wasuh ban nema pasxa, somh=48 swignjan du hreilai in liuhada is. dulbs Iudaie. 36 abban ik haba weitwodiba 5 paruh ushof augona Iesus maizein ]?amma Iohanne; bo auk jah gaumida bammei manageins waurstwa boei atgaf mis atta, ei filu iddja du imma, qabuh du ik taujau bo, bo Avaurstwa boei Filippau: bjabro bugjam hlaiik tauja, werbvodjand bi mik ba- bans, ei niatjaina bai? tei atta mik insandida. 6 batuh ban qab fraisands ina; 37 Jah saei sandida mik atta, ib tsilba wissa batei habaida tausah weitwodei]? bi mik. jan. Nih stibna is lranhun gahausi7 andhofimmaFilippus: twaim
dedub, nih siun 38 jah Avaurd
is

=49

gaselrub,
in-

hundam
wi- hai sind

skatte hlaibos ni gano-

sando in sandida
. . .

izwis, jains,

habaib bande banei
is ni

baim, bei nimai

lrarji-

bammuh

jus ni

galaubeib. batei ik wrohidecljau 45
A\is

zuh leitil. 8 qab ains bize siponje is, Andraias brobar Paitraus Seimonaus:

iz-

ist magula ains her saei hawrohida izwis Moses, du bainmei jus \ve- baib .e. hlaibans barizeinans jah .b. fiskans; akei bata hra ist du neib.

du

attin;

ist saei

46 jabai
dei]?,

allis

Mose galaubide- swa managaim?
10
ib Iesus qab:

ga-bau-laubidedeib mis; bi mik auk jains gamelida.

waurkeib bans

47 bande nu

jainis

melam

ni

mans anakumbjan. Avasuh ban hawi manag ana bamma stada.

galaubeib, lvaiwa meinaim waur- ]?aruh anakumbidedun wairos rabjon swaswe fimf busundjos. dam galaubjaib? 11 namuh ban bans hlaibans Chapter VI. Iesus jah awiliudonds gadailida

mq=4G

1 Afar ]?ata galaib Iesus ufar baim anakumbjandam, samamarein bo Galeilaie jah Tibai- leiko jah bize fiske swa filu swe wildedun. riade
35. 36: from Skeir. TT, a. 23; from Skeir. V, c. 22; from Skeir. V, b. 45. Here from Skeir. VI, d. ni stibna to 38, galaubeib; 37; from Skeir. VI, c. begins the part from CA. 11. samaleiko; in Skeir. VI, 9 to 13; most of this is also found in Skeir. VII. samaleikoh ban.

KS

John

VI.

12 ]ianuh bibe sadai waorbnn, am, jah ]>atei mib ni qam siponqab du siponjam seinaini: galisi]' iam seinaini leans in bata skip, bos aflit'nandeins drauhsnos. ]>ei ak ainai siponjos is galijmn;
waihtai ni fraqistnai.

23 anbaraban skipa qemun us
Tibairiadau nelva
barei

13 banuh dedim .ib. tainjons gabroko us fimf hlaibam bairn barizeinam. ]>atei aflif noda bairn matjandam. u=oO 14 paruh bai mans gaeaihrandans ]'oei gatawida taikn leans, qebon batei sa ist bi suniai praufetus sa qimanda in bo manaseb. 5 ib Ieeus kunnands batei uiunaidedun uagaggan jah wilwau, ei tawidedeina ina da biugalesun. jah gafulli1

bamma

stada

matidedun

hlaif

ana bam-

mei awilindoda frauja:

24 ]>aruh
jos
i>.

]>an gasalr

managei

]>atei leans niat

jainar nih sipongaetagnn in skipa jah qe-

mun
lesu.

in

Kafarnaum sokjandans

25 jah bigetun ina hindar marein

dana. ahddja aftra in fairguni
ains.

is

qe]nmuh du iinma: rabbei, Ivan her qamt? 26 andhof ini [esus jah <ia]>:

amen amen
I]
1

qi]>a

izwis,

sokei]>

na=51

16

swe seibu war]', atidd- mik

ni ]>atei

sehmb

taiknins jah

jedaD siponjos is ana marein, fauratanja, ak batei matidednb IT jah usstigun in skip iddje- ]uze hlaibe jah sadai wanrbnb. dunuh afar marein in Kafar27 waurkjaib ni ]^ana mat naniii. jah riqis juban warb, iah bana fralusanan. ak mat ]>nna ni atiddja nauhban dnim [esus. wisandan du libainai aiweinon, L8 ib marei winda mikilamma banei sunns mans gibib izwis: waiandin arraisida was. banuh auk atta gaaiglida gub.

19 ])aruh farjandansswespaur-

de .k. iah .. ai]>]>au .1. gaaaitauiaima hrand [esu gaggandan ana mawa guba? l-rin jah nehra ekipa qimandan,
iah ohtedun
sis.
is

28 baruh qebun du imma: h*a ei waurkjaima wanrst2 .»
(

20 baruh
igeib izwis.

qab:

ik

ini.

ni

andhof Iesus jah qab du im: bat' ist want -iw gabs ei gnlnubiai]>

barah wildedan ina aiman saihraima jah in ski]>. jah sunsaiw ]';it;i skip taujis ]>u taikne, warb ana airbai ana boei eis galanbjaima boa, hra wanrkeis; 31 Attans unsarai manna ma-n.l iddjednn. nb=52 22 Ittutnin daga managei, aei tidedun ana aobidai, swaaweisl stob hindar marein, Behma batei gamelib: hlaif as himina gal im skip anbar ni was jainar alia du matjan.
21
»'i

bammei insandida jaine 30 Qebnndnimma: abbanhrang

58

54

12.

du siponjam
]'ci:
/'/;

;

in Skeir.
t>i.

siponjam.

nry.

Skeir.

1.

dranhenoe; in Skeir. dranenoe; eeegloeebairn a» Bmf hlaibam bairn barizeinam; in Skeir.
flakam.

hlaibam barueinam jah

.t>.

28.

wauretwa; waurswa

in CA.

Join. VI.

so
ni

32 baruh qab im

Iesus:

amen

44
mis,

manna mag qiman

at

Moses gaf izwis hlaif us himina, ak atta meins gaf izwis hlaif us himina bana sunjeinan. 33 sa auk hlaifs gubs ist saei atstaig us himina jah gaf libain ]?izai manasedai. 34 banuh qebun du imma: frauja, framwigis gif unsis bana
izwis,

amen qiba

ni

nibai atta, saei sandida mik, atjunsib ina, jah ik urraisja ina in bamma spedistin daga.

45 ist gamelib ana praufetum: jah wairband allai laisidai gu]?s. luazuh nu sa gahausjands at attin jah ganam, gaggib du mis. 4G Ni batei attan sehri mas, ja=Gl nibai saei was fram attin, sa
salir

hlaif.

attan.

=9
'

im 47 Amen amen qiba izwis: saei jb=G2 sa hlaifs libainais; galaubeib du mis, aih libain ainq=5G J)ana gaggandan du mis ni weinon. huggreib, jah bana galaubjan48 Ik im sa hlaifs libainais. jg=63 dan du mis ni baursei]? hmnhun. 49 Attans izwarai matidedun jd=G4 akei qa]> izwis batei gase- manna in aubidai jahgaswultun; 36 hrub mik jah ni galaubeib. 50 sa ist hlaifs saei us himina 37 all ]?atei gaf mis atta, du atstaig, ei saei bis matjai, ni mis qimi]?, jah bana gaggandan gadaubnai. du mis ni uswairpa ut, 51 Ik im hlaifs sa libanda saje=G5 nz=57 38 Unte atstaig us himina nih us himina qumana; jabai mas ]>eei taujau wiljan meinana, ak matjib bis hlaibis, libaib in ajukwiljan bis sandjandins mik. dub; jah ban sa hlaifs banei ik ub=58 40 patuh ban ist wilja bis giba, leik mein ist, batei ik giba sandjandins mik ei luazuh saei in bizos manasedais libainais. saihrib bana sunu jah galaubeib 52 panuh sokun mib sis misso jq=66 du imma, aigi libain aiweinon, Iudaieis qibandans: Iv/aiwa mag jah urraisja ina ik in spedistin sa unsis leik giban du mat j an? daga. 53 baruh qa]> du im Iesus: 41 Birodidedun ban Iudaieis bi amen amen qi]?a izwis, nibai ina, unte qab: ik im hlaifs sa matjib leik bis sunaus mans jah atsteigands us himina, driggkaib is bio]?, ni habai]? li42 jah qebun: niu sa ist Iesus bain in izwis silbam. 54 saei matjib mein leik jah sa sunus Iosefis, ]>izei weis kunbedum attan jah aibein? hraiwa driggki]? mein blob, aih libain nu qibib sa batei us himina at- aiweinon, jah ik urraisja ina in bamma spedistin daga. staig? j=G0 43 Andhof ban Iesus jah qab 55 pata auk leik meinata bijz=67 du im ni birodeib mib izwis sunjai ist mats, jah bata bio]? mein bi sunjai ist draggk. misso.
ne=55
Iesus: ik
:

35 Jah qab du im

39; wanting

in

CA.

40. wilja; wiljan in CA.

00
jh=68

John

VI. VII.

56 Saei matji]? mein leik jah 67 ]>aruh qab leeue du bairn driggkib mein blob, inmiswisi|> twalibim: ibai jah jus wilei]> gajah ik in imma. leiban? 57 ewaewe ineandida mik li68 panuh andhof imma Sei-nd=74 bands atta jah ik liba in attins, mon Paitrus: frauja, du lv annua

jah saei matjib mik, jah sa IibaiJ? galeibaima? waurda libainais aiin meina. weinons habais. 58 sa ist hlaifs saei us himina 09 jah weis galaubidedum jah atetaig, ni ewaewe matidedun ufkun]>edum batei ]m is Xiistus. attane izwarai manna jah ga- sunns gube libandine. daujmodedun; i]> saei matjib 70 Andhof im Iesus: niu ik iz-ue=75 wis .ib. gawalida? jah izwara bana lilaif. libaib in ajukdub. bata qa]> in eynagoge laie- aine diabanlue ist. jande in Kafarnaum, 71 qa]mh ban bana Iudan Sei60 banuh managai gahausjan- monis Iskariotu: sa auk habaida dans bize eiponjeie qe]>un: hardu ina galewjan aine wieande bize bata waurd; Iras mag bie twalibe. iei hausjon? Cuaptku VII. 01 ib witande Ieene in sis eilbin batei birodidedun bata ]>ai 1 Jali lrarboda Iesus afar]>ata Biponjoe is, qa]> du im: ]'ata iz- in Galeilaia; ni auk wilda in Iuwis gamarzeib? daia gaggan, unte eokidedun ina 02 Jabai mi gaeaihnb eunu bai [udaieie ueqiman. ij)=Gi> mane ueeteigan badei was faur2 wasuh ban aehra dulbe Iubie? daie, so hlei]>rastak<>ins. 3 banuh qebun du immabrobru=70 63 Ahina ist saei liban taujib, bata leik ni boteib waiht. jue is: usl<>i]» babro jah gagg in [)o waurda boei ik rodida fe- Iudaian. ei jah ]>ai eiponjoe saiua— me, ahma ist jah libains ist. lraina wauistwa j'cina boei ]>u 64 akei eind izwara eumai, taujis: baiei ni galaubjand. 4 ni manna auk in analaugab=72 Wieeuh |>an us frumietja leeue ncin Ira taujib jah eokeib eik ushrarjai sind bai ni galaubjandane kunbana wiean, jabai bata taujah Iras ist saei galeweib ina. jis, bairhtei buk silban ]>izai me<;.") ug=":5 .bill qab: dube qab izwis nasedai. batei ni ainehun mag qiman al 5 ni auk ]>ai brobrjue is gainis.nibai ist atgiban imma fram lanbidedun imma. attin meinamma. 6 baruh qab im Iesus: mel 66 uzuh bamma mela managai mein ni nauh ist. i]> mel izwar galibun eiponje is Lbukaijahba- sinteino ist manwn.
."»*.)

oaeeibe mib

imma

ni

iddjednn.

7 ni

mag

bo manaeebe fijan

iz-

64. gaJewei^; galeiwei]? in CA.

VII. 2. hleij>raatakeins;

ble^raetakeine

in

CA.

John
wis,

VII.

91

mik

fijai]?,

wodja

bi ins batei

ubila sind.

8 jus galeibib in ni nauh galeiba in

20 andhof so managei jah qewaurstwa ize bun: unhulbon habais: luas buk sokeib usqiman? dulb bo; ib ik 21 andhof Iesus jah qab du im: bo dulb, unte ain waurstw gatawida jah allai
imte ik weit-

meinata mel ni nauh usfullib ist. sildaleikeib. 9 batuh ban qab du im wi22 dubbe Moses atgaf izwis bisands in Galeilaia. mait, ni batei fram Mose sijai, 10 ib bibe galijmn bai brobrjus ak us attam, jah in sabbato bi]>anuh jah is galaib in bo maitib mannan. is, dulb, ni andaugjo ak swe ana23 jabai bimait nimib manna
laugniba.

gatairaidau wi11 banuh Iudaieis sokidedun tob bata Mosezis, ib mis hatiina in bizai dulbai jah qebun: zob, unte allana mannan haihrar ist jains? lana gatawida in sabbato? 12 jah birodeins mikila was in 24 ni stojai]? bi siunai, ak bo managein sumaih qe]mn batei garaihton staua stojai]\ sunjeins ist, an]?arai qebun: ne, 25 qebunuh ban sumai ]?ize ak airzei]? bo managein. iairusaulvmeite: niu sa ist bam13 nih ban ainshun swe^auh mei sokjand usqiman? bal]?aba rodida bi ina in agisis 26 jah sai andaugiba rodeib, Iudaie. jah waiht du imma ni qiband. 1-1 ib juban ana midjai dulb ibai aufto bi sunjai ufkunbedun usstaig Iesus in alh jah laisida. bai reiks batei sa ist bi sunjai 15 jah sildaleikidedun mana- Xristus? geins qibandans: liraiwa sa bo27 akei bana kunnum hrabro
in

sabbato,

ei ni

;

ist; kos kann unuslaisi]?s? 16 andhof ban Iesus jah qab: lb Xristus bibe qimib, ni man- uq=76 so nieina laiseins nist meina, ak na wait luabro ist. bis sandjandins mik. 28 hropida ban in alh lais17 jabai teas wili wiljan is tau- jands Iesus jah qibands: jah mik jan, ufkunnaib bi ]>o laisein fra- kunnub jah witub hrabro im, muh gn]>a sijai, ]>au iku fram jah af mis silbin ni qam, ak ist sunjeins saei sandida mik, ]?anei mis silbin rodja. 18 saei fram sis silbin rodeib, jus ni kunnub; 29 ib ik kann ina, unte fram hauhij^a seina sokeib; ib saei sokeib hauhiba ]ns sandjandins imma im jah is mik insandida. 30 Sokidedun ban ina gafa-uz=77 sik, sah sunjeins ist jah inwinhan, jah ni ainshun uslagida ana diba in imma nist. 19 niu Moses gaf izwis witob? ina handu, unte nauhbanuh ni jah ni ainshun izwara taujib atiddja hreila is. 31 lb managai bizos mana-uh=78 bata witob. hra mik sokeib usgeins galaubidedun imma, jah qiman ?

92

John

Til.

qe]nm ei Xristns ]>an qimi]>. ibai ana im. unte lesus nauhj^anuh managizeins taiknins taujai ]>ai- ni hauhibs was. mei sa tawida? 40 Managai ]>an ]nzos mana-pb=82 32 hausidednn J>an Fareisaieis geins hausjandans ]nze waurde bo managein birodjandein bi ina qebun: sa ist bi sunjai sa prau]>ata.
fetes:

ub=79

Inuhsandidedun
]>ai

andbahtans
j?ai

41 sumaih qe]mn: sa
stns;

ist

Xri-

Fareisaieis

jah
ei

auhu-

mistane gudjans,
ina.

gafaifaheiua

Sumaih
leilaia

qejnin: ibai ]>au us

Ga-ng=83

Xristns qimi)>? 42 niu gameleins qaj? ]>atei us tila lreila mi]' izwis im, jah ]?an fraiwa Da\veidis jah us Be]>laigagga du ]'amma sandjandin haim weihea, ]>arei was Daweid, mik. Xristns qimi]>? ap=81 34 Sokei]> mik jah ni bigiti}'. 43 panuh missaqiss in ]>izai

p=S0

33 panuh qab

Iesus:

nauh

lei-

jah ]>arei

im

ik.

jus ni

magu]>

]>d=84-

qiman. 44 Sumaih ]>an ize wildedun pe=85 35 ]>aruh qe]>un ]>ai Iudaieis du sis misso: lradre sa skuli fahan ina, akei ni ainshnn usana ina hauduns. gaggan weia ni bigitaima lagida

managein

Avar]' bi ina.

p&

4") Gtali)>un ban bai andbahtos pq Juudo skuli gaggan jah laisjan biudos? du J>aim anhumistam gudjam 36 lvn sijai ]>ata waurd J>atei jah Fareisainm, ]>aruh qe]>un du qa]>: sokei]> mik jah ni bigitib. im jainai: dulre ni attauhu]> ina? 4G andhofun ]>ai andbahtos: jah ]>arei im ik. jus ni magu]> ni lranhun aiw rodida manna qiman?

ina

?

nibai

in

distahein

-

daga famine swaswe sa manna. 47 andhofun ]>an mikilin dulbais sto]> Iesus jah
37
i]>

in epedistin

ini ]>ai

Fareiei-

hropida
I'iiursiai.

qibands: gaggai

jabai

du

hrana mis jah

saieis
iul>?

:

ibai iah ins afairzidai

driggkai.
•".s

t8 sai jau ainshnn

]>ize

reiko

galaubeib du mis. swa- galaubidedi imma ai]>bau Fareiswcqji]' gameleins, ahroe us warn- eaie? 49 alia so managei, ]>aiei ni bai is rinnand watins libandins. ]-;it uli ]>an qa)> bi ahman knnnun wito]». fraqibanai sind.
saei
•">'.)

skuldedun niman ]>ni ga50 qaj? Nikaudemus du im. sari laubjandanfl du imma ante ni atiddja du imma in naht, sums n;iuli]>anuh was ahma .-a weiha wisande i/.••:
]>anei
;

•77.

<•:

Xristoe ban

<|imi)> ibai:

Xrietne baa qimib ibai

<•

in

CA.

41. l>au:

)>u

CA. 44—62; cited in Skeir. Mil. andhofun baa bai andbahtos qibandaafl
in

46. andhofun bai andbahtos:

in Skeir.

1'atci.
iz>•:

47. Bijab; in Skeir. siub.
in

/

s
.

Farasaie; in Skeir. bise Farasaie.

50.

iz»-i

CA.

John VII.

VIII.

93
Iesus: ni

51

ibai

witob

unsar

stojib

mannan, nibai faurbis hausei]> fram imma jah ufkunnaib lira
taujai?

mik kunnubpz=87 nih attan meinana; ib mik kunbedeib, jah bau attan meinana
kunbedei]?.

Andhof

52 andhofun jah qebun du im20 J>o Avaurda rodida in ga-ph=88 ma: ibai jah bu us Galeilaia is? zaufylakio laisjands in alh; jah
ussokei jah saihr batei praufetus ainshun ni faifah ina, unte nauh-

us Galeilaia ni urreisib.

banuh ni qam lueila is. 21 panuh qap aftra du im

Ie-

pp— 89

Chapter VIII. sus: ik galeiba, jah sokeib mik, 12 Aftra du im Iesus rodida jah in frawaurhtai izwarai gaqabuh: ik im liuhab manasedais; daubnib; badei ik gagga, jus ni
saei
nais.
laisteib

mik,

ni

gaggib

in

magub qiman.
22 qe}mn ban Iudaieis: nibai
usqimai sis silbin, ei qibib: badei ik gagga, jus ni magub qiman? 23 jah qab du im Iesus jus us baim dalabro sijub, ip ik us bairn iupabro im; jus us ]?amma fairluau sijub, ib ik ni im us bamma
:

riqiza,

ak habaib liuhab

libai-

13 banuh qebun du
Fareisaieis:

imma

bai

bu

bi

buk

silban

weitwodeis

;

so weitwodiba beina

nist sunjeina.

14 andhof Iesus jah qab du im: jah jabai ik weitwodja bi mik
weitwodiba meina, unte wait luabro qam jah luab galeiba; ib jus ni witub lt*a]?ro qima aibbau luab galeiba. 15 jus bi leika stojib, ib ik ni stoja ainnohun. 16 ab]?an jabai stoja ik, staua meina sunjeina ist, unte ains ni im, ak ik jah saei sandida mik
silban, sunja ist so

fairluau.

24 qab nu

izwis batei

nib in frawaurhtim jabai auk ni galaubeib batei ik im, gadaubnib in frawaurhtim

gadaubizwaraim

izwaraim.

25 baruh qe]?un du imma: bu h?as is? jah qab du im Iesus: anastodeins, batei jah rodja du
izwis.

rodjan 17 "jah ban in witoda izwaram- jah stojan; akei saei sandida ma gamelib ist batei twaddje mik, sunjeins ist, jah ik batei hausida at imma, bata rodja in manne weitwodiba sunja ist. 18 ik im saei weitwodja bi mik bamma fairhrau. 27 ni frobun batei attan im silban, jah weitwodeib bi mik qab. saei sandida mik atta. 28 qabuh ban du im Iesus: ban imma: hrar 19 qebun ban du ushauheib bana sunu mans, baist sa atta beins?
atta.
bi izwis

26 manag skal

51.

mannan

in Skeir.,

manna

in
. . .

CA.

Skeir. andhofun qibandans. Latin manuscripts.

53

52. andhofun jah qepun du imma; in VIII, 11 wanting, as in the best Greek and

94

John

VIII.

hamis wesei]). Avaurstwa Abraaf mis silbin tauja ni waiht, ak hamis tawidedeib; swaewe laisida mik atta meins, 40 ib nu sokeib mik usqiman.
null ufkunnaib ]>atei ik im, jah

sunja izwis rodida. 29 jah saei eandida mik, mi]' ]>oei hausida fram guba; ]>atuh mis ist; ni bilaib mis ainamma Abraham ni tawida. atta, ante ik ]>atei leikaib imraa. 41 jus tauji]> toja attins izsinteino. tauja warie. ]>anuh qejnin imma: weie
izei

]>ata rodja.

mannan

rodjandin, ma- us horinassau ni sijum gabauranai, ainana attan aignm gub. nagai galaubidedun imma.

30

]>ata

imma

42 qa]> du im Iesus: jabai gub 31 banuh qab Iesus du bairn galaubjandam sis ludaium: ja- atta izwar wesi, friodedei)> ban bai jus gaetandib in waurda mei- mik; unte ik fram guba urrann namma. bi sunjai siponjos mei- jah qam; nih ban auk fram mis silbin ni qam, ak is mik insannai siju]>,
32 jah ufkunnaib sunja, jah so dida. 43 dulue majdein meina ni sunja friians izwie briggib. 33 andhofunimma: fraiwAbra- kunnub? unte ni magu]> hauejan hamis sijum, jah ni manuhuu waurd mein. 44 jus us attin diabaulau eijub skalkinodedum aiw lrauhun
luaiwa
bib?
34]>u

qibis batei frijai wair- jah lustuns
lci]>

]>is

attins izwarie wi-

audliof

im
izwie

Iesus:
]>atei

amen

taujan. jaina manamaurbrja was fram frumistja jah in sunjai

hrazuh ni gaetob, unte nist sunja in saei taujib frawaurht, skalksist imma. ban rodeib liugn, us seinaim rodeib, unte liugnja ist jah frawaurhtai. atta is. •")"> sail bail skalks ni A\isi]> in

amen qiba

garda du aiwa; sunus
aiw a.
."»()

A\isi]>

du

45

i)>

ik batei sunja rodida. ni

galaubeib mis.
jabai nu sunns izwie friians

briggi)>, bi sunjai frijai siju]>.

4G Iras izwara gasaki]> mik bi frawaurht? bande sunja qiba,

37 wait batei fraiw Abrahamis dulre ni galaubeib mis? 47 sa wieanda ueguba waurda eijub; akei sokeib mis usqiman, unte waurd mein ni gamot in gube haueeib; dube jus ni hauizwie.
sei]>,

unte us gu]>a ni

eijub.

IS andhofun ]'an bai Iudaieis gasabj at attin meinamma, rodja; jah jus batei jah qe]'un du imma: niu waila haueidedub fram attin izwaram- qibam weie batei Samareitee is ma, taujib. ]»u jah unhul]>on habaie?
38
ik
]>;il»'i
.".'.)

andhofuo jah qebuu du imni
t

(

1

)

andhof

Iosus: ik unhul]>on

a linear Abraham ist. ni halm. ;ik swera attan mei raa qab im leeue: ib barna Abra- nana, jah jus uneweraib mik.
:

John

VIII. IX.

95

hauhein meina; sokeib jah stojip. 51 amen amen qipa izwis, jabai hras waurd mein fastaip, daupu ni gasaihrip aiwa dage.
ik ni sokja
ist saei

50

Chapter IX.
Jah bairhgaggands gaumida mann blindamma us gabaurbai. 2 baruh frehun ina siponjos is
1

52 panuh qepun du imma ]>ai Iudaieis: nu ufkunpedum batei unhulpon habais. Abraham gadaubnoda jah praufeteis, jah pu qipis: jabai hras mein waurd fastai, ni kausjai daubu aiwa dage. 53 ibai pu maiza is attin un-

qipandans: rabbei, hras waurhta, sau pau fadrein
blinds

frais,

ei

saramma Abraham a,
daupnoda? jah

saei

praufeteis ga-

gabaurans warp? 3 andhof Iesus: nih sa fraAvaurhta nih fadrein is, ak ei bairhta waurpeina waurstwa gups ana imma. 4 ik skal waurkjan waurstwa gapis sandjandins mik, unte dags
ist;

daupnodedun. hrana buk silban taujis pu? 54 andhof Iesus: jabai ik hauhja mik silban, so hauheins meina ni waihts ist; ist atta meins saei hauheib mik, panei jus qibib ]?atei gup unsar ist, 55 jah ni kunnup ina, i]? ik

qimib nahts, panei ni manna mag waurkjan. 5 pan in pamma fairlrau im, G ]mta
qi bands

liuhab im pis fairmaus.

gaspaiw dalab

jah gawaurhta fani us pamma spaiskuldra jah gasmait imma

ana augona pata
blindin,

fani

pamma

7 jah qap du imma: gagg pwahan in swumfsl Siloamis, batei wis liugnja; ak kann ina jah gaskeirjada insandibs. galaipjah waurd is fasta. afpwoh, jah qam sailuands. 56 Abraham atta izwar sifaida 8 banuh garaznans jah pai saiei gasemi dag meinana, jah gahrandans ina faurpis, patei is bisahr jah faginoda. niu sa ist was, qebun 57 banuh qebun pai Iudaieis dagwa du imma: fimf tiguns jere nauh saei sat aihtrouds? 9 sumaih qebun batei sa ist; ni habais jah Abraham sah*t? 58 qap im Iesus: amen amen sumaih batei galeiks pamma ist; qipa izwis, faurbizei Abraham ip is qap patei ik im.
ni

kann

ina; jah jabai qe]?jau ]?atei ina, sijau galeiks

kunnjau

iz-

:

10 panuh qepun du imma: 59 banuh nemun st ad nans, ei lnaiwa usluknodedun pus po auwaurpeina ana ina; ib Iesus ]?an gona? 11 andhof jains jah qap: manna gafalh sik jah usiddja us alh uslei]?ands ]?airh midjans ins jah haitans Iesus fani gawaurhta jah bismait mis augona jah qab mis: Irarboda swa.
waurpi, im
ik.
TTIT, 52. dau]?u; dau]>au in CA.

IX,

7.

swumfsl; swurasl

in

CA, for original

swunisll'.

96

John IX.
in ]>ata swumfsl
galai]>

gagg afbwahan
Siloamis.
i]>

uswahsans

ist,

ina fraihni)>, silba

ik

jah

bi-

bi sik rodjai.

22 bata qebun bai fadrein is, 12 qejnm ]>an du imma: hrar ante ohtedun sis Iudaiuns: juban 1st sa? i)> is qab: ni wait. auk gaqebun sis Iudaieis ei jabai 13 gatiuhand ina du Farei- Iras ina andhaihaiti Xristu. ntana synagogais wairbai. eaium, ]>aua saei was blinds. I wasuh ]?an sabbato ]>an 23 duh]?e bai berusjos is qe]mn bata fani gawaurhta Iesus jah ]>atei uswahsans ist, silban fraihjnvahands ussalr.
1

uslauk

imma

ailgona.
i]>

nib.
is

24 atwopidedun ban an]>aramma sin]?a ]>ana mannan saei was qab jah ]>aim: fani galagida mis blinds, jah qe]nin du imma: gif ana augona, jah afjnvoh jah hauhein guba; weis witum ]>atei
Fareisaieis hraiwa ussahr.

15 aftra

]>an freliun ina jah ]>ai

sa manna frawaurhts ist. 10 qe]nm ]>an sumai bize Fa2•"» banuh andhof jains: jabai reisaie: sa manna nist fram gufrawaurhts ist, ik ni wait; bat]>a. ]>ande eabbate daga ni wiain wait ei blinds was, i]> nu taib. sumaih qebun: hraiwa mag sailra. ma una frawaurhts swaloikos 2(> banuh qebun aftra: Ira gataiknins taujan? jah missaqiss tawida bus? hraiwa nslank ]>ns warb mib im. augona? 17 qe)ninnh du ]?amma faurbis 27 andhof im: qa]i izwis ju jah
s;iilra.

blindin
|>.ina
is
ei

aftra:

]>u

Ira

qi]>is

bi
I]'

nslank bus angona? qabuh batei praufetue ist.
ni
lii

hausidedub; Ira aftra wileib hausjan? ibai jah jus wileib ]>amma siponjos wairban?
ni

18
eis

galanbidedun ban Iudai-

bun: |>u is siponeis bamma, ussehri, unte atwopidedua ]>ans weis Mose siponjos si j u in;
is
|>is

iua. }>atei is blinds wesi jah

28 banuh lailonn imma jah

qei)>

fadreia

nssailrandins,

20 weis witum ]>atei du Mose 19 jah frehun ins qibandans: gub, ib bana ni kunnum sau ist sa sunns izwar, ]>aneijus rodida qibib batei blinds gabanrans hrabro ist. 30 andhof sa manna jah qab waurbi? hraiwa nu saihrib? du im: auk in bamma sildaleik 20 andhofun )»au im bai fadreia is jah qebun: witum batei ist, |>atei jus ni witub hrabro is1 sa ist sunns nnsai• jah batei jah nslank mis augona. blinds gabaurans warb; 31 witumuh ]>an batei gu]> fra21 i]> hraiwa nu sailri]> ni wi- waurhtaim ni andhauseib, ak jatum, aibbau Iras nslank inmia bai Iras gubblostreis ist jah wil])(> augona weis ni witum. silba jan is taujib, bamma hauseib.
28. Mom•;

Moses

ill

C.\.

John IX.

.
2
i]>

07
sa inngaggands bairh daur lambe.
uslu-

32 fram aiwa nigahausib was
batei uslukib Iras

damma

augona gabauranamma.

blin- hairdeis ist

3
ni

bammuh daurawards

lamba stibnai is hausjand, jah bo swesona lamba hai34 andhofun jah qejnm du ini- tib bi namin jah ustiuhib bo. ma: in frawaurhtim bu gabau- 4 jah ]>an bo swesona ustiuhib, rans waist alls, jah bu laiseis faura im gaggi]>, jah bo lamba unsis? jah uswaurpun imma ut. ina laistjand, unte kunnun stib35 hausida Iesus ]>atei uswaur- na is; 5 i]y framabjana ni laistjand, pun imma ut, jah bigat ina qabuh du imma: bu ga-u-laubeis ak ]>liuhand faura imma, unte ni kunnun ]}izeframabjane stibua. du sunau gubs? 6 ]>o gajukon qab im Iesus; i]> 36 andhof jains jah qa]>: an Iras ist, frauja, ei galaubjau du jainai ni fro]um Ira was ]>atei rodida du im. imma? 37 qab ban imma Iesus: jah 7 banuh qab aftra du im Iesus: gasahrt ina, jah saei rodeib mi]> amen amen qiba izwis batei ik bus, sa ist. im daur bize lambe. 38 ib is qabuh: galaubja, frau8 allai swa managai swe qeja; jah inwait ina. mun, jnubos sind jah waidedjans; 39 jah qab Iesus du stauai ik akei ni hausidedun im bo lamba. in bamma fairlrau qam, ei ]?ai 9 ik im bata daur; bairh mik
33 nih wesi sa fram gu]?a, mahtedi taujan ni waiht.
kib, jah bo
:

unsaitrandans sailraina jah bai jabai Iras inngaggi]?, ganisib, saiVcandans blindai wairbaina. jah inngaggib jah utgaggi]? jah 40 jah hausidedun ]uze Farei- winja bigitib. saie sumai bata bai wisandans 10 biubs ni qimib, nibai ei stimi]?

imma, jah qebun du imma:

ibai jah weis blindai sijum?

jah ufsneibai jah fraqistjai; ib ik qam ei libain aigeina jah
lai

41 qab im Iesus: ib blindai managizo aigeina. weseib, ni bau habaidedeib fra11 ik im hairdeis gods; hairwaurhtais ib nu qibib batei ga- deis sa god a saiwala seina lag;

sailram eiban frawaurhts izwara bairhwisib.
;

faur lamba; 12 ib asneis jah saei nist hairdeis, bizei ni sind lamba swesa, Chapter X. gasailrib wulf qimandan jah bi1 Amen amen qi]>a izwis, saei leibib baim lambam jah bliuhib, inn ni atgaggij> bairh daur in jah sa wulfs frawilwib bo jah gardan lambe, ak steigibaljabro, distahjib ]>o lamba. sah hliftus ist iah waidedia; 13 i]> sa asneis afbliuhib, unte
jib

4 7.

qi|'i]>;

qiqij'ij» in (.'A.

98
asneis
ist,

Jolin

.
sijais

jah ni kar'

ist

ina

]>ize

Xristus, qib nnsis andau-

giba. lam be. sa goda, jah 25 andhof lesus: qab izwis jah 14 ik im hairdeis kann meina jali kunnun mik ]>o ni galaubeib; wanrstwa boei ik tauja in namin attins meinis, bo meina, y=90 15 Swaswe kann mik attajah weitwodjand bi mik. 26 akei jns ni galaubeib, ante ik kann attan, ya=91 Jah saiwala meina lagja faur ni sijub lambe meinaize. swaswe
]>o

lamba.
aih, ]?oei

qa]> izwis.

yb=92

hausjand, jah ik kann ]>o. jah laistjand mik. briggan, jah stibuos meinaizos 28 jah ik libain aiweinongiba hausjand, jah wairband ain aweim, jah ni fraqistnand aiw. jah bi, ains hairdeis. ni frawilwib luashun ]?o us han17 duhbe atta mik frijo]>, unte dau meinai. ik lagja saiwala meina, ei aftra 29 atta meins ]»atoi fragai mis. nimau ]>o. maizo allaim ist, jah ni aiw nins18 ni hrashun nimib ]>o af hun mag frawilwan ]>o us hanni sind bis awistris; jah ]>o ska]

1G Jah anbara lamba

27 lamba meina stibnai meinai

dau attins meinis. 30 ik jah atta meins ain siju. 31 nemun aftra stajnans bai Iudaieis, ei waurpeiua ana ina. tin meinamma. 32 andhof im lesus: manage 19 ]>anuh missaqiss aftra war]? mijj Iudaium in ]>ize waurde. goda waurstwa ataugida izwis 20 qebunuh managai ize: ini- us attin meinamma; in haijis hul]>on habaib jah dwahnob; lua juze waurstwe staiuei]? mik? bamma hauseib? 33 andhofun imma bai Iudai21 sumaih qebun: bo waurda eis: in godis wanrstwis ni stainni sind unhul]>on habandins; ibai jam ]nik, ak in wnjamereins. jah mag unhulbo blindaim augona batei ]>u manna wisands taujis ushikan? buk silban du guba. 22 war]) ban inniujiba in Iai34 andhof im lesus: niu ist garusaulymai; jab wintrus was; melib in witoda izwaramma: ik jah hrarboda lesus in alb qab: gud a siju])? 23 in ubizwai Saulanmonis. 35 jabai jainans qab guda, du 24 banuh birunnun ina Iudai- baimei waurd gnbs war]', jah ni cis jali qe]nm du inmia: and Ira maht ist gatairau ]mta gamewaldufni haba afiagjan jah waldufni haba aftra ni]>, mau ]>o; ]>o auabusn nam at atsilbiu.

(mis, akei ik lagja

bo

af)

mis

saiwala unsara haliis? jabai

]mi

lido:

X.
text

18.

mis akei ik lagja

)?o af;

wantinginCA

{inserted according to the Greet

by Lobe).

John

.

XI.

))
ayos,

36

]>anei

atta gaweihaida jah

6 swe hausida batei siuks

8 qebun du imma bai siponjos: rabbei, nu sokidedun buk afwairpan stainam Iudaieis, jah aftra gaggis jaind? in imma. 9 andhof Iesus: niu twalif sind yg— 93 39 Sokidedun ina aftra gafa- Ireilos dagis? jabai lvas gaggib han; jah usiddja us handum ize. in dag, ni gastiggqi]?, unte liu40 jah galaib aftra ufar Iaur- ha]> bis fairlraus gasaitcib; danu in bana stad ]?arei was Io10 abban jabai Iras gaggib in hannes frumist daupjands, jah naht, gastiggqib, unte liuhad

insandida in bana fairlru, jus qibib batei wajamerjau, unte qap: sunus gubs im? 37 niba taujau waursfcwa attins meinis, ni galaubeib mis; 38 ib jabai taujau, niba mis galaubjaib, baim waurstwam galaubjai]?, ei ufkunnaib jah galaubjaib ]?atei in mis atta jah ik

banuh ]mn salida in ]>ainmei was stada twans dagaus; 7 }?a]?roh ban afar bata qa]> du sipoujam: gaggam in Iudaian
aftra.

yd=94

nist in imma. 41 Jah managai qemun at im11 bo qab, jah afar bata qibib ma jah qebun batei Iohannes ga- du im: Lazarus frijonds unsar tawida taikne ni ainohun, al- gasaizlep; akei gaggam, ei uslata batei qab Iohannes bi bana, wakjau ina. sunja was. 12 banuh qebun bai siponjos is: 42 jah galaubidedun managai frauja, jabai slepip, hails wairbib. du imma jainar. 13 qabuh ban Iesus bi daubu Chapter XI. is; ib jainai hugidedun batei is 1 Wasuh ban sums siuks, La- bi slep qebi. zarus af Bebanias, us haimai 14 banuh ban qab du im Iesus Marjins jah Margins swistrs izos. swikunbaba: Lazarus gaswalt, 2 wasuh ban Marja soei sal15 jah fagino in izwara, ei gaboda fraujan balsana jah bi- laubjaib, unte ni was jainar; akei swarbfotuns is skuftaseinamma, gaggam du imma. bizozei brobar Lazarus siuks was. 16 banuh qab J)omas saei hai3 insandidedun ban bos swi- tada Didimus baim gahlaibam strjus is du imma qibandeins: seinaim: gaggam jah weis, ei frauja, sai banei frijos siuks ist. gaswiltaima mib imma. 4 ib is gahausjands qab: so 17 qimands ban Iesus bigat siukei nist du daubau ak in hau- ina juban fidwor dagans habanheinais gubs, ei hauhjaidau su- dan in hlaiwa. nus gubs bairh bata. 18 wasuh ban Bebania nelua swasAve ana 5 frijoduh ban Iesus Marban Iairusaulymim, jah swistar izos jah Lazaru. spaurdim fimftaihunim.
XT, IS. Iairusaulymim; Iairusaulymiam
in

salida jainar.

CA.

100

John XI.

31 Iudaieis ]mn ]>ai wisandans nmn bi Marfan jah Marjan, ei mib izai in garda brafstjandans ga]?rafstidedeina ijos bi bana ija, gasailraudans Marian ]>atei sprauto ussto]? jah usiddja. iddbrobar izo. 20 ibMarba sunsei hausidaba- jedunuh afar izai qibandans batei Iesus qimib, wib?aiddja ina. tei gaggib du hlaiwa ei gretai jainar. i]> Marja in garda .sat. 32 ib Marja sunsei qam ]?arei 21 banuh qa]> Marba du Iesua: was Iesus, gasailrandei ina draus frauja, weseis her, ni ]>au gaimma du fotum qibandei du imdaubnodedi brobar meins. 22 akei jah nu wait ei JMsluah ma: frauja, i]> weseis her, ni ]>auh
19 jah managai Iudaie gaqebei bidjis gu]?, gibi]> ]?us gu]>.

gaswulti meins brobar.

33 banuh Iesus sunsei gasalu 23 qab izai Iesus: usstandi]> ija gretandeiu jah Iudaiuns J>aiei brobar beins. 24 qab du imma Marba: wait qemun mi)> izai gretandans, inbatei usstandib in usstassai in rauhtida ahmin jah inwagida sik

bamma
25

spedistin daga.

silban,

qa]>

ban

Iesus:

ik

usstass jah libains; saei bei]?du mis, bauh ga-ba-daubnib, sailr.
libaid.

34 jahqa]>: lvar lagidedun ina? galau- qe]>un du imma: frauja. hiri jah

im so

26 jah mazuh saei libaib jah galaubeib du mis, ui gadaubnib sai luaiwa frioda ina. 37 sumai J?an ize qe]>un: niu aiw; galaubeis bata? 27 qa]> imma: jai, frauja; ik mahta sa izei uslauk augona galaubida ]>atei bu is Xristus su- bamma blindin, gataujan ei jah nus gubs sa iu j>aua fairlcu qi- sa ni gadaubnodedi? 38 banuh Iesus aftra inrauhmanda.
28 jali ]>ata qi]>andei galai]> jah wopida Marian swistar seiua
]>iubjo qibandei:

35 jah tagrida Iesus. 3G baruh qebun ]mi Iudaieis:

tibs in sis silbin

ma

gaggib du bamhlaiwa: wasuh ban huluudi

laisareis

qam

jah staina ufarlagida was ufaro.

39 qab Iesus: amimib ]>ana jah haitib ]>uk. stain, qab du imma ewistar bis 20 i]> jaina sunsei hausida, urrais sprauto jah iddjadu imma; daubins Marba: frauja, ju fnls is; 30 ni]> ban nauhbanuh qam fidnrdogs auk ist. 40 qab izai Iesus: niu qab ]ms Iesus in weihsa, ak was nauh-

bannh in bamma stada gamotida imma Marba.

]>arei

batei jabai galaubeis, gasaimiu

wulbu

*?

24. spedistin; spedistau in CA.
scratrlii-il.


fuit

eridenter

being CA, the fust Uppstrom: 'ante e locus rac&t uoi literae ra&ae, quae 82. weseis; weiseis inCA. 88. gretandeiu; greis.' {Hence soused),
81. gretai; greitai
;'//
i

;

tandeiu

in

''.1.

John XI. XII.

101

4 qa]? }?an ains bize siponje is, was; ib Iesus uzuhhof augona Judas Seimonis sa Iskariotes, iup jah qab: atta, awiliudo bus izei skaftida sik du galewjan ina: unte andhausides mis. 5 duluebata balsanmfrabauht 42 jah ban ik wissa batei sin- was in t. skatte? jah fradaili]) teino mis andhauseis; akei in wesi barbam.
rei
.

41 usbofun ban ]?ana

stain ba-

inanageins bizos bistandandeins 6 batu]? ]?an qa]?, ni beei ina qab, ei galaubjaina batei bu mik bize barbane kara wesi, ak unte insandides. biubs was jah arka habaida jah 43 jah ]?ata qibands stibnai bat a innwaurpano bar. mikilai hropida: Lazaru, hiri ut. 7 qab ban Iesus: let ija, in dag 44 jah urrann sa dauba gagafilhis meinis fastaida bata; bnndans handuns jah fotuns 8 ib bans unledans sinteino haf ask jam, jah wlits is aural j a bibaib mi]? izwis, ib mik ni sinteibundans. qab du im Iesus: andno habaib. bindib ina jah letib gaggan. 9 Fan]? ban manageins filuy}?=99 45 banuh managai bize Judaie ]?ai qimandans at Marjin jah Iudaie ]>atei Iesus jainar ist, jah

saihjandans ]?atei gatawida, ga- qemun, ni in Iesuis ainis, ak ei jah Lazaru selueina, banei urrailaubidedun imma: 46 sumai]? ]?an ize galibun du sida us daubaim. 10 munaidedunub }?an auk ]?ai Fareisaium jah qebun du im baauhumistans gudjans ei jah Latei gatawida Iesus. 47 galesun ban ]>ai auhumi- zarau usqemeina, 11 unte managai in bis garunstaus gudjans jah ]?ai Farei .... nun Iudaie jah galaubidedun

Chapter XII.
1 ... in Bejmnijin, ]?arei was

Iesua.

12 Iftumin daga

Lazarus, sa dau]?a ]>anei urrai- filu, sei jandans batei qimij? Iesus in Iaisida us daubaim Iesus. yb=98 2 paruh gawaurhtedun imma rausaulymai, 13 nemun astans peikabagme nahtamat jainar, jahMarbaandbahtida, ib Lazarus was sums jah urrunnun wibragamotjan ]>ize anakumbjandane mibimma. imma, jah hropidedun: osanna, 3 ib Marja nam pund balsanis biubida sa qimanda in namin

manageins r=100 qam at dulbai, gahaus-

nardaus pistikeinis filugalaubis fraujins, ]?iudans Israelis. jah gasalboda fotuns Iesua jah 14 Bigat ]?an Iesus asilu (jah) ra=101 biswarb fotuns is skufta seinam- gasat ana ina, swaswe ist gamema. ib sa gards fulls war]? dau- lib: nais ]?izos salbonais. 15 ni ogs bus, dauhtar Sion

,

45. Judaie; Judaiei in

CA; concerning

J, see

Iudaius in
in

t

lie

glossary.

11. Iudaie; Iudaiei in CA.

14. jah;

wanting

CA.

102
sai

John

.

26 Jabai mis Iras andbahtjai, rq=10e mik laistjai. jah barei im ik. barana fuliu a.silaus. rb=102 1G patub ban ni kunbedun si- uh sa andbahts meina wisan haponjos is frumist, ak l>ij?e gaewe- baib; jah jabai Iras mis audbahraibg was Iesus, ]>aimh gamun- tei]>, sweraib ina atta. 27 Nu saiwala meina gadrob-rr=107 dedun ]>atei ]>ata was du ]>;nmna gamelib jah bata gatawidedun noda, jah Ira qibau? atta, nasei mik us bizai lreilai. iniina. Akei du]>be qam in bizai lreilai. rh=108 17 weitwodida pan so mana28 atta, hauhei namo beinata; gei, sei was mib imma, ]>an Lazarn wopida us hlaiwa jah uriai- qam ban stibna us himiua: jah hauhida jah aftra hauhja. sida ina us daubaim. 29 managei ban sei stob gaiddjedim gamotjan 18 imma managei, unte hausidedun hausjandei qe]nm ]>eilron wairI'.ni: sumaih qepun: aggilus du ei gatawidedi ]>o taikn. 19 banuh ]>ai Fareisaieis qe- imma rodida. 30 andhof Iesus jah qab: ni in ]nm du sis misso: sailuij> batei ni boteib waiht; sai so manaseds meina so stibna warb, ak in izbiudans beins qimip sitands

]:>

afar

imma

galaib.
]?an

wara.

31 nu staua ist ]>izai manase]>ize urrinnandane ei inwiteina in dai: nu sa reiks ]>is fairlraus uswairpada ut, ]>izai dulbai; '2 jah ik jabai ushauhjada af 21 ]>ai atiddjedun du Filippau bamma fram Bebsaeida Galei- airbai, alia atbinsa du mis. 33 batnb ban qab bandwjands laie, jali bedim ina qibandans:

20 weeunub

sumai

]>iudo

frauja, wileima Iesu gasaihran.

lrileikanima

dauban skulda ga-

22 gaggib Filippus jah qil'i)' du Andraiin, jah aftra Andraias jali Filippus qebun du Ieeua. rg=inn 23 I]» [eeus andhofim qibande: qam lreila. ei sweraidau sunns mane. rd=i<) 24 Amen amen qiba izwis. nibai kaurno hraiteis gadriusando

danbnan. 34 andhof imma so managei: weis hausidedum ana witoda bate] Xristus eijai du aiwa. jah
lraiwa
]ui qibia

batei skulds ist

ushauhjan sa sunns mans? has ist sa sunns mans? qab ban du im Iesus: nauh mel liuhab in izwis ist. in air]>a gaswiltib, sillto adnata leitil aflifnib; i|> jabai gaswiltib, ma- gaggib, bande liuhab habaib, ei riqiz izwis ni galahai; jah eaej nag akran bairib. re=l05 25 Baei frijob saiwala eeina, gaggib in riqiza, ni wait lra)>
.•'..)

fraqisteib izai. jah sari

tiai|> sai-

gaggib.

wala eeina
in

86 bande liuhab habaib, gafairmau, libainai aiweinon bairgib izai. Laubeibdu liuhada. eisunjusliuin
26. ondbahtei]?; uudbuhti)'

bamma

///

CA.

John XII. XIII.

1

03

hadis wairbaib. bata rodida Ie47 jah jabai Iras meinaim sus jah galaib jah gafalh sik hausjai waurdam jah galaubjai, faura im. ik ni stoja ina; nih ban qam ei 37 swa filu imma taikne ga- stojau manased, ak ei ganasjau taujandin in andwairbja ize, iii manased.

galaubidedun imma, 48 saei frakann mis jah ni and38 ei bata waurd Esaeiins prau- nimib waurda meina, habaid fetaus usfullnodedi, patei qab: bana stojandan sik: waurd batei frauja, luas galaubida hauseinai rodida, bata stojib ina in speunsarai? jah arms fraujins luam- distin daga. ma andhulibs war]?? 49 unte ik us mis silbin ni ro39 Dubbe ni mahtedun galaub- dida, ak saei sandida mik atta, rj?=109 jan unte aftra qab Esaeias: sah mis anabusn at. 40 gablindida ize augoiia jah
. . .

gadaubida ize hairtona, ei iii gaumidedeina augam jah fro]?eina

Chapter XIII.
11
.
. .

qab: ni allai hrainjai

si-

hairtin jah gawandide- jub. deina jah ganasidedjau ins. 12 bibeh ban usbwoh fotuns ize jah nam wastjos seinos, anari=lio 41 pata qab Esaeias, ban sabj kumbjands aftra qab du im: wiwulbu is, jah rodida bi ina. 42 banuh ban swebauh jah us tudu hra gatawida izwis? 13 Jus wopeid mik laisareis riq=ll6 bairn reikam managai galaubidedun du imma, akei faura Fa- jah frauja.

reisaium ni andhaihaitun,
]?eina;

ei

us

synagogein ni uswaurpanai waur-

Waila qi]?ib; im auk. 14 jabai nu usbwoh

riz=117
izwis fo-

tuns, frauja jah laisareis, jah jus

43 frijodedun auk mais hau- skulub izwis misso bwahan fohein manniskabauhauhein gubs. tuns. ria=ill 44 lb Iesus hropida jah qab: 15 du frisahtai auk atgaf izsaei galaubei]? du mis, ni galau- wis, ei swaswe ik gatawida izwis, bei]? du mis ak du bamma sand- swa jus taujaib. jandin mik, 16 Amen amen qiba izwis, nistrih=118 45 jah saei sailing mik, saihrib skalks maiza fraujin seinamma, bana sandjandan mik. nih apaustaulus maiza bamma rib=H2 46 Ik liuhad in ]?amma fairluau sandjandin sik. qam, ei hrazuh saei galaubjai du 17 bande bata witub, audagai
mis, in riqiza ni wisai.
sijub, jabai taujib bata.

CA originally had Eisaeias, the first i being scratched. — 42. synawas omitted in CA, only is written over the final of synagogogein ni; ni gein. — 47. manased (the first); mananased in CA. — 49. at; the first syllable
41. Esaeias;
i

of atgaf.

,

12. witudu;

witadu

in

CA.

13. laisareis; laisareisareis in

CA.

104
18
bi allans izwis qiba.

.Toll

.

>-

29 sumai mundeduu ei unte =119 Ik wait hjarjans gawalida; ak arka habaida Iudas, ]?atei qebi ei usfullib waurj?i bata gamelido: imma Iesus: bugei bizel ]>aursaei matida mi}? mis hlaib, ushof beima du dulbai, aibbau bairn unledam ei Ira gibau. ana mik fairzna seiua. 19 fram himma qiba izwis, 30 bibe andnam bana hlaib faur]?izei waurbi, ei bibe wair]>ai, jains, suns galaib ut; Avasuh ban
galaubjaib
}?atei ik

im.

nahts ]>an galaib ut.

rk

=120

20 Amen amen qi]>a izwis, saei 31 qab ban Iesus: nn gasweandnimib ]>ana bauei ik insand- raids war}) sunus mans, jah gn}> ja, mik andnimib, ib saei mik hauhibe ist in imma.
anduimi]?, andnimi]> j^ana sand-

jandan mik.
rka=l2l

32 jabai nu gu]> hanhibs ist imma, jah gub hauhei]' ina 21 pata qibauds Iesus indrob- sis, jah suns hauhida ina.
j;ih

in

in

noda ahmin jah weitwodida qa]>: amen amen qi]?a izwis
rki>=l22

33 barnilona, nauh leitil mel ini]> izwis im sokei]> mik. jah tei ains izwara galewei]> mik. swaewe qa]> du Iudaium ei badei 22 panuh selrun du sis misso ik gagga jus ni mngu]> qiman,
]>a;

l>ai

siponjos,

Jiagkjandans

bi

jah izwis qi]>a nu.

hrarjana qebi.
rkg="L23

23 Wasuh
ains
]>ize

J?an

anakumbjands
is

ei frijo]>

34 anabusn niuja giba izwis misso, swe
]^ei

izwis.
ik
fri-

siponje

in

barma

Ie-

joda izwis
izwis.

jah jus frijob misso

Suis, I'anoi frijoda Iesns;

24 bandwiduh ]>an bamma Seimon Paitrns dn fraihnan Iras
wesi bi banei qa]>.

35
]>ei

bi

bamma

ufkunnand

allai

25 anakumbida ban jains ewa ana barma Iesnis qn)>nh imnia:
frauja, Iras
ist'.'

meinai siponjos siju}\ jabai friabwa habaid mi]? izwis misso.

36 panuh

qa)>

du imma

Sei- rkq=126

Paitrns: frauja. lrad gag2G andliof Iesns: sa istbammei gis? andhafjands Iesus qa]': )>a-

mon

ik

ufdaupjands bana

hlaif giba.

dei ik

gagga, ni magt mik nu
bi]'e laisteis.

rkd =124

Jah ufdaupjanda bana

hlaif

gaf laistjan, ib

37 bamh Paitrns qa]> du imIndin Seimonis Skariotau. 27 jali afar ]'annna. hlaiba. ]'an ma: frauja, duhre ni mag ]>nlv laistjan nu? saiwala meina faur galai]> in jainana satana.
ko=12•")

38 andhof Iesus: saiwala beina 28 |>atnli ban ainahnn ni wissa faur mik lagjis? amen amen qi|m bite anaknmbjandane duhreqab 1'us J?ei liana ni hrukei]\ unte |ui mik afaikis kunnan]>riin Binbam. imma
uikiiiiunti<l: ufkiiniiaii(la in

Qa]? ]'an dn imnia b'sns: taujis, tawei spraulo.

|>;it<'i

|>uk lagja.

:l.~>.

CA.

John

11 galaubei|> mis batei
ik in

Chapter XIV.

1 indrobnai izwar hairto; attin jah atta in mis; ib jabai-ni, rkz=127 galaubeib du guba, jah du mis in bize waurstwe galaubeib mis.
galaubei]>.

2 in garda. attins meinis

sali]>-

12 amen amen qi]?a izwis, saei galaubeid mis, bo waurstwa boei

abban niba ik tauja jah is taujib, jah maiweseina, aibbau qej^jau du izvvis: zona bairn taujib, unte ik du attin gagga. gagga manwjan stad izwis; 3 jah ban jabai gagga, manwja 13 Jah -batei limn, bidjib in na-rkh=128 izwis stad; aftra qima jah fra- min meinamma, bata tauja, ei nima izwis du mis silbin, ei ]>arei hauhjaidau atta in sunau. im ik, baruh sijub jah jus. 14 jabai Iris bidjib mik in na4 jah badei ik gagga kunnub min meinamma, ik tauja. jah bana wig kunnub. 15 jabai mik frijob, anabus5 baruh qab imma J)omas: uins meinos fastaid. frauja, ni witum limb gaggis, jah 16 jah ik bidja attan, jah anhraiwa magum bana Avig kun- ]?arana parakletu gibib izwis, ei nan? sijai mib izwis du aiwa, 6 qab imma Iesus: ik im sa 17 ahma sunjos, banei so mawos managos
sind;

wigs jah sunja jah libains; ainshun ni qimib at attin niba ]?airh mik. 7 ib kunbedeib mik, aibbau kimbedei]? jah attan meinana; jah ]>an fram himma kunnub ina jah gasaihjib ina. 8 ib Filippus qabuh du imma: frauja, augei unsis bana attan,

nasebs ni mag niman, unte ni saimib ina nih kann ina; ib jus kunnub ina, unte is mi]> izwis wisib jah in izwis ist
t

18

ni leta izwis

widuwairnans,

qima at izwis. 19 nauh leitil jah so manasebs mik ni ]:>anaseibs sailuib; i]> jus sailuib mik ]?atei ik liba, jah jus
libai]\

jmtuh ganah unsis. 9 baruh qa]> imma

Iesus: swa-

20

in

jainamma daga ufkun-

laud melis mib izwis was, jah ni ufkunbes mik, Filippu? saei gasalv mik, gasahj attan jah bjaiwa ]>u qibis: augei unsis bana attan ? 10 niu galaubeis batei ik in attin jah atta in mis ist? ]^o waurda boei ik rodja izwis af mis silbin ni rodja, ak atta saei in mis ist, sa taujib \>o waurstwa.
;

naib jus batei ik in attin meinamma jah jus in mis jah ik in
izwis.

21 saeihabaid anabusnins meinos jah fastai]? ]>os, sa ist saei
frijob mik.

Jah ban
fram
frijo

saei frijob mik, frijoda rkb=129

attin
silban.

meinamma

jah ik

ina jah gabairhtja

imma

mik

XIV,

11. jabai ni;
cp. Lu.

CA has

ni before galaubeib,

of the passage;

,.—

13. h.-ah

;

km in

which is contrary to the sense CA; cp. batahrah bei in X V, 7. 16.

lot;
ri=i:30

John XIV. XV.
qa]>

31 ak ei ufkimnai so manasebs Iudas, ni Iskariotes: frauja. Ira -war]? ]nttei ik frijoda attau meinana, ei unsis munais gabairhtjaa }nik jah swaswe auabaud mis atta, swa tauja. urreisib. gaggam ]>asilhan. ib bizai manasedai ni?

22 J>aruh

imma

andhof Iesus jafa qab da imma: jabai Iras mik friio]>, jah waurd mein fastaib, jah atta meins frijob ina. jah «In imma
2-a

]n-o.

Chapter XV.
1
jeiiio.
ist.

galeibos

iali

salijnvos at

imma
]>o

Ik im weinatrin bata sunjah atta meins waurstwja
all

gataujoe.

24
rla-131

i]>

saei

ni

fiio|>

mik,

taine in mis unbairandane akran gob, usnimiji ita. jah

2

rib=i:32

waurda meina ni fastaib; all akran bairandane. gahrainei}> Jah jnata waurd ]>atei hauseib ita. ei nianagizo akran bairaina. nist meiu, ak ]>is eandjandins 3 ju jus hrainjai siju] in bis mik attins. waurdis batei rodida du izwis. 2."> 4 wisaib in mis. jah ik in izwis. ])ata rodida izwis at izwis
1

wi sands.

swe sa weinatains

ni

mag akran

alima bairan af sis silbin. niba ist ana si wt'iha. banei sandeib atta in weinatriwa. swah nih jus. niba iiamin meinamma. sa izwis lai- in mis si lib. 5 ik im bata Aveinatriu. ib jus seib allata jah gamaudeib izwis weiuatainos. saei wisib in mis allis ]>atei qa]> du izwis. 27 gawairbi bileiba izwis. ga- jah ik in imma. sa bairib akran wairbi mein giba izwis: niswaewe ma nag. ]?atei inuh mik ni magub ii;iii;im']>s gibi]>, ikgiba izwis. taujan ni waiht. niba saei wisib in mis. usni indrobnaina uswara hairtona wairpada nt ewe weinatains, jah nili faurhtjaina. 28 hausidedub ei ik qab izwis: gabaursnib jah galisada, jah in galeiba jah qima at izwis: jabai fou galagjand, jah inbrannjada. 7 Abban jabai sijubin misjahrig=13a frijodedeib mik, aibbau jus fagiei ik gagga du attin, waurda meina in izwis sind, nodedeib nut c atta meins maiza mis ist. batahrah bei wileib bidjib, jah 20 jah nu izwis. faurbizei wairbib izwis. v In bamma hauhibs is1 atta rid vm waurbi, ei bibe wairbai, galaub-

26

a}))?an sa parakletus,

j

]>

jaib.

akran manag bairaib, 30 banaseibs fllu ni mablja jah wairbai b meinai eiponjos. swaswe frijoda mik atta. niib izwis: (|iini]> saei bizai manasedai reikinob, jah in mis ni swah ik frijoda izwis wisaib in
meins.
ei

bigitib wailit

.

friabwai meinai.

17.

manaeebe; manaeeibe
.'.

in
c.

CA; eo

l'h
in

AT.

ea;

sua

;//

CA.

inbrannjada; iubranjada

CA.

John XV. XVT.

:
izwis
:

10 jabai

anabusnins meirios

ik

qab du

nist skalks mai-

fastaid, sijub in friabwai meinai, za fraujin

seinamma. jabai mik

anabusnins attinsmei- wrekun, jah izwis wrikand. Jabai mein waurd fastaidedei-nn=14() na, jah izwar fastaina. is. 21 Ak bata allata taujand iz-rma=141 11 bata rodida izwis, ei fahebs
ik

swaswe

nis fastaida jah wisa in friabwai

namins meinis, Unte ni kunnun ]?ana sandjan-rmb=142 izwara usfulljaidau. ist anabusns meina, dan mik. 12 ]?ata 22 nih qemjau jah rodidedjau ei frijo]? izwis misso, swaswe ik du im, frawaurht ni habaidedeifrijoda izwis. 13 Maizein bizai friabwai man- na; ib nu inilons ni haband bi rle=135 na ni habaib, ei bjas saiwala frawaurht seina. 23 Saei mik fijaib, jah attan rmd=l44 seina lagjib faur frijonds seinans. 14 Jus frijonds meinai sijub, meinana fijai]?. rlq=136 24 I]? bo Avaurstwa ni gatawi- iuic=145 jabai taujib ]?atei ik anabiuda dedjau in im boei anbar ainshun izwis. 15 banaseibs izwis ni qiba skal- ni gatawida, frawaurht ni habaikans, unte skalks ni wait lira dedeina; ib nu jah gasehmn mik taujib is frauja; ib ik izwis qab jah fijaidedun jah mik jah attan
meina
in izwis sijai jah faheds wis in
frijonds,

unte

all

batei hausida meinana.

at attin
izwis.

meinamma gakannida

25 ak ei usfullnodedi waurd bata gamelido in witoda ize, ei

16 ni jus mik gawalidedub, ak ik gawalida izwis, ei jus sniwaib jah akran bairaib jah akran izwar du aiwa sijai, rlz=137 Ei bataluah bei bidjaib attan in namin meinamma, gibib izwis. rih=l38 17 pata anabiuda izwis ei frijo]? izwis

mik arwjo. 26 abban ban qimib parakletus banei ik insandja izwis fram attin, ahman sunjos, izei fram
fijaidedun

attin urrinnib, sa weitwodeib bi

mik.

misso. 18 jabai so manaseds izwis fijai, kunnei]? ei mik f rum an izwis
fijaida.

27 jah ]?an jus weitwodeib, unte fram fruma mi]? mis siju]?.

Chapter XVI.
1 J)ata rodida izwis,
ei

ni af-

w eseib, marzjaindau. 2 us gaqumbim dreiband izwis; aijibau so manaseds swesans friAkei qimib meila, ei saluazuhi™q=i4G jodedi; abban unte us bamma fairhmu ni sijub, ak ik gawalida izei usqimib izwis, buggkei]? izwis us bamma fairmau, dubbe hunsla saljan guba. 3 jah bata taujand, unte ni fijaid izwis so manasebs. rlj?=139 20 Gamuneib bis waurdis batei ufkunbedun attan nih mik. 19 jabai
bis fairluaus
r

22. Section 143, which should begin with nih qemjau,

is

not indicated.

108

John XVI.
izwis,
ei

4 akei bata rodida

Duhbe

qa]> ]>atei us

meinamma =149

bibe qiniai so lueila ize, gainu- nimib jah gateihi]) izwis. 16 leitil nauh jah ni sailui]» neib bize, Jmtei ik qa]? izwis. rniz-147 lb bata izwis fram Emma ni mik, jah aftra leitil jah gasaih*i]> mik, unte ik gagga du attin. qa]>, unte mi]> izwis was.

17 ]?aruh qe]>un us bairn sipon5 ib nu gagga dubamma sandjandin niik, jah ainshun us izwis jam du sis misso: lua ist bata batei qi]>i]> unsis, leitil ei ni saini fraihni]> mik: luab gaggis? lri)> mik, jah aftra leitil jah gaG akei unte ]>ata rodida izwis. saihrib mik? jah batei ik gagga gauri]?a gadaubida izwar hairto.
7 akei ik sunja izwis qiba, batizo ist izwis ei ik galeij^au unte iabai ik ni galeiba, parakletus ni qimib at izwis; abban jabai gagga, sandja ina du izwis.
;

du attin? 18 qebunuh:
tei qibi]> leitil?

]>ata Ira sijai ]»ani

witum lua

qi-

19

ib Iesus wissuh ]>atei wilde-

8 jah qimands is gaeakib ]>o manaeeb bi frawaurht jah bi garaihtij'a jah bi staua.

dun ina fraihnan. jah qab im: bi ]>ata sokei]> mib izwis mieso
jah ni saihrib mik, jah aftra leitil jah gasailri]>
]>atei qa]>:
'

leitil

9 bi frawaurht raihtis )>ata, batei ni galaubjand du mis; 10 ij> bi garaihtiba, batei du attin meinamma gagga jah ni banaseibs sailri]) mik: 11 ib bi staua, batei sa reiks
]>is

mik?
_?<>

amen amen

qi]ni izwis bei

gretib jah gauno]> jus, i]>inana-

t';iiilrans

wis.

2 nauh ganoli skal qi)>nn akei magub Erabairan nu. ' ban jains. ahina
ni
il>

afdomibs war]».

faginob; jus saurgandans wairbib, akei so saurga izwara du fahedai wairbib. 21 qino ban bairib saurga hasebs
baid,
bi)»e

iz-

unte

qam
ist

lreila izos;

gabauran

(iiini|>

seibs

gaman

barn, ni bana]>izos aglons faura

sunjos. briggib izwis in allai sunini;

fahedai,

unte gabaurans war)?
in fairhrau.

nili

]>an rodeib
filu

;if

sis silbin.

manna

ak swa

jah bata anawairj'o gateiliij>

22 jah ]>an jus auk nu saurga habaib; i]> aftra sailra izwis. jah wis. faginob izwar hairto. jah )>o famik hauheib, unte us hed izwara ni ainshun nimib ei 14 jains meinamma nimib jah gateihib izwis.
iz-

sue hauseib rodeib,

izwis.

2' jah
All batei aih atta,

in

jainamma daga mik

rmii=i48

1."

mein

ist.

ni

fraihnib waihtais.

7,

I'l.

9.

j'ata.

l>.it *•

:

SO Bernhardt now, as
>

in

CA.

Lolie omits )>ata.

Fortlie
tin• fine,

construction o/")>ata. see
ni |>anasi'i|>s:

h~>.

(2),

(>>).

note

2, (a).

20. gieUpi greitij» in CA.

CA

Jias ni )>anas.'i)>s ni, the first ni

standing above

the aecond being scratched.

John XVI. XVII.
rii=150

109

33 pata rodida izwis bei in mis™»— ir>:$ qiba izwis batei in namin gawairju aigeib. in bamma fairbistrah ]>ei bidjib attan Irau aglons habaid; akei brafmeinamma, gibib izwis. 24 und hita ni bedub ni waih- stei]? izwis, ik gajiukaida ]>aua
tais in

Amen amen

namin meinamma;
ei

bid- fairlru.

jai]? jab. nimi]?,

faheps izwara

sijai usfullida.

rna=151

gajukom rodida izwis; akei qimib Ireila banuh izatta, qam Ireila; hauhei beinana wis ni banaseibs in gajukom rodsunu, ei sunus ]?eins hauhjai buk, ja, ak andaugiba bi attan ga2 s was we atgaft imma walteiha izwis.
25 J)ata
in

Chapter XVII. 1 pata rodida Iesus, uzuhhof augona seina du himina jah qab:

26 in jainamma daga in na- dufni allaize leike, ei all batei atmin meinamma bidjip, jah ni qi- gaft imma, gibai im libain aiba izwis bei ik bidjau attan bi weinon. 3 soh ban ist so aiweino liizwis bains, ei kunneina buk ainana 27 ak silba atta frijoJ> izwis, sunjana gub jah banei insandiunte jus mik frijodedub jah gades Iesu Xristu. laubidedub ]?atei ik fram gu]>a 4 ik buk hauhida ana airbai, urrann. waurstw ustauh batei atgaft mis 28 uzuhiddja fram attin jah du waurkjan; atiddja in bana fairluu; aftra bi5 jah nu hauhei mik bu, atta, leiba bamma fairlrau jah gagga at pus silbin bamma wulbau badu attin. 29 baruh qebun ]?ai siponjos nei habaida at bus, faurbizei sa

nu andaugiba rodeis, jah fairlrus wesi. 6 gabairhtida beinata namo gajukono ni ainohun qibis. 30 nu witum ei bu kant alia mannam banzei atgaft mis us jah ni barft ei buk Iras fraihnai; bamma fairlrau. beinai wesun bi bamma galaubjam batei bu jah mis atgaft ins, jah bat a waurd beinata gafastaidedun; fram guba urrant. 7 nu ufkunba ei alia ]?oei atrnb=152 31 Andhof im Iesus: nu galauis:

sai

beib?

gaft mis at pus sind;
sai qimib Ireila jah

8 unte bo waurd a boei atgaft nu qam ei distahjada hmrjizuh du sei- mis atgaf im, jah eis nemun bi namma jah mik ainana bileibi]>; sunjai batei fram bus urrann, jah ni im ains, unte atta mib jah galaubidedun batei bu mik

32

mis

ist.

insandides.

du seinamma; du seina in CA; cp. I Cor. XVI, IS; Phil. II, 25; and Jo. XVII, 3. Heyne writes du seinaim. XVII, 3. sunjana; sunja in CA; cp. II Cor. VIII, 22. Col. Ill, 5, notes.
32.

110
9 ik bi ins bidja; ni bi

John XVII. XVTTI.

20 abban ni bi ]?ans bidja ainaseb bidja, ;ik bi bans J>auzei ii;ins. ak bi bans galaubjandans ]>airh waurda ize du mis. atgaft mis. unte beinai sind, 21 ei allai ain sijaina. swaswe 10 jah. meina alia beina sind jah beina meina, jahhauhibsim ]>u atta in mis jah ik in bus, ei
in bairn.

] ma-

11

ni

banaseibe im
i)>

in

jah bai in uggkis ain sijaina, ei ]>arnma so mauasej's galaubjai batei bu
fair-

fairhrau,

]>ai

in

lrau sind, jah ik

mik insandid•-. 22 jah ik wulbu du bus gagga.

bamma

]?anei gaft in

is

atta weiba, fastai ins in naniin gaf im, ei sijaina ain swaswe wit beinamma ]>anzei atgaft mis, ei ain siju,
sijaina ain

12 ban was mib im
fairhrau, ik

in im jah ]m in mis, ei ustauhanai du ainamma, fastaida ins in naniin jah kunni so manase]xs batei ]>u wit.

swaswe

23 ik

in

bamma

sijaina

beinamma, banzei atgaft misga- mik insandides jah frijodes ins. fastaida. jah ainshnn us im ni swaswe mik frijodes 21 atta, batei atgaft mis. wilfia<iistnoda niba sa sunus fraluusfulli]? jau ei barei im ik jah bai sijaina stais. ei bata gamelido mi]? mis, ei eaihraina wulbu meiwaurbi. 18 i)> im du bus gagga, jah ii;i na. banei gaft mis, unte fribata rodja in manasedai, ei ha- jodes mik faur gaskaft fairhraus. baina fahed meina usfullida in 25 Atta garaihta, jah so ma-rnd=154 BIS. nasebs buk ni ufkun]>a. i]> ik buk 11 ik atgaf im waurd beinata, kunba. Jah bai ufkun]>edun ]>atei ]nirne=155 jah so manasebs fijaida ins. uute ni sind us bamma fairhrau, swa- mik insandides. eweik us bamma fairhrau ni im. 26 jah gakannida im namo
15
ni bidja ei

usnimais ins us beinata jah kannja,

bamma
im faura

fairhrau,

ak

ei

friabwa bairgais boei frijodes mik in im sijai jah
<>i

bamma unseljin. 16 as bamma fairhrau ni sind, swaswe ik us bamma fairhrau ni
im.

ik in im.

Chapter XVIII.
1

17 weihai
Is

ins in
ist

beinata sunja

qibands [esus usiddjarnq=l5e sunjai; waurd mib siponjam seinaim ufar rinnon bo Kaidron, barei was aurti]>aia

swaswe mik insandides in gards, in banei galaib leeus jah manaseb, swafa ik insandida ins siponjos is. in bo manased. 2 Wissnh ban jah Iudas sa rnz=i57 li) jah fram im ik weiha mik galfw iands ina bana stad, batei
silban.
ei

sijaina
*

*

iah eis weihai

ufta gaYddja lesus jainar

mib si-

in sunjai.

ponjam seinaim.
CA;
ij>.

28. kunni: kannei in

fraknnni

/'//

Rom. XIV.

•".'.

John XVTIT.

Ill

3 lb Iudas nam hansa jah bize gudjane jah Fareisaie andbahtans iddjuh jaindwairbs mibskeimam jah haizam jah wepnam. m}?=l59 4 lb Iesus witands alia boei qeraim ana ina, usgaggands ut qab im: hrana sokeib? 5 andhafjandans imma qebun: Iesu bana Nazoraiu. baruh qab im Iesus: ik im. stobuh ]^an jah Iudas sa levvjands ina mib im. 6 baruh swe qab im batei ik im, galibun ibukai jah gadrusun dalab. 7 ]>a]?roh ]?an ins aftra frah luana sokeib? ib eis qebun: Iesu bana Nazoraiu. 8 andhof Iesus: qab izwis batei
rnh=158
ik im; jabai

14 wasuh ban Kajafa saei garaginoda Iudaium batei batizo ist ainana mannan fraqistjan faur managein. 15 J)aruh laistida Iesu Seimon rjcl=l64 Paitrus jah anbar siponeis. Sah ban siponeis was kunbs rje=165

bamma gudjin
mi]? Iesua in

jah mibinngalaib

rohsn bis gudjins, 16 lb Paitrus stob at daurom rjq=lG6

uta.

paruh usiddja ut sa siponeis rjz=167 anbar, saei was kunbs ]?amma
gudjin, jah

qabdaurawardai, jah attauh inn Paitru. 17 paruh qab jaina bivvi sorjh=]68

daurawardo du Paitrau: ibai jah bu bize siponje is bis mans? i]>
is

nu mik

sokeib, letib

qab: ni im.

bans gaggan.
9 ei usfullnodedi bata waurd batei qab, ei ]?anzei atgaft mis, ni fraqistida ize ainummehun. 10 lb Seimon Paitrus habands rj=160 hairu uslauk ina jah sloh bis auhumistins gudjins skalk jah

18 baruh stobun skalkos jah andbahtos haurja waurkjandans, unte kald was, jah warmidedun sik; jah }mn was mib im Paitrus standands jah warmjands sik. 10 lb sa auhumista gudja frah rjj?=l69
Iesu bi siponjans
sein
is.

is

jah bi

lai-

afmaimait imma auso taihswo; sah ban haitans was namin Malkus.

20 Andhof imma

Iesus: ik and- ru=170

augjo rodida manasedai; ik sin11 baruh qa]> Iesus du Pai- teino laisida in gaqumbai jah in trau: lagei bana hairu in fodr. gudhusa, barei sinteino Iudaieis Stikl banei gaf mis atta, niu gaqimand, jah biubjo ni rodida rja=161 waiht. drigkau bana? 21 Wis mik fraihnis? fraihn ma=l71 12 J)aruh hansa jah sa busunrjb=162 difabs jah andbahtosludaie und- ]?ans hausjandans lua rodidedgripun Iesu jah gabundun ina, jau du im; sai bai witun ]?atei rjg=163 13 Jah gatauhun ina du Annin qab ik. 22 lb bata qibandin immarub=172 frumist; sa was auk swaihra Kajafin, saei was auhumists weiha sums andbahte standands gaf
bis atabnjis;

slab

lofin

Iesua qa]?uh:

swan

of abbreviation.

,

9.

atgaft; atgaf in CA.

15. Paitru»;

CA has

Prus,

without a sigu

112
andhafjis
jin?

John XVIIT.

bamma

reikistin

gud- leikamma daubau skukla gaswiltan.

rug— 173

23 Andhof

Iesus: jabai ubilaba

33 Galaib

in praitauria aftra ruh=l78

podida, weitwodei bi bata ubil; Peilatus jah wopida Iesu qabuh aibbau jabai wail;), duhre mik imma: bu is ]?iudans Iudaie?

34 andhof Iesus: abu ]ms silrud=174 2-4 panuh insandida ina Annas bin bu bata qil>is: bau anbarai gabundanana duKajafin bamma bus qebun bi mik? 35 Andhof Peilatus: waitei ikrul>=179 maisl in gudjin. rue=17." 25 I]>SeimonPaitrus was stan- Iudaius im? so biuda. beina jah dande jah warmjands sik. baruh gudjans anafulhun buk mis: Ira qe]>un du iinma: niu jah ]ni bize gatawides ? sipouje bis is? i]> is afaiaik jah 3G andhof Iesus: Jnudangardi meina nist us bamma fairluau. qab: ne, ni im. 2G qab sums ]>ize skalke bis ib us bamma fairluau wesi meina maistins gudjins, sah nibjis was biudangardi, aibbau andbahtos
slahis ?
I'.inimei

afmainiait Paitrus auso: meinai usdaudidedeina
in

ei ni

ga-

wesjau Iudaium; ij> nu biudangardi meina nist ba]>ro. mib imma? 37 paruh qab imma Peilatus: rp=l80 27 baruh aftra afaiaik Paitrus, an nuh ]>iudans is bu? andhafjah suns hana hrukida. Ka- jands Iesus (qa]?): ]>u qibis ei ruq=17G 28 I]> eis tauhun Iesu fram
niu buk salir ik

aurtigarda

lewi]>s

praitoriaun; ]>anuk was ]>iudans im ik. Ik du bamma gabaurans inirpa=l81 maurgins. ruz=l77 I]> eis ni iddjedun in praitoria. jah du bamma qam in bamma sunjai; ei ni bisauluodedeiua. ak mati- fairluau ei weitwodjau lrnzuh saei ist suujos, hausei]> dedeina pasxa. stibnos meinaizos. 29 baruh atiddja ut Peilatus 38 ]>anuh qab imma Peilatus: du im jah qab: lro wrohe bairib Ira ist so sunja? iali]>ataqi]>ands ana bana niannan? 30 andhofun jah qebun du im- galai]jut du Iudaium, jah qabim: Ik ainohun fairino ni bigita in rpb=182 ma: nih wesi saubiltojis, ni ]>au weis atgebeima ]>us ina. bamma. 3 .) I|> ist biuhti izwis ei ainanarpg=183 qab im Peilatus: ni31 baruh mi)> ina jus jah bi witoda izwa- izwis fraletau in pasxa: wileidu rainina stoji]> ina. i]> eis qebu- nu ei fraletau izwis bana ]>iudan nuh du imma Iudaieis: unsis ni Iudaie? 40 I]> eis hropidedun aftra rpd=184 skuld ist usqimau manne ainumallai qi]>andans: ne bana, ak mehun. 32 ei waurd fraujius usfullno- Barabban. sah ban was ea Ba(<'. batei qab bandwjands lri- rabba waidedja.
iafin in
(

36. nedaudidedeina

;

aedaadedideina inCA.

87. qa)>;

wanting

in

GA.

John XIX.

118

rpe=185

1 tan, unte sik silban gups sunu Iesu jah usblaggw. 2 jah bai gadrauhteis uswun- gatawida:

weis Chapter XIX. aihum, jah bi pamma panuh ]?an nam Peilatus witoda unsaramma skal g;is\vil-

]'

dun wipja us baurnum jah ga8 Bibe gahausida Peilatus bnta .>-yl»=192 lagidedun imma ana haubid, jah waurd, mais ohta sis,
wastjai paurpurodai gawaside-

9 jah galaib in praitauria afdun ina, tra jah qa]> du Iesua: hjabro is 3 jah qebun: hails biudans Iu- ]m? Iesus andawaurdi ni gaf
daie;

imma. lofin. 10 paruh qab imma Peilatus: *yg=193 rpq=lSG 4 Atiddja aftra ut Peilatus jah du mis ni rodeis? niu waist baqab im: sai attiuha izwis ina ut, tei Avaldufni aih ushramjan buk ei witeib ]>atei in imma ni aino- jah Avaldufni aih fraletan buk? hun fairino bigat. 11 andhof Iesus: ni aihtedeis rpz=l87 5 paruh usiddja ut Iesus bai- waldufnje ainhun ana mik, nib rands bana baurneinan waip jah wesi bus atgibau iupabro; duh]>e bo paurpurodon wastja. jah qab sa galewjands mik ]>us maizein im: sa ist sa manna. frawaurht habaid. rph=188 6 paruh bibe selrun ina bai 12 framuh ]'amma sokida Peislahins

jah gebun

imma

maistansgudjansjah andbahtos, hropidedun qi]>andans ushramei, ushramei ina. rpp=l89 Qab im Peilatus: nimib ina jus
:

latus fraletan

ina;

i]>

Iudaieis

hropidedun qij^andans: jabai ba-

na

fraletis, ni is

frijondsKaisara;

ry=l90
rya=191

jah hramjib; Jp ik fairina in
7

imma Andhofun imma
2.

salrazuh izei Jnudan sik silban taujib, andstandty Kaisara. 13 banuh Peilatus hausjands ni bigita.
Iudaieis: ]uze.
. .

.

XIX,

wipja; wippja in CA; cp. Mk.

XV,

17,

8

Du Rumouim.
bai]> anbaramma, Chapteb VI. bamma us 2' ])o auk launa frawanrhtais dau]?aim urreisaudin, ei akran daubus; i]> ansts gubs libains bairaima guba. ]>an auk wesum in leika. winaiwoino in Xristau Iesu fraujin none Erawaurhte ]>os bairh witob unsaramma. waurhtedun in libum uusaraim Chapter VII. du akran bairan daubau; pau niu witub, brobrjus, 1 6 i}> nu sai andbundanai waurkimnandam auk witob rodja,ba]>um af witoda, gadaubnandans tei witoj? fraujinob maun swa in bammei gahabaidai weeum, lagga lreila swe libaib?

skalkinoma in niujibai ah2 jah auk ufwaira qens at li- Bwaei mins jah ni fairnibai bokos. bandin abin gabundana ist wi7 lua nu qibam? wito]> fratoda; abban jabai gaewiltib aba. galauejada af bamma witoda waurhts ist? nis sijai; ak frawaurht ni ufkunbedjau, nih bairh abins. 3 bannu ban at libandin abin \vito]>: uute lnstn nih kunbedjau,
haitada horinondei, jabai wairbib waira anbarammaj ib jabai gaewiltib wair, t'riia istbiswitodis, ei ni sij.ii horinondei waurbana abin anbaramma. 4 swaei nu jah jus, brobrjue meinai, afdaubidai waurbub witoda bairh leik Xristaus, <'i wairnih wito]> qebi: ni gairnjais.

j

8 ij> lew nimandei frawaurhts bairh anabuan gawanrhta in mis allana lustu; uute inn witob frawaurhts nans was. 9 ik qius inn witob simle;
i]>

qimandein anabuanai wanrhta gaqiunoda,

fra-

The remains of the Epistle to the Roman* are preserved as follows: — In the Ambroaian Codex A: VIl'.I-VIII. V>: VIII, 84—XI, 7.• XI, 11-88; XII. 8—XIV, XII. 6; XVI, 21—24-, in Codex Carotene: XI. 83 [See this) — XII. 5; 9—20; XV. .7—7.7. Hence the veraea XII, IT— XIII. r, occur in both MSS. — In alia little more than £ of the Epistle. VII. 2. ufwaira {with Massmann). not uf waira. before which the article could
.!.-

7.

7-1.

J. frawaurhte; (rawaurhti in A. not well be omitted; c}>. ut'ai|>jai: Neb. VI, 18. 9. sun!»•, indistinct. 8. naus. probably in A.

Roman»

VII. VII .

115

10 ib ik gadaubnoda, jah bi- mis gob taujan, unte mis atist gitana warb mis anabusns, sei ubil. was du libainai, wisan du dau22 gawizneigs im auk witoda

gubs bi bamma innumin mann, 11 unte frawaurhts lew niman23 abban gasaihja anbar widei bairh anabusn uslutoda mik tob in libum meinaim, andweijah bairh bo usqam. hando witoda ahmins meinis jah 12 a]?ban nu swebauh witob frahinbando mik in witoda fraweihata, jah anabusns weiha jah waurhtais bamma wisandiu in
bau.

garaihta jah biubeiga. libum meinaim. 13 bata nu biu]?eigo warb mis 24 wainags ik manna!
dau]>us? nis
sijai,

Iras

ak frawaurhts, mik lauseib us bamma leika dauei uskunba waurj?i frawaurhts, baus bis? bairh ]>ata Jnubeigo mis ga25 awiliudo guba bairh Iesu waurkjandei daubu, ei waurbi Xristu fraujan unsarana; jau nu uf arassau f rawaurhta frawaurhts silba ik skalkino gahugdai wibairh anabusn. toda gubs, ib leika witoda fra14 witum auk batei wito]? ah- waurhtais ? mein ist; ib ik leikeins im, fraChapter VIII. bauhts uf frawaurht. 15 ]>atei waurkja ni frabja; 1 Ni waiht bannu nu wargibos unte ni batei wiljau tauja, ak ]?aim in Xristau Iesu ni gaggan]?atei hatja, ]>ata tauja.

dam

bi leika.

16

ib

]?ata tauja, gaqiss
tei go]?;

jabai batei ni wiljau, 2 unte witob ahmins libainais im witoda ba- in Xristau Iesu frijana brahta

mik witodis frawaurhtais jah

17 ib nu ju ni ik waurkja ]?ata, daubaus. ak so bauandei in mis frawaurhts. 3 unte bata unmahteigo wito18 wait auk batei ni bauib in dis, in bammei siuks was bairh mis, bat' ist in leika meinamma, leik, gub seinana sunu insandbiub. unte wiljan atligib mis, ib jands in galeikja leikis frawaurh-

gawaurkjan gob ni tais jah bi frawaurht gawargida 19 unte ni batei wiljau waurk- frawaurht in leika, 4 ei garaihtei witodis usfulljaija gob, ak batei ni wiljau ubil dau in uns, ]?aim ni bi leika gagtauja. 20 jabai nu batei ni wiljau ik, gandam ak bi ahmin. 5 unte bai bi leika wisandans bata tauja, ju ni ik waurkja ita, ak sei bauib in mis frawaurhts. ]?o boei leikis sind mitond; ib 21 bigita nu witob, wiljandin bai bi ahmin bo boei ahmins.

10.
i

gadaubnoda; noda

is illegible.

— 24.

wainags; the g

is

faded.

— 25.
line.

ik;

in A.

VIII, 4.

ak

bi

ahmin

;

added

in

smaller letters at the close of the

no
ab]>an frabi
leikis

Romans

VIII. IX.

daubus, ib jah unK'eilo agio hairtin meifrabi ahminslibamsjahgawairju: nanima. 3 usbidja auk anabaima wisan 7 unte frabi leikis, fijands du guba, witoda gubs ni ufhauseib, silba ik af Xristau faur brobruns
i]>

nih

mag.
in

meinans bans samakunjans
leika
ni

bi

8
9

a]']>an

wieandans

leika,
•4

guba galeikan
i]>

magun.
ak

]?aiei

jus ni siju]> in leika

ist frastisibia

sind Israeleitai. bizeei jah wulbus jah wi-

in alimin.

swebauh jabai ahma todis garaideins jaktriggwos jah

gubs bauib in izwis. i]> jabai Iras skalkinassus jah gahaita. alnnan Xristaus ni habaib, sa 5 bizeei attans, jah us baimei
nist
is.

10 jabai auk Xristus
leik raihtis.
.)4
.

in izwis.

Xristus bi leika. saei ist ufar allaim gnb biubibs in aiwaia.

.

.

amen.
ist

... saei

in

taihswon

abban swebauh

ni

nsdraus

gubs, saei jah bidjib faur uns; waurd gu]>s. ni auk allai Jmi us 35 tuas uns afskaidai af fria- lsraela, ]>ai sind Israel;

bwai Xristaus? agio )>au agg7 nib ]>aiei siiaina fraiw Abrawiba ban wrakja ban huhrusbau hamis, allai barna, ak in leaka naqadei ]>au slei]>ei bau hairus? haitada bus fraiw: 36 swaswe gameli]> ist ]n\tei in 8 bat' ist. ni ]?o barna leikis ])uk gadaubjanda all dagis, rah- barna gubs, ak barna gahaitis nidaj wesum swelamba elauhtais. rahnjanda du fraiwa. akei in bairn allaim jiukam 9 gahaitis auk waurd }->ax' ist: bairh bana frijondan uns. bi bamma mela qiina. jah wairni dau- ]u]> Sarrin sunns. 38 gatraua auk ]>atei bus ni libains. nih aggiljus ni 10 a]']>an ni batain, ak jah reikja, ni niahteis.nih andwairbo Raibaikka us ainamma galigrja nih anawairbo, habandei, Isakis attins linearis; nih haubiba nih diupiba, 11 a]']'an nauhjmnuh ni ganih gaskafts anbara magi uns bauranai wesun, ai]>]>au tawideafskaidan af friabwai gabs bizai deina Ira biubis aibbau unbiu-

M

.'!'.)

in

ramma.

gawaleinai minis gubs wisai. ni us waurstwam, ak us Chapter IX. bamma labondin, 12 qiban ist izai batei sa maiza 1 Sunja qiba, ni waiht linga, mibweitwodjandein mis mibwis- skalkinob bamma minnizin, 13 swaswe gamelib ist: Iakob sein meinai in ahmin weihamma, 2 batei saurga mis ist mikila frijoda, ib Ksaw fijaida.
]>is.

Xristau

Icsu

fraujin

unsa-

ei bi

88. aggiljus; aggeljue

///

A.

reikja,

aad 89; an)'aia nre much
in

faded.

IX. 8. osbidja; oebida in A. according to Caatigboue, but Uppatrom baa uot noticed

1-. fijaida;

the

margin stood andwaih,
it.

Romans

IX.

117

nu qibam? ibai inwin25 swaswe jah in Osaiin qi]nb: di]?a fram guba? nis sijai. haita ]>o in managein meina ma15 du Mose auk qi]>ib: gaarma nagein meina jah bo unliubon
14
lira

]>anei

arm a, jah

gablei}>ja (banei liubon,

20 jahwairbib in]?amma stada bannu nu ni wiljandins ni )?arei qibada im ni managei 16 rinnandins, ak armandins gu]?s. meina jus, ]?ai haitanda sunjus 17 qij>ib auk bata gamelido du gubs libandins. Faraona unte du bamma silbin 27 ib Esa'ias hropeib bi Israel:
bleibja).

gabairhtjau bi jabai wesi rabjo suniwe Israelis bus maht meina, jahgateihaidau swaswe malma mareins, laibos nam mein and alia airba. ganisand. 18 bannu nu jai banei wili ar28 waurd auk ustiuhands jah mai]?, ib banei wili gahardeib. gamaurgjands in garaihtein, unte 19 qibis mis nu: abban lira waurd gamaurgib taujib frauja nauh faianda? unte wiljin is liras ana airbai. andstandib? 29 jah swaswe fauraqab Esa'ias: 20 ]>annu nu, jai manna, bu nih frauja Sabaob bili]u unsis was is ei andwaurdjais guba? fraiwa, swe Saudauma]?au waururraisida ]mk,
ei

ibai qibib gadigis

du

bamma dei-

gandin:

lira

mik gatawides swa?

beima jah swe Gaumaurra bau galeikai waurbeima.

laubamma?
22

21 bau niu habaib kasja wallira nu qibam? batei biudos bamma samin 30 bos ni laistjandeins garaihtein daiga taujan sum du galaubamgaraihtein, abban ma kasa, sumub |>an du unga- gafaifahun bo garaihtein us galaubeinai,
dufni gallons us
ib jabai wiljands

gub

us-

31

ib Israel, laistjands wito]?

taiknjan bwairhein jah uskann- garaihteins, bi witob garaihteins jan bata mahteigo usbeidands in ni gasnau. 32 dulire? unte ni us galaumanagai laggamodein bi kasam bwairheins gamanwidaim du fra- beinai, ak us waurstwam witodis; bistuggqun du staina bilustai,

gakannidedi gabein wul]>aus seiuis bi kasam armaions, ]>oei fauragamanwida du wulbau? 24 banzei jah laboda uns, ni ]>atainei us Iudaium, ak jah us
ei

23

stuggqis,

33 swaswe gamelib

ist;

sai ga-

lagja in Sion stain bistuggqis jah hallu gamarzeinais, jah sa galaubjands du imma ni gaaiwi-

biudonij
15.

skoda.

Must bammei banei bleibja; wanting, or entirely faded out in A. 19. faianda; Holtzmann ('Altdeutscfie Grammatik', p. 12) be added? bleibja 23. wulbaus; wulbus in A. 20. deigandin; digandin. .supposes laianda. 32. unte; added above the line. 30. galaubeinai; nai is entirely faded out. 33. sa galaubjands; sa laubjands in A; see note to X, 11.

— —

— —

118

Romans

.

11 qibib auk bata gameli]>: 1 Brobrjus, sa raihtis wilja lrazuli sa galaubjands du imma melius hairtins jah bida du gu]>a ni gaaiwiskoda. 12 ni auk ist gaskaideins Iubi ins du naseinai. 2 weitwodja auk im ]>atei aljan daiaus jah Krekis; sa sama auk gu]>s haband, akei ni bi kunpja; franja allaize, gabigs in alia us unkunnandans auk gubs ga- ]>ans bidjandans sik.
3
raihtein

Chapter

.

13 luazuh auk saei anahaitib seina garaihtein sokjandans stiurian garaihtein bidai namo fraujins, ganisib. 14 lraiwa nu bidjand du ]?amgu]?s ni ufhausidedun.
jah

4 ustauhts auk witodisXristus mei ni galaubidedun? aibbau du garaihtein allaini ]>aini ga- lraiwa galaubjand ]>amniei ni
hausidedun? i]> lraiwa hausjand merjandan? garaih- inu 5 Moses auk melei]? 15 i]> lraiwa merjand niba intein us witoda, batei sa taujands sandjanda? swaswe ganieli]> ist: ]>o manna libaib in izai. lraiwa skaunjai fotjus ]uze spilG ib so us galaubeinai garaihtondane gawairbi, ]>ize spillonni qibais in hairtin

laubjandam.

]

tei

swa

qi]U]>:

]>einainma: Iras ussteigi]> in hiiiiiii?

bat' ist Xristu dala]> at-

dane ]>iu]>. 16 akei ni

allai

ufhausidedun

aiwaggeljon. Esaias auk qibib: tiuhan; frauja, Iras galaubida hauseina 7 ai]>]>au: Iras gasteigib in afunsarai? grandiba? bat' ist Xristu us 17 ]>annu galaubeins us gadan]'aini iup ustinhan. hauseinai, ib gahauseins bairh 8 akei Ira qi|?ij>? nelra bus waurd Xristaus.

bata waurd

ist,

in

munba

]>ei-

18 akei qiba, ibai ni hausidenannna jah in hairtin ]>einamma; raihtis and alia airba ga\>;\\' ist waurd galaubcinais ]>a- dun? laib drunjus ize jah and andins tei merjam.
9
]'ai

jabai andliaitis in

munba midjnngardis \aurda

ize.

19 akei qiba, ibai Israel ni lanbeis in hairtin beinamma ba- fan]»? frnmist Moses qibib: ik in tei gub ina- nrraisida us dau- aljana izwis brigga in unbiudom,

beinamma

fraujin Ieeu, jah ga-

baim, ganisis.

bindai unfrabjandein in ]>wair10 hairto auk galaubeib du hein izwis brigga. 20 i]> EsaTas anananbeib jah garaihtibai, i]> munba andhaiqibib: bigitans warb bairn mik ni tada du ganistai.
in

margin ijo, the remaJudef of .v. us daapsim; as da added above n gloss; UppetrOin e&w nothing of it. 77. galaubjands; ga above the Ene. — 12. sa sama: sa added in Hit* the lino. 14. bidjand; jand above the line, inu; ina in .1. margin.
A'.
7.

tap; :iccortHn<! <> Castiglione, in the

.

.

.

— —

Romans

.

XI.

no

gasok jan dam, swikunbs war]? 18 ni lrop ana bans astans, ]?aim mik ni gafraihnandam. jabai bjopis, ni bu ]?o Avaurt bai21 ib du Israela qibi]>: allana ris, ak so vvaurts bairi]? buk. 10 qi]>is nu: usbruknodedun dag usbraidida handuns memos du managein ungalaubjandein astos, ei ik intrusgjaidau. 20 Availa ungalaubeinai usjah andstandandeiii. bruknodedun, ib }>u galaubein.ii Chapter XI. gastost. ni liugei hauhaba, ak
;

I Qi]?a nu, ibai afskauf gub arbja seinamma? nis sijai; jah auk ik Israeleites im.
. .

21 ]?andei gub bans us gabaur]>ai

astans

ni freidida, ibai

aufto

II ak bizai
. .

gadruseina? nis sijai; 22 Sai nu selein jah lrassein ize missadedai war]? gagaraihta gu]>s, ab]>an ana bairn uists biudoni, du in aljana brig.

ni ]?uk freidjai.

ei

jabai bairliAvisis in selein, aibbau jah bu usmaitaza. fairlrau jah Avanains ize 23 jahjainai, nibai gatulgjand Juudom, liran mais fullo ize? sik in ungalaubeinai, intrusg13 izAvis auk qiba ]>iudom: SAva janda; mahteigs auk ist gu]> aflagga swe ik im biudo apaustau- tra intrusgjan ins.

gan

]>aiei

gadrusun

luassein, ib

ins.

ana

12

ib jabai

missadeds

ize

gabei gabei

]>us selein,

lus,

24 jabai auk bu us Avistai uskraiwa in aljana briggau maitans bis wilbjins aleAvabigleik mein jah ganasjau sumans mis jah aljakuns Avisands intrns-• us im. gibs warst in god ana alewajabai auk uswaurpa ize ga- bagm, Iran filu mais bai bi wi15 bei fairhraus, lira so andanumts, stai intrusgjanda in SAA esana ale14
ei
T

andbahti mein mikilja,

nibai libains us

daubaim?

wabagm ?

25 ni auk Aviljau izAA'is uiiAvei16 bandei ufarskaftsweiha, jah daigs; jah jabai Avaurts Aveiha, sans, bro^rjus, bizos runos, ei ni
sijaiji in izavis silbam frodai, unto jah astos. 17 jah jabai sumai bize aste daubei bi sumata Israela warb, usbruknodedun, ib ]m wilbeis und]>atei fullo biudo inngalei]>ai, 26 jah swa allai Israel ganialewabagms Avisands intrusgibs ins jah gamains bizai sand, SAAasAve gamelib ist: urrinwarst in Avaurtai jah smairbra alewabag- nib us Sion sa lausjands du afAA'andjan afgudein af Iakoba. mis Avarst,

— 22.

added below the line. — 24. wilbjins; wilbjia in A. — 25. unweisans; was put above the line, but only un is (well) discernible ; cp. II Cor. I, 8. I Thess. IV, 13. bi sumata; bi wanting in A ; see II Cor. I, 14. II, 5.
hrassein; sein

17. waurtai; A has waurhtai, XI, 1. arbja; only the two as are discernible. being probably scratched. 18. astans; A has anstans, the being scratched. the h

120

Romans
jali

XI. XII.

so im fram mis triggwa, )>an afnima t'rawaurhtins ize.

27

2 ni galeikob izwis

jnmimaaiwa
fra]>-

(akimnaidjaij^) ananiujij>ai

aiwaggeljon fijan- jis izwaris. du gakiusan Ira sijai daiis in izwara. \p bi gawaleinai wilja gu]>s. }>atei go]> jah galeiliubai ana attaiie; kai]> jah ustauhan. 20 inn idreiga eind auk gibos 3 qi]>a auk }?airh anst gu]>s jah la^ons gu|>s. seigibanaist mis, allaim wisana)'|);in bi

28

30 swaswe
ni

raihtie jus

snman dam
nu
ize

galaubidedu]>

gu]>a.
]>izai

gaarmaidai waur]ui)'

mais fra]>ian ]>au skuli fra]>jan. ak fra]>jan du waila fra]\ian. Irarjammeh swaswe
in izwis ni

ungalaubeinai. gup gadailida mitap> galaubeijali ]>ai nu ni galaubi- nais. 31 ewa dedun izwarai armaion, ei jah eis 4 swaswe raihtie in ainamma gaarmaindau. leika managans habani.

32 galank auk gup allans
nngalanbeinai, mai.
ei

in

allans

gaar-

psap ]>an li]>jus allai mo taui haband.
5

ni ]>ata si-

ewa managai
. .

a in leik siium

33 dinptya gabeins handn- in Xiistau. a]']';m ainlranizuh geins jah witubnjis gu]v?: lraiwa anj>ar. anusepilloda Bind stanos is jah sa dailjands inallswerein, 8
.
.
.

unbilaistidai wigoe
jins?

is.

sa sa

faurastandands

in osdaudein,

34 Iras auk ufkun)>a frajufrauaib)>au hraa
ai]i)'au

imma

armands
9
fiia]nva

in hlasein.

ragineis

unliuta

;

fiandans

was?
•*."

Iras

imma fruma

ubila. haftjandans

godamma,
in izwis

10 broju-alubon
fria]nvaniildjai.

misso
izwis

gaf, jah fragildaidau imma'.'

sw<>ri]>ai

36 ante us imma jah |?airh ina misso fanrarahnjandans, jab in imma alia inimuh wuljuis 11 usdaudein ni latai. ahmin du aiwam. amen. wnlandans, Eranjin ekalkinon;

dans, 12 wenai faginondans, aglons izwis, Bidja ]>aiih 1>1••]<> uuj>s. asgiban lei- us]'ulandans. bidai haft iandaiis. ka izwara sand qiwana weihana L3 andawiznini weihaixe gawaila galeikaidana gn)?a, anda- mainjandans, gastigodein gaI'ahtana blotinassu izwarana. laistiandans.
1

Chapteb XII.
nu

broju-jus.

S3, c in themargin.
(Jar.

haudupfins

is

the last nor»/ from

.1.

with jah witubnjia

begins; see

i>.

114.

tlie.se two wortls form line which waa cut off. hut by Lobe, according to Mk. IX. 2. The |> wns erroneously repeated ai ira)>jis: <;ir. baa the beginning of the next lint-, and afterward partiahy erased.

XII. 2. nk ininaidjai)':
tred

traina)>ii>.
li|>jn(<•/'.

ma

/ Tii>-.>. in

•". with an]>aE Car. breaks off: add an|'ari.being scratched. V. 11. Eph. 4. 25). 8. with sa dailjaml- .1 begins. aDsvreran

(./. -r-

(Taal-en Letterbode 1875) tonjecturea alaweretn.

Romans

XII. XIII.

121
silbans

14 biubjaib
izwis, ]?iubjaib

]?ans

wrikandans

i]>

bai andstandandans

jah ni unbiubjai]?;

sis

wargiba nimand.
ubilamma.

15 faginon mib faginondam, gretan mib gretandam.

"3 bai auk reiks ni sind agis go-

damma waurstwa ak

misso abban wileis ei ni ogeis waldufni? frabjandans, ni hauhaba hug- biub taujais, jah habais hazein jandans, ak bairn hnaiwam mib- us bamma; gawisandans; ni wairbaib inahai 4 unte gubs andbahts ist bus

16 bata samo

in izwis

bi izwis silbam.

in
jis,

godamma.
ogs; unte ni

ib jabai ubil tau-

ainummehun ubil mid ubilamma usgibandans, bisai17
ni

bairi}>;

swarebana hairu gubs auk andbahts ist

hrandans godia ni ]?atainei in fraweitands in bwairhein bamma andwairbja gubs ak jah in and- ubil taujandin. wairbja manne allaize, 5 dubbe ufhausjai]?, ni batainei

18 jabai magi wairban us
wis,
bi

iz-

in bwairheins
seins.

ak jah

in mibwis-

mib allaim mannam gawair-

6 inub bis auk jah gilstra us19 ni izwis silbans gawrikan- tiuhaib; unte andbahtos gu]?s dans, liubans, ak gibib stab sind in ]?amma silbin skalkinonbwairhein gameli]? ist auk mis dans.

habandans,

fraweit letaidau, ik fragilda, qi]ub frauja.

nu allaim skuldo, bammei gabaur gabaur, bammei 20 jabai gredo fijand beinana, mota mota, bammei agis agis, mat gif imma, ib jabai ]?aursjai, bammei sweriba sweriba. 8 ni ainummehun waihtais skudragkei ina; bata auk taujands haurja funins rikis ana haubibis. lans sijaib, nibabatei izwis misso
7
usgibib

;

:

21 ni gajiukaizau af unbiuba, frijob; unte saei frijob neluundjan, witob usfullida. ak gajiukais af ]>iuba unbiub. 9 bata auk nihorinos,ni maur-

Chapter XIII.

brjais, ni hlifais, ni faihugeigais,

1 All saiwalo waldufnjam ufar- jah

jabai

luo anbaraizo ana-

wisandam

unte nist busne ist, in bamma waurda uswaldufni alja fram guba, ib bo fulljada, bamma frijos neluundwisandona fram guba gasatida jan beinana swe buk silban. 10 friabwa nelrundjins ubil ni sind, 2 swaei sa andstandands wal- waurkeib; usfulleins nu witodis dufnjagubs garaideinai andstob. ist friabwa.
ufhausjai,

IT. With in

andwairbja gu}>s Car. begins again (Seep. 114).

19. letaidau

in A, leitaidau in Car.

in the

5. after ufhausjai]? Car. breaks XIII, 4. hairu in Car., hairau in A. margin. 8. izwis above the line; only traces remain.

off.

ak

122

Romans

XIII. XIV.

9 jali qiwaim jah dau]>ahn 11 jah ]>ata witandans J?ata )>atfi mel ist mis ju us fraujino)?. beihs, 10 ij? )>u Ira stojis bro]nir ]>eielepa urreisan; ante nu neluis ist Qaeeins uneara J?au j?an galau- nana? ai]>]>au jah )»u Ira frakant brojwr ]>einamnia? allai auk bidedum. stauastola 12 nnlits frauds gnlaij\ i]?dags gasatjanda faura
.
. .

atneluida.

wam

uswairpammiwanrst- Xristaus. 11 ganieli]) gawasjam sarriqizia,
]>i]>

ist

auk: libaik,

qi-

ujini liuhadis.

frauia.

}>atei

mis

all

1^ ewe
kaneim,

in

daga garedaba gag-

biugi]) jah andhaiti]' all

kniwe razdo

gaiina, ni
ni

gabanram jah drug-

gu)>a.

12 ]>annu nu lrarjizuh unsara Iigram jah aglaitjam, fram sis ra]'jon usgibi)? gu]>a. ni haifetai jah aljana. 14 ak gahamo]? fraujin unsa13 ni ]ninainais nu uns misso ramma Xristau Iesua, jah leikis stojaima, ak ]>ata stojai)? ma is. mini ni taujai)> in lustiins. ei ni satjaib bistugq broju• ai)>-

1

I]>

Chapteb XIV. nnmahteigana galanbei-

]>au

gamarzein.
in fraujin

nai andnimai]». ni du tweifleinai

14 wait Jag gatraua [eeua ]>att>i ni waiht

gawamm

mitone. 2 sums raihtie galaubei)> matjan allata,
ist.
i]>

bairh sik silbo. niba ]>amnia niunandin Ira nnhrain wiean, )>am-

saei

anmahteigs

ma gamain
15
i]
1

ist.

grae matji]>.
s;i

jabai ni

matis bro]?ar
bi iria)>\vai

3

iiiatjands

]>amma ni mat-

)>eins

gaurjada, ju ni

jandin ni frakunni, i}> 8a ni iiiat- gaggis. ni nunu mat a |><>innnijands ]>ana matjandan ni stojai, hia jainamma Eraqietjaie faur ]>anei Xristus gaswalt. gu]> auk ina andnain.

4

]>u

Iras

is

]

>n«»i

stojis

fra-

1G
]>iul>.

ni

wajamerjaidau

unsar

ma]>iana skulk? sciiianiina fraujin standi]>ni]>]mudriusi]>: a]>]'au

auk bindangardi gu|'s standi)», mahteigs auk ist frauia mats jah dragk, ak garaihtei jah gawair]?i jah fahe]>s in ahmin gasto]?an ina. 5 sums raihtie stoji]> dag liin- weihamma. 18 saci auk in )>aim skalkino]> dar daga.
17
nist
. .

XIV,
the
fine.

S. lnikiimii

;

l'nikuni in A.

matjandan;

.1

baa matjandin.

ina; a

above

probably for gaatopanan in MS. [tor. TV, 11: UDgBBbopai, to which gaatopen, as eweran to wen; </<. however daga gaainanaidai in I Tbeaa. II, 17; and eeegaehofan in the glossary. — •' .1 ft

— 4. gaeto)>an —
9.

(Uppatrdm

;m<l Heyne); so

breaks off. more than the
.1

<;i...

I.

end.
;

with jah qiwaim Gar. begina again, jah qiwaim jab dan]>aim; '//</«'' baffwas cut off by the hinder of the codex ; eee the facsimile in
11. nil; Cir.
((/>. u,
;

hrain wiean

this line

11. hra unbaa alia, the anal a being scratched. above) waa cut off. only a few traces of the lower half

remain.

17.

|>iadangardi

Car.

baa }?iadangard.

Romans XIV. XV. XVI.
Xristau, waila galeikai]? guba jah gakusans ist mannam. 19 J?annu nu boei gawairbjis Bind, laistjaima jah boei timreinais sind in uns misso. 20 ni nunu in matis gatair waurstw gubs.
.
.

123

dom,

frauja, jah

namin beinam-

ma

liubo.

10 jah aftra qibib: sifaib, biudos, mib managein is. 11 jah aftra qibib: hazji]?, alios
biudos, fraujan, jah hazjaina ina
alios

.

manageins.

3

.

.

.

.

12 jah aftra Esaeias qibib: Chapter XV. wairbib waurts Iaissaizis jah sa bize idweitjandane buk usstandands reikinob Juudom, du
fulljai iz. .

imma biudos wenjand. gadrusun ana mik. 13 ib gub lubainais 4 swa filu auk swe fauragameunsarai laiseinai wis allaizos fahedais. lib war]?, du
.

gamelib war)?,

ei

bairh bulain jah

gabrafstein boko wen habaima. 5 ib gub bulainais jah brafstei-

Chapter XYI.
21 ... jah Lukius jah Iasson

nais gibai izwis bata samo frab- jah Soseipatrus bai nibjos meijan in iz\vis misso bi Xristu Iesu, nai. 22 golja izwis ik Tairtius sa 6 ei gawiljai ainamma munba hauhjaib gub jah attan fraujins meljands bo aipistaulein in fraujin. unsaris Iesuis Xristaus. 23 goleib izwis Gaius wairdus 7 in bizei andnimaib izwis misso, swaswe jah Xristus and- meins jah allaizos aikklesjons. goleib izwis Airastus fauragaggnam izwis du wulbau gubs.

auk Xristu Iesu and- ja baurgs jah Qartus sa bro]?ar. 24 ansts fraujins unsaris Iesuis (bimaitis) baht waurbanana fram sunjai gubs, du gatulgjan Xristaus mibahmin izwaramma.
8
qi]?a

amen. gahaita attane, Du Rumonim ustauh. 9 ib biudos in armahairteins hauhjan gu]?, swaswe gameli]? Du Rumonim melib ist us Kaurinbon. ist: dubbe andhaita bus in biu»

XV,
(Cp.

S. bimaitis; the line

containing this

word

(restored
off.

by Lobe) was cut

off

13. After fahedais XIV, 0. 14). XVI, 21. Here A begins again.

Car. breaks

Du
Chapteb
...
I.

Kaurin]>iiim A.

12

ik

iin
i]>

Pawlaus,
ik

Apaullons, Xristaus.

Kefine,

ank: fraqietja ib ik enutrein ]uze snutrane, jah froib ik dein ]>ize frodane uskiusa.
ist

19 gameli]>

20 lrar handugs?
XristuB?
war]»
ia
iz-

hrar boka-

13
1

(lisdaili]>s ist

ibai reie? hrar eokareie bia aiwie? ni

K ,\

wins ushrami]>s
ai]>)>au in

dwala gatawida gu]> handugein

wara, ]'is fairhjaus? daupidaJ weeeib? 21 unte ank in handugein gube 14 awiliudo guba ei ainnohun ni ufkunnaida ea faiilrns bairh izwara ni daupida niba Krispu handugein gub, galeikaida guba jah Gaiu; bairh ]>o dwali]>a juzos wailamel.">

namin Pawlaue

oi

hras ni

<

] >

i

]>atei in

mei-

namma
16
ik

reinaie

ganasjan bans galaub-

22 ante Iudaieis taikne bidStaifanaus gadaukans; ]>at;i anjand, i]> Krekoa handugein eokbar ni wait ei ainnohun danpijand)

namin danpidedjau. jandans. daupida auk ja]> bans

dedjau.

insandida niik Xristns daupjan ak wailamerjan, ni in enutrein waurdis, ei ni lausjaidau galga Xrietaue 18 unte bata waurd galgins bairn Eralusnandam dwaliba ist.
ni)> ]>an
i]>

17

Tesu uehraniidana. Iudaiuni gainaizein. i]>
i]>

23

weifl

merjam

|>aim

biudom dwaliba, 24 i)> balm galabodam Iudaie jah biudo Xristn guba nialit jah gube handugein 25 unte so dwaliba gube hanganieandam mahts gube
;

ist.

dugozei
The remains

mannam.

.

.

{a

littl••
.1

preserved
V,

in

Ambr.
VII,

more than %) of tin- first Epistle to the Corinthians an and // {See Introduction, p. 00); in A: I. l~ — -.'>. IV, 'J— 12.

8— 71,1.
.

5—28.
17.

,0—,9.
Hence
in

XII. 10—22.

XIII. 1-1-'.
24.

: 20—27.

/••

IX.H>-X.4. X, 15—XI,

2

/

/
I.

,

—.-,.

,4—7, .
:

.

XI,

21—81.

7,28
/ /.

II.

. 48—
h'i.

hot I, manuscripts
18. i*t
is

X

I".

48—

17.

X 17

28. 24.
12.

Pawlaue; Pawiue in A.

Xristus; above the

lint',

the second

word being faded.

25. bandogoxei;

taded.

I Corinthians IV. V.

125
ip weis un-

Chapter IV.
2
. . .

zup ]?an wulpagai,

ei

lnas triggwsbigitaidau. swerai,

11 und po nu meila jah hugri3 appan mis in minnistin ist dai jah paursidai jah naqadai ei fram izwis ussokjaidau aippau fram mauniskamma daga; akei jah kaupatidai jah ungastopai
nih

mik silbau ussokja; 4 nih waiht auk mis silbin

12
mi]>.

jah.

.

.

garaihtips im; ip saei ussokeip mik, frauja ist. 5 ]?annu nu ei faur mel ni stojaip, unte qimai frauja, saei jah galiuhteip analaugn riqizis jah galiuhteip runos hairtane; jah ]?an hazeins wairpip luarjammeh
wait, akei ni in

3 ju gastauida swe andwairps pana swa pata gataujandan, 4 in namin fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xristaus samap gagaggandam izwis jah meinamma ahmin, mi}? mahtai fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xristaus, fram gupa. 5 atgiban pana swaleikana un6 po pan, broprjus, pairhgaleihulpin du qisteinai leikis, ei koda in mis jah Apaullon in izahma ganisai in daga fraujins wara, ei in ugkis ganimaip ni Iesuis. ufar patei gameli]? ist frapjan, ei 6 ni god a luoftuli izwara; niu ains faur aiuana ana anparana witup ]?atei leitil beistis allana ufblesans ni sijai. daig gabeisteip? 7 hras aukpuk ussokeip? luaup 7 ushraineip ]?ata fairnjo beist, j?an habais patei ni namt? aipei sijaip niujis daigs, swaswe si. .

pamma

Chapter V.

pau jabai andnamt,
swe
ni

lira

liropis,

jai]?

unbeistjodai; jah

auk paska

unsara ufsnipans ist faur uns gabigai Xristus. waur]?ub; inn uns piudanodedu]?; 8 pannu dulpjam ni in beista jah wainei piudanodedei]>, ei jah fairnjamma, nip pan in beista weis izwis mippiudanoma balwaweseins jah unseleins, ak in 9 man auk pei gup uns apau- unbeistein unwammeins jas sunstauluns spedistans ustaiknida, jos. swaswe daupubljans, unte fair9 gamelida izwis ana pizai ai8 ju sadai
sijup;

nemeis?

ju

weitl

waurpum

pizai

manasedai

pistaulein: ni blandaip izwis ho-

jah aggilum jah

mannam.

fairmaus jus frodai in Xristau; weizup pan ai]?pau paim faihufrikam jah wilunmahteigai, ip jus swinpai; ju- wam aippau galiugam skalki-

10

'weis dwalai in Xristaus, ip

ram, 10 ni paim horam

pis

IV, 6. }?airhgaleikoda
V, 7.

;

originally

fairnjo;

A had

faarnjo,

stood before d, but has been scratched. which has been corrected. 8. dul]?jam;

1

is

added above the

line.

126

I

Corinthians

.

..
ib]>aiin

nondam, unte

skuldedei]? ]>au us

10

]»;nnma fairlrau usgaggan. 11 i]> nu gainelida izwis ni blandan, jabai Iras bro]>ar uamnids sijai hora ai]>]>au faihufriks galiugam skalkiuonds ai]>}>au aibbau ubilwaurds aibbau afdrugkja aibbau wilwa, bamma

biuda, ui ik ra abin ni skaidau,

liugom haftam anaak frauja, qenai fair-

11

i]>

jabai gaskaidnai, wisan

unliugaidai, aibbau

du abin

sei-

uamma aftra

gagawairbjan, jah
ik qiba,

abau qeu ni fraletan. 12 ib baim anbaraim

swaleikainma ni mibmatjan. ni frauja, jabai Iras brobar qeu 12 lua mik jah ]>ans uta sto- aigi ungalaubjandein jas so gajan? niu bans iuna jus stojib? wilja ist bauan mi]> imma, ni 13 ib ]>ans uta gu]> stoji]>. us- afletai ]>o qeu; nimib bana ubilan us izwis sil13 jah qens soei aig aban unbani. galaubjandan jah sa gawilja ist bauan mib izai, ni afletai bana Chapter VI. aban. 1 Gadars Iras izwara wibra 14 weihaida ist qens so ungaanbarana staua habands stojan laubjandei in abin, jah gaweifram inwindaim ni fram. liaids ist aba sa ungalanbjands in qenai; ai]>bau barna izwara Chapter VII. unhrainja weseina, i]> nu weiha izwara misso, niba bau 5 sind. us gaqissai lro lreilo, ei uktei15 i]> jabai sa ungalaubjands
. . . . .

gai sijaib fastan jah bidjan,
ni

'

]>a-

gahobeinais izwaraizoe. wairbja la]>oda uns gu]>. (> batub ])an qiba gakunnands, 16 Ira nuk kannt, qino, ei ni l)i hairjai. abanganasjis? aibbau hm kannt, 7 i]> wiljan allans mans wisan beina ganasjais? sue mik silhan; akei lrarjizuh guma,batei q< 17 ni ei hrarjammeh swaswe swesa giba habaib fram guba, gadailida gub, ainlrarjatoh swaMinis ewa, sunisiih BWa. 8 abban qiba baim unqenidam swe galaboda gab, swa gaggai. jah widnwom, gob ist im. jabai jah swa in allaim aikklesjom anabiuda. sind swo ik;
<i

ban samab gawandjaib, ei waids brobar aibbau Bwistar in fraisai izwara sat ana in unbaim swaleikaim. abban in ga-

skaidij) sik, skaidai;

nist gabi-

gahabaina sik. Iiugandau; batizo ist auk Liugan
(

.)

i]>

jabai ni

]>;iu

int

andnan.

18 bimaitans galabods warb Iras, ni ufrakiai: mib fnurafilljn galabobs war)' Iras, ni bimaitai.

11.
VTT,

ni]>)>fiu fniliulriks;

11. unliugaidai;

above the line. Heyne writes anliogaida.

.

qino; qinon

in

.

gar

naejie;

Heyne writes ganasjais.

I

Corinthians VII. VIII. IX.

127

19 bata, bimait ni waihts ist, liuge stada anakumbjandan, niu jah bata faurafilli ni waihts ist, mibwissei is siukis wisandins ak fastubnja anabusne gubs. timrjada du galiugagudam ga20 luarjizuh iu labonai ]>izaiei salib mat an? labobs was, in bizai sijai. 11 fraqistuib auk sa unmah21 skalks gala]>obs wast, ni teiga ana beinamma witubnja, karos, akei bauhjabai magt freis brobar in bizei Xristus gaswalt. wairban, mais brukei. 12 swa]? ban frawaurkjandans 22 saei auk in fraujin haitans wibra brobruns, slahandans ize
j

ist

skalks,

fralets

fraujins ist;

gahugd

siuka,

du Xristau

fra-

samaleiko

saei

freis

skalks ist Xristaus.

haitada, waurkeib. 13 dub]?e jabai mats gamarzei]?

niu Iesu Xristu fraujan 25 abban bi maujos anabusn unsarana salu? niu waurstw meifraujins ni haba, ib ragin giba nata jus sijub in fraujin? swe gaarmaibs fram fraujin du 2 jabai anbaraim ni im apautriggws wisan. staulus, aib]?au izwis im; unte 26 man nu bata go]? wisan in sigljo meinaizos apaustauleins
freis?
tei go]? ist

23 wairba galaubamma usbauhtai siju]?; ni wair]?aib skalkos mannam. 24 luarjizuh in Jmrnmei atla]?obs was, brobrjus, in bamma gastandai at guba.

bro]?ar, ni

ei ni

matja mimz aiw, gamarzjau bro]?ar meinana.

Chapter IX. 1 Niu im apaustaulus? niu im

bizos andwairbons ]>aurftais, ba- jus sijub. mann swa wisan. 3 meina andahafts wibra ]?ans 27 gabundans is qenai, ni sokei mik ussokjandans bat' ist.

lausjan;

galausibs

is

qenai,

ni

4

ibai ni

habam

waldufni mat^

sokei qen.

28

a]?]?an jabai nimis qen, ni

frawaurhtes, jab jabai liugada

mawi, ni frawaurhta;
leikis

ib aglon

gastaldand
.

]>o
.

swaleika, ib

ik izwis freidja.

Chapter
9
. .
.

VIII.

wairbai ]?aim unniahtei-

gam.
10 jabai auk bras gasailuib ]mk bana habandan kunbi in ga-

jan jah drigkan? 5 ibai ni habam waldufni swistar qinon bitiuhan, swaswe bai anbarai apaustauleis jah brobrjus fraujius jah Kefas? 6 bau ainzu ik jah Barnabas ni habos waldufni du ni waurkj an? 7 bras drauhtinob swesaim annom luan? hras satjib weinatriwa jah akran bize ni matjai? luas haldib awebi jah miluks ]?is awebjis ni matjai?

19. ni waihts (the first); ni
VIII, 11. pizei; pize in A.

waiht

ni

waihts
in

in A.

IX,

1.

Xristu; Xristau in A.

7.

matjai

the margin.

128

Coriuthians IX.

.

8 ibai bi mannan ]>ata qiba, du unwissamma. swa jiuka, ni ai]>])au jah witob ]>ata qi}?ib? swe luftu bliggwands 27 ak leik mein wlizja jah ana9 in witoda auk Mosezis gameli]> is1 ni faurmuljais auhsan ]>ri- biwa, ibai anbaraim merjands silba uskusans wairbau. ekandan, ni batei l>i auhsans
:

.

.

.

1

(

.)

( inanagizans

«ragei-

Chapter X.
1

Ni wiljau izwis unwitans, 20 jah war]' ludaium swe Ju- brobrjus, batei attans unsarai daius, ei Judaiuns gageigaided- allai uf niillnnin wesun, jah allai jau; bairn uf witoda swe uf wi- marein bairhiddjedun, toda, ni wisands silba uf witoda. 2 jah allai in Mose daupidai

gaidedjau.

ak

uf anstai,

ei

bans uf witoda wesun
wi-

in

milhmin jah
allai

in marein,

gageigaidedjau

3 jah

bana saman mat

ahmeinan niatidedun. 4 jah bata samo dragk alnneitodalaus, ni wisands witodis laus gubs, ak inwitobs Xristaus, ei no drugknn. 15 ... daim qi]m: domeib jus gageigau witodalausans.
21 baini witodalausam swe
.

.

.

22 wasbaim unmahteigara swe batei qiba. 1() stdkls biubiqissais banei gaunmahteigs, ei unmahteigans gauiu gamaindubs blobis geigaidedjau; allaim was all, ei weiham,
Iraiwa sunians ganasjau.
fraujins ist? hlaifs banei brikam,

2' batub ban tauja
geljis, ei

gadaila

is

aiwagwairbau.
in

niu
ist ?

gamaindubs

leikis

fraujins

2 1 niu witub batei bai inspaurd riiinandans allai rinnand. i)> ains

nimib sigislaun? swa rinnaib
garinnaib.
i]»

ei

17 ante ains hlaifs. ain leik ]>ai managans sinm, ]?aiei auk allai ainis hlaibis jah ainis siiklis brukjam.

18 saihrib Israel bi leika: niu 25 hrazuh eaei haifstjan sni- ]>ai matjandans hunsla gamainwi)>. allis sik gabarbaib, abban jandans hunslastada Bind? eis ei riurjana waip nimaina, i|> 19 Ira nu qibam? batei ]>o weis unriurjana. galiugaguda Ira sijaina, aibbau ik mi swa rinna, ni ]>atei gab'ugam saljada lira sijai? 26 abban
'.).

auhsan

]>i-isk;iiidaii

;

in the

margin :

(ni )'aur\vai]ijai)s muii]

»

a(nlisin) ]>r(is-

T.i. gageigaikaiidin). according to I Tim. V. 18. auhsans; auheunna in A. 20. gageigaidedjau (twice); .1 has gar dedjau; in the margin gastaietaldjau. 21. gageigau; geigaidau tor the first, gageiggaidedjaii for the second {as in 22). eiggauioA, in the margin gawandidedjau. According to thia gloss we might in tin- margin wafla. 24. epaurd; spraud 22. Iraiwa expect gageigaidedjau.

;

in

.1.


I.

25. gaparbaip;

.1

has gaparbip.

Some
X.

editors insert wiljau;

ewe before tin (>< Heyne writes wiljau auk

»

26.

anwiseamma; unwfsamma
.

in A.

( {\,

1~>.

daim; remains

offrodaim.

1

Corinthians

.

XI.

129

20 [ni batei bo galiugaguda 31 jab];>e nu matjai]? ja]']?e waihts sijaina] ak batei saljand drigkai]? ja]>be hra taujij?, allata
biudos, skohslam saljand, jan ni du wulbau gubs taujaib. guba; ni wiljau auk izwis skohs32 unufbrikandans sijai]? jah lam gadailans wairban. Iudaium jah biudom jah aikkles21 ni magubstikl fraujins drig- jon gubs, kan jah stikl skohsle; ni magub 33 swaswe ik allaim all leika, biudis fraujins fairaihan jab biuni

sokjands
]?atei

]?atei

mis bruk

sijai,

dis skohsle.

ak

22 bau inaljanom fraujin? ibai nisaina. swinbozans imma sium? 23 all binah, akei ni all daug;
all

baim managam,

ei

ga-

Chapter XI.

mis binauht
ni

ist,

akei ni all

timreib.

1

Galeikondans meinai wair-

24
25

an]:>aris
all

jaidau, matjaib,

swaswe ik Xristaus. 2 hazjub ban izwis, brobrjus, lvarjizuh. bei allata mein gamunandans sibatei at skiljam frabugju]? jas swaswe anafalh izwis,
ainshun sein sokjai, ak
]>aib,

ni

waiht and-

3 Wiljau]? ban izwis witan ]>atei allaize abne haubi]? Xristus fullo izos. 27 ib jabai hras la]?o izwis ]?ize ist, ib haubib qinons aba, i]> ungalaubjandane jah Avileib gag- haubi]? Xristaus gu]>. 4 lrrazuh abne bidjands ai]>]>au gan, all batei faurlagjaidau izwis, matjaib, ni Avaiht andsitan- praufetjands gahulidamma haubida gaaiwiskob haubi]? sein. dans bi gahugdai.
ist

hruskandans 26 fraujins

in mibwisseins;

anabusnins gafastaib.

auk airba jah

28 ib jabai luas qi]?ai ]?atei galiugam gasalib ist, ni matjai]? in jainis bis bandwjandins jah ]mhtaus. fraujins ist auk airba
jah fullo izos. 29 bjuhtub ban qiba ni

qinono bidjandei aib5 ib ]?au praufetjandei andhulidamma haubida gaaiwisko]? haubi]> sein; ain auk ist jah bata samo
pizai

biskabanon. silbins, 6 unte jabai ni huljai sik qino, ak anbaris. dulr/e auk frijei mei- skabaidau; ib jabai agl ist qinon na stojada }?airh ungalaubjan- du kapillon aibbau skaban, gadins buhtu?
huljai.
.
.

.

30 jabai

ik anstai

andnima,

21

dulre anaqibaidau in bizei awiliudo?
20. ni batei
]>o

ik jan,

du matjah ban sums gredags, sumban drngkans ist.
. .

ma

faursniwi]?

galiugaguda waihts sijaina; originally a marginal gloss, accor22. fraujin, probably ding to a variant of Greek and Latin manuscripts to 10. auk above the line. in A. misspelt for iraujan. 8. buhtaus; so Heyne, buhtu 30. andnima; in the margin brukja. bizei; bize in A. XI, 21. ma; remains of sein amm a.

9

130

I

Corinthians XI. XII.

31 i|> jabai silbans una 22 ibai auk gardins ui habai]» du mat] an jab. drigkan? ban dedeima, ni ban.
. .

staui-

.

aikklesjon gu)>s frakunnub,

jafa

gaaiwiakob )>ans unhabanrtans? Ira qijmu izwis? hazjau izwis?
in

Chapter XII.
10
.
.

.

sumammuh
all

skeireins

bamma
23 unte

ni hazja. ik

razdo.
atfrauiin.

andnam
]>izaiei

]>atei

jah anafalh izwis.

waurkei)> aina }>atei jah sa sania ahma, dailei)> sun-

11 )>atubban

naht gale- dro hrarjammeh swaswe wili. 12 swe leik raihtis ain ist, i)> wibe wee, nam hlaif libuns habai)> managans, baib 24 jafa nwiliudonds gabrakjah qa]>: nimib matjib, )>ata i.st leik |>an libjua allai us leika bamma mein bata in izwara gabrukano; ainamma. managai wiaandana, bata waurkjaib du meinai ga- ain ist leik, swa jah Xristus: 13 jah auk in ainamma ahmin mnndai. weis allai du ainamma leika dau25 Swah samaleiko jab stikl afarnalitamat.(ji)>auds: ea stikls pidai sium. jabbe Judaieie ja]>)><» so niujo triggwa ist in meinam- bindoa, ja]>be skalkos jabbe frima bloba; ]>ata waurkjaib, swa jai, jah allai ainamma ahmin lift a ewe drigkaib, du meinai ga- dragkidai sijum. 14 jah ban leik nist ains lijnis mnndai. sua ufta auk ewe matjaib ak managai. 2G 15 jabai <]i]>ai fotus batei ni bana blaif jab bana stikl drigkai)>. daujni fraujins gakannjai]\ im handus, ni im bia leikis, nih at bamma leika, nist us bamma ante qimai. 27 eiban lrazuh saei matjib leika? 16 jabai qibai auso ]>atei ni bana hlaif aibbau drigkai bana stikl fraujins onwairbaba, frau- im a ago. ni im bia leikia, ni at
frauja Iesus in
jins skula

wairbib

leikis

jah blo-

bamma
leika?

leika.

nist

us

bamma

bia fraujins.

17 jabai all leik augo, bar 28 abban gakiusai sik silbnn manna, jafa sua big hlaibis mat- hliuina? jabai all hliuma, Irar da nns? jai jab bia stiklis drigkai: 2U saei auk matjib jafa drigkib 18 ib nu gub gasatida libuns onwairbaba, staua sis sflbin inat- ainlrarianoh 120 in leika, swaswe
ji]'

(jah

drigkib)

ni

domjande
siu-

wilda.
li)
i]>

leik Fraujins

weaeina
leik?

]>o alia

ains

li-

80

du]»)>o in izwis

managed

bua,

l»*ai•

kai jah unhailai jag gaslepand

20

ib

nu managai

li]>jus,

i]>

ganohai.

ain leik.

.ink:

;tli>>\i• tin• Inn•.

.'<:.

<l.in)>u: d.-

>:i
]

u ;//.!.

29.

jiili

«lri<jrki]>;

want-

ing

in A.

I

Corinthians XII. XIII.

XIV

131

11 ban was niuklahs, swe niu21 ni]> ban mag augo qiban du handau: ]?eina ni barf, aibbau klahs rodida, swe niuklahs irop, aftra haubi]> du fotum: iggqara swe niuklahs mitoda; bi)>e warb
ni pari.

wair, barniskeins aflagida.
filu ]?aiei

22 ak mais
li]u\ve

leikis

baurftai sind.

12 saihjam nu bairh skuggwan lasiwostai wisan, in frisahtai, ib ban andwairbi wibra andwairbi. nu wait us daibugkjand
. .

Chapter XIII.
1
dei.
. . .

lai,

ban ufkunna.

.

.

.

aibbau klismo klismjan-

Chapter XIV.
20
.
.

.

baraiskai

sijaib,

akei

2 jah jabai habau praufetjans, frabjam fullaweisai sijaib. 21 in witoda gamelib ist batei jah witjaU allaize runos jah all kunbi, jah habau alia galaubein, in anbaraim razdom jah wairiswaswe fairgunja mibsatjau, ib lom anbaraim rodja managein friabwa ni habau, ni waihts im. bizai, jan ni swa andhausjand 3 jah jabai fraatjau alios aih- mis, qibib frauja. 22 swaei nu razdos du bandtins meinos, jah jabai atgibau leik mein ei gabrannjaidau, ib wai sind, ni bairn galaubjandam, friabwa (ni) habau, ni waiht bo- ak baim ungalaubjandam, ib praufetja ni baim ungalaubjantos mis taujau. friabwa usbeisneiga ist, sels dam, ak baim galaubjandam. 4 23 jabai gaqimib alia aikklesjo ist; friabwa ni aljanob, friabwa samana jah rod j and razdom ni flauteib, ni ufblesada. 5 ni aiwisko]?, ni sokeib sein allai, atub-ban-gaggand inn jah ain, ni ingramjada, nih mitob unweisai aibbau ungalaubjandans, niu qiband batei dwalmo]?? ubil, 24 ib jabai allai praufetjand, 6 nih faginob inwindibai, mibib innatgaggai luas ungalaubfaginob sunjai; 7 allata bulaib, allata galau- jands aibbau unweis, gasakada fram allaim, ussokjada fram albeib, all weneib, all gabeidib. 8 friabwa aiw ni gadriusib; ib laim, 25 bo analaugnjona hairtins gatairanda, praufetja, jabbe ja]?be razdos, gameiland, jabbe is swikunba wairband, banuh driusands ana andawleizn inweikunbi, gataurnib. 9 suman kunnum jah suman ti]? gub, gateihands batei bi sunpraufetjam. 10 bibe qimib batei ustauhan ist, gataurnib ]?ata us dailai.
jai

gub

in izwis ist.

26

Ha

nu

ist,

brobrjus,

ban
iz-

ha

margin

. ,
XIII, 3.
ni
ei

samab garinnaib?

hrarjizuh

gabrannjaidau;
ni

habau;
;

aljanob sein

21. batei in

margin ei hrobau, according to the reading 5. ni sokeib sein ain; in the wanting in A. — 12. dailai ban: Massmann writes dailai ib ban. ain. in the margin ei in.
in the

ni is

132
vrara

I

Corinthians XIV.

XV.

9 ik auk ini sa smalista apauhabai]\ laisein habaib, andhulein habaib, razda staule, ikei ni im wairbs ei haihabaib, skeirein habaib; allata taidan apaustaulus.dube eiwrak

pealmon

da timreinai wairbai. 27 ja]>]>e razdai Iras rodjai, twane aib]>au maiet brine, jah

aikklesjon gu]>s
bi

gnbs im saei im, jas so ansts is in mis halka ni war]', ak managizo im allaim

10

a]>]>an anstai

arbaidida jah usaiwida, a]>]>an bro]>r- ni ik ak ansts gups mi]» mis. 1 11 i]> ja]>]>e ik jabbe jainai, ius, batei niwaggeli ]>atei merida swa men am jah swa galaubideizwis, ]»atuh jah andnemu]>, iu dub. bammei jah standi]', 12 ]>ande nu Xristus merjada 2 bairh ]>atei jah ganisi]>, in lro saubo wailamerida izwis sku- ]>atei urrais us danbaim, lraiwa ]u]> gamnnan, niba sware galau- qiband enmai in izwis batei usstass danbaim nist? bidedub. 13 i]> jabai nestase daubaim 3 atgai auk izwis in frumistjam. batei andnani, ei Xristus nist, nih Xristus urrais. 14 abban jabai Xristus ni urgaswalt faur frawuurhtins unsarais. sware ban jas so mereina ros afar bokom, 4 jah batei ganawistrobs was. unsara. jah so galaubeins mijab ]>atei urrais ]>iidjin daga sara lausa.
afar
.")

Chapter XV. Abban kannja izwis,

bokom,

L5

bib-ban-gitanda gahnga-

jah l>atci ataugids ist Kefin. weitwods gubs, nnte weitwodidedum bi gu]> batei nrraieida Xrijah afar bata baim ainlibim.

6 babroh gasairoans ist mana- stu. ]>anei ni nrraieida. 1(3 jah jabai auk daubans ni gizam ]'au [fiiuf liundain] taihun

tewjam brobre suns, bizeei bai urreisand, nih Xristus urrais. 17 l\> jabai Xristus ni urrais, inanagistans Bind and hita, ensware jah so galaubeins izuara maib baa gasaizlepun. 7 babroh baa atangida sik Ia- ist, jan nauli siju]) in frawaurhkoban, babrobbaa apaustanlnm tim izwaraim, allaini. bannn jab bai gaslepandans
1

8 i]> sjx'distainina allaize BWa- in Xristau fraqistnodedun. 10 jabai in ]uzailibainai [aiuai] Bwe oswanrpai atangida sik jah mis. in Xristau wenjandane sijnm ba-

26. razda habaib ekeirein babaib; the copyist

bad transposed the two chiuaee,
ekeirein.
.1

which

In-

corrected by putting a over rasda,
fimf
(.1

and b over
.•?

has ekerein

instead of ekeirein.
I'.
'•'.

baa

(if)

liundain

:

originally

gloss eerving to explain tailiun

tewjam.

19, ainai;

bere ba e taotnm ('.'): cp. Mk. 17. 8\ or aiuai in,» preceding syllables {Heyne).

added according to the reading of La-tin nianuBcrtyts, which is mere erroneous repetition of the
,•»

I

Corinthians

XV.

133

daubans ni urreisand, duhre bau daupjand faur ins? xnanne. Xristus ur30 dutce bau weis bireikjai si20 ib nu [bande] rais us daubaim, anastodeins jum lreilo lroh, 31 daga mammeh gaswiltangaslepandane waurbans. 21 unte auk bairh mannan dans in izwaraizos liroftuljos, daubus, jah b#irh mannan us- brobrjus, boei haba in Xristau
tainei,

armostai

sium

allaize bai allis

stass daubaize.

Iesu fraujin
in

unsaramma?

22 unte swaswe gadaubnand, swah
allai

Adama allai
in

Xristau

gaqiunand.
lirarjizuh in seinai

23 abban

tewai: anastodeins Xristus, ]>abro]? ]?an ]?ai Xristaus [baiei] in

quma

is,

24 ]>abrob
anafilhib

]?an

andeis,

pan
jah

biudinassu gulp a,

attin, ]?an gatairi]? all reikjis jah

32 jabai bi mannan du diuzam waih in Aifaison, lro mis boto, jabai daubans ni urreisand? mat jam jah drigkam, unte du maurgina gaswiltam. 33 ni afairzjaindau; riurjand sidu godana gawaurdja ubila. 34 usskawjib izwis garaihtaba jan ni frawaurkjaid; unkunju gubs sumai haband. du aiwiskja
izwis rodja.

waldufnjis jah mahtais.

25 skal auk
]?atei
is

is

biudanon, und

galagjib gup allans fijands uf fotuns imma.

20 alluh auk ufhnaiwida uf fotuus imma. aftumista fijands gatairada dau]uis.

35 akei qibi]? sums: luaiwa urreisand daubans? .... ahmeino. 4G 47 sa fruma manna us air]?ai muldeins, sa anbar manna, frau. . .

.

27 ib bi]>e qi]>i]>: alia ufhnaiwida sind, bairht ]?atei inu ]?ana
izei

ufhnaiwida uf ina

]>o alia;

28 panuh bi]?e alia gakunnun sik faura imma, ]>anub ]?an is
silba
alia,

bamma

sunus gakann sik faura ufhnaiwjandin uf ina ]?o

us himina. 48 luileiks sa muldeina, swaleikai jah bai muldeinans, lrileiks sa ufarhiminakunda, swaleikai jah }>ai ufarhiminakundans 49 jah swaswe berum manleikan ])is air]?einins, bairaima jah frisaht bis himinakundins.
ja,

50 bata auk
]?ei

qiba,

brobrjus,

jah bio]? biudinassu gubs 29 aibbau hra waurkjand bai ganiman ni magun, nih riurei daupjandans faur daubans? ja- unriureins arbjo wairbib.
ei sijai

gub

alia in allaim.

leik

20. bande;

crediderunt)? Or according to tlw reading of some Latin manuscripts (qui was wenidedun omitted at the close of the verse, i. e. after is (Greek reading:
ol iv
rfj

faded.

— 33.

-

added according to the Latin reading

(si

for vDv).
. . .

23. baiei;

-)

?

27.

izei

;

ize in A.

32.

matjam jam
;

is

riurjand; in the

— 4S. With hrileiks (the second) begins. — A. — bairaiina in A, svva bairaima in B.

margin frawardjaud.

— 34.

usskawjib;

aw is faded.

49. nianleikan in B, mannleikau in

134

I

Corinthians

XV. XVI.

2 ainlrarjanoh sabbate lvarji51 sai runa izwis qiba: allai auk ni gayviltam, i]> allai in- zuh izwara frani sis silbiu lagiai huhjands ]>atei wDi, ei ni bi}>e maidjanda 52 suns, in bralra angina, in qiman ban gabaur wairbai. 3 a]>]>an bij>e qima, banzei gaepedistin buthanrna, bnthaurnei)> auk. jah dau]>aus usstan- kiusi]> ]>airh bokos, bans sandja dand unriunai, jah weisinmaid- briggan anst izwara in Iairusalem; janda. ~>' skuld ist auk ]>ata riurjo 4 jah ban jabai ist mis wair]> galeij?an, galeij>and mij> mis. gahamon unriurein jah ]>ata di5 a]?]?an qima at izwis. ]>an wano gahamon undiwanein. Makidonja 54 bauu]> ]';in ]>ata diwano Makidonja usleiba
!

;

gawaejada undiwanein, banuh auk bairhgagga. 6 ib at izwis waitei salja ai]>wairbib waurd bata gamelido, ufsagqi]\s war]? daujms in sigis. ]?au jah wintrn wisa, ei jus mik 55 hrar ist gazds beina, danbn? gaeandjaib ]>islraduh bei ik
Ira
i•

ist

sigis bein, halja?
fra-

wrato.

7 ni wiljan auk izwis mi ]>airhwauihts. ib nialits frawaurhtais leibanda sailran; unte wenja mik luo lreilo saljan at izwis. jabai witob. 57 i]> guba a\viliu]>. izei gai un- frauja fraletib.

56 abban gazds danbana

sis sigis ]>aiili

fraujan unsarana

8 wisuh ban
paintekuaten;

in

Aifaisou

und

lesu Xristu.
Blaifctjo

i) haurds auk mis usluknoda brobrjna meinai liubana, 1 ulgjai wairbaib angawa- mikila jah wanrstweiga, jah angidai, ofarfuUjandana in waurat- daatabjoe managai. \\a fraujins einteino, witandana 10 abban jabai qimai Teimaubatei arbaiba izwara nist lanea baina, saihrib ei nnagande sijai in fiaujiu. at izwis: unte waurstw fraujius wanrkeib ewaawe jah ik. Chapter XVI. 11 ni luashun innua frakunni. iji inaandjaib iua in gawairbja, 1 IJ) bi gabanrbata bairn weiham, swaewe garaidida aikklea- ei qimai at mis; usbeida auk iua jom Galatie, swa jah jus taujib. mib brobrum.

58 Swaei

nil,

.',:{. skuld ist auk II. skuld waejada undiwanein; wanting in
/'//

;uik ist in A.
II.

.',4.

]>anu]> )>an )\it.i
in
It.

obagqiJiB
.1.

in A,

oiaaggajpe

— •*

diwano gaawiliuj>

///

awilind in B. Xrietn; Xristau in
.1.

i/.«i

in

It,

iz<•

in

sigis; in the

.1.

margin of

tin•

gloea einu.

68. weirpai\> in B, wajrpip- in A.
;/;

XVI,
tauj;ii)>
IS
;'//

1.
//.

(ialati»'

m

A. (Jalatiais

//.

jus;

;"//

A nhovc

thi> Urn•,

tnuji)' in A.

husdjands; eo emends Lobe, which is probably correct, though A and .7. auk have Imlnuuds. lagjai in A. tuujai /// A, wanting in H. . )vi
|'••
;'//

;// .t,

It.


;'/;

.—

7.

wenja
.1

in B,

wenjan

in A.

9.

]<>.

s;iih-i)>

,

sail\-ai)> in B.

onagandfl

in B,

wienh )»an B, \visn|' pan in A. unagans in A; cp. Phil. I. 14.
;'/;

//. Alter frakanni

breaks

off.

Corinthians XVI.

135

19 goljand izwis aikklesjons 12 appan bi Apaullon bana brobar bandwja izwis batei filu Asiais. goleib izwis in fraujin ina bad ei is qemi at izwis mib filu Akyla jah Priska mib ingard-

brobrum jah aufto ni was wilja jon seinai aikklesjon, at }iaimei ei nu qemi, ib qimib, bi]?e uhtiug. jah salja. 13 wakaib stand aid uh in ga20 (goljand izwis brobrjus al;

laubeinai,

wairaleiko

taujai}>,

lai.)

goleib izwis misso in

frijo-

gabwastidai sijaib. 14 allata izwar in
wairbai.

nai weihai.
friabwai

21 goleins Pawlaus.

meinai

hanclau

15 bidja izwis, brobrjus; witub 22 jabai luas ni fi'ijo]? fraujan gard Staifanaus, batei sind anaIesu Xristu, anabaima. maran stodeins Akai'je jah du andbahtaba. jabaim weiham gasatidedun sik; 23 ansts fraujins Iesuis mi|> 16 ei nu jah jus ufhausjaib
]>aim svvaleikaim jah allaim bairn
izwis.

gawaurstwam jah arbaidjandam. 17 abban fagino in qumis Staifanaus jah Faurtunataus jah Akaikaus, unte izwarana waninassu ]>ai usfullidedun 18 ga]?rafstidedun auk jahmeinana ahman jah izwarana. ufkunnai]> nu ]?ans swaleikans.

24 frijabwa meina

mi}? allaim

izwis in Xristau Iesu.

amen.

ustauh. du Kaurinbium frumei melida ist us Filippai, swe qebun sumai, i|>
a.

Du Kaurinbium

apaustaulaus insahtai melida wisan
uiais

bugkei]?

bi

silbins

us Asiai.

IS. izwarana;

B.

— 21.
in

jabwa
in A.

izwana in B. — 20. goljand izwis brobrjus allai; wanting in 24. fri28. with ansts A begins again. Pawlaus; Pa wins in B. frumei; frame friabwa in B. the subscription occurs in A only,

,

silbins; silbous in A.

)

Kauriii]>ium an]>ara
I.

(lustoueiJ>.

Chapteb
1

Pawlus apaustaulus

Iesuis

Xristaus J>airh wiljan gu]?s jah TeimauJ^aius broJ»ar aikklesjon gu]?s I'i/.ai wisandein in Kaurin|)()ii ini]> allaim ]>aim weihani I'aim wisandam in allai Akanai.

2 ansts izwis jah gawairj?ifram
gu]?a attin
jin lesu

unsaramma
<>'u)>

jah

firau-

Xristau.
jah atta frau-

G a]>]?an jaj^]?e ]?reihanda, in izwaraizos ga]>lailitais jah naseinais Jnzos waurstweigons in sti\vitja ]>izo sainono ]uilaine ]>ozei jah weis winnam, jah wens unsara gatulgida faur izwis: ja]>]>e gajTrafstjanda, in izwaraizos ga]»lailitais jah naseinais, 7 witandans j>at<>i swaswe o-ndailans ]>ulaine siju]>. jah ga|>laili1ais wair]>i]>.

a

l

8 unte ni wileima izwis unweiunearis [esuis Xristaus, atta sans, broJ?rjus, bi aglon unsara l)lci]'t ino jah g\i\> allaizo ga- ]»o waurjmnon
iins
i

•*{

I>iu]'i]i.s

uns

in Asiai,

unte
ufar
vve-

|>laihii'.

ufaraesau kauridai
«ra|>rafstida
ei

wesum

4
allai

sa<-i

uns

ana maht, swaswe afswaggwidai
liban
i)

aglon nnsarai,
|

mageima seima jah
akfi

weis <:a]>rafs1 jan |'ans in allaim

silbans in uns

silbam

aglom
.iiiij'a.

>a irli

|>o

ga]?laiht Jnzaiei

ga]?rafstidai

sijum silbans fram

andahaft dau]>aus habaidedum, ei ni sijairria trauandans du uns silbam, ak du gu)?a ]>annna ur-

5 ante
|?ulaine
|>aiih

swaswe ufarassus ist raisjandin dnu]»ans. Xristaus in uns. sua jah 10 izei us ewaleikaim dan]>uni
filu ist

Xristu afar |>rafsteins unsara.

jah ga- uns galausida jah galausei]?, dn

|?ammei wenidedum

ei

galausei}?,

The second Epistle to the Corinthians incomplete

in

;

has

1.

8—IV,

10.

V,

1—IX,

7.

XII, l-.Xlll. 18.
;'//

Superscription: Kaarin^inm; K;uirin|>;iiiini II; cp. the end of the epistle. has K;iunii|>ium throughout; ih<• same reading occurs in B, VI, 11; <]>. Col. TV,
/.•/,

note.
I.

8.

\\

ith

swiiswc

.1

itegins.

afswaggwidai weeeima in A, ekamaidedeima uue
/'//

///

B,

and

has ekamaidedeima

tlte

margin,

jah liban in

It.

jaljiban in A.

]f Corinthians

I. II.

137

11 at hilpandam jali izwis bi stus, saei in izwis bairh uns meruus bidai, ei in managamma jada, bairh mik jah Silbanu jak andwair)>ja so in uns giba bairh Teimaubaiu, ni warb ja jah ne, managans awiliudodau faur uns. ak ja in imma warp. 20 h*aiwa managa gahaita 12 unte moftuli unsara so ist, Aveitwodei ini)nvisseins unsarai- gubs, in imma bata ja, dub]>e zos ]?atei in ainfal]?ein jah hlu- jah bairh ina amen guba du wultrein gubs, ni in handugein lei- bau bairh uns. 21 abban sa gabwastjands uns keinai, ak in anstai gubs usmeib ufar- mi]? izwis in Xristau jah saltum in ]?amma fairmau, bonds uns gub, assau at izwis. 22 jah sigljands uns jah gi13 unte ni alja meljam izwis, alja ]?oei anakunnai]? aibbau jah bands wadi ahman in hairtona ufkunnaib; a]>]?an wenja ei und unsara. 23 abban ik weitwod gu]> anaaudi ufkunnai]?, haita ana meinai saiwalai, ei 14 swaswe gakunnaidedub uns bi sumata, unte luoftuli izwara freidjands izwara banasei]?s ni sijum, swaswe jah jus unsara in qam in Kaurin]?on. 24 ni ]?atei fraujinoma izwarai daga fraujins Iesuis [Xristaus].

b— 2

trauainai Avilda galaubeinai, ak gawaurstwans faurbis qiman at izwis, ei anbara sijum anstais izwaraizos; unte galaubeinai gastobub. anst habaidedei]?,

15 Jah

bizal•

Chapter II. 16 jah ]>airh izwis galei]?an in 1 Abban gastauida ]?ata silbo Makaidonja, jah aftra af Makaidonjai qiman at izwis jah fram at mis, ei aftra in saurgai ni qiizwis gasandjan mik in Iudaia. mau at izwis. 2 unte jabai ik gaurja izwis, 17 batub ]?an nu mitouds ibai
aufto leihtis bruhta? aib]?au ]?a- jah luas ist saei gailjai mik, nitei mito bi leika bagkjau, ei sijai bai sa gaurida us mis? 3 jah ]>ata silbo gamelida izat mis ]>ata ja ja jah ]?ata ne ne? wis, ei qimands saurga ni habau 18 a]>]?an triggws gub ei ]>ata waurd unsar ]?ata du izwis nist fram ]?aimei skulda faginon, gatrauands in allaim izwis ]>atei ja jah ne. 19 unte gu]?s sunus Iesus Xri- meina fahe]?s allaize izwara ist.

11. in (the second); in

A above

the

line.

— 12. usmetum in A, usmeitum in B. —
Makaiin

14. Iesuis in A, Iesuis Xristaus in B.

Id. jah bairh in B, ja]> bairh in A.

donja
17.

Makaidonjai in A, Makidonja, Makidonjai

B;

cp. II, 13. VII, 5.

ei sijai in A, ei ni sijai in B. 18. jah ne in B, jan lie in A. 19. merjada in A, Availamerjada in B. Teimaubaiu in B, Teimaibaiu in A. ni in A, nih in B. jah ne in II, jan lie in A. 21. uns in A, unsis in H. 20. jah bairh in B, ja]? bairh in A. salbonds in B, salbonsd in A. 24. fraujinoma in A, fraujonia in B. II, 2. jabai in A above the line, nibai in B, niba in A. mis; the s is added in A under the line. 3. jah bata in B, jab bata in A. fahebs in A, faheds in B.

;

188

II

Corinthians

II.

III.

in ]>ammei ni bigat Teitaun brobar ineinana. ak aggwibai gamelida bairh managa tagra, ni beeij twisstandands im galai)> iu Maeaurgaib, ak ei frijajnva kunneib kaidonja. boei haba ufaraseau du izwis. 14 a)>ban gu]>a awiliu]> bam5 al>)>au jabai Iras gaurida, ni ma sinteino ustaiknjandin hromik gaurida, ak bi sumata, ei ui J?eigans uns in Xristau jah daun anakaurjau, allans izwis. seinis kunbjis gabairhtjandin (5 ganah bamma swaleikamma ]?airh uns in allaim stadim andabeit bata fram managizam, 15 unte Xristaus dauus sijum 7 swaei ]>ata andaneibo izwis wobi guba in bairn gauisaudam inais Fragiban jah gablaihan, jah in bairn fraqistnandam. ibai aufto managizein saurgai 10 suniaim auk dauns us daugaeiggqai sa swaleiks. I'iiu du daubau, sumaimub ban 8 inuh bis bidja izwis tulgjan dauns us libainai du libainai. in ininia fria]>wa. jah du bamma Iras wadrbs? 1) dubbe gamelida, ei ufkunnau 17 unte ni sium swe suinai kustu izwarana, sijaidu in allam- maidjandans waurd gabs, ak us ma ufhausjandans. hlutribai, ak swaswe us guba in 10 abban bammei Ira fragibib, andwairbja gubs iu Xristau rodjah ik; jah ban ik jabai Ira fra- jam. gaf, fragaf in izwara in anda)i)?an us
liairtins

4

managai aglon jah meinamma
izwis

Chapter III. 11 ni gaaiginondau fram 1 Duginnam aftra uns silbans satanin; nut•' ni eijum nuwitan- anafillian? aibbau ibai baurbum diins niunins is. swe sumai auafilhis boko du izg=3 12 Abban qimands in Traua- wis aibbau us izwis auafilhis?
wairbja Xristaus,
<>i

dai
;it

aiwaggeljoD Xristaus, jah 2 aipistaule unsara jus siu]>, haunhii mis uslukanai in frau- gamelida in hairtam unsaraim.
in

iin.

kunba

jah

anakunnaida fram

13 oihabaida gabjeilain ahmiu allaim

mannam.

-/.

Irijapwa
mi]»
|>is

in

A. iriapwa in B.
in A.

beit in B.
/;;

ondabei
in
.1.

7.

.7. \A eumata in .1. bi sum aJn in B. G. andajah gaplaiban in B. jag gaplaihan in A. 8. inuh |>is

//. gaaiginondau; margin A baa ui gaiaibondau. — 12. in aiwaggeljoa in B, in aiwaggeljone in .1. probably according ton Latin manuscript. 18. Teitaun, tei in A above ih<> linr. twieetandands in A, twiatandanda in B. iminA, hnm&inB. in in ^4, in in /"/;//. tfakaidonja in A, Makidonja in B. //. awiliup in .4, awillud /////. bairb uns iu allaim stadim ;// .1, in allaim sta<lim bairh uns in B. 7.7. Xristaus; wanting hi A. fraqiatnandam in tin- margin A baa fralnanandam. K>. auk: iranius daubau /// .1. daubaua in B. according to Greek ami Latin manuing in A. ecripta. jah du in it. jail du in A. IT. sium in A. sijuni in B. BWC is wanting in It.

B,

i

10. fragaf [twice) in

.1,

Eragiba

in B.

in tin-

;

III. 2.

jus siu)>

iii

A. jusijub

///

B.

II Corinthians III. IV.

139

12 habandans nu swaleika wen 3 swikim]?ai ]>atei siub aipistaule Xristaus andbahtida frani managaizos balbeius brukjaima, 13 jah ni swaswe Moses lagida uns, iuna gamelida ni swartiza ak ahmm gups libandins, ni in hulistr ana andawleizn, dube ei spildom staineinaim ak in spil- ni fairweitidedeina sunjus Israelis in andi bis gataurnandins. dom hairtane leikeinaim.
Jaiktjo

14 ak afdaubnodedun frabja ize unte und hina dag bata sa5 ni batei wairbai sijaima]}agk- mo hulistr in anakunnainai bijan hm af uns silbam, swaswe af zos fairnjons triggwos wisib ununs silbam, ak so wairbida un- andhulib, unte in Xristau gatai-

4 Appan trauain swaleika habam pairh Xristu du gu}>a,

;

rada; sara us guba ist, 15 akei und hina dag, mib6 izei jah wairbans brahta uns andbahtans niujaizos triggwos, banei siggwada Moses, hulistr

ana hairtin ize; 16 abban mibbanei gawandei]> usqimib, ib ahma gaqiujib. 7 a]?ban jabai andbahti dau- du fraujin, afnimada bata huni

bokos ak ahmins; unte boka

ligib

gameleinim gafrisahti]> in stainam warb wulbag, swaei ni mahtedeina sunjus Israelis
}>aus in

listr.

17 ab]>an frauja
];>an

ahma ist;

a]>-

barei

ahma

fraujins,

baruh

fairweitjan

wutyaus
dins,

in freihals ist. 18 a]?]?an weis allai andhuliwlitis is bis gataurnanandwairbja wulbu frau-

du wlita Mosezis

damma

8 lvaiwa nei mais andbahti jins bairhsaihrandans bo samon frisaht ingaleikonda af wulbau ahmins wairbai in wulbau? af fraujins 9 jabai auk andbahtja wargi- in wulbu, swaswe und filu mais ufarist ahmin.
]?os wul]>us,

andbahti garaihteins in wulbau. 10 unte ni was wulbag bata

Chapter

IV.

1 Dubbe habandans ]?ata and- e=5 Avulbago in pizai halbai in ufarbahti, swaswe gaarmaidai waurassaus wulpaus. 11 jabai auk ]>ata gataurnan- bum, ni wairbam usgrudjans,

2 ak afstojmm bairn analaugndo ]>airh wulbu, und filu mais jam aiwiskjis, ni gaggandans in bata wisaudo in wul]?au.

swikunbai in A, = swikunb in B. siub in A, sijub in B. inna in B, inn in .1. 5. swaswe af uns silbam; wanting in A. — 7. swartiza in A, swartizla in B. m 9. andbahtja in A, andbahti in B. mahtedeina in A, mahtededeina in B. IS. jah ni in B, jan ni in A. Moses in B, Mosez wulbau in A, us wulbau in B. 17. freihals in A. 14. afdaubnodedun; in the margin A has gabliuduodedun.
3.

in B, freijhals in A.

IS. in

wulbu

in A, in
in A.

IV, 1. andbahti in B, audbahtei ing to Latin manuscripts.

wulbau in B. wairbam in A, wairbaima

in B,

accord-

140

IT

Corinthians IV. V.

gating taajandans libains Iesuis ewikunba wairbaJ waurd gn}>s, ak bairhtein sunjos. in riurjamma leika unsaiainma. ustaiknjandans uas silbans du 12 swaei nu daa]nis in uns allaimmi]>\visseim mauue iu aud- waurkeib, ib libains in izwis. 13 habandaus nu bana saman wairbja gu]>s. 3 a]>]>an jabai ist gahuHda ai- ahman galaubeinaia, bi bamma waggeljo ansara. in bairn fralus- gamelidin: galaubida, in jnzei jah rodida, jah weis galaubjam. nandain ist gahulida, 4 in baimei gab ]>is aiwis ga- in ]'izei jah rod jam, 14 witandana batei sa urraisblindida frabja ]>ize uugalaubjandane, ei ni linhtjai im liuha- janda franjan Iesu jah unais bairh deina aiwaggeljona wulbaua Xri- lean urraisei]* jah fauragaaatjib
nih
stans.
eaei
ist

varan

frisahts

gube

mi)? izwis.

[ungaaaihranine].

15 batuh ban allata

in izwara.

5 abban ni uns silbans mer- ei ansts managnandei bairh majam, ak lean Xriatu franjan, i]> nagizana awiliud ufaraaajai du uns skalkans izwarans in Iesuis. wulbau guba. (3 ante guj* eaei qa]> nr riqiza 16 inuh jus ni wairbam ustiuhab skt'inan. eaei jah liuhtida grndjana, ak bauhjabai sa ntana in hairtam unearaim du liaha- linear manna frawardjada, aibdein kunbjia wulbaua guba in ]>au sa innuma ananiujada daga andwairbja Iesuis Xristaus. jah daga. laiktjo 7 A]'|';iii habandane bata huzd 17 ante bata andwairbo h?eiq— in airbeinaim kasam, ei ufaraa- lalraiib jah leiht aglona unaaraisus siiai malitais gnba jah ni us zos bi ufaraeeau aiweinie wulnneis, baua kaurei waurkjada uneie, in allamma braihanai akei 18 ni fairweitjandam bize gani ga&ggwidai, andbitanai akei eaibjanane ak ]>ize ungaaaituani afelaubidai, nane; ante ]>o gasailrauoua i) wrikanai akei ni bilibanai, riurja eind, i)> ]>o ungasailragadrauaidai akei ni fraqiatidai, nona aiweina. L0 einteino daubein fraujine IeChapteh V. suis ana leika nnearamma (bairandana ei jah libains Iesuis ana 1 Witum auk batei jabai sa leika ansaramma) uakunba siiai. airbeina unaar garde bizoe hlei11 einteino weia libandana in broa gatairada, ei gatimrjon us daubu atgibanda in [eeuie, ei jah u]»a liahani. gard unhandu'

injoe

/'//

B, sanjna in A.
it

4.

liuhadeina

in

A, liubadein in B.
rji.
.

nine
kaufl

/
;'/;

It,
//.

wanting in A;

is
.1.
11.

an arbitrary addition ;

Col.
.1
:

utisknlkmis in
in

parenthesis are wanting
17. kiht;
.

— —
I.

/". after

unsarnni
]>iz<•

.

angasaitvanneekal• breaks oft; the words in
I,

7.7.

.7.

18. 17.

bona saman ahman

in tl»>

hreiht

/'/;

II: </>.
.1

margin
IS.

[eeo.

IS.

{twice); bfaei in

1.

with us guba

begins again.

II

Corinthians V,

141

waurhtana aiweinana in bimi- mannans fullaweisjam, ib guba swilymbai sijum; a]?ban Avenja n am. 2 unte jah in ]>amma swogat- jah in mijnvisseim izvvaraim swijam, bauainai unsarai bizai us kunbans Avisan uns. hitnina ufarhamongairnjandans, 12 Ni ei aftra uns silbans us-z=7 3 jabai swebauh jah gawasi- kannjaima izwis, ak lew gibandans izwis bjoftuljos fram unsis, dai, ni naqadai bigitaindau. 4 jah auk wisandans in bizai ei habaib wibra bans in andhleibrai swogatjamkauridai, ana wairbja bcopandans jah ni hairbammei ni Avileima afhamon ak tin. 13 unte jabbe usgeisnodedum, anahamon, ei fraslindaidau bata guba; jabbe fullafrabjam, izwis. diwano fram libainai. 14 unte Mabwa Xristaus dis5 a]']'an saei jah gamamvida uns du bamma gu]?, saei jah gaf habai}> uns, 15 domjandans bata, batei unsis wadi ahman. 6 gatrauandans nu sinteino ains faur allans gaswalt; bannu
jah Avitandans batei wisandans allai gasAvultun; jah faur allans in bamma leika afhaimjai sijuni gasAvalt, ei bai libandans ni ]>anaseibs sis silbam libaina ak fram fraujin; 7 unte bairh galaubeiu gag- jiammafaur sik gaswiltandin jah
,

gam,

ni ]?airh siun;

urreisandin.

16 sAvaei Aveis fram bamma nu 8 a]>ban gatrauam jah waljam mais uslei]?an us bamma leika ni ainnohun kunnum bi leika: ib jah anahaimjaim Avisan at frau- jabai ufkunbedum bi leika Xristn,
jin.

akei

nu

ni banasei]^s ni

kunnum.

17 swaei jabai Ivo in Xristau 9 inuh bis usdaudjam, jabbe afhaimjai, niuja gaskafts, ]^o al]>jona uslijabbe anahaimjai bun, sai waurjuin niuja alia. Availa galeikan imma. 18 a}>]mn alia us gu]?a bamma 10 unte allai weis ataugjan skuldai sijum faura stauastola gafribcmdin uns sis bairn Xristu Xristaus, ei ganimai luarjizuh jah gibandin unsis andbahti ga]>o swesona leikis, afar ]>aimei fri]?onais, 19 unte swebauh gub Avas in gatawida, jabbe biub jab]>e unXristau manaseb gafribonds sis, biub. laiktjo 11 Witandans nu agis fraujins ni rahnjands im missadedins ize

3.

jah in B, wanting in A.


]>is

J.

jah

gamanwida
in the

in B,

unsis in A, uns in B.
in

9.

inuh

in

B, inub jus in A.

jag gamanwida in A. be anahaitnjai jab is added

the margin in A.

12.

uskannjaima;

A, uns in B. jah ni hairtin in in A. libaina in A, libainai in kunnum in A, ni kunnum ina in B.
unsis in A, uns in B.

margin A has anafilhaiina. unsis in 15. sis in B, wanting B, jah ni in hairtin in .1. B. — 10. Xristu is added in A below the line, ni

IS. jah gibandin in B, jag gibandin in A.

142
jah lagjanda
in

II

Corinthians

.

VI.

one waurd gatri-

8

]>airh

wnlbu jah unswerein.

bairh wajamerein jah wailamebonaie. 20 faur Xristu nu airinom. swe rein, swe airzjaudans jah sunjeiat gnba gablaihandiii bairh one, aai, 9 swe unkunj'ai jah ufkunnaibidjandana faur Xristu gagavrairbnan gnba. dai, swe gaswiltandans jah eai 21 mite bana izei ni knnba fra- libam. swe talzidai jah ni afdauwaarht, faur one gatawida fra- ]>idai, waurht. ei wois waur]>eiina ga10 swe saurgandans, ib sinrailitei

gnbe

in

imma.

teino faginoudans, swe unledai,
ib
ni

1

Chapter VI. Gawaurstwans jah ban
ni
:

managans gabigjandans. swe

bidni-

jandans

sware anst guJ'S

nian izu ia

2 .mela' auk qi]n']> .andanemurrunmoda janima andhnusida ]ms jah in 12 ni ]>reihanda jus in tana, ij» daga naeeinaie galialp beina'; ]>reihanda inhairbram vwaraim; sai nu inel waila andauem, sai 13 a]>]>an bata sanio andanu dags naseinnis launi. ewe frastim qi]>a, urrum3 a] aiidiun [bannn] in waihtai gibandane bistugqe. ei ni ana• uai]> jah jus. 14 ni wairbaib gajukaus unwammjaidau andbahti unsar. 4 ak in allamnia ustaiknjan- galaubjandam unte lro dailo daae mis swe gu]>s andbahtoe, garaihtein mib angaraihtein, lro gamaindube liuhada in etiwitja managamma in ag- aibban
:

waiht aihaudans jah allata disnimandans. 11 munbs unsar usluknoda du izwis. Kaurinjuus. hairro unsar

loni. in nauj'ini. in

aggwibom,

mib
1

rii]iza?

5

in

slahim, in karkaroni. in
in

unsutjam.

arbaidim, in \vokainiin. in laueqibraa, in ewiknibai, in kunbja. in laggamodein, in eeleiii, in aamin 16 lrouh ]'au eamaqieee albs \wilianmia. in frijajnvai uuhin- gobs nn'}> galiugam? unte jus

5 lrouh ]>an samaqisse Xristau mi}> Bailiama, aibban lro daile galaubjandin mib ungalaubjandin?

darweisai,

7 in waorda gabs, bairh wepna

alhs gabs siu]' libandins. qibib snnjoe, in mahtai auk gab batei baua in im jah

garaihteine [una gagga, jah wairba ize gub taihewona jab hleidnmona, jah eie wairband mis managei.

btdjaodana
17.
/.

m

A, l»idjnm in B.
It,

21.

\zc\

in B. ize in A.

jah )>nn in
;';/

ja)>

A. undiifiii
A,
j.i)»

//.


IS.

pen

in A.

in

A.

Bwara
B.

in B.

2.

andanem

in

8. )>amin is arbitrarily
(1.

bwtoggqe hi
I'airli
;/;

added

in B.

wanting

in A.

A.

hou)>

]>au

;// .1.

— //. urrninnoda — Hi. ii-ouh )>an

irijn)»wai in A, friajnvai
in A.
/'/;

;"/;

bietogqejfl
11,
/;.

8. )>airh

(the first) in
;//
/.'.

nsrnninnda

in B.

B. IrouJ» ]>an in A.

mii)> in

J J. h-ouh ]>nn A, t.iju]' ;//

II

Corinthians VI. VII.

143

17 inuh

]us

usgaggib us midu- daim gabrafstida uns gup in qu-

jah afskaidip izwis, qi- nia Teitaus; 7 a}?]^an ni ]?atainei in quma ]>ib frauja, jah unhrainjamma ui attekaib; jah ik andnima izwis, is, ak jah in ga]^>laihtai bizaiei 18 jah wairba izwis du attin, ga]u*afsti]?s was ana izwis, gateijah jus wair]?ib mis du suuum hands uns izwara gairnein, izjah dauhtrum, qibib frauja all- warana gauno]>u, izwar aljan faur mik, swaei mis mais faginon waldands. warb. Chapter VII. 8 unte jabai gaurida izwis in laiktjo 1 J)o habandans nu gahaita, ]>aim bokom, ni idreigo mik; jah liubans, hrainjam unsis af aljabai idreigoda unte gasailra lamma bisauleino leikis jah all- ]>atei so aipistaule jaina, jabai iums, ustiuhandans weihiba in
ize

mai

agisa gubs.

du

leitilai lueilai,

gaurida izwis

9 nu fagino, ni unte gauridai nummehun gasko]>um, ni ainno- wesub, ak unte gauridai wesub hun frawardidedum, ni ainnohun du idreigai; saurgaidedub auk bi gu]?, ei in waihtai ni gaslei]?jainbifaihodedum. 3 ni du gawargeinai qiba; fau- dau us unsis.

2 gamoteima in izwis

:

ni ai-

10 unte so bi gub saurga idreihairtam unsaraim sijub du mibgaswiltan ga du ganistai gatulgida ustiuhada, ib pis fairluaus saurga jah samana liban. h=8 4 Managa mis trauains du iz- dau]?u gasmipob.
raqab auk
]?atei in

wis,
izwis.

managa mis
usfullibs

11 sailu auk silbo ]mta bi gu]? im gablaihtais, saurgan izwis hrelauda gatawida
luoftuli faur

usdaudein, akei sunjon, akei unwerein, akei agis, akei mauagons aglons unsaraizos. 5 jah auk qimandam unsis in gairnein, akei aljan, akei fraweit. Makaidonjai, ni waiht habaida in allamma ustaiknidedu]? izwis galueilainais leik unsar, ak in hlutrans wisan bamma toja. 12 a]?ban jabai melida, ni in allamma anapragganai utana ]?is anamahtjandins, ni in bis waihjons, innana agisa. G akei sa gablaihands hnaiwi- anamahtidins, ak du gabaii'htufaifnlli]?s

im fahedais

in allaizos izwis

:

17. iuuh

J>ia

in B, inu]? pis in A.

VII, 1. bisauleino in A, bilauseino in D.

2.

frawardidedun ni ainnohm

is

sijum in B. mibgaswiltan in A, gasadded in A wiltan in B. jah samaua in B, jas samana in A. liban in B, libarn in A. 5. Makaidonjai in A, Makidonjai in B. 6. gablaihands in A, gablaihaus in B. 7. gaunobu; gaunoba in A and B. 8. in bairn bokom in B, in bokom in A. unte gasaihraifl A, gasailca auk in B. 9. in waihtai in B, waihtai in A. 10. so bi 11. sailu gub saurga in B, bi gu]> saurga in A. gatulgida in A, gatulgidai in B.

under the

line.

3. sijub in A,

— —

— —

in B, sailua in A.

144
in

IT

Corinthians TTT. YTII.

usdaudeiu unsara boei faur habani wibra izwis in andwairbja «rubs. 13 inuh ]>is gabrafstidai sium. abban ana gabrafeteinai unsarai filaus mais faginodednm ana fahedai Teitans, unte analreilai)>s
izwis

jandans uns niiaan aast seiaa jahgamainein andbabtjis in bans
weihans, 5 jah ni swaswe wenidednm, ak sik silbans atgebnn frniaist franjin, ba]>roh ban uns bairn
wilj an gu]>s,

warp ahma

is

fram allaim

izwis.

14 ante jabai Ira imma fram izwis hraihrop, ni gaaiwiskobs war]', ak swaswe allata izwis in siiniai rodidedum, Bwa jah hroftuli unsara so du Teitaun sunja
warj>,
l.~)

jah brusts

is

ufarassau dn
|>o

swaei bedeima Teitaun ei swaswe faura dustodida, swah ustiuhai in izwis jah ]>o aast. 7 akei swe raihtis in allanima managnib, galaubeinai jahwaurda jah knnbja jah in allai usdaudeiu jah ana ]>izai us izwis in uns frijabwai, ei jah in bizai anstai

izwis siad,
laize

gamnnandins

al-

izwara ufhausein, swe mi)>

managnaib. 8 ni swaswe fraujinonds qipa

agisa jah reiron andnemub ina. izwis, ak in ]>izos anbaraize us10 fagino mi ante in allaaiiaa daudeius jah izwaraizos frijagatraua in izwis. bwoa airkniba kiusaads.

9 unte kunnub anst franjins

Chapteb
laiktio
*

VIII.

nnsaris Iesuis Xiistaus. batei in

)

~

>

knnnja izwis. bro]>rjus, aast gube )»o gibanon in aikkleejom Makidonaie, 2 batei in managamma knstau aglone managdube fahedaia ize jah bata diupo unledi izo usmanagnoda dn gabein ainfalbeins
1

A]>]>aa

izwara gaunledida sik gabigs wisaads.
ei

jus

bamma

is

unledja

gabeigai wairbaib. K) jah ragin in bamma giba; unte bata izwis batizo ist. ju/.< nibatainei taujan ak jah wiljan
i

i

dngonnnb af fairnin jera. i/.«•. 11 ib nu sai jah taujan ustiu' unte bi mahtai, weitwodja, liai|>. ei swaswe faaraTst nmns du jah afar nialit silbaw ilios wcsuii. wiljan. swa jah da ustiuhan us tnib managai ufbloteinai bid- bammei habaib.
I

18. imili
/'//

)'is

in

II,

inu]>

A.

It. jah in II

sium in II. above the line. Tfitaun
]>is

in .1.

sijuni in

.1.

abban nna

in

.

a]>l>an

(( -eek
-. jah

inflection) in A. 'iVitau in H:

ep. II ('or.
VIII,
/.

VIII. B.

!.'.

jah brusts in
/'//

II. //.

jab lmists in A.

ina in A,

in»•

in

II.

bata ia //. ja)> bata in A. 4. ofbloteinai .1. afblobeiaai ;/* II. only traces, however, remaining off, the b being destroyed 5. jah ni ;/; //. jan ni in A. babroh ban in II. babrob ban ;// A. in A. hriabwai in II. .1. oedandeio in It. 7. frijabwai 8. aedandeins FrijaI'wiis ;// .1. friabwoe in II. .1; <•//. /•,/</>. //, 4. 10. jah gabeigai in H. gabigai wiljan in A. wiljan taujan /// //. //. haragin in II. jar ragin in A. taujan baib /// II. babai in A. jah eaei ;// II. jas eaai fa .1.
A, aikkleejon
/'//
'.

aikkleejom

/'//

/'/;


.

.

.

.

IT Corinthians

TUT. TX.

145

22 insandidedum ]?an mi]? im 12 jabai auk wilja in gagreiftai ist, s was we habai waila an- brobar unsarana, ]?anei gakausidanein ist, ni swaswe ni habai. dedum in managaim ufta usdau13 ni swa auk ei anbaraim iu- dana wisandan, abban nu sai sila, ib izwis agio, ak us ibnas- filaus mais usdaudozan trauaisau; in bamma nu mela izwar nai managai in izwis.
ufarassus du jainaize ]?arbom, 14 ei jah jainaize ufarassus
wair]?ai

23

ja]?]?e bi

Teitu, saei ist ga-

man
izwis,

mein jah gawaurstwa in

du izwaraim barbom,
ist:

wair]?ai ibnassus,

15 swaswe gamelib filu, ni managizo, jah
ni fawizo.

ja]?]>e biO]>rjus unsarai, apaustauleis aikklesjono, wul]>us saei Xristaus.

ei

saei

leitil,

24

a]?]?an ustaiknein frijabwos

izwaraizos jah unsaraizos luofgaf tuljos faur izwis da im ustaikn]?o samon usdaudein faur izwis jandans, in andwairbja aikklesin hairto Teitaus, jono. 17 unte raihtis bida andnam,

16

a]?]?an awiliu]?

guba

izei

usdaudoza wisands silba Aviljands galaib du izwis. 18 gah-ban-mi]?-sandidedum
a]>]?an

Chapter IX.
1 A]?]?an bi andbahti]?atei rah-laiktjo

brobar, bizei hazeins in meljan izwis. aiwaggeljon and alios aikkles2 unte wait gairnein izwara, jons, 19 abban ni batain ak jah ga- ]?izaiei fram izwis hropa at Makidonim, unte Akaja gamanwida tewibs fram aikklesjom mibgaist fram fairnin jera, jah ]?ata us sin]?a uns mi]? aiistai bizai and-

imma

toda du weihaim

ufjo

mis

ist

du

bahtidon fram uns du fraujins izwis aljan uswagida bans managistans [ize]. wul]?au jah gairnein unsarai, 3 Abban fauragasandida bro-r=io 20 biwaudjandans bata, ibai lvras uns fairinodedi in digrein ]?runs, ei Iroftuli unsara so fram izwis ni waurj?i lausa in ]>izai bizai audbahtidon fram uns;

21 garedandans auk goda, ni halbai, ei, swaswe qa]?, gamanbataiuei in andwairbja gu]?s ak widai sijai]?, jah in andwair]?ja manne. 4 ibai jabai qimand mi]? mis

16. awiliub in A, awiliud in B.

izei in

B, ize in A.

IS. gah-ban-mi]:>-sandide-

gab-bau-mib-sandidedum in B; see gasaudjan in the glossary. bizei in B, aiwaggeljon in B, aiwaggeljons in A. 10. nii]>gasinba in A, mib gasinbam in B. 20. digrein .1 bad digrjin, which is corrected. 22. usdaudana in A, usdauda in B. filaus mais usdaudozan in B, filu usdaudozan in A. 2S. jah gawaurstwa in B, jag gawaurstwa in A. wulbus in B, wulbaus in A. 24. friin B. jabwos in A, friabwos IX, 2. lropa in B, hropam in A. Makidonim in A, Makidonnim in B. Akaja in A, Axaia in B. uswagida in A, gawagida in B. ize, for izei, added in B.
in A,

dum

bizai in A.

;

— —

10

140

II

Corinthians IX.

.

Makidoneie jah bigitand izwis un- in allai ainfalbein, sei waurkeib manwjans, gaaiwiskondan weie, bairh one aiwxarietian gnba. ei ni qiban jus. in [>amma atomin 12 nnte andbahti bisgudjinassaus ni batainei ist usfulliando bizoa hjoftulj weihane, ak jah ufar5 naudibaurft nu man Indian gaidwa In Obruna ej galeibaitta <lu izwia assjando bairh managa awiliujali fauragamanwjaina bana fau- da gnba 13 bairh gakust ]us andbahtragahaitanaD aiwlangjan izwa]'aua rana, manwjana wisan jia mikiljandans gnb ana ufliauewaswe wailaqisa jah ni ewaswe seinai andahaitis izwaris in aiwaggeljon Xristans jah in ainbifaihon. falbein gamaindnbais dn im jah (J batub j'iiii. Baei eaiib us gabagkja, oegabagkja jah Bneibib, dn allaiin. 14 jah iz»> bidai Eaur izwis. jah s;i*'i saii]) in binbeinai, us gairnjandans izwara in nfarasbinbeinai jah Bneibib. saus anstais <ru|>s ana izwis. 7 lrariizuh awaawe fanragalro15 Awiliud gnba in biros un-i=io gida hairtin, ni us trigon aibbau asspillodons is giboe. us nanbai; ante lilasana giband

]

frijob gub.
v

abban mahteiga
in

ist

gab

alia
in

1

anst utarassjan

Chaptbb X. Abban ik sflba Pawlusbidja
hi

i/.wis,

ei

allamma einteino allie ganauhan habandans ofaraasjaib in allamma wanrstwe godaize, ewaswe gamelib ist: tahida,
(

qairrein jah mnkamodein Xristans, ikei ana andaugi
izwis

gai anledaim, uswanrhts <lu aiwa.

is

wisib

andstaldands Eraiwa bana eaiandan jah hlaiba
ea

10

abban

da mata andstaldib, jah managjai fraiw izwar jah wahsjan gatanjai akrana uswaorhtais izwav.\\y.i
ifi
:

11

in

allamma gabignandane
bigitand
in in

hauns im in izwis. abban aljar wisands gatraua in izwis: 2 abban bidja ei ni andwairbs gatranan tranainai bizaiei man gadanrsan ana sumansbansmnnandans uns swe bi leika gaggandans. 3 in leika auk gaggandans ni bi leika drauhtinom, 4 ante wepna nnsaris dranhtinassaus ni Ieikeina ak mahteiga guba dn gatanrbai tul<>i]>o,
railitis

4. jafa
t.

.
It.
/'//

jab bigitand in A.

nnmanwjana
)>iz<>s in

gaaiwiakondan
.7.


.1

gaaiwiekonda
A.

in A.

B,
.1

jafa ni

//j
:>.

//.

fan ni

in B, nnraanwjanda in wanting in A see XI, 17.
.•

'.'.

s;iii|> /// It.

eaiji)>

;'/;

>f>>i>*.
iz.-i

{twice).

7.

nswanrhts; nswanrtein
afaraaeane; nfaraeean

B.

in B.

/'//

//.

— hi. —

a/tor nan)>ai

izwaritj; \z

above the Une.

14.

7.7.

nnuaepfllodone; nnoeepOKdana

in

B;
\
ii

cp. Ro. XI, 88.

ihr

bidjaminl?. gatranan, originally gatraian, tbei being scratched being written abort the linn.
2. bidja,

II

Corinthiaus

.

XI.

147

5 mitonins gatairandans jah all hauhibos ushafanaizos wibra knn]>i gu]?s jah frahinbandans all frabje jah in ufhausein Xristaus tiuhandans, C jah manwuba habandans du fraweitan all ufarhauseino, ban usfulljada izwara ufhauseins. 7 bo bi andwairbja saihnb. jabai liras gatrauaib sik silban Xristaus wisan. bata bagkjai aftra af sis silbin, ei swaswe is Xristaus, swa jah weis. 8 abbanswe]?aiih jabai hra managizo lropam bi waldufni unsar batei atgaf frauja unsis du timreinai jah ni du gataurbai izwarai, ni gaaiwiskonda;

14 ni auk swaswe ni fairrinnandans und izwis ufarassau uf]>anjam uns, unte jah und izwis gasniumidedum in aiwaggeljon
Xristaus

15 ni inu mitab mopandans in framabjaim arbaidim, abbanwen habam, at wahsjandein galaubeinai izwarai, in izwis mikilnan
bi garaideinai

unsarai du ufar-

assau, 1G ufarjaina izwis aiwaggeljon merjan, ni in framabjaim arbai-

dim du man wj aim hropan. 17 abban sa hropands in
jin luopai;

frau-

18 unte

ni saei sik silban ga-

swikunbei]?, jains ist gakusans,

9 ei ni bugkjaima swe blahs- ak ]?anei frauja gaswikunbei]?. jandans izwis bairh bokos Chapter XI. 10 unte bos raihtis bokos, qi1 Wainei usjmlaidedei]? meinai-

zos leitil hra unfrodeins; akei jah jah waurd usbulaib mik; frakunb 2 unte aljanonds izwis gubs al11 bata bagkjai sa swaleiks, jana, gawadjoda auk izwis aiib

]?and, kaurjos sind jah swinbos,

qums

leikis lasiws

]?atei hiileikai

sium waurdabairk

namma

waira mauja swikna du

bokos aljar wisandans, swaleikai jah andwairbai waurstwa. 12 unte ni gadaursum domjan unsis silbans aibbau gadorajan uns du ]?aim sik silbans anafilhandam; ak eis in sis silbam sik silbans 'mitandans jah gadomjandans sik silbans du sis silbam

usgiban Xristau. 3 a]»)?an og ibai aufto, swaswe waurms Aiwwan uslutoda filudeisein seinai,

riurja Avairbaina

frabja izwara af ainfalbein jah

swiknein ]?izai in Xristau. 4 jabai nu sa qimanda anbarana Iesu mereib, banei weis ni ni frabjand. meridedum, aibbau ahman an13 ib weis ni inu mitab l\ro- barana banei ni nemu]>, pam, ak bi mitab garaideinais, aibbau aiwaggeljon anbara, boei ]?oei gamat unsis gub, mitab ni andnemu]?, waila usbulaidefairrinnandein und jah izwis dub;

,

12. sik (the second); sik sik in B.
line.

]3. weis ui iuu

mitab lropam; above the

IS. gakusans;
3. ibai;
ai

XT,

gakusands in B. above the line.

148

II

Corinthians XI.

5 man auk ni waihtai mik minnizo gataujan ]>aim ufar mikil

15 nist mikil jabai andbahtos is gagaleikond sik swe andbah-

tos garaihteins: ]uzeei andeis wisandam apaustaulum. G jabai unhrains ini Avaurda. wairbij? bi waurstwam ize. 10 aftra qiba, ibai luas mik akei ni kunbja, a]']>an in allamma gabairhtidai in allaim du iz- muni unfrodana; ai]?bau walla
A\is.

}>au
ei

swe unfrodana nimaib mik,
leitil

7 ai]>]>au ibai frawaurht tawi-

jah ik

Ira lropau.

da mik silban haunjands ei jus ushauhjaindau, unte arwjo gubs
aiwaggeljon nierida izwis?

17 bateirodja. ni rodja bi fraujan, ak swe in unfrodein, in ]'aiiima stomin Juzos lroftuljos.

8 anbarOQ aikklesjons birau18 unte managai lropand bi niinands andawizD du iz- leika, jah ik lropa. boda vvaramma andbahtja, jah wi19 unte azetaba usbulaib ]>ans sands at izwis jah ushaista ni unwitaus frodai wisandans; ainnohun kaurida
;

9 unte barbos memos usfulli- ga]>iwai]>, jabai Iras fra'ni|\ dedun brobTJue qimandans af bai Iras usnimib, jabai Iras Makidonai; jah in allaim unkau- arbaidai briggib, jabai Iras reinom izwis mik silban fastaida wis in audawleizu slahib.
jah fast a.

20

us]mlai]>,

jabai

has

izwis
in

ja-

iz-

10

ist

sunja Xristaus

in mis,

unte solroftuli ni faurdammjada I'ammei Ire Iras ananan]>ei]\ in in mis in landa Akaje. unfrodein qiba, gadars jah ik. 11 in Iris? unte ni frijo izwis? 22 Haibraieis sind? jah ik. gu]> wait. 22 Israeleiteis sind? jah ik. 12 i[> ]>atci tauia, jah taujan fraiw Abrahamis sind? jah ik. haba, <'i asniaitau inilon ]>ize wil23 andbahtos Xristaus sind? <-i in )>annnei Imjaudane inilon, swaswe unwita qiba, niais ik: in pend, bigitaindau Bwaewe jah arbaidim managizeim, in karkawt'is.

21 Bi unsweri])ai qiba, swe ]>atei weis siukai weseima; ij> in

rom ufarassau, in slahim ufar13 untebai Bwaleikai galiuga- assau, in daubeinim ufta.

waurstwjans hin24 fram Iudaium fimf Biubam sikdu fidwor tiguns aiuanuna wanans darweisai, gagaleikondans apaustaulum Xristaus. nam,
apaustauleis,

14 jah nist sildaleik: unit' silba 25 ]>rim einbam wandum usBataua gagaleiko^ sik aggilau bluggwans ^as. ainamma siuba liubadis. Btainibs was, brim einbam usfar-

iiiiustiinliim

;

izui-. wi>

///

II.

apaualum
II.

;//

It.

6.

gabairhtidai; gabairbtida
It.

///

It.

8.

aggilau; aggillaa

/'//

15. tin' s

of ewe

ie

destroyed

eo

is

l>i.

II

Corinthians XI. XII.

149

]?on

gatawida us skipa, naht jah
in diupipai

Chapter XII.
1

binah, akei ni batizo 26 wratodum ufta, bireikeim ist; jah ]?an qima in siunins jah ali'o, bireikeim waidedjane, bii*ei- andhuleinins fraujins. keim us kunja, bireikeim us ]?iu2 wait mannan in Xristau faur dom, bireikeim in baurg, birei- jera fkhvortaihun, japj^e in leika keim in aubidai, bireikeim in ni wait, jap]?e inuh leik ni wait, marein, bireikeim in galiuga-bro- gu]? wait, fravvulwanana pana ]?rum, swaleikana und bridjan himin.

dag

was mareins;

Bbpan

27 aglom jah arbaidim, in wo3 jah wait ]>ana swaleikana kainim ufta, in gredau jah ]?aur- mannan, jaj^e in leika jappe
lausqipreim ufta, in usa jah naqadein.
stein, in
fri-

inuh

leik ni wait,

gup

wait,

4

patei frawulwans war]? in

28 inuh bo afar pata, arbai]>s wagg jah hausida unqepja waurmeina seiteina, saurga meina da, poei ni skulda sind mann
rod jan. 5 faur ]?ana swaleikana hropa, 29 Has siukib, jah ni siukau? laiktjo faur mik silban ni waiht Iras afmarzjada, jah ik ni tund- i]? pa, niba in unmahtim meinaim. nau? 6 ap]?an jabai wiljau lvopan, 30 jabai lropan skuld sijai, ni sijau unwita, unte sunja qipa; ]?aim siukeins meinaizos lroip freidja, ibai luas in mis Ira pau
allaim aikklesjom.

-

31 gup jah atta fraujins Iesuis gahauseip lua us mis. wait, sa piupeiga du aiwam, patei ni liuga.

muni ufar
7 jah

]?atei

gasailuip aip]?au

andhuleino ei ni ufarhafnau, atgibana ist mis
bi filusnai

32

in

Damaskon

faurama]>leis

hnubo

leika
ei

]>iudos Araitins piudanis witaida

satanins,

meinamma, aggilus mik kaupastedi, ei ni

baurg Damaskai gafakan mik ufarhugjau. wiljands. 8 bi ]?atei prim sinbam fraujan 33 jah ]?airh augadauro in snor- ba]?, ei afsto]>i af mis. jon athahans "was and baurgs9 jah qap mis: ganah buk waddju, jah unpablauh handling ansts meina; unte mahts in siuis. kein ustiuhada. filu gabaurjaba

20. ni (the second); above the

line.

— S3,

augadauro; misspelt for augadau-

ron? (This question by Bernhardt, with reference to the feminine plural daurons. According toBraune, augadauro is neuter; see 'Gothic Grammar, § 110). baurgswaddju baurgswaddjau in B. 2. fidwortaihun fidwortaihuuo XII, 1. with (andhulei)nins A begins again. m B, .id. in A (See 'Gothic Grammar", § 1, note 2). inuh in B, inn in A. 3. inn 7. hnubo, in B, inn in A. ni in A, nih in B. 6. aibbau stands twice in A. in A, frauja in B. fraujan in the margin gairu, in A, hnuto in B.
;

;

<S'.

1 r,o

II

Corinthians XII. XIII.

16 a])] 'an siai mi. ik ni kausiukeim meinaim, ei ufarhlei)>rjai ana mis rida izwi.s; ak wisands aufto listeigs hindarweisein izwis nam? mahts Xristans. 17 ibai J'airh lrana )>izeei in10 in I'izci mis galeikaib in siuananiahtiin. in nau)'ini. sandida du izwis bifaihoda izwis? keim. in 18 ba)> Teitu jah niibinsandida in wrekeiin, in ]>reihslam faur Xristu; unto ]>an siuka, |>au imma broj;>ar; ibai Ira bifaihoda izwis Teitus? niu ]>amma samin mahteigs iin. 11 war)) unwita lropands: jus ahmin iddjedum, niu ]'aim sa-

nu mais hropa

in

mik

gabaididedu)?.

a]']nui

izwis ei sunskalds was fram izwis jan; nnte ni waihtai niins habaida joma uns wi]>ra izwis. in audbaim ufar filn apaustaulum, jah wairbja guJ?S in Xristau rodjam. ]>atub )>an all, liubans, in izwajabai ni waihts ini. 12 ai])]>au swe]>auh taikneis raizos gatimreinaie. 20 unte og ibai aufto qimands apaustanlaus gatawidos waur]nm in izwis in allai jnilainni. ni swaleikans swe wiljau bigitan taiknim jah fauratanjam jah izwis, jah ikbigitaidau izwis swaniahl m leiks swe ni wilei)> mik, ibai aufto
i

niam laistim? 19 aftra ]mg;kei]> gakannik

13 Ira auk ist ]>izei wanaiwe- )>wairheins, aljan, jiukos, bihaita, sei)> ufar an]>aros aikklesjons, birodeinos, haifsteis, faiha, nf]>atei ik silba ni kaurida swalleinos, drobnans; nibai

21 ibai aftra qimandan mik mis ]>ata skabis. 14 sai bridjo j?ata nianwus iin gujjgahaunjai a1 izwis. jahqaino qiman at izwis. jah ni kaurja iz- managans ]>ize fa lira frawaurkwis; ante ni sokja izwaros aili- jandane jah ni idreigondane ana tius ak izwis. ni auk skulun bar- unhraini)>ai |>oei gatawidedun, ns fadreinam huzdjan, ak fa- horinassau jah aglaitja. dreina barnank Chapter XIII. laiktjo 15 .\]>]>an ik la]>aleiko fra<]ima jali fraqimada faur saiwalos iz1 {)ridjo |>ata qima at izwis; waros. swebauh ei ofaraesan iz- ana munba twaddje weitwode wis frijonds mine frijoda. jah ]>rii<> gastandi}? all waurde.
izwis? fragibib
'>.

sinkein in
///

.1.

Btaulaoa
nibai
///

//.

.1

1<>. breihslam in siukeim in IS. haa apaustaulus above the fine.

.1.

bleihslam
IS. bizei;

in

IS.


in

12.

apan//.

B, niba in

.—

biw

A and

If. jab ni in

is.

jan ni

in -4.

7.».

labaleiko in A, in the

margin gabaurjaba, IS bus gabaurjaba. ewebauh ei; KHngbardt {'Syntax of Gothic e\' in Zaehefa zeitacbrift, Mil. i>.:S27) pleasingly supposes Bwepa,xihe\ to be a concessive conjunction meaning 'although'', mine in A. mini in IS. !<:. siai;

sai in

.1

and

IS.

18.

laistim in
in
IS.

.1.

laustim

snnjoma
jan
ni

in A,

sunjodama
tin• line,
//;.t.
IS,

bngkeib in A. 20. haifsteis; so in A and IS, in
/'/;

IS.

in.

)aikci|»
I!

//;

//.
i

the
ni

first
///

standing above
in

faiha ufswalleinoa in A,

wanting in
in A.

IS.

21. jab

IS,

A.
1.

aglaitja

aglaitein in
ja|> brije
///

II.

XIII,

jah

|<Hi'• in

.1.

gastandib

gastandai

///

B.

Corinthians XIII.

151

8 ni auk magum lua wibra ak faur sunja. rarama sinba jah alja]?ro nu mel9 abban faginom ban weis siuja ]>aim faura frawaurkjandam kam, ib jus swinbai siu]>; biziih jah anbaraim allaim, )>atei jabai auk jah bidjam, izwaraizos us-

2 fauraqa]> jah aftra fauraga-

teiha; s was we andwairbs an]>a- sunja,

qima aftra

tauhtais. 10 dub]?e bata aljabro melja, 3 unte kustu sokei]> ]us in mis
ni freidja,
siu- ei

rodjandins Xristaus, saei ni
ki]> in izwis,

andwairbs harduba

ni

taujau

ak mahteigs

ist in

izwis.

4 abban jabai jah ushramibs was us siukein, akei libaib us mahtai gabs; jah auk weis siu-

kam

in imraa,

akei libam mi]?
izwis.

inima us mahtai gubs in

5 izwis silbans fraisib sijaidu mi}? in galaubeinai, silbans izwis kauseib;

waldufnja bammei frauja fragaf mis du gatimreinai jah ni du gataurbai. 11 bata anbar, brobrjus, faginob, ustauhanai sijaib, gabrafstidai sijaib, samo frabjai]?, gawairbi taujandans sijai]?, jahgub gawairbeis jah frijabwos wairbib
bi
izwis.
goljai]? izwis

bau niu kunnub

izwis batei

12

Iesus Xristus in izwis ist?

nibai

jonai weihai.

misso in goljand izwis

fri-

]>ai

aufto ungakusanai sijub. G a])]'an wenja ]?atei kunneib ei weis ni sium ungakusanai. 7 abban bidja du guba ei ni waiht ubilis taujaib, ni ei weis gakusanai bugkjaima, ak ei jus ]?ata godo taujaib, ib weis swe ungakusanai ]>ugkjaima.

weihans

allai.

13 ansts fraujins [unsaris] Iesuis Xristaus, jah frijabwa gubs jah gaman ahmins weihis mib
allaim izwis.

Amen.

Du Kaurinjuum anbara ustauh. Du Kaurinbium .b. meli}? ist
us Filippai Makidonais.

3. sokeib

p>is

in A, sokeibis in B.

ing
in

in B.

— 4. jabai jah in A, jabai in .

5.

izwis (the

first) in B,

.1,

bauh

in B.

kunnub
ei

izwis in A,

weis in A, wantwanting in A. fraisib in A, fragib in B. baa kunnub in B. nibai in A, ibai in B. — 6. batei

sium in A, sijum in B. ]>atei in B. 7. gakusanai in B, weis swe in A, ei weis in B. siub in A, sijub in B. — 10. ungakusanai in 9. ib 11. gabrafstidai sijaib, harduba in B, hardaba in A. jah ni in B, jan ni in A. 13. unsaris (according to Latin wanting in B. frijabwos in A, friabwos in B.
kunneib
ei in

A,

kunneib

.

manuscripts) in B, wanting

in A.

frijabwa

in A,

friabwa

in B.

subscription
.b. in

Kaurinbium (the
'Gothic

first)
§

Grammar,

1,

anbara Kaurinbaium in B. Kaurinbium .b. melib note 2.) Du
in A,

in B,

A

(See

ist

us Filippai Maki-

donais, wanting in B.

Du Galatim
Pa wins apaustaulus, ui ai mannam nih bairh mannan, ak
1

anastodei]».

20 abban
in

]>atei

melja izwis. sai
ei

andwairbja gab»

ni liuga.

bairh [esu Xristu jah gtip attan, 21 ]>a]uo (jam ana fera Sauus daubaim, raie jah Kileikiais. izci urraisida ina 2 jah ]>ai mi]) mis allai bro]>r22 wasub ban unkunba wlita jus, aikklesjoin Galatiais. aikklesjoin Iudaias baim in Xii3 mists izwisjah <ra\vaii-]>ifrain stau, guba attin jah fraujin unsaiam23 batainei liausjandanswesun ma lesu Xristau,
]>atei saei wrak una simle, nn gaf sik Bilbao faur framerety galaubeiu ]>oei simian waurhtins unearos,ei uslausidedi brak, mis us bamma andwairbin aiwa 24 jah in mis niikilidedun gub. ubilio bi wiljin gubs jah attine

4

izei

angaria,

5 bammei wnlbua du aiwain

Chapter
usiddja
aftra
in

II.

amen.
(>

1 J)a]>roh bi fidwortaihun jera
ei

eildaleikja
a!
ai

ewa eprauto

af-

Iairusaulyma

wandjanda
izwia in
;i

bamma

la]>oudiu
1

mib Barnabin, ganimande mib
mis jah Teitu

list

Xristaus du a

1

2 uzu]>-]>an-iddja bi andhnlei7 batei nisi anbar, alja aumai iiai. jah ussok im aiwaggeli baeind bai drobjandana izwia jah tei merja in biudom, i)> snndro wiljandana inwandjan aiwa•• baimei buhta, ibai sware rinnau Xristaus. aibbau rnnnjan.
aiwaggelja,
. .

baramma

.

'/'//<•

Epistle to
'>.

tin-

Galatians Licks

I.

s—i;>
23.
I.

I

22—11,

II.

I

7-1 II.
22—11,
'»".

.
'>.

III.

27—17,
II

V

Turinensis; see Introduction).
I.

contains

a lift hover J. .1 has 17— VI, 18 (14— is in the Codex I -7. I. 20— II, 17. TV, 19— VI, 18.
.

III. C,—2(i,

.

19—28. V, 17- —VI, 18 occur in both manuscripts, Hence the versee Superscription: Only traces of tin• first six letters remain. 4. andwairpin; II. — anawairpin ewa in .1; ewaewe in II. — 7. alter Xrietaue stops; gap tn erst 20. — 22. with unknn)>s .1 begins. — 24 inikilidcduii in //. molidcduii //; A. II t. ]•;|>> //;.!. )>u]»ro ;////. Bdwortaihao (jera, originally fldwortaxbunejeraIV.

/'//

.

jera,

with raaoiv ofejera)

in A,

.di..

fur

.id.,

inU.

— 2. in

)>iudom

itiB, in

piudoe

in A.

Galatians

.
]?atei

15.3

3 akei nih Teitus sa mib mis, muneima,

usdaudida pata

Kreks wisands,

baidi]?s

was

bi- silbo

taujan.

m ait an
4
a]>]?an in

11 Abban ban qam Paitrus in g=3 ]uze ufsliupandane Antiokjai, in andwairbi imma
]>aiei

innufslupun andsto]?, unte gatarhtys was. 12 unte faur]?izei qemeina subiniuhsjau freihals unsarana Mallei ailium in Xristau Iesu, ei mai fram Iakobau, mi]> biudom matida; ib bi]?e qemun, ufslaup unsis ga]?iwaidedeina 5 ]?aimei nih hreilohun gakun- jah afskaiskaid sik, ogands bans bedum ufhnaiwein, ei sunja ai- us bimaita; 13 jah miblitidedun imma bai waggeljons gastandai at izwis. anbarai Iudaieis, swaei Barnabas
galiugabro]>re,

6 a]?]>an af ]?aim ]>ugkjandam mibgatauhans war]? bizai litai wisan lva, luileikai simie wesun ize. ni waiht mis wulbris ist; gu]> 14 akei bibe ik gasalvr ]?atei ni mans andwairbi ni andsitib; a]?raihtaba gaggand du sunjai ai]?an mis bai bugkjandans ni waggeljons, qab du Paitrau faura waiht ana insokun, allaim: jabai bu Iudaius wisands 7 ak bata wibrawairbo gasai- ]?iudisko libais jah ni iudaiwisko, luandans ]?atei gatrauaida was liraiwa ]?iudos baideis iudaiwimis aiwaggeljo faurafilljis swa- skon? swe Paitrau bimaitis, 15 weis raihtis Iudaieis wisan8 unte saei waurstweig gata- dans jah ni us biudom frawaurhwida Paitrau du apaustaulein tai, bimaitis, waurstweig gatawida 16 abban witandans ]?atei ni jah mis in biudos, wairbib garaihts manna us

9 jah ufkunnandans anst bo gibanon mis, Paitrus jah Iakobus jah Iohannes, baiei buhtedun sauleis wisan, taihswons atgebun mis jah Barnabin gamaineins, swaei weis
eis

witodis alja bairh galaubein Iesuis Xristaus, jah weis in Xristau Iesua galaubidedum, ei garaihtai wair]?aima us galaubeinai Xristaus Iesuis jah
ni

waurstwam

du ]?iudom,
ei

du bimaita; 10 batainei ]?ize unledane

us waurstwam witodis, unte ni wair]?ib garaihts us waurstga- wam witodis ainhun leike.
i]>

4. pize in A, pizei in B.

freihals in B, freijhals in A.

Iveilohun in A, lceilohum in B.

gastandai;

in the

margin A

nih in A, ni in B. has pairhwisai. 6.
5.

niniip.

wulprais in A. andsitip in A, audsitaip in B; in the margin A has ana insokun (ana being adverb); Heyne writes anainsokuu. — 7. wiprawairpo in B, wi]>ra]:>o in A. Paitrau in B, Paitru in A. — 8. waurstweig• gatawida twice, in the margin twice waurhta; has waurstweigatawida. apaustaulein in B, apaustulein in A. — 9. after po A stops, sauleis, the u being faded. — 10. pize; ]>izei in B. — 11. gatarhips; gaparhips in B. — 12. ogauds; ogaus iu B. bimaita; the second a above the line. — 14. akei ake in B.
wulpris in
;

,

154

Galatian»

.

III.

IV.

uzu gahauseinai galaubeinais? G swaswe jah Abraham galauaftra timrja, missataujandanmik bida guba. Bilbao ustaiknja. \vito]> witoda 27 Swa managai auk swe in 19 unte ik bairh gaswalt, ei guba libau. Xristau daupidai wesub, Xristau 2<» Xristau inibushramibswarb; gahamodai sijub. 18 nist Judaius nih Kreks. nist i]> liba u u ni banaseibs ik. i]> libaib in mis Xristus: abban batei ekalks nih freis, nist gumakund mi liba in leika. in galaubeinai nih qinakund; unte allai jus ain liba sunaus gabs bis frijondins sijub in Xristau Iesu. 29 abban bande jus Xristaus, mik jah atgibandins sik silban faur mik. bannu Abrahamis fraiw sijub jab 21 ni faurqiba anstai gubs; bi gahaitam arbjans. ante jabai bairh witob garaihtei, Chapter IV. aibbau jah Xristus eware ga1 Abban qiba, swalaud melis swalt. swe arbinumja niuklahs ist, ni Chapteb III. and waihtiusiza ist skalka i'rauja 1 unfrodans Galateis, has allaize wisands, 2 akei uf raginjam istjahfauizwis afhugida sunjai ni ufhausjan, izwizei faura augam [esus ragaggam und garehsn at tins. 3 swa jah weis, ban wesum Xristus fauramelibs was in izwis ushramibs? barniskai, uf stabim bis fairhraus 2 batain wiljau witau fram iz- wesum skalkinondans; wis, uzu waurstwam witodis ah4 lb bibe qam usfulleins melis. man nemub bau uzu gahauseiuai insandida gub sunn seinana, galaubeinais? waurbanana us qinon, waurba\ swa unfrodans sijub? ana- nana uf witoda. Btodjandane ahniin mi leika ns5 ei bans uf witoda usbauhtiuhib? tedi, ei suniwe sibja andnimaina.
.

17 abban jabai eokjandans ei garaihtai domjaindau in Xristau, bigitauai sijum jaesilbans frawaurhtai, bannu Xristus frawaurhtais andbahts? nis sijai. 18 unte jabad batei gatar bata

swa filu gawunnub sware! abban jabai sware. saei nu andstaldib izwis ahniin jah waurkeib mahtins in izwis, uzu waurstwam witodis bau
-1
."»

.

.

17. with eokjandans .1 begins again, and after in It stops. IS. utiueatan20. sunaus; sunns in A. jandau; iniaeataajandin in A. III. 8. uiiinnlaiis; nnfropana in A. 29. arbjans; abrjans .1. IV. uf siabim |»is fairlraus; in the margin nftugglam, a gloss owing to the

•.'.

earnest interpreters' explanations
nor/-/,

of

with reference to the 'stars' and their worship, {Bernb&rdfs Glossary, 4. wanrpanana (tin- erst); tin- second understate). Above the line. nebauhtedi uebauhtide in A.

,

;';/

(7) rudiments,

[2) elements oftli<>

.',.

;

Galatians IV.

1

55

16 ib nu swe fijands izwis war]> 6 abban batei siju]> jus sunjus gu[>s, insandida gu]> ahman su- sunja gateihands izwis. naus seinis in hairtona izwara, 17 aljanond izwis ni waila, ak hropjandan abba fadar. usletan izwis wileina, ei im al7 swaei ni banasei]>s is skalks janob. (ak sunus, ib) bande sunus, jab 18 a]?]?an gob ist aljanon in arbja gubs bairh Xristu. godamma sinteino, jan ni ]>atai8 akei ])an swebauh ni kunnan- nei in ]?ammei ik sijau andwair]>s daiis gub bairn boei wistai ni at izwis. sind gu]>a skalkinodedub; 19 barnilona meina, ];anzei af9 ib nu sai ufkunnandana gu]>, tra fita unte gabairhtjaidau Xri-

maizub ban gakimnaidai fram stus in izwis, guba, hraiwa gawandidedu]? iz20 a['|)an wilda qiman at izwis wis aftra du bairn unmahteigain nu jah inmaidjan stibna meina, jah balkam stabim, ]?airaei aftra unte afslaubibs im in izwis. iupana skalkinon wilei]>? 21 Qibib mis, jus uf witodajj10 dagam witai]? jah meno- wiljandans wisan, ]?ata wito]> niu

bum

jah

melam jah abnam?

hauseib?

22 gameli]? ist auk ]>atei Abraham twans aihta sununs, ainana 12 Abban wairbaib swe ik, us biujai jah ainana us frijai. unte jah ik swe jus, brobrjus, 23 akei ban sa us ]>iujai bi bidja izwis. ni waiht mis gasko- leika gabaurans was, i]> sa us
didedjau in izwis. bub;
frijai bi

11 og izwis ibai sware arbai-

gahaita.

13 witub
leikis

]>atei

bairh siukein
fru-

aiwaggelida izwis bata

mo, 14 jah fraistubnjai ana

24 ]>atei sind aljaleikodos; ]^os auk sind twos triggwos, aina raihtis af fairgunja Seina, in ]-

leika

wadw

bairandei, sei ist Agar.

25 Sehia fairguni ist in Arabia, ni frakunbedu]} ni andspiwub, ak swe aggilu gu])s gamarko bizai nu Iairusalem, i]> andnemub mik, swe Xristu Iesu. skalkino]? mib seinaim barna.m. 15 mileika was nu audagei iz26 i]> so iupa Iairusalem frija wara? Aveitwodja auk izwis ba- ist, sei ist ai]?ei unsara; tei jabai mahteig wesi, augona, 27 ganieli]> ist auk: sifai stairo izwara usgrabandans atgebei]' so unbairandei, tarmei jah hromis.
pei so ni fitandei,

meinamma

unte nianaga

7.

ak sunus

siukein; in

wanting in A. the margin uuniaht.
ib;
line.

11. arbaididedjau; arbaidedidjau in A.

— IS.

14. aggilu; aggelu

in

.1.

— —

iJ. weitwodja;

t

A

begins again, gabairhtjaidau; in the margin 21. niu hauseib; has (du) laudjai gafrisahtnai. Xristus in A, Xristaus in B. in the margin A has niu ussuggwu]?, according to the Latin 'nonne legistis\ 24. aljaleikodos aljaleikaidos in B. 23. after leika .1 breaks off.

above the

— 10.

with

]?anzei

;

ir><>

Galatiaiw TV. V.

barna
)'izos

]>izos

an]>jone
weis,

mais

]>au

bo gakunde (ni) us ]>amma
la]»ondin izwis
ist.

aigandeins aban.
a]']»an

allana daig dihi shun. stairib. Lsakis gahaita barna 2 .) akei J>an ewaswesa bi leika 10 ik gatrana in izwis in fraubro]u-jus.

28
(

9 leitil beistis

gabanrana wrak ]>;ma bi ahmin, swah iali mi. 30 akei Ira qij>i]> ]>ara gamelido?

jin

waiht aljis hugjij», a]']»au sa drobjands izwis. sa bairai ]>o wargiba, salrazuh saei
]?atei ni

Uflwairp ]uzai ]mu'ai

jah
ni-

siiai.

11 a]']»an ik. broju-jus. jabai nii]) , -bi sunns biajos mi]» sunau bimait merjau. dulre ]>anainais frijaizos. wrikada? ]>annu gatauran ist 31 ]>annu nn, broJ?rjus, ni si- marzeins galgins. jum ]>iuios barna. ak frijaizos. 12 wainei jah usmaitaindau ]>ai drobjandans izwis! Chapter V. 13 Jus auk <lu freihalsa labo-ia=ll 1 ])anunei freihalsa nns Xri- dai siju]>. bro]>rjus: batainei ibai stus frijans brahta standai]\ nn, bana freihals du lewa leikis fcauni aftra skalkinassaus jukuzja jaib, ak in fria]>wos ahniins skalus]mlai]>.
laiktjo

]>annna sunau izos; ante ni

kino] 1 izwis misso.

- Bai ik
tei,

Pawlus

qi]>a izwis ]>n-

14 unto

all

wito]> in izwis in

jabai biniaiti]>, Xristus izwis
«In

ainamma waurda

nsfulljada, in
]>ei-

nist
•">

botai.

bamma
15
i]'

fi-ijos

nehmndjan
silban.

weitwodja hrammeh manne bimaitanaize J>atei skula ist all witob taujan. 4 lausai siju]> af Xristan. juzei in witoda garaihtans tjij?i|? izwis, us anstai usdruenb. 5 a]>]>an weis ahniin us galaubeinai wenais garaihteine bei;i]>]>;in

nana ewe bnk

jabai izwis misso beitib

jah fairinob, sailci]» ibai izwis misso fraqimaindau.

fram

16
u'ai]»

a]']>:in

qiba,

ei

ahmin gag-

jah lustu leikis ni ustiuhai]'. 17 unte leik gairneib wibra
sis

dam.
Xristau Iesu nik bimait waiht gamag nih faurafilli,
6 unit'
in

i]' ahma wibra leik: ]>o misso andstandand. ei ni nu 1'islrah ]>alci wilei]>. bata taujib.

ahman,

18
1

a]']'an jabai

ahmin tiuhan-

ak

galaubeins'

]>ah-h

friaj>wa

da. ni siju]> uf witoda.

waurel weiga.
l;n ida

9 a]>]>an swikun]»a sind waurst

7 rnnnub waila; Iras izwis ga- wa leikis, J»atei ist horinassns, eunjai ni ufhausjan? kalkinassus, unhrainiba, aglaitei,

. hrammeh; hramme in I). — 6. Xristau; Xristu in II. had nfhaoBJaudane, dans being scratched. — 8. ni; faded in B.
•".'.

din in H.

'.).

beistie; luitis in

II.

7.7.

fairinob; fairrinob
II:

///

7. afhauejan; labondin; laboIT. with i)> B.

ahma

.1

begins again,

taujib in A, tanjaib in

cp. Jo.

IX.

-.

Galatiane V.

.

157

3 ib jabai Jmgkei]? Iras lua wilubjaleisei, fia]>\vos, haifsteis, al- san ni waiht wisands, sis silbin jan, hatiza, jiakos, twisstasseis, frabjamarzeins ist.
birodeinos, hairaiseis,

20 galiugagude skalkinassus,

4

i]y

waurstw

sein silbins kiusil-

drugkaneins, gabauros, jahbatagaleiko ]>aim, batei fauraqiba izwis swe ju fauraqa]>, batei bai ]>ata swaleik taujaudans biudangardjos gu]>s arbjans ni wairband. 22 ib akrau almiins ist frijanei]?a,

21

maurj^ra,

sai luarjizuh, jah ]>an in sis

bin lvoftulja habai jah ni in an-

jmramma
5 lcarjizuh auk swesa baur]>ein
bairib.

6 ab]?an gamainjai sa laisida

waurda ]?amma

laisjandiu in al-

gawairbi, usbeisnei, laim godaini. selei, blei]?ei, galaubeins, 7 ni wairbai]? airzjai, gu]> ni 23 qairrei, gahobains, ewiknei; bilaikada, manna auk]?ateisaii]>, wibra bo swaleika nist witob. ]>ata jah sneibi]>; 24 ib baiei sind Xristaus, leik 8 unte saei saii]> in leika seisein ushramidedun mib winnom namma, us ]?amma leika jah jah lustum. snei]>i]> riurein, ib saei saii]> in 25 Jabai libain ahniin, ahmin ahmin, us ahniin jah snei]>i]> lilaiktjo jah gaggani. bain aiweinon. 2G ni wairbaima fiautai, uns 9 a]>]>an ]>ata god taujanmisso ushaitandans, misso in dans ni wairbaima usgrudjans; neiba wisandans. unte at mel swesata snei]:>am ni afmauidai. Chapter VI. 10 ]?annu nu ]>andei mel hajabai gafahaidau bam, waurkjam J'iu]? wibra al1 Brobrjus, manna in luizai missadede, jus lans, ])ishun Avi]>ra swesans ga]>\va, fahe]>s,

ahmeinans ga]>\vastjai]> bana laubeinai. swaleikana in ahmin qairreins, 11 Sai mileikaim bokom iz\visib=U> andsaikcandsbuk silban, ibai jah gamelida meinai handau. 12 swa managai swe Avileina ]>u fraisaizau. 2 izwaros misso kauribos bai- samjan sis in leika, ]>ai nau]>jand raib, jah swa usfullei]> \vito]> Xri- izwis bimaitan, ei h"eh wraka
];>ai

staus.

galgins Xristaus ni Avinnaina.

20. twisstasseis in B, twistasseis in A.

21. fauraqiba; iaurqi]>a

/'//

taujaudans
VI, 1.

in A,

tagaujandans

in B.

— 22.

and

B.

frijabwa in A, fria]?wa

in

II.

fahe|>s

in A, faheds in B.

andsaihrands in A, atsailuands in Ji; cp. Lu. XX, 21. ibai in B, iba in frabjamarzeins ist; in the margin A has sik silban ushitxmds ist. 7. saiib in B, saiji]> in A. bala in A, batuk 5. baurbein in B, baurein in A. 10. galanbeinai in A and B; with Tosureofn 8. saiib in B, saijib in A. in B. samjan 77. iziris gamelida in B, gamelida izwis in A. at the end in A. in B; cp. Tim. 3, 11. A, samjam in B. wraka in A, wrakja
A.

— 3.

sis silbin

— —

m

1

58
i

Galatians VI.

13 pan swe]>auh ]mi izei \vair]>i ana im jab armaio. jah bimaitanaj Bind, fastand, ana [sraela gu]>s. ak wileina izwie bimaitan, ei in 17 ]\-inamais arbaide ni ains-

\|>

izwaramma
14
i)>

Ieika hropaina. lmn mis gansjai, unte ik staking mis ni sijai lropan in ni [fraujins unsaris] Iesuis [Xriwaihtai niba in galgin fraujins stans ana leika meinanmiabaira.

unsaris
I'.nici

Iesuis

Xristans,

]>airh
i>i

mis

fairhnifl

uahramfys

jah ik fairhrau. 15 ante nih bimait waiht ist
nili faurafilli,

18 ansTs fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xristans mij?ahmin izwaramma, broJ?rjus. amen.

Du Galatim ustauh. ak niuja gaskafts. 16 jah swa managed swe ]>izai Du Galat(im gameli}?) ist ns
mai.

Tbi-

garaideinai galaistans Bind, ga-

]!. nih
in

pan
in B.
line,

in B, ni)> )>an in

A.

izei in

B, ize in A.

14. in ni

waihtai

;/) .1.

ni

waihtai
the

above
this

galgins in A. iairlrns //; .1. iairlraus in B. ist //; .1 with jah ik Codex Turinensis {See the introductory remarks to
in B.

galgin

Epistle) pegina.

IS. nih

.

.

.

nih;

ni

.

.

.

nih in A.
.1.

nih ... ni in B.

17. fraujins

angaria [eenia Xristans in B. Iesuis

/'//

Subscription;
B.

Du Galatim

gamelib

ist

us

Rumai (but im

guuielib

is

faded),

wanting in

Aipistaule Pawlaus du Aifaisium anastodeij».

Chapter

I.

G du hazeinai wulbaus anstais

1 Pawlus apaustaulus Xristaus seinaizos, in juzaiei ansteigs was Iesuis bairh wiljan gubs j^aim uns in bamma liubin sunau sei-

weiham bairn wisandam
lesn.

in Aifai-

namma,
7 inbammei

son jah triggwaim in Xristau

habam faurbauht,

blob is, 2 ansts izwis jah gawairbifram bi gabein wulbaus anstais is, guba attin unsaramma jah frau8 ]?oei ufarassau ganohida in jin Iesu Xristau. uns in allai handugein jah froa=l 3 |)iubij>s gub jah atta fraujins dein, unsaris Iesuis Xristaus, izei ga9 kannjan unsis runa wiljins biubida uns in allai biubeinai

fralet frawaurhte, ]?airh

ahmeinai in himinakundaim in
Xristau,

seinis,

bi wiljin saei fauragalei-

kaida

imma
usfulleinais

4 s was we gawalida uns

in im-

10 du fauragaggja

mele, aftra usfulljan alia in Xrifaur gasatein fairlraus, ei sijaima jah unwam- stau, bo ana himinam jah bo

ma

weis weihai

mai

in

andwairbja

is;

in frijab-

ana

airbai, in

imma,

wai 11 in bammei hlauts gasati5 fauragarairo]? uns du suniwe dai wesum fauragaredanai bi wilgadedai bairh Iesu Xristu in ina, jin gu]?s bis alia in allaim waurkbi leikainai wiljins seinis,

jandins bi

muna

wiljins seinis,

Only Jf
1-If, 20.
twice.

(

V,

Ill,

20— TT, 8) of the 0-V, 3. V, 17-20.
verses
I,

Epistle to the Ephesians
VI,

is lost.

A

contains

I,

S—24. Hence the

— In A this Epistle stands before that to the Galatians.
in B.

0-10. has I, 1-IV, 6. IV, 17-V.ll. VI, l—II, 20. Ill, 0—IV, . IV, 17— V, 3. VI, 0—10, occur

Superscription: aipistaule

Pawlaus du Aifaisium anastodip

in A,

du Aifaisium
in B,

anastodeip
I, 3.

in allai in B,

ana

allai in A.

4.

uns

in A, unsis in 5. in

weihai in A. gabein; b in

frijapwai in A. friapwai in B.

B. weis weihai ina in A, in imma in B.

7.

margin A
jah in B.

lias

above the line. — 0. bi wiljin saei fauragaleikaida imma; in the ana leikainai poei garaidida in imma. 10. jah po; jap po in A, only

100
12
ei

Epheaane

I.

II.

eijaima weia du hazeiuai gasatida iu taihswou seiuai iu
is,

fauraweujandaus himinain 21 ufaro allaize reikje jah walin Xii-taii; 1•') in |iammei jah jus, gahausdufnje jah mahte jah fraujinasjandana waurd eunjos, aiwaggeli aiwe jah allaize namne naniniganiataie izwaraizoa,bammei ga- daize ni ]>atainei iu bamma aiwa laubjandana gasiglidai wanrbub ak jah in bamma anawairbin, 22 jah alia ufhnaiwida uf foiilimiii gahaitia ]>amma weihin. 14 izci isT wadi arbjis unsaris tuns inmia. jah ina atgaf haubi]> du faurbauhtai gafreideinaia, du ufar alia aikklesjon, 23 sei ist leik is. fullo ]>is alia liazeinai wulbana is.' 1") Dnbbe jah ik, gahausjands iu allaim usfulljandins. b=2 izwara gaJanbein in fraujin Eesn
\\ul|)aus
]?ai

Chapter II. Xristau jah frijabwa in allans 1 Jah izwis wisandans danbane weihana, 10 answeibands awiliudo in iz- bans missadedim jah frawaurhwara, gamund waurkjands in tiiu izwaraim, 2 in baimei simle iddjednb bi bidom meinaim, 17 ei gub fraujins nnsaris Ie- bizaj aldai ]ns i'airlraus. bi reik suis Xriatans, ana wulbaus, gi- waldufujis rattans, alnnins bia mi
alnnan handQgeins jab waurkjandins in suuum ungalauaudholeinaie in ufkunbja aeinam- beinais. 3 in baimei jah weis allai us1..
li.ii

izwis

hairtins nietuni smnan in lustuni leikis izwarie, ei witeib jus lua isl wens unsaris. taujandans wiljana leilabonais is. bjileika gabei \\nl- kis jah gamitone, jah wesnm wi-

L8 inliuhtida

angona

stai barna hatizis ewaawe jah weihaim, L9 jah Ira ufarassns mikileins bai anbarai 4 i]> gu]> gabeiga wisanda in mahtaia is in one bairn galaubjaudani bi waurstwa niahtais armahairtein, inbizoa managons frijabwoe bizaiei frijoda ana, Bwinbeins is, jah wiaandana ana daubana 20 batei gawaurhta in Xristau urraisiands ma us dauj>aim. jah frawaurhtini mibgaqiwida uus

baua arbjis

is in

.")

18.

sunjos in
/'/;

I!,

snnjus

in
7.7.

.1.

14. izci in

II.

izc in

A.

gafreideinais; in the

margin
inliuliitida
/.''.

baa ganietaie.
/.'.


I!

frijabwa in A, friabwa
line,

in B.

18. inliuhtida

;'//

.1.

jus

///

aJbove the

lrileika; IrileiUu

A,

illegible in

11.

iu

una;

ecripta.
II.

the margin .1 basin izwis. according to the Greek and Latin manu22. alia (tin• first) in .1. all ;'// //. of lutuns /'// .1. uf fotum in If. '!. wilians; in the sununi ;'// A, suinun ;'// II. 2. i'airlraus ;'// .1. aiwis /// //.

margin

baa lostuna, according
.1.

ti>

batiste; hatize;/;

liaiis in

It.

In the
;'//

wietai barna liatizis.
II.

4.

gabeiga

A, wisum //; II. Latin mannacripta. weamn margin baa oseateiiiai Drrngkai, gloaa to II. gabigs A. managoaa in A, managoi //*
;'//
/'/;

I'izaici in

A,

iu bizaiei in B.

Ephesiaus

II.

161

Xri.stau

dai

!

anstai

siju]>

ganasi- jah mi^gardiwaddju faj^os gatairands,

6 jah miburreisida jah mi]:>gasatida in himinakundaim in Xristau Iesu, 7 ei ataugjai in aldim ]?aim anagaggandeim ufarassu gabeins anstais seinaizos in selein bi uns
in Xristau Iesu.

15 fijabwa, ana leika seinamwito]? anabusne garaideinim gatairands, ei bans twans ga-

ma

du ainamma niujamma mann waurkjands gaskopi in
wairj?i,
sis silbin

16 jah gafribodedi bans bans 8 unte anstai siub ganasidai in ainamma leika gu]>a J>airh ]>airh galaubein, jah ]?ata ni us galgan, afslahands fijabwa in sis izwis, ak gu]?s giba ist; silbin.
9 ni us waurstwam,
Ipopai;
ei

Iras ni

17 jah qimands wailamerida
gawairju izwis gawair]u ]>aim
juzei fairra,
izei

jah

sium taui, gaskapanai in Xristau Iesu du waurstwam godaim, ]>oei fauragamanwida gup ei in ]>aim gaggaima. 11 du]>]?e gamunei]? batei jus ]?iudos simle in leika, ]?ai namnidans unbimaitanai fram bizai namnidon bimait in leika kanduwaurht. 12 unte wesu]? ]?an in jainamma mela inuh Xristu framabjai
is

10 ak

nehra,

18 unte

]?airh ina

gagg bajobs du attin. 19 Sai nu

in

habam atainamma ahmin

ju ni siju]? gasteis 'ajktjo

jah aljakunjai, ak siju]? gabaurgjans bairn weiham jah ingardjans gubs,

20 anatimridai ana grunduwaddjau apaustaulejah praufete,

usmetis Israelis jah gasteis ga- at wisandin auhumistin waihhaite trausteis, wen ni haban- stastaina silbin Xristau Iesu,

dans jah gudalausai
dai,

in

manase-

21 in bammei alia gatimrjo gagatiloda wahsei]? du alh wei-

13
jus,

ib

nu

sai in

Xristau Iesu hai in fraujin,
wesu]>
fairra,

juzei

simle

22

in

bammei jah

jus mi]?ga-

waur]?ub nelv/a in bloba, Xristaus. timridai sijub du bauainai gups 14 sa auk ist ga\vair]>i unsar, in ahmin.
saei

gatawida

]?o

ba du samin

5. sijub ;'/; A, sijum iv B. 6. mi]mrreisida jah inibgaeatida in A, miburreisidai jah mibgasatidai in B. 8. siub in in B. 7. aldim in B, aldaim in A.

11. du]jsijum in B. godaim in the margin A has ]:>iubeigaim. be; A had dubbbe, one b being seratclied. simle; A has simle Avesu]?. 12. inuli in B, inu in A. Xristu in A, Xristau in B. gudalausai in A, gubalausai in B. 14.

— 10.

sium

in A,

;

, — —

10. afslahands illibgardiwaddju midgardivaddju in A, mibgavdawaddju in B. in A, afslahans in B. ID. mi jn in B, mi in .1. aljakunIT. izei in B, ize in A.
;

jai

;

aljakoujai in

A and B.

— 20.

after aiiatimii ...

.1

stoj>n.

11

162

EpheeiatiR

.

Chapter
1 In
]>izozei

III.

waihtais ik Pawlus bandja Xristaus Iesuis in iz-

wara
2

I'iudo

jabai

swejmuh hausidedub
sei

jah waldufnjam in ]'aim himinakundam ]?airh aikklesjon so filufaiho handugei gu]?s, 11 bi muna aiwe ]>anei gatawida in Xristau Iesu fraujin un-

fauragaggi <j:n}>* anstais bana ist mis in izwis,

gi-

saramma,
[freijhals]

3 unte bi andhuleinai gakannai bairh galaubein nida was mis so runa, swe faura-

12 in ]>ammei habam balbein jah atgagg in trauaiis.

gamelida
4-

du]>]>e ei

gei]?

nsgrudjans in aglom meinaim siggwandans ma- faur izwis. ]>atei ist wuljms izw ar. frabjan frodein meinai in 14 in ]>is biuga kniwa nieina
dii

in leitilamma,

13

in

j'izei

bidja, ni wair]'ai]>

runai Xristaus.
."»

anbaraim aldini ni kun]> was sunum manne, swaswe 15 us ]mmmei all fadreinis in andhuli]' ist ]>aim weihani is himina jah ana airbainamnjada, nu apaustaulum jab praufetum in 1G ei gibai izwis bi gabein wulaliniiii. baus semis mahtai inswin|>ian 6 wisan ])iudos gaarbjans jah bairh ahnian seinana in innubatei

attin fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xristaus,

galeikans jali gadailans gahaitis nian niannan, is in Kristau Iosu ]>airh aiwag17 bauan Xristu bairh galaugeljon, bein in hairtam izwaraim,
7 ]>izozoi war]' andbahts ik bi 18 ei in frijaj'wai gawaurlai gibai anstais gu]»s ]>izai gibanon jah gasulidai mageib gafahan mis bi toja mahtais is. mi]' allaini baim weiham Ira si-

mis ]>amina undarleijin al- iai braidei jah laggei jahhauhei laize |>izr weihane atgibana war]' jah diupei, 10 kunnan ]>o ufarassau mikiansl a so. in ]'iudoni wailamerjas ]'o unfairlaistidon gabein Xri- lon ]>is kunbjis irija]'wa Xristaus. ei fullnai]' du allai fullon gubs. staus 20 a]']'an ]'amma mahteigia 9 jah inliuhtjan allans lriloik ]';ita Fauragaggi runos Jnzos ga- afar all taujan maizo [giban] fulginons fram aiwam in guba bail bidjam aibbau fra]'jam bi bamma alia gaskapjandin, mahtai bizai waurkjandein in kanni]' wesi nu reikjam unsis,
S
1

<-i

///.
tin•

'.>.

with

in gu}>a

.1

begins again.
/'/(


II.

10. fllnfaiho in

-t.

managfal]?o
II.

in II; in

margin A 1ms managaim managnandei.

A.
II.

18. in
II.

|>izt'i ;;;

IS.

in 1'izc

.1

and
//.

— —

12, bal)>ein in
l<>.
.1.

baljvin freijhals in
.1,

ins\viii)>jan in
Iria]'\vai in B.

uas\viii|>nan

///

in in

w.uirlitai in
//.

wanting A and II.
in
11.

in A.
jali


.1.

18. inja|nvai in
jal

gawaortai; ga-

laggei in

laggei in A.
.1.

frija)nva in A. fria]>\va in

fullnai)) in B, l"iilnai)> in
;'//

da

in

II.

in in

20. giban in A.

wanting

in D.

niisis

.1.

ana

Ephesians

Til.

IV.

163

21 immuh. wulbus in aikklesjon fetuns, sumanzub ]>an aiwaggein Xristau Iesu in alios aldins listans, sumanzub pan hairdjans aiwe. amen. jah laisarjans, 12 du ustauhtai weihaize du
laiktjo

1

Chapter Bidja nu izwis

IV.
ik

waurstwa andbahtjis, du
bandja
in nai leikis Xristaus,

timrei-

13 unte garinnaima allai in labonais Juzaiei labodai siub, ainamundiba galaubeinais jah 2 mib allai haimeinai jak qair- ufkunbjis sunaus gu]>s, du waira rein, mi]> usbeisnai, usbulandaus fullamma, in mita]> wahstaus izwis misso in frijabwai, fullons Xristaus, 3 usdaudjandans fastan aina14 ei ]?anaseibs ni sijaima niumundi])a ahmins in gabundjai klahai, uswagidai jah usflaugigawairbeis. dai winda lvammeh laiseinais 4 ain leik jah ains ahma, swa- liutein manne, in filudeisein du swe atlabodai siju]> in aina wen listeigai uswandeinai airzeins, labonais izwaraizos. 15 ib sunja taujandans in fri5 ains frauja, aina galaubeins. jabwai wahsjaima in ina bo alia, aina daupeins; izei ist haubib, Xristus, 6 ains gu]? jah atta allaize, 16 us bammei all leik gagatisaei ufar allaim jah and allans lob (jah) gagahaftib bairh alios
fraujiu, wair]?aba

gaggan

Jnzos

jah in allaim mis. gawissins andstaldis bi waurst7 ib ainhrarjammeh unsara at- wa in mitab ana ainhrarjoh fero gibana ist ansts bi mitab gibos uswahst leikis taujib du timreiXristaus.
nai seinai in frijabwai.
qi}^i]>:

ussteigands in 17 pata nu qi]?a jah weitwodj a laiktjo hauhi]?a ushanb hunb jah atnh- in fraujin, ei ]>anasei]:>s ni gaggaib swaswe jah an]>aros biudos gaf gibos mannam. 9 batub ban usstaig Ira ist gaggand, in uswissja hugis seiniba batei jah atstaig faurbis in nis, 18 riqizeinai gahugdai wisanundaristo airbos? 10 saei atstaig, sa ist jah saei dans frama]?jai libainais gubs, in usstaig ufar allans himinans, ei unwitjis bis wisandins in im, in usfullidedi allata. daubi]?os hairtane seinaize, 19 baiei uswenans waurjmnai 11 jah silba gaf sumans apaustauluns, sumanzub ban prau- sik silbans atgebun aglaitein in

8 in

bizei

B; cp. Rom. XI, 36. in aikklesjon in Xristau Iesu in B, in Xristau Iesu jah aikklesjon in A, perhaps according to Latin manuscript». 6. after allaize IV, 1. siup in A, sijup in B. 2. frijapwai in A, friapwai in B. 13. sunaus sunus in A. stops. 8. in the margin A has psalmo (Ps. 68, 19.). 14. liutein; the waira fullamma; in the margin the gloss gumin fullamma. 17. with patu 16. jah; wanting in A. being faded. 15. izei; ize in A.
21. iinmuh in A, imraa
in

;

— —

begins again.

104

Epheeiane IV. V.

wauistwein unhrainibos allaizos sigh'dai sijub
in faihufrikein.

in

daga

uslausei-

nais.

20
el u.

i]>

jus ni

swa ganemub Xri

31 alia

baitrei jah hatis jah

21 jabai ewebauh ina hauside <lu]>. jab in imina uslaisidai siju]>

bwairhei jah hro])s jah wajamereins afwairpaidau af izwis mi]>
allai unselein.

ewaswe ist sunja in Iesu, 22 aflagjaib jus bi fruinin usiiicta ]>aua faimjail niannan
»'i

'2 wairbaiduh mib
seljai.

izwis misso

]>ana

riurjan bi

arniahairtai.fragibandans izwis misso, swaswe gu]> in Xrilustuni afmar- stau fragaf izwis.

zeinaie,
2•"}

airab-ban-niujaib
jah

ahmin
1

frabjis izwaris
24•

Chapter V. Wairbaib nu galeikondans laiktjo
swe barna liuba.

gahamob bamma
]

niu- guba,

jin

2 jah gaggaib in frijabwai, ekapanin in garaihtein jah weihi- swaswe jah Xiistus fnjoda uns ]>ai sun JOB. sik jah faur uns
2•")

mans

'annua

bi

guba ga-

in ]>izei

aflagjandans liugn

atgaf Bilbao hunsl jah saub guba du daunai

rodjaib sunja lrarjizuh mi]> newobjai. lrundjin scinanima, unto sijuni 3 abban horinaBBus jah alios anbar an]>aris li]ms. anhraini]'os ai]>]>au faihufrikei 26 bwairhaib ]'an eijaib jah ni nih naninjaidau in izwis. swaswe frawaurkjaib: sunno ni dissigqai gadob ist weiliaim. ana bwairhein izwaia, 4 (aibbau aglaitiwaurdei) ai)>27 nili gibaib stab unhulbin. |>au dwalawaurdei aibbau sal28 saei hlefi, banaeeibs ni hlidra, |>oei du baurftai ni fairrinfai. ib inais arbnidjai waurkjands n.nid. ak inais awiliuda.

Bweeaim handuin biub, d ailj an baurbandin.
(

ei

liabai

pat a auk witei]' kunnandans 2 .) aiuliun \vaurd<' abilaize us batei lrazuh hora aibbau unmunba izwaramma ni usgaggai, lirains aibbau faihufriks, batei ak |>a1ci gob sijai du tiniieinai ist galiuga-gude skalkinaesus, ni gaiaubeinaie, ei gibai anst haus- habaib arbi in biudangardjai Xristaus jah gubs. jandain.
.")

laiktjo

ni nianna izwis usluto laugaurjaib bana weilian aliinan gabs, in bammei ga- saini waurdam, bairh boei qimib

30 jah

ni

(")

20.

ewa

i>t

in It

above the
It.

fine.

34. jab
It.

gahamob
ni
;//

;'//

B,

jag

gahamob
B.

in A.

— 25.
qai
;/;
/'//

sijuni in A. siju|» in
It.

— 28.
II,

jab

ni in

jan

.1.

diaeigqai in A. dieeigg-


u

27.

nili
It.

<iil>ai|>

in

ni
/'//

gibib in A.
.1.

28.

i|>

in A,

ak

in

80. jab

A,
V.

wanting in
2.
|

in

bammei

|?ammei
It.

in

It.

frijabwai in A. friabwai in

/.

;

i

•) >.i

kinassiis; skalkinassaus in

.7. hraxnh hon; hraznhors in agiaitiwaardei, wanting in It. IS. 8. usluto: uslusto in It.

— 8. —

After

nanm

I

breaJre
It.

off.

ekal-

Ephesians V. VI.

165

hatis gubs
beinais.

ana sunum ungalau-

hausei]> Xristau,

swah
frijo]>

qeneis ab-

nam

seinaim in allamma.

qenins iz8 wesub auk suman riqiz, ib waros, swaswe jah Xristus frinu liuhab in fraujin swe barna joda aikklesjon jah sik silban liuhadis gaggai]> atgaf faur ]>o,

7 ni wairbaib nu gadailans im,

25' jus wairos

;

9 abban akran liuhadis ist in 26 ei bo gaweihaidedi gahrainallai selein jah garaihtein jah jands bwahla watins in waurda,
sunjai

27
]^atei
sijai

ei

ustauhi silba

10 gakiusandans

aikklesjon, ni

wulbaga habandein wamme
sis

Availagaleikai]? fraujin,

aibbau maile aibbau lua swalei11 jah ni gamainjaib waurst- kaize, ak ei sijai weiha jah unriqizis.
. .

wam
17
ale

wamma.

28 swa jah wairos skulun friwairbaib unfrodai, frabjandans lea sijai wilja jon seinos qenins swe leika seina.
du]?]'e ni

fraujins.

[sein silbins leik frijo]>] saei seina

18 jah

ni

anadrigkai]? izwis qen frijob, [jah] sik silban

frijo]?.

weina, in ]?ammei ist usstiurei,

ak fullnaib in ahmin, 19 rodjandans izwis

in psal-

auk manna luanhun sein leik fijaida, ak fodeib ita jah warmeib, swaswe jah Xristus
29
ni
. .

mom

jah hazeinim jah saggwim aikklesjon.

ahmeinaim, siggwandans inhairtam izwaraim fraujin, 20 awiliudondans sinteino fram
allaim in

Chapter
8
.

VI.

.

.

tauji]> ]uu]us,

bata ganiskalks

namin

fraujins unsaris mi]>
izwis misso

at

fraujin,

ja]?]?e

Iesuis Xristaus attin jah guba, ja]>]>e freis.

21 ufhausjandans
in agisa Xristaus.

22 qeneis seinaim abnam ufjah izwis sama frauja ist in hihausjaina swaswe fraujin, 23 unte wair ist haubi]> qenais, minam, jah wiljahalbei nist at swaswe jah Xristus haubi]> aik- iinma. klesjons, jah is ist nasjands lei10 J)ata nu an]?ar, brobrjusi=io meinai, mswinbjaib izwis in fraukis. 24 akei swaswe aikklesjo uf- jin jah in mahtai swinbeins is.
22. qeneis qenes 17. with du]?pe .4 begins again. 2S. sein silbins leik frijop Xristu in A. qeneis qenes in A. 20. after aikklesjon and jah; interpolation according to Latin manuscripts. 11. after riqizis

9 jah jus fraujans, ]>ata samo taujaib wibra ins, fraletandans im hrotos, witandans ]>atei im

stops.

in A.

— 24.

Xristau

;

;

;

A

stops.
VI, 8.

with taujip

begins again.
.

9.

with fraletandans
IV.

A

begins again.
the

jah jus fraujans; occurs twice in

10. inswinpjaip in A, inswiujaip in B.
II,

number (i=10) added in

occurs already in

KWi
11
gu\>8,

Ephosians VI.

gahamob
ei

izwia

earwam

in

ahmin jah dn ]?amma Avakanusdandein

mageib standan
nist izuis

wij?ra <lans sinteino in alia!

listins diabiilaus,

jah bidom fram allaim bairn wei-

12 unte
leik

brakja wij?ra ham,

jah blob, ak wi}?ra reikja jah waldufnja. \vi]>ra ]»ans fairluu
riqizis
Jris,

habandane

wij?ra

19 jah fram mis, ei mis gibaidau Avanrd in nsluka mnnbis bo meinis, in bal]>ein kaunjan runa
aiwaggeljons,

alimeinona unseleins in ]>aim

hi-

minakundam.

20 fanrboei airino in kunawiL3 (lii]']'e nimib sarwa gu]>s. ei dom, ei in izai gadanrsjau ewe mageij? andstandan in bamma skuljau rodjan. daga ubilin jah in allamma us21 a])]>an ei jus Avitei]> lua bi waurkjandans standan. inik ist, Ira ik tauja, kanuei]>
standaib nu ufgaurdanai izwie allata Tykeikus sa liuba hupins izwarans ennjai jah ga- |brobar jah triggwa andbahta in paidodai brunjon garaihteins, fraujin,
1-1

jah gaskohai fotnm in man22 ]?anei insandida du izwis wibai aiwaggeljons gawairbjis, duj^e ei kunnei]> Ira bi ugk ist ') nfar all andnimandane skiljah gabrafetjai hairtona izwara. du galaubeinaie, bammei magub 23 gawairbi bro]u*um jah fri1
."> 1

alios arhjaznos

abwa mi]? galaubeinai fram guba niskos afhrapjan. attin jah fraujin Iesu Xristau. 17 jah hum naseinais niraaib, 24 ansts mi]? allaim baiei frijah meki ahmins, ]>ateiist waurd jond fraujan unsaraua Iesu Xrigu] stu in unriurein. amen. 18 bairh alios aihtronins jah Du Aifaisinm ustauh. bidoe aihtrondans in alia inela
11.

)>i.s

uuseljins fu-

diabulaus; in the margin A has unhulj'ins.
in

14. jah

gapaidodoi

in
/'//

11.
/<',

gapaidodai

A.


T'>.

uneeljine in
I>.

.1,

aaeeleins in B.

18.

wakandana

in A.
/>.

in allai in

wautingin A.

wakaodans
.t

jag duiiiei-

19. after gibaidau

stops,

ni>; nioiuais in

21. u)>]>an, only

lvmuius, the net being faded.

Du
Chapter
I.

Filippi.sium.

nai swe sinteino jah nu mikiljada 14 ... tans bro^re in fraujin Xristus in leika meinamma, jaj?] >e gatrauandans bandjom meinaim l^airh libain jab-b-e bairh daubu.
.

mis liban Xristus Iaiktjo waurd gu];>s rodJan. ist jah gaswiltan gawaurki. 15 sumai raihtis jali in nei]ns 22 i]>jabai liban in leika, ]>ata iah haifstais, sumai ]>au in godis mis akran waurstwis ist, jah wiljius Xristu merjand, lra]?ar waljau ni kann. 16 sumai ]?an us fria|?wai, wi23 a];]>an dishabai]?s (im) us tandans ]>atei du sunjonai ai- ]?aim twaim, J?anuh lustu hawaggeljons gasatfys im. bands andletnan jah mij? Xrip»aiei us haifstai, Xristu stau wisan; und filu mais batizo 17 merjand ni swiknaba, munau- ist; dans sik aglons urraisjan band24 abban du wisan in leika jom meinaim. ]?aurftozo in izwara. 2.j jah bata triggwaba wait 18 lira auk? ]?andei allaim haiinais

gadaursau

unagandans

21

A]?]?an

dum,

jap>be inilon ja];>be suujai, ]>ateiwisajah];>airhwisa at allaim

Xristus merjada, jah in |?amma fagiuo, akei jah faginondugiuna; 19 unte wait ei j?ata mis gagaggi]? du ganistai ]?airh izwara bida jah andstald ahmins Xristaus Iesuis, 20 bi usbeisnai jah wenai meinaim, unte ni in waihtai gaaiwisko]'s wair]?a,

izwis

du izwarai framgahtai jah
ei lvroftuli

fahedai galaubeinais izwaraizos,

izwara biauknai in Xristau Iesu in mis J?airh mei-

2G

nana qum aftra du izwis. 27 lveh batainei wair]>aba
ei,

ai-

waggeljons Xristaus usmitai]>, jab]?e qimau jah gasailrau iz-

ak

in allai trauai- wis ja]?be alja]^ro,

gahausjau

bi

The remains (? ) of the Epistle to the PhUippiaus are preserved as follows : A Hence the verses If, L'G— coutaias II, 20— IV, I, 14— If, 8. If, 2J—1 V, IT. IV, 6 are contained in both manuscripts. Superscription according to IV, 1.5. 7.7. haifstais; liaiitais in tans; Inst syllable of inauagistatis. I, 14 IS. 23. im; wanting in B.

;

Ms

PbilippiauB

I.

II.

izwis juilfi standi]» in

ahinin,

ainai

ainamma skalkis nimands. in galeikja saiwalai samana inanne waur]>ans jah manaulja
galaubeinai
ai-

manna, waggoljons. 8 gahaunida sik silban waur28 jah ni in wailitai afagidai bans ufhausjands attin uud fram J)aini andasta]nam. batei 22 ]>atei swe attin barn
arbaidjandans
bigitans ewe
. .

.

ist

im ustaikn.-ins

fralustais.

mijjskalkinoda mis in aiwaggelj

izwia ganistais.

jah bata fram

gnj>a
•J'.)

on 23 banuh nu wenja

sandjan

izwis fragiban ist faur Xri- bi]»e gasailra Ira bi

jan.

]>atainriduiinmagalaubak jah bata faur ina winnan, Jjammei jah silba sprauto qima. ::n l>osamonhaifst habandans 25 abfan ]>arf munda Aipaboei gasaihnbin mis jah nu hau- fraudoitu brobar jah gawanrsteeip in mis. wan a }j gahlaiban meinana. Chapteb II. izwarana apaustulu jah andbaht 1 Jabai lro nu ga]u-aisteino in ]>aurftais meinaizos. sandjan du
stu. ni
j

mik ist suns, 24 a>ban gatraua in fraujin

Xristau. jabai lro gablaihte fri- izwis, 26 ante gairnjands was allaize abwoe, jabai lro gamaindu]'.• ahmins. jabai lro mUdibo jah fewara jah unwunands in bkei hausidodu]> ina siukan. gableibeino, 27 jah auk sinks was nelra 2 osfulleij-» meina failed ei J?ata eamo hugjaib, bo samon friabwa daubau; akei gap ina gaarmaihabandans.samasaiwalai. sama- da, a]>]>an ni batainei ina. ak jah mikj (v gauivin ana gaurein frabjai,
i

aibban "' haban. 28 sniumundos nu insandida lansai hauheinai. ak in allai hauneiuai gahugdais anbar anba- ina, <'i gasauVandana ina aftra faginob jah ik hlasoza siiau ufrana munande sis auhuman. 3
ni

waiht

bi haiistai

I

ni

I'.)

eeina Irarjizuh initon]>o an]>araiz<• lrarji-

dans ak jah
znh.

kunnan Is Ira bi izwis ist. 29 andnimaib nu ina in
jin

fran-

mi]> allai fahedai, jah bane ewaleikane swerans habaib, 5 bata auk frabjaidau in izwis •".<) ante in waurstwis Xristaus batei jah in Xrietau leeu, 6 eaei in gnbaakaanein wieands nnd d&ubn atnetuida ufarmnnni wulwa rahnida wisan sik ga- nonds saiwalai seinai, usfnllileiko guba, dedi izwar gaidw bi mein and7 ak sik Bilbao uslausida wlit bahti.
i

<

i

28. afagidai; the
II.

J'izc

/'//

ina in

manuscript ha J afagidaa, which has been corrected. trai|<jai<lan in li. izwana ;;; 25. izwarana 26. in .1 with these .1 begins, correctly baa in )>izd. 28. gasaihrandane .1 above the line. 29. babaip in .1. haibai]' in 11.
5. ii;i|'.i;ii(l;ni
; :

>/ —

:

/.'.

Philippians

III.

169

9 jah bigitaidau in imma, ni laiktjo J)ata anbar, brobrjus meinai, habands meina garaihtein bo us faginob in fraujin. ]^o samona witoda, ak ]?o ]?airh galaubein izwis meljan mis swebauh ni la- Xristaus Iesuis, sei us guba ist garaihtei ana galaubeinai, tei, ib izwis bwastiba.
III.

Chapter

10 du kunnan ina jah maht 2 saibjib bans hundans, sailuib ]>aus ubilans waurstwans, saibjib usstassais is jah gamaindub ]mlaine is, mibkauribs was daubau ]?o gam ait anon.
3 abban weis sium bimait, weis is, 11 ei luaiwa gaqimau in usalimin guba skalkinondans jah stassai us daubaim. Inopandans in Xristau Iesu, jah 12 ni batei ju andnemjau aij?ni in leika gatrauam, 4 jah ban ik habands trauain bau ju garaihts gadornibs sijau, jah in leika. jabai luas anbar abban afargagga ei gafahau, in bugkeib trauan in leika, ik mais, ]iammei gafahans war}? fram
5 bimait ahtaudogs, us kno13 bro]?rjus, ik mik silban ni dai Israelis, kunjis Baineiameinauh man gafahan nis, Haibraius us Haibraium, bi
Avitoda Fareisaius,
bi aljana

Xristau.

wrakjands aikkles]>izai sei

14 abban ain, swebauh ]>aim afta ufarmunnonds, ib du bairn
boei faura sind
bi

jon, bi garaihtein

in wi-

mik ufbanjands,

mundrein afargagga afar sitoda ist wisands usfairina. 7 akei ]>atei was mis gawaurki, gislauna bizos iupa labonais gubs in Xristau Iesu. ]?atuh rahnida in Xristaus slei]?a
15 swa managai nu swe sijaiwisan. 8 a]?ban swebauh all domja ma fullawitans, bata hugjaima; sleiba wisan in ufarassaus kunb- jah jabai lua aljaleikos hugji]>, jis Xristaus Iesuis fraujins mei- jah bata izwis gub andhuljib; 16 a]?ban swebauh du bammei nis, in bizei allamma gasleibtys
im, jah

domja smarnos wisan gasnewum, ei samo hugjaima allata, ei Xristu du gawaurkja jah samo fraj^jaima. [samon gaggan garaideinai]. habau,

J. bimait in A and Ill, 3. sium in A, sijutn in B. jah ni in B, jau ni in A. (/brbimaita? asks Bernhardt). Baineiameinis in B, Baiuiameinis in A. 8. XriXristaus in B. Xristu; Xristau in A and B. .9. ]>o us staus Iesuis in A, Iesuis witoda in B, us witoda in A. bo bairh in A, bairh in B. Xristaus Iesuis in A, 12. afargagga in A, ik afargagga in B. 13. nauh in A, Iesuis Xristaus in B. 15. hra in A, wanting in B. andhuljib in A, andhugjib in B. bau in B. 16. sainon gaggan garaideinai in A, wanting in B; it is an additional variant, which originally stood in the margin, but was afterward incorporated into the text. frabjaima (in A andB) seems to be an error; it must hare replaced an original gagi>aima or a similar word.

— —

17<»

Philippians

III.

TV

17

mibgaleikondans

meinai

4 nunu

fagiuop) in fraujin sin-

jah mundo)» teino; aftra qi^a, fagino]?. 5 anawiljei izwara kuu]?a siai izwis bans swa gaggandans swaallaim mannam; frauja nelra ist. swe habaib frisaht unsis.
wair]>ai]>. broju-jtis,

waihtai maurnai]', ak in allai bidai iali aihtronai mi)> banzei ufta qa}? izwis. gretands qfya, pans fijands gal- awiliudam bidos izwaros kunJ?os eijaina at guj>a. gins Xristaus, 7 jah gawairjn gu}?s,];>ateiufar19 ]u'zeei andeis wair]>i]> fraist all ahane, fast a hairtona lusts. ]»izeei gu\) wamba ist jah jah leika izwara in Xristan Iesu. wulj?us in skandai he, baiei air8 ]>ata anpar. bro]u'jus.|uslrah beinaim fra]>jand.

18 unte managai

gaggand, i)> nu jah

(i

ni

unsara bauains in himigariud, ]ush-ah j^atei garaiht. nam ist, |>a)>roei jah nasjand usbishrah J?atei weih, ]>islrah ]>atei beidam fraujan [esu Xristu, liubaleik. ]>islrah )?atei wailamer, 21 saei inmaideij? leika haunei- jabai Iro godeino. jabai lro hanais ansaraizos <lu ibnaskaunzeino, ]mta mito]?; janima leika \vnl|>aus scinis hi
i|>

20

]>atei ist sunjein,

juslrah

]>atei

waurst jan sis

wa.untemag jah ufhnaiwalia.

Chapter
laikljo
1

IV.

jah galaisidedu]' izwis jah ganeinu]> jah gahausidedujj jah gaselru]? in mis. ]>ata. taujai]>; jah gu]) gawair]>eis sijaimib
i)

]>atei

Swaoi nu. bro]?rjus meinai liubans jah lustusamans, t'ah<>]'s jah waips meinSj swa standi]' in frau j in. 2 Aiodian India iali Syntykein bidja |';it;i saino fra]\iaii in fraujin.

izwis.

faginoda in fraujin z=7 mikilaba, unto ju Iran ga]>ailm]>

10

A]>]>an

du fan r mik
mei jah
ni

fra]>jan:

ana ]>am-

fro)ni]>,

a]?]?an analati-

dai wnur]ui]>.
|>atoi

3

jai

jah ]>uk
in

11 waliso bidja ga- unto
j'o/.ci

bi

jmrbai qi)>au:

ik galaisida

mik

in ]»aimei

juko, ni|>ais |>os

nii]>arl»ai-

im gaiiohi]>s wisan.

didedun mis

aiwaggeljon mi|> 12 lais jah haunjan mik, Iris Klemaintau jah anj?araim ga- jah ufarassau haban; in allamwaurstwam meinaim, jMzeei nam- nia jah in allaim us]>ro]>ij>s im, na Bind in hokoni lihainais. jah sads waii-]>an jah gredags,

17. jab
in
.1.

mundop
\vns|'iiiis
i.ili

/'//

//.

jam mundo]?
in
.1,
|>i/.e

fa

.1.

Hi. pizeei (the
//;

fir.st)
/// .1.

in

II.

pizeiei

|>i/.<vi

(thesecoad)
;/;

in

II.

wuljni.s

II.

wulpaus
•'?.

21. wul-

J'iins in .1,

II.

IV. 2.

Syntykein

fn
//;

It.

maintau
«i.ii

fa

.1.

4.
.1.

annu

.1.

Syntykein nunn nu fa It.
ias
.1

in

II.

sijai in

C.

after eijaina

— Klemaintau in B, Klaifa — 5. anawiljei: auawiljefa and B. Btope. — 12. utarussuu; ufarassu in Ik ia
.1.
.t

nliovi' thi' line; cp. II I'or. II. 4. Lu.

XV.

17.

Philippians IV.

171

jah ufarassau haban jah barbos bulan. 13 all mag in ]?amma inswinbjandin mik Xristau.

waggeljons, ]>an usiddja af Makidonai, ni ainohun aikklesjono

mis gamainida in rabjon gibos
jah andanemis alja jus ainai,

16 unte jah in paissalauneikai 14 a]?ban swe]>auh waila gatawidedub gamainja briggaiidans jah ainamma sinba jah twaim andawizn mis insandidedu]?. meiua aglon. abban witub jah jus, Filip17 ni j^atei gasokjau giba, ak 15
pisius,

batei in anastodeinai ai- gasokja ak.

.

.

.

14. briggaiidans;

dan above the

line.

— 15. ainohun;

ainnohun

in

II.

IT. ak;

remaining

letters

of akran.

Kaulaussaium.

Chapteu
(>
.

I.

awiliudondans at tin.
la]>oda izwie

sad

.

.

in snnjai

du

dailai

hlaatis

7 swaswe ganemu]? at Aipafrin weihaize in liuhada, saei galausida izwisnswal|»;i]]iina liubin gaskalkja ansa-

'

rauima, saei

isl

fcriggws faur

iz-

diifnja riqizis jah

atnam

in ]>in-

dangardja snnatis fiia]nvos seiwis andbahts Xristaus Iesuis, 8 saei jah gakannida uns iz- nai/.os. 14 in ]>animei habam fanrwara fiia]>\\a 1n ahmin.

b-2

fram ]>amma baaht, Eralet frawaarhte, 1") saei ist frisahts gnj>8 nndaga ei bansidednm, ai Kreilai<1<m1 urn faur izwie bid jandans jah gasaihranis, framabaar allaizos aihtrondans ei fnllnni]? kunbjis gaskaftais, 16 ante in imma gaskapana wiljins is in allai handngein jah
<)

I)u]'])o

j;ili

weis,

frodein ahmeiaai,

waurbna

alia

in

hiniinani

jah

gaggaib wairbaba fran- ana air]>ai, ]>o "asailranona jah jins in allamma |?atei galeikai, |'o angasaircanona, ja]»)'e sitlos ia allamma waurstwe godaize ja]>]>e franjinassjns ja]>]>e reikja akraa bairandans jah wahsjan- ja]>be waldafnja. alia bairh ina iah in imma gaskapana sind, dans in afkunbja gaj?s, in allai mahtai gaswinbidai 17 jah is ist fanra allaini jah iii mahtai wnl^aas is in allai as- alia in imma dssatida sind.
10
,.j
1

|>ul;iin;ii
«lai.

jah nsbeisnai

nii|>

fahe-

1

jah

is ist

hanbi]'

leikis. aik-

klesjons; saei istanastodeins,fm-

The remains of tin• Epistle to the Colossians are preserved as follows: con* I. 10—29. II 20— III, S. IV. 4— hi; II. 13—20 and IV. 13— JO in the Codex Tnrinensis (See Introduction). has 7, 6 20. II. 7 7— IV. T.t. Hence the verses I. 10—29. II. 20—III, 8. IV. -I— hi occur in both manuscripts. About % of the
tains

Epistle

is lost.
It is

Superscription:
;it

taken from
in
.1 II.

tin•

abbreviated form Kau>saim. which occurs
in
.1

the dose of the Epistle
I.

10.

with
jali

w;iir]';il>;i

begins,
li

akran
in

:

twice.

j;ili

wabHjandane
hJminain
line.

in A,

wanting in B.
miiia
///

14.

frawaarhte;
It.

B.

bo

in

jaj> ]>o in

A.

aboiO the line. — walduinia: n above

Id.

in

A,

lii-

the

Colossians

I. II.

173
g-ub

mabaur us
allaim
is

dau]?aim,

ei

sijai

in

frumadein habands, 19 unte in imiiia galeikaida

gakanujan gabein Avulbaus ]>izos runos
in ]?iu,dom,

27 baimei wilda

batei ist Xristus in

alia fullon

bauan
gafri]?ou alia

izwis, Avens Avul]?aus,

28 ]?anei Aveis gateiham talzjandans all manne jah laisjanblo]> galgins is, bairh ina, ja]>be dans all manne in allai haudu]>o ana air]?ai ja]?]>e bo ana hi- gein, ei atsatjaima all manne niinam. fullawitan in Xristau Iesu; 21 Jah izwis simle Avisandans 29 du bammei arbaidja usframajndans jali fijands gahug- daudjands bi AAaurstwa ]iatei dai in waurstwani ubilaim, i]? nu inna Avaurkei]? in mis in mahtai.
in innna, gaAvair]:>i taujands Jrairh

20 jah bairh ina

gafri]?odai

22

in leika

mammons

is

bairh

Chapter

II.

dau]m, du atsatjan izwis weihans 11 .... frawaurhte leikis, in jah unwammans jah usfairinans bimaita Xristaus, faura imma, 12 mi]?ganawistrodai imma in 23 jabai swe]?auh bairhwisi]? in daupeinai, in bizaiei jah miburrigalaubeinai ga]?wastidai jah ga- stiJ? bairh galaubein waurstwis tulgidai jah ni afwagidai af A\e- gubs, saei urraisida ina us daunai aiwaggeljons boei hauside- baim 13 jah izwis daubans AA'isanduj?, sei merida ist in alia gaskaft bo uf himina, bizozei Avar]? dans missadedim jah unbimaita ik Pawlus andbahts. leikis izwaris mibgaqiwida mib 24 [saei] nu fagino in ]>aimei imma, fragibands uns alios misAviuna faur izwis jah usfullja sadedins, gaidwa aglono Xristaus in leika 14 afsAvairbands ]?os ana uns

meiuamma faur
aikklesjo,

leik is, j^atei ist

Avarb ik andbahts bi ragina gu]?s batei giban ist mis
])izozei

25

in izwis

du usfulljan waurd gubs, 26 runa sei gafulgina was fram aiwam jah fram aldim, ib nu gas\vikunbidaAvar]?]?aim weiham is, taba]
24. saei; seems to be a later addition in B,

wadjabokos raginam seinaim, was andaneij^o uns, jah )>ata usnam us midumai, ganagljands ita du galgin, 15 andhamonds sik leika reikja jah waldufnja gatarhida bal|?aba, gablaubjands bo [bairh]>atei

in

sis.

in B.

27. Avilda; in
in A,

in the

margin.
after bi

wanting in A. gaidwa in A, gaiwa Xristus in B, wanting in A. 29. us-

daudjands
faded out.
II,

usdaujauds

in B.

stops.

batei inua Avaurkeib,

ei

inua,

after

mahtai

11.

begins.

A

stops.
little

13. with the second jah Codex Turinensis begins, but

is legible

(See Introduction).

— 14. usuam in A, usnian in B.

galgin

;

al in

above

the

line.

15. bairhtaba seems to be a gloss to bal]>aba, which has ben incor/ to-

la ted into the text.

174
16
ni

Coloasiane

II.

III.

' unte gadaubnodedub, jah libidomjai in mata aibbau in dragka bains izwara gafulgina ist mi]> aibbau in dailai dagie dulbais Xristau in g'u]>;i 4 ]>an Xristus swikun]>s'-wairaibbau f ulli]>e aibbau sabbatum, 17 batei ist skadus bize ana- bib, Iibains izwara. banuh jah ins bairhtai wairbib mib imina wairbane, ib leik Xrietaus. 18 ni tuashun izwis gajiukai in wulbau. wiljande in hauneinai jah bloti5 daubeib nu libuns izwarans, aaseau aggile, ]>atei ni sabj ua- bans J?aiei sind ana airbai, horihafiands sik, sware ufblesans naesu, unhrainein, winna, lustu Eram frabja leikis seinis, ubilana, jah faihugeigon sei ist 1 .) jah ni habands haubib, as gaJiugagude skalkinassus, bammei all leik bairh gawissins G bairn ]>oei qimib hatis'gubs jah gabindos anknando jah bei- ana eunum ungalaubeinais. hando wahseib dn wahstau gube. 7 in baimei jah jus iddjedub 20 jabai gaswultub mib Xri- simle, ban libaidedub in bairn; 8 ib nu aflagjib jah jus ]>o alia. stan af stabim bis fairlraus. Ira banaseibs ewe qiwai in ]'amma hatis, bwairhein, unselein, ana-

manna nu

izwis

(

Eairhrau urredib:

qiss,

aglaitiwaurdein
ni

;

us

munba

21 ni tekais nih nih kauejais?

atsnarpjais

izwaramma

UBgaggai

22
batei
2'\

]>;)tci ist

is

9 ni liugaib izwis misso, afaUduriurein, bairh elaupjandans izwis bana fairnjan brukjaidan l>i anabus- mannan mi]> tojam is,

niin jah laiseinim nianne.

10

jah

gahamob niujamma
]>is

swebanh wanrd habandona handugeins buhtaus
)>o('i

sind

bamma

ananiwidin du ufkunbja

bi frisahtai

in

fastubnja jah hauneinai hairtins jah unfreideinai leikis, ni in
hrizai

Bweribo

du Boba
III.

leikis.

Chapteb
1

11 ]>arei nisi bimait jah faurafilli, barbarufl jah Skybus, skalke jah freis, ak alia jah in allaim Xristus.
us,

gaskop ina. Kreks jah.Tudaisaei

Jabai

nu miburrisub Xri-

12

gahamob

izwis

nu swe ga-

Btau, boei iupa sind Bokeib, barei walidai gube, weihans jah waliX rist us ist in taihewai gnbs si- sniis. brusts bleibeins, armahair-

tande; 2 baimei iupa sind Erabjaib,
j'aiiii

tein, eelein,
ni

haunein ahine, qair-

rein usbeisnein,

)>oci

an;i

«•

i

i]

>;i

i

sind,

13 bulandans izwis misso jah

20. with
in B.

l'is

.1

begins.


.1.

21. tekata; n-ikais in
anfreidei
/'//

and
II.

B. nih; twice in

.1.

ni

28. unfreideinai in

//.

///. 2.

una;
;'//

//; .1

above
ni
.1

tliel'me.
.1.

5. liorinassu in

horinassau
Ii.

in

.1.

winna
the
line.

in A,

winnon
with

//.

abflanain


ji

obila in H: na

8.
is

izwaramma

bivaksoff.

was perhaps added above

1l'.

blei)>eins• blofyein in

ahine; only

discernible.

Colossians

III.

IV.

17

fragibandans silbam, jabai Iras augam skalkinondans saa- manA\i]>ra lrana habai fairina, swa- nam samjandans, ak in ainfalswe jah Xristus fragaf izwis, swa bein hairtins ogandans gub. jah jus taujai]?, 23 bislrah batei taujaib, us

14 a]']mn ufar alia friapwa, ist gabinda amamundibos.

sei

saiAvalai Avaurkjaib,
ni

swe

fraujin,

mannam,

15 jah gawairjn gu]?s swign24 Avitandans ]>atei af fraujin jai .... hairtam izwaraim, in nimib andalauni arbjis, unte fraubammei jah labodai wesu]? in jin Xristau skalkinob;

ainamma

leika;

jah awiliudon-

25 sa auk skabula andnimi])
batei skob, jah nist Aviljahalbei

dans Avairbaib. 16 Avaurd Xristaus bauai in izwis gabigaba; in allai handugein jah frodein ahmeinai laisjandans jah talzjandans izwis silbans psalm om, hazeinim, saggwim ahmeinaim in anstai, siggwandans in hairtam izwaraim
fraujin.

at guba.

Chapter

IV.

1 Jus fraujans, garaiht jah ib-

nassu bewisam atkunnaib, Avitandans batei aihub jah jus fraujan in himinam,

17
in

all

bislvah batei taujaib in
all

Avaurda aibbau in AA-aurstwa,

kandans
uns,
ei

2 bidai haftjandans izwis, Avain izai in awiliudam,

namin fraujins Iesuis aAviliudondans guba attin bairh ina.
18 jus qinons, ufhausjaib
Avai-

3 bidjandans samana jah bi

ram
19

izwaraim,
AA-airos,

SAve gaqimi]? in

gub uslukai unsis haurd A\aurdis du rodjan runa Xristaus, in ]>izozei jah gabundans
im,

fraujin.
frijob qenins
iz\A
r

a-

4

ei

gabairhtjau

]?o

swaswe

ros jah ni sijaib baitrai wibra skuljau rodjan. bos. 5 in handugein gaggai]? du 20 barna, ufhausjaib fadrei- bairn uta, bata mel usbugjannam bi all; unte bata AA'aila ga- dans, leikaib ist in fraujin. 6 Avaurd izAvar sinteino in an21 jus attans, ni gramjaib stai salta gasupob siai, ei Aviteib barna izAA'ara du bwairhein, ei ni hraiAA'a skuleib ainluarjammeh Avairbaina in unlustau. andhafjan. 22 beAvisa, ufhausjaib bi all 7 batei bi mik ist, all gakan(bairn bi) leika fraujam, ni in nei]> izwis Tykeikus sa liuba bro-

13. silbam; uncertain.
letter in B.

ana.

an additional faded Uppstrom nnd Heyne have swignjai ban; Bern hard suggests swignjai 25. wiljahalbei wiljahalbein in B. 22. bairn bi, wanting in B.
15. swignjai; swignjaiba, with

;

IV, 4. with

swaswe A

begins again.
in A,

5.

bata mel
in B.

in B,

mel

in A.

in B, sijai in A.

—.

siai

7.

Tykeikus

Tykekus

17(5
}>ar

f'olossians IV

jab triggwa
]>anei
ei

andbahts jah jah fullawitans
jin gu]>s.

in allaiiima wil-

gaskalM
8

in fraujin,

insandida

du

izwis
bi

13 weitwodja auk iinma batei
habai]>

(1]

kunnjau Ira

bi izwis ist

manag
]>aiei

aljau bi izwis jah

sind in Laudeikia jah ga]n-afstjai hairtona izwara, jah Iairaupaulein. i) nii)»Aunisiuiau]>amma liubin 14 o-olei]> izwis Lukas lekeis sa jah triggwm bro]>i•. saei ist

bans

us

izwis, ]>aiei all lewis
]?atei

her

ist.

gakannjand liuba jah Demas. 15 golei]? )>ans

in Laudeikia

biO]>ruus jah Nymfan jah )>o in10 «oleij? izwis Aieistarkus sa gardjon is aikklesjon. mibfrahun]?ana mis. jah Markus 1G jah ]?an ussiggwaidau at izgadiliggs Barnabins, bi |>anei newis so aipistaule. taujaty ei jah mu]> anabusnins, ei, jabai qimai in Laudekaion aikklesjon ossiggat izwis, andnimaib ina, waidan, jah ]>oei ist us Laudei11 jah Iesus saei haitada In- kaion. jus ussiggwaid. stils, ]>aiei sind us bimaita; ]>ai 17 jah qi]>ai]> Arkippan: saitu ainai gawaurstwans sind biudan- )>ata andbahti ]>atei andnanit in

gardjos

gu]>s. ]>aiei

wesun mis du

fraujin, ei ita usfnlljais.

gabrafsteinai.

18 goleins meinai handau Paw[esuis, sin-

12 goleib
izwis. skalks

izwis Aipafras sa us la us.

19 gamunei]) meinaizos bandteino usdandjands bi izwis in bi- ies, ansts mi]> izwis. amen. dom, ei standafyallawaurstwans Du Kanlanssainm ustauh.

Xristaus

Aieistarkus 11. Ariastarkus in A. Xristaus Icsuis in 11, Iesuis Xristaus in A.
10.

— Iustus in A. Justus — sinteino sa sinteino
2 7.
1'•.

//.
7/j

.1.

— —
bo
///

12.
7-7.

after sind
;'//

/!.

Ambf. A

stops,

Codex Tarinensis begins.
IS.

Laudeikia

A, Laudeikaia
11.

7-7.

lekeis in A. leikeis in

jah

Deman
'.).

in A.

gardjon .1 onlv
;'//

in B,
.
.

.

u

ingardjon aus
.
. .

in
is

A;

<•//.

I

(Or. X\'I.

wanting

in

7.7.

in//;

Subscription Kanseaim

.

discernible.

Du
Chapter
II.

J>aissalauneikaium.

a.

15 baiei jah fraujiu usqemun Iesua jah swesaim praufetum, 10 .... jah gub, lraiwa weihaba jah garaihtaba jah unfairi- jah uns frawrekun jah gu]?a ni liodaba izwis ]>aim galaubjan- galeikandans jah all aim man-

dam wesum,

nam andaneibans

sind,

16 warjandans uns du ]>iudom 11 swaswe witub, ainhmrjanoh rodjan ei ganisaina, akei du usizwara swe atta barn a seina bidjandans izwis jahgablaihandans, fulljan seinos frawaurhtins sin12 jahweitwodjandans du gag- teino. abban snauh ana ins hagan izwis wairj?aba gubs, saei tis gubs und andi.
laboda izwis du seinai biudan-

17 Abban

weis, brobrjus,

gaai-b=2

naidai af izwis du mela hjeilos gardjai jah wulbau. 13 dube jah weis awiliudom andwair]>ja ni hairtin, ufarassau guba unsweibandans, unte ni- sniumidedum andaugi izwar gamandans at uns waurd hausei- sailuan in managamma lustau. 18 unte wildedum qiman at nais gubs andnemub ni swaswe waurd manne, ak, swaswe ist izwis, ik raihtis Pawlus jah aisunjaba, waurd gubs, batei jah namma sin]>a jah twaim, jah waurkeib in izwis, juzei galaubei]?. analatida uns satana.

14 jus auk galeikondans waur-

bubj brobrjus, aikklesjom gu]?s ]>aim wisandeim in Iudaia in Xristau Iesu, unte ]?ata samo fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xristaus wunnub jah jus fram izwaraim in is quma? 20 jus auk siub wulbus unsar inkunjam, swaswe jah weis fram jah f aliens. Iudaium,

19 hm auk ist unsara wens aibbau fahebs ai]?]?au waips luoftuljos, niu jus in andwairbja

with

A contains only V, 22—28; begins of the Epistle being wanting. J Superscription; added according to the superscription of the Second Epistle to
Of the
II,

First Epistle to the Thessalonians

10,

about

the Thessalonians.

,
Heyne;

13. waurkei]?;
cp.

\>

in

Rom. XIV,

4.

above the line. — 17. gaainaidai; so Uppstrom and Bernhardt writes gaainanaidai. izwar izwara in B. 12

178

I

Theeualoniane

III. IV.

Chapter
Jaiktjo

III.

10 naht jah daga ufarassau

In bizei ju ni usbulandans bidjandans ei gasailraima andbanamais galeikaida uns ei bili- wairbja izwara jah ustiuhaima ]?anai weseima in Abeinim ainai, waninassu galaubeinais izwarai2 jah insandidedum Teimau- zos? 11 Abban silba gu]? jah attag=3 baiu, brobar unsarana jah andbaht gubs in ahvaggeljon Xri- unsar jah frauja unsar lesus ga1
staus,
jai bi
ei

izwis gatulgjai jah bid- raihtjai
jai

wig unsarana du

izwis;

jah ganohnan gataujai fria]>baim aggwibom. silbans auk wi- wa in izwis misso jah allans. tub ]>atei du ]?amma gasatidai swaswe jah weis in izwis, sijum; 13 du tulgjan hairtona izwara 4 jah auk ban wesum at izwis, usfairinona in weihibai faura

galaubein izwara, 3 ei ni ainshun afagjaidau in

12 abban izwis frauja manag-

fauraqebum izwis batei anawairb was uns du winnan agli]?os, swaswe jah warb jah wituj?. 5 dubbe jah ik ju ni us]?ulands insandida du ufkunnan galaubein izwara, ibai aufto usfaifraisi
izwis sa fraisands jah swarewair-

gu]>a jah attiu

unsaramma

in

quma fraujins
staus mib
seinaim.

unsaris Iesuis Xriallaim ]>aim weiham

Chapter

IV.

1 J>annu nu, hrobrjus, anahai-d=4 bai arbaibs unsara. tarn bidai izwis jah bid jam in G abban nu at qiraandin Tei- fraujin Iesua, ei, swaswe andnemau]>aiau at unsis fram izwis mu]) at uns luaiwa skulub gag-

jah gateihandin uns galaubein gan jah galeikan gu]>a, swaswe (jah) friajnva izwara, jah batei jah gaggib, jah gaaukai]? ma is. gaminbi unsar habai]> god sin2 witub auk lrarjos anabnsteinogairnjandans unsgasailran nins atgebum izwis bairh fraujan swaswe jah weis izwis, Iesu Xristu. 7 iuuh bis gabrafstidai sijum, 3 ]?ata auk ist wilja gubs, woihrobrjus, fram izwis ana allai
nau]>ai jah aglon unsarai in waraizos galaubeinais,
iz-

hi|>a izwara,

ei

gahabaib

izwis

af kalkinassau,

8 unte

sai libam, jabai jus ga-

standib in fraujin. 9 lua auk awiliude magum us- sweribai, gildan fraujin guba bi izwis ana 5 ni in gairnein lust a as swaallai fahedai bizaiei faginom in swe jah biudos )>ozei ni kunnun izwara faura gu]?a unsaramma. gub,

izwara gastaldan sein kas in weihibai jah
ei

4

witi Ivarjizuh

///,

)>aiau

;

. usfmlauds: us)>ulans in 11. . TeiinauKaaatidai; gatidai in H. <S. sai Ti-imau}>aiu ill li. jab (the second); wanting in B. above the line,
.'/.

;

but

indistinct.

Thessalonians IV.

V
ni

170
bisniwam
faur

6

ei

bras ni ufargaggai nih bi-

ma

fraujins

faiho in toja brobar

seinana, bans anaslepandans, 16' unte silba frauja in haitjai, unte fraweitands frauja ist allaize, swaswe jah fauraqe]?um iz- in stibnai arkaggilaus jah inbut-

haurna gubs dalab atsteigi]? af 7 unte ni laboda uns gub du himina, jah daubans ]>ai in Xristau usstandand faurbis, unhrainibai ak in Aveihiba. 17 ];>a]>ro ban AAeis bai liban8 inuh bis nu saei ufbrikib, ni mann ufbriki]? ak guba, saei gaf dans ]>ai aflifnandans suns mi]> ahman seinana Aveihana izwis. im fraAvilwanda in milhmam du gamotjan fraujin in luftau jah 9 abban bi brobrulubon ni
wis jah Aveitwodidedum.
;

baurbum meljan izwis; mite silbans jus at guba uslaisidai sijub
du
frijon izwis misso.

framAvigis mi]? fraujin Avair]?am.

18

SAvaei

nu

brafstei]?

izwis

misso in ]>aim Avaurdam.

10 jah auk taujib bata in allansbrobruns in allaiMakidonai.
a]?}?an

Chapter Y.
1

Abban

bi ]?o ]?eihsa

jah mela, q=6
ei

bid jam izwis,

brobrjus, brobrjus,

ni

]>aurbum

izwis

biauknan mais

11 jah biarbaidjan jah taujan swesa jah Avaurkjan naht swa qimib. handum izwaraim, swaswe jah 3 ban qiband gaAA*air]>i jah tulizwis anabudum, giba, banuh unweniggo ins biqi12 ei gaggai]? gafehaba du mi]> fralusts SAvasAve sair qibubairn baiei uta sind jah ni aimshafton, jah ni unbabliuhand.

meljaima; 2 unte silbans glaggwo witub anasilan ]?atei dags fraujins swe ]?iubs in

nun
«=5

Iris baurbei]>.

4 a]?ban

jus, brobrjus, ni sijub

ni Avileima izwis up- in riqiza, ei sa Aveisans, brobrjus, bi bans ana- ]>iubs gafahai;

13 Abban

dags

izAvis

swe

slepandans, ei ni saurgaib swe 5 unte allai jus sunjus liuhadis bai anbarai, baiei ni habandAven. sijub jah sunjus dagis; ni siub 14 unte jabai galaubjam batei nahts ni riqizis. Iesus gas wait jah ueetob, swa 6 bannu nu ni slepaima swe jah gub bans baiei anasaislepun ]?ai anbarai, ak AA akaima jah ]?airh Iesu tiuhib mib imma. Avarai sijaima. 15 batub ban izwis qibam in 7 unte baiei slepand, nahts sleAvaurda fraujins, batei Aveis bai pand, jah baiei drugkanai wairlibandans bai bilaibidans in qu- ]>and, nahts drugkanaiA\air]mnd.
r

IS. brobrjus; brobrus in B. weitwodidedum; weitwodedum in ft. 17. mib im mib imma in B. V, 3. ni; wanting according to Castiglione and Lobe, Uppstronrs text has it, but nothing is said about it in the notes. 5. nabts; nabs in B. 7. nalits slepand nahtslepaud in B.
IV,
;

.

;

180

I

Thessalonians

'

8 ib weis dagis wisandans us- sinteino binb laistjai]} mty izwis skawaj sijainia.gahamodaibrun- misso jah wibra allans. jongalaubeiuais jah friajnvos jah 16 sinteino faginob in fraujin, liilma wenai uaseinais, 17 unsweibandans bidjaib, i) unte ni satida uns gub in 18 in allamma awilindob; bata hatis, ak du gafreideinai gani- auk ist wilja gu]>s in Xristau Iesu etaisbairh fraujan unsaranalesu in izwis. Xristu. 19 ahman ni afroapjaib, 10 saei gaswalt faur uns, ei, 20 praufetjam ni frakunneib. ja]>]>e slepaima jabbe wakaima. 21 aj>]>an all tiskinsaib, j^atei samana mib imma libaima. gop sijai gahabaib; 11 inuh bis brafeteib izwis 22 af allamma wailite ubilaizo misso jah timrjaib ainlrarjizuh afhabaib izwis. anbar anbarana swaswe jah tau23 a]>]>an silba gu]> gawairbjis
iil'•

gaweihai izwis allandjo jah ga12 abbau bidjam izwis, bro]>r- hailana izwarana ahman, jah ius, kuniian bane arbaidjandans saiwala jah leik usfairinona in

in izwis jah faurstassjans izwa-

quma

fraujins linearis Iesuis Xrisaei la]>oda izwis,

rans
izwis,

in fraujin

(jah talzjandans staus gafastaindau.

24 triggws
ei)

13

swerai]' ins ufaraesau in saei jah tanjib.
in

friabwai

waurstwis ize, jah gawairbi habaib in izwis.

25 brobrjus, bidjaibnb ban jah
bi uns.

14 bidjamub ]>an izwis. bro]>r20 goljaib brobruns allans in ius, talzjai]> bans uugatassans, gafrijonai weihai. brafstjaib bans grindafrabjans, 27 biswara izwis in fraujin ei usbulaib bans siukans, usbeis- ussigu'waidau so aipistaule alneigai sijaib wibra allans. laiin bairn weiham brobrum. 15 sailrib ibai Iras ubil und 28 ansts fraujins unsaris Iesuis nbilamma lramma uegildai, ak Xristaus mib izwis. amen.

8.

nsskawai; unskawai
ei;

in B.

nasoinais: nassrinais in
j

IS.

7•*?.

jah talzjandans
1

izwis

wanting

in

B.

14. bro]>rjus;
.1

tlir line.

above the

fine.
.1.

21, all: one
in D.

above

22. with ubilaizo

begins.

27. allaim in

wanting

Du

baissalaiineikaium
I.

.1).

anastodei]».

Chapter

guba usgildan

]?aim gabreihan-

1 Pawlus jah Silbanus jah Tei- dam izwis aggwibai, 7 ib izwis gabraihanaim iusila maubaius aikklesjon paissalaumib uns, in andhuleinai fraujins neikaie in guba attin unsaramunsaris Iesuis af himinam mi|> ma jah fraujin Iesu Xristau. 2 ansts izwis jah gawairbifram aggilum mahtais is 8 in funins lauhmonjai, gibanguba attin unsaramraa jah fraudins fraweit ni kunnandam gub jin Iesu Xristau. jahni ufhausjandam aiwaggeljon 3 awiliudon skulum guba sinteino in izwara, brobrjus, swa- fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xristaus,
Avair}? ist, unte ufarwahseib galaubeins izwara jah managnib friabwa ainmarjizuh allaize izwara in izwis misso, 4 swaei weis silbans in izwis luopam in aikklesjom gubs in stiwitjis izwaris jah galaubeinais in allaim wrakjom izwaraim jah

swe

9 baiei fraweit andnimand fralust aiweinon fram andwairbja fraujins jah fram wulbau mahtais
is,

10 ]>an qimib ushauhnan in baim weiham seinaim [is] jah sildaleiknan in allaim baim galaubjandam, unte galaubida ist weitaglom ]?ozei usbulaib, wodei unsara du izwis, in daga 5 taikn garaihtaizos stauos jainamma. gubs, du wairbans briggan izwis 11 du bammei jah bidjam sin-

biudangardjos gubs, in pizozei teino bi izwis, ei izwis wairbans jah winnip, briggai ]>izos labonais gub unsar 6 swepauh jabai garaiht ist at jah fulljai alia leikain biu]?einais

A contains /, 7—7/, 4. Ill, T—1T; 1—5. II, 15—III, 18. Hence I, 1—5. Ill, 7—17 in both manuscripts. Ji has I, A little more than | is lost. Superscription du paissalauueikaum .b. anastodeib in A, du paissalauiiefcaium anbara in B. stops, bizozei 4. in izwis in A, izwis in B. 5. after in jali winnib swebauh; faded out. 6. izwis stood in A, only w is discernible. aggwibai (instrumental dative); so probably for aggwiba of the MS. — 10. is; seinaim is in A; perhaps originally is only, to which seinaim is a grammatical correcOf
the Second Epistle to the Thessalonians
.

tion?

182
seiuaizos jah
liais in

II

Theesaloniane

I.

II. III.

waurstw galaubei-

mahtai,

ushauhnai namo fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xristaue in izwis jah jus in imma bi anstai gube jah at izwis, 2 jah ei uslausjaindau af gaunsaris jah fraujins unsaris Iestojanaim jah ubilaim mannain: suis Xristaue.

12

ei

Chapter III. 1 pata anbar gabidjaib jahbidunsis, bro)u'jus. ei waurd fraujins bragjai jah inikiljaidau swaswe

ni

1
ius.

Chapter A]>ban bid jam
in

II.

•*{

auk ist allaim galanbeins. abban Lriggwa frauja. saei
iz-

izwis.

qumifi

fraujins

brobr- gatulgeib izwis jah galansjai unsaris wis af bamma ubilin.

Xristaue jah gaqumbaie unsaraizos du iinin;i.
b-suis

4

a)>}>an

gatranam

in fraujin

in izwis. ei ]mtei

anabudum

izwis

2 du ni sprauto wagjan izwis jah taujib jah taujau habaib. 5 ib frauja garaihtjai hairtona train &hin nih gadrobn&n, nih
J mi Hi

nih izwara in friabwai gubs jah in pairh aapistauhin ewepairh one, osbulainai Xristaue. 6 Abban anabiudam izwis, e=5 ewe patei ateijai dags thmjins. in namin Eraujins un3 ui hrasbun izwis usluto h\-nn- brobrjus, saris Iesuis Xristaue, ei gaskai-

ahman nihjmirh s&upa

haidau, ante mba qimip a£ daib izwis af allamma brobre etaas faurpia jah andhulids wairhrairbandane ungatassaba jah bai manna Erawaurhtaie, sunus
fralustais.
ni bi

ma

anatilham

]>oei

andnemu)>

4

sa

andstandands jah
ufar
all

at uns.
ufar-

7 silbans

hafiands sik

qibanaize

auk kunnub lraiwa

gub aibbaa

allata

blotinassu.

skuld

ewaei ina in alh gube gasitan, OBtaiknjandan.
.

galeikon unsis. ante ni angatewidai weenm in izwis.
ist

.

.

15 ... unsavos

16 abban

silba
jali

frauja

8 nih arwjo hlaif matidedum at lralnma. ak winnandane arbaidai naht jah daga waurkjanonear dans, ei ni kauridedeima lrana
izwara.
*.»

gub jah atta onsar, saei frijoda unejahatgaf gablaiht aiweina jah wen goda
[esus Xristus
in

ni

batei

ni

habaidedeinia

wnldufni.
frieahtai

anstai,

ak ei uns silbans du gebeima du galeikon
iz-

17 gabrafstjai hairtona izwara unsis. lo jah auk ban weeum at jah gatulgjai in allaim waurstwis. bata izwis anabudum. ei wam jah waurdam godaim.

ia-

aiterwagj/ejioBly single letters at* diecernibk, mid the text is entirety begins again. 7J. with nnaaroe uncertain. 7. with i-t begins again. 8. nili /// .4, ni III. ;, at ;;; abovs tlw liin'.
//.

J. -.

/>'

1

;/;

//.

hlaif in

.

liluib in

A

Thessalonians

III.

183

bai Iras ni wili waurkjan, matjai.

nih daib izwis

mib imma,

ei

gaska-

ni swaswe fijand ina 11 hausjam auk sumans lrairbandans in izwis ungatassaba, rahnjaib, ak talzjaib swe brobar. 16 Abban silba frauja gawair-q=G ni vvaiht waurkjandans ak fairbeis gibai izwis gawairbi sinteino weitjandans; in allaim stadim. frauja mij> 12 baimuh swaleikaim anabiudam jah bid jam in fraujin Iesua allaim izwis. 17 so golems meinai handau Xristau ei mi}? rimisa waurkjanPawlaus, batei ist bandwo ana dans seinana hlaib matjaina. allaim aipistauleim meiuaim; swa
,

mai sik; 15 jah

13 abban
]?aib

jus,bro]?rjus, niwair- melja.

usgrudjans waila taujanib jabai Iras ni ufhausjai

18 ansts

fraujins unsaris Ie-

dans.

suis Xristaus

mib allaim

izwis.

14

waurda unsaramraa bairh bos bokos, bana gatarhjai]?; ni blan-

amen. Du paissalauneikaium anbara
ustauh.

10. nih in A, ni in B.

U.

ni

;

in

above the

aipistauleim meinaim

;

aipistauleineinaim in B.

— IT. after bandwo anbara; frumei .
line.

.1

stops.

jah mibwissein godai jah galaua=l 1 PawlusapaustaulusXristaus beinai unhindarweisai, G af baimei snmai afairzidai Iesuis bi anabusnim gu)?8 n;isjandis linearis jab Xristaus Ie- uswandidednn du lausawaurdein, suis wenais unsaraizos. 7 wiljandans wisan witodalai2 Teiinau]>aiau walisin barna earjos, ni rrabjandans nih lea in galaubeinai. ansts, armaio, rodjand nih bi Ira stiurjand. t'ram p,u]>a attin jah gawair]?i 8 A]>]nm witum ]n\ie\ goJ? istb=2 X list an Ipku fraujin unsarammrt. \vito]>, jabai Iras is witodeigo
I.

(
Du

TeimauJ»aiau frnmei dustodei]».

3 swaswe ba]> ]mk saljan in Aifaieon, galeij?ands Mnkidonais. <«i faurbiudais suinaim ei an]>arloiko ni laisjaina

brukeij*,
i)

witands

]>atei

\vito]> nisi

sati]>,

garaihtamma ak witodalau-

saim jah untalaim jah unsibjaiin jah gabaur)?iwaurde andilau- jah frawaurhtaim jah nnairknaimjah usweihaim, attansbliggeaize, boei soknim andstaldand mais bau timreinai gu]?s bizai wandam jah ai|>eins bliggwandam, mannane maur^rjandam, w isandein in galaubeinai.

4

ni]>

]>an

atsailraina

spille

r>

a|']>aii

andeisist anabusnais
bairtin

Eriabwa us hrainjamma

10 horam, mannane ga]?iwandam, liugnjam, ufarswaram, jah

in

The remains of tin' First Epistle to Timothy has come down tous as follows: 1. 1—9. 18— IV, 8. V. 4— 17, 12; in III, 1-111.4. IV. 1—V. 10.21— VI, Hence in A and B: I. !-!>. is— ill. 4. IV. 1—8. V.4—10. Sl—VT, 12. The bat six verses, about t \, of the wbok epistle, .•'/•' lost. Superscription: Teimaapaiau Teimaaa)>aiau in II. dustodei]?; uetauh ;// II.

.

;

/// .1
I. //.

tin•

superscription

is

entirely hided out.
.1.

2. 'lViinaii]'aiau in
;

T<'ini;ni]';iiu
/'/;

in

II.


;'/;

•'?.

galeijTanda in

.1.

^'ali'i]>ans

/'//

k

i 1

1

<

> 1 1

a s in
i

11.

Makcdonais
in

.1.

— —

4.

andilausaize
///

meandein

in
h<>

li,

wieandin

.—

;~.

appaii anil. 'is

.1.

;/; 11. andalansaize //; .1. It. nii]>wi.*appandeis
/'/;

:•,

II. ill in 7. ni gamundai. \vitn|> in II. ;// .1. god in . witodeigo in II. wiloda gop .1, WXt&UBtnB. witop nist ,sati)> ;// II. nisi witop >ati|> margin has afgndaim. after aipeioa .1 stops.

in

t

margin

lins

.1.

8.

witum
'>.
:

in

.1,

in A.
.1.

wilands
///

in

/'//

un.-ilijaim

the

I

Timothy
lai-

I.

II.

185

jabai

19 habands galaubein jah goseinai andstandi]?, da mibwissein, bizaiei sumai af11 sei ist bi aiwaggeli wul]mus skiubandans bi galaubein naqabis audagins gu]?s, batei gatrau- dai waurbun;
lira

aljis

]>izai

hailon

aib ist mis. 12 jah awiliudo

20

bizeei ist

Hymainaius jah

bamma

in-

Alaiksandrus, banzei anafalh sa-

mik Xristau Iesu tanin ei gatalzjaindau ni wajafraujin unsaramma, unte trigg- merjan. wana mik rahnida gasatjands in Chapter II. andbalitja, 13 ikei faura was wajamerjands 1 Bidja nu frumist allis taujan d=4 jali wraks jah ufbrikands; akei bidos, aihtronins, liteinins, awigaarmai]>s was, unte unwitands liuda fram all aim mannam, gatawida in ungalaubeinai, 2 fram biudanam jah fram al14 ib ufarassida ansts fraujins laim bairn in ufarassau wisanmij? galaubeinai jah friabwai }- dam, ei slawandein jah sutja aid zai in Xristau Iesu. bauaima in allai gagudein jah 15 triggw bat a waurd jah al- gariudja. laizos andanumtais wairb, ]?atei 3 ]>atu]? ban ist god jah andaswinbjandin
Xristus Iesus
fairbjau
]>izeei

qam

in

bamma nem

in

andwairbja nasjandis

uii-

frawaurhtans

frumists im ik; mans wili gani16 akei dube gaarmaibs war]?, san jah in ufkunbja sunjos qiei in mis frumistamma ataugi- man. dedi Xristus Iesus alia usbeisnein 5 ains allis gu]?, ains jah midudu frisahtai bairn izei anawair- monds gubs jah manne, manna
]>ai

nasjan, saris gubs, 4 saei allans

wesun du galaubjan imma Xristus

Iesus,

du libainai aiweinon. 6 sa gibands sik silban anda17 a]>ban biudana aiwe, un- bauht faur allans, [bizei] weitriurjamma ungasailuanamma ai- wodein melam swesaim, namma frodamma gu]?a sweriba 7 du bammei gasatibs im ik
jah wul]?us in aldins aiwe; amen. merjands jah apaustaulus, sunja laiktjo 18 |)o anabusn anafilha bus, qiba in Xristau, ni liuga, laisabarnilo Teimau]?aiu, bi bairn reis biudo in galaubeinai jah faura faursniwandam ana buk sunjai. praufetjam, ei driugais in J;aim 8 wiljau nu wairans bidjan in allaim stadim ushafjandans swik]>ata godo drauhtiwitob,

16. Xristus; Xristaus in B.

izei; ize in

B.

17.

frodamma; probably fridam-

nia

in

B.

— IS.

with faura A begins again.

4. in ufkunbja in A, ufkunbja in B. jah sutja in B, jas sutja in A. )>izei weitwodei in A. 6. andabauht; andabaht in A and B. weitwodeiu in B.
II, 2.
7.

— —

jah suujai in B, jas suujai in A.

18G

J

Tiinothv

II. III.

uos handuns inuh ]nvairheiu jah suts, qairrus,
tweiflein
friks,

ni sakuls, ni faihu-

9 samaleiko jah qinons in ga4 seinamma garda waila faurafeteinai hrainjai, mi]> gariudjon gaggands, barna habands ufjah inaliein fetjandeins sik, ni in hausiandona mi]> allai anawilfiahtom aib)?au gul)?a aib]>au jein

marikreitum aib]?au wastjomgalubaim,

10 ak ]?atei gadob ist nih niujasatidana. ibai aufto gahaitandeim gub blotan, bairh ufarhauhids in staua atdriueai waurstwa goda.
11 qino in hliuba galaiejai sik unhnlbine. 7 skal auk in allai ufhauseinai.
is

seinamma garda fauragaggan ni mag. lraiwa qinom aikklesjon gnbs gakarob? —
ib jabai Iras

weitwodi]:>a

goda

haban fram bairn utn. ei ni atgalaisjan qinon ni usdriueai in idweit jah hlamma laubja, ni fraujinon faura waira, unhnlbine. ak wisan in bahainai. 8 jah swa diakaununs gariu13 Adam auk frnina gadigans dans, nih faihufrikans. ni weina war}?, baJnOh Aiwwa. filu haftjandans, nih aglaitga14 jah Adam ni warb usluto]>s. staldans,
12
\]y i|>

qino uslutoda in missadedai
1

9 habandans

runa galaubei-

war]'.

nais in hrainjai gahugdai.

5 ib ganisib bairh barne ga-

10 jah

]>ai

baurb, jabai gaetandand jas lanbeinai jah frijabwai jah weihi- ungafairinodai wisandans. |'ai mib gafrabjein. 11 qinons samaleiko gariudos,
in ga- frumist, ni diabulos, gafaurjos,
laiktjo

pan gakinsaindau swa andbahtjaina

triggwos

Chapter III. 1 Triggw bata waurd:
dis

in

jabai

allamma. 12 diakaunjus

eijaina ainaizos

Inas aipiskaupeins gairneib, go- qenais a bans, barnani waila fauwanrstwis gaimeij?. ragaggandans jah seinaim gar-

2 ska! nu aipiskaupue unga- dim. 13 bai auk waila andbahtjanfairinobs wisan. ainaizos qenais dans grid goda fairwnnrkjand aba, andabahts, gariude, froJ>s, jah managa balbein (in) galaugafanrs, gaetigode, laiseigs, •" ak beinai ]>izai in Xristau Iesn. ni weinnle, ni elahals,

8.
;;;

Inufa in

11,

inn in A.

18.

gadigans

/'//

.1.

gadigande

/'//

II.

l~>.

frijajnvai

.t.

ina)>wai
7.

in II.

aipiskanpoins in A, aipiakopeinfl in B. '/. ni (the first) in A. nib II. fairinondo
III.
/'//

ungnfauragaggan ds in A. Eaaragaggaofl in II. ofhausjandona /// B, ofhaoBJanjandona in A. here II st oj>s. ana11. gaiaurK>. wisandans: wisandans sandans in A. wiljcin: nnawiljin /// .1. 13. in (the first); wanting fa A. joe; in the margin anda|>ahtos.
2. ungafnirino]>s in A.

. — 4.

I

Timothy

. TV

187

14 bata bus melja wenjands beinais jah godaizos laiseinais boei galaistides. qiman at bus sprauto; wi7 ib bo usvveihona swe usal15 abban jabai sainjau, ei teis hraiwa skuld ist in garda banaizo spilla biwandei; i]? brogubs usmitan, saei ist aikklesjo bei buk silban du gagudein. gubs libandins, sauls jah tulgiba 8 abban leikeina usbrobeins du
brake; ib gagu16 jah unsahtaba mikils ist dei du allamma ist brake, gagagudeius runa, saei gabairhtibs haita habandei libainais bizos war]) in leika, garaihts gadomibs nu jah bizos anawair]?ons. war]? in ahmin, ataugids war]? 9 Triggw bata waurd jah al-laiktjo baim aggilum, merids war]? in laizos andanumtais wair]?. biudom, galaubibs warb in fair10 du]?]?e allis arbaidjam jah luau, andnumans warb in wulidvveitjanda, unte weiiidedum du bau. guba libandin, saei ist nasjands allaize manne, bishun galaubjanChapter IV. dane. 1 Abban ahma swiknnbaba qi]>=i> 11 Anabiud bata jah laisei. ]>i]> batei in spedistaim dagam 12 ni manna beinai jundai fraafstandand sumai galaubeinai, atsailrandans ahmane airzi]?os kunni, ak frisahts sijais baini galaubjandam, in waurda, in usjah laiseino unhulbono, 2 in liutein liugnawaurde jah meta, in fria]?wai, in galaubeinai, gatandida habandane swesa mib- in swiknibai. 13 unte qima, gaumei saggwa wissein, 3 warjandane Hugos, gabar- boko, gablaihtai, laiseinai. 14 ni sijais unkarja bizos in ban mate, banzei gu]? gaskop du audniman mi]? awiliudam ga- bus anstais, sei gibana war]? bus laubjandam jah ufkunnandam bairh praufetjans afar analageiist

sunjos.

fawamma

nai handiwe praizbytaireis. 15 bo sido bus, inu]? baim si4 unte all gaskaftais gubs go]?, jah ni waiht du uswaurpai mi]? jais, ei batei beihais ]?u swikunb awiliudam andnuman. sijai allaim. 16 atsaihr du bus silbin jah du 5 gaweihada auk bairh waurd laiseinai usdaudo, bairhwis in gu]?s jah bida. 6 bata insakands brobrum ]?aim; batuh auk taujands jah
suuja.
go]?s wair]?is
Iesuis,

andbahts Xristaus buk silban ganasjis jah hausjanalands waurdam galau- dans bus.

-3. gaspedistaim in A, spidistaim in B. barban mate in A, gabarbamante in B. 7. ib (the second) in A, wanting in B. S. gagudei in A, gagudein in B. habandei; had habandiei, the i being scratched,

71', 1.

with abban

begins again,

after

anawairbons A stops.

188

]

Timothy V

Chapter
i=10

V.

jau allamma waurstwe godaize

1 Sineigana ni andbeitais ak afarlaistidedi. 11 ib juggons widuwous biwangablaih swe attin, juggans swe

dei; brobrnne, 12 galaubein 2 sineigos swe aibeius, juggos swe swistrims in allar swiknein. tawidedun; 13 ab]?an samana ia=ll 3 Widuwous swerai, bozei bi

wana
jah

gaun-

sunjai sijaina widuwons.

waurstwons laisjaud

sik bairh-

4 ib jabai lro widuwono barna gaggan gardins, a]>]?an ni ]>aaibbau barne barna habai, ga- tain unwaurstwons ak jah unswesana faurjos jah fairweitjandeins, rodgard barusnjan jah andalaimi jandeins poei ni skulda Bind. 14 wiljaa du juggos liugan, usgiban fadreinam; ]?ata auk ist [god jah] andanem in andwairb- barna bnii-nn, garda waldan. lviduwon.s, andbahtjai 16 ja gubs. a]>]?an soei bi sunjai widuwo im. jah ni kanijaidau aikklesjo,
laisjaina
sik

faurjus

.

.

.

.

.

.">

jah ainakla, wenida du gnba ei ]>aim bi sunjai 17 ... in waurda jah laieeinai. jah bairhwisib in bidom nahtain 18 qa]> auk gameleins: auhsin jah dagam ni faurwaipG ib so wizondei in azetjam jah briskandin jais. jah wairbs sa waurstwa libandei dauba ist.
ist
.

.

.

7 jah ]>ata anabiud ei unga- mizdons is. 19 bi praizbvtairein wroh ni fairinodos sijaina. 8 ab]>an jabai Iras swesaim. andniniais, niba in andwair]>ja bishtra ingardjam, ni gablaihib, twaddje aibbau brije weitwode.

20 i]? ]?ans frawaurhtans in galaubein inwidib jah ist ungaandwair]u"a allaize gasak, ei jah laubjandin wairsiza. i) widuwo gawaljaidau ni mins ]>ai an]?arai agis habaina. 21 weitwodja in andwairbja saihs tigam jere, sei wesi ainis abins qens, gubs jah fraujins Iesuis Xristaua JO in waurstwani godaim weit- jah bize gawalidane aggile ei A\odi]>a habandei, iau barna fo- bate fastais inn faurdoincin. ni didedi, iau gastins andnemi, jau wailit taujands bi wiljahalbein. 22 handuns Bprauto ni niannweihaim fotune bwohi, jau aglons wiunandain andbahtidedi, hun lagjais. ni gamainia siais
V,
7.

sineigana; eeneigana in

II: (]>.

and
;';/

wanting in B. andawith galaisjaina A begins again, sik in 7. nngafairinodoe in .1. ungafairidoa nem in .1. god jah andanem in II: cp. II. It. 10. after allamma stops, tin• following verses are very much faded in .1. 7-7. Castiglione believed to bave read tin• words from poeH ni to 16, sunjai. UppH>. twaddje; twadjein .1. not been ;il>h> to decipher anything. 21. strSm bas in .1. manhnn in B. siais in with \viljalial]>i'in II begins again. 22. mannhnn
siiiisin.
•'!.

— 4.

eineigos in the following verse, Lu.

I.

18,

.

/>'

.

gijais

;'//

II.

I

Timothy

'. VI.

189

frawaurhtim frama]>jaim. silban swiknana fastais.

buk

]?and neiba [maurbra] haifsteis, auaqisseis, anamindeis ubilos,

5 usbalbeins fraAvardidaize 23 ju ni drigkais banamais wato, ak weinis leitil brukjais in manne ahin, at baimei gatarnib qi]?aus]?einis jahbizo ufta sauhte ist sunja, hugjandane faihugawaurki Avisan gagudein, afstand beinaizo. 24 sumaize maune frawaurh- af baim swaleikaim. 6 ab]?an ist gawaurki mikil teis swikunbos sind faurbisniwandeins du stauai, sumaizeh gagudei mib ganauhin. 7 ni waiht auk brahtedum in ban jah afargaggand.

25 samaleiko pan jah waurstAva goda swikunba sind, jah ]?o
aljaleikos sik
ni

bamma
ni

fairmau, bi sunjai batei usbairan \va magura;

habandoua

filhan

mahta

sind.

8 ab]?an habandans usfodein jah gaskadwein ]?aimuh ganohidai sijaima.

laiktjo

.1

Chapter VI. Swa managai swe sijaina

9 abban ]?aiei Avileina gabigai' uf wairban, atdriusand in fraistubn-

hlamma unhulbins jah luwairbans rahn- stuns managans unnutjans jah jaina, ei uamo fraujins jah lai- skabulans, ]?aiei sagqjand mans seins ni wajamerjaidau. in frawardein jah fralust. 2 a])ban baiei galaubjandaus 10 Avaurts allaize ubilaize ist
allaizos sweribos

jukuzjai biwos, seinans fraujans ja jah

fraujans, ni frakunneina, faihugeigo, bizozei unte bro]?rjus sind, ak mais skal- jandans afairzidai

haband

sumai gairnAAaur]:>un

af

kinona, unte galaubjandans sind galaubeinai jah sik silbans gabijah liubai, baiei wailadedais ga- waidedun sairam managaim.
dailans sind. ]?ata laisei jah gablaih.

11 lb bu,
]>liuhais;

jai

manna gubs,bataiz=l~
frijabAva,

ib laistjais garaihtein,

3 jabai Iras aljaleikos laisjai gagudein, galaubein, jah ni atgaggai du hailaim waur- Villain qairrein.

12 haifstei ]?o god on haifst gagudein galaubeinais, undgreip libain ailaiseinai, Aveiuon, du bizaiei labobs is jah 4 ib hauhbuhts, ni waiht wi- andhaihaist bamma godin andatands, ak siukands bi soknins haita in andwairbja managaize
Xristaus jah
j^izai

dam baim

fraujins unsaris Iesuis
bi

jah waurdajiukos, us ]>aimei wair- Aveitwode.

24. sumaizeh in A, sumaize in B. atgaggai in D, atgaggib in A. 4. maui'and Latin manuscripts. *— 5. afstaud af bra in B, wanting in A, and in all Greek 0. jah {the third) in B, wanting in A. sagqjand baim swaleikaim, wanting in B. 11. frijabwa in A, friabwa B, jas sik A. 10. jah sik .1, saggqjand in B. A breaks off. 12. with andwairb. ;/; B.
lias subnis.

23. qibaus; in the margin

A

17, 3. aljaleikos in A, aljaleiko in D.

;'//

;'/i

.

.

1

!)()

1

Timotliv VI.

15 ]>anei in melam swesaini 13 anabiuda in andwairbja gape bis gaqiujandins alia jah taikneib sa audaga jah ains Xristaus Iesuis bis weitwodjan- mahteiga jah |>iudans ]>iudanondine uf Pauntiau Peilatau pata dane jah frauja fraujinoudane, 1G saei ains aih nndiwanein godo andahait, 14 fastan buk ]?o anabusn un- jah liuha]? bauib uuatgaht, ]?awamma ungaiairinoda and qum uei sah; mamie ni aiushuu liih
fraujins linearis Iesuis Xristaus, sai.
. .

.

l'J.

Puuutiuu; Puuuteau

in B.

10. sai

.

.

.

.;

remaining

hitters ofsoihiau.

I

Mi

Teimaii]>aiau

.1».

6 in bizozei waihtais gamaudja 1 Pawlus apaustaulus Xristaus bilk anaqiujan anst gubs, sei ist Iesuis ]?airh wiljan gubs bi ga- in bus bairh analagein handiwe
I.

Chapteh

haitam

libainais sei ist in Xri- meinaizo.

7 unte ni gaf unsis gub ahmau stau Iesu. 2 Teimaubaiau liubin barna. faurhteins, ak mahtais jah friansts, armaio, gawairbi fram jabwos jah inaheins. gupa attin jali Xristau Iesu frau8 ni nunu skamai buk weitwojin

am iii hrainjai gahugdai, wa unsweibando haba bi
ii

uusaramma. dibos fraujins unsaris Iesuis nih 3 awiliudo guba meinamma, meina bandjins is, ak mi]?arbai]>ammei skalkino fram fadrei- dei aiwaggeljon bi mahtai gubs,
iuai-

gaminbi

in

jah daga, 4 gairnjands ];>uk gasailuan, gainunands tagre ]?einaize ei fahedais usfullnau, 5 gamaudein andiiimands bizos sei ist in bus unliutons ga-

9 bis nasjandins uns jah labonbuk bidom meinaim naht dins [uns] labonai weihai, ni bi waurstwam uusaraim, ak bi seinai leikaiiiai jah anstai, sei gibana ist unsis in Xristau Iesu faur mela aiweina,

10

ib

gaswikunbida nu

]>airh

gabairhtein nasjandis unsaris Ielaubeinais, sei bauaida faur]us in suis Xristaus, gatairandins raihawon ]?einai Lauidjai jah aibein tis daubu, ib galiuhtjandins li]?einai Aiwneikai, gab-ban-traua bain jah uuriurein ]?airh aiwaggeljon, ]?atei jah in bus.
Of the Second Epistle to Timothy A contains T, 1—18. II, 21— IV, 16. has the verses I, 5— IS. II, 21 — IV, 11. occur in both manuscripts. I, 5— IV, 11. Hence The last six verses (= ^ of the Epistle) of the fourth chapter are wanting. The superscription in A is entirely faded out. only u is discernible. Aiwneikai Aiwneika in A. with ga)j-J>anI, 5. Lauidjai
; ;

traua bjegins. 7. l'rija)>wos in A, una in A. 10. dau]?u in A, daujmu waggejon in B.

ir\a\>xvos in B.
in B.

.9.

laj?oudins in B, lajwndins
in A,
I

aiwaggeljon

above the

line; ai-

11)2

Timothv .
in ]?oei gasati]?s ini ik

.
managa weitwodja [waur-

11

mer- ]?airh

jands jah apaustaulus jah laisa- da gu}?s], |?o anafilh triggwaim mannam, ]?aiei wair]>ai sijaina reis jMudo; 12 in Jnzozei fairinos jah ]mta jah an|?arans laisjau. 3 l?u nu arbaidei swe gods gawinna, akei nih skama mik; unte drauhts Xristaus lesuis. wait luamma galaubida, jah ga4 ni aiushun drauhtinonds traua }?ammei mahteigs ist j>ata anafilh mein fastan in jainana fraujin dugawindi]? sik gawaurkdag.

jam
frisaht
|>oei

pizos

aldais,

ei

galeikai

13

habands

hailaize |?ammei drauhtino]'.

waurde

5 jah ]?an jabai haifstety Iras, at mis hausides in galaubeinai jah frija]>wai in Xri- ni weipada, niba witodeigo brikib. stau Iesu, 6 arbaidjands air]>os waurstw14 ]?ata godo anafilh fastai ]>airh alimau weihana, saeibaui]> ja skal frumist akrane andniin uns.
1

nian.
]>atei

5

waist
af

afwandidednn
j^aiei

7

fra]?ei

]mtei qi]>a: gibi]>

auk

sik

mis

allai

Bind

in

j?us frauja fra]n

us allai m.

8 gamuneis Xristu Iesu urrisanana us daupaim, us fraiwa 16 gibai armaion frauja Aunei- Daweidis, bi aiwaggeljon meinai, seifauraus garda, unte ufta mik 9 in J'izaiei arbaidja and bandanaj?rafstida jah naudibandjo jos swe ubiltojis, akei waurd meiuaizo ni Atamaida sik, gu|>s nist gabundan.
Aeiai, ]>izeei ist
in ogaineis.

Fygailus jah Air-

10 inuh ]u's all gajnila bi )>ans 17 ak qimands in Rumai usgawalidans, ei jah ]>ai ganist gadaudo sokida mik jah bigat. 18 gibai frauja inima bigitan tilona sei ist in Xristau Iesu nii)> armahairtein at franjin in jai- wulj'au aiweinamma. triggw |>ata wanrd: jabai uamma daga. jah Ivan filn in Aifaison andbahtida mis, mais mi]>gadau]>nodeduni, jah ini]>li1

1

waila

]>n

kant.

('
in
.1.
I

bam
II.

12 jabai ga]uilam, jah mi|'j>iudanom; jabai afaikam, jah is
afaiki]>

1

\m

nu,

barn mein waliso,
I'i/.ai

uns:
ni

inswiii])(M

|>uk in anstai

in

13 jabai
triggws
in

galaubjam, jains
afaikan sik silban

Xristau Iesu, 2 jah ]'oei hausides at

wisi]>:

mis

mag.

12.

jainana
II

jainamma
;

in B.

7•*?.

frijabwai
|>i/<i

/'//

.1.
It.

friabwai

/" H.

7.7.

waist, faded oat in

A and
II.

after

.

has waits. bizeei kant .1 slops. niter
IS

/// .1.

///

75.

mais stands

in

..

triggwaim luanuom; triggwainiauiiain

///

//.

C.

arbaidjands; arbnid-

jans in H.

II

Timotliv

II.

III.

193

e=5

14 pize gamaudei,
jands
in

weitwod-

l^liuh,

ib laistei garaihtein, ga-

and\vair]?ja

fraujius; laubeiu frijabwa,

gawairbi mi|>
frau-

ni waihtai niba uswalteinai baim hansjondam. 15 usdaudei ]mk silban gakusanana usgiban guba, waurstwjan unaiwiskaua, raiktaba raidjandau waurd sunjos. 16 ib bo dwaloua usweihona lausawaurdja biwandei, imte filu

waurdam weihan du
daug,

]?aim bidai

anahaitandam

jan us hrainjamma hairtin. 23 ib bos dwalons jah untalons soknins biwandei, witands ]?atei gabairand sakjons; 24 ib skalks fraujius ni skal sakan, ak qairrus wisan wibra allans, laiseigs, usbulands, 25 in qairrein talzjands bans gaggand du afgudein, andstandandans, niu luan gibai 17 jab waurd ize swe gunds im gub idreiga du ufkunbja sunalib, bizeei ist Ymainaius jah Fi- jos, letus, 26 jah usskawjaindau us un18 Jmiei bi sunja uswissai us- hulbins wruggon, fram bammei metun, qibandans usstass ju gafahanai habanda afar iswiljin.

waurbanajahgalaubein sumaize

Chapter III. uswaltidedun. 19 abban tulgus grunduwadd1 Abjmn ]?ata kunneis ei in jus guba standib habands sigljo spedistaim dagam atgaggand bata: kunba frauja ]>ans baiei jera sleidja. 2 jah wair]?and mannans sik siud is, jah: afstandai af uuseleiu hrazuh saei namnjai namo frau- fiijondans, faihugairuai, bihaitjius. jans, hauhhairtai, wajanierjan20 abban in mikilamma garda dans, fadreinam uugaluairbai, ni sind batainei kasa gulbeina launawargos, unairknai, jah silubreiua, ak jah triweina 3 unhunslagai, unmildjai, faiiijah digana, jah suma du swerein, nondans, ungahabaudans sik, unmanariggwai unseljai, sumub ban du uuswerein; 21 abban jabai hjas gahrain4frale\vjandans, untilamalskai, jai sik bize, wairbib kas du swe- ufbaulidai, frijondans wiljan seiribai, gaweihai]?, bruk fraujin, uaua mais bau gub, du allamma waurstwe godaize 5 habandans hiwi gagudeius, ib maht izos inwidandans; jah gawanwib. 22 ab]?an juggans lustuus ]mus afwandei;
,

21. ]>he; ]?izei in B. 17. gunds; s doubtful, alip probable. 26. usskawwith du begins again. 22. frijabwa in A, friaj^wa in B. jaiudau in B, usskarjaindau in A. habauda in A, tiuhanda in B. Ill, 2. sikl'rijondaus in A, sik frioudans in B; in the margin A has seinaigairnai, ununairknai in misspelt for seinagairnai. hauhhairtai in A, hauhairtai 5. jah baus in B, aiiknans in A. 3. unmanariggwai in B, uuuianarigwai in A.
14. bize;
bizei in B.

— —

.

,

ja]>

baus

in A.

13

194

IT

Timothy

III.

IV.

G unte us ]?aim sind ]>aiei sliu14 ib bu Eramwairbie wisais in pand in gardins jah frahun]?ana baimei galaisides buk jah gatiuhand qineina afhla]>ana fra- trauaida sind bus, witands at waurhtim, ]>oei tiuhauda lustum lranima ganamt, missaleikaim, 15 jah batei us barniskja A\ei7 siuteino laisjandona sik jan hos bokos kun]>es ]>os maliteiui aiw lranhun in ufkunbja sun- gons ]mk usfratwjan du ganistai bairn galaubein bo in Xristau jos qiman mahteiga. 8 aj>]>an ]>amma haidau ei Jannee jah Mambres andstobuD Moseza, swa jah pai andstandand sunjai, mannans frawaurbanai ahiu, uskusanai bi galaubein. Iesu.

boko gudiskaizos ahma-Iaiktjo teinais jah Jmurftos du Laiseinai, du gasahtai. du garaihteinai, du
16
All

talzeinai in garaihtein,

17 ei ustauhans sijai manna 9 akei ni ]>eihand du filnsnai, gubs du allamma waurstwe gomite unwiti ize swiknnb wairbib daize gamanwibs.
allaim,

ewaewe jah
]>u

jainaize was.
is

Chapter
1

IV.

/

7

10I]>
ineinai,

galaista

laiseinai

Weitwodja

in

andwairbja

b

3

gubs jah EranjinsXristaus Iesu is. gaJanbeinai, usbeisnai, frijabwai, saei skal etojan qiwans jah dan]>ulainai. bans biqumie(jah) biudinassn is, 11 wrakjom, wnnnim, hrileika 2 merei wanrd, instand uhteimis waurbun in Antiaukiai, in go nnnhteigo, gasak, gablaih, Kikaunion, in Lystrys lrileikos galrotei in allai usbeisuai jah wrakjos usbulaida jah us allaim laiseinai. mik galansida frauja. 3 wairbib mel ]>an haila laisoin 12 jah ]'an allai 1'aioi wileina ui nsbnland, ak du seinaim lugagndaba libao inXristau [eeu, stum gadragand sis laisarjans subjandans hansein, wrakos winnand.
usmeta,
sidau.
;

muna,

1 *5

i]>

abilai

mannana

jah liutai

4
iand

a]>]>an

af sunjai hauseia afib hi

I'cihand

du

wairsizin. airzjai jah

wandjand,
sik.

epillamgawand-

aiiv.iandans.

<>.

bafei
If.

;'/;

.1.

Jannee in .1, Jannia in If. Mambree in It, Biamree in .1. it. ewikanb; tln> margin &aegatarhi]>; in jah above tho line, wanting in 11. in tin• margin A baa galaisides (misspelt for galaistidee) laiseinai 10. galaista is; 11. wrakjos in frijabwai in A, iria)>\vai in IS. wrakoa in It. us|niluiVS. liutai; in the margin baa lubjaleieai, da; asbolida in A, faded out in IS. ilir margin .1 baa abelara about which UppatrUm aaja nothing, da wairsizin:
A, ni in
8.
1
1

bod

in

IS.

lustuni

IS,

du luslustiim

in A.

~. j.in

ni

;'//

— —

1

1

i 1

;

i .

.

/'//

wouretwam.
gudiskaizo
IV,
1.

11. juh in

11,

juu in A.

Id. all

/'/;

If,

alll in

A.

gudiskaizos in
/>'.

.

in

IS.

jah;

olitcigo in

wanting in A and B. — 2, instand in A, stand in ubteigo io .4, II.— 8, gadragaud in A, dragaud in U. subjandaus in . eubjondana //; IS.

II

Timotliv IV

195
ist

mis ains. allaim, arbaidei, waurstw waur- Marku andnimands brigg kei aiwaggelistins, andbahti ]?ein ]ms silbin, unte ist mis bruks du usfullei. andbahtja. G abban ik ju hunsljada jah 12 abban Tykeiku insandida mel meinaizos diswissais atist. in Aifaison. 7 haifstbogodon haifstida, run 13 hakul ]?anei bilai]? inTrauaustauh, galaubein gafastaida; dai at Karpau, qimauds atbair 8 ]>abroh galagibs ist mis jah bokos, ]?ishun maimbranans.
sijais

5 ib ]m andabahts

in

11 Lukas

mi]?

Avaips garaihteins, ]>anei usgibi]>

14 Alaiksandrus aizasmi]?a mamis frauja in jainamma daga, sa garaihta staua, ab}?an ni batai- naga mis unbiu^a ustaiknida;
nei mis,

ak jah allaim

]?aiei fri-

usgildi]?

imma

frauja bi waurst-

jond qum is. 9 sniumei qiman at mis sprauto;

wam

is.

10 unte Demas mis bilaib frijonds bo nu aid, jah galaib du 16 in frumiston meinai sunjoJ>aissalauneikai, Kreskus du Ga- nai ni manna mis mibwas, ak latiai, Teitus du Dalmatiai allai mis bili]?un; ni rahnjai
. . .

15 ]>ammei jah ]m Avitai: filu auk andsto]? unsaraim waurdam.

6.

diswissais; in the

margin A has gamalteinais.
railita in B.

<S.

]>aproh in A, }'a]'ra ]>an
/'/;

m

B. sa garaihta A, sa A, u anting in B. Kreskus; Xreskus in A, Krispus in H. Teitus Ju Dalmatiai 76. 14. Alaiksandrus; Alaiaiksaiidrus in A. stops. 11. after du aiid(bahtja) rahnjai, remains ofrahnjaidau.

10. jah galaip in B, jag galai)» in A.

Du Teitan
Chapter
I.

anastodeij».

m

aiuaizos qenais aba. barna hawins ska Iks gube, ib apau- bands galaubeina, ni in osqissai 1 aulas Ieeuis Xristaue bi galau- usstiureins ai]>]iau ungalrairba.

beinai gawalidaize g;u]>s jah uf-

7 skaln]' J?an aipiskaupus un-

kunbja ennjoe,
ist

sei

bi

gagudein gafairinobfl wisan swe gu]>s fan-

ragaggja, ni hauhhairts, ni bi2 <lu wenai libainais aiweinons, haitja. ni bwairhe, ni weinnle, ni ]>oei gahaihait unlinganda gn]? slalials, ni aglaitgastalds. faur niela aiweiua, 8 ak gastigods. bleibe, anda3 i]> ataugida mela eweeamma 1'alits. garaihte, weihs,gabaarbs, 9 Andanemeigs bi laiseinaib=2 waurd sein in mereinai, sei ga-

trauaida ist mis bi anabusnai wanrdis triggwis. ei nialitcigs sijai jah gablaihan in laiseinai hainasjandis unsaris gu)>s. 4 Teitan walisin barna bi ga- lai jah ]>ans andstandandana gamainjai galaubeinai. anets jah sakan. 10 sind auk managai ungagawairbi fram gu]>a attin jah Xristau lesn naajand unearam- hrairbai, laneawaurdai, lutonlans. I'ishun )>ai us bimaita. 11 I'anzei skal gasakan. )>aiei 5 in I'izozpi waihtais bilaib ]uis in Krctai [in ]>ize], ei wan.na gardins allans nswaltjand laisatgaraihtjais jah gaeatjate and iandans )>atei ni skuld ist in fai1
1 1 1 .

banrga praizbytairein, ewasweik hugairneins. boe garaidida, 12 qa]> auk sums ize ewes iz•• 6 jabai Iras ist Qngafairinod&, praufetus: Kretee sinteino liugn-

Ofthe Ep'ath to Titaa A contain»
ft

I.

0—11.

7.

has

T.

1—in. Three

fifths

of the

text

;•

last.
first

a ofanastodt i]> remains. srrms to have been ;i gioea to in |>izozei waihtais; according Bernhardt (rixoxei ie demonstrative. . uagafainaode; angafairiaonde /// //. with wnnniis .1 beghta. jah bane //; II. \&p peoaa in A. 10. laosawaardcd in laasaiwaurdai after bie(huu) stops.

Superscription: Only the
I.

S.

in

])i/.t>

i<>


//,

.'/.

.

Tihis

.

II.

197
ni

jans, ubila unbiarja,
tos.

wambos

la-

13 so
saba,
beinai,

ist

weitwodei sunjeina.

in bizozei fairinos

gasak

ins lras-

ei hailai sijaina in

galau-

atsaibjandans judaiwiskaize spille jah anabusne manne
ni

14

waiht hrain, ak bisaulida sind ize Jah aha jah mibwissei. 16 gub andhaitand kunnan, ij> waurstwam inwidand, andasetjai wisandans jah ungalaubjandans jah du allamma waurstwe godaize uskusanai.

dam

afwandjaudane sis sunja. 15 abban all hrain hrain jaim;

Chapter
1 lb
]n\

II.

rodei batei gadof ist
.
.

ib bisaulidaim jah ungalaubjan- bizai hailon laiseinai.

.

12. nnbiarja;

two preceding

letters

14. spille, spilli in- A.

16. uskusanai; in the

have been scratched, the is doubtful. margin ungakusanai.

Du Filemanna.
...

11 ...

ij 1

nu ]ms iah mis

brake, ]">anuh insandida. 12 ib ]>u iua. bat' ist meinos
brusts, audnim.

18 ib jabai lva gaskob |>us aibbau skula ist, bata mis rahnei.

19 ik Pawlus gamelida meinai 13 banei ik wilda at mis ga- handan. ik usgiba: ei ni qibaa haban, ei faur buk mis andbah- ]nis ]mtei ia]> ]mk silbau mis

tidedi in

bandjom aiwaggeljons, skula is. 14 i]> inn bein ragin ni waiht 20 iai. brobar, ik beina niutau ni swaswe bi wilda tauian. anabrafstei meinos in fraujin;
i

<

i

nanbai

}A\\\>

bein

siiai.

ak us

ln-

brusts in Xristau.

stum
15

21 gatranands ufhauseinai beiaufto ank du]>e afgaf sik nai gamelida ]uis. witands batei du tueilai, ei aiweinana ina andiah afar )>atei qiba taujie. oimaie, 22 bijandzub ban manwei mis 16 in ni swaswe skalk, ak afar skalk, brobar liubana. ussindo salibwos; wenja auk ei bairh bimis. ib Iran filu mais ]uis iah in dos izwaros fragibaidau izwis. 23 golei]? buk Aipafras sa leika iah in fraujin 17 jabai nu mik habaie du ga- mibfrahonbana mis in Xristau
;

:

mana, andnim

]>ana

swe mik.

Eesu.

.

.

The remains [a
in
.1.

little

more than

half)

of the Epistle to Philemon

an

preeerverl

The auperacription does not occur in the manuscript. 14. bein eijai; |>iu12. meinoe brusts; in the margin tneina h(air)l'ni. beinssijai in A. as Instant; in the margin gabanrjaba, not mentioned byUppatrdm.

1>

Remains of the Old Testament.
Ezra.

Chapter
.
.

II.

28 wairos

Baibilis jah

Aai

.s.

o* hunda. m. e.; 8 29 wairos Nabawis .n. b. 9 sunjus Zaxxaiaus. hr. j.; 30 sunjus Makebis .r. n. q. 10 suniwe Banauis .x. m. b.; 11 suniwe Babawis .x. k. g\; 31 sunjus Ailamis anbaris bu12 suniwe Asgadis busund. hy. sundi .s. n. d. 32 sunjus Eeiramis .t. k. u. q. 13 suniwe Adoneikamis. x. j. q. 33 sunjus Lyddomaeis jah Anos 14 suniwe Bagauis twa busund- .hy. k. e. ja. j. q. 34 sunjus Eiaireikons .t. m. e. 15 suniwe Addinis. w. n. d. 35 sunjus Ainna'ins .g. busund16 sunjus Ateiris sunaus Aizai- jos .x. 1. keiins niuntehund jah .h. 36 jah gudjans sunjus Aidduins 17 suniwe Bassaus .t. 1. g. us garda Iesuis niun hunda .u. g. 18 suniwe Iorins .r. i. b. 37 sunjus Aimmeirins pusundi 19 suniwe Assaumis .s. k. g. .n. b. 20 suniwe Gabairis .y. e. 38 sunjus Fallasuris busiradi 21 suniwe Baiblaem .r. k. g. .s. m. z. 22 suniwe Naitofabeis .r. m. q. 39 sunjus Iareimisjmsundi .i. z. 23 suniwe Anabobis .r. k. h. 40 jah Laiwweiteis sunjus Ie24 suniwe Asmobis .r. n. h. suis jah Kaidmeielis us sunum 25 wairos Kareiabiareim jali Odueiins .u. d. Xafira jah Bero]? .lir. in. g. 41 sunjus Asabis liubarjos .r. 26 wairos Rama jah Gabaa n. h. .x. i. b. 42 sunjus daurawarde, sunjus 27 wairos Makmas .r. k. b. Saillaumis jah sunjus Ate.
. .

The remains of the Books of Ezra and Nehemiah are preserved in the Ambrosia Codex D (See Introduction). 12. busutul; misspelt IF, 11. Babawis; D has Babaawis ep. 21. 25, below. 14. Bagauis; Ohrloff supposes Baguais. 16. sunjus; sunaus in D. for Jmsimdi? 25. Kareiabia21. Baiblaem; Biaaaiblaem in D. Aizaikeiins; Aizaikeiinis in D. Makebis; Ohrloff 28. Xm; Ohrloff supposes Ga'i. reim; Kareiabiaareim in D. 33. Lyddomaeis; Ohrloff supposes Lyddonaeis or Lyddosupposes Makbeis. 38. Fallasuris; Ohrloff 37. Aimmeirins; Ohrloff supposes Aimmeiris. naeid. Ohrloff supposes Saillumis. 42. Saillaumis; supposes Faddasuris.
;

Nelieniiah.

Chapteh

V.

17 jah Iudaieis jah

]>ai

faura-

13 ... jah qa]> alia gamainbs ma])ljos .r. jah .n. gumane jah amen, jah hazidedun fraujan, jah ]?ai qimandans at unsis us ]»iugatawidedun ]>ata waurd alia so dom bairn bisnniane unsis ana biuda meinamma andnnmanai luauagei.
14-

jah fram

bamma daga
ei

ei

wesun.
lriznh stiur

auabaub mis

18 jah was fraquman da^is nia]']eis ize in Iudaia, fram jera .a., lamba gawalida .1. jah anbar Arta- .q., jah gaits .a. gamanwida was .k. uud jer ksairksaus ]>iudanis, .ib. jera, ik mis, jah bi .i. dagaus gaf wein
wesjau fauralilaif

jah brobrjus meinai
ma]>leis meiiiis ni

faura- allai

]>izai filusnai,

jah allai buai

managein, jah ana ]>o alia lilaif matidedum. 15 i|> fauramabljos ]>aiei wesun faurama]>leis meinis ni sokida, in faura mis, kaurideduu J?o mana- bis ei ni kauridedjau bo managein jah nemiin at im lilaibaus gein in bairn waurstwam.
.

.

jah wein jah nauhbanuh silnbris ^ilcle .m., jah skalkos ize frauji-

Chapter
. . .

VI.

14 managein, i]> ik ni (praufe)te baiei brafstitawida swa faura andwairbja dedun mik. 15 jah ustauhana war]' so agieds gups. 16 jah waurstw bizos baurgs- baurgswaddjus .e. jah .k. daga waddjaus ni swinbida, jah baurp menobis Ailnlis .n. dage jah rb. ni gastaistald, jah biwos meinai 16 jah war]' sw<> hausideduu jah allai ]'ai galieanans du bam- Hands nnsarai allai. jah ohtedun ma waurstwa. alios biudos ]>os bisuniane unsis.

nodedun

bizai

See introductory remark to Ezra. V. 14. wesjau; weisjau in D. art&ksaireaus; so ObrJoff, Dims Artarksairkeaue; ep. however alabalstraun in Ln. VII, -7. tS. wesun; weisun in I). 16. ni 17. wesun: weisun in D. swinbida; OhrlotF suggests inswinbida. is. ana;


.

originally alia, which baa been corrected.
17. 7 J.

meuobia

Ailulis;

only meao

.

.

is distinct,

the addition

is

entirely uncer-

tain.

Neheiniah VI. VIT.

201

jah atdraus agis in ausona ize jah aipistulans iusandida Toabraba, jah ufkunbedun ]?atei beias ogjan mik.

fram guba unsaramma war]? usfulli]? bata waurstw. 17 jah in dagam jainaim managai wesun bize reikjane Iudaie ]>aiei sandidedun aipistulans du Tobeiin jah Tobeias du im, 18 managai auk in Iudaia ufaibjai wesun imma, unte megs was Saixaineiins sunaus Aieirins, jahloanan sunus is namdauhtar Maisaullamis sunaus Barakeiins

Chapter

VII.

1 Jah war]? swe gatimrida war]? so baurgswaddjus, jah gasatida haurdins, jah gaweisodai

waur]?un daurawardos jah }?arjos jah Laiwweiteis.

liu-

2 jah anabau]? Ananiin brobr meinamma jah Ananeiin faurama]?lja baurgs Iairusalems, unte sa was wair sunjeins jah ogands du qenai. f rau j an ufar managans, 19 jah rodidedun imma waila 3 jah qa]? im: ni uslukaindau in andwairbja meinamma, jah daurons Iairusalems, und ]>atei waurdameina spillodedun imma, urrinnai sunno.
. .

JG. ausoua; Ohrloff suggests augoua.

17. 18. wesun; weisuu in

I).

Fragment of a Gothic Calendar.
published by Mai and Castiglione, in "Ulphilae partium ineditarum specimen, Mediolani, 1819'') a fragment of which has come down to us on a page of the Ambrosian Codex A (See Introduction), followed, as may be seen from I'ppstrom's 'Codices Ambrosiani', p. 120, immediately after the Epistle. to Philemon. Between them four leaves have been lost. which had space for the missing portion and subscription of that Epistle, as well as for the 295 days, from January 1st to
(first

The Gothic Calendar

October 22nd. The Calendar contains the names of martyrs who either belonged to the Gothic people or, with the exception of the apostle Philip, at least suffered death in the regions of the lower Danube (See Bernhardt, 'Vulfila oder diegotische Bibel', pp. (301 and 605).
pizeana Gutbiudai managaize
a

marytre jah
led

FriJ?areikeis.

17
g Kustanteinaus
e

]>iudanis

kz
()

l)auii]>aiaus aipiskaupaus.

kh
kjT

gamin]?] marytre
laif;

]u'ze bi

Webi-

rekan papan jah Batwin
(bit |>indai

aikklesjons fullaizoe ana

gabrannidai.
Jiuleis
.1.

i

ia

XaubaJmbair.fruma

TT7

Fri|'«-irciki'is:
ii.-nis:

FrijOrakeikeie in A.
.1.

Batwin; Batvcan

is expected.

Knetnntri

Kiistanti-iinis in

I>.niri|);ii;ius iiipisknupiiiis:

I>;uiri)>;nus iiipisk*.

Calendar.

203

5?

ie

Filippaus apaustaulaus in
Jairupulai

ka EE kg kd
ke

w
7J7 ]?ize atyjane in Bairaujai .m.

iz

Eq
kz

kh
k]>

X

samaua

X

Andriins apaustaulaus

apaustaulaus
December,
is

(in-ice);

apaustaulus

in A.

aljjjaue in;

alpjanoine in A.

The following page of the manuscript, which would contain the month of
blank.

Skeireins aiwaggeljons ]»airh Johannen.

on eight unconnected Leaves five of which (I. II. V. VI. VII.) are at .Milan and three (III. IV. VIII.) at Home (See Introduction). They once belonged to the monastery at Bobbio.
so-called Skeireins stands

The

The order

of the leaves is determined

by the order

of the

passages from John explained therein. Since the eighth leaf, which contains the explanation of Jo. VII, 44— .~>2, is marked with the numeral sign e (=5), which indicates the end of the fifth 'quaternio', be estii. e. of the fortieth leaf, the entire number of leaves ma mated at about one hundred (Massmann, p. 57). Each of the sixteen pages extant is divided into two columns, each column

numbers twenty-five

lines.

The

Skeireins (See skeireins in the Glossary)

contained

an

interpretation of the gospel of St. John, and was probably written by a Goth, who, as can I»; proved, used writings of the apostolic fathers Theodoras (died in 355) and, probably, Ammonias (before 250)

and

Cyrillus (born

about 400).

The remains of the Skeireins were first published in part (See Introduction). Then followed an edition of all the leaves, together with a Latin version, by Massmann (See Introduction). A
thorough critical examination of a ssm a 's edition appeared under the title of "Beitrage zur Textberichtigung und Erklarung der Skeireins", Alt en burg, 1839, by Lobe. This treatise has contributed much to the understanding of the Skeireins. Another examination of the manuscripl .by uppst rom (See Introduction), yielded a much improved condition of the text. A further great improvement of the text is due to Vollmer (See Introduction). For more about the Skeireins, Bernhardt's elaborate work
(See Introduction) should be consulted.

Skeireins

I

a. b. c.

205

Chapter
a,

I.

Chapter

I,

Ps 58,

3.

4

{Gup us himina wlaitoda ana sununs manne, du sailuan sijaiu) saei frapjai aippau sokjai gup.
allai

(Deus de coelo prospexit super a filios hominum, ut videat si est)
intelligens

aut requirens deum.

uswandidedun, samana un- omnes declinaverunt, simul inubrukjai waurpun, jah ju uf dau- tiles f acti sunt, iamque su b mortis paus atdmsun staua. inuh pis ceciderunt iudicium. propterea

qam gamains
allaize

allaize nasjands,

venit

communis omnium

salva-

Jh.

T,

frawaurhtins afhrainjau, tor, omnium peccata abluiturus, ni ibna nih galeiks unsarai ga- qui non aequalis nee similis noraihtein, ak silba garaihtei wi- strae iustitiae, sed ipse iustitia sands, ei, gasaljands sik faur uns erat, ut, tradens se pro nobis hunsl jas saup guba, pizos ma- oblationem et hostiam deo, huius nasedais gawaurhtedi uslunein. mundi operareturredemptionem. bata nu gasaihiands Iohannes, hoc igitur videns Iohannes, id erat a do-b b po sei ustauhana habaida wair- quod perficiendum pan fram fraujin garehsn, mi]> mino consilium, vere dixit Ecce 29 sunjai qap: sai sa ist wiprus hie est agnus dei, qui tollit pecgups, saei afnimip frawaurht pi- catum mundi. potuisset quidem zos manasedais. mahtedi swe- etiam sine hominis corpore, popauh jah inu mans leik, waldufn- testate tantummodo divina, solja patainei gudiskamma, galaus- vere omnes ex diaboli dominajan allans us diabulaus anamah- tione, sed sciebat futurum fuisse, tai, akei (was) kunnands patei ut tali potestate virtutis necesswaleikamma waldufnja mahtais sitas exhiberetur neque amplius naubs ustaiknida wesi jan ni pa- servaretur iustitiae consilium, naseips fast aid a garaihteins ga- sed necessitate effecisset homirehsns, ak naubai gawaurhtedi num salvationem. profecto enim manne ganist. sunjaba auk dia- diabolo ab initio non cogente bulau fram anastodeinai nih sed decipiente hominem et pere cnaubjandin ak uslutondin man- mendacium incitante ad transnan jah pairh liugn galratjandin grediendam legem, hoc fuisset ufargaggan anabusn, batuh Avesi contra ac decebat, dominum vewipra bata gadob, ei frauja qi- nientem vi divina ac potestate
|
| | |

original leaves, the small letters (a, h,

marks to the Skeireins). — Ps. = Psalm. — Cod. = Codex. The words in parenthesis have been added by Vollmer. Uppstrom says "Ab initio fortasse supplendum: Gup us himina anahnaiw ana sununs manne du saihran
:

Remarks: The Roman numeral signs above the texts refer to the pages of the e, d) to the columns (See introductory re-

jau

sijai

.

.

.

."
;

pataine in Cod. 2, b. afnimib frawaurht; ]> frawaurht above the line, batainei suujaba, Vollmer; was, Vollmer; wanting in Cod. garehsns; garehsn in Cod.
jabai in Cod.

206

Skeireins I d.

IT a.

gudiskai jah wal- eum solvere et necessitate ad dufnja bana galausidedi jah nau- pietatem convertere: nonne enim videretur turn in iustitia extor]?ai du gagudein gawandidedi nei auk buhtedi bau in garaih- quenda transgredi illud autea teins gaaggwein ufargaggan bo iam ab initio constitutum confaura ju us anastodeinai garai- silium? decebat igitur potins don garehsn? gadob nuwasmais eos qui sua sponte oboediebant ]?ans swesamma wiljin ufhaus- diabolo ad transgredieudam lejaudans diabulau du ufargaggan gem dei, hos rursus sua voluuanabusn gubs, ]>anzuh aftra swe- tate assentiri salvatoris doctrisamma wiljin gaqissans wair]?an nae et aspernari nequitiam eius dnasjandis laiseinai jah frakun- qui prius decepisset, veritatis nan unselein ]?is faur]?is usluton- autem cognitionem ad renovadins, ib suujos kun]>i du aftra- tionem divinae vivendi rationia anastodeinai ]nze in guba usmete institui. pro])terea igitur etiam gasatjan. inuh bis nu jah leik corpus hominis sumpsit, ut praein; ns andnam, ei laisareis uns ceptor nobis fieret iustitiae quae wairbai ]?izos du gu]?a garaik- ad deum est. sic enim debebat, teins. swa auk skulda, dugalei- ut similes faceret suae sapieutiae, kon seinai frodein, jah mans aftra et homines itemm invitare vergalabon waurdam jah waurst- bis et factis et nuntius fieri evanwam jah spilla wairban aiwag- gelicae vivendi rationis. sed quogeljons usmete. i]> in Juzei nu niam legis coercitio nou solum witodis gaaggwei ni batain ga- conversion!. wandeinai.

mands mahtai

j

|

,i

|

.

.

.

.

Chapter
a

II.
.
. .

Chapter

II.

Jh.

,

sua fide factus iam pro eo a bands ju faur iua bal)?eij>,inmela audacter se gerit, tempore sciliraihtis bulainais, leik is afar ]m- cet passionis, corpus eius post lain swikunbaba mib Ioseba us- passionem cum Iosepho sepeliens, filhands, gaswiknnbjands ei ni manifestans sc uon defecisse propafwandida sik in fanramablje ter principum minas. propterea lrotos. iuuh ]>is jah nasjands, etiam salvator, etiamtum simul nanh mibban anastodjands, us- incipiens, indicavit sursum ferentaiknida bana iupa briggandan tem in regnum dei viam dicens in bindangardjai gabs wig qi- Amen amen dico tibi, nisi qui 8 bands: ;uncn amen qipapns, ni- nascitur desuper, non potest vi,desuper' au-b hn eaei gabairada iupapro, ni dere regnum dei. mag gasaihran, piudangardja tern dixit illam sanctam et cae... (sei)nai galaubeinai wair
|

c.

uei;

n<>

/;>

Cod.;

</>.

II Cor. Ill, 8.
ei ni
:

II. n. leik ix: lcikis in ('oil.

ni

gaaggwein; gaagweiii above the Iin>•.

in Coil.

Skeireins

1

b. c. d.

207

Jh.

Ill,

hgups. ,iupab|ro' ban qab ]>o weihon jah hirainakundon gabaurb anbara bairh bwahl usbulan. ]?ammuh ]>an ni fro]? Neikaudemus, in bis ei mibban frumist hausida fram laisarja,; inuh Jus 4 qab: luaiwa mahts ist manna gabairan alpeis wisands? ibai mag• in wamba aipeins seinaizos aftra galeipan, jag gabairaidau? unkunnands auk nauh wisands jah ni kunnands biuhti jah bo leikeinon us wambai munands gabaurb, in tweifl atdraus. inuh cbis qab: luaiwa mahts ist manna alpeis wisands gabairan? ibai
\

genituram alteram per lavacrum pati. hoc autem non intellegebat Nicodemus, propterea quod tunc primum audiebat a magi,stro; ideo dixit Quomodo
lestera

potest
sit?

homo

nasci,

cum

senex

numquid potest

in ventre in

mag in wamba
dom
is

aipeins seinaizos aftra galeipan, jah gabairaidau? ib nasjands bana anawairban

gasailuands jah ]?atei in galaubeinai ]?eihan habaida, ga-

matris suae iterum introire et nasci? ignarus enim cum etiamtum esset neque nosset consuetudinem et corporalem ex utero in mente habens genituram, in dubitationem incidit. propterea dixit Quomodo potest homo, c cum senex sit, nasci? numquid potest in ventrem matris suae iterum introire et nasci ? at salvator futuram destinationem eius videns et in fide profecturum esse, interpretatus est ei ut etiamtum ignaro dicens Amen
|

Jh.

Ill,

skeirida imma swe mibban unSkunnandin qibands: amen amen qipapus, niba saei gabairada us watin jah ahmin, ni mftg inngaleipan in piudangardja gups. naudibaurfts auk was jah gadob d wistai, du garehsn dau peinais (ganiman, wato jah ahman) and|

amen dico tibi, nisi qui nascitur ex aqua et spiritu, non potest opus introire in regnum dei.
enim erat et conveniens naturae, ad dispensationein baptismatis d
|

recipiendam,
accipere.

aquam

et spiritum

nam homine

e diversis

naturis fabricato, ex animo sciniman. at raihtis maim us mis- licet et corpore, cum que alterum saleikaim wistim ussatidamma, ex his visibile, alterum autem

us saiwalai raihtis jah leika, jah spirituale sit, ideo convenienter anbar ]?ize anasiun wisando, an- horum vestigia secutus etiam ]>aruh ban ahmeino, du]>be ga- duas nominavit res, propriam temiba and ]?ana ]Aze laist jah utrique ad baptismatis dispen-

twos ganamnida waihtins, swesa sationein,
b.

et visibilem

aquam et

bwahl; bwalh

Cod.

biubti; before this

seems to ha ve

Neikaudemus; Nekaudemus in Cod. manna; man in word perhaps anbaraizos gabaurbais, or something else gaskeirida ... qibeen omitted. — c. beihan ban above the line,
in Cod.
;

.

bands, Yollmer; in Cod. siaacZsgaskeirjands .... qibands. biudangardja; gardja above the line. d. ganiman, wato ja ahman; wanting in Cod. missaleikaim, Yollmer; missaleikom in Cod. ahmeino; for ahmein? waihtins, Yollmer; waihts

in Cod.

208

Skoiioins

d.

Ill

.

b. e.

bajopum du daupeinais gareh- praeditum ratione apiritum, snai, jah ]>ata raihtis anaaiunjo mirum at hoc videre Avato jah ]?ana audabahtan ahman, ei raihtis ]?ata gasailran.
.
.

ni-

.

.

Chapter III. Chapter III. (aquae) mnltae erant ibi;a ... (ma)naga f\'esuDJainar para } Jli. 111,2.5.24 ^ qemun jah daupidai wesun; et aderant et baptizabantur; ni nauhpanuh (auk) galagips was nondura enim conieetus erat in in karkarai Iohannes. batuh|>an custodiam Iohannea. hoc autem
. . .

f/

Jli. Ill,

penaationem de eo prope fineni fuisse propter Herodia inaidiaa. sed antea, ainbobus baptizandam jah aintuaparammeh seina tibus et utroque suum commenanafilhandam daupein, mi)? sis dante baptiama, inter ae invicera misso sik andrunnun aumai, ni diaputabant quidam, neacientea kunnandanaluaparakuldedi mai- uter futurua esset maior. deinde 2.~> /a. paproh }>;ni warp sokrins ant em facta est quaestio a dis-b In- cipulia Iohannis cum ludaeia de b us eiponjam Johannes damm bi swiknrin, in pizei ju jah purificatione, propterea quod iam leikia hraineino inmaidi)>a uas etiam corporis purgation um inusi. Ins jah so bi gup hraineiana- tatns erat moset divina puritas budana was, ei ni panaaeipa ju- imperata erat, nepoatea iudaicia daiwiakaim nfarranneinim jah aaperaionibua et baptismatisperdanpeinim sinteino brukjan ua- petuo uti aolliciti esaent, sed Iodaudjaina, ak Iohanne haua- hannem audientea praecuraorem jandana pamma faurrinnandin evangelii poenitentiam agerent. aiwaggeljon (idreigona). waaub commendabat autem etiam do]';in jali franja ]>o ahroeinon ana- minus apirituale baptiama, itafllhanda daupein, eipan garaih- que iure est de purificatione
!

qipanda aiwaggelista ataugida ei so garehsns bi ina nelua andja ivaapairhHerodea birunain. akei faurpata, at bajo]>um daupjan-

dicena evangel ista indicavit dis-

|

warp bi awiknein aokeina quaestio mota; nam lex ab imgawagida ante \vito)> ]>he un- prudeutibus eoniniissoriini delicfaurweieane mieeadede ainaizoa torum unius purgationem con-c
t;il>a
:
|
|

chrainein raidida, azgon kalbona stituit,

cineribue

vaccae

com-

///. a. auk, Vollmer; wanting in Cod. daupjandam; or(gwia/£r galaubjandam, which has been corrected, andruunuu, Lobe: uudrauuau in Cod. inaisa, not maiza wisan; nn ellipsis of this infinitive also v<rv common in Old English :><1 Old in use in Gothic as well {Bernhardt). Norse, and may have been b. siponjani; above the line, ei (noiewaei); wanting ia Cod. Idreigoaa; wanting in Cod. \>'\/.cwhich uataurweieaue; for bico nnfaurweieono c. hraineio; Cod. has wit<>|>, seems to bean erroneous repetition, and to have supplanted a word whose sen»- is

i

at

.ill

events that ofhraiueiu.

Skeireins TIT, d. IV, a.

209

gabrannidaizos utana bibaurgei- bustae
nais; afaruh]?an]>o in

wato

wair-

pandans hraiu jah hyssopon jah
wullai raudai ufartrusnjaudans

(\vesuu),s\vaswegadob]>ansufar-

mitou munandans. i]> Johannes idreigos daupein merida jah missadede
jins
aflet bairn ainfal]>aba
i}>

gafra-

wandjandam gahaibait,
(daupeins),

frau-

at afleta

waurhte, jah fragift weihis alliums, jahfragibandsim batei sun- spiritus, etiam (lioc) donaus iis jus biudaugardjos wairpaina; ut sit bap-d ut filii regui fiant; dswaeisijai daupeins lohannes ana tisma Iohannis in medio duoruni midumai twaddje ligaudei, ufar- posrtum, exsuperans quidem legis ]>eihaudei raihtis witodis hrai- purificationem, sed minus multo iiein, \\> minnizei filaus aiwaggel- evangelii baptismate. propterea jons daupeinai. inuh bis bairh- perspieue nos docet dieens EquiMtt. Ill, lltaba uns laiseip qi bands: appan dem in aqua vos baptizo; sed J72 wa ^n izwis daupja; ip sa qui post me venit, fortior me 16 lie Me. J, 7. 8) afar mis gagganda swinpoza mis est, cuius ego nou sum dignus ist, pizei ik ni im wairps ei ana- qui procumbens solvam corrihueiwands andbindau skauda- giam calceamenti eius; ille vero raip skohis is; sah pan fowls vos baptizabit in spiritu sancto. daupeip in ahmin weihamma. bi ex dispensatione igitur. garehsuai nu.
|

extra inoenia; postea autein hos in aquam coniciebant puram atque hyssopo lanaque rubra adspergebant, sicut conveniebat oblivisci studentibus. #t lohannes poenitentiae baptisma praedicavit et delietoruni veniam sincere se convertentibus promisit, domini autera baptisma, praeter diniissiouem peccatorum, etiam douatiouem sancti

^

.

.

.

.

Chapter IV, So nu faheps meina usfullnoIh. 111,29.30^. j}< jains skal wabs aUi j minznan. eiban nu siponjans seinaus ];>ans bi swikneiu du Iudai-

Chapter IV. Hoc ergo gaudium meum
])letum est
scere,
;

ini-a

me

ilium oportet creautem minui. itaque

.Hi. Ill,

discipulos suos, de purificatioue sokjandans jah qtyandans cum Iudaeis quaereutes et dicen26 sis: rabbei, saei was mip pus hin- tes ipsi Kabbi, qui erat tecum darJaurdanau, pannnei pu weit- trans Iordanem, cui tu testimowodides, sai sa daupeip, jah allai nium perhibuisti, ecce hie baptigaggand du imma, nauh mikun- zat, et omnes veniunt ad eiun, naudans ]>o bi nasjand, inuh bis etiamtum ignorantes de salva-

um

wanting

wesun, Vollmev; wanting in Cod. inunandans; uiuuaiidaue in Cod. d. minnizei minizei in Cod.

in Cotl.

daiiprins;

;

IV, a. siponjans seiuaus
paiin ....

pans .... sokjaudans
in

iali

(jij>andans:

siponjam scmaim
.j.

sokjaudans jah qipandam

Cod,

210
iaiseib ins

Skei reins IV. b.

c. d.

.Hi. [II,

..

in,

qtyands: jaws skal tore, propterea docet cos dicens wahsjan, ij> ik minznnii. a|>]>an Ilium oportet crescere, mo autein bso bi ina garehsns du leiti lam- minui. at dispensatio deeoconbreve tempus qui-b ina mela raihtis brake was, jah stituta ad fauramanwjandei saiwalos ]?ize dem utilis rait, et praeparans daupidane fralailot aiwaggeljons animos baptizatorum tradidit mereinai. i]>fraujins laiseins ana- evangelii praedicationi. domini stodjandei af Indaia jah ami autem institutio incipiens a Iuallana midjungard gabaih, and daea vel per omnem orbem ter(stab) luarjanoh beihandei uud rarum crevit, per omnem locum hita nu jah aukandei, all manne crescens usque ad hoc tempus et du gubs kunbja tinhandei, skeirs proficiens, omnes homines ad dei wisandei. inuh bis jah mikildub coguitionem ducens, quia perspifraujins wulbaus kannida qi- cua est. propterea etiam mag]?ands: sa iupnpro qimanda ufaro nitudinem domini gloriae notifi81 allaim ist. Ni batei ufaro wisan- cavit dicens Qui desuper venit, dan swarekannidedi, ak jah swa- super omnes est. Xon quod superclauda is mikil dubais maht in- antem temere notificaverit, sed magnitudi-c sok, jah himinakundana jah iu- etiam tantani eius pa]>ro qumanana qimands, i]> sik nis potentiam indieavit, et coeairbakundana jah us airbai rod- lestem et desuper degressum dijandan, iu ]>izei wistai manna cens, se autem terrestrem et ex was, jab]>e weihs ja]>]>e prau fetus terra loquentem, propterea quod wisands jag garaihtein weitwod- natura homo fuit, sive sanctus jands, akei us air]?ai was jah us sive propheta erat et iilstitiam waurdahai wistai rodjands; ib sa testificabatur, at tamen ox terra us himina qumana, jabai iu leika fuit et ex verbal] natura loquens; wisan buhta, akei ufaro allaim sed qui ex coelo venit, etiamsi :\2 ist. Jnh Jmtei gasalv jag gah&u- iu corpore esse videbatnr, tamen sida, pata weitwodeip; jah po super omnes est. Et quae vidit weitwodida is ni ainshun mmip, et audivit, ea testatur; et testidjah bauhjabai us himina ana monium eius nemo accipit. atairpai in manne garehsnais qam, queetsi e coelo in terrain prop-d akei ni ]>e haldis airbeins was nib ter hominum diepensationem veus airbai rodjands, ak faimina- nit, tamen nou idcirco terrester knnda anafllhanda ralhenja, boei fuit neque ex terra loquens, sed gasalr jag gahausida at at tin. coelestia radons mvsteria. quae
I
|

|

|

.

|

|

t

h.

and allana, Lobe; und allana
//*

fn

Cod.

and stab hrarjanob, Vollmer; and
iupapro;
]>

tuarjano

Cod.

ekeira wieaudei; stands before niikilduj) in Cod.
c.

above the line.

waurdabai; Wackernagel ['Gothiscbe uud Ahs&ehsiscbe L•

stOcke") ivriiesiuauniekai; <>.

waurdaba

///

the Glossary,

baubjabai as; Cod. ha/I

|?aahjabai ueaii*; air
n* uii-pui; ua
J>ai
///

is scratched out in Cod. Cod.

d.

ana

airbai; Cod. bus auuii-|>ui.

Skei reins IV. d. V. a. b.

211

apud patrem. haec igitur indicabantur jins mikilein gakannidedi, ak du a Iohanne, non ideo tantum, ut gatarhjan jah gasakan ]>o afgu- domini magnitudinem notam fadon haifst Sabailliaus jah Mar- ceret, sed ad notandam et conkaillaus, j^aiei ainana anananbi- futandam illam impiam contro|>o

mi insakana wesun fram

lo- viderat et audi vera t

hanne,

ni in bis batainei ei frau-

dedun qi]>an attan jab snnu; anbar sa weiha.
.
.

i]>

versiam Sabellii et Marcelli, qui uiium ausi sunt dicere patrem et filiuni; aliud vero sanctus spiritus.
.

.

;t

(ei

]?os,

Chapter V. Chapter V. ut particeps sit secundum a andni) mai bi attin sweriat allamma waurstwe ai- patrem honoris, in onini opere
.
. .

naizos anabusnais
tei raihtis

beidi]>.

ib ]>afri-

(anbarana) ]>ana

anbaranuh ]>an ]>ana anbarana taiknjanfrijodau, dan, anbaranuh J>an galeikondan jainis waurstwam (qibi]>), ]>atuh ]?an insok kuimands ]>ize
jondaii,

anawair]?ane airzein,

ei

galais-

praeceptum exspectat. quod vero alterum quidem diligentem, alterum autemdilectum, alterum monstrantem, alterum autem imitantem illius opera dicit, hoc vero indicavit sciens futurorum errorem, ut discant ex eo duas personas patris et

unum

jaina sik bi bamma twa and- filii profited neve rixarentur. se wairbja attius jah sunaus'and- cundum hoc vestigium perspihaitan jah ni missaqibaina. an- cuo usus verbo dixit Sicut enimb pater excitat mortuos et vividuh bana laist skeins brak bjands waurdis qa]?: swaswe auk ficat, sic etiam Alius quos vult
|
|

-Hi-

V,

21

atta urraiseip daupansjab liban vivificat, ut, sua voluutate et gataujip, ewa jah sunns panzei sua potentia imitans eum qui will liban gataujip, ei, swesam- prius vivificavit mortuos, ipsuni ma wiljin jah swesai mahtai ga- vivificaturum mortuos pollicitus leikonds bamma faurbis gaqiu- incredulorum puguacitatem injandin daubans, (silba gaqiujan crepans corriperet. neque pater daubans) gahaitands bize unga- iudicat quemquam, sed iudicium laubjandane ]?rasabal]>ein and- omne tradidit Alio, quodsi unus

ni in; in

above the

line,

jah gasakan;

above the
in Cod.,

line.

Markaillaus, Voll-

wev; Markailliaus in Cod. a, perhaps above the line. V, a. ei andnimai bi ina du in Cod. raihtis anbarana, Vottmer; raihtis in Cod. being scratched, taiknjaudan anbaranuh; frijodau; frijoudau in Cod., the first taikujanda nbaranuh (i. e. the second part at the beginning of a new line) in Cod. Lobe and Wackernagel insert it in another place qij'ib, Tollmer; wanting in Cod.
sa weiha; sweiha
;
|

.•

anbaraua raihtis. missaqibaina, Yollmer; niibqibaiua gaqiujan daubaus; wanting in Cod, Lobe without silba,
ib batei qibib

in Ox/,

silba

212
.ih.

Ski'ircins V, b. c. d. VI, a.

V, 22 beitands gaeoki.

;;/'

pan atta

ni

idemque esset secundum

Sabellii

ak staua alia declarationem, diversis signifiatgaf sunau. nu ains jah sa catus nominibus, quomodo iudisama wesi bi Sabailliaus insah- care et non iudicare idem pos-• tai, missaleikaim bandwi^s nam- set? neque enim tantum nominam, lraiwa stojan jah ni sto num commutatio duarum pereocjan sa sama mahtedi? ni auk ]m- uarumdiversitatem ostendit, Bed tainei namne inmaideins twaddje multo magis peris argumenandwairbje anbarleikein band- tuin, alterum quidem neminem Avei]?, ak filaus mais waurstwifl iudicantem, sed tradentem filio
etojip aianohun,
| |

ustaikneins, an]>arana raihtis ni iudicii potestatem; atque

ille

ac-

Jh.

aiunohun stojandan, ak fragi- eipit secundum patrem honorem bandan sunau stauos waldufni et omne iudicium secundum illius jah is (ist) andnimands bi attin voluntatem facit, ut omnes ho]>o s\veri)>a jah alia staua bi jai- norent filium, sicut honorant paV, 23nie wiljin taujauds, ei allai swe- trem. debemus igitur omnes nos, radna eunu, swaawe swerand at- in tali ac tarn manifest a declatan. skulum nu allai weie, at ratione, deo non genito opposwaleikai jah ewa bairhtai insah- nere genitum etunigenitum hli-<i
|

tai,

gu]>a

uubauranamma and- um

dei

dsatjan

bauranana jah aina- dentes baura sunau gu]>s gu]? wisandin tribuamus secundum dignitatem; gaknnnan, eijmn galaubjandans nam illud dictum Ut omnes ho-

deum agnoscere, ut crehonorem iam utrique

Jh.

sweriba ju lca]>arammeh usgibaima bi wairbida; unte ]?ata qibano ei allai eweraina eunu, awaswe ewerand at tan ni ibnon ak galeika sweriba nsgiban uns laiseib. jah silba naejande, (]>an) bi siponjans bidjands du attin XVII,28qab ei frijos ins, ewaawe frijos mik, ni ibnaleika Erijabwa ak galeika bairh ]>ata uetaikneib. I'aminuh eamin haidau.
. .

noreut filium, sicut honorant patrem non parem sed similem honorem tribuere nos docet. atque ipse salvator, cum pro discipnlis precana patri dixit Diligie eos, sicut diligis me, non

parem dilectionem sed eimilem ••a re BUrnifieat. eodcm niodo
. .

.

Chapter
a
bi

VI.
...

Chapter
minus
ewe
sil-

VI.

... nands, unswikunbozeiwarb•

illnstrie

facta

est a
si-

nanbai

jainie insahts,

neceesario

illius

praedicatio,

gasoM, Yollmer; gasok in Cod. aiimolmii: ainolmii in Cod.— c. is ist ist is wonting iii Cod. banranana, UppetrSm; illegible in Cod. gap wisandin gaknnnan, Yollmer (lie writes gu\>&\ cp. however Eph. II, 11. Mk. Ill, 10. Jo. Xlll, 1.);
:

]>

wiaandan knnnan in Cod. hra)>aranimeh; hrabaramma in Cod. above the line, ben, Yollmer; wanting in Cod,
I

allai;

the second

Skei reins VI, a. b.

c.

213

.Th.

in, 30

ba

is qi]>i]^:

jama skal wahsjan,
bizei

ip ik

minznan, in

nudu

lei-

cut ipse dicit Ilium oportet erescere, me autem minui, quaprop-

galaubjandulohanne hausjandans buhtedun, ib afar ni filu ufarmaudein bo bi ina atgebun; ei]?an waila ins maudeib &b. V,3S.36qibands: jains was lukarn brinnando jah liuhtjando, ipjus wildedup swignjan du hjeilai in liutilai hreilai

ad breve tempus credere in Iohannem audientes visi sunt, sed haud multo post obliter igitur

vioni eius res tradiderunt; itaque
recte eos

admonet

dicens

Ille fuit

tem

lucerna ardens et lucens, vos auvoluistis ad horam exultare

hada

is.

appan

ik

haba weitwo\

b dipa maizein

po auk
mis atta

Iohan ne; waurstwa poei atgaf
ik taujau po, waurst-

pamma

ei

wa poei
bi

ik tauja,

weitwodjand

mik patei atta mik insandida; jains auk manniskaim waurdam
weitwodjands
tweifijan

ego autem habeo testimonium maius illo Iohan- b ne; opera enim quae dedit mihi pater, ut perficiam ea, ipsa opera quae ego facio, testimonium peril ibent de me quia pater me misit; ille enim humanis verbis
in luce eius.
|

.Th.

V,

buhtu, testificans, perturbare consciensunjeins wisands, baim unkun- tiam, quanquam verax erat, ignandam mahta; ib attins bairh norantibus poterat; at patris meina waurstwa weitwodei alia per mea opera testimonium oraufar insaht manniskodaus Io- nem supra demonstrationem huhannes unandsok izwis undredan manae naturae Iohannis irrefuunte luarjatoh tabilem vobis praebere potest mag- kunbi'. waurde at mannam innuman cognitionem. nam quodvis vermaht ist anbarleikein inmaidjan, bum apud homines acceptum poci]? ]?o weihona waurstwa, un- test immutatione depravari, sed cum irrefutatac andsakana wisandona, gaswi- sancta opera, kunbjand bis waurkjandins dom, sint, manifestant operantis debairhtaba gabandwjandona ]?a- stinationem, perspicue declarantei fram attin insandibs was us tia a patre missum esse de caelo. 37 himina. inuh bis qibib: jah saei propterea dicit Et qui misit me sandida mik atta, sah weitwo- pater, ipse testimonium perhibet deip bi mik. ab]>an missaleiko de me. vario autem modo et jah in missaleikaim melam attins varus temporibus patris de eo bi ina Avar]? weitwodeins, sum an factum est iudicium, nunc per ]>airh praufete waurda, sumanuh prophetarum verba, nunc per ban bairh stibna us himina, su- vocem de caelo, nunc per promanuh ban bairh taiknins; ib in digia; sed quia his ita factis du|

6. hausjandans, Vollmer; h ausj an in Cod. T7, a. minznan; miznan in Cod. buhtu, Lobe; buhta in Cod. alia, Vollmer; all in Cod. weihona waurstwa; wa nii.ssabelow the line. c. gaswikunbjand, Vollmer: gaswikunbjaudoua in Cod. Cod. Ieiko, missaleiks in Cod. bi ina; bi inna

;'//

214
]>izei

Skeireins VI. d. VII, a. b.

bairn

dizo]>ize
d hairto,

cor, d swa waur]?anam bar- rius incredulorum fiebat ungalaubjandane war]) ideo iure addidit dicens Xeque
|

|

.71).

inuh bis garaihtaba anaV, 37.38 aiaukqibands: nih stibna islranhun gahansidedup, nih shin is gaselrup, jali waurd is ni babaip wisando in izwis, pande panei insandida ja ins. pa uh jus ni galaubeip. unte at bairn galuairbam frakuiman ni skulds ist, ib sumaijah stibna is gahausidedun, sumai ]>an is siun selrun. audaMt. V, Sgai auk]>an qapjmi hrainjahairtans, unte pai gup gasailrand. jah ju ]>a]>ro swe wadi bairh.

vocein eius unquam audistis, neque speciem eius vidistis, et verbum eius non babetis manens in vobis, quoniam quern misit ille, ei non creditis. nam apud oboej

mm

non est ut despiciatur, sed quidam et vocem eius audiverunt, quidam autem
dientes futurum

Beati enim, inquit, mundi corde, quia hi deum videbunt. Ac iam proinde pignus per
eius

speciem

viderunt.

.

.

.

.

.

a

...

Chapter VII. ahun kunnandins

fraujins

.

.

.

Chapter VII. non fit mentio ulla cog;

pendentis eius potestatem nee Petrus solus sed etiam Andreas .Hi. VI, qui dixerat Est puer turns hie qui ha bet quinque panes hordeaceos et duos pisces, similiter ac sakada ni waiht mikilishugjands Philippus coargitur nihil magni nih wairbidoslaisareisandbaggk- sensisse neque dignitatem majands, bairh boei usbar qibands; gistri perpendisse, quare excladicens Sed hoc quid est .Hi. W.uakci pata tua ist <lu swa inana- mavit gahn? ib frauja andtilonds ize inter tarn multos? sed dominus bniuklahein qa]>: waurkeip pans accommodans se ad eorumpueri.Tli. »I,10 dixit Facite homines b majQS anakumbjan. ib eis, at litatem
|

jah andbaggkjandins sik is vvaldufneis; nib Stains (ains) ak 9 jah Andraias, saei qa]>: ist magala ains her saei habaip .<>. hlaibans barizeinans jah twans fiskans, analeiko Bwe Filippus ga-

maht

noscentis domini virtutem et per-

hauja

managamma wisandm in bamma stada, )>o flluena ana-

discumbere. illi autem, cum foelium multum esset in eo loco,

discumbere feceeundjos waire inuh qinons jah runt, quinque inilia virorum praebarna. swe at mikilamma nah- ter mulieres et pueros. sicut in tamata anakumbjandans (we- magna coena discubiierunt, cum sun), at ni wisandein aljai waih- non esset aliud quidquam praefimf jni- multitudinem

kumbjan gatawidedun,

]>aiin

swa:
skuld

]>aiin

above the lino.—

.

•>\•*•1•|>: lru|>

below the

line,

.skulds,

Yollnii'v;

in Coil.

Uppetrdm; wanting in Coil. — h. nalitamata anakuinbiandnns; niata anaku above the line, weeuu, VoIImer; wanting in Cod. wisandein; wisan17/. a. ains,

din in Coil.

Skeireins

,

b. c. d.

VIII,

a.

215

quinque panes et duos pisces, twans fiskans, ]>anzei niniands quos accipiens et grates agens jah awiliudonds gaj?iubida, jah benedixit, et tantulo satians eos swa managai ganohjands ins victu, non solum sufficientiam praebuit, sedc wailawiznai ni ]?atainei ganau- necessitatis eis
tai ufar ]?aus fimf hlaibans jah ter

.Hi.

VI,

ak multo plus, posteaquam coenafilaus maizo. afar ]?atei matida vit multitudo, inventum est ex so managei, bigitan was ]nze illis panibus duodecim cophini hlaibe .ib. tainjons fullos ]?atei pleni quod supererat. Similiter llaflifnoda. samaleikoh pan jah autem etiam .piscium quantum pize fiske swa filu swe wildedun. voluerunt. neque enim in paninili ]^aii ana bairn hlaibam ai- bus solis suae potentiae magninaim seinaizos mahtais filusna tudinem ostendit, sed etiam in ustaikriida, ak jah in ]?aim fiskam: piscibus: tantum enim paravit swa filu aukgamanwida inswair- eos fieri, ut unicuique tantum, ]>au, swaei ainluarjammeh swa quantum volebat accipere eorum, filu, swe wilda andniman ize, ta- faceret, neque ulla in re inopiam
c

haii baurftais

im

fra

gaf,

|

jah ni in waihtai waninassu ]>izai filusnai wairban ganauh us Jjarama tawida. akei filu mais siponjans fullafahida, jah anjmrans gamaudida gaumjan j^atei is was sa sama saei in au]?idai .m. jere attans ize fodida. \\.X\,\2.1% panuh bipe sadai waurpnn, qap siponjam seinaim: galisip pos afiifnandeins drausnos, ei waihtai ni fraqistnai. panuh galesun jah gafullidedun .ib. tainjons gawida,
il
|

multituclini esse fecit,

sed praediscipulis,

terea

multo

magis

satisfecit,

et alios

commonefecit

intellegere se esse

eundem

qui in

deserto quadraginta annis patres

eorum

nutrivit.

Ut autem

impleti sunt, dixit discipulis suis Colligite quae superaverunt frag-

menta, ne quid pereat collegerunt ergo, et impleverunt duodecim cophinos fragmentoruin ex quinque panibus hordeaceis bruko us paim .e. hlaibam bari- et duobus piscibus, quae superzeinam jah .b. fiskam, patei afiif- fuerunt his mauducantibus. noda at paim.
.

.

.

.

Chapter
a

VIII.
.
. .

l1

'•^ 11

'

14

ana ina handuns, at weihai auk is mah- manus, san eta
... (ains)hun uslagida
tai

Chapter VIII. nemo imposuit in

ilium a

scilicet eius

po-

unanasiuniba

unselein

ize tentia invisibiliter

nequitiam eo-

nauh

disskaidandein jah ni us-

rum etiamtum

dissolvente neque

laubjandein faur mel sik gaha- patiente ante tern pus se compre-

c

]>izo

(the first);

]>izei

iiiman ize;

andniman

ist

Cod. in Cod.
in

swa

filu

auk; swa

filu

auk swe

in Cod.

and-

MIL

<•?.

disskaidandein; e above the

line.

216
Jh. VII, 45. 4G

Skeireinfi VIII, a. b.

c.

d.

ban. galipun pan pai andbahtos liendi. Yenerunt ergo ministri ^ u p a j jn auhumistam gudjam ad summos pontifiees et Pharijah Faivisaium, paruh qepun du saeos, turn dixerunt eis illi Quare imjainai: dulve ni attauhupina? noii adduxistis eum? respondeaudhofun pan pai andbahtos qi- runt autem ministri dicentes pandans patei ni Jranhun aiw quia nunquam locutus est homo rodida manna swaswe sa manna. sicut hie homo, hoc autem bsohban andahafts du gasahtai, respousum refutationi, imo po-b maizuh ]>an du afdomeinai jai- tius condemnationi illorum innaize ungalaubeinai Avar]?, and- credulitati factum est. responhofun auk jainaim anahaitan- derunt enim illis increpantibus
|

dam im
ni

in

]?izei

ni

attauhun

ina, se

andsitandans iainaize unselein ]?ize analiaitandane im, ak mais tiam increpantium se, sed potius sildaleikjandans fraujins laisein admirantes domini doctrinam s\vikun]:>aba in allaim alaman- aperte in omni hominum genere nam faurawisan rahnidedun. ib praestareexistimaveruut. sed illi, jainai, in unseleins seinaizos bal- propter nequitiam suam fiduciam ]?ein ize ni usjmlandans, mi}? ha- eorum non tolerantes, cum ira tiza andhofun wi]?ra ins qipan- responderunt contra eos dicentos seducti estis'.V cdans: ibai jah jus afairzidai Xumquid et vos 47_iaSiD/>? sai jau ainshun pize reike ecce num quisquam principum galaubidedi imma aippau pize credidit ei aut Fharisaeorum? Fai-eisaie? alja so managei, paiei sed turba haec, quae non novit nikunnun witop, fraqipanai sind. legem, maledicti sunt, haec auI

quod non adduxerant eum, non respicientes illorum nequi-

|

tem cum acerbitate irae locuti rodidedun; in ]>ammei liugan- sunt qua in re mentientes indans bigitanda, ei ni ainshun veniuntur, neminem principum
]>oh ]>an mi}? baitrein Jnvairheins
;

Pharisaeorum credidisse ei, dedi imma, at Neikaudaimau bi siquidem Nicodemus ex consilio garehsnai gu]?s qimandin at im- dei venerat ad eum uoctu, et
reike aib]?au Fareisaie galaubi- aut

Jh. VII,

jah mi}> bal]>ein faur suuja insakandin jah qimandin 51 im: ibai witop unsarstojij) mandnan? at jainaim qtyandam patei ni ainshun reike jah Fareisaie galaubida, ni fra]>jandans ]nitei sa raihtis Fareisaius was jah
|

ma in naht,

cum

confidentia pro veritate con-

tendit et dixit eis

Numquid lex nostra iudicat hominem? illis dicentibus neminem principum
|

aut Pharisaeorum credidisse, non cogitantes ilium vere Pharisaeuni esse et decuriouem ludaeorum et

(perhaps corrected) in ('nil. 1>. j>an; in allaim; perhaps ina allaim should lie written. r. ini}> J>a in Cod. baitrein ^wairheins; mi)> baitreins }>wairheine in Cod. ainshun; ainlnni in Cod.
l>;in

]>ni;

J»an

above the

line,

jainai; jaijainai

il.

Fareieaie;

Pareiaaiei in Cod.

Skeireins VIII, d.

21'
inter potentes selectum ex

ragineis Iudaie,

jali

ains

reike

unum

dowas galaubjands fraujin (jah) du mino et ad confutandam illorum gasahtai jainaize imseleins faur nequitiam pro eo loquentem. Sed ina rodjands. ip eis ni us]>ulan- ill! non tolerant es correptiouem
ustaikni]?s us J?aim fraqi]?anam maledictis

esse

credentem

Jh. VII,

gasaht aiidhofun qi- responderunt dicentes Num etiani daus 52 Randans: ibai jah pn us Galei- tu e Galilaea es? serutare et laia is? ussokei jah sailv pa- vide (proplietani a Galilaea non
tei

]

surgere)

jali

du,

Yolhmr; du

in Cod.

The Gothic

Title -Deeds.

The Gothic title-deeds, which are in several respects of great importance, have been edited and explained by Massmann (See Introduction). They are the oldest title-deeds in Germanic history, and show us the Gothic language and letters of the daily life of the middle of the sixth century. The language naturally differs somewhat from that of AVulfila, which dates two centuries farther back. The following points of difference have been pointed out by Bernhardt (in his "Wulfila", pp. G49 and G50): in diakon, dinkona. (1) The short (2) The indefinite quality of the unaccented inflectional syllables and of the final sound of the first part of compounds is proved by fluctuation of orthography; as, gablaibim beside gahlaibaim (where we should expect gnlikiibnm)•, here, as in sunjaiftipae (cp. the Latin suniofridus) the ni is meant to denote a sound similar to Latin c, which is proved by the names uuilljenant gudeljuus, guderit; the same sound is also found in gudiluh. (3) The s of the nominative has decayed in: unt&haxi = ufitndiakun, diakon diakauhus; furthermore, in guderit gndareps, auillienant= wiljananps, bosbat ansabalpe; and in gudil&ib gudalaibs, alamud alamode (in the Arezzo document). It is retained, however, in euDJaffiipas, malatheus, gndeljuus. The same loss of s is shown by WestGothic names like ndnmir— audamere, ansiulf— aneiwuhs, argikunjawalds, egered = agweps, etc. bad =s argabalps, cuniuld (See Bezzenberger, 'Ueber die A-Reihe der gotischen Sprache',
haijie, }vilj;irij)= mljareps,

=

=

=

=

=

=

p.

7 et seq.)

These deviations from Wulfila's language serve to prove that the latter has conic down to us in a, comparatively pure and genuine condition, though the manuscripts belong to the sixth
century.

Title-Deeds.

219

.

The Document at Naples.

This title-deed was written by a notary public, Deusdedit, in 551, during the reign of Totila, shortly before Italy was invaded by Narses, who put an end to the rule of the Eastern Goths forever. The body of the deed is written in Latin. The clerics (universus) of the Gothic church St. Anastasia (aclisie notice sancte anastasie eclesie legis gothorum sancte anastasie) at Ravenna had borrowed from a Petrus Defensor the sum of 120 shillings (solidi aurei), for which they made over to the loaner a piece of land, eight 'unciae' of marsh (paludes, (Gothic saiwe), worth 180 shillings, 60 shillings being paid them in return. The following Latin names of the Gothic clerics occur in the bod of the deed
optrit et vitaljanus praesbs suniefridus diacs petrus subdiacs uuiljarit et paulus clerici. nee non et minnulus et danihel

theudjla mirjea et sindila spodej.

costila gudeljuus guderjt

hosbat et benenatus

ustiarji.

uuiljarit et

malatheus.

document stand the numerous subscriptions, partly in the Gothic, partly in the Latin language. The following is a complete copy of the Gothic subscriptions + ik papa ufitahari ufmida handau meinai jab andnemum skilliggans .j. jah faur]>is ]>airli kawtsjon diakuna alamoda unsaramma dau jah mib gahlaiba/Ji unsaraim andne-

At the end

of the

mum

skilliggans rk wairb bize saiwe

signum + witaljani praesbi ssti venditoris qui iacientae inuecillitate oculorum suscribere non potuit signum iecit 4- ik sunjaifribas diakon handau meinai ufmelida jah andnemum skilliggans .j. jah fau]us ]?airh kawtsjon mi]) diakona a7amoda unsaramma jah mi]? gahlaibaim unsaraim andne-

mum skiTliggans .rk. wairj? bize saiwe. + ego petrus subdiacs aclisie gotice sancte anastasie uic insolutum cessionis venditionisque et documentum padulis sstorum cum omnibus ad se pertinentibus a me uel sstis colliuertis uel comministris meis iactum tibi ssto petro ur defs conparatori ad omnia sstarelegi consensiet sz7.sciibsi et testes ud suscriberent pariter conrogauimus et pretju/72 centu octoginta soljdos id est centum uiginti per cautione antea accepisse profitemur et nunc de presenti alios sexaginta solidos percipimus.

ma

above the line (Latin optrit). ufmida, for ufmelida. unsaramma; above the line, dau; erroneous repetition of the Inst syllable ofalamoda and
ufitahari;
u.
iauj'i.s;

the following

for faur)>i8.
-r ,

—-

->

220

Title-Deeds.

signum + uuiliarit clerici sstj uenditorjs qui faciente cillitate oculorum suscribere nou potuit ideoque signum

inueiecit.

Now come
Paulus

the subscriptions of

clerieus eclesie legis

gothorm sea

anastasie; Petrus

defensor, uuillienant; igila; theudila, clerieus eclesie ss legis go-

thorum

see anastasie.

Furthermore:
ik merila bokareis

handau meinai ufmelida jab andneniira

slulliggans

moda
Then

jah faurpis j^airh kawtsjon jah mi)> diaku/j,•/ ,•//<•/unsaramma jah mip gahlaibim unsaraim anduemuni
~]".

Hkilliggsiua j\ k~ wair]> ]nze saiwe.

follow six crosses before the

could not write,

signum
toris

+

names of those who evidently the names being written by the notary: sinthilanis spodej sstae basilicae gothorm xxendicostilanis ustiarji sstae basilicae

signum
toris)

+
-4-

gothorm

u(endiuendj-

signum
tor(is)

gudeljui ustiarii sstae basilicae
guderit-ustiarji ss-basilicae

gothorm

signum
ri(e)

+

gothorum

uendit(o)-

signum signum
Lastly:

+ hosbat c ustiarji ss basiljce-gothorm uj(enditoris) + beuenatj ustiarii ss-basilice-gothorum (ueuditoris).
handau meinai ufmelida jah ixndncmum jah faurpis ]>airh kawtsjon jah mip diakmia
mi]>

_

ik wiljarip bokareis

skilligngans

!J7

alamoda unsaraniina jah

gahlaibaim unsaraiza andne-

mwm
One

ekilliggans .rk. wairpize saiwe.

subscription, that of the
off.

above mentioned Malatheus,

seems to have been torn
B.

The Document at Arezzo.
is

only an inexact facsimile and reprint by Doni ("Inscriptiones antiquae", edited by Gori, at Florence, 1731) have come down to us. In it is said that Gudiu b a deacon, has sold to another deacon, A 1 am od four 'unciae' This document

probably

lost,

1

,

,

Duiljarit;
niirjca.

a above the line,

uuillienant;

above called minnulue.
wairbiEe;
text

ekilligugane; tor ekilliggana or ekillingans.

Qndilub;

Massmann supposes
first

Gudilaib.

The Latin

above wairb |>i/e. of the document bos
merila;
tor

Gudilebue, the

Latin subscription Gudilebo, the fourth Gudiliuo.

Title-Deeds.

221
(

Caballariae appellatuv cum portioue aedificii), for the sum of 133 gold The language of the body of the document is Latin. shillings. So is that of the subscriptions of the three witnesses, while that of Gudilub is Gothic. Alamod's subscription had not been copied by Doni, and is now, as it would seem, irrecoverably lost. The four subscriptions are as follows:
of the
.

farm

of Caballaria with
.
.

some buildings

ik gudilub 'dkn'

'dkn'
|

|

bo frabauhtabo ka fram mis gawaurhta bus alamoda fidwor unkjane hug sis kaballarja jah skilliggans
| |

'rig'

instrumentis quatuor unciar, fundi suprascripte Caballariae a suprascripto rogatus Gudilebo diacono uinditore testis suscribsi et ss. centum triginta tres solidos prae-

andnam jah ufmelida. Ego Constantius .... his

traditum uidi in prs. testis qui et suprascriptum praeSignum + Leontij Guic fundi suprascriptae Caballariae cium ei traditum uidit et rogatus scripsit. qui et suprascriptum praecium ei Signum + Donati Guic traditum uidit .... fundi suprascriptae Cauallariae rogatus a

tium

ei

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

suprascripto Gudiliuo.

rectly.

unkjane; in the facsimile the last letter resembles a. liugsis; hardly read corThe vertical strokes indicate the lines of Domi's facsimile.
'

SYNTAX.
THE SEXTEXCE.
Gothic, as in other languages, a sentence is either simple or compound. A simple sentence contains a single statement, and has only one subject and one predicate. E. g., ]>ai
§ 1.
Iii

ns sildaleikidedun, the men marveled; Mt. pound sentence contains two or more statements.
in a

8, 27.
If

A com-

there is no logical relation between such statements, they are called coordinate clauses. E.g., jah atiddja dala]> rign jah qemun alrus, and rain descended, and floods cum•: Mt. 7. 25. Jakob saw fijaida, Jakob have I loved, but Esau have frijdda, i)> J hated; Rom. 1). 13. If there is a relation between statements, i. e. if on• statement depends on .-mother or others, the dependent statement is called the subordinate clause, and the clause on which it depends is called the leading or main #r principal clause. main clause with its subordinate clause or clauses is called

1

a

wait auk atta izwar ]>izei complex sentence. E. g., 70. n. 1) jus |>aiirbu]>. for your Father knoweth what (Cp. (For further examples, see things .re have need of: Mt. 6, 8. §§ 92—100). 1. A compound sentence may be, and usually is, abridged, when two or more elements of its clauses are identical; e. g. tauhons grobos aigun jah
>;

fnglde biminie eitlane,
1

(tin•)

foxes b&ve holes

nod

the hinJs of (the) heaven

('bare ) 20. Ik im bC- usetass jab libains, I nm the insurrection and ('lam') th>- liil•; Jo. 11, 25. Note 2. For the conjunctions used in compound sentences, see 'Gothic Gramnests; Mi. N
.

mar',

S

218.

Svibject
S

and
i

Predicate.
$

a substantive. E.g., jah qaj? m in a lesus. and Tesus said unto him; Mt. 8, 1. (I>) a pronoun. E. g., i]> ik qi|>a izwis, hut J say unto you: Ml 5, (c) a word or a collection of words used
2.

The

subject of a sentence (Com]).

13)

may

be,

(a)

•'>'•».

.

2—3.]

Subject and Predicate.

223

substantively; as, («) an adjective; e.g., blindai ussaihrand, the blind receive their sight; Mt. 11, 5. (3) an infinitive or infinitive phrase; e. g\, luaiwa aglu ist ... in biudangardja gubs to enter into the kingdom of God; galeiban, how hard is it Mk. 10, 24. (r) a participial phrase; e. g\, sa lewjands mik
.

.

.

atnelinda, that betrayeth me is at hand; Mk. 14, 42. () a particle; e. g\, ei sijai at mis ]?ata (Cp. § 08, (2), (a)) ja ja jah ne ne, that with me there should be yea, yea, and nay, nay; II Cor. 1, 17. (s) a clause; e. g., saei matjib mein leik jah driggkib mein bio]', aih libain aiweinon, whoso eateth

my

nesh,

and drinketh

my

blood, has eternal

life;

Jo. 0, 54.

Note 1. The subject nominative of a personal pronoun is omitted when it is expressed by inflection of the verb or implied in the context; e. g., qipa auk izwis, for I say unto you ; Mt. 5, 20. jabai nu bairais, therefore if thou bring; Mt. 5, 23. Except when special emphasis is required; e. g., 'ik' im, ni ogeip izwis, it is '/', be not afraid ; Jo. 5, 20. So chiefly in antithesis; e. g., 'jus' bi leik a
s

to jib,
;

i]> 'ik'

ni stoja

ainnohun,

'ye'

judge after the nesh, but

'

judge no
is

man

Jo. 8, 15.
2.

Note

In Gothic, as in Greek and Latin, the pronoun of the third person

further omitted, (a)
tions;
e. g.,

when

it is indefinite;

e. g.,

atberun du

imma

barna,

they (= 'men) brought children to him; Mk. 10, 13. (b) in impersonal construc(c) when it is implied by the verb; e. g. rignida, it rained; Lu. 17, 29.

puthanrnei p auk, for the trumpet shall sound ; I Cor. 15, 52. Note 3. The nominative of the third person is sometimes found when
in

omitted

Greek;

e. g.,

ei is

jupan

gaswalt,

ei

>%.
.

it is

The subject infinitive occurs sometimes with du (to); e.g., jah pata du frijon in a jah pata du frijon nehrundjan managizo ist, etc., and to love him and to love (his) neighbor is more, etc.; Mk. 12, 33.
4.
. . .

Note

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

(See

§

107.)

The predicate of a sentence may be, (a) a verb; e. g., abban ik in watin izwis daupja, I indeed baptize you with water; Mt. 3, 11. jah gahailnoda sa biumagus is in jainai lueilai; and his servant was healed in that hour; Mt. 8, 13. (b) the verbs wisan or wairban with, (a) a subst.; e. g., ik im sa hlaifs libainais, I am the bread of life; Jo. 0, 48. (,5) an adjective; e. g., wairbib auk mikils in andwairbja fraujins, for he shall be great before the Lord; Lu. 1, 15. {) a participle; e. g., jah wesun siponjos Iohannis jah Fareis a i e s f a s t a d a s and the disciples of John and the Pharisees were fasting [used to fast]; Mk. 2, 18. () a pronoun; e. g\, jah ]?ata mein ]>ein ist, and all that I have is thine; Lu. 15, 31. a preposition with its case; e. g., swaei nu razdos du band() wai sind, wherefore tongues are for a sign; I Cor. 14, 22. () an adverb; e. g., nist her; he is not here; Mk. 10, 0.
§ 3.
i
,

;i

1

1

Note

1.

In Gothic, less frequently than in Greek, the copula

is

sometimes

omitted; so always after hails in salutation.

22-1-

Syntax: Agreement.

[§§

4—

(>.

Agreement.
A.
§

Subject and Predicate Verb.
its subject in

number and person; e. g., ip atgag-gand dagos ]>an afnimada af im sa bru]>fa]>s, jah pan fastand, but the days will come, when the bridegroom shall be taken from them, and then they shall fast;
4.

The predicate verb agrees with

Mr.

9, 15.
§ 5.

singular collective substantive frequently takes a plural verb. E. g., jah setun bi ina managei, and the multitude Sometimes one verb is in the singular sat about him; Mk. 3, 32. and another in the plural number; e. g., audhof so managei

A

jah qebun, the people answered and
Note
jfl

said; Jo. 7, 20.
§ ), n. 8;

1.

When two or more

singular subject nominatives are connected by

h

(and), they generally take a plural veil» (Coinp.
ai]>ei is,
if

and not knew (of it) one subject is a plural, the singular verb is found: e.g., jah wafrpip ]>us Fahdps jah swggnipa, and there shall be to thee [and thou shalt bare"] joy and gladness; Lu. 1. 14. ap)>au hdriuassus jah alios unhrainil'os aibpau faihufrikei nib na in ujaidau in izwis, hut fornication, ami all uncleanness, or covetousness, let it not once be named among you; Both constructions are common in Greek. Eph. 5, 3.
n
i

wissedun Josef jah
2,

jah Joseph and his mother;
§

10, n. 1.);

e.

g.

Lu.

43.

But very

often, even

the subjects are of different persons, the first person of the verb E.g., ik jah is used rather than the second and third (so in Greek and Latin). atta ineius ain siju, / and my father are one; Jo. 10, 30.
2.

Note

When

Note

3.

gular verb; e.g.,

Two• subjects (Compare note 4) connected by m ]> (with) take a sinjah ataugips warp im Ilelias mi ]> Muse, and there appeared
i

unto them Elias with Moses;

-Mk.

i),

4.

Note 4. If two persons speak of themselves, or if addressed, they generally have a dual verb; e. g., pan ainzn ik jab Barnabas h a bos vvaldnfni, I only ami Barnabas, have not we power? 1 Cor. 9, 6. ga-u-laubja pa >-i Believe ye (— the two blind men) that I am aide to do magjau pata taujan? this? Ml. 9, 28. But also (as even in classical Greek) a plural verb is found; e. g., eai sa atta peine jah ik winnandona sokidedu m )>uk, behold, thy fit her and I have sought thee sorrowing; Lu. 2, 48. Ira patei BOkidddup mik? niu wissedu]>, etc., how is it hat ye sought me? wist ye not, etc.; Lu. 2, 49. And a plural and a dual verb interchangeably; e. g., laisari, wi lei ma. ei patei puk bidjos taujais nggkis, Master, we would that lion shoulilest do for us whatsoever we shall desire. So Mk. L4, 18 15. Compare Lu. L9,81: d u lr andbind ]>, but 3.: a ndb udu .
i

t

1

t

i

t

15.

Subject and Predicate Substantive.
in

S

c>.

A substantive
<-;is»>.

the predicate generally agrees with
someliuies expressed by d

its

subject in

(Sec

5;

3, (b), (a))
i>
ii

NoTK
tlve.

1.

(SeeS 8,

The predicate substantive (b), («), and S 18, n. I.)

with theda-

§§

7—0.]

Agreement.

225

]>atei, Jua, are not subject to agreement with the predicate substantive. E. g\,
§ 7.

The

subject pronouns

bat a, batuh,

niu bata ist sa timrja? Is not that the carpenter? Mk. 6, 3. batuh ban ist wilja bis sandjandins mik, that is (the) batei ist im ustaikneins will of him that sent me; Jo. G, 40. fralustais, winch is to them a token of destruction; Phil. 1, 28. hj a auk ist unsara wens? For what is our hope? I Thess. 2, 19. But, with special emphasis, sa ist a untie me ins sa liuba, this is my beloved son; Mk. 9, 7. so ist weitwodei sunjeina, true witness; Tit. 1, 13. And a relative sometimes agrees this is with its predicate, not with its antecedent; as, gatauhun in a innana gardis, ]?atei ist praitoriaun, led him away into the hall, which is (called) Pretorium; Mk. 15, 1G. unte" was paraskaiwe, saei ist fruma sabbato, because it was the preparation, which is the day before the sabbath; Mk. 15, 42. Subject pronouns, and bai (both), referring to two per§ 8.
sons of different gender take the neuter gender. E. g., bo we* sun jainar, they (= Joseph and Mary) were there; Lu. 2, G. ija ni b u b a m a w a r d a, they ( =Joseph and Mary) understood fr not the word; Lu. 2, 50. wesunuh ban garaihta ba, and they (Zacharias and Elisabeth) were both righteous before God; Lu. 1, G. jah ba framaldra wesun, and both were very old; Lu. 1, 7. jah sijaina \>o twa du leika samin, and they twain (—man and wife) shall be one flesh; Mk. 10, 8. (Comp. § 9, note 3; and Mk. 3, 31. Lu. 2, 44. 45. 48. 8, 20.).

m

agree with the natural rather than the grammatical gender of its antecedent; e.g., barniloiia meina, J?anzei aftrafita, my little children, of whom [travail in birth again; Gal. 4, 19. alja so mauagei baiei ni kunuuu witob, hut this people who knoweth not (the) law; Jo. 7, -49.

Note.

A

relative

may

,

C.
§ 9.

Subject and Predicate Adjective or Participle.

A
1.

predicate adjective or participle agrees with

its

subject

in gender,

number, and

case.

(See

§ 3, tb), (,)

and

().)

Sometimes the adjective or participle conforms to the natural rather than the grammatical gender and number; e. g., unte ni w air bib garaihts us waurstwam witodis aiuhun leike", for by the works of the law shall no man be justified ; Gal. 2, 16. jah unsahtaba mikils ist gagudeius runa, saei gabairhtibs warb in leika, and without controversy great is the mvsThe subtery ofgodliness (=C'hrist), who was manifest in the flesh; I Tim. 3, 16. ject is a collective noun: jah alls hiuhma was manageins beidaudans t a and the whole multitude of the people were praying without; Lu. 1, 10. alja so manageif raqi j?anai sind, but this people are cursed; Jo. 7,49. (Comp.§5).

Note

,

Note
subject
is

2.

A predicate adjective or participle

preceding

its

masculine or feminine

sometimes neuter; e.g., jah was fraqumau dagis hrizuhstiur ains, and one ok was consumed every day, Neb. 5, 18. banuu gatauranist 15

22<
i

Syntax: Agreement.

[§S

'•'»—

10

inarzeins galgins, then is the offense of the cross done nwny; Gal. 5, 11. ei ka 1> wesi li u ... so f il u f ai ho h andugei gu])s, that now might he known ... the manifold wisdom of God; Eph. 3, 10. hraiwa uuusspilloda [ os?] si nd stauos is, how unsearchable are his judgments! Horn. 11, 33.

Xote 3. predicate adjective or participle belonging to several substantives same gender agrees with them in gender e.g., wasuh ]>an a a r a rj a Magdalene jah so anbara Marja sitandeins, and there was Mary Magdalene and the other Mary sitting; Mt. 27, 61. But if the substantives are of different geuder, the adjective or participle is neuter; e. g., ak bisaulida sind ize jah aha jah mi wissei, but their mind and conscience is denied: Tit. 1, 15. See <ilso Lu. 2, 33. 23. Or it follows the gender of the nearest substantive; I These. g., nist ga]>i\vaids brftbar ai]>j>au swistar in bairn s walei ka m brother or a sister is not in bondage in each cases; Cor. 7, 15. See also Rom. 8, 38. 39. (Comp. § 8, and § 1 0, note 1.) Note 4. Adjectives denoting space, time, rank, and the like, are used attributof
t

lie

;

j

i

]>

.">,

<>.

i

.

.•/

I

narjam,

answering to an English adverb or adverbial phrase; e. g., mid jai in la iin the midst of the teachers; Lu. 2, 4G. in midjaim faura Iesua. into the midst before Iesus; Lu. 5, 19. ana midjai dul|>, about the midst of the feast; Jo. 7, 11. inib tweihnaini markom, through t lie midst of the coast; Mk. 7, 31. niba ains gu)>. hut Hod alone; Mk. 2. 7.
ively,
i

D.
§

Attribute and Substantive.

attributive adjective (including the article), participle, or adjective pronoun, must agree with its substantive in gender, number, and case. E.g., taihswG ]>eina handus, thy all at a leik |?ein, thy whole body; right hand; Mt. 5, 30.
10.

An

Mt. 5, 20.30.

qimandan,
Note
nearest
jali
1.

ain tagl, one hair; Mt. 5, 36. gasailiri)> wulf he seeth the wolf coming;; Jo. 10, 12.
participle belonging to

AH attributive adjective or
is
I

two

or more

.sub-

stantives of the

same gender and number generally occurs and agrees with the
understood with the rest; e.g.,
a
i

and'joy of your allaim anabusnim jah garaihtei m f ra uj 11s, in all [the] commandments and ordinances of the Lord; Lu. 1, 6. Jah bitauh Iesus baurgs alios jah haimos, and Jesus went about all he cities and villages; lit. 0, 85. brobar nieius jah swistar jah aibei, my brother, and sifter, and
a u bei
s

and ialiedai ga
on••,

dn izwarai framgahtai
i

izwaraizos.

for your furt Iterance

faith; Phil. 1, 25.

in

t

mother; Mk. 8, 85. (See also I Thess. 2, 12. Skeir. I, c). If the attribute follows several singular substantives, il is pat ID the plural; e.g., bi usbeisnai jah wenai mei a in according to my expectation and hope; Phil. 1, 20. When the substantives are of different gender, the attribute ofteueet occurs and agrees with each; e. g., ew&rai at tan bei nana jah aibei u beina, honor thy fit her and
i .

thy mother; Mk. 7. 10. 10,19. (Comp. Lu. 18, 20.). so ai|>ei tneina afbbau broprjus ineinai, my mother ormy brethren; .Mk. 8, 83. (See also Mk. 8, 82.84. G, 4. 10,7.).
|>ai

NOTE
emphasis

2.
is

Attributes generally follow their substantives, exeepi
required.

when

special

8. Adjectives (especially numerals and superlatives) and indefinite pronouiis often require its substantive to be in the genitive. See 21 and note 2.

Note

I.

Concerning the use of the strong and weak forms

of adjectives,

see$56.

§55

11—13.]

Cases: Nominative.

227

.
§

Substantive or Pronoun and Apposition.

substantive in apposition with another substantive or pronoun agrees with it in case aud, generally, in number. E. g•., mi]? Iesua Nazorenau; Mk.14,67. Iesu Nazaren n; Lu. 4, 34. Iohanuis sa daupjands, John the Baptist; Mk. jah galaib in Kafarnaum baurg Galeilaias, and 6, 14. came down to Capernaum, a city of Galilee; Lu. 4, 31. izwis auk qi]>a ]>iudom, for I speak to you Gentiles; Rom. 11, 13.
11.

A

pamma

Note

1.

An

appositiou belonging• to several substantive's connected by jah
e.g.,

is

sanialeikoh ban jah Jakobu jah Johanneu suuuns Zai baidaiaus, and so also James and John, the sons of Zebedep; Lu. 5, 10.
iu the plural

number;

THE CASES.
§

12.

The Gothic,

like

the Greek, has five cases

— the

nomi-

native, vocative, accusative, genitive,
Nori<: 1.

and

dative.

also

The parent speech of the Indo-Gennanic languages (to which belong Gothic and Greek) had three more cases, — an ablative, a locative, aud au in§

strumental (See

32).

A.
§

Nominative.
is

(a) as the subject of a verb (For examples, see §§ 4; 5 and note 1. Comp. also § 25, note 1; and § 112), (b) iu the predicate, («) after verbs signifying• to be, become, remain, appear. E. g., ik im so us-

13.

The nominative

chiefly used,

finite

stass jah libaius, lam the resurrection and t lie life; Jo. 11, 25. jah was drus is raikils, and the fall of it was great; Mt. 8, 27. jah wastjosis wanr|>uu glitmunjandeins lv/eitos s\v£ snaiws, and his raiment became shining; white as snow; Mk.9, 3. jains triggws wisi|>, he abideth faithful; II Tim. 2, 13. ni ei we is gakusanai ]>ugkjaima, not that we should appear
approved; II Cor. 13, 7. (/?) after passive verbs (Comp. § 18, n. 5) signifying to be named, called, considered, deemed, supposed, found, chosen, ordained, preserved, made, and the like; e. g., sei

haitada Nazare]>, which is named Nazareth; Lu. 1, 26. jabai liras bro]?ar namnips, if any man called a brother; I Cor. 5, 11. bimaitans galapo]>s war]» Iras, was any man called being- circumcised; I Cor. 7, 18. (See also 21). atiddja sa garaihtoza gataihans du garda seinamma l>au raihtis
jains, this (man) went to his house, considered more justified

228

Cases:

Vocative

[S5

18—14.

ju garaihts gadothan tin- other; Lu. IS. 14. ui ]>atei mi]>s sijau, not as though ...I were already deemed right; swaei sunns mnnds was IosSfis, .so that he was J'liil. 3, 12. supposed to be Joseph's son; Lu. 3, 23. bigitanai si jura jas silbans frawaurhtai, ire ourselves also are found sinners; Gal. 2, 17. ]>atei gaskeirjada insandi])s, that is interpreted, Sent; Jo. 9, 7. ak jah gatewi]>s gasinba uns, but {he was) also chosen for our traveling companion; II Cor. 8, 19. gateati]>.s im ik m£rjands, I am ordained a preacher; I Tim. 2. 7. gafastaindau, and jah eaiwala jah leik usf airinona (your) soul and body be preserved blameless; I These. 5, 23. imteso bi gu)> saurga idreiga du ganistai gatulgida ustiuhada for godly .sorrow is made perfect repentance to salvation; IlCor. 7, 10 (See text and foot-note), unte" bata andwa ii•]) 6 luei a h• a irb a li lei lit aglons uns a ra izos bi ufa vassan aiweinis wulj>aus kaurei wanrkjada unsis, for our affliction, which is at present for a short time and light, is made for us an exceeding weight of eternal glory; II Cor. 4, 17.
. .

.

.

.

.

.

1

j

1.

wisao and wair]>an
(See

often take
n. 1,

du with
5

the dative in the predi-

cate instead of a nominative.
2.

§ (i,

and

8, (b), ().)

namnb)>au lea mik haitib Kopte, */>«?)? und why call ye me Lord, Lord? frauja franja (or vocative and Simon Lu. G, 46, jah gasatida Seimona uaino Paitrus jus wopeid mik laisareis jah frauja he surnamed Peter; Mk. 3, 1G. i'i> ye call me Master and Lord; Jo. 13, 13. Compare
after verbs or expressions of
e,

ing,

calling,

The nominative is sometimes found where we should expect the ace.;

g.,

{),
in

\

),

also:

fram bixai namniddn
(nom.), hytli.it which
is

(dative)

bimait (nom.)

waurht
Eph.

called chvutoeiaion

in tin• ilrsh

2, 11.

ul'ar all qi)>auuize (gen.) gu)> (nom.), over nil

leika haudumade by hands; that is called God;

11 These. 2, 4.

B.
?

Vocative.

The vocative, with and without the interjection 6. is used in address. E. g., a kkaiu, sniumjands d a la |> atstei•»! Zaccheue, making haste (i. e. make haste and) come down! Lu. 1!), 5. laisari ]>iii|><'iira good Master! Lu. 18, 18. 6 kuni faithless and perverse generungalaubjandfi jah inwindd,
14.
.

ation!

Lu.

i),

41.

Xotk
id

Lu. 4,

The vocative is eometiinee preceded by a personal pronoun of the 1. person; e.g., |mi I6ki, hailei bnk silban, thou physician, head thyself L'.'i. jus wafros n-ijo]> qenina izwaros, husbands, love your wives;
25.

Eph.

5,

]mi a

Inn a ]>u
i».

dumb
thou

ninl

deaf spirit; Mk.
G, 9.

rod ju nd s jah ban]'s, tlioii {not speaking—) 25. atta unsar )>u in himinam, our Father,

in

heaven; Mt.

3

.]

Accusative.

229

NOTE. 2. The Greek article in address is always expressed by the personal pronoun in Gothic. But in exclamations the article is used in Gothic as well; e.g., sa gatairands bo alh, jab bi brinsdagaus gatinirjau ds bo, ah, that destroyeth the temple, and buildeth it in three days; Mk. 15, 29. — In Jo. 19, 3: hails ]>iudans Judaie the word sijai is understood before the subject, biudans, hailed he the King of the Jews! (Compare hails [sijais] bin dan Judaie, hail, King of the Jews ! Mk. 15, 18.) — For Jesus (Lu. 18, 38, in C. .),
read Jesu.

C.
§

Accusative.
a transitive verb
is

15.
It

The

direct object of

put

in the accu-

sative.

mav

be
i.

by the act of the verb. E. g-. a]>]>an ik in watin izwis daupja, I indeed baptize you with water; b bans frijondans izwis ainans, Mt. 3, 11. jabai auk f ri lu 6 m i d h a b a i b ? for if ye lo ve them only which lo ve you, what {of rewards =) reward have ye? Mt. 5, 40.
(1) external,
e.

affected

}

Note Note

1.

Many Many

genitive or dative in Gothic.
2.

verbs which would take an accusative in English govern the (S. § 25, note; § 40.)

intransitive verbs become transitive when compounded with and take an accusative; as f aurbigaggan, bihrairban, biqimau, birinnan, bisitan, bistandan, bistigqan, bihlahjan, bilaikan,

prepositions,

biskeinan,bispeiwan,bikukjau,bilaigon; — anaqiman; — andsitan; — gabeidan, gajiukan, ganiutan, gaai wiskon; — bairhgaggan, bairhleiban; — undrinnan; — usbeidan, usleiban; — ufargaggau, ufarbeihan, ufarwisan, ufarskad wjan (also with dative); — wi )>ragaggau; —
disdriusan, dissitan.
The impersonals gredon, huggrjan, to hunger, baursjan, to thirst, take an accusative of the person affected; e.g., jabai gredo fijand beinana, mat gif imma, ib jabai baursjai, dragkei ina, if thine enemy hunger, give him food; if he thirst, give him drink; Rom: 12, 20. bana gaggandan du mis ni kuggreib, jah bana galaubjandan du mis ni baurseib hranhun, he that comet h to me shall never hunger, and he that belie vet h on me shall never thirst; Jo. G, 35. (Comp. 0. E. me hyngreb, byrsteb, Mdl. E. me hungre]), birsteb, N. H. G. mich hungert, diirstet).

Note

3.

Note 1. kar' ist (or simply kara), it concerns, takes the ace. of a person and the gen. of a thing (Comp. § 26, note 1); as, jah ni kar' ist ina bize lam be, and careth not for the sheep; Jo. 10, 13. ni beei ina bize bar ban kara wesi, not that he cared for the poor; Jo. 12, 6. "without ist; as, niu kara buk
bizei fraqistnam? carest thou not that we perish? Mk.4, 38. (See also 12, 11). hra [kara?] mik, what does it concern me? I Cor. 5, 12.

Note

5.

skulawisan,

sative of the thing

owed (Comp.

lans sijaima, forgive us buk silban mis skula is, that thou owest me also thine own self; Philem. 19. But ni ainummehuu waihtais (gen.) skulaus sijaib; owe no man anything; Rom. 13, 8.

skulan, to be a debtor, to owe, takes an accu§ 22, end; and § 35.); e. g., af let uns batei skuthat which we owe (=our debts), Mt.6,12. batei ja J>
like

28(1

Cases: Accusative.

15.

(2)
(a)

not external,

E. g.,

by the act of the (transitive) verb. ik Tairtius sa meljands ]>o aipistauleiu, I Tertius,
factitive,
i.

e.

effected

Rom. 16, 22. galeiks ist mann tinirhe is like a man which built a house; Lu. 6, 48. j and in razn, a d u, iu God, who crea ted all in g u ]> a b a m m a alia g a s k a

who wrote

this epistle;

j

i

things; Eph. 3, 9.
(b)

after (transitive and cognate, i. E. g., ei waurkintransitive) verbs of kindred signification. jaima watiretwa gups, that we might work the works of God;

(Compare § 18). e. an abstract substantive

haifst bo godon haifstida, 1 ha ve fought a good tiglit; II Tim. 4, 7. jah ohtedun sis agis mikil, and they feared (a great fear=) exceedingly; Mk. 4. 41. ei driugais in b a m ]> a t a g d d r a u h t w t ]> that thou by them mightest war this good warfare; I Tim. 1, 18. jah Xristaus Iesuis bis t a u ]> a t a g d andahait, and weitwod j andins u f a Christ Jesus, who in the time of Pontius Pilate witnessed this of
Jo. 6, 28.
i i i
,

i

good confession; I Tim. G, 13. jah naiteinns, swa managos swa swo waj amSrj and, and blasphemies wherewith soever (lit.: as many as) they shall blaspheme; Mk. 3, 28. huzdjai]> huzda,
lay up treasures; Mt. 6, 19, 20.
The modified cognate accusative has an adverbial force. So also. sometimes, a Bangle accusative; as. ban rodei]> lingn, when he speaketb a lie su a tan a d a but speaking {deceitful words = deceitfully); Jo. 8, 44. j> jabai ubil taujis, but iftbou the truth (= true words = truly); Eph. 4, 15. do that which is evi/(= evil deeds = (to act) in an evil manner); compare waila taujan, to do well (= to do good deeds); Jl These. III. 13.

NOTE

1.

i

j

i

,

i

NOTE
(«)

2.

Here

may

be mentioned

E.g., Btandaib ufgaurdauai hupina izwarana sunjai, stand therefore, girt (about) nu your loins with truth; Eph. G, 14. jah urrann sa dauba gabundans handiins jali fotuna faakjam, and the dead man catne forth; bound hand and foot bimait (bimait a ? B. note be(lit.: bands and feet) witlt bandages; Jo. 11, 44.

the accusative of specification (or limiting accusative).

'as to circumcision' eight days old on the eight day); Phil. 3, >. (Tins accusative is very rare in Gothic. "Will til a generally rendered it by the (instrumental or locative) dat. (Cp. $52,(6); hairtin; eaiwalai eeinai; .Mk. 8, 86. § 53.) as, rr v t/'jyjjv II Tim. ahin; I Tim. fotuni; Eph. (5, !.">. La. 4. 18. thou the lea () banamaie draibeis bana laisari? why troublest 8, 8.) (S. also Mk. 5, 80. Rom. 14, 10). swaswe ik Master any further? Mk. leika, juei as I phase all (men) in nil (things); I for. 10, 33. all aim all ->isr<i), in all things; Eph. 4. 1•". besides; alia bata an bar

low)

ahtauddga

(=. circumcised

t

, ,

( ),
.">,

,

,
('».

.">.

(

()

.'!•",.

I Cor. 1,16.
;/;

bata andaueibo

(),

( ),

contrariwise; II Cor. 2, 7.

ni

waiht

nothing, not nt nil; Rom. 9, 1. II Cor. 12, ~>. nib bimait waiht (ri) gamag aih faurafilli, neither circumcision avaikth anything, nor the foreskin,
(ial.
...

6.

§§

1— 18.]
(/?)

Accusative.

231

The accusative of extent of time, space, and degree (Cotnp. § 30); e.g., ah t jah dag in diupipai was ma re ins, a night and a day I was in the deep of the sea ; II Cor. 11,25. m a a g auk in el f r a w a vv i a for many a time it had caught him;~Lu.8, 29. swa lagga hreila swe libaip, as long (a while=time) as he livetli; Rom. 7, 1. jah aflaib jera ganoha, and went away for many years; Lu. 20, 9. — qemun dagis wig, they went (lit.: came) a day's way; Lu. 2, 44. jah jabai hras puk ananaupjai rasta aina, gaggais mib imma twos, and if any one compel thee (to go) one mile, go with him Uvo; Mt. 5, 41. — filu mais, much more; Mk. 10, 48. Skeir. VII, d. (und filu mais, much more;
I

,

Lu. 18, 39. II Cor.
§

3, 9. 11.

Phil. 1, 23).

In Gothic, as in Greek, many verbs take an ace. of the reflexive pronoun. E.g., qinons fetjandeins sik «?), tlnit women adorn themselves; I Tim. 2, 9. jabai ik hauhja mik si lb an if I exalt myself; Jo. 8, 54. verbs with a reflexive accusative are used for Greek passive or Note 1. Many middle verbs; e. g., ataugida sik Jakobau, he showed himself to James (<u<pftr h was seen); I Cor. 15, 7. bidjan skama mik, to beg I am ashamed (--airsl•; Lu. 16, 3. baiei qemun hailjan sik (lafti/vat) sauhte seinaizo, which came (to get themselves healed =) to be healed; Lu. 6, 17; or for Greek intransitive verbs; e. g. nehrjandans sik drawing near; Lu. 15, 1. Note 2. Some of the above reflexive verbs are also used intransitively (without sik); as, ataugida frumist Marjin pizai Magdalene, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene; Mk. 10, 9. Note 3. Some transitive verbs or their compounds may be used reflexively or intransitively; e. g., izwis daupja (trans.), £ baptize you; Mt. 3, 11. niba daupjand, except they wash ; Mk. 7, 4. jah galaubein sumaize uswaltidediin (trans.), and overthrew the faith of some; II Tim. 2, 18. wegos walti16.

( ),

(

)',

(),

dedun
§

(intrans.) in

skip, the waves beat into the ship; Mk.

4, 37. s. §

17.

Two

accusatives, one of a person (external;
of

15, (1))

a thing• (§ 17, 2), with oue verb are very rare in Gothic. E.g., jah laisida insingajukom manag, and he taught them many a thing in parables; Mk. 4, 2. sa izwis laiseip allata, he shall teach you all (things); Jo. 14, 26. wileima ei patei (ace. by attraction; comp. § 26) puk bidjos taujais uggkis, we would that thou shotildest do for us whatsoever we shall ask (of) thee; Mk. 10, 35. Ira (ace. of specification; auk boteip in an an, for what s. § 15, (2) (b), note 2, («) — ) shall it boot a man; Mk. 8, 36. An imitation of the Greek conand the other
struction is:
j

friapwa odes mik (
§

-

,-, )

]>6ei (usually the dative; s. § 52, 2) frithe love wherewith thou hast

loved me; Jo. 17, 26.
18.

Verbs signifying to make, present, show,

see, find, re-

ceive, leave, keep, take,

have, call, name, know, consider, count, esteem, appoint, and the like, may take two accusatives, both denoting the same person or thing, i. e. the accusative of an ex-

232
terna! object

Cases: Genitive.

[§§

ls-20.

and a predicate accusative. E. g\, Irana ]>uk silWhom makest thou thyself? Jo. 8, 53. raihban taujis t w a r k ei}j t g sis. make his paths straight; Lu. 3, 4. duatsatjan izwis weihans jah unwammans jah usfairinans faura imma, to present you holy and unblameable and without fa ult before him; Col. 1,22. b a e i jah a a st ul una also he named apostles; Lu. C, 13. so sunja namnida, whom frijans izwis briggij>, the truth shall make von free; Jo. 8,32. Note 1. The predicate accusative is sometimes preceded by sw§; g., awl mi k as fool receive we; II Cor. 11, 16. uuf rod an a n m ai
]>u?
;i
i

<•.

i

\>

,

<j

Note 2. Instead of the predicate accusative du with the dative is sometimes used e. g., ib jus gata widedub ita du f il igrja w aided jane, hut ye have made it den of robbers (lit. woe-doers. — 'German: 'zn eioer r&uberhdbfe'); Mk. 11,17. bai auk sibun aiht£dun j>6 du qenai, for the seven had her to wife
;

(German: 'zum weihe'); Mk. 12,

2•!.

Note None
Note

8. 4.

For the accusative as the
§

subject of an infinitive. Bee
in

?

112.

Verbs with two accusatives
13, (b),
(,;)•

the active take a double nominative in

the passive; see
5.
§

The prepositions governing the accusative
217.

will

be found

in the

'Gothic

Grammar',

E).

Genitive.

§19. The genitive primarily denotes the kind or genus to which an object or objects belong, and, therefore, has 1 he force If we say, 'the leaves of a tree', the genitive of an adjective. phrase 'of a tree' specifies 'the kind of leaves'; or, 'Henry's father, brother, and son', Henry's marks the relationship between 'Henry' on the one hand and 'father, brother, son' on the other. The sentence ',-ood books are of great value' means that 'good books' belong to a kind of things which are of great value' (= 'very
valuable').
While the real nature of the genitive after substantives and words used as substantives (Ad nominal Genitive) is clearly Been, it is more or less obscure in other relations, especially, sometimes, after verbs. Rut it most be borne in mind, that the genitive, like other cases, often discharges the function of other cases (Compare S 12. and notel ); and that the genitive alter verbs is often due to substantives from which such verbs are derived, or with which they are cognate in derivation or meaning.

Note.

I.

Genitive after Substantives.

by an adnominal genitive are of various kinds, and are genet-ally expressed in English by the preposition of. E. g.. hawi hai)>jos, tin' grass of the (heath
>i

20.

The

relations expressed

=

uncultivated) Held; Mt.

, 30, n§mun

they took branches ofpalm trees; Jo.

astanepeik:abagm€, 12, 13. sa sunns mans.

§f 20-21.]

Genitive.

233

the son of wan; Jo. 12, 24. bi witoda fraujins, according to the law of the Lord; Lu. 2, 89. in a g is is Judaie, for fear of the Jews; Jo. 7, 13. gub Israelis, God of Israel; Lu. 1, 68.
-

from Nazafram Nazarai]> Galeilaias reth of Galilee; Mk. 1, 9. fram Bebsaeida Galeilaie (a-d
from Bethsaida of Galilee (lit.: Galileans); Jo. 12, 21. dag-is wig, a day's journey; Lu. 2, 44. in dag• a managei mostands, at the day of judgment; Mt. 11, 22. tarje, a company of publicans; Lu. 5, 29. hiuhma siponje s a company of his disciples, is, \ a h h a s a m k 1 a m a a g e and a great multitude of people; Lu. G, 17. managdu]'s fahedais, abundance of joy; II Cor. 8, 2. pund balsanis, a pound ]»ans fijands (rob? of balsam (ointment); Jo. 12, 3.
?,?

(

),
i

(& , ),

i
,

i

galgins Xristaus, the enemies of the cross of Christ; Phil. 3, 18. ah f rawaurhtaize, a friend of motarje frijonds leikis, publicans and sinners; Mt. 11, 19. nasjands the Savior of the body; Eph. 5, 23. unte fraweitands frauja

)
\v

()

j

ist allaize Lord is the avenger of all (these things);

{

hand

allai laisidai guns be all taught of God; Jo. G, 45.
Note
1.

(

- ),
I

(-)

because that the

Thess. 4, 6.

),

air-

they shall
is

Instead of a personal pronoun in the gen. a possessive pronoun

used; e.g., wafrdus ineiiia jah allaizos aikklesjons, mine host and of the whole church; Rom. 10, 23. (Comp. § 24, note 2). But the intensive silba is put in the genitive; e.g., naiihup pan seina silbius saiwala, and his own

(souI=)

life

also; Lu. 14, 20.

Note
II.

2.

For the dative with substantives,

see §§ 34. 37.

Genitive after Substantive Pronouns (including the Definitive
Article;
s.

§

G3), Neuter Adjectives

(Compare

III,

below),

and Numerals.
§

21.

This genitive
E.
g\,

is

in

genitive.

pai piudo

who are publicans =)

(they of the publicans Mt. G, the publicans; Mt. 5, 4G.

( ),

most cases usually

called partitive

gas alu Iakobu ban a Zaibaidaius he saw James, the (son) ofZebedee; Mk.1,19;

), hieilos]>ei ), ( —
5. 10);
. .

(

( .)

=
7.

— unci

-

bata

(ty Seov), as long as; Mt. 9, 15. into whatsoever city; Lu. 10, 8. (See also Lu. 10, sumai pize bokarje, some of the scribes; Mt. 9, 3.

in boei baiirge"

qinono suma, a certain woman; Mk. 5, 25. aina anabusne ]>izo minis ton 6, one of these least commandments; Mt. 5, 19. ainohun mahte, no mighty work; Mk. G, 5. nih lu a ni
.
.

fulginis, (not anything =) nothing hid; Mk.

4, 22.

hras

iz-

234

Caaee: Genitive

[5S

21—22.

wara, any of you;

I

Cor. G, 1.

many of the sons of Israel; Lu. dane buk, to every man that asketh (of) thee; Lu. G, 30. anbaruh ban siponje, and another of his disciples; Mt. 8, 21; bras izwara, which of you? Mt. G, 27. lcarjamma ize, to

managans suniwe Israelis, Irani meh ]>an bidjan1, 10.

a ins li]>i\ve beinaize, one of which of them? Mk. 12, 23; ihy members; Mt. 5, 29. twans siponje seinaize, two of his

Mk. 11, 1. (bans brins tiguns (subst.; s. § 20, and 'Gothic Grammar', § 142.) silubreinaize, the thirty pieces of allaize grase maist (for silver: Mt. 27, 3.). the greatest of all herbs; Mk. 4, 32. bairn frumistam Galeilaias, manageins to the fiist (= chief estates) of Galilee; Mk. G, 21; filu, a, great (lit.: much of a) multitude; Mk. 9, 14. Jo. 12, 12. w aland melis, so long time; Jo. 14, 9. halbata a gin is meinis, half of my goods; Lu. 19, 8. all razdo (not alia razdd; hence the example given in my 'Comparative Glossary',
disciples;

)
i
i

t

j).

21, () belongs under

(a)),

every tongue; Rom. 14, 11.

we sometimes find us with the dative; e. g., m, some of them; Rom. 11, 14. a inshnn us iz wis fraihni )> mik, and none ofyou asketh me? Jo. 1G, 5. (Comp. 17, lz). us bairn reikatn
NOTB
a.

1.

Instead of the genitive

um

ns us

i

mauagai, many among the rulers; Jo. iz wis, some among you; I Cor. 1, 12.
Notr
with
Mt.
(In•

12,42.

— Also
;

in w. dat.; as,

sumai

iu

2. If pronouutt and adjectives are used adjeetively, they naturally agree substantives which they limit or quality e.g., daga Irani meh. every

ilny (daily); .Mk. 14,41).
9,

baurgs alios jah hainios.

nil the cities

and

villages;

85.

III.
§

Genitive after Adjectives.

genitive is used after adjectives (and their adverbs) Here the adjective simply renders the signifying belonging to.
22.

The

notion of the genitive more emphatic.

one of themselves, a })1US [\ ]>f> s« esonaleikis pbet of their own; Tit. 1,12. and in some MSS. ?3<a,etc; s. Bernhardt's note), the things belonging to his body = that which his body deserves; II Cor. 5, 10.

pra

t'el

' : ),
'~>>

E. g..

sums

(,
ize

swes

iz»"'

)'o

ingardjdn

is

aikklesjon (,

olxm

w>z<r>

/.^,

the

church belonging to his house; Col. 4. 15. weihs fraujins {iytm holy to (lit. of) the Lord ( — one belonging to the Lord); Lu. 2, 23. Comp.: 6 Sfto^rou faoO, sa weiha gu)>s, the Holy One of find; Mk. 1.24. Lu. 4, 34. inwitGbs Kristaus, under the law of Christ ; [ Cor. 9, 21. meina wairbs, worthy of me; Mt. 10. .'{7. \vairj>aba fraujins, worthy of t he Lord; Col. 1, 10. t«d skula wairjnfo leikis jah blo|>is fraujins

),

)

Tun

T>r>

xnoiou). sh.lll

be guilty oftlie bo<lv

&<

and blood

§§

23—25.]

Genitive.

of the Lord; skula dau)jus ist guilty of death; Mt. 26, 66.
§

(
§

235
«»),

He

is

23.

The

genitive after

some

spect to which an adjective is an instrumental or ablative (Comp.
fullos

adjectives denotes that in reused, and here it often represents

gabruko,

12, note 1; § 27). E. g\, full of fragments; Mk. 8, 19. framaldra

dage, very old (lit.: 'of age of days'); Lu. 1, 7. unweisans bizos runos, ignorant of the mystery; Rom. 11, 25. sijais unkarja bizos in bus anstais, (be thou not careless as to = neglect not the gift (that is) in thee; I Tim. 4, 14. jah bans barbans lekinassus gahailida, and healed ( the needy of healing = them that had need of healing/ Lu. 9, 11. bizeei wanai \veseib, of which ye were needy; II Cor. 12, 13. ni avis and s wito)

dis laus, being not without law; I Cor. 9, 21. frija ist bis Avitodis, she is free from the law; Rom. 7, 3. frijana brahta hath made me free from mik witddis the law; Rom. 8, 2. framabjai usmetis Israelis, alien from the commonwealth of Israel; Eph. 2, 12. framabjai libainais gubs, alien from the life of God; Eph. 4, 18.

(
IV.
genitive

~ ),

Note

1.
§

For the dative
3G.

after

some

adjectives given in the preceding para-

graphs, see

Genitive after Verbs.
is

used predicatively after avis an and w air]? an to denote that to which an object or objects belong. E.g., Xristaus sijub, ye belong to Christ; Mk. 9, 41. Such a genitive is generally called -possessive genitive. But the fact is that the persons implied in sijub are of a kind of men are Christian men. that live according to the will of Christ bize" ist biudangardi gubs, of such is the kingdom of God (=the kingdom of God consists of beings as 'they' are); Mk. 10, 14. luarjis bize wairbib qens? Whose wife of them is she? Lu. jah bu bize is, 20, 33 (Comp. Mk. 12, 23; and note below). thou also art (one) of them; Mt. 26, 73. bizeei is H. jah ., of
§

24.

The

whom

H. and .; I Tim. 1, 20. Note 1. wisan also takes the dative;
is

see

§

35.

Note
used;
note.)

2.

e. g.,

nist raein du gib an,

Instead of a personal pronoun in the gen. a possessive pronoun is (Comp. § 20, is not mine to give; Mk. 10, 40.

Verbs take the genitive Avhen their action affects an (Comp. §§ 19 and 21). Verbs of object or objects (only in part) this kind are: (ni) haban, (not) to have, niman, to take, receive, andniman, fairaigan, to partake of, giban, to give.
§

25.

.

28C
it

Cases: Genitive

[§§

20— 2<\.

in tan, to obtain, enjoy, kausjan, to taste, fraisan, to temj)t. E.g., ni habaida din pais 6s air bos, it had (not of deep earth =) no depth of earth; Mk. 4, 5. sw§ lamba ni habanilona hairdeis, as sheep (lit.: lambs) having no shepherd (= care of a shep~ mi akranis, that he might receive herd); Mt. 9, 30. ei of the fruit; Mk. 12. 2. ni magu]' biudis fraujins fairailian jab (= -jah) biudis skohsle, ye cannot partake of the table of the Lord, and of the table of devils; I Cor. 10, 21. ]>aiei (by auk a a i a i s hlaibis jah a i s s t k 1 i s b r u kerror for jam for (who all =) ire all partake of one bivad and one cup;
eat,

an, mat] an, to

dri glean, to drink,

.

.

.

<>•.)

1 1

i

i

i

jabai gibaidau kunja bamma taikne, (it of signs should he given =) no sign shall he given unto this generation; Mk. 8, 12. sad itan haiirne, (to eat enough of=) to nil bis belly with the husks; Lu. 15, 16. jah swa ]ms hlaibis mat jai j aj> (=jah) bis stikils drigkai, and so let him eat of the bread and drink of the cup; I Cor. 11, 28. jainis aiwie nintan, to obtain that world; Lu. 20, 35. ik ]>eina niutau, let me have joy of thee; Phitem. 20. }>ai izei ni kausI Cor. 10, 17.

jan d daubaus, which shall not taste of death; Mk. 9, 1. ni fraisai izwara sat an a, lest Satan tempt you; I Cor. 7.
Notb
1.

ei
5.

Most

of these verbs also take

their action affects

an accusative, which happens when the whole object; comp. > 15, note 1; § 2G. note 1. Some also

§ 33, (1)) and a genicomp. § 13), e. g., jah ni was im barne (xai a'')Toii and they hat no (lit.: and to tliem was not of) children; Lu. 1. 7. ante ni was im rilmis (dtort odx ijx because there was no room for them; Lu. 2, 7.

take the dative; Bee 43. NOTE 2. ni wisan takes a dative of the person (comp.

tive of the thing (subject;

),

),

Similar to the preceding genitive is the (objective) p;eniS 26. tive after verbs signifying to ask, beg (Comp. § 17. 3d example)
desire,

hear, look at, remember, remind, call, spare,

Here an object is affection is 'merely attempted or brought about 'in part', E. £•., bab ]>is Ieikia I6suis, be begged the body of Iesus; Mt. 27. 58. frShun ina bizos gajukons, they asked of him the parable; Mk. 4, 10. gafrnjandane izwara, longing after you;
hold
of,

and the

like.

take not fully affected, but an
]ielj>,

9

izos, to lust after her; Mt. 5, 28. du lust ]'iui anbarizuh beidaima? or shall we expect another? Mt. 11, 3. hausjandans biz6 waurd§, hearing (of) these words; .Mk. 7, 40, Iras ma ; ]>is hausjon? who ran hear (of) it? ban a1 safhraina spill§ jah ga ba rbiwa urde Jo. 6, 60. ni
II Cor. 0, 14.
|>

a n

(1

i

1

a

usa
I

i

,

neither give heed to fables

and

endless genea-

logies;

Tim.

1. 4.

bisa

fir a

ml

a

ns gOdis, having regard for

§S

2G— 27.]

Genitive.

237

good {things) ; Rom. 12, IT. ni fairweitjandam ]>ize gasailuanaue ak ]>ize ungasailuanane, while we look not at the
things (which are) seen, but at the things (which are) not seen; II Cor. 4, 18. jah gam u da Paitrus watardis Iesuis, and Peter remembered the word oflesus; Mt. 2G, 75. sa izwis lai-

seib allata jah gamaudei]) izwis allis, he shall teach you all (things) and remind you of all (things); Jo. 14, 2G. jah andb aggk j a d n s s i k i s w al d u f e s and remembering his power, nih wairbidos laisareis andbaggkjands, nor rei i
,

membering the dignity of the Master;

Skeir. VII, a.

Mt. 25, 43. they are like unto children calling one to another; Lu. 7, 32. ei freidjands izwara banaseibs ni qam in Kaiirin]?on, that (sparing =) to spare you I came no longer unto Corinth; II Cor. 1, 23. gahalp ]>eina, 1 helped thee; II Cor. G, 2. ei gafaifaheina is waurde, that they might take hold of his words; Lu. 20, 20.

sodedub meina, ye visited me not;

gaweigaleikai sind
ni

barnam

wopjandam seina misso,

jah gripun

bai juggalaudeis, and the young men hold on him; Mk. 14, 51.
is

laid

Note 1. Some of these verbs also take an accusative (S. § 25, note 1), or an accusative of the person and a genitive of the thing, or a preposition with its case instead of the genitive of the thing, or a dative (S. § 37 et seq.).
ist

Note 2. Here belongs also the genitive after kara wis an; ua pize lambe, and lie careth not for the sheep. (Coinp.
i

e.g.,
§

jah nikar'
§

15, note 4;

25,

note

1).

§

27.

The genitive

(as instrumental or ablative;

comp. §23)

occurs after verbs signifying to nil, fullness, and want. E. g., fulljands aketis, filling (it) with vinegar; Mt. 27, 48, gafulljands swam aketis, ailing a sponge with vinegar; Mk. 15, 3G. usfullibs im gablaihtais, ufarfulli]>s ira fahedais, lam
filled

with comfort, I
i ll

joy; II Cor. 7, 4.

am exceedingly filled (lit.: jah swinbnoda ahmins

ha

d Uge

S

(xai

waxed strong becoming filled with spirit and wisdom (in Or.: waxed strong in spirit, etc.); Lu. 2, 40. gredagans gaso]?ida biube, he hath filled the hungry with good things; Lu. 1, 53. — bizei jus baurbub, what ye have need of; Mt. G, 8. fraujin baurfts ]>is ist, (to the Lord is —) the Lord has need of (this =) him; Lu. 19, 34. ainis ]?us wan ist, (of one thing there is want to you =) one thing thou lackest; Mk. 10, 21. ga-

)

'overfilled')

with

full
,

an ds jah
(

and

the child)

barban mate,
Note
1.

to abstain from meats;

I

Tim.

4, 3.

It will be noticed that the verbs

fulljan and gas 6]?]" an take an

accusative of the object fully affected. Note 2. For the dative of possession after

wi sa'n

,

see §

2">,

note 2

;

§

35, (1

).

238
§28.

Cases: Genitive.

rjS

28— 30.
heal;

The

genitive (as ablative) follows

hailjan, to

gahrainjan, to clean; (ga) lekinon, to be healed; afholon (w. gen. of pers. and aec. of th.), to defraud; bileiban, to leave. E. g., hailjan sik saiihte seiuaizo, (to heal themselves =) to be healed of their diseases; Lu. 6, 17. a]»]'an jabai l\ras gahrainjai sik ]>ize, if a man therefore clean himself from
seinaizo, to be healed by him of their diseases; Lu. 5, 15. jah jabai his lr a (dir. obj.) afholoda, and if I have defrauded (lit., of) any man of any thing; Lu. 19, 8. jah bilei]?ai qenai jah barne ni bileibai, and leave {his) wife (behind him), and leave no children; Mk. 12, 19.
these; II Tim. 2, 21.

lekinon f ram

imma sauhte

Note

1.

The

direct object after these verbs
is

af eauhtim jah slahim (besides the gen.:) jah ah mane ubilaize, he cured many of (their) diseases and plagues and of evil spirits; Lu. 7, 21. (Comp. Mk. 5, 29. 34). brain jam unsis a! all am m a bie k s j a h a h in ins, let us cleanse ourselves from all (of) h'lthiness of nanlei

— gahailida
1 i

thing of which one

healed or cleaned

is

is regularly put in the ace. The once each expressed by a f with the dative.

managana

i

(the) §

bodj ami

spirit; II Cor. 7, 1.

may follow verbs expressing affection. ,E. g., unte saei skamaib sik meina jah waurde meinaize ... jah sun us ma s skamaib sik is, for whosoever of him also shall the shall be* ashamed of me and of my words, Son of man be ashamed; Mk. 8, 38.
29.

The

genitive (of cause)

.

.

.

T.
§

Adverbial Genitive.

the time within which anything takes place; e. g., dagis luizuh, daily; Neh. 5, 18. \vit an dan 8 wahtwfim nahts, keeping watch by night; Ln. 2, 8.
30.

The

genitive

may denote

(a),

nahts

sir])

and

.

.

.

.

nahts

<1

rugkanai wafrband,

sleep in

thr night .... are drunken in the night; I Thess. 5, 7. fast a fcwaim sin]);im sabbataus, I fast twice in the week; Lu. 18,
12;
of

(b) the space within which

an

action.

country

ina haibjCs seinaizos, and he scut him into his fields ('-* Lu. 15, 15. uslei]>am jainis stadis, efa robs he other side li't US pa88 OVer UUto Mk. 4,35. going into Macedonia galeibandS akiddnaiS,

(&
I

E. g.,
e:V

,, ;)
t

gaggida land
;

anything takes place, or the aim is. went into ('over) a far
Ln. 19, 12.

);
1,

(

jah insandida

.);

Maxedoviay)]

Tim.

3;

— (c)

E. g..

Hlaus mais, much

the incisure after a comparative. more; II Cor. 7. 13. 8, 22. Skeir. V, c.

(
S

minnizei filaus, much less; Skeir. Ill, d. \•: l. (n) For the adverbial dative of time, see S
note
2,

>.',

(2);

— (b)

the adverbial
13, 2,

genitive of place follows verbs of motion (S. examples, above).

— Compare

S3 31-:J5.]

Dative.

239

VI.
§

Genitive after Prepositions and Prepositional Adverbs.

some prepositions and prepositional adverbs. See Glossary: in, du, fram, af; — innana, utana, utabro, hindana, ufaro; and 'Gothic Grammar',
31.

The

genitive

may

follow

§

217.

B.
§

Dative.

In Gothic, as in Old English *) the dative denotes relations of four old cases (See § 12, note 1): Dative proper, Instrumental, Ablative, and Locative.
32.

Dative Proper.
33. We have seen (§19) that the genitive is primarily used to express a close relation between objects, and (§ 15 et seq.) that the use of the accusative is to denote an object which is directly
§

affected or effected
close

by an action exerted by another
is

and immediate relation

This generally not expressed by the
object.

a remoter and incidental relation between objects, or that with which anything is indirectly connected or that to or for which anything is or is done. The dative is therefore usually called the remoter or indirect object.
dative, which rather denotes
I.
§

Dative after Substantives.
after substantives denotes that to or for

34.

The dative
is.

which anything

piudom, a

E. g., liuhab du andhuleinai (Cp. § 114) light for enlightenment to the Gentiles (=to lighten

my

the Gentiles) ; Lu. 2, 32. saurga meina allaim aikklesjom, care (for=) of all (the) churches; II Cor. 11, 28. (Comp. § 35,
2).
§

note
note

35.
(1)

The dative
possession.

after

wisan and wairpan

is

jah luabro imma and whence is he his son? Mk. 12, 37. jah ni was im barne\ and they had no (lit.: there was to them not) children (See § 25, note 2); Lu. 1, 7. ip ist biuhti izwis, but ye have a custom; Jo. 18, 39. — jahwairpip pus faheds jah swegnipa, and th u shalt ha ve joy an d gla dnessy Lu 1, 14. sei w a r b i b allai
E.
g\,
.

used to desunus ist?

managein,

which shall be to all people/ Lu.

2, 10.

ei

uus wair-

the inheritance may be ours; Lu. 20, 14. the relation of one person or thiug to another in the (2) predicate (Cp. § 38). E. g\, leas imma ragineis was? who hath been a counselor to him; Rom. 11, 34. sijai allaim skalks,
]>ai

bat a arbi; that

!)

Cp. March, Anglo-Saxon

Grammar,

p.

148.

240

Cases: Dative.

[§§35—36.

frijonds kaisara, ewaei frauja ist sa sun us mans jali |)amma sabbato. therefore the Son of man is Lord also {to=) of the sabbath; Mk. 2, 28. ni a inn in in f-h an waihtais skulans sijai]?, be not debtors to anybody |>ai auk (in any respect=) owe no man anything; Rom. 13, 8. reiks ni sind agis gddamma waurstwa ak ubilamma, terror to a good work, but to an evil one; for rulers re not gaqum]?ai, shall be Rom. 13, 3. skula wairj>ij) stauai council; Mt. 5, 21. 22. eis debtor unto (the) judgment shall be (to me=) my people; ; r ]> a (1 mis manage.i, they i)> nu swe fijands izwis warp. / am therefore II Cor. G. 1G. become nn enemy to you; Gal. 4. 16.
shall be a servant to all; Mk. 10, 44. ui is friend to Cesar; Jo. 19, 12. thou art not
.
.

.

.

.

.

\\

ii

xal *), The copula is often omitted: e. g., Ira uns jah pus and to thee, i. e. what bare we to do with thee.' Mi. B, 29. <7<;:'), what have I to do with thee? Mk. Mk. 1. 24. Ira mis jah )>us (r> )mis jah |»annna garaihtin, have thou nothing to do with 5, 7. ni waiht that just (man): Mt. 27. 19. So always alter the interjection wai; e. g.', wai )mis a razci a wai |'us Iiel'saidan, woe unto thee, Chorazin. woe unto thee, mthaaida! Mt. 11, 21. Lu. 10, 18. (See also Mk. 13, 17. Lu. G. 24. 20. 20). Note 2. The dative after substantives generally readers the Greek genitive. Note For the genitive after substantives, see S 20. Note 4. It remains to say that a dative and a genitive; occur interchangeably substantive in lie same sentence: as. ni u |>a a fst sa t mrja sa sun us after bro]»ar Jakdba jah J use jah Jfidine jah Seimouis*? Is not Marjins, this the carpenter, the son of Mary, the brother (to =) of James and Joses, and of Jud.i and Simon'.' Mk. 0.

Note
(is

1.

what

there) to us

(
,

:

,

.'i.

t

t

i

i

•*{.

II.
§
:{().

Dative after Adjectives.
follows predicate adjectives with

The dative
u

w

i

s

a

and

and waii'l'a
d u
t

(1) with reference to time.

W

i

jon

)

agli \>dB wesbould sutler tribula ion
D a
,

una E. g., ]>atei anawairji that ('it was future' to us to suffer tribulat

was

{

(«#)\

I

(2)

of space.

E. g.,

gaggats
i

\vi))ra\vair|>on iggqie, go Mk. 11, 2. |>atei ist w |>i a w a ir]> Galeilaia. whhh is over against Galilee; Lu. 8, 2G. E. g., ]>anuh nnuh(3) of feeling, thought, and the like. a sis ha vingyet thereu l>a ds ]),i u h a ii ;i u a s n u a iga fore one son dear to him; Mk. 12, G. guj>, lml]'s sijais mis frawaurhtamma, God be merciful to me sinner; Lu. 18, 13. unto <i-o])s ist |>ni in u afagra m ah unsol ia m for be is kind unto the unthankful and to the evil; Lu. G. :i.~>. in |>izaie! an• ubi n su na u sei na in in a whereBteige was uns in ]>a m ma
i

in haira (Sec into the village over against you;
S •">,

Thess. 3, 4. note) |>5

ii

1

i

.

i

,

1

i

.

3G.]

Dative.

241

own beloved son; Eph. 1, G. Icazu h mo dags brobr seiiiamma, whosoever is angry with his brother; Mt. 5, 22. saei was imma swers, who was dear unto him; Lu. 7,2. fad rein am ungahrairbai, disobedient to parents; II Tim. 3, 2. jah allaim mannam andaneibans sind, and are contrary to all men; I Thess. 2, 15. jah ban jabai ist mis wairb ga lei ban, and if it be meet for me also to go; I Cor. 16, 4. batei ni skuld ist bus, that it is not lawful for
in he

was merciful to us

in his

Jo. 18, 31. II Cor 12, 4). s was we gad 6b ist weiham, as it is becoming to saints; Eph. 5, 3. ib jabai agl ist qinon, but if it be indecent for a woman; I Cor. 11, 6. batei garaid sijai izwis, that which is appointed you;
thee;

Mk.

6, 18.

(S. 10, 2.

Lu.

3, 13.

or disadvantage. E. g., gob ist unsis her Avisan, it is good for us to be here; Mk. 9, 5. ni sokjands batei mis bruk sijai, ak batei baim managam, not seeking that which is profitable to me, but that which (is profitable) to (the) many; I Cor. 10, 33. batei airbai Saudaumje sutizo wairbib in daga stauos bail bus, that it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day ofjudgment, than for thee; Mt. 11, 24. ni ganohai sind baim, are not sufficient for them; Jo. G, 7. go]> ist imma mais ei, it is good for him rather that; Mk. 9, 42.
(4) of advantage

of knowledge or the opposite. E. g\, sah ban siponeis was kunbs bam ma gudjin, that disciple was known unto the high priest; Jo. 18, 15. wasu]> (= was-uh) ban unkunbs wlita (For this dat., see § 53, (1), (c)) aikklesjom, Judaias baim in Xristau, and was unknown by face unto the churches of Judea, those in Christ; Gal. 1, 22.
(5)

of possibility, impossibility, or the like. E. g•., allata m a h t e i g b a m m a g a 1 a u b j a d i e very thing ( is) possible t him ( belie ving — ) that belie veth; Mk 9, 23 untenist unmaliteig guba ainhun waiirde, for nothing (lit.: not any one of words) shall be impossible with God; Lu. 1, 37. rabizo allis ist ulbandau bairh bairko ne]?los bairhleiban bau gabigamma in biudangardja gu]>s galeil^an, for it is easier for a camel to go through a needle's eye, than for a rich (man) to enter into (the) kingdom of God; Lu.18, 25. (See also Mk. 10, 25). luaiwa aglu ist baim hugjandam afar faihau in biudangardja gubs galei]?an, how hard is it for them that fix their thoughts on riches' to enter into the kingdom of God; Mk.
(6)
,
. .

10, 24.

242
III.

Caaee: Dative.

[§S .'!7— Ms.

Dative after Verbs.

(For the dative after

wisan and

\vair]>an, see

§ M.">.)

In Gothic, as in all languages, the dative is used after transitive verbs of giving, bringing, promising, showing, saying, commanding, forbidding, permitting, writing, reading, etc., to de37.

note a person or thing• towards which an action is exerted, while that which is directly affected by the act of the verb is put in the accusative (§ 15, (1)). Verbs of this kind are: giban, atkunnan, to give; saljan, to offer; gadailjan, to distribute; fragildan, to -ecompense; gale wj an, to offer, bet my; afletan, to release; atbairan, attiuhan, to bring; to lea ve; f r a 1 e t a cast; lagjan, to j nit; gawandjan, to return; w air pan, to gahaitan, to promise; taiknjan, to show; (waila) qiban, to say; a a biu dan, to command; faurbiudan, to forbid; to read; uslaub j an, to permit; in § j a to write; u s s gg w a dugawindan, to entangle; awiliudon, to give thanks. (See also § 46, note.) E. g., gibai izai afstassais bokos, let him give her a writing of divorcement ; Mt. 5, 31. atberun iiiiina mannan bandana daimonari, they brought to him a dumb man possessed with a devil; Mt. 1). 32. jah sa izwis taikneip kelikn mikilata, and he will show you a large upper room; Mk. 14-, 15. unte ni alia m el jam izwis, for we write none other things unto you; II Cor. 1, 13. bata anabiuda izwis ei frijo]> izwis misso, this 1 command you, that ye love one another; Jo. 15, 17. jah fa urban]) im ei waiht ni nomeina in wig uiba hrugga aina, ami he forbade them (that anything• they should not take=) to take nothing (on the way =) for their journey, save a staff only; Mk. G, 8.
,

1

,

i

,

NoTB.
i

Iii

English

t

ho preposition to, which indicates the remoter relation,
e.g., ei
7, Ml>.

is

often omitted,

mma
§

and sometimes other prepositions must be used; liandu. th:it ln> might fiut (his) hand uj>on liim; Mk.

lagid§di

The dative after andbahtjan, ekalkindn, to serve, minister; siponjan. to be a disciple; drauhtinon, to war; afarlaistjan, to follow alter; reikinou, (ga)fraujinon, to rule, govern; ga ragi give coun(ga)waldan, ragin sel to; and-, ufhausjan, to listen to with submission, obey, denotes the relation of one person to another, or to a thing. E. g., jah a nd ba lit id a imma, and (she) ministered unto him; Mr. 8, 15. saei jah silba eipdnida [£sua, who also himself
38.
.
.

was disciple to Jesus; Mt. 27, 57. ni ainshun drauhtinOnde ]>iz;ii fraujin, DO man warring• unto a lord; II Tim. 2.4. d afarlaistjandin sis managein <in)>. and said unto the Tim. 5. 10): garpeople following him; Ln. 7. (Cp. Lu. 1. 3.
'.).

I

§§

38-40.]

Dative.

243

(give direction fo=) guide the house; I Tim. 5, 14. wit up ]>atei (paiei) puggkjand reiki no piudom, gafraujinond im, ip pai mikilans ize gawaldand im, ye know

da waldan,

that they which think to rule over the Gentiles, exercise lordship over them, and their great ones exercise authority upon them; Mk. 10, 42. at raginondin Saurim Kyrenaiau, when Cyrenius was governor of Syria; Lu. 2, 2. saei garaginoda Iudaium, he who gave counsel to the.Jews; Jo. 18, 14. jah andhausidedi pau izwis, and it should obey you; Lu. 17, 6. aij?pauainammaufhauseip, or he will obey the one; Mt. 6, 24. Similarly, after andstandan, to oppose, resist; a d w e i h a n strive against, oppose. E. g., ni andstandan allis unseljin, not to resist evil at all; Mt. 5, 39. and we hand witoda ahmins meinis, opposing to the law of my mind;

pamma
i

Rom.
§

7, 23.

a remoter relation occurs after intransitive verbs denoting motion towards a person or thing. E. g., duatiddja imma hundafaps (there) came unto him a centurion; Mt. 8, 5. gamotidedun imma t w a i d a m ar s (there) met him two possessed with devils; Mt. 8, 28. wesunup pan imma nelujandans sik allai motarjo.s jah fraAvaurhtai hausjan imma (S. § 45), then were drawing near unto him all (the) publicans and sinners for to hear him; Lu. 15, 1. — Similarly, after \vair]?aii and gagaggan. E.g., himma dag a naseinsj^amma gardawar}?, this day is salvation come to this house; Lu. 19, 9. jah wair]?ip> izwis, and (it) will be done unto you; Jo. 15, 7. ei ]?ata mis gagaggij? du ganistai, that this shall turn to (me for) my salvation; Phil.
39.
of
i

The dative

j

1,19.

take the dative of a direct object. But it must be borne in mind that this dative properly denoted a person or thing toward which an action was directed. Some of such verbs may have followed the analogy of verbs that naturally govern the dative. At any rate it is not from an original point of view that these verbs are said to take the dative of a direct object (Comp. § 15, (1), notel). Verbs of this kind are: (at)tekan, to touch; kukjan, to kiss; (ga)bairgan, to hide, keep, preserve; gaumjan, to perceive, observe; wit an, to watch; maiirnau, to be anxious for, be troubled about; ufarmunnon, to forget; idweitjan, to reproach; sakan, to rebuke; (ga)li-otjan, to threaten, rebuke, charge; laian, to revile; gamains wair]>an, to partake of. E.g., sei teki]? imma, that touches him; Lu. 7, 39. ]>anuh atberun du imma barna ei
§

40.

Many

\r erbs

244

Cases: Dative.

[§§ -1-0—41.

attaitoki im; ib
>

siponios is sokun (Corap. gasakan, 45) baim bairandam du. and they brought children to him,
}~>ai

that he should touch them; the disciples, however, rebuked those bammei kukjau, that brought {them to 'him'): Mk. 10, 13. whomsoever I shall kiss; Mk. 14.44. in libainai aiweinon Ira bair<i-i)' izai, shall keep it unto life eternal; Jo. 12, 25. why'beholdest thou the mote•? Lu. 0.41. gaumeis gramsta, witandans IAsua. watching Jesus; Mt. 27. 54. ni maurnaib

saiwalai izwarai Ira matjaib jah Ira drigkaib, nih leika izwaramma Ire wasjaib, take no thought for your life, what ye shall cat. or what ye shall drink: nor yet for your body,
what
4. 0).
(s.
§

52,

2

.

(b))

ye shall put on; Mt.

(5.

25.

(s.

also Phil.

sw^bauh baim afta ufarmunnonds.
jah

indeed, forget-

ting those (things which are) behind: Phil. *5. 14. ba nuh d uga d idweitja'D baurgim, then began he to upbraid the cities; Mt.

11.20.

gamains bizaiwaurCai jah em air bra alewawith them partakesi of the root

bagmis warst, and
ness of the olive tree;
i

and

fat-

Rom.

11, 17.

The dative is used after intransitive verbs denoting disposition; as. (ga)trauan, to trust: galanbjan, to believe, trust; wafla hugjan, to think well of. agree with; hleibjan,
41.

to bear grudge, be angry; a an to be jealous, envy: hatizon. to be angry; frakunnan, nfbrikan, to
to help;
despise.
ei
.

wa

1

j

,

(Cp. § 37.) E.g., batei silbans (nom.) trauaidedun sis ei we so in a garaihtai, jah fra k u na nda us bai an•

m

baraim, that (themselves) trusted in themselves that they were righteous, and despised the others: Lu. 18, 9. jah galaubjam imma, and we believe in him: Mt. 27. 42. sijais waila hugjande a nda st a ui beinamma sprauto, {be well thinking towards—) agree with thine adversary quickly; Mt. 5. 25. h leibid a Israrla biumagan seinamma, he hath holpen Israel. ib so Herodia naiw imma, then-fore his servant; Lu. 1, 54. (the) Herodias was angry with him; Mk.6,19. unt§ aljanOnds izwis gubs aljana (see§ 52. (5)), for I am (lit.: being) jealous over you with the jealousy of God {=godly)', II Cor. 11.2. i|> mis hatizob, but are ye angry with me? Jo. 7. 2'\. saei hauBeib izwis, mis (see § L5) hauseib, jah eaei ufbrikib iz wis,
mis nfbrikib; i)> eaei ufbrikib mis. ufbrikib bamma sandjandin mik, he thai heareth you heareth me; and he hat rlespiseth you despiseth me; but he that despiseth me despiseth
t

him that sent me:
t;ik<s
ill.•

.

Lu. 10.

1(5.

Tlic verb galanbjan, to believe, with the sense of to regard as true, accusative ol the thing believed; <•. tr.. ak galanbjni bata <• )>atci

§§ 42—4.",.]

Dative.

245

qi]'ib

gagaggib, hat
42.

]>ass; Mt. 11, 23.
§

(Comp.

shall believe (that) that that which he saith cometh to § 46, note).

Verbs signifying to please, take a dative (See § 40; and E. g., § 4G, note) of the person to whom anything is pleasant. unte ik patei leikaib imma, tauja sinteino, for I do always that which pleases him; Jo. 8, 29. jah galeikandein Heroda jah bairn mibanakumbjandam, and (when she) pleased Herod and them sitting with (him); Mk. 6, 22. swe man am samjandans, as (those) pleasing men; Col. 3, 22. Note. Here may be mentioned the verb ga nan ban, which once takes the dative (usually the accusative); ganah bam ma swaleikamma andabeit,
sufficient to

such
e. g.,

one

(is the)

bugkeib;

bugkeib

reproach; II Cor. 2, 6. Furthermore, the impersonal im auk ei, for it appears to them that; Mt. G, 7.

§43. The dative after gafribon, gasibjon, to reconcile, become reconciled, g a \v a d a to espouse, is g a g a> w a r
,

j

,

used to denote the person to
§

whom

the action

is

directed (Cp.

uns

37). sis,

E.

g\,

abban
all

and

alia us gu|>a bamma gafribondin things (are) of God, who hath (lit. the having)

reconciled us to himself; II Cor. 5, 18. gasibjon brobr beito be reconciled to thy brother; Mt. 5, 24. gagawairbnan guba, to become reconciled to God; II Cor. 5, 20.

namma,

izwis ainamma waira, for I have espoused you to one husband; II Cor. 11, 2. The dative (See § 40) is found after verbs signifying § 44.

gawadjoda auk

to trouble, plague, torment, destroy, injure; as, usagljan, usbriutan, to trouble, weary; balwjan, to plague, torment; qistjan (fraqistjan, usqistjan; s. § 40), to destroy. E.g., ib in bizei usbriutib mis so widuwo, fraweita bo, ibai und andi qimandei usagljai mis, yet because this widow troubleth me, I will avenge her, lest (coming to the end=) by her continual coming she weary me; Lu. 18, 5. balwjan u sis, to torment us; Mt. 8, 29. ni qam saiwalom qistjan ak nasjan, is not come to destroy souls, but to save; Lu. 9, 56. The original force of the dative is well seen with the § 45. following verbs which also take an accusative, according to the meaning: hausjan (Cp. ufhausjan, § 38) w. dat., to hear, i. e. to listen, or hearken to, or pay attention to, w. ace: to hear something, (also w. gen.; s. § 26); anahaitan w. dat., to exclaim loudly against, rebuke, w. ace, to call upon, invoke; andhaitan w. dat., to confess (one's self) to, thank, w. ace, to confess something (once w. dat.; Mk. 1, 5), acknowledge, recognize; fullafahj an w. dat., to give satisfaction to, serve, w. ace, to make content/ gamainjan w. dat., to communicate or distribute to, w. ace, to make common, defile; gas a k an w. dat., to address re-

Oi()

Cases: Dative.

[§ 4•".

to convince, reprove, silence; o- a ]> Lull an w. dat., to address kindly. Take in the arms, entreat, w. ace, to exhort; warjan w. dat., to be opposed to. forbid, w. ace, to keep away, forbid; ]>iu]>jan w. dat., to bestow a blessing upon,
bukiiigly. rebuke,
\v.

ace.,

.

w. ace., to praise, treat well. E. g., hausei]> mis, hearken unto me; Mk. 7, 14. jah hausjands imma. and bearing him; Mk.
(3,20. (Cp. also Jo. 9, 31.

sci]>

waurda meina,
24.

Mt.

7,

— andhofun

11,41.42.). sa lrazuh nn saei hautherefore whosoever lira ret h my words;

auk

j

a in;

in

;i

naha

it

an da in im

...

for they answered those rebuking ]>ize thrm of those rebuking them; Skeir. VII, b. lrazuh auk (ace.) f ran j ins. for whosaei a n ah a iti J' bidai (instr.) a sa soever shall call upon the name of the Lord; Rom. 10, 13.
. .

analiaitandane im,
.

mo

lrazuh nn saei andhaitib mis in andwairbja nianne, andhaita jah ik imma in andwairbja attins meinis, whosoever therefore shall confess me (i. e. make confession in my behalf), him (=in his behalf) will I confess also before my Father: Mt. 10.32. jabai Iras ina andliaiha it Xristu, if any one recognizes him as Christ; Jo. 0, 22. — wiljands ]>izai nianagein fulla fahjan willing to give satisfaction to the people; Mk. 15, 1.". eiponjans fulla fa hid a, he made (his) disciples content; Skeir. VII, d. — a]>]>an ga main a sa la isida wa da (instr.) ]>a m ma laisia nd in in allaim gddaim, let him that is taught in the word communicate unto him that teacbeth (See also Rom. 12, 13: andawizin all good things; Gal. G, 6. }?atagamainja do nim). batei magi ina ga m a in an that detiles man: Mk. 7, 15 niannan, that can defile him (See also 18. 20.). — gasok wind am jah marein, he rebuked war a gasaki]? mik the winds and the sea; Mk. 8, 20. Iras bi frawaurht? which of you convinceth me of sin? Jo. 8, 40. ]>in]>ida im, and (See also 10, 8). jah ; a ]>laiha nds im
i
,

j

i

-

j

.

.

.

.

.

.

i

.

.

.

speaking kindly to them Mk. 10, 10. (Cp. 9, 36).
t

he bestowed his blessing upon them: sineigana ni andbeitais ak gain (dat.) nggane (ace.) swfi l)i'o]'nins. rebuke ]>laih ewfi a not an elder, but entreat (= Speak kindly to) (him) as (to) a, father: and {exhort) tin young men as brethren: I Tim. 5, 1. jah \\a rid rd uin rain a, and we were opposed to him; Mk. o, 38. (See also 39, and Ln. 9, 49). jah war jib ]>o. and forbid them not (—do not keep thrm away; see also Ln. 18, 16). batei swa |>in1»idn izai. that he thus bestowed a blessing on her: Ln. 1. 2!). (See also Mk. 10. 16, above): |'in|'jai]> ]>ans wriw s bless treat well) them that persecute you; kandans 4 1. note; and § 25, note 1). Mt. 5, (See g 46,
.
.

.

j

1

i

i

i

i

,

(

§§

4G— 47.]
-

Dative.

247

With some verbs; as, usqistjan fraqistjan, that take both the dative and accusative, a difference in signification is (at least in some instances) scarcely or not all perceptible. E. g., jah saiwalai jah leika fraqistjan, to destroy both soul and body; Mt. 10, 28. jah qam midjasweipains jah fraqistida allans, and the flood came and destroyed all; Lu. ei usqistidedi imma, {that, etc. =) to destroy him/ 17, 27. Mk. 9,22. jah usqisteib ]>ans waiirstwjans, and will destroy the husbandmen/ Mk. 12, 9.
§

4(3.

preceding paragraphs are also used absolutely, or are followed by a clause, or by a preposition with its case; e. g., sai he that betrayeth me (has approached =) is sa lewjands mik atnehnda,
of the verbs
in the

Note.

Some

mentioned

at hand; Mk. 14,42.

was

the

same;
8, 7.

— gaumjan batei is was sa sama, to observe that he Skeir. VII, d. — jah qab du imma Iesus, and Jesus said unto
jah wesuu rodjandans mi J? Iesua, and they were talking
9, 4.

,

him; Mt.

with Jesus; Mk.
§

The dative after verbs treated of in the preceding• paragraphs denotes a person or thing to which an action is directed.
47.

that of interest (advantage or disadvantage), Avhich denotes that for which anything is or is
Closely related to this dative
is

done (Cp. § 3G, (4)). E. g\, ban bans fimf hlaibans gabrak fimf busundj om, when I brake the five loaves for five thousand; Mk.8,19. raznbido haitada allaim biudom, shall be called a house of prayer for all nations; Mk. 11, 17. luas afwalwjai u sis ban a stain, who shall roll away for us the stone? Mk. 1G, 3. g a b a r i d s u u b u s shall bear (for) thee a son; Lu. 1, 13. urraisjan barna Abrahama, to raise up children unto (for) Abraham; Lu. 3, 8. seinamma fraujin standi]? ai]>bau driusib, to (for) his master he standeth or falleth; Rom.
,

14, 4.

Note 1. A particular sort of this dative is the reflexive dative (Cp. §§ 00 G2) expressing the Greek middle (Cp. § 83); e. g., bam wil jandin af bus lei Ivan sis ni ufwandjais, from him that will borrow (for himself) of thee turn not

ma

Iudaiuns; jubau auk gaqe]>un for already had the Jews agreed among themselves; Jo. 9,22. afslaupjandans izwis bana fairnjan mannan, putting off the old man ; Col. 3, 9. rodida sis ains, he spake within himselfalone; Lu. 7, 39. sa Fareisaius standands sis, the Pharisee standing by himself (or sis bad, prayed within himself'.'); Lu.18,11. nim bus bokos, take thy bill; Lu.lG, C. 7. jah mundob izwis bane s wa gaggandans, and mark them which walk so (lit. those so walking); Phil. 3, 17. bo sido bus, meditate upon thesethings;! Tim. 4, 15. ni faurhteib izwis, be not affrighted; Mk.16, 6. sailuib ei atsaihnb izwis, see that ye are on your guard ; Mk. 8, 15. bagkjandans sis, reasoning with themselves ;Mk. 2, 6. jah bahta sis, and cast in her mind (lit. for herself); Lu. 1, 29. frawaurhta mis, have sinned; Mt. 27, 4. Lu. 15, 18. run gawaurhtedun sis alia so hairda, the whole herd ran
thou
Mt.
5, 42.

away ;

unt§ ohtSdun

sis

sis

Judaieis, because they feared the Jews;

24*
ivo/en ly: Mt. 8, 32.
in

Cases:

Dative.

[§§

48—51.

a

§ a

f

wand an Jane
j

sis s u

j

a

,

of men

t

urning from

themselves the truth; Tit. 1, 14-. (For farther examples, see SS 60 and Gl). NoTB 2. For the dative of purpose after du, see Glossary: du, (0).

be mentioned the so-called possessive dative which is generally represented in Greek by the genitive. E. g., lagida figgrans seinans in ausona imma, he put Ins fingers into his ears (lit. he put to him his angers into the ears); m a s his (lit. to him) s i m m a h 1 ded k Mk. 7. 33. ears opened; Mk. 7. 35. jah allaini in ]>izai synagdgein wdsun augona fairweitjandona du imma, and the eyes ot nil (lit. to nil) in the synagogue were fixed on him; Lu. 4, 20.
§

48.

Here

may

1

i

,

izei

uslauk augona |'nmma blind in, who opened
to) the blind; Jo. 11, 37.

the eyes

of

(lit.
S

Considering- the true nature of the verbs that (apparently) take the dative of ;i direct object (See §40), we can easily

49.

understand why they govern the dative in the passive also: e. g., ei ganmjaindan mannam, that they may (appear to=) be .see// of meny Mt. 0, 5. ei gasaihraindan mannam fastandans. ih;ii they may appear unto men (fasting =) tofnst; Mt. ei ni gasaihraizan mannam fastands, that thou 10. Impersonal construcfast; Mt. 6, 18. appear not unto men tions baj o]>um ga ba irga d a (preservation is secured to both 17. ]»ei waihtai nifraqistnai, —) both are preserved/ Mt. that (there arise no loss in anything =) nothing be lost (Sec ^ 53, Con[Cp. the Lai in ////'///' invidetur, etc.] (1), (c)); Jo. 6, 12. trary to Latin usage we find: unledai ivn ila merj a ml a the poor are instructed in the gospel; Mt. 11. 5. Lu. 7. 22. So with fraqiman; II Cor. 12, 15. fra]>jan; Phil. 2. 5. bileiban; Lu.

,

:

.

'.).

17. 34. 35.

Dative as Instrumental.

denotes passing over into the adjacency, accompaniment, association expression of means and instrument by the same transfer of meaning which appears in the English prepositions with ana by. 1 )
^

50.

The instrumental

is

originally the

117/

//-case:

it

The only remnants of instrumental endings in Gothic an• those of the pronouns ]>e and Ire. ]>e occurs but once alone (For bib6, du]?§, see the glossary); ni ]>e ha Id is. not the more .so, by no means; Skeir, IV. <1. — Ire occurs frequently, (1) interw a si a in a wherewithal shall we dot he ourselves E. g.. !r rog. .- <<".• Mt. o. :U, (See also Mk. 9, 50. Lu. 14, 34.) So
§

51.

i

.

i)

See Whitney, Sanskrit

Grammar,

S

21^.

§§

51— 52.]

Dative.

240

with galeiks and ga.leikon. E. g., Ice nu galeiko* ]>aus mans ]>is kunjis, jah hie sijaina galeikai, whereunto then shall I liken the men of this generation, and to what may they .... -/.\ rivt eiffh be like (rivt oZv Lu. 7, 31. (See also Mk. 4, 30). With a comparative. E. g., lue managizo tauj b, what do ye more Mt. 5; 47. lue wasjaib, wherewith ye shall clothe yourselves; Mt. 6, 25. (2) indefinite; as, in Jjammei lue hras anananbei]?, whereinsoever an is bold; II Cor. 11, 21.

(

<

)"!

)'!

i

§

52.

The instrumental

is

generally expressed by tbe dative
(a)

(Comp.
(1)

§§ 23. 27).

It denotes,

association or accompaniment, chiefly in the predicate with ay is an and

after substantives,

w air]? an.
1

E. g., mi]>-

gasinba uns, a traveling• companion to us; II Cor. 8, 19. ni wiljau auk izwis skokslam gadailans wairban, and I
would not that ye should (be fellow-dealers to
fellowship with devils; I Cor. 10, 20.
devils

(See also Lu. 5, 10.

=) have So with
Seiwith 36. (So

wairban; Eph.

5, 7).

mon

jah

]>ai mi]'

jah galaistans waurbun imma imma, and Simon and they that were

him (were followers to him =) followed after him; Mk. 1, with wisan; see Gal. 6, 16. II Tim. 3, 10). ak sijub gabaurgjans baim weiham, but ye are fellow-citizens with the saints;
Eph. 2, 19. ni wairbaib gajukans ungalaubjandam, be not companions to tjie unbelievers; II Cor. 6, 14. (b) after ad1 jectives of consent, likeness, and the like. ) E. g., gaqiss im ^\\toda, / (am consenting — ) consent unto the law; Rom. 7, 16. g a w i e i g s ira a u k w i t d a g u b s for I am delighted with the law of God; Rom. 7, 22. galeik ist barn am sitandam in garunsim jah wopjandam an]?ar anbarana, it is like unto children sitting in the markets and calling one (to) another; Mt. 11,16. (SeeMk. 12, 31. Lu. 6, 47. 48. 49. 7,32. Jo. 8, 55. 9,9.

,

Skeir.

§51,(1)). ibnans aggilum auk sind, for they are equal unto the angels; Lu. 20, 36. ni ibna
I,

a).

— Comp. galeiks,
=

nih galeiks unsarai garaihtein, not equal

to,

nor like, our

righteousness; Skeir. I, a. bata samo ]nzai biskabanon, (the same to (one); I Cor. 11, 5. (c) after ) like the shaven verbs. E.g., (compounded with mi])) ni manna mis mibwas, no man was with me; II Tim. 4, 16. ]>ozei mi]>arbaidideduu

mis, which labored with me/ Phil 4, 3. j a b a i u Xristau, if ye then be risen with Christ; Col. 3,
.

m
1.

i

bu rr bai

i

su

p

w ai-

ded an s
j

]>ai

mi bush rami dans imma,
§ 29i).

the evil-doers which

!)

Cj>.

March, Anglo-Saxon Grammar,

250

Cases: Dative.

52.

were crucified with him; Mt. 27. 44. (Comp. Mk. 10, 27). mi]>skalkindda mis, he bath served with me; Phil. 2. 22. mibinsiiiidida ininia bro]>ar. I sent a brother wit h him; II Cor. 12. IS. jali mi j>fairinodedun izai. and (they) rejoiced with her; Lu. 1, 58. (Comp. Lu. 15. 9). ]>atei mib ni qam siponjam seinaiin Iesus in j>ata skip, th.it Jesus came not with his ni blandaib izwis hdram, disciples into the ship; Jo. 6, 22. with fornicators; I Cor. 5. ). (Comp. ye shall not keep company II These. '. 14:). j u «rahorinoda izai. Jinth committed adultery with her already; .Mr. 5, 28. fraqimandei allamina sein. nil in a, having spent nil (hers—) that she had; Mk. 5. 26. soei in lekja ns fraqara allamma aigina eeinamma which bad spent nil her property uj><>n physicians; Lu. 8, 48. fon atgaggai us hi mi a jali fraqimai im. fire shall come down from hen ven nnd mnke nwny with (!) them: Ln. i». 54. jali ni Ogeib izwis bans usqimandans leika batainei, i]> saiwalai ni magandans usqiman, and fear not them making away with the body only, but nre not able to mnke away with the soul: Mt. 10, 28. batei nu g'u|> «raw a ]> in an a |'annna ni ekaidai, what therefore God bath joined together, let not man part with.' ) galeiko ina waira frddamma, / will liken him unto wise man; Mt. 7. 24. galeikoda niann d wain in in a foolish man; Mr. 7. 26. ni shall be likened unto be not conformed to this world; leikob izwis aiwa, 12. 2. jali afrbai ]>uk gaibnjand jah barna beina Rom. in bus, nnd shall Iny thee even with the ground, and thy children within thee; Lu. Ii). 44. jali fairnjin ni gatimid ninjin. and with the old (piece) agreeth not bata at that (taken out) of the new; Ln. 5. 3G. (Cp. > 52. b; and > 51. 1. ga leik On.) Note. The associative relation is sometimes obscure, especially when the gov-

.

;i

1

.

;-

bamma

bamma

bamma

Here may be mentioned liugnn, to innrry, erning verb also takes other cases. which governs the accusative when used of a man. while the passive, which is a» d ota woman, takes the dative: e.g., sa izei atsatida liugai]', whosoever shall

another (woman); Mk. 10, 11.

jah liuguih anbara, ami shall marry jah jabai qino a f neinana jah ]> aban lingada anparamma, and if a woman shall put away her husband and l>t> married to another; Mk. L0, L2. Sometimes a comparison of other languaev^

marry

divorced (woman); Mt.

">.

32.

t

i

may

decide. *

menus oi• instrument (concrete or abstract), with (ft) slahan, to smite; (ns)bliggwan, to bent: bnanan, to rub;
(2)
»
J
)

Cp. Whitney, Sanskrit
I

Grammar,

§

288,
S

a.

p.

Bernhardt, 'Gotieche Grammatik',

L68. page Oft

$

7,2.]

Dative.

251

to write; waiirkjan, to work; natjan, to make wet; (ga)salbon, to anoint; biswairban, to wipe/ blaubjan, to make void; andstaldan, to provide, minister; (uf)daupjan, tobaptize; sweran, to honor; andhaitan, to confess; rodjan, qipan, to speak; laisjan, to teach; usluton, to deceive; matjan, to eat; gasopjan, to satisfy; (ga)supon, to season; gadragkjan, to give to drink; afluapjan, to quench; ufartrusnjan, to besprinkle; bi win dan, to wrap; weihan, to strive; gawargjan, to condemn; gaumjan, to E. g., sumaip pan lofam see; fra]>jan, to understand; etc. slohun (in a); and others smote (him) with the palms of their hands; Mt. 26, 67. jah bliggwands sik stainam, and beating himself with stones; Mk. 5, 5. b(i)nauandans handum, rubbing (them) with (their) hands; Lu. 6, 1. ik awl us gamelida meinai handau, I Paul have written (it) with my (own) hand; Philem. 19. waiirkjan handum izwaraim, to work with your (own) hands; I Thess. 4, 11. waurkjands swesaim handum, working with his own hands; Eph. 4, 28. natjan

gameljan,

fotuns is tagram jah skufta haubidis seinis biswarb, jah kukida fotum is jah gasalboda pamma balsana, to wet his feet with teal's, and did wipe (them) with the hairs of her head, and kissed his feet (Cp. §40), and anointed (them) with
the ointment; Lu.

anabusnai your command Mk. 7, 13. ap]?an sa andstaldands fraiwa pana saiandan jah hlaiba du mata andstaldip, now he
;

gu]?s ]?izai izwarai, making void the word of God through
7,

38.

blaupjandans waurd

that provides the sower with seed will also provide (you) with bread for (your) food; II Cor. 9, 10. ufdaupidai daupeinai Iohannis, being baptized with the baptism of John; Lu. 7, 29. ei ni gaumidedeina augam jah fropeina hairtin, that they should not see with (their) eyes, nor understand with their heart/ Jo. 12,40. jah us warp pans ahmans waurd a, and he cast out the spirits with (his) word; Mt. 8, 16. (b) with verbs of clothing, unclothing, and covering; as, (and-, ga-) wasjan, gapaidon, and-, ga-, ufar-hamon, dishuljan. E. g., jah ni wasjaip (Comp. hrewasjan, § 51, (1)) twaim paidom, and not clothe (yourselves) with two coats/ Mk. 6, 9. ufgaurdanai hupins izwarans (See § 15, (2), (b), note 2, (a)) sunjai jah gapaidodai brunjon garaihteins, being girt about your loins with truth, and being clothed with the breastplate of righteousness; Eph. 6, 14. ak gahamop fraujin unsarainma Xristau Iesua, and clothe (yourselves) with our Lord Jesus Christ; Rom. 13, 14. andwasidedun in a bizai

252

Cases: Dative.

52.

n a w a s t j m s \v 6 s a in t hey took off the purple from him (lit. 'unclothed him with the purple'), and clothed him with his own garments; Mk. 15, 20. (Cp. Col. 2,15). dishuljib it a kaea, covereth it with a vessel; Ln. 8, 16. E. g\, niu twai spar(e) with verbs of buying mid selling. nre not two sparrows bought for wans assarjau bugjanda, bize frabugjandane ahakim, of ;i farthing? Mt. 10, 29. them that sold (=were dealingwith) doves; Mk. 11, wairj>a galaubamma usbaulitai sijub, ye are bought with costly

rpur ai a h g a w a s
j

i

d §d

i

i

,

1

.

price;

I Cor. 7,

2•'}.

Cp. Jo. G, 7:

twaini liundam hlaibds

(loavee=) bread {bought) for two hundred pennies; and I Cor. 9, 7: hras drauhtinob swesaim annum Iran? who goeth a warfare any time ;it his own charges? 10. g., iah waldaib annum (3) ruling or management. izwaraim, and manage with your wages; Ln. 3, 1-1. Note. Ruling may be conceived as transitive, or as giving law or direction to
a dative, or as being master ofa genitive, or as being strong by means of instrumental. 1 ) In the above example aid an means to manage, conduct one's affairs (Cp. the German 'vralten'), the gloss gandhida sijaib, be content, being a better rendering of the Greek and Latin texts.

w

i

(1)

with verbs denoting violent motion ; 2 ) as, (af-, at-, us-)

wairpan, saian, (uf)straujan, asdreiban, afskiuban. 10. g., swasw§ jabai manna wairpij? fraiwa anaafrba, as if a man should cast (with) seed upon the (em-th=) ground: Mk. 4. 26. (Cp. 11, 23. 15, 24). ]>nk afwairpan stainam, to stone thee; Jo. 11, 8. atwafrpands baim silnbram in alh, casting down the pieces of silver in the temple; Mt. 27, 5. dn saian fraiwa seinamma, to sow his seed; Mk. 4, 3. Lu. managai ]>an wastjom seinaim Btrawidddun ana 8, 5.
wiga, and many spread (lit. with) their garments on the way; Mk. 11, 8. ei usdribeina imma, that they should cast him lr out; Lu. 9, 40. weis ni niahtrd in usdreiban bam• could we not cast him out? Lu. 9, 4•*}. £>izaiei suma? why in.• afskiubandans, which some havingput away; ITim.1,19.
(1 ii

Note.
lation:
a>.

A comparison

of

other languages (Cp.

§

52, (1), note) leads to the

supposition thai the dative after

galokan also may express an instrumental regalukands haurdai beinai, having abut tlijr door; lit. , 6. Here may be mentioned the dative after frawisan. e.g., bibfi ban frawas a lamma, and when lie had spent all; Lu. 1">. 14. (Cp. the Latin vescor with the
I-

instrumental ablative).

E.g., ungalanbeinai usbruknod£dun, be(5) cause. cause of unbelief they were broken oil': Rom. 11. 20. habaid&J
)

-)

March, Anglo-Saxon Grammar, > 300. Bee Bernhardt, Qotische Grammatik, S 164.

§§

52—53.]

Dative.

253

dun siukans sauhtim missaleikaim, had (any) sick with divers diseases; Lu. 4, 40. jah gahailida managaus ubil habandans missaleikaim sauhtim, and he healed many that were sick with divers diseases; Lu. 1, 34. ip ik huhrau fraqistna, and I perish with hunger; Lu. 15, 17. unte agisa mikilamma dishabaidai wesun, for' they were taken with great fear; Lu. 8, 37. aj'ban anstai g"u]?s im saei im, but because of the grace of God I am what 1 am; I Cor. 15, 10. swa, now (6) manner. E. g\, appan pamma haidau unagein skalkinon imma, to serve as so; II Tim. 3, 8. him without fear; La. 1, 74. swe in daga garedaba gaggaima, ni gabaitram jah drugkaneim, ni ligram jah
. .
. .

.

.

aglaitjam, ni haifstai jah aljana, let us walk honestly, as in the day, not in rioting and drunkenness, not in chambering and wantonness, not in strife and envying; Rom. 13, 13. jah atiddja ah ma sa weiha leikis siunai swe ahaks ana in a, and the Holy Ghost descended in (the) shape of a body like a dove upon him; Lu. 3, 22. niu ]>amma samin ahmin iddjedum, niu ]>aim samam laistim? walked we not in the same spirit, not in the same steps? II Cor. 12, 18. unte ufarassau kaiiridai
for we were pressed exceedingly; II Cor. 1, 8. E. g., ni waihtai botida, by (7) measure of difference. auk ni waihtai mik minnothing bettered; Mk. 5, 30. nizo gataujan, for I suppose to accomplish not a whit less

wesum,

man

than; II Cor. 11, 5. (Cp. Note 1. The verb skaidan,
seem to take an
§

§

30, (0).

to separate, and biniman, to takeaway, steal, original case, however, being the ablative. 1 ) (See instr. dative, the

54).

E.
9.

g•.,

manna bamma
it

ni skaidai,

man

shall not put that asunder;
is

Mk.10,

ibai ant'to

qimandans
(=

bai siponjos
the sepulchre)

binimaina imma,
(i.

lest

his disciples

come and deprive

of him

e.

to steal him);

Mt, 27, 64.
Also other constructions are used with many of the above mentioned verbs, according to the meaning (Cp. § 45; and § 46, note). Thus, for example, the verb uswairpan, to cast out (devils, spirits, Satan), generally takes the accusa-

Note

2.

tive; e.g.,

jah

beinamma namin
virtue

(instr. dative)

unhulbons

(ace.)

uswaur-

pum, and by

of thy name have {we not) cast out evil spirits? Mt. 7, 22. (See also Mt. 8, 16. Mk. 1, 34. 39. 3, 15. 23. 7, 26. 16, 9.); ouce (or twice; cp. Mt. In all other meanings 8, 31.) the instrumental dative (See (4), above): Mk. 3, 22. dative. uswairpan governs both the accusative and instrumental

Dative as Locative.
§

53.

The

locative
(a)

is

(1)

place where,

expressed by the dative. It denotes, with intransitive verbs of rest (Cp. § 39)
c;

!)

Cp. March,

Anglo-Saxon Grammar, §301, and

Whitney, Sanskrit Gram-

mar,

§

383,

a.

254

Caaee: Dative.

[§ 53.

compounded with the
atist u b
i 1
,

locative preposition at.
is

E.

g.,

unt€ mis

Bom. 7. 21. i]> ains sums ]iize atst a nd a ndane imma, and one of them that stood (lit. standing) by him; Mk. 14, 47. — (b) "with haftjan (sik), to cleave, continue, indulge/ (ga)standan, to stand; fagin n, to rejoice/ lropan, to boast, glory}) E. g\, haftjandans godamma (cleaving—) and cleave to {that which is) good; Rom. 12, 9. bidai haftjandans izwis, continuing; in prayer; wenai faginondans. ... bidai haftjandans. Col. 4, 2. continuing instant in prayer; Rom. 12, 12. rejoicing in hope ni weina filu haftjandans, not indulging much 'in wine,' I Tim. 3, 8. seinamma fraujin standi]*, to his own master he standetb; Rom. 14, 4. i]> ]>u galaubeinai gaatoat, and thou (hast planed thyself in =) standest by faith; Rom. 11, 20. unte galaubeinai gaatobub, for by faith ye stand; II Cor. ni 1, 24. — bamma ni faginob, in this rejoice not ; Lu. 10, 20. fa gin ]> inwindibai, rejoice not in iniquity; I Cor. 13, 6. ]>ifor evil

present with me;

.

.

.

zaiei
II

fram izwis lropa, for (lit. in) which I boast Cor. 0, 2. baim siukeins meinaizos lropau,

of you; / might

glory of the things concerning- mine infirmity; II Cor. 11, 30. ewaei weis silbans in izwis lropam, so that we ourselves glory in you; Similarly, with frabjan, to underThese. 1, 4. stand, mind (as the result of being mentally engaged in a thing). E. g., unte ni fra ]>j is ]>a m guba ak bai m manne. for thou mindest not the things of God but the things of men; Mk. 8, 33. waurda, hut they understood not ib eis ni frobun that word (saying); Mk. 9, 32. (c) of feeling or emotion, or with reference to which anything is or is done (Cp. § 15, (2), (b), (o ).'-') d s a h m in sei a m in a and sighing• deepa h u fa w 6 gi a E. g..

i

bamma

j

.

ly in his spirit; Mk. 8, 12. jah awinbndda ahmin, and waxed strong in spirit; Lu. 1, 80. aw&gnida ahmin IAsus. Jesus rejoiced in spirit; Lu. 10, 21. in ia nhl id a ahmin, he groaned in t lie spirit niaiiiir ahin, ofmen Jo. 11, 33. f ra wa rdida corrupt in mind/ I Tim. (>. 5. jah gaaleibeib sik saiwalai
:
i

aeinai and suffers damage

in

(respect to)

his soul:

Mk.

8, 36.

duganasjan bane gamalwidans hainin, to make whole those (that are) broken in heart; La. 4, 18. ewaswd fauragali

g'\

d a h a irtin,

according as he purposeth
j

in his heart

;

1

1

Cor.

'•>.

7.

—jah

Irsns bain frodein
Grammatik,
•;

a

li

wa

list a

jah anatai,
Whitney, Sanskrit

')

Cp. Bernhardt, Gotische

SS

161 and L65;

Grammar,
'-)

302,

c,

and

808.

Cp. Whitney, Sanskrit

Grammar,

808,

a.

§

53—5

4.]

Dative.

255

and stature and favor; Lu. 2, 52. wasub pan unkunbs wlita aikklesjom Iudaias, and was unknown by face unto the churches of Judea; Gal. 1, 22. rabjon s was we" fimf busundjos, in number about five thousand; Jo. 6,10. jabai unhrains ira waurda, akei ni kunbja, though I be rude in speech, yet not in knowledge; II Cor. 11, 6. gum a namin h a t a s Zakkaius, a man by name called Zaccheus Lu.19,2. namin Iaeirus, Jairus by name; Mk.5,22. jahgaskohai fotum in manwibai aiwaggeljons gawair]>jis, and as to your feet (or on your feet? cp. 1, (a), above) shod with the preparation of the gospel ofpeace; Eph. G, 15. ni waihtai gaska]>jands imina, hurting him not (=in no respect); Lu.

and Jesus

increased in wisdom

i

4, 35.

Note 1. It is not always easy to see whether the dative with verbs of rejoicing and boasting is a locative dative or an instrumental dative of cause. Thus the above examples of this kind are perhaps to be regarded as belonging under § 52, (4). Note 2. The verb frabjau also takes the accusative of a direct object (See § 15); e. g., bata saiuo; Rom. 12, 16. 15, 5. Phil. 4, 2. samo; II Cor. 13, 11.
Phil. 3, 16.

time when. E. g\, himma daga, this day; Mt. G, 11. jera hrammek, every year; Lu. 2, 41. ]?izai naht, that night; Lu. 17, 34. bizai kreilai, at that hour; Lu. 2, 38. mela gabaurbais seinaizos, {at the time of his birth =) on his birthday; Mk. 6, 21. wintrau, in the winter; Mk. 13, 18. sabbaon the sabbath; Mk. 2, 24. air uhtwon, early in the mornti ing (lit. ere day-break); Mk. 1, 35. anbaraim aldim, in other ages; Eph. 3, 5. daubu ni gasaihnb aiwa dage, I shall never ainamma (lit. not at the time of the days) see death; Jo. 8, 51. sin]?a, once; II Cor. 11, 25. ainamma sinba jah twaim, brim sinbam, once and again; Phil. 4, 10. I Thess. 2, 18. thrice; Mt. 2G, 75.
(2)

m

,

Note.

Here belongs also the dative absolute (= ablative absolute
§

in Latin,

genitive absolute in Greek); see

119.

Dative as Ablative.

This dative denotes place whence or separation from. It is found, (1) with verbs compounded with the ablative prepositions af
§

54.

afstandand sumai galaubeinai, some shall {the) faith; I Tim. 4, 1. ak afstobum bairn analaugnjam aiwiskjis, but we have {placed ourselves away
and fra. E. depart from
g.,

from =) renounced the hidden things of dishonesty (Cp. Rom. 11, 20, under § 53, 1, (b)); II Cor. 4, 2. jah fraliusands ainamma ]>ize, and losing one of them; Lu. 15, 4. jabai fraliusij>

V

256

Adjectives.

[§§ .",4— .",7.

drakmin ainamma,
]>;i]niiici

'if

she

will lose

one drachm; Lu. 15,
Lu. 15, 9.
(lit.

8.

fralaue,

which I
,

hud
I

lost ;

bammei

ik

haubib
oft' Tin-

a f in a mai t head); Mk. 0, 16.

whom

whom I cut afsloh imma ausO bata taihswo.
beheaded

from

cut off his ear, the right (our); Mk. 14, 47. Note. The last two examples may also bo explained
(2)

as belonging to

S

48.

—?

with Dileiban, to leave, forsake. E. <>•., dull* § mis bilaist, why hast thou forsdken me? Mt. 27, 46. iuuh ]>is bileibai manna attin seinamma iah aibein seiuai. for this cause shall a man have his father and his mother; Mk. 10. 7.

with a comparative degree. E.g., swinbdza mis ist, managizo bairn, move than is mightier than I: Mt. 3. 11. these; Mt. 5, 37. 111 a is fodeiuai. more than food: Mt. 6, 2."). wairsizei ]> a frumein, worse than the first; Mt. 27. 04. handugozei mannam, wiser than man; I Cor. 1. 2.~>. Note. Here belongs also the dative after frama and aahnma; 1 ) a ;r.. fru18. an par anparana munands sis an h uman iz wis before you; Jo.
(3)
i

i

;

.

111

a a. each considering another higher

than himself;

Phil. 2.

.*{.

Dative after Prepositions.

For the prepositions governing Grammar*, > 217.
55.

tin

1

dative, see 'Gothic

NOTE. It remains to say that the prepositions governing both tin• dative and with the former, and motion with the latter. But in and accusative denote ana often take the dative where we should expect the accusative: nee 'Glossary',

ADJECTIVES.
Genera] remarks on the inflection of adjectives will 1•»' found given in the 'Gothic Grammar', §§ 121 139 (particular attention being called to §§ 121; 122 and note; 132. notes 1. 3. and 10 of this syntax. and 4.) As regards agreement, see §§
>l

56.

'.)

usually followed by ba u than, with the person or thing compared. E.g., in managizo bau brija hnnda skatte. f'<>r mon> than three hundred pence; Mk.
£

."7.

A comparative

degree

is

.

atiddja ea garaihtoza gataihans du garda seinamma ban rafhtis jains, this {man) went down to his house

Ik

5.

[declared) morejustiaed, indeed, than that (one); Lu. is. 14. But it takes the (ablative) dative when bau is omitted; see §54, (3).
«

')

See 'Gothic Grammar*,

-

5

I• !!»:

and Leo Meyer,

'Die Gothische Sprache',

pp.

-it;?

and

-'«

§§

58— GO.]

Numerals.

Pronouns.

257

Note. Here may be mentioned the pleonastic use of mais with a comparative; niu jus mais wulprizaus sijup paim? are ye not better {of moi-e consequence), than they? Mt. 6, 2G. ak mais wairs habaida, but mther found herself worse (lit. found herself more worse); Mk. 5, 2G. i'ilaus mais usdaudozan, much more diligent; II Cor. 8, 22.
e.g.,

NUMERALS.
be used adjectively aud substantively. For the partitive genitive after numerals, see § 21. Concerning inflection, see 'Gothic Grammar', § 122, note; § 132, note 3; §§140 149. E.g., jota ains aippau ains striks, one jot or one title; Mt. 5, 18. wesunuh |)au garaihta ba (Cp. § 8), and they were both righteous; Lu. 1, G. bajopum (See § 49) gabairgada, both are preserved; Mt. 9, 17.
§

58.

Numerals

may

PRONOUNS.
I.
§

Personal Pronouns.

In Gothic, as in Greek and Latin, the subjective personal pronouns (See 'Gothic Grammar', § 150) are chiefly used for emphasis. See examples in § 2, (b), and note 1. Note 1. For pu and jus rendering- the Greek article in address, see § 14,
59.
notes 1

and

2.

II.
§

Reflexive and Possessive Pronouns.

60.

The
§

reflexive

pronoun seina, sis, sik, (See 'Gothic

150) refers to the subject of the clause in which it occurs (Cp. § 47, note 1). E. g., hro allis paurfte" gataujip sis manna, for what profit would a man do to himself; Lu.9,25. patei nih Saulaumon in allamma wulpau seiuamma gawasida sik s\ve" ains pize, that even Solomon in all his glory did not clothe himself like one of these; Mt. G, 29. So with a participle or an infinitive; as, jah gaf jah paim mi sis wis and am, and gave also to them which were (lit. being) with him; Mk. 2, 26. Lu. 6, 4. jah auk pai frawaiirhtans bans frijondans sik frijond, for the sinners also love those sis, that love them, jah gawaurhta twalif du wisan mi But the and he ordained twelve to be with him; Mk. 3, 14. personal pronoun is, etc., refers to a word other than the subject within its clause, or to a word outside its clause. E. g., J?ozei

Grammar',

laistidedun afar Iesua fram Galeilaia andbahtjan17

258

Pronouns.

[§§

00—02.

deins

which followed Jesus from Galilee, ministering unto him; Mt. 27, 55. jabai nu g'u]' hauhibs ist iu imma (tie Son), jah gub hauheib ina (the Son) in sis (God), jah suns ha uh id a ina (the Son), if therefore God be glorified in him, God shall also glorify him in himself, and hath straightway glorified him; Jo. 13, 32.
i

m in a,

Note. The English one another is rendered (1) by miseo, (a) alone; e. g., Tnisso in neiba wisandans, (being reciprocally in envy=) envying one Another; Gal. 5, 20. (b) with the oblique case of a personal pronoun; e. g., ewaei sokidedun mib eis misso, insomuch that they (jnestioned with one another;

Mk.

1, 27.

— Cp. also Gal. 0, 2.
sis

(2)

by anbar;

as,

ak

....

anbar anbarana

munauds

§54, (.3), note, libus, for we are members one of another ; Eph.
Bee

auhnman;

unte sijuin anbar aubaris
-1.

25.

a dependent clause the reflexive pronoun refers to the subject of this clause, but the pronoun is to the subject of the leading verb. E. g., jah suns ufkunnands Iesus ahmin seinaranLa batei swa ]>ai mitdd§dun sis, and Jesus immediately knowing in his spirit that they so reasoned within themhrileiks ist sa, ei jah windos jah marei selves; Mk. 2, 8. ufhausjand imma? what manner of man is this, that even (the) winds and (the) sea obey him'.' Mt. 8, 27.
61.

In

thic

62. The reflexive possessive pronoun seine, etc. (See 'GoGrammar', § 151) is subject to the rules given in the preceding paragraphs for the reflexive seina sis. sik. E.g., lrazuh modngs bro]>r seinamma i]> saei qi]nb bro]>r seinamma raka, whosoever is angry with his brother...', and whosoever shall say to his brother, Raca; Mt. 5, 22. wasuhban Maria soei salboda fraujan balsana jah biswarb fons is (i. e. of the Lord) skufta seinamma (i. e. Mary's), it was (that) Mary which anointed the Lord with (balsam—) oint£
,

.

.

.

;

t

ii

qi]>a izwis, ment, and wiped his feet with her hair; Jo. 11, 2. |>atei haband mizdon seina, I say unto you that they have t heir reward: Mt. (>, 5. jah warb bibdusf ullnodedun dagos
to pass, (that,) as soon as (the) days of his (i.e. Zncharias) ministration were accomplished, he departed to his own house; Lu.
is,

andbahteie

galaib du garda seinamma, audit came

jah (qino) ba|> ina ei ]»o unhulbon uswaiirpi ns danhtr and (the woman) besought him that he would
1,23.
cast forth the devil out

,

of her daughter: Mk.
seiuai
in II

7, 20.
14.

Note
in
I

1.

izi stands incorrectly for

(Or.

1),

and
?

is

foreeinfts

Tim.

5, 18. 2.

possessive prononu

may

be used substantively; see

B2, (2). (c).

§?

? —07.]
III.
§

Demonstrative Fronouns and

Article.

250

Demonstrative Pronouns and Article.

The demonstrative pronoun (See 'Gothic Grammar', §153) sa is used both substantively and adjectively, and expresses the Greek and But it sometimes occurs where the Greek text has no pronoun at all. When used adjectively, it stands either before or after the substantive. E. g., hnleiks ist what manner of man is this? Mt. 8, 27. j ah sa sa libai]? in meina, even he shall Jive by me (lit. in the interest of me); Jo. 6, 57. sa unmahtins unsaros usnam jah sauhtins usbar, Himself took our infirmities, and bare (our) sicknesses; Mt. 8, 17. sa was auk swaihra Kajafin, for he was father-in-law to Caiaphas; Jo. 18, 13. — aina anabusne pi 6 minnistono, one of these least commandments;
63.

,, .
()

()!

()

()

Mt.

5, 19.
§

bize minnistane, of these least ones; Mt. 10, 42.

The demonstrative pronoun sah, soh, batuh, (See 'Gothic Grammar, § 154) is likewise used substantively and adjectively, and refers to a preceding relative clause or some other antecedent. E.g., ip saei..., sah (8 * & mikils hait a da, but whosoever ..., the same shall be called great ; Mt. 5, 19. was Samareites, and he was a Samaritan ; Lu. sah (\
64.

gaggandei gataih paim, and she " and told them; Mk. 16, 10. patuh (going^=) went sain , the same (i. e. in the same way); Mt. 27, 44.
17, 16.

)

. .

,

)

soh

()

(

)

The pronoun jains (*??. See 'Gothic Grammar', § 156) is used both substantively and adjectively, and is often found with the article. E. g., jah jainana afslohun, and (that—) him they killed; Mk. 12, 5. in jainamma daga, in
§

65.

that day; Mt. 7, 22. bi am razna jainamma, and beat upon that house; Mt. 7, 25. ip jainaim paim uta, but unto them (that are) without; Mk. 4, 11.

ma

is

Also the defective *his (See Gothic Grammar, § 155) used alone or with a following substantive, but never with the
§

66.

article.

E.g.,

fram himma, from

unci hita, until now;
15, 6.
§

henceforth; Jo. 13, 19. 14, 7. Mt, 11, 12. Mk. 13, 19. Jo. 16, 24. I Cor.

67.

definite

The pronoun sa has oftenest assumed the force of the article. But its primary nature is even then perceptible

instances where it is connected with words signifying objects wmich are before, near, or about us or the person speaking or acting, especially in a direct quotation. Hence also with reference to present time, and to that which has just occurred.
in

many

260

Article.

[§§

67—G8.

Furthermore, when a word is again mentioned or in any way Upon the whole it may be said, that the definite referred to. article is used to express individuality, and that which is known: Hence its or to point out that which shall be made known. omission with substantives that denote individuality of themIt is frequently omitted where it is selves (See § 08, note 2). found in the corresponding Greek text, but, except nine or ten times, it is not used when it does not occur in Greek. )

1

§

68.

The Gothic

article occurs,

with substantives, or adjectives used substantively, (a) appellatives, («) alone. E.g., jah liuhtei]> allaim bairn (See garda, and it gives light unto nil (2), (a), below) in Mt. 5, 15. audagai ]>ai hrainjahairthat are in the house; tans, blessed (are) the pure in heart; Mt. 5, 8. () qualified by an adjective or participle, the article preceding the attribute followed by its substantive. E. g., unte usgibis bana minnist'an kintu, till thou hast paid (lit. pa vest) the uttermost (lit. bize ligandane weihaize, of the least farthing; Mt. 5, 26. of the lying saints)/ Mt. 27, 52; or the saints which slept (lit. substantive followed by its attribute; e. g., in daga ubilin, in the evil day: Eph. 6, 13. ]>o us sis niaht usgaggaudein the virtue having gone (lit. going) out of him; Mt.5,30; or standing between the substantive and its attribute; e. g., hlaif unsarana ]>ana sinteina gif uns himma daga, our daily bread give us this day; Mt. 0, 11. jah rums wigs sa brigganda in fralustai, and broad {is) the way. that leadeih (lit. the leading) to destruction/ Mt. 7, 13; or occurring twice, both before the substantive and its adjective; e. g., lu so laiseino so niujo? what (is) the new doctrine? Mk. 1, 27; or before each of two attributes, the substantive following the first; e. g., ei aflagjai]> bana fairnjan manna bana riurian, that ye put off the old man, which is corrupt (lit. the corrupt); Eph. 4, 22; or before the first of two attributes; e. g., jah allai ]>ana eaman mat ahmeinan matidedun, and did all eat the same spiritual meat I Cor. 10, 3. (b) (rarely) emphasized or in apposition (where it is often proper names, when omitted in English, especially when the proper name stands alone). E. g., mij> Iesua )>ainma Galeilaiau, with Jesus the (tableau; in baimei was Marja so Magdalene, jah Mt. 20, 69. Marja s6 Jakdbie jah Jos£zis aibei, jah aibei suniwe Zafbafdaiaue, among which was Mary (the) Magdalene, and
(1)

bamma

bamma

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

:

i)

Bee Bernhardt, 'Der Artikel hu Gotischeu', p. 2eteeq.

§ 68.]

Article.

261

the mother of James and Joses, and (the) mother of (the) sons of Zebedee; Mt. 27, 56. maiza Iohanne ]?amma daupjaudin, a greater than John the Baptist; Mt. 11, 11. (See note 2, below). (2) with adverbs or adverbial (ov prepositional) phrases, (a) alone. E.g., jus us bairn dalabro siju]?, ib ik us bairn iupabro im, ye are from benedth, but I am from above; Jo. 8, 23. banuh qibib jah bairn af hleidumein ferai, then shall he say also unto them on the left side; Mt. 25, 41. ei sijai at mis bat a ja ja jah ne ne, that with me there should be (the) yea, yea, and nay, nay; II Cor. 1, 17. (b) with a substantive (or a word used substantively) preceding the article; e. g., all aim bairn in garda (See (1), (a), (a)); the adverbial phrase standing between the article and its substantive; e.g., gaggam

Mary

bamma

let us go into the villages and towns near by; Mk. 1, 38; the substantive standing between its article and the adverbial phrase; e. g\, Moses auk melei]? ]?o garaihtein us witoda, for Moses describeth the righteousness (which is) of the law; Rom. 10, 5.

du bairn bisunjane haimom jah baurgim,

(3)

with a substantive or pronoun in the genitive (Cp.

§

21).

E.

niu jah bai biudo bata samo taujand? do not even the heathen the same? Mt. 5, 46. s was we" bai biudo, as the
g.,

heathen (do); Mt.

6, 7.

unte
end),

ni fra]>jis bairn gu]>s

manne

(See

§

53,

(1), (b),

ak bairn ak jah bo anbaraize hrarjiz-

uh, but every one also the (things) of othei-s; Phil. 2, 4. E. g., ib sa afar mis gag(4) Avith a participial phrase. ganda, but (the {one) coming after me =) he that comerh after me; Mt. 3, 11. (For further examples, see (1), (a), {), above). (5) with an infinitive phrase. E. g., Ira ist bata us daubaim usstandan, what the rising from the dead should mean (lit. is); Mk. 9, 10. ib bata du sitau af taihswon meinai aibbau af hleidumein nist mein du giban, but (this;) to sit on my right (hand) or on my left is not mine to give; Mk. 10, 40. (6) Avith a whole clause or sentence. E.g., bata jabai niageis galaubjan, (the) if thou canst believe; Mk. 9, 23. bata auk ni horinos, ni maurbrjais, ni hlifais, ni faihugeigais, ...in bamma waurda usfulljada, bamma frijos neluundjan beinana swe buk silban, for this, thou sh alt not whore, thou shalt not murder, thou shalt not steal, thou shalt not covet, it is comprehended in this (word — ) saying, (in this,) thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself; Rom. 13, 9.
.

.

.

Note

1.

Some

definite persons

substantives denoting certain kinds or classes of people, or or things, iu the sacred writings, are very often used with the

2<i2

Pronouns.

[§3

08—70.

bai boknrjos. thescribes; bai gudjans, the chief (or high) priests; siponjus. the diaeiptee; J'ui einistans, the eldest; )>ai reiks. the rulers; bai Fareisaieis. the Pharisees; biz§, bairn Herodiane, -um, of, to the Herodians; so managei, -eins, the multitude;— sa biudans. the king• timrja the carpenter; — baorgs, the city (of Jerusalem); so alhs, the temple (at Jerusalem)•, so dulps, the paschal feast (Easter): etc.
article; as,
}>ai
.

Proper names generally (Cp. § 08, (1), (b): and § 07) occur without 2. the article: also gu)>. and frauja and atta, when signifying God. But gup and atta preceded or followed by an attribute are also found with the article Ibre belong also sunno, sauil. the sun; himius, heaven; halja, hell; danbus, death; marei, sea; airba. earth, but with the article, when it means soil; furthermore, dags and nahts, but with the article, when denoting particular

measure

of time.'

IT.
S

Relative Pronouns.

pronoun is formed by adding the relative particle ei to demonstrative and personal pronouns (See 'Gothic Grammar". §§ 157 and 158). The relative pronoun saei, s6ei, batei, S 70. E. g., jah atbair (1) follows the word to which it refers. and offer (tin-•) gift that Moses giba ]>oei anabaub commanded; Mt. 8. 4. ni wafht auk ist gahulib batei ni andhuljaidau, jah fulgin batei ni ufkunnaidau, for there is nothing covered, that shall not be revealed; and hid, that shall not be known: Mt. 10, 26. fraletan a in ana bizai nianagein bandjan banei wild€dnn, to release unto the people
<30.

The Gothic

relative

,
John,

;i

prisoner,

bammei
lay;

ana they would: Mt. 27. 15. bata badi in which the sick of palsy lag sa usliba, the bed
.

whom

.

.

.

Mk.

2, 4.
it.

whom I beheaded; (See § 54, (1), end): Mk. 6, 16. jah saei sandida mik atta. and the Father which sent me; Jo. 5, 37. ak saei mik sandida, atta. but the Father which sent me; Jo. 12. 4'.). ist saei wrdhida izwis
r.

(2) J oli a

precedes

E. g.,
it is

bammei

ik

haubib afmaimait

sa ist,

Mum's,
t

a u

i

i]>

Moses who hath accused you; J<>. 5. 45. i|^ sari ja h la isja swa sa h mikils ha it a da but whoever
it

is

i

.

.

shall

do and teach
1.

so, the

same

shall be called great; Mt. 5, 19.

omitted;

A demonstrative pronoun to which a relative refers, is sometimes wait auk atta izwar )>iz<i jus J»a rbu )•. for your Fa titer ]> knoweth ('that' of which =) of wh.it ye have need Mt. 6, 8. bammei leitil fralttada, leitii trijod (Cp. 'Gothic Orammar', £ 74. note 1 . bat [be) to
:
i

whom
')

little />

forgiven, tovetb little: Ln. 7. 47.

Sk• Bernhardt, 'Der Artikel im Gotischen',

p.

8; particularly, his remarks

on dag

71—73.]

Relative Pronouns.

203

Note 2. For saei and soei we often find izei and sei, respectively; also izei for baiei (See Gothic Grain mar, note 3); e. g., mik ., maunan izei suuja izwis rodida, me, a man that hath to hi von (the) truth; Jo. 8, 40. in baurg Galeilaias sei haitada Nazaraib, unto a city of Galilee, which was named
.

Nazareth; Lu.
izei

1, 26.

atsailuib
in

qimand at izwis

swebauh faura liugnapraufetum bairn wastjom lambe, beware (however) of false proits

phets (of them) that come to you in sheep's clothing; Mk. 7, 15. Note 3. As regards the agreement of the relative pronoun with or its antecedent, see § 7; and § 8, note.
§

predicate

71.

A

relative

pronoun

is

sometimes assimilated to the case
i.

the relative takes the case of the word to which it refers, irrespective of the construction of the verb of the relative clause. E. g., in allaize J^izeei gahausidedun jah gasetuun, for all the things that they had heard and seen; Lu 2, 20. jah afdailja taihundon dail allis bizei gastalda, and 1 (deal out=) give {the tenth deaT ==) tithes of all that I possess; Lu. 18, 12. bi waldufnja I'ammei frauja fragaf mis, according to the power which (the) Lord hath given me; II Cor. 13, 10.
e.
.

of its antecedent in the genitive or dative,

i

demonstrative pronoun, to which a relative refers, is frequently omitted, and the relative itself attracted into its case. (Cp. §70, notel). E. g., duhre bai siponjos peinai ni gaggand bi bammei anafulhun bai sinistans, why walk not thy disciples according to (that) which the eldest have handed
§

72.

A

down? Mk.

7, 5.

ei

taujau bammei qibib biudan Judaie
1

,

that I shall do unto (him) whom ye call (the) King of (the) Jews? Mk. 15, 12. ni waiht ufar batei garaid sijai izwis, lausjaib, exact nothing beyond (that) which is appointed you; Lu. 3,13. jabai leiVirid fram baimei weneid andniman, if ye lend (to them) of whom ye hope to receive; Lu. 6, 34. (See also 9, 36.). ei galaubjaip bammei insandida jains, that ye lielieve on (him) whom he hath sent; Jo. 6, 29 (See also 7, 31.), etc.
Note. A substantive is sometimes attracted into a relative clause, and agrees with the relative pronoun; e. g., and banei dag galaib Nauel in arka, until the day that Noe entered into (the) ark; Lu. 17, 27. ib bammei daga usiddja LOd us Saudaumim, but the (same) day that (lit. in what day) Lot went out of Sodom; Lu. 17, 29. salida in bammei was stada twans dagans, he abode two days in the place in which he was (lit. in what place lie was);
Jo. 11, 6.

The relative pronouns ikei, bu-ei, juzei, etc. (See Gothic Grammar, § 158) refer to pronouns of the first and second persons. E. g., ik auk im sa smalista apaiistaule, ikei ni im wairps, for I am the least of the apostles, that am not
§

73.

worthy; ikei
. .

I
.

Cor. 15,9.

hauns

a ]? ]> a ik s b a Pawlus b d a izwis... im in izwis, now I Paul myself beseech you ...
i

1

i

j

2(54-

Pronouns.

[§§

7.— 74.
,

who

.

.

.

am

base
. .

among you;

II Cor. 10,

1.

mik

.

.

.

ikei

]?u Iras is faura• was, me ., who was before; I Tim. 1, 13. skalk? who art thou thatjudgest ]>uei stojis frama^jana iii buzei waila another man's servant? Rom. 14, 4. bu in whom lam well pleased; Mk. 1, 11. -a lei k aid a, thou
. . .

.

.

.

bukei wilda (marginal gloss to in buzei bu waila galeikaida; see) Mk. 1, 11, (above), jus sijuj> juzei,
Lu.
3. 22.
.
. .

yeare they which; Lu. 16, 15. jus, juzei simle wosuj> fairra juzei, for ye who sometime were far off; Eph. 2, 13. izwis you, who; II Cor. 8, 10. izwis juzei, to you who; Eph. 2, 17. lausai sijub af Xristau, juzei, ye are separated from Christ, 4. who; Gal. in izwis, juzei, in you that; I Thess. 2. '. before whose ej izwis ... izwizei faura augam, you
.

.

.

•"),

.

.

.

Gal. 3,

1.
1.

Note
ik

Sometimes eaei occurs instead
i

of ikei;

e.

c,•..

ik ira saei weit-

wodja bi in k si ban, lam {one) that bear witness about myself; Jo. 8, Pawlus .. saei uu fagino, [Paul. who now rejoice; Col. 1, 24 (in 11).
I
.

18.

Note
note
1);

The antecedent of both ikei and saei is sometimes omitted (See e.g., lansai eijnp af Xristau, juzei in witdda garafhtans
2.
;

§

2,

qi-

bip izwis, ye are separated from Christ, who justify yourselves in the law Gal. "). 4. anstai gupe im saei im, by the grace of God lam what (lit. who) lam;
I Cor. 15, 10.

NOTE

•*5.

For hnleiks used as a

relative, sec

3

77. note.

Y.
$

Interrogative Pronouns.
(See Gothic

74.

The interrogative Iras

Grammar,

§

159)

is

used,
(1) in direct questions, (a) substantively.

E.g., leas ist sa

[>uk? who is he that smote thee? Mt. 2G, 68. Iran a wiloi]) ei fraletau izwis? whom will ye that I release unto Ira sijai bata? what may this be? Mk. 1, 27. you'.' Mt. 27, 17. h• is bidja u? what (lit. of what; see § 26) shall I ask? Mt. 6. 24. a galei |>;i in a ? to whom shall we ^o? Jo. 6, 68. <lu Ira

slahands

mm
4.
in

i

(b) adject ively.

E.g., Iras

manna

izwara, what man ofyou;

Lu.

1").

always substantively. E. g\, Ira tauji]' taihswo beina, what thy right (hand) doeth; Mt. 6, 3. unto wait lram in a galaubida, for I know whom I have believed; II Tim. 1, 12.
(2)

indirect questions,

None

1.

The interrogative Iras

is

seldom used attributively (See

(1),

(h).

above); a eubstantive following usually occurs in the geuitive (See § 21), with which i I agrees in gender; e. g., lms izwara, which ofyon? Mt.G, 27. in hi ammo waldufnie bata tanjis by what authority doest thou this.' Mk. 11, 28.
.'

in hrainuia waldufnjfi

bata tauja, by what authority I do

this; .Mk. 11, 29.

SS

75

— 77.]

Interrogative Pronouns.

265
Kris
i 1
i

lira

waiirde? what a word (lit. of words)•, Lu. whn t manner of spirit ye are of; Lu. 9, 55. hra a what (of) evil has he done? Mk. 15, 14. Note 2. The neuter Ira is sometimes used like

4, 30.
1
1 i

s

ub

s

ah m an A sijup, g a t a \v d a ? why,
i

irrespective of

the Greek or the Latin quid, masculine, feminine, or plural following; e.g., hra kara unsis, a

is that to us (lit. why, or in what respect, care to us; see § 15, (2), (b), note 2, and § 15, (1), note 4); Mt. 27, 4. hra ufarassus mikileins mahtais is, what (is the) abundance of (the) greatness of his power; Eph. 1, 19. — And like rt' qua re?, quomodo?; as, lira panamais draibeis panalaisari? why iron blest thou the master any further? Mk. 5, 35. hra auhjop jah gretip? why do ye make this noise and weep? Mk. 5, 39. ip pu hra stojis bropar peinana? bm why dost thou judge thy brother? Rom. 14, 10. — For und lira, in hris, see the

what

(a);

7

Glossary.

Note
§

3.

For hras used

indefinitely, see § 78,

note

2.

The interrogative luabar, which of the two?, whether? (See Gothic Grammar, § 160) is always used substantively, a substantive following takes the genitive. E. g., luabar ist azetizo, w tether is easier; Mt. 9, 5. Mk. 2, 9. Lu. 5, 23. hrabar nu bize, qib, mais ina frijod, tell me therefore, which of them will lo ve him more? Lu. 7, 42. tuabar skuldedi maiza? which of them should (be) greater; Skeir. Ill, a. The interrogative luarjis, which, who, (of several. See § 76. 'Gothic Grammar', § 160) is chiefly (See, (2), below) used substan75.
tively,
(1)

both

in direct

and

indirect questions.

ize wairbib qens? whose wife shall she be of them (lit. to which of them, etc.)? Mk. 12, 23. hjarja ist allaizo anabusne frumista? which hrarjis bize is the first of all commandments? Mk. 12, 28. wairbib qens? whose wife of them is she? Lu. 20, 33. in luarjis bize waurstwe staineibmik? for w hich of those works do ye stone me? Jo. 10, 32. E. g\, hrarjis (2) in indirect questions, (a) substantively. should be the greatest; Mk. 9. 34. hrarjis maists w£si, who bau ize" maists wesi, which of them should be greatest; Lu. 9, 46. luarjai sind bai ni galaubjandans, who (were the not-believing ones =) they were (lit. are) that believed not; Jo. ik wait luarjans gawalida, / know whom I have 6, 64. chosen; Jo. 13, 18; (b) adjectively: witu]? auk hiarjos anain direct questions.

E.

g.,

hrarjamma

r

busnins atgebum izwis,
we gave you;
§
I

for ye

know what commandments
.

Thess. 4, 2.

The interrogative luileiks, of what soH? (See 'Gothic Grammar', § 161), is either substantive or adjective. It is used, E.g., luileiks ist sa, what manner, (1) in direct questions.
77.

of man

is

this? Mt. 8, 27.
(lit.

in hrileikai

gajukon gabairam
it?

bo?

with

in)

what comparison shall we compare

Mk.4, 30.

266
lu ileik a

Pronouns.

[§J

77—78.

sort was t hen your blessedness? Gal. 4, 15. (2) in indirect questions, lveleika (e for i see 'Gothic Grammar, §161, note) Avesi so goleins, of what sort this salutation

wa

a

d a ge

i

izwsra, of wha t

;

should be; Lu. 1, 29. lrileika so qino, of what sort this woman (is); Lu. 7, 39. hi ileik am ma dau]»au skulda gad a \>, what death be should die; Jo. 12. 33. (See also 18, 32. Gal. 6, 11.
.

Eph.
.

1, 18.
It is

3, 9.)

Note.

sometimes a

relative, (1)

with a following correlative (swaleiks);

tuileike sa muldeina, ewaleikai jab ]>ai mnldeinans, hnleiks ufarhimioaknnda, ewaleikai jab )>ai afarhiminakandane, as (is) the

earthy (mac) such (are) the earthy {men) nl»u, as (is) tlie heavenly (man), eucb lrileikai siuni ... swaleikai. (;>re) the heavenly (men) also; I (or. 10, 48. such (will we he): II for. 10,11. (2) without a correlative: each as we are lrileikai simle wesiin, whatsoever tiny nine were; Gal. 2, G. lrileika mis watrbnn ... k-ileikos wrakjfts us)>ulaida, which earns unto me what persecutions I endured, II Tim. 3, 11.
.
.

.

.

.

.

VI.
^

Indefinite and Distributive Pronouns.
indefinite

78.
:

The

sums

(See 'Gothic

Grammar',

£

162)

used

someone, plural some. E.g., seleum sumaua, we saw one: Mk. i). 38. jah dugunnun sumai speiwan ana wlit is, nnd some began to spit into his face; Mk. 14,65. taitok mis (See § 40) sums, somebody bath touched Often with a partitive genitive (See S 21 me; Lu. 8, 40. certain on'•, some one (a) following the genitive; as. jah qi nono euma, and certain woman (lit. of women): Mk. 5, 2•"». hund a fa d 6 ]>an sum is ska Iks, and a servant of a certain
(1) substantively:

)

:

.•/

«•>

centurion (lit. of certain one of centurions); Lu. 7, 2. (b) as. ]>arnh sumai ]>iz8 l>o-karje qe]nm, umh bepreceding it; hold, certain of the scribes said; Mt. 9, 3. jah gasaihrandans sumans )>ize sip6nj€ is. and when they saw {lit. seeing) some of the disciples of his; Mk. 7. 2. Also followed by in with the dative; as. hraiwa qi]>and sumai in izwis, bow say some

among you;
I

[Cor. 15, 12. jah ganasjau eumans us im, and might save some o/(lit. out of) them; Rom. 11, 14. (2) adjectively: certain, some, (a) following its substantive.

E.g.,
ni

twai dulgis skulans w§sun dulgahaitjin sumamthere were

a.

two debtors to a certain creditor

(i.e.

.•/

certain

id a imma creditor had two debtors; see §35); Lu. 7,41. \\ a fr sums ns baurg, there met him out of (the) city a certain man; Lu. 8, 27. (b) preceding it. E.g., afppau euma (for-s•. erroneously regarded as an indefinite pronoun), either n certain

ga mot

§§

78— 79.]

Indefinite

and Distributive Pronouns.

267

in sumai baurg, there was in a (certain) city a (certain) judge; Lu. 18,2. Also strengthened by ains; as, jah ains sums juggalan]>s laistida afar imma, and there followed (after) him a certain young man;
Lit. 15, 8.

woman;

staua was sums

Mk. 14, 51.
Note 1. The indefinite sums, sometimes with -'uh, -h, is often used in en umerative expressions; e.g., managoi ... qebun beiluou wairban (For construction, see § 112) suniaih qebun: aggilus du imma rodida, (the) people said that it was thunder, otlievs said : an angel spake to him; Jo. 12, 29; so sums s u in s sums sumsuh sumsuh s m s u h etc. Note 2. The interrogative hras (See § 74) is frequently used as an indefinite pronoun; e.g., jah ni wild a ei hras wissedi, and he would not that any mnn should know (it); Mk. 9, 30. J?atei brobar beins habaib hra bi pu\i, that thy brother hath aught against thee; Mt. 5, 23.
. .

.

.

.

.

;

.

.

.

;

.

.

.

;

formed by affixing- -hun to manna, man, Iras, who?, and ains, one. (See Gothic Grammar, § 1(53). not. All occur with the negative particle
§

79.

Indefinites are

i ,

E. g\, sailtr ei mannhun (dative) ni qi]?ais waiht, see (that) thou say nothing to any man; Mk. 1,44. ni mannahun auk ist saei tauji]> maht in uainin meinamma, for there is no man which shall do a miracle in
(1)

ni

mannahun.

my

name; Mk.

9, 39.
,

occurring always in the nominative singular. ash u lagji]? du pi at a fan an ]?arihis ana snag a fairnjana, no man putteth as a patch a, piece frawil \vi ]> of new cloth unto an old garment; Mt. 9, 16. jah
i

(2) ni krashun E.g., a]']»an ni In

h;

a s h u ]? 6 us h a ndau m e out of my hand; Jo. 10, 28.
(3)

i

ai

,

and no man

shall pluck

them

ni ainshun, (a) "without a substantive. E.g., ni ainshun ist in kunja ]?einamma, there is none in thy kindred; Lu. 1, 01. ni ainummehun gaskoj^um, ni ainnohun frawardidedum, ni ainnohun bif aihodedum we have done wrong to no man, ire have corrupted no man, we have defrauded no man; II Cor. 7, 2. (b) with a partitive genitive. E. g., jah ni mahta jainar ainohun mahte gataujan, and he could do there no mighty work; Mk. 6, 5. ni ]?auh gauesi aiiihuu leike, no flesh (lit. none of bodies) should be saved; Mk. 13, 20. E. g., jah ainshun us iz(c) followed by us with the dative. wis ni fraihni]? mik, and none (out) of you asketh me; Jo.
,

1G, 5.

jah ainshun us im ni fraqistnoda, and none

(out)

of them hath perished; Jo. 17, 12. Note. When a sentence contains a negative idea, the particle ni is sometimes omitted; as, sai jau ainshun ]>ize reike galaubidedi imma aibbau Fareistiie? has any of the rulers or of the Pharisees believed on not); Jo. 7, 48. Skeir. VIII, c.
him'.' (i.e.

they have

268
80.

Pronouns.

[5

-

expressed by affixing -uh to the interrogative pronouns. (See 'Gothic Grammar', $ 104). E.g., lrazuh auk (1) lrazuh, every, (a) substantively. i n a 1 tad a, for e very one shall be suited with fire; Mk. 9. 4i>. fu jah lrazuh in izai nau]\iada, and every man is pressed into it; Lu. 16, 10. A dependent substantive or pronoun takes the E.g.. lrazuh gumakuudaize uslukands qij'u. genitive. every {one of the) male opening (the) womb; Lu. 2. 23. lraninu'h J?an bidiandane ]>uk gif. ^ive to every man that asketh
every, each,
is

The English

to every one of (those) asking tliee); Lu. 6,30. ij? Iron qinono bidjandei, but every woman that pray eth (lit. every one of women, praying); I Cor. 11.5. (b) attributively. E.g.. daga lraninieli was at izwis. everyday I was with you; Mk.

of thee

(lit.

14.49.
(2), (b),

iah niinai galgan sei nana dag lr anoh (. S 15. note (2), (,?), and take up his cross daily; Lu. 9. 23. lr ei
1

h, everyhour; I Cor. 15, 30. dagis lrizuh, daily; Neh. 5, 18. Note 1. participle following lrazuh is sometimes preceded by the article: lrazuh nu sa gahausjands at attin, every man therefore that bath beard (lit. hearing) from the Father; Joh. (i. 4•"). lrazuh sa galaubjands do in in a. ever man that beBeveth on him; Rom. 10, 11. J Note 2. The indefinite relative whoever, whosoever, is expressed (ai by lrazuh saei or salrazuh saei (or izci: see § 70, note 2: and 'Gothic Grammar', e. g., lrazuh saei eafhrib qindn, whosoever looketh on a woman; Mt. § 164 28. h-azuh saei afletai qen, whosoever shall put away hie wife; Mt. 5, 31. — salrazuh nu snei hauseib wnurda meina, therefore whosoever heareth my words; Mt. 7. 24. salrazuh nu saei andhaitij> mis, whosoever therefore shall confess we (See § 45); Mt. 10, '2. batahrah bei (=batei; see 'Gothic
hr
.

i

|;

•".

Grammar",

g 1

7.

note 2)

\vil<'i)>

bidji]'. ye shall ask whatever ye will; Jo. 15, 7.

batahrah bei bidjaib attan, whatsoever yet shall ask {of the) Father; .Io. 15, 16. — salrazuh izci asqimib izwis, whosoever killeth you: Jo. 16, 2. salrazuh i/.t-i biudao sik silban taujib, whosoever maketh himself kims:
Jo. 10, 12.
]'

(b)

by
...

bishramh
afaika jah

followed by saei or ei in
ik.

all

eases;

<•.

g. t

i

)>

is

Ira

oh saei

hut whosoever

bidei mik bishrisnh )"• (See (a), soever thou wilt; Mk. 6, 22 (See also 28).
lit 10,88.

him will I also deny; above) wileis, ask of me what.

.

.

by lrarjizuh (See 'Gothic Grammar', 5 165), (a) substantively; e. g.. lrarjizuh Ira n&mi, what every man should take; Mk. 15, 24. lr arj a nimf'h SWaswG gu]> gadailida mit;i)> galaubeinais. according as God hath dealt to every man (the) measure of faith; Rom. 12. 3. with a partitive genitive: jah Iran a toll hunslA sail a salt a da. and every sacrifice shall be salted with salt; Mk. 9, 49. lrarjizuh izwara whosoever of you; Lu. 14, 33. (b) attributively: e. g.. and dul]> )>an lrarjoh, now at every feast; Mt. 27. 15 (See also Mk. 15, 0: and Bkeir. IV. b.).
(2)
utm-lv:

NOTB. The indefinites lrazuh and lrarjizuh with numerals are used distribwans lranzuh. and begun to e. g.. jah dngann ins ineandjan

§§

81—82.]
t

Indefinite

and Distributive Pronouns.
G, 7.

209

send them forth by

wo and t wo Mk
;

.

j

uh, and sent them two and two; Lu. by fifties in a company; Lu. 9, 14.

10,

1.

a h u s a d d a ins twang banz— ana hrarjanoh fimf tiguiis,
i
i

§81. Each of two and each one of two are rendered by lirabaruh and ainhrabaruh, respectively (See 'Gothic Grammar',
E. g., ei]>an ruabarammeh usgibaima, therefore we should gi ve each; Skeir. V, d. ainluabarammehseina
§

166).

.

.

.

anafilhandam,
§
all,

82.

The

indefinite alls (See Gothic

each one commending his baptism; Skeir. Ill, a. Grammar, § 122, notel),
(a)

whole, every, is used:
(1)

without or with the article. E. g\, unte allata wairbib, till all shall be fultilled; Mt. 5, 18. faura bairn allaim, before them all; Mt. 26, 70. (b) with a personal pronoun. E. g., eis allai gadomidedun ina skulan wis an daubau, they all condemned him to be (a debtor unto death, i. e.) guilty of death; Mk. 14, 64. (c) (all) with a genisubstantively,
tive singular. E. g., jah all manageins and the whole (of the) multitude resorted

iddjedun du imma,
unto him; Mk.
the day long;
2, 13.

all

dagis,

(the whole of the day,

i.

e.) all

Rom.

(d) with a genitive plural, where it likewise occurs in the 8, 36. neuter singular, and may be rendered by every. E. g\, all b ag-

godaize, every good tree; Mt. 7, 17. us allamma haimo Galeilaias, out of every town of Galilee; Lu. 5, 17; or agrees with the substantive in gender; as, in is all kniw£ biugib jah andhaitib all razdo guba, every knee shall bow to me, and every tongue shall confess to God; Rom. 14, 11.
in e

with or without the article. E. g., alia so hairda, the whole herd; Mt. 8, 32. jah hailjands alios sauhtins jah alia u hail j a, and healing all sicknesses and every (Cp. (1), (d), above) disease; Mt. 9, 35. (b) with the pronoun jains. E. g., jah usiddja meriba so and alia jaina airba, and the fame hereof (lit. this fame) went abroad into all that land; Mt. 9, 26. in allai airbai jainai, in all that country; Mt. 9, 31. (c) with a possessive pronoun used substantively, either with or without the article. E. g., jah all bata mein bein ist, and all mine is thine; Lu. 15, 31. jah fraqimandei allamma seinamma, and having spent all (hers =) that she had; Mk. 5, 26. (cl) with other words, or phrases, used
(2)

adjectively,

(a)

in allaim god aim, in all good things; Gal. 6, 6. jah allans bans ubil habandans gahailida, and healed all that were sick (lit. all 'the- evil -having'); Mt. 8, 16. jah liuhteib allaim bairn in bammagarda, and it giveth light unto all that are in the house; Mt. 5, 15.
substantively.

E.

g.,

270

Verb:

Voices.

[§S

83—84.

THE VERB.
Voices.
83. The Gothic has two voices, Active and Middle. Of the middle voice there remain only a few. but frequently occurring, forms of the present indicative and optative. Since those forms have a passive force, the middle voice is also called Passive Voice,
§

or Medio-Passive. The remaining passive tenses are formed by means of the preterit participle and the corresponding tenses of E. g., daupjada, he is baptized, dauvv air ban and wisan. pi]>s was or war]?, he was baptized.
Note.
Verbs
iu

-mm,
§

originally inchoatives, often have

a medial meaning (See

'Gothic Grammar',

194; and

my

'Comparative Glossary of the Gothic Lauguage',

page 592).

verb in the active voice expresses what the subject does or is, while in the passive voice the verb expresses what the subject suffers. E. g., abban ik in watin izwis dan pi a; ib a afar mis gagganda swinbSzamisist, / indeed baptize you with (lit. ;'/;) water, but he that cometh after me is mightier minnista haitada, shall be called (tin•) than I; Mt. 3, 11. h-ast; Mt. 5, ID.
§

84.

A

Note NOTE

1.

The
The
let

subject nominative of personal pronouns

is

generally omitted

(Sc.'S2, uotel).
2.

active of the Greek text
e.

is

often rendered passively in Gothic,
10.
ei

<loubt for the (sake of clearness;

/),
Ilk. 9, 42.

£.,

dnubn.ii a fdau|>jaidau (for
7,

him be put to death ; Mk.
is.

asiluqafruus ana halsaggan
Ulit-6 ui
(*>,

lilohjanda
bi]»e

(for

),

that a millstone were laid about his tieek; for ye shall {be caused to laugh—

rejoice; Lu.

born; Jo. K!, 21. are we yet blamed'.' Horn, 1),
the child
is

«,:*

but as soon as but why So especially where we render the Greek person 11). by the indefinite they, men; as, Ibai lisanda (for af bafirnuin Weill abas j a? are grapea gathered of thorns ( = ilo men gather grapes of thorns).' Mt. 7, 10. in it ads gdda good measure gibada (lor shall In• given; Lu. 0, 88. (Sec also 41: lisanda for Iloth active and passive in the same sentence: gal isada ... galagjand ... iubrannjada (for
21.
i)>

barn, gabaurau ist (for apbau Ira liaiih faianda (for

)

galagjaidan

(for

-.:)

>«:

no

.

.

.

Note 3. Reversely, a Greek passive construction, even a present form, is rendered by a Gothic active veil.; e. <;.. ju.ll dnatsnewnn (for anil drew to the shore; Mk. 0, 53. jah gasl <*>]> (for so ha due is, and his hand was whole again, Lu.(>, 11.— ip lesus ga w an djands sik (for but Jesus turned him about, and (lit. turning himself); Mt.9. 22. (Si e alxo Mk. .", 30). jah ganlei]>rib sik (for <'^) saiwalai eeiual? ami in-

;

.

.

.

),

.

.

.

)', •.

)

.;)

),

.

.

.

15, 0.

-),

-•;), ,)

/

§§

84—86.]

Tenses.

271

jureth himself in regard to his soul; Mk. 9, 3G. Here must be mentioned the infinitive active for the Greek infinitive passive (the latter being also expressed by a preterit participle and wairpan or wisan, or by a conjunctional clause; s. § 10(3,
note); e.g., therefore to

bait nu witan

(for

-^)
G4.

watch the sepulchre;

Alt. 27,

painma hlaiwa, command gameljau (for

-.<'.)

an a midjungard, to (enroll for taxation —) tax the whole world; Lu. 2, 1. Mariin, to enroll (himself)' with Mary; Lu. 2, 5. jah (so) anameljan mi and suffer death; Lu. 9, 22. usqimau (for Note 4. The preterit participle of intransitive verbs has an active (and, like
all

&),

the present participle, sometimes

come;
]}

gaqumaus,
,

au

s

an adjective) meaning, e. g., qumans, having having come together; usgaggaus, having gone out; wafirh a u h ft h t s high-minded, proud; a d a p a h t s ha ving become, being;

,

vigilant; etc. 1 )

Note

5.

Concerning the dative governed by passive verbs, see

§

49.

Tenses.
The Gothic verb has two tenses, Present and Preterit (Perfect). The future is expressed by the present or (rarely) by ha ve; d u g means of sk u 1 an shall; h a b a a u begin, etc. see (I) 86, (1), and note 1. 86. The present expresses, § (1) continued present action, a general truth or an habitual
§

85.

,

,

i

,

action.

E.

g\,

amen auk qiba

izwis, for

verily

I say unto you;

jah jabai taihswo J>eiua handus marzjaibuk, afmait J?o jah wairp af pus; batizo ist auk }>us, etc., and if thy right hand offend thee, cut it off, and cast (it) from
Mt.
5, 18.

thee; for it is profitable for thee, etc.; Mt. 5, 29.
(2) sometimes a past action; so in vivid narration, the Greek using the same tense for the aorist. (Historical present). E. g\, uauhban imma rodjandin gaggip sums maune, while he yet spake, there cometh a, certain man (lit. of men; see §§ 21 and 78); Lu. 8, 49. baruh farjandans swe spaurde .k. jah .e.

aip^au

.1. gasailuaud Iesu, so having rowed about five and twenty or thirty furlongs, they see Jesus; Jo. 6, 19. g a t i u h a d ina du Fareisaium, they bring him to (the) Pharisees; Jo. 9, 13. bo qa]>, jah afar p>ata qibib du im, these things said he, and after that he saith unto them; Jo. 11, 11. banuh Iesus gaggi)) du am ma hlaiwa, Jesus therefore cometh to the grave; Jo. 11, 38. Sometimes the present and the preterit occur interchangeably for the Greek historical present; as, jah
. . .

atiddjedun (for wo dan, and they come
(one); Mk. 5, 15.
*)

)

.

.

.

du Iesua, jah gasailcand bana
came) to Jesus, and see the possessed
|>ize

(lit.

jah sai qimib ains
§

synagogefade,

See Bernhardt, (Sotisclie (Jranimatik,

170.

272

Verb.

[
(for x&mt)

86.

namin Jaeirus jah sailrands ina gadraus
f

du

turn Iosuis, and, behold, there cometh of the rulers of the synagogue, Jairus by Dame, and seeing him be Ml at the feet of Jesus; Mk. 5, 22. g a gg ]> Fili u s j a h <] ]m ]> d u A ndraiin, jah aftia Andraias jah Filippus qe]>un (for du IT'sua, Philip eometh and telleth Andrew, and again Andrew and Philip told Jesus; Jo. 12, 22. The Greek historical

)
>
|

i

i

present

more frequently rendered by the preterit; see § 87. E. g., Bah (3) the Greek future (Cp. notes 1 and 2, below). iz wis d a u e in ah mi wei ham m a, ho, howe ver, shall baptize you with (lit. in) the Holy Ghost; Mt. 3, 11. audagai pai hrainjahairtans, unto ]>ai gu]> gasailr and, blessed
is
i

(are) the pure in heart, for they shall see
(shall)

God; Mt.
cast
a,

5, 8.

qimand

bist a pass
.

come inland
. .

...

bigraband
surround

(shall)
. .

trench about ...

(shall)

saei maur]>rei]> skula wuir]>i]> stauai, thou shalt not kill; and whosoever killeth shall he subject to judgment; Mt. 5, 21. ni ufarswarais, Vp nsgibais franjin ai^ans ]>einans. thou shalt not forswear (thyself), but shalt perform unto the Lord thine oaths; Mt. 5, 33. und Ira at izwis sijau? und lira ]> u w is? how long shall I be with you ? how long shall I su/Jer you'.' Mk. 9, 19. jabai gibaidau kunja ]>anima taikne, if there should be given a sign (lit. of signs) tint this general ion: Mk. 8, 12. Avoujaauk ei pafrh bidos izwaros fragibaidau izwis, for I trust that through your prayers I shall be given unto you; Phil. 22.
L. 19,

())

gaibnjand (shall) lay 4-. 44. — ni maurprjais

()] ()
.
. .

biwaibjand (shall) encomeven lt't and (shall) leave;
. i ]>

ii

1

;i

i

— —

when this has a present moaning. atist (for asans, because (the) harvest E. g., ante is come; Mk. 4, 29. aipei peina jah brdprjus peinai stanthy mother and thy brethren stand withfit;i nd (for out ; Lu. 8, 20. gatra.ua (for for I am persuaded; in garda Rom. 8, 38. pinmagns humus ligi]> (for servant lieth at homesick of the palsy: Mt. 8. (>. aslipa, my — Sometimes the preterit is used; see § 87.
(4-)

often the Greek perfect,

(1

) ) )
,

--,
,

1,

The Greek
(b)
li.v

skiilan;
he? Lu.
lint

e.

., Ira skuli

Future ia further rendered (See §85), (a) onfie by means of bat a barn w a r]>a n wli.it manner of'cbUd shall this
;

1',.

hal»a

as

)>a

in

there shall also

what I tin, 12. ei ...jah tauji]» jah taujan liabaib, that ye both do and will do; II These. 8, 4. (c) by means of duginnaU; a>. antdgaunon {ah grfttan duginuid, for ye shall mourn and weep; Lu. 6,23. jah in |>amnia latino. ,ik«-i {ah fa gin 6 duginna and J therein
,

my servant he; Jo, L2, ami w ill do; II (Or. 11,

sa and bah ts in eins w isa liaba |>, 26. i]' ]>a tauja, jah taujnn haha,
1 1 i «

t

-

§§

86—87.]
rejoice, yea,

Tenses.

273
;

(d) by means of anawairbs e. g., bn~ agli]>os, that we should suffer (lit. Unit, it wns future to us to suffer) tribulation; IThess.3, 4. izei anawairba wesuu du galaubjan imraa, which should hereafter believe on him; I Tim. 1, 16.

do

and

will rejoice; Phil. 1, 18.

tei

auawairb was uns du winuau

i

Note 2. The past future is likewise expressed by the present tense; e. g\, usgaggis jainbro, unte usgibis bana mi an is tan kintu, thou shalt not come out thence, till thou (shalt ha ve =) hast paid the uttermost (properly least) farthing; Mt. 5,26. hana ni hrukeib, unte bu mik afaikis kunnau brim sin]'ara, the cock shall not crow, till thou (shalt have=) hast denied (to know)
i

me

thrice; Jo. 13, 38.

§

87.

The

preterit is the only

tense for the past.

It ex-

presses,

continued or repeated past action (Imperfect). E.g., jah andbahtida imma, and (continually) served him; Mt. 8, 15.
(1)

habaidedunuh ban bandjan gatarhidana, Barabban,
they had then a notable prisoner, Barahbas; Mt. 27, 1G. id wei tided u imma, reproached (=were reproaching) him; Mt. 27, 44. ib eis bahaidedun, but they held their peace; Mk. 3, 4.
(2)

a past
E.
g\,

action, with reference to its present completion

(Perfect).

galaubeins ]>eina ganasida

]>uk, thy faith

hath made thee whole; Mt. 9, 22. Mk. 5, 34. trauaida du gu]?a, he trusted (i. e. heretofore) in God; Mt. 27, 43. sai

smakkabagms banei fraqast gabatSrsnSda,
fig tree

which thou cursedst
(for
6, 2. 16.
§

nemun

reward; Mt.

)
86,
j

is

behold, (the) withered away; Mt. 11, 21. aud-

mizdon seina,
The Greek

they have (received) their

perfect is usually rendered

by

the present; see
(3)

(4).

simple past action, i. e. an isolated occurrence, Avithout reference to another action or to its completion or duration. It answers to the Greek aorist. E. g., jah atiddja dalab rign

jah

qemun aluos jah waiwoun Avindos jah bistugqunbi ]?amma razna ainamma, jah ni gadraus. and (the) rnin
and the floods came, and the winds blew and beat upon that house; and it fell not; Mt. 7, 25. jah stibua qam us himinam, and there came a, voice from heaven; Mk. 1, 11.
descended,

answers to the Greek historical present (the latter being sometimes rendered by the present; see § 86, (2)). E. g., jah qab imma Iesus, and Jesus said unto him; Mt. 8, 4. jah qab du imma Iesus, and Jesus said unto him; Mt. 8, 7. 20. jah suns sai ahma ina ustauh in au]>ida, and, behold, immediately the Spirit drove him into (the) wilderness; Mk. 1, 12. jah galibun in Kafarnaum, and they went into Carpernaum; Mk. 1, 21. 1°

Here belongs also the

preterit

Avhich

274
(4)

Verb: Moods.

[§S

87—90.

a past action which had already occurred previous to a certain time in the past, or when another completed action com-

menced (Pluperfect).

bandwdn, and baiei in auhjodau maurbr gatawidedun,

E. g\, atuh-]?an-g'af sa idwjande im the traitor had given them a token; Mk. 14, 44.

had comwitted murder in the insurrection; Mk. 15, 7. in neibis atg§bnn iua bai auhumistans gudjans, for envy had delivered him the chief priests; Mk. 15,10. af bizaiei nswarp sibun unhulbdns, out of whom he had cast seven devils; Mk. 1G. >. us biz aiei usidd j &dun unhulbdns sibun, out of whom went
that
seven devils; Lu.
Notb.
8. 2.
(

Examples of the compound See § s:\) passive ben» (a) Imperfect: jah daupidai w£sun allai, and were all baptized; Mk.1,5. m£rida weaun alia bo waurda, all these sayings were noised abroad; Lu. 1, 65. jah tauhane was in ahmin iu aubidai, nnd was led by (tlic) Spirit in
(ilir)

wilderness] Lu. 4, 1.
Perfect:
is t,
1
>

gamelib

alia garabana Bind, are all numbered; lit. 10, 80. banel of whom it is written Mt. 1 1,10. jah jabai eatana . . . gadaibe divided; Mk. '. 20. liba war]', and ifSatan (c) Aoriet: batei qi]>au ist. tli.it it was said; Mt. >, 21. 27. :v.\. 38. '.
(I»)
il

I was thirsty, Mt. 25, 42. jah aswaurhta afbauraibe was (for am eeinaim, and wisdom was {;uul ga 6 m da wa rb ha ndugei fra m ba
i

)
.
. .

;

is still)

deemed righteous of her children
,•?

;

Mt. 11, 19.
for
it

(d) Pluperfect:

ante gasulib was ana etaina,
Mt.
2.~>.

[bad been=) was

founded njton

rock;
is.

was. on which
iraa
<1

their city

u

daura

ana bainniei so baargs 7, {had been=) was built; Lu. 4, 20. sah and he had been laid at his gate: La. 16, 20.

gatimrida

atwaurpaua

Aloods.
§

88.

The Gothic language has three moods,

Judicative, Oj>-

(See Gothic Grammar, taiive (Subjunctive), and Imperative. K)7. (3 ). Concerning• the Infinitive, which is sometimes classed
>i

With the moods, see

§

106.
Indicative.

used simply to express a fact, i.e. to declare, affirmatively or negatively, a person or thing as acting or existing. E. g\. a bba k i w a tin w s d a u pi a i)' s;i afar gagganda ewinbOza mis ist, I indeed baptize you with water, hut he that comet h after me is mightier than I; Mt. 8, 11. For further examples, see §§ 86 and 87.
£

89.

The

indicative

mood

is

i

i

:

Optative.
S

90.
is

tive

While the indicative expresses an actual fact, the optaused to state what is merely conceived in the mind; as, a

§5 )()

— 01

.]

Optative.

275
p

exhortation, possibility, doubt, and the like. The optative occurs both in independent and dependent sentences (Cp.
wish,
§

91, note 1).
I.

Optative in independent sentences.

In independent sentences the optative implies, (1) a ii/.s/j (optative proper). If the wish can be fulfilled, the present optative is used. E. g•., weihnai am ]?ein; qimai biudinassus ]?eins; wairbai wilja ]?eins jah ni briggais uns in f raistubnjai, hallowed be thy name, thy kingdom come, thy will be done and lead us not into temptation; Mt. 6, 9 13. wairbai mis bi waurda beinamma, be it unto me according• to thy word; Lu. 1, 38. hul]?s sijais mis frawaurhtarania, be merciful to me a sinner; Lu. 18, 13. gub gibai izwis, God grant you; Rom. 15, 5. With the particle waiiiei Lt. utinam); as, wainei jah usmaitaindau ]?ai drobjandans izwis! would that they were even cut off which trouble you! Gal. 5, 12. The preterit optative implies that a wish is not, or can not, be fulfilled. E. g•., i]> wissedeis hadst thou but known ! Lu. 19, 42. with wainei: jah wainei biudanodedei]?, and would that ye did reign! I Cor. 4, 8. wainei usbulaidedeib meinaizos leitil hja unfrodeins, would that ye could bear with my folly a little! II Cor. 11, 1. (2) an exhortation. E. g•., bairhgaggaima ju und Be];>1 ah aim jah sailiraima, let us now go unto Bethlehem, and see; Lu. 2, 15. gawaurkjaima hleibros brins, let us make three tents; Lu. 9, 33. sijais waila hugjands andastauin beinamma, agree with (lit. be well thinking towards) thine adversary; Mt. 5, 25. nih bi haubida beinamma swarais, neither sh alt thou swear by thy head; Mt. 5, 36. swa nu bidswa 1 u h t j a i 1 i u h a b j a i b jus, so therefore pray ye; Mt. 6, 9. izwar, so shall your light shine; Mt. 5, 16. (3) possibility or probability. E.g., jah (ban) b an a gar d is diswilwai, and then he may plunder the house; Mk. 3, 27.
§

91.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

(,

.

.

.

!

.

.

.

i

aib]?au hras imma fruma gaf, jah fragildaidau irama, or who has first given to him, and it should be recompensed unto him again? Rom. 11, 35. bairaima jah frisaht bis himinak dins, we shall also bear (the) image of the heavenly; I Cor. 15, 49. sa bairai bo wargiba, he shall bear his (lit. the) judgment; Gal. 5, 10. ib waurstw sein silbins kiusai (exhortative) luarjizuh, jah ];an in sis silbin luoftulja habai (potential), but let every man prove his own work, and then shall he have rejoicing in himself; Gal. 6, 4.

27G

Verb: Moods.

[§§91—93.

Here belongs also the optative in a direct question. E. g., Ira sijai ]>ata? what may this be? Mk. 1. 27. Iras bannu sa jan sijai? who may he be? Mk. 4, 41. Iran buk sehruni and did not ni andbahtidedeima bus? when saw we tliee minister unto thee (i. e. could it be possible that we did not minister unto thee, when we saw thee?); Mt. 25, 44.
. . .

.

.

.

Xote

1.

It should be noticed that in affirmative sentences the hortative opta-

what should be, or be done, either now or in the future, while the imperative generally implies that which the subject desires to be, or be done, immediately (Cp. § 10.">). E.g., qimai piudinassas beins; wafrpai wilja peine, thy kingdom conn•, thy will be done; Mt. 6, 10. but: hlaif unsarana pana siiiteinan gif nns himma daga; jah a f t nns batei skulans sijaima, give us this day our daily bread, and forgive us our debts (lit. that which
tive expresses
1

we owe); Xotr
lcopau,
cern
(lit.

-Mt. G,

11. 12.

2.

It is

sometimes doubtful whether an optative has a hortative or a po-

tential force;
if it

e. •.,

jabai hropan skuld sijai, paim einkeins meinaizds
let

behoove to glory, [might (or of) mine infirmity; II Cor. 1 1. •'!().

me) glory of the things which con-

II.

Optative in dependent clauses.
1.
I.V

OBJECT CLAUSES.

used in object clauses implying doubt. uncertainty, contrariness, and the like. The object clause is introduced by the conjunctions ei, batei, bei (See 'Gothic Grammar', The verbs of In» leading clauses are usually S l.">7, and note 2). verbs olsaying, thinking, hearing, permitting, and the like. E. g.,
§

92.

The optative

is

ni

hugjaib

ei

qemjau gatairan wit6b aibbau praufe-

tuns, think not that
prophets/ Mt.
5, IT.

lam

come

to destroy {the) law, or

(tin•)

taujan? sidSdun

believe ye, that
ei is

ga-u-laubjats batei magjau bata lean do this? Mt. 9, 2S. badei hau<>.
.".").

wesi, where they heard {that) he was; Mk.

sis ei weseiua garaihtai, which trusted in themselves that they were righteous; Lu. 18, 9. jus qibib batei \va jamerjau, say ye that I blaspheme? Jo. lo. .''>(). jali ni qiba izwis ]>ei ik bidjau attan bi i/.wis, will pray the Father for you; and I say not unto you, that batei attan selri lc a s, noi that (i.e. / will not Jo. 16, 20. say that) nny man hath seen the Father/ <>. 6, 4(i. iragif ug-

baiei eilbans

trauaidodun

i

taihswon beinai jah ains af hleidumein beinai sitaiwa, grant to us that we may sit, one on thy right
kis
ei

a

ins af

{hand),
S

9G) object clauses after verbs of willing, commanding, or the opposite. E.g., wifinal

and the other on thy left 93. The optative occurs in

{hand);
(Cp.
S

lei/.u ei

qibaima, fon atgaggai us hiraina jah fraqimai

§§

93— no.]
wilt

Optative:
i

(

im,

thou that we
§

command
9, 54.

fire

and consume them? Lu.
clauses, see
§

to

come down from heaven
of final

For further examples

96.

The optative in object clauses is used after verbs of fearing. E.g., og izwis ibai sware arbaididedjau inizwis, I am afraid of yon, lest I have bestowed labor upon ou in vain; Gal. 4, 11. ab]>an og ibai aufto ... riurja wairbaina frabja izwara af ainfalbein, but I fear, lest by any means ..
94.

vour jninds should be corrupted;

II Cor. 11, 3.

unteogibai
. . .

aufto qiraands ni swaleikans swe~ wiljau bigitau izwis, jah ik bigitaidau izAvis sAvaleiks swe" ni wileib ibai aftra qimandan mik gup gahaunjai at izwis, jah. qaino managans, for I fear, lest, when I come (lit. coming), I shall not find you such as I would, and that I shall be found unto jou such as you would not .; lest when I come again, my God will humble me among you, and that I shall bewail many; II Cor.
. .

12, 20. 21.
§

95.

The optative often occurs

in indirect questions.

the present optative, («) after the present tense in the leading clause. E. g., ni maiirnai]? saiwalai izwarai hra
(a)

lira drigkaib, nih leika izwaramma lire* not anxious for your life, what ye shall eat and wasjaib, be what ye shall drink, nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on; Mt. 6, 25. i]i sun us mans ni habai]? brar ha u bib sein anahnaiwjai, but the Son of man hath not where he shall lay

matjaip jah

his head; Mt. 8, 20.

— {)

after the preterit in the leading sentence.

E.g., Fareisaieis frehun ina skuldu sijai mann qen afsatjan, (the) Pharisees asked him, if it be lawful for a man to put away (his) wife; Mk. 10, 2. frehun ban ina siponjos is qibandans hra sijai so gajuko, and his disciples asked him, saying what this parable might be; Lu. 8, 9.
(b) the preterit optative,
ing* clause.

always after the preterit

in the Lead-

E.g.,

jah witaidedun imma, hailidediu sab-

they watched him, whether he would heal (him) on (the) sabbath day; Mk. 3, 2. jah sokidedun hraiwa ina innatbereina jah galagidedeina in andwair]>ja is, and they sought (means) how they might bring him in and lay him before him; Lu. 5, 18. ni ku an dans lua]:>ar skuldedi maiza, not knowing which should be greater; Skeir. Ill, a.
2.
§

bato daga, and

In Final Clauses.
is

(Cp.

§

93.)

96.

A

purpose or motive
§

tative (proper; see

91,

(1)).

generally expressed by the opThe final couj unctions, or better.

278

Verb: Moods.

90.

the conjunctions introducing• final clauses, are ei (intensified dube ei), that (to this end, for this cause, ei, in pis ei, du that), \>e\, that, ibai, lest.

bamma

A

final clause takes,

leading clause.
i

(«) after a primary tense in the liuhtjai liuhab izwar ei gaswa d a w a first w a j a h h a u h a a a11a a iz w s a lu a that They may see your izwar an a, let your light so shine

(a)

the present optative,
E. g., ara g

.

.

.

j

i

.

.

.

good

and glorify your Fat her: Mt. 5, 16. sailu ei m ami ni qibais, see that thou ted no wan; Mt. 8, 4. ibai lukarn qimibdubeei uf melan satjaidau aipbau uudar ligr? u e ana lukarn as tab an eat j aid a u is a candle brought
works,
i

i

,

Joes perhaps a candle come) to be put under a bushel, or under bed. anil not to lie set on a candlestick? Mk. 4, 21. salbo haub-ib bein jah ludja b-eina bwah, ei ni gasailr aizau man am fa stands, ak attin beinamma, anoint thine head, and wash thy face; that thou appear not fasting unto men, gabaurans but unto thy Father; Mt. 0, 17. 18. du faira (jam (Perfect) in im (Perfect) jah du pa Iran ei weitwodjau sunjai, to this (end) was I born, and for this (cause) came 1 into the world, that I should bear witness galisib b6s aflifnandeins unto the truth; Jo. 18, 37. drauhsnos, bei waihtai ni fraqistnai, gather up the resijais maining fragments, that nothing be lost; Jo. 6, 12.
(lit.

mm

bamma bamma

wa ila hugjands an da si a uin beinamma ...ibai lean a tgibai buk sa andastaua stauin, jah sa staua buk atgibai andbahta, jah in karkara galagjaza, agree with
thine adversary to the judge, and
.

the adversary deliver thee tin' judge deliver thee to the officer, and (then) thou wilt be cast into prison; Mt. 5, 25. hait nu wit an bam.
.

lest

at

any time

ma hlaiwa and bana
daiis bai siponjOs is

bridjan dag, ibai aufto qimanbinimaina m in a, jah qibaina du
i

managein, command
third day,
lest

therefore to watch the sepulchre until the

his disciples

come by

night,

and steal him away,
after the preterit in
. .

and eay unto

the multitude: Mt. 27, 04.
i

(,5)

ei ninia i the leading clause. E. g\, Muses ga nicl da u sis brObar is bo qfin is jah ussatjai barna br6br seinamthat his brother should (and shall) ma, Moses wrote unto us take his wife and raise up children unto his brother: Mk. 12, 19. bato rodida iz\vis,ei ni afmarzjaindau, this have I spoken unto you. that ye should (and shall) not be offended: Jo. 1<>. 1.
.
.

.

.

jah ussOk im aiwaggfili

...

ibai swan* rinnau, and com-

§§

90-07.]

Optative

279
lest

municated unto them the gospel run in vain; Gal. 2, 2.
(b)

.

.

.

by any means I should

the preterit optative, (a) once after a primary tense in the leading clause. E. g., atgibana ist mis hnupo leika

satauins,.ei mik kaupastedi, there is given to me a thorn in my flesh, a messenger of Satan, to buffet me; II Cor. 12, 7. () after a secondary tense. E.g., jah allans bans ubil habandaus gahailida, ei usfullnodedi, and healed all (the evil- havings) that were sick, that it might be

meinamma, aggilus

ruua nemun allai jah bai sinistans manageius bi Iesu,
fulfilled;

Mt.

8,

16. 17.

(bai)
ei

gudjans

afdaubide-

deina

in a, all the chief priests and elders of the people took counsel against Jesus to put him to death; Mt. 27, 1. jah qa]>

baim siponjam seinaim ei skip habaib wesi at imma in bizos manageins, ei ni braiheina ina, and he spake to his
a ship should be (held=) ready for him because of the multitude, lest they should throng him; Mk. 3, 9. ussok ibai sware rinnau (See last example under im aiwaggeli (a), (), above) aibbau runnjau, communicated unto them the gospel lest by any means I should run, or had run, in vain;
disciples that

.

.

.

.

.

.

Gal. 2, 2. Note. Also the
f
§

infinitive

is

used to express purpose; see

§

114.

3.

In consecutive clauses.
in consecutive clauses is

97.

The optative

used to express

a

result.
(a) after ei, that,

so that. E. g., bu Id as is ei and wanrdjais guba? who art thou that repliest against God? Rom. 9, 20. After wairbs in negative clauses; as, bizei ik ni im wairbs


ei

anahneiwands andbindau skaudaraip skohis is, the latchet of whose shoe I am not worthy to stoop down, and unloose (lit. whose I am not worthy that stooping clown I unloose the latchet of his shoe); Mt. 3, 11. ni im wairbs ei uf hrot mein inngaggais, I am not worthy that thou shouldest come under my roof; Mt. 8, 8.• Lu.7, 6. ju banaseibs ni im wairbs ei haitaidau sunus beins, / am no more worthy to be called
ikei ni im wairbs ei haitaidau apaustaulus, that am worthy to be called an apostle; I Cor. After verbs signifying to bring about: niu mahta sa 15, 9.

thy son; Lu. 15, 19. 21.

izei

uslauk augona bamina blindin, gataujan

ei

jah sa

ni gadaubnodedi? could not this (man), who opened the eyes of (lit. to; see §48) the blind, bring about that even this (man) should not have died? Jo. 11,37. abban mahteigs ist guj>

280

Verb:

Moods.

[§§

97—99.

alia anst ufarassjan in izwis, ei ufarassjaib in alia m m a w a iir s t w e g d a e and God is able to make all grace a hound in you, that ye may abound to every good work (lit. every one ofgood works); II Cor. 9, 8. taujaib ei jah in Laudekaion aikklesjon ussiggwaidau, cause that it be read also in the church of Laodicea; Col. 4, 16.
.
.

.

i

,

.

.

.

(b) iifter

ewaei, swaswe

(Cp.

§

115), that, so that.

E. g.,

swaei ni mahtedeina sunjus Israelis fairweitjan du wlita Mosezis, 80 that the children of Israel could not steadfast ly behold the face of Moses; II Cor. 3, 7. swaei bedeima Titaun, bo that we desired Titus; II Cor. 8, 6. swaei sijai da peine Iohannes ana mid umai twaddje ligandei so that the baptism of John be lying between the two; Skeir. Ill, d. — swaswe fairgunja mibsatjau, .so that I could remove
,

mountains;

I Cor. 13, 2.

4.
§

In causal clauses.

cause or reason is generally expressed by the indicE. g., Abraham atta izative, sometimes by the optative. war si f aid a ei gasehn dag meinaua, your father Abraham rejoiced, because he should see my day; Jo. 8, 56. jah fagino w a r a e g a a b j a i b and I rejoice for your sakes, tha t i i ye may believe; Jo. 11, 15. usfullei]? meina fahed ei bata samohugjaib, fulfill ye my jov, that ye be likeminded; Phil.
98.
,

i

1

,

2, 2.
5.
£

In relative clauses.

In relative clauses the indicative expresses that which actually is or is done, the optative that which is merely conceived in the mind. The indicative relative clause is therefore often used attributively for a Greek attributive adjective, or participle.
99.

The

relatione expressed by optative relative clauses are as follows:
(a)

consecutive (Cp. § 97), after negative and interrogative clauses. E.g., ni wafhts ist utabro mans inngaggando in iua |>;iici magi in a gamainja.n, there is not hing from without a wan, th.it entering into him can defile him: Mk. 7, 15. n mannahun auk ist saei taujib maht in namin meii

jah magi sprauto u bil wa urd a mis, for there is no man which shall do a miracle (i.e. if he really does a miracle;
ii ;i

in ni

;

j

hence the indicative) in my name and lightly be able (potential optative) to speak evil of me ; Nik. 9, 39. leas saei frawaiirhins afl£tai? who is this that forgiveth sins'.' Lu. 7,49. Iras
t

ban izwara skalk aigands arjandan aibbau haldan-

99.]

Optative.

281

dan, saei atgaggandin af haibjai qibai? but which of
you, having a servant ploughing or feeding (lit. holding, i.e. holding cattle), that will say unto him (when he is) corning from the field? Lu. 17, 7. Also the relative clause is often negative: ni

ist gahulib )>atei ni andhuljaidau, jah fulj in batei ni ufkunnaidau, for there is nothing covered, that shall not be revealed/ and hid, that shall not be known; Mt. 10, 26. nih allis ist lua fulginis batei ni gabairhtjaidau, for there is nothing hid, which shall not be manifested; Mk. 4, 22. ni auk ist analaugn batei swikunb ni wairbai, nih ful-

waiht auk

gin batei ni gakunnaidau jah in

swikunbamma

qimai,
nor
ni

for Dot (anything) is secret that shall not be made manifest; hid, that shall not be known and come abroad; Lu. 8, 17.

ainshun auk
acle in

ist

manne
9,

saei ni
is

gawaurkjai maht inna-

min meinamma,

for there
50.

no man, who

may
. .

ist nimai managfalb in mela, there is no man ..., who shall not receive manifold in this time; Lu. 18, 29—30.
.

my

name; Lu.

ni

ainshun

not do a mirsaei ni and-

bamma
E.

(b)

causal (Cp.

§

98).

g.,

nib baiei sijaina fraiw

allai barna, ak in Isaka haitada bus fraiw, neither because they are (the) seed of Abraham, (are they) all children, but in Isaac shall thy (lit. to thee) seed be called;

Abrahamis,

Rom. 9, 7. batei ist all du riurein, bairh batei is brukjaidau bi auabusnim jah laiseinim manne, which is all to perish, because it is used after the commandments and doctrines
of men;
(c)

Col. 2, 22.
§

conditional (Cp.

99).

E.

g.,

saei nu gatairib aina
.
.

anabusne bizo minnistono jah laisjai swa mans saei tauji]? jah laisjai swa ..., whosoever therefore
. . .

.

ib

shall

break (i. e. he actually will break) one of these least commandments, and should (perhaps) teach men so but whosoever shall qibanuh (actually) do and (perhaps) teach so .; Mt. 5, 19. ban ist batei hrazuh saei afletai qen, it hath been said that whosoever shall (i. e. possibly) put away (his) wife; Mt. 5,31. jah aflet uns batei skulans sijaima, and forgive us what we may owe; Mt. 6, 12. jah saei ni nimib galgan seinana jah laistjai afar mis, nist meina wairbs, and he that (really) taketh not his cross and (therefore not) followeth after me (i. e. it would be impossible that he should then follow him; bislirasee also Lu. 14, 27.) is not worthy of me; Mt. 10, 38. duh bei gaggaib in gard, bar saljaib (See § 91, (2)), unte usgaggaib (See § 101) jainbro, wheresoever ye may enter into a house, there abide till ye depart thence; Mk. G, 10.
.
.

282
Note
1.

Verb: Moods.

[§§

1)9-100.

Some sentences which are regarded by some as final relative sentences general relative propositions, i. e. such relative sentences as imply inare properly deflni tenet»; e.g., gif mis sei undrinnai mik dail aiginis, give me (the) portion of goods that mayeth fall to me (i.e. 'give me whatever falleth to mt?);
bugei bizei bafirbeima, buy tint of which we have need (i. e. 'buy whatever weaeetT); Jo. 13, 29. ni sokjands batei mis bruk sijni. not seeking that which mayeth be useful to me (i. e. 'anything of use to me); I Cor. 10, 33. in allamma batei galeikai, in all that mayeth please; Col. 1, 10. h*ar .Note 2. Only the following relative clause may be regarded as final: jam mei nai m mat] an? where is si ml sal 1' w As, barei paska m b si the guestchamber, where I may (\. e. 'show me the gu., that I may') cat the passover with my disciples; Mk. 14-, 14. Note 3. General relative clauses sometimes have a conditional force; e. g., abba all uskiusaib (See § 91, (2)), b at ei K°b si jai gahabai]' (See § 91, (2)), prove all {things), hold fast that which be (i. e. 'whatever be') good (i. e. 'if you find it to be good, hold it fast'); I These. 5, 21. ei j'atci beihais J»u swithat that which thou mayest profit, be manifest to all (i.e. k |> si jai allai in,
Lu. 15, 12.

1

i

•that, if

thou profit anything,
6.

it

shall be', etc.);

I

Tim.

4, 15.

In

temporal clauses

100. If a temporal clause merely lias an additional adverbial force, the verb is put in the indicative. If there is a Logical relation between the temporal clause aud the main clause (Cp. § 1), the verb of the subordinate temporal clause takes the optative. (For the conjunctions introducing temporal clauses, see 'Gothic Grammar', S 218.) E. g., ban nu taujais armaidn, ni haurnjais faura bus, therefore when thou doest (i.e. 'iftliou trumpet before thee; Mi. should do any') alms, do not sound
S
().

2.

ja h

ban bidjaib,
(i.

ni si a
i

i

s was we ]>ai
1

liutans, and
I»'

when thou prayest

e.

'if

thou should pray
."».

),

thouehalt not

fastaib, ni wairbaib swaswe* bai liutans gaurai, moreover when ye fast (i.e. 'if you should fist') he not, as tin• hypocrites, of a sad countenance; Mt. 6, 10. kaupob, unte ik qimau, occupy till
as the hypocrites {are); Mr.
5.

abban

bi]>e

uslukaindau daurdns I aim sal ems, mid batei urrinnai eunno, let not the gates of Jerusalem be wail auk ana i/. war opened until the sun rise; Neh. 7. bizei jus baurbub, faurbizei jus bidjaib ina, for your
Iconic; Lu.19, L3.
ni
-\.

Father knoweth what things ye have nerd
Mt
.

of,

before

ye ask him;
i

, 8.
> | i

faurbizei ha

a

hrukjai twaim Bin bam,

«rid is

mik r m me thrice; Mk. 14, 72. bata waurkjaib, swa ufta sw6 drigkaib, d u mei nai gamundai. swa ufta auk swfi matjaib bana hlaif jab bana stikl drigkaib, daubu fraujins gakannjaib, unte qimai, this do ye, as oft as ye drink (it), For as often as ye eat this bread and drink in my remembrance.

sin]>;un. before the cock crowtwice, thou shall deny

§§

100—102.]

Optative.

283

ye do show the Lord's death, till he come; I Cor. 11, 25. 26. abban go]? is aljanon in godamma sinteino, jan ni batainei in bammei ik sijau andwairbs at izwis, but it is good to be zealously affected always in (a) good (thing), and not only when I am present with you; Gal. 4, 18.
this cup,
Since the Greek often has the subjunctive mOod, where Wulfila uses the in these cases Wulfila's view of the clause differed from that of the Greek writer (Cp. § 102). At any rate the mood is (primarily) not

Note.

indicative,

we must suppose that

governed by the conjunctions which introduce the dependent clause, for ban, uute, bibe, occur very often before clauses with the indicative mood. Only faurbizei is always found before clauses with the optative mood.

7. §

In comparative clauses.

101. In a comparative clause the indicative is used to express an actual comparison, while the optative expresses a comparison which is merely conceived in the mind. (For the particles of comparison, see 'Gothic Grammar', § 218). E. g., qiba auk allaim wisandam in izwis ni mais f rabj an bau skuli to all that are among you, not to think f ra]>j an, for I say {of himself) more than (it behooves to think—) he ought to think/ Rom. 12, 3. hja hropis, sw§ ni nemeis? why (lit. what) dost thou glory, as if thou hadst not received (it); I Cor. 4, 7. ei sijaib niujis daigs, swaswe sijaib unbeistjodai, that ye may be a new lump, as ye are unleavened; I Cor. 5, 7. swaswe habai waila andanem ist, ni swaswe ni habai, it is accepted (lit. well pleasing) according to that he hath, not according to that he hath not; II Cor. 8, 12. bi unsweribai qiba, a to ( my) disgra ce I speak, s we batei wei s si u k ai w esei we had been weak; II Cor. 11, 21. ei in izai gaas though daiirsjau swe skuljau rod jan, that therein I dare speak as
. . . . . .

m

,

I ought (to speak); Eph. 6, 20. ei gabairhtjau bo swaswe skuljau rod jan, that I may make it manifest, as I ought to
speak; Col. 4, 4.

.
§

Optative in conditional sentences.

conditional sentence, like all compound sentences, consists of two originally independent clauses (Cp. § 91) which, in course of time, were put in a dependent relation. The (subordinate) clause containing the condition is called the protasis, and the (main) clause containing the conclusion is called the apodosis. If a clause, protasis or apodosis, implies a fact or anything regarded as a fact, the verb is put in the indicative, if it implies possibility or doubt or anything regarded as possible or doubt-

102.

A

28-J-

Verb: Mood*.

LS

1"-•

the verb takes the optative (See § 90). A thing• may be regarded, however, as a fact by one person and as doubtful or possible by another; hence the mood is governed by the view of him who makes the statement. A conditional clause is introduced if, r )> a de b a or b a i if by j a b a )> a u d e j a b a i or: or, when the verbs of the not. ja |)j>e . . ja]>be, whether protasis and apodosis are in the preterit, usually by ib, if, nih
ful,
i .

i

,

i

,

i

i

,

.

.

.

.

or

i

,

if not.

(a)

Both the protasis and the apodosis take the present op§

tative, the optative of the apodosis being• either potential (See
>:

91, (3)) or hortative (See

91, (2)).

E. g.,

jabai Iras wili

afar mis gaggan, afaikai sik silban jah nimai galgau seinaua dag lranoh, jah laistjai mik, if any one will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow me; Lu. 9, 23. jabai leas mein waiird fastai, ni kausjai dau|>u aiwa dage, if a man keep my word, he shall never taste (of) death; Jo. 8, 52. jah jabai fraatjau alios a ih tins mein us, jah jabai at gib u leik mein ei ga-

brannjaidau, friabwa (ui) habau, ni waiht botos mis taujau, and though I give away all my goods (to the poor), and though I give my body that it be burned, but have not love, it proHteth me nothing; I Cor. 13.3. jabai lcopan skuld sijai, bairn siukeins meinaizos lcopau, if it be necessary to
i

|>

glory.
11, 30.

I

may glory of the things concerning my infirmity; II Cor. abbao jabai wiljau liropan, ui sijau uuwita, for
I

though
ja]>j>6

would glory,

I

would not be a

fool;

II

Cor. 12. 0.

alia

t

nu matjaib jabbg nu drigkaib ja|>|>e Ira taujib, a u wul|>au guba taujaib, wether therefore ye eat, or
<1

drink, or whatsoever

dicative)
(b)

do

all

ye do (i. e. .re do something; hence the to the glory of God; I Cor. 10, 31.

in-

Both the protasis and the apodosis take the preterit optative implying non-fulfillment or the opposite of a proposition. (Comp. S 91, (1), end). E. g., i)> bam a Abrahamis weseib. waurstwa Abrahamis tawidf'dei |>, if ye were Abraham's children, ye would do the works of Abraham; Jo. 8, 39. nih wf'si sa I'raiii guba, ni mahtfuli taujau ni waiht, if this (man) were not (but ><• is') of God, he could do nothing; Jo. 33. TIip apodosis is ofteneet introduced by |>au or ai|>|>au: as, ant6 jabai in Saudaurajam waurbeiua mahteis )<) * \vaiir|'anus in izwis afbbau cis wi'scina and bin a dag. for if tin mighty works, which have been done in you (i. e. the people of ('.). had (but 'tiny have not') been done in Sodom, they
'.).

1

1

§

102.]

Optative.

285

of &') would have remained until this day; Mt. 11,23. jabai habaidedei]> gala ubeiu swe kaumo sinapis, ai]>j>au jus qe^eib du bairabagma I'amnia.i^ekt/ (but 'ha ve not') faith as a grain of mustard seed, ye might say unto this sycamine tree; Lu.17,6. jabai a His Mose galaubidedeib, ga-]>au-laubidedeib mis, but had ye (but ye have not') believed Moses, ye would have believed me; Jo. 5, 46. sa
(i. e.

'the people

ib wesi praufetus, ufkunb^di bau lv jah hnleika so qino sei tekib imma, this (man), if he were a prophet, would have known who and of what sort the woman is that toucheth him; Lu.7,39. ib blindai weseib, ui |>au habaidedeib frawaurhtais, if ye were blind, ye should have no (lit. not of) sin; Jo. 9, 41. (c) The protasis takes the preterit optative, and the apodosis the present optative. E.g., jah jabai qebjau batei ni kunii-

jau ina, sijau galeiks izwis liugnja, and if I should say that 1 know him not, I would be a liar like unto you; Jo. 8, 55. jabai niein waurd fastaidedeina, jah izwar fastaina, ;/' they had kept my word, they might keep yours also; Jo. 15, 20. (d) The protasis takes the present optative, and the apodosis the present udicative. jah jabai Iras g' g q s q i b ai d u In § bata taujats? and if any man say unto you, why do ye this? JMk. 11, 3. jah jabai Iras nieinaim hausjai waurdam jah galaubjai, ik ni stoja ina, and if any wan hear my words, and believe, I judge him not; Jo. 12, 47. jah jabai habau praiifetjans, jah witjau allaize runos jah all kunbi, jah habau alia galaubein, ... ib friabwa ni habau, ni waihts im, and though I have (the gift of) prophecies, and understand (of) all mysteries, and all knowledge, and have all
i

i

i

:

am nothing; I Cor. 13, 2. but have not love, The protasis takes the present optative, the apodosis the (e) imperative. E. g., jabai nu bairais aibr bein du huusla.jah gagg ... jah stada aflet jaiua.r bo gib a bein a at bair bo gib a bein a, therefore if thou bring thy gift to bring (the) altar and go and leave there thy gift thy gift; Mt. 5, 23. 24. ib jabai augo bein bata taihswo .jah jabai marzjai buk, usstigg ita jah wairp af bus; taihswo beina haiidus marzjai buk, afmait bo jah wairp af bus, and if thy right eye offend thee, pluck it out and cast (it) from thee; and if thy right hand offend thee, cut it off, and cast (it) from thee; Mt. 5, 29. 30.
faith,
.
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

(f)

the protasis takes the preterit optative, the apodosis the
E. g.,

present indicative.

jabai wesi rabjo suuiwe Israelis

280

Verb: Moods.

[§S

108—104.

swaswe malma mareine, laibos ganisand.
number of the
sea,

children

of Israel should be as
9. 27.

(the)

though the sand of the

remnants shall be saved; Rom.
IV.
S

Optative in subject clauses.
fact,

103.

If

a subject clause expresses a
fact,

or anything

re-

garded as a

the verb takes the indicative: if it implies possibility, probability, doubt, or the like, the verb is put in the E. g., batizo optative. Subject clauses are introduced by ei.
ist

auk

]mis ei

fraqistnai aius

1

i

]> i

w e ]>einaize jah

ni

allata leik
for thee that

j>ein

gaiainnau, for it is better one of thy members should perish and not thy whole
gadriusai
in

body should be cast (lit. should fall) into hell; Mt. 5, 29. 30. ganah siponi ei waiijmi sue laisareis is. jah skalks swe frauja is, it is enough for (the) disciple that he be as bis master.

and (the) servant as his lord; Mt. 10. 25. go]> ist imma ma is ei galagjaidau asiluqairnus ana halsaggan is jah frawai'irpans wesi in marein, it is good for him rather that a millstone were hanged about his neck and he were cist into (the) sea; Mk. 9,42. jah ]>uhta im ei suns skulda wSsi )>iudangardi gu]>s gaewikun)?jan, and they thought that the kingdom of God should immediately appear; Lu. 19, 11. batizo ist izwis ei ik galei]>au, it is better for you that I go away; Jo. izwis fraletau in i]> ist biuhti izwis ei ainana 16, 7. custom (See § 35), that should release pasxa, but ye have one unto you at (the) -passover; Jo. 18, 39. aj>]'an mis in ni inn ist in ist ei fram izwis ussokjaidau ai)>]>au fram manniskamma daga, but with me it is a very small thing
(lit.

in the least)
(lit.

that I should be judged of you, or of man's
ei

judgment
it

'human

galeikaida one

day ofjudgment); I Cor. 4, 3. bili]>anai weseima in A]>einim ainai,
day', i.e.
,•/

pleased us thai we should be
V.
>;

left

at Athens alone;

I

Thess. 3, 1.

Optative in appositive clauses.

104.

An appositive

preceding noun > 103), it is introduced by ei, and its verb, probably by influence of the Greek subjunctive, takes the optative. E.g., jah lra)>ro mis |?ata ei q£mi ai)>ei fraujins meinis at mis? and whence is this to me, that the mother of my Lord should come to me? Lu. 1, 43. ai ]'is |>a nei s wor wi ]>ra A bra ha m a t a
plain a
1

a clause which serves to exor pronoun. Like subject clauses (See

clause

is

nnsarana, ei g&bi unsis unagein (See kinon imma, (the) oath which he sware

skalto our fat her Abrahe would grant unto US to serve him without fear; ham, that
$ ."2, (5))

...

§§

104

— 106.]
74.

Imperative.

Infinitive.

287

Lu.

1,

bat' ist

waurstw

gu]>s

ei

galaubjaib bammei

ins an did a jains, this is (the) work of God, that ye believe on him whom he hath sent; Jo. 6, 29. batuh ]?an ist wilja bis aigi libain aiweinon, and sandjandins mik ei hrazuh this is the will of him that sent (lit. of him sending), that each may have everlasting life; Jo. 6,40. frija ist bis wione todis, ei ni sijai horinondei, she is free from the law, (that she be not whoring =) that she is no adulteress; Rom. 7, 3.
. .
. .
. .

ist frabjan, ei ains faur ainana ana anbarana ufblesans ni sijai, not to think above that which is written, that one be not puffed up for one against an-

ni ufar batei

gamelib

batuh wesi wibra bata gadob, ei frauja qimands mahtai gndiskai jah waldufnja bana ga'lausidedi jah naubai du gagudein gaAvaudidedi, that
other;
I

Cor. 4, 6.

would be against that (which is) befitting, that the Lord, coming with godly might and power, should release him and necessarily
convert (him) to piety; Skeir.
C.
1,

e.

Imperative.

The imperative mood serves to express a command, § 105. an exhortation, or an entreaty. (For the distinction between the imperative and the hortatory optative, see § 91, note 2. See also 'Gothic Grammar', § 167, (3)). E. g., aflet jainar bo giba beina in andwairbja hunslastadis jah gagg faurbis gasibjon brobr ]?einamma, jah bibe atgaggands atbair
]?eina, leave there thy gift before (lit. in presence of) the altar, and go first to be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and (lit. coming bring, i.e.) offer thy gift; Mt. 5, 24. insailvib du fuglam himinis, behold the fowls of the air; Mt. 6, 26. sailuats ei manna ni witi, see that no man know it; Mt. hirjats afar mis, come (ye) after me; Mk. 1, 17. us9, 30. leibam jainis stadis (See § 30, (b)), let us pass over unto the other side; Mk. 4, 35.
D.
§

bo giba

Infinitive.

106. The infinitive, which is often called a mood, is proa verbal substantive (See 'Gothic Grammar', § 167, (5)). Unlike the indicative, optative and imperative, which serve to express, respectively, an actual or possible fact as executed by a definite person, the infinitive expresses the notion of a verb in a general way, i.e. it is merely a name which denotes a state or an action; hence, an abstract substantive of a verbal nature (Cp.
perly
§ 2, (O).

288

Verb: .Moods.

[§§

107—109.

is no special form of an infinitive passive in Gothic. It is expressed an auxiliary verb and a preterit participle, or by a conjunctional clause; e.g.,ewasw6 pata skip gahulip wairpan fram w$gim, insomuch that the ship was covered with the waves; Mt. 8, 24. jah iddjednn allai. ei inelidai w£seina, ami all went to be enrolled (for taxation); Lu. 2, 3. Also by

;.

There

by means

of

the infinitive active:

s. £

84, n.

:{.

I.

Infinitive as Subject.
is

(See

2.»

§

107.
lib a

Thesubject infinitive

used, (a) alone.

E.g.,

abban

Xristus ist jah gas wilt an gawaurki, for to we to live is Christ and to die is gain; Phil. 1, 21. hraiwa agin is1 .... in biudangardja <>u]>s galeiban, how bard is it
mis

kingdom of God; Mk. 10. 24. (b) with dn. aibban af g.j i]> ]>ata du sitau af taihswon meinai hleidumein nist niein du gibau, but to sit on my right hand and on my left hand is not mine to give; Mk. 10, 40. (c) with I'at a (S. § 68, (5 ). E. g., Ira ist bata us daubaim usstanjah bata daii, what the risingjrom tin* dead is; Mk. ), 10. ah J? a t a dn frijou a us all am ma hair tin u frij on nelrmnlian swf> sik silban managizo -ist allaini bairn alabrnnstim jah saudim, and(the) to love him with ,•/// the and (tin•) to love {his) neighbor as himself, is more than heart Mk. 12, 33. ;ill burnt offerings and sacrifices; 108. The subject infinitive is used with impersonal predicates; as, luopan Dinah, akei ni batizo ist, it is not expedient to glory, for it is not better; II Cor. 12. 1. jah barf galeiban jah snilran bata, and I must needs (lit. it is necessary) go and see that; Lu. 14, 18. ante ni gDb ist niman hlaib barn£ jah wairpan hundam, for it is not med to t;ik>> th<> children's bread and to cast it unto the dogsj Mk. 7. 27.
to enter into the
(1
i
.

.

.

j

.

.

.

>:

Note. A subject of this infinitive is sometimes put in the accusative (S. 112), but more frequently a dative construction is found; e.g., gftp pua ist hamfainma in libain galeiban, pan twos handuns babandin galeipan in it better for thee to enter into life maimed, than ha ving t wo hands g. to go into hell; Mk. 9, 43. (See also 45. 47.) hraiwa aglu i>t paira hugjanazet izd ist alba n]> s gmleipa n. da in fa r Fafh a a in piudauga rdja d.i u pafrh pafrkfl 6 |>ios ga lei pan pan gabigam ma in pinda uga rdja iiu]>s galeipan, bow bard ia it for them that trust in riches to enter into the kingdom ofGod! It is easier for a camel to <x<> through the eye ofa needle, than for a rkb man to enter int-o the kingdom of God; Ifk. 10,24. -'•">. jab warp pafrhgaggan imma eabbatO daga pafrb atisk. and it came to pass that In• went (lit. .•///'/ it nme topass to him to go) through the corn tielil* on the sabbath
.

day;

Mk

2,

28.
II.

Infinitive as Object.

>i

1

09.

M;my
infinitive

verbs are followed

mentary)

bv an objective (complewith the same subject. Verbs of this kind are:—

§§

109—112.]

Infinitive.

289

to seek, desire; u a to think; biarbaidjan, usdaudjan, to strive, endeavor; usbidjan, to wish earnestly/ wen j an, to hope, trust/ magan, to be able; wit an, to know; laisjan sik, to learn; skulan, shall; gadaursan, to dare; ogan, to fear; skaman sik, to be ashamed/ afaikan, to deny/ an dh ait an, to profess, confess; gali ait an, to promise; dnginnan, to begin; and the like.
i 1 j
,

w

a

to

will,

wish;

s

kj a

,

m

,

E. g., jah bamma wiljandin af bus leiluan sis ni uswandjais, and from him that will borrow of thee, turn not thou away; Mt. 5, 42. jah sokidedun ina undgreipan, and they

sought to lay hold on him; Mk. 12, 12.

tagl lueit aibpau swart gataujan,

unte" ni magt ain because thou canst not

ab]>an samana jah unwaurstwons laisjand sik bairhgaggan gardins, and withal idle women learn to wander from house to house (lit. to pervade houses); I Tim. 5, 13. jah jabai wildedeib mibniman, sa ist Helias, saei skulda qiman, and if ye will receive {it), this is Elias, which should come; Mt. 11, 14. jah gahaihaitun imma faihu giban, and promised to give him money; Mk. 14, 11.

make one hair

white or black; Mt.

5,

36.

used after verbs of permitting and commanding (Cp. § 112), the person to whom anything is permitted or commanded standing in the dative. E.g., uslaubi
§

110.

An

object infinitive

is

mis frumist galei]>an jah gafilhan attan meinana, permit me nrst to go and bury my father; Mt. 8, 21. unt§ anabaud ahmin bamma unhrainjin usgaggan af bamma mann, for he had commanded the unclean spirit to come out of
the

man.
§

111.

A complimentary infinitive

is

likewise found after

ga-

wiljis wis an, to be willing, be pleased; manwus wis an, to E. g., jas so (sa) be ready, lustu haban, to have a desire. bauan mib imma (izai), and she (he) be pleased gawilja ist to dwell with him (her); I Cor. 7, 12. 13. manwus im qiman at izwis, I am ready to come to you/ II Cor. 12, 14. lustu habands andletnan jah mi]? Xristau wisan, having a desire to depart, and to be with Christ; Phil. 1, 23.
III. §

Accusative and Infinitive.

subject in the accusative, with its predicate in the infinitive, is found as object after verbs of hearing, saying, commanding (Cp. §110), knowing, thinking, believing, hoping, and the

112.

A

E.g., in bizei hausidedub ina siukan, because ye had heard that he had been sick; Phil. 2, 26. tuana qiband mik
like.

19

iMH)

Verb: -Moods.

L>5

112—115.

mans wisan? whom
bi

do they say that I

ud
ii

a ....

fast

a

]>uk |»6

am? Mk. 8, 27. anaanabusn, I command .... that

thou keep the commandment; I Tim. 6, 13. unte wissedun silX list u in a wisan, for they knew that he was Christ Himba hugjandona in gasinbjam ina wisan. self; Lu. 4, 41. {they) supposing him to be in the company; Lu. 2, 44.
accusative with infinith-e clause as subject after impersonal verbs and expressions (Cp. § 108, note). ij> azetizo ist himin jah air]?a hindarlei]>an J>au
tj

1

13.

An

is

used
g.,

E.

dis

ainana writ gad ri us an, and

it is

easier for

witdheaven ami

earth to pass, than one title of the law to fail; Lu. 1G, 17. ]>atei batizo ist ainana mannan fraqistjan fatir manage] that it was (lit. is) better that one man should die for the
.

jah war]? afslaubnan allans, people; Jo. 18, 14. came to pass that they were all amazed; Lu. 4. 'M).
IV.
£

and

it

Infinitive of Purpose.

used to express purpose, (a) alone especially after verbs of motion. E.g., jah gagga kausjan bans, and I go to prove them; Lu. 14, 19. ni hugjaib wi tf>]> ai]>]>au praufetuns; ni qam ei qemja u ga t a ira ga a ira a k usfulljan, think not that I am come to destroy the law, or tin• prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfill: Mt, 5, 17. sniumidedum andaugi izwar gasaihran in ma a ga in ma lust an, we hastened to see your fa re with great desire; I Thess. 2, 17. batei du f ra waiirhtis mans gala i]i [in gard] ussaljan, that he was gone to a sinful man's {house) to be a guest: Lu. 10, 7. (b) with du. E. g., sai urfraiwa seinamma, behold, rann sa sai a «Is du sai a there went out the sower to sow his seed: Mk. 4, 3. lrazuh saei sailri]) qinon du lnston izos, whosoever looketh on a woman to lust after her; Mt. 5. 28. saei habai a u so a du hausjan gahausjai, he that hath ears to hear, let him hear;
114.
infinitive is often
1

The

Lu.

8, 8.

V.
i

Infinitive

with Conjunctions.

The infinitive (or ace. with the inf.). with sua sue and swaei, is used to express result (Cp. $ .>7. In), in imitation
115.
(

of "'-? with the infinitive or accusative with the infinitive.

E.g.,

jah sai w&gs

sua sue bat a skip wa r]> in marei gahulib wafrban fram w@gim, and. behold, there arose a
in
i

U

i

Is

,

great wave in {the) sea, insomuch that the ship was covered with thewaves; Mt. 8, 24. jah galesun sik du imma manageiua

§5

5— 118.]

Infinitive.

Participle.

201

in marein, and there was gathered unto him a great multitude, so that he entered (lit. entering) into a ship, and sat in the sea;
filu,

swaswe ina galeibandan

in skip

gasitan

ganah bamma swaleikarnma andabeit bata fram managizam, swaei bata andaneibo izwis mais
Mk.
4, 1.

fragiban jah gablaihan,

sufficient

to such

a,

one

(is)

the

punishment from many, so that contrariwise ye (ought) rather to forgive (him), and comfort (him); II Cor. 2, 6. 7. jah managnib friabwa ainhrarjizuh allaizd izwara in izwis misso, swaei weis silbans in izwis hropam in aikklesjom gu]?s, and the lore of every one of you all toward each other aboundeth; so that we ourselves glory in you in the churches of God; IIThess. 2, 3. 4.
E.
§

Participles.

The Gothic language has a present and a preterit participle (S. 'Gothic Grammar', § 1GT, (5)). Both discharge the functions of an adjective, and the present participle may govern a case. (For inflection, see 'Gothic Grammar', §§ 133 and 134).
116.
Note. For preterit participles with an active meaning, see § 84, note 4. As regards a certain class of participles used as substantives, and following a substantival inflection, see 'Gothic Grammar', § 115. Participles with adjectival inflection may likewise be used as substantives.

117. In rendering the Greek participle the Gothic translator largely imitated the Greek construction. But a Greek participial construction is often rendered by a relative clause in Gothic, while the Gothic participle sometimes stands for a Greek adverb or adverbial expression, and, though rarely, vice versa. 1 ) The Gothic present participle does duty for the Greek present, aorist, and
§

perfect participles.

as a mere attribute, i. e. without a case, (a) without the article. E.g., ib inna]>ro sind wulfos wilwandans, but inwardly they are ravening wolves; Mt. 7, 15. jah gaf akran urrinnando jah waksjando, and did yield fruit that sprang up and increased; Mk. 4, 8. in d i s f r a w a r h t i s beca use of one sinner that ai i s id reig repenteth; Lu. 15, 10. (b) with the article. E. g., jah bande bata hawi haibjos himma daga wisando, the grass of the wait manna ... frawulfield, which to-day is; Mt. 6, 30.
§

118.

A

participle is used

(1)

,

vanana
man
')
. .

.

]>ana swaleikana und ]>ridjan himin, I knew a such a one caught up to the third heaven; II Cor. 12, 2.
im Gotischen', Halle, 1878.

Cp. H. Gering, 'Die Participia

292
(2) predicatively,

Verb:

Participle.

[§§

118-121.

dane akran god,
forth

good fruit;

sana babands

with an object. E. g., all bagnie ni taujanevery tree (S. § 82, (1), (d)) that bringeth not Mt. 7, 19. jah was jainar manna gabaurhandu, and (there) was a wan there which had

a withered hand; Mk. 3, 1.
Note. It will be noticed that a Gothic participial construction must sometimes be rendered by a relative clause in English.

119. The time or circumstance of an action may be expressed by a substantive or pronoun and a participle in the dative. This construction is called dative absolute (See § 53, (2), note). E. g., jah usleibandin Iesua in skipa aftra hindar marein, gaqemun sik manageins filu du imma, and when Jesus had passed over again in a ship unto the other side of the sea, much (of) people gathered unto him; Mk. 5, 21.
§

nauhbanuh imma rodjandin qemun fram pamma synagogafada qibandans, while he yet spake, there came from the
ruler of the

Mk. 5, 35. raginondin war]? waurd gubs at loPuntiau Peilatau Iudaia the word en, Pontius Pilate being governor of Judea, ll an of God came unto John; Lu. 3, 1 ... 2.

synagogue

(certain) saying;
.
.

.

.

.

.

dative and a participle are often preceded by at. E.g., at andanahtja ]>an waurbanainma atberun du imma dairnonarjans managans, when the even was come, they brought unto him many that were possessed with devils; Mt. 8, 1G. jah at Iesu ufdaupidamma jah bidjandin, nd Jesus being ba.pt ized, nd praying, 1 1n d a h i in i u s u s1uk heaven opened; Lu. 3, 21. at libandin abin, while (her) hus§

120.

,

.•/

1

band
§

liveth;

Rom.

7, 2. 3.

)
da us,

nominative absolute is pointed out by Bernhardt 121. (Syntax, § 193): jah waurbans dags gatils
J? a

qap ]>iuah tarn at waurhta made and a convenient day being come, that Herod

Herod is

(.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

a supper

.

.

.

the king said; Mk.

G,

21

.

.

.

22.

[The references are to paragraphs

of the 'Gothic Grammar. follow h, k, t, respectively.]

The

letters hr, q,

\>

A.
Aai, pr. aba,
in.

Addiii, pr. n.,

Adin;

gen.

-is;

man;

Aai; Ezra 2, 28. 2, 15. af (56, n. 1), prep. w. dat. (217), (108, n. 1), husband, of, from, out of, away from; Mk. 10, 12. Rom. 7, 2.
n.,

Ezra

I Cor. 7, 16. 11, 3. 4.

Epb.

5,

(1) local, (a)

with vs. of motion;
Skeir. IV,

22. 24.

I

Tim.

3, 12.

Mt

8, 1.

Mk. 15, 30.

abba, m. (108), father; Gal. 4,0. Abeileni, Abilene, indecl. pr. n.
in gen.;

b. (b)

ing, gathering,

with vs. of taking, receivborrowing, and

Lu.

3, 1.

Abija, pr. n., Abia; gen. jins; Lu. 1, 5.
Abia]>ar, pr. n., Abiathav;

Abidat.

the like; Mt,5,42. 7,16. 9,15. Mk. 13,27. Lu.6,29. 8,12. (c)
after vs. of loosing, freeing, curing, healing, and the like; Mt.
6, 13. 7, 6.

Abia]?ara; Mk.

2, 26.

Mk.

5, 4.

Lu.

1,

21.

Rom.
la us;

abraba, adv. (210), strongly, very much, very; Mt. 27, 54. Mk. 16, 4. Neh. 6, 16.

Similarly,

after

Gal. 4, 5. hails; Mk.5,34.(d) after vs. signifying to takecare,
hide, conceal, abstain;

Abraham (61, n. 3), pr. ham; Jo. 8, 39. 40;
ace.

n.,

Abra-

gen. -is;

Mk. 12, 26; dat. -a; Mt. 8,11;

ta

34. I Thess. 4, 3. 5, hsw on the right
,

Lu. 18, 22. (e) af

hand

-am; Lu.

3, 8.

(side);

Mt. 25, 41. a f hleidu-

abrs, adj. (124), strong, mighty,

m ein

,

on the

left

hand

(side);

vehement; Lu. 15, 14. abu (216 and n. 1), from prep. af and the interr. particle -u, q,v.

Mk. 10, 37. 15, 27.

(2)

tem-

Adam,

pr.n.,

Adam;

I

Tim. 2, 13.

14; gen. -is; Lu. 3, 38; dat. -a; I Cor. 15, 22.


it

poral: from, since; Mk. 10, 6. II Cor. 8, 10. (3) designating cause, authority, agency: of, by, with; Lu. 8, 14. Jo. 7, 28. Occurs often in composition with vs., sbs., and adjs., where

Adoneikam, pr. gen. -is; Ezra

n.,

Adonikam;

2, 13.

Addei, pr.n., Addi; gen. -eins; Lu. 3, 28. af-agjan, w. v. (187),

denotes 'separation, or a transition from one state or condition into another.'
to strike

294
with awe, terrify;
Phil. 1. 28.
I

;ii'-uik;in

— af-drugkja.
w. dat.;

These. 3.3.

Mk.

5,

37.

to follow

after, strive for; Phil. 3, 12. 14.

af-nikan,

reel. v.

(179). to deny, afar-laistjan, w.

curse, (1) abs.;
(2) w. ace.;

Mk. 14,08.

71.

Mt. 10, 33. 20. 75.
(187) to lead
13, 22; in

(3) w. iuf; Jo. 13, 38.
ai'-airzjan,

(188), to follow after; Mt. 8, 10. Mk. 10, 32; w. dat. of pers.; Lu. 7, 9; of th.j to follow diligently; I
v.

w. v.

astray, deceive; Mk.
pass.: to be
ed,
7.

Tim. 5, 10; to pursue, 'with a view to find out ;' Lu. 1, 3.
afar-sabbatus, m. (120, n. 1), the tirst day after the Sabbath;
|>is

hd astray or deceiv-

e;

to err or swerve from; Jo. 47. I Cor. 10,33. Skeir. VIII, \\. af; I Tim. 1,0. 0,10.

dagis afarsabbate,
^
'

lit.

afar, (1) prep. (217), (a) w. ace., only temporal: after; Mt. 27.

on the day; (See Syntax. of the after- sahliathf
16, 2.

30)

Mk.

,3.'20, 2. I Cor. 11,2.").
26,
7:;.

— afar

lei til, after a little while; Mt.

af-dailjan, w. v. (188), to give

Mk. 14, 70. afar ni filu, not long after; Skeir. TI, afar ]>ata, after that, a.
Lu. 5, 27. Jo. 0, 1. afaruh [>an, hut after; Mt. 8, 5.Mk. 10, 12. afar ]>atei, after that; Mk. 1,14. Skeir. VII,
thereafter;
c.

portion; a f<l. t a ih undon. to give tithes; Lu. 18, 12.
af-riaiibnan, w. v. (194), to become
deaf,

grow

dull; II Cor. 3, 14.

af-(laui]>s,

pret.

partic.
of

(20.

a

:

134 and note)
q. v.

afdojan,

afar dagans, after some
2. 1. (b) w. dat., («)

af-daufcjan,

days; Mk.
(,;)

local: after; Mt.8,1.

Mk. 1,17.
3, 11.

w.v. (187), w. ace. to put to death, kill: Mt. 27. 1 Mk.14,55; in pass, to die: Mk.

7.10. Mk. 1.7. Jo. 13. 27. () in other af-dohnan, w.v. (194), to become dumb, hold one's peace; Lu. relations: after, according to,

temporal: after; Mt.

in

pursuance of;

Mk. 10, 24.

4. 35.

a), w. v. (187), to Lu. 1,69. 5, 5. I Cor. 15,3.— af-dojan (20, tire out. \.-x. harass; Mt. 9,36. s.-.-ins io be need substantively in Lu. 1. 5: us ;i fa r Abij ins. af-domeins, f. (103, n. 1). con-

demnation; Skeir. VIII, b. of the course of Ahiah. (2) adv., afterward; Skeir. III,c— af-ddmjan, w. v. (187), \\. ace., to judge; Jo. 1(5.11. to conIn composition with vs. ami wiili referdemn: Lu.0.37. to curse; Mt. sbs.it means after, ence to spa»••' or time*. 26, 74. afar-fcs, m. (90), the next day. af-draiisjan. w. v. (1SS), w. ace., 3 lit. 'after-day ; Lu. 7, 11. to cast down, precipitate', Lu.
4. 29. afar-gaggan, an. v. (179, n. 3: 207), to go after, follow; ITini. af-<Irmrkja. tn. (l<»s). drunkard; Mt. 8, 23. mi]' .1. 24; w. dat.: Mt. 11. 1!). I Cor. 5, 11.

af-cUmibuan

af-lt'ts.

295
of dis-

af-dumbiiaii, w. v. (194). to be-

come dumb, hold
Mk.
4, 39.
af-etja,

one's pence:

ace and a dat. advantage; Lu. 10, 11.
9, 5.
vv.

m. (108), voracious enter, glutton; Mt. 11, 19. Lu. 7, 34.
w.

*

af-filhan, str. v. (174, n. 1),

ace, to hide; Lu. 10, 21.
af-gaggan, 207) to
,

str.

v.

(179, n. 3;
;

way, depart Mt. 11,7; folld. by af vv. dat. Lii. ana w. ace; Lu. 9, 10. 5, 2. fairra w. dat.; Lu. 2, 37. iu w. ace; Jo. , 15.
;

go

ace, to deprive of sound judgment, to fascinate, bewitch Gal. 3, 1. af-hapjan, vv. v. (188), vv. ace, to quench; Eph. 0, 16. I Thess. to choke; Mk. 4, 7. 19. 5, 19. Lu. 8. 7. af-hapnan, vv. v. (194), to become extinguished, quench (intr.); Mk. 9, 44. 46. 48. to choke (intr..); Mk. 5, 13. Lu.8,
af-liugjan,
vv.

v.

(188),

vv.

;

14. 33. af-gibnn (50, n. 1), str. v. (176), af-lageins, f. (124), a laying to give away; w. sik, to deaside, remission; Mk. 1, 4. part (cp. G. 'sich fortbegeben'); af-lagjan, vv. v. (187), vv. ace, to Philem. 15. layoff, put off, put away; I Cor. af-grundiba, f. (97), abyss; Lu. 13,11. Eph. 4, 22. 25^ Col. 3, 8, 31. Rom. 10, 7. 8. to lay down; Jo. 10, 18. f. ungodliness; af-leiban, str. v. (172, n. 1), to af-gudei, (113), Tim. 2, 10. Rom. 11, 20. go away, depart; Mt. 9, 24.

af-gubs, adj. (124), godless, impious, lit. away from God; I Tim.

27, 5. folld.
1,

by af

vv.

dat.;

Mk.

1,9, gloss. Skeir. IV, d.
af-haban,
vv. v.

(192),

vv.

sik af

keep away from, abstain I Thess. 5, 22. af-haimeis, adj. (127; or -liaims; 12,1. u. 2). 130, af-Ietan, red. v. (181; -leitan, af-hamon, w. v. (190), to take 7, n. 2), to leave, forsake, put off clothes, to unclothe; II Cor. away (as, a wife), vv. ace of pers. orth.; Mt. 5, 24. 31. 32. 5,4. af-hlaban, str. v. (177, u. 1), to to leave, disregard, lay aside, load, lade; II Tim. 3, 6. w. ace; Mk. 7, 8. to let off, forgive, vv. ace of th.; Mt. 9, 6; af-holon, w. v. (190), w. geu. of pers. and ace of th., to defraud; and dat. of pers.; Mt. 6, 12, 14. Lu. 19, 8. 15. to let one have, w. dat, of pers. and ace of th.; Mt. 5, 40. af-lirainjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to destroy what is unclean, to afl. ah m an, to expire; Mt. cleanse one from Skeir. I, a. 27, 50. af-brisjan, vv. v. (188), to shake af-lets, m. (91), forgiveness, remission; Lu.1,77. Skeir. Ill, e off, vv. ace and af vv. dat.; Lu.
vv.dat., to
;

42. Lu. 5, 13. ana vv. ace, Lu. 5, 16. du vv. dat.; Mk.3, 7. fairra vv. dat.; Mt. 7, 23. Lu. 4, 42. in vv. ace; Lu. 15, 13. afl. aljap, to go away; Mk.

;

290

af-lifnan

— af-ewafrban.
af
\v.

af-lifnan, w. v. (194), to remain,

dat., to depart from: Lu.

remain over and above; Lu.
17. Jo. 6, 12.
vive;

9,

9, 33.
str. v.

to remain, sur- af-skiuban (56, n.l),
n.

IThess. 4, 17.

1), w.

instr. dat.,
1, 19.

af-linnan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to depart] Lu. 9, 39.

away; away,

I

Tim.

(173, to put to cast

reject;

Rom.

11, 1.

af-maitan, str. v. (179), to cut af-slahan, str. v. (177, n. 1), w. ace., to slay, kill; Mk. 12, 5. 30. off; w. ace. of th.: Mt. Lu. 20, 14. w. ace. of th. and Mk. 9,43. 45. afm. haubib poss. dat. of pers., to strike off, w. poss. dat. of person, to becut off; Mk. 14, 47. head: Mk. G, 16. 27.

,

af-marzeins,

(103, n. 1). offense. af'-slaupjaii, w. v. (188): afsl. sis w. ace., to slip off, put off; deceit fulness; Mk. 4, 19. Eph.
f.

4,22.

Col. 3, 9.

af-marzjan, w. v. (188), w. ace., af-slaubjan, w. v. (188), in p;i to be in despair; II Cor. 4, 8. to offend: Jo. 16, 1. II Cor. 11. afelaubibe im in izwis, I 29. stand in doubt of you; Gal. 4, af-iiiauibs, (26, a) adj., prop. 20. pret. partic. of *afmojan (134 fatigued: af-slaujman, w. v. (194), to be and note), weary, beside one's self, be astonished, Gal. 6, 9. be amazed; Mk. 1, 27. 10, 24. af'-ninian, str. v. (170; 175), to Lu. 4, 36. take away, remove, w. ace.; Lu.
Jo. 11, 39; and dat.; Mk. af-sneiban, str. v. (172, n. 1); 4, 25; or af w. dat., Mt. 9, 15. occurs in CA, for ufsn.; see Lu.
1, 25.

af-qiban.

15, 27, note. (176, n. 1), w. af'standan, str. v. (177, n. 3), to dat.. to renounce, forsake; Lu. fall away, Lu. 8, 13. w. dat., 14. 33. to depart from; I Tim. 4, 1; to at'-sateins, f. (103, n.l), a settingkeep or stand aloof from, to
str. v.

16.

off:

bokos afsateinais.

a

a void; II Cor. 4, 2; folld.
w. dat., to

by af

writing
10. 4.

of divorcement: Mk.

depaH from;

II Cor.

af-saijan, w. v. (187), w. ace., to
I hit

Tim. 2, 19, 12,8. to depart from; Lu. 4, 13.
af-stass,
f.

fairra.

away
\.

(a wife), divorce] Mt.
2.

5,

32.

Mk. 10,

to dismiss,

(103, n.3). a standing or falling off or a way; II Th<

Lu. 16.

2, 3.

afstassis bokos, a
.">.

af'-skaidan. red. v. (179), w. arc..

to sever from, separate from: Lu. 6. 22: and a f \v. dat.: Rom. af'-swairban, str. v. (174. n. 1), sik, one's self', W.acc., to wipe away, blot out: 8, 35. 39. 17. Gal. 2, 12: and Col. 2, 14. II Cor. 0,

writing of divorcement; Mt. 31.

af-swaggwjan

— aglait-gastalds.

297

af-swaggwjan, w.v. (188), occurs afwairpan, str. v. (174), w.instr., to cast away, put away; Mk. once, in Cod. .: swaswe afsvvaggwidai weseima jal 10,50. stain am afw. w. ace, to cast stones at, to stone; Lu. lib an, so that we despaired even of life; II Cor. 1, 8. 20, 6. Jo. 11, 8. in the pass. w. af w. dat., to be put away afta, adv. (213, n. 2), behind, backwards; Phil. 3, 14. from; Eph. 4, 31. aftaiia, adv. (213, n. 2), from be- af-walwjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, hind; Mk. 5, 27. to roll away; Mk. 16, 4. w. af adv. (211, n. 1), from beaftaro, w. dat,; Mk. 16, 3. hind, behind; Mt, 9, 20. Lu. 8, af-wandjan, w. v. (188), to turn 44. behind; Lu. 7, 38. away, turn aside; w. ace; af-taurnan, w. v. (194), to beII Tim. refl. and

come separated by tearing; hence to make a rent; Lu. 5, 36.
af-tiuhan, str. v. (173), w. ace, to take or draw aside; Mk. 8,

3, 5.

w.

dat.

ace
th.

of th.; Tit. 1, 14. w.

ace of
11,

and af w.

dat.;

Rom.

26. II Tim. 4, 4.
leave,
vv.

afw. sik, to
Skeir. II, a.

withdraw;

airra w. dat., to draw away, push off (the ship); Lu.
32. w.
f

5,3.
aftra,

af w. dat., to turn away from; II Tim. 1, 15. once in pass., to be removed, w. af w.
dat,; Gal. 1, 6.

back, backwards, behind; Lu. 2, 44. again; Mt.
adv.,

5,33. Skeir.

Agar, pr.

n.,

Agar; Gal.

4, 24.

II, b. c.
f.

aftra-ana-stodeins,

aggilus, m. (120, n. 1), angel, (103, n. 1), messenger; Lu. 1, 11; pi. nom. a renewing; Skeir. I, b. -jus; Mk.12,25. or-eis;Mk. superl. adj. (139 and aft iinia, 1, 13; gen. -e; Lu. 9, 26; dat. n. 1), the last; Mk. 10,31. -um; Mt. 25, 41; ace -uns; aftumists, superl. adj. (139 and Mk. 13, 27. n. 1), the last; Mk. 9, 35. Lu. 14,9. 10. aft. haban, to lie aggwipa, f. (97), ajiguish, distivss, tribulation; Rom. 8, 35. at the point of death Mk. 5, 23.
;

II Cor. 2, 4. 6, 4. af-paursjan, w.v. (188), only in the pass.: af baursibs wi- aggwus (68), adj. (131), narrow; san, to be thirsty; Mt. 25, 42. Mt, 7, 13. 14. 44. agis (35), n., gen. agisis (94), fear, awe; Mk. 4, 41. Lu.l, 12. af-]>liuhan, str. v. (173, n. 1), to nee away, flee; Jo. 10, 13. 2, 9. Neh. 5, 15.

af-pwahan,

(177, n. 1), to aglaitei, f. (113), lasciviousness, unchastity; Mk. 7, 22. II Cor. wash off, wash one's self; Jo. 12,21. Gal. 5, 19. Eph. 4, 19. 9, 7. 11. 15. af-wagjan, w. v. (188); folld. by aglait-gastalds, adj. (124) greedy af w. dat., to move away from; of filthy lucre, greedy/ I Tim. Col. 1, 23. 3, 8. Tit, 1, 7.
str. v.

208
aglaiti,
n.

azrlniti

— ailits.
alitau-tehund, indeel.uum. (143), eighty, Lu. 2, -\7.

(95), lasciviousness,

unchastity; Rom.13,13. II ('or. untuck, num. (146). the eighth; 12, 21 (in A). Lu. 1 59. aglaiti-waurdei, f. (113), indecent
,

language, filthy t;ilk; Col. 3, 8.
ai:lil>a.
f.

aba, f. (97), river, stream, \\;iut: Mt. 7, 25. 27. Mk. 1, 5. Lu. 6, (07), tribulation, anI Th.>ss. 3, 4.

guish distress;
aglft,
f.

48.
n..

(2),

tribulation,

an- Aibair, pr.

Heber; Lu.

•">.

35.

guish; Mk. 4. 17. 13, 24. Jo. aibr, n. (94), 23. 10. 21. :V.\. II Cor. 1,4.
airls,

an

offering; Mr..",.

(124), indecent, 'lis- Aiddua. pr. n., Jedaiah; Ezra 2, 36. graceful; I Cor. 11, G. agluba, adv. (210). with difficuJ- Aieira, pr. n., AnaA; Xeh. G, 18. ty, hardly; Mk. 10, 23. Lu.18, Aifaisius, pr. n., Epbesian; dat.
adj.

24. aglus, adj. (131), difficuH, hard; Mk. 10,' 24.

pi.

-ii in

:

Eph. superscr. and
n.,

eubecr.
Aifafeo, pr.
I
I

Agustus, pr.

n..

Augustus; dat.

Epbesus; dat. -on Cor. 15.82. 16, 8. Eph. 1.1.

-an
alia.

:

Lu.

2. 1

Tim.

1, 3.

m. (108), mind, understandPhil. 4. 7.
2. 2. 1. in.

aitfa]>a. for w..

If opened, open!
pret.-pree.
v.

iug;

Col. 8. 12.

II

Mk.
aigan,

7, 34.

Thcss.

(aihan),

ahaks,

(103), do Fey Mk. 11. 15. Lu. 2, 24. :>,. 22.
f.
f.

ahana,

(07). chaff; Lu. 3, 17.
pr. n..

(208). to own. have, possess; aig. (1) w. ace.; Mt. 8, 20. waldufni w. inf.: Jo. 10, 10.
\•.
\v.

Aharon,
K>. 34.

Aaron; Lu.

1.

5

alijan. w. v. (185). to think:

Mt.

w. dat.: Jo. 10.11. (2) double ac•.: Lu. 3, 8. (•'?) w.

ana

;i<c.

and du w.
Lu.
2<>. :\:\.

dat.:

Mk.

12.

2:1.

alnna. m. (108),

the Spirit, th>Holy Ghosts Mt. '. 11. 8, 16. 27. 50. Mk. 1, 12.
f.

aiirin, n.

(04). goods, property;

Lu. 8,43. 15. 10.

aihan

;

a.

aigan.

ahmateins,
aliinciiis,

(103,

n. 1).

ration; II Tim. 3, 16.
adj.
I

Rom.
5.
alis. n.

7. 14'.

(123), Cor. 10, 3. Eph.

aihtron, w. v. (100). to !» desirous of. to beg; Mk. 10, 40. Lu. spiritual; 18, 35. to pray; Eph. 0. is.
Col. 1. 0.

respi-

10. Skeir. II, d. III. b.

aihtrons.

(04), ear (of grain);
1.

Mk.

(103, n. 1). prayer, supplication; Eph. 0. 18. Phil.
f.

2.

23. 4, 28. Lu. 0.

L
eight,
ty,

0. I

Tim.

2, 1.
f.

ahlau. iudecl. num. (141). Lu. 2, 21. 9,28
ahtaii-dftirs.adj. (1 24
),

nilits (20. n. 2),

(103), properpi.

eight day8

possession; in things; I Cor. 13,
12. 14.

goods.
II

3.

Cor.

old: Phil.

:'.

aik-a-tmidi

— aias-hun.

299

ailra-tundi (64), f. (98), bramble- ain-kabaruh, prn. (166), each of bush, bush; Mk. 12, 2G. Lu. 6, two; Skeir. Ill, a. 44. 20, 37. ainlif, num. (56, n. 1; 141), aikklesjo, for. w., f. (Ill), church; eleven; I Cor. 15, 5.

Rom.

16, 23.

Ainnaa, (or

Sainnaa?)

pr. n.,

Aileiaizair, pr. n., EJiezer; gen.
-is; Lu. 3, 29.

Senaah; gen. -ins; Ezra 2, 35. Ainok, pi•, n., Enoch; gen. -is;

Aileiakeim, pr. n., Elhikhn; gen. Lu. 3, 37. -is; Lu. 3, 30. Ainos, pr. n., Enos; Lu. 3, 38. Aileisabaib, pr. n.(23), Elisabeth; ains, num. (140), (I) def., one, a Lu. 1, 5. 7. 13. single one, (1) w. a sb.; Mt. 5,

Aillam, pr.

n.,

Elam; gen.

-is;

Ezra

2, 31.

ailoe (6, n. 1), for. w., Mk. 15, 34.
Ailiil,

my God!
[An en-

18. 41. (2) w. partit. gen.; Mt, 5, 19. 29. Mk. 9, 37. (3) alone; Mt.27,15. Mk. 12, 32. (4) ain

wisan,

a Jewish name of a month;
Neb.
6, 15.

gen. -is;

to be one; Jo. 10, 30. 17, 11. ains jah sam a, one and the same; Skeir. V, b; so w. a sb.; ist jah
I Cor.

tirely uncertain reading.]

12, 11.

ain

Aimmeira(l), pr. n., Immer; gen. -ins (or -is?) Ezra 2, 37.
;

pizai bat a sam biskabanon, just as much
I Cor. she were sha ven a in an a, the same; 11, 5.

aina-baiir (33),

onlv-born

i

{

m. (101, unigemtus )\
>

n. 2),

as

if

;

Skeir.

V,d:
ainaha, m., adj. (always follg.the weak deck; 132), only; Lu. 7, 12. 9,38; fem. ainaho (not

Skeir. IV, d.

ains
...

...

jah

ains,
other;

the one

and the
.
.

ains
other;

.

.

Mk. 10, 37. 15, 27. anau]>ar, one
.

.

ainGho); Lu.

8,

42.

Mt,

6, 24.

Lu.

1,

41.

ainakls, adj. (124), lonely, desolate; I Tim. 5, 5.

(II) indef., one,

some

one, an,

aina-mundiba,f. (97), unanimity, unity; Eph. 4, 3.13. Col. 3, 14. ainialbaba, adv. (210), simply;
Skeir. Ill,
c.
f.

a, (1) w. asb.; Mt. 8, 19. Jo. 6, 9. (2) w. partit. gen.; Mk.5, 22.8,28. (3) alone; Mk. 10,

17. 15, 36.

(4) w.

us w.

dat,;

Mt. 27, 48. Mk.
(113),
simplicity,
II Cor.

9, 17.

(5) w.

ainlalbei,
1, 12.

goodness of disposition;
8, 2.
9, 11. 13.

sums; Mk. 14, 47. 51. (HI) only, alone, (1) w. a sb.; Mk.
2, 7.

11, 3.

Jo. 12, 9.

Skeir. VII,

c.

Col. 3, 22.

(2) w.
adj. (148), single,
9, 6.

ainfalbs,
lit.

num.

a

prn.; Mt, 5, 46. I Cor.

rodida

sis ains,

ain-lrarjizuh,
5.

one-fold; Mt. 6, 22. prn. (165, n. 1), every one, each one; Rom. 12,
pi.;

spoke to himself; Lu.7,39. (3)
used alone; Mk.
16.
indef.
9, 2. I

Tim.

6,

I Cor. 7, 17; frequently w. ains-hun,

gen.

Lu.

4, 40. 16, 5.

(163, e), only in negative sentences, not

prn.

300

Aiodia

— ai]>jmu.

any

one, none, (1) alone; Lu. Airmogaineis, pr. n., Hermogenes; II Tim. 1, 15. 1, 61. 5,39. (2) w. partit. gen.; waihte airpa, f. (97), earth, land, region; Mk. 6, 5. 13, 20.

ainohun

ni,

nothing;

Lu.

Mt.

5, 18.
c.

Mk.
d.

4, 5.

Lu.

8, 8.

10, 19. (3) w. 1G, 5. 17, 12.
particle,

— Sometimes in

us w.

dat.; Jo.

Skeir. IV,

sentences "without

a negative but with a negative

air]»a-kunds, adj. (124), earthy, born of the earth; Skeir. IV, c.
airl>eins,

sense; Jo. 7, 48. I Cor. 1, 16. Skeir. VIII, c.
iodia. pr. n.,

(124), of earth, earthen; II Cor. 4, 7. earthy. earthly, I Cor. 15, 49. II Cor.
adj.
5, 1. Phil. 3, 19. Skeir. IV, d.

Euodias; ace. -an

Phil. 4, 2.

aims

Aipafras, pr. n., Epaphras; Col. Philem. 23; dat. -in; 4, 12.
Col. 1, 7.

(20, n. 2), m. (105), messenger, embassador; Lu. 7,24.
9, 52;

Aipafraudeitus, pr.
ditus; Phil. 2, 25.

n.,

tran sf. embassage, message; Lu. 14, 32. 19, 14. Epaphro- airzei, f. (113), deceit; Eph. 4, 14.
Skeir. V, a.

aipiskaiipei, for. w. (113), office

bishop, bishopric; 1 Tim. 3,

aipiskaupus, for. w., m. (120, n. 1 ), bishop; I Tim. 3, 2. Tit. 1,
7. Cal.

of airzeis, adj. (128), astray, led astray; II Tim. 3, 13. airzeis 1. to err; Mk. 12, 24. 27. sa
i
,

airzeis wair]>an, to be
ceived; Gal. 6, 7.

de-

airzipa,
aipistaule, for.

(120, n. 3), epistle, letter, Rom. 16, 22. Col.
\v.,
f.

4, 16. I Cor. 5, 9.

adv. (214, n. 1), early; Mk. 1,35. 16,2. Airastus, pr. n., Erastus; Rom.
air,

f. (97), deceit, error; Mt. 64. I Tim. 4, 1. 27, airzjan, w. v. (187), w. ace, to lead astray, deceive; Jo. 7, 12.

Tim. 3, 13. pres.partic. airzjan d s decei ver; Mt 27, 63
II
,
.

aistan, w. v. (193), to regard, revw. v. (190), to be a erence; Lu. 20, 13. messenger, an embassador, w. aipei, f. (113), mother; Mt. 10, t'nur w. ace; II Cor. 5, 20. .. ,. 27, 56. Mk. 6, 24. 1 Tim. Eph. 6, 20. 1, 9. Skeir. II, b. c. airis, compar. adv. (212), earlier, ai]>s, gen. aipis, m. (91), oath; long ago, once; Lu. 10, 13. Mt. 5, 33. 26, 72. Mk. 6, 26. airiza, compar. adj. (136), of old Lu. 1, 73. time, Jiving formerly; Mt. 5, aippau (20, 3; 71, n. 1), conj. 21. 33. Lu. 9, 8. 19. (218), (1) or; Mt. 5, 17. Lu. airkni]>a, f. (97), genuineness, 18,11. ai)>]>au jabai, now purity, sincerity; II Cor. 8, 8. ai)>]>au if, but if; I Cor. 4, 7.

16,23.

II Cor. 6, 8.

airindn,

Airiufidam, pr. n., gen. -is; Lu. 3, 28.

Elmodam;

jah, or also;
I

Rom.

14, 10.

Cor. 16, 6.

ai)>]>au ibai,

Aiulf

— aiza-smi)?a.

301

if

11, 7. aiweins, adj. (124), eternal; Mt. aibpau, 25, 41. Mk. 3, 29. 10, 17. II ... Cor. 4, 17. either ... or; Mt. 6, 24. anaibbau, either or; aiwiski, n. (95), shame, disdizuh

by chance unte jabai
;
. . .

II Cor.

honesty; I Cor. 15, 34. II Cor. Lu. 16, 13. (2) else, otherwise; 14. 15, 29. Mt. 6, 1. I Cor. 7, 4,2. introducing the apodosis of aiwiskon, w. v. (190), to behave (3) unseemly, to act shamefully; a conditional sentence; Mt. 11, 23. Lu. 17, 6. Jo. 14, 2. (4) yet, I Cor. 13, 5. truly, then (always in the apo- aiwlaugja, for. w., m., gift, blessdosis, and preceded by abai); ing; II Cor. 9, 5.
j

I Cor. 9, 2. II Cor. 12, 12. Gal.

2,21.
Aiulf, pr. n. (65, n. 1).

Aiwneika, pr. -ai; II Tim.

n.,

Eunice;

dat.

1, 5.

aiws, m. (91, n. 5), time, lifeaiw, time, age, world, eternity; Lu. aiws, q. v. (214), ever; only 16,8. 18,30. Gal. 1,4. Eph. 3, ni, in negative sentences aiw 11 a i w a d a g e at a 11 times. I Cor. 13, 8. never; Mk. 2, 12. w. ni, never; Jo. 8, 51. 52. du never; Mt. 9, 33. ni ni aiw, aiwa, for ever; Jo. 8, 35. 12, adv.,

prop.

ace.

sing•,

of

:

.

,

aiw ainshun, no one ever; Jo. 10, 29. ni ainshun aiw, th. s.; Lu. 19, 30. ni banaseibs aiw manna, noone for ever; Mk. 11,14; ni hranhun aiw, not at any time, never,
Jo. 7, 46.
3,
7.

34.

11,

du aiwam, th.s.; Rom. 36. fram aiwa, from the

beginning of the world, from
eternity; Jo. 9, 32.

fram
3, 9.

ai-

wam,
26. 55. in

th. s.;

Eph.

Col.l,

und aiw,

forever; Lu.l,

Skeir. VIII, a.
th. s.; II

ni

aldins aiwe, forever

aiw luanhun,
ni

Tim.

mannahun aiw
ever; Jo. 8,

andever, ITim.1,17. in alios

liranhun, no one
33.

aldins aiwe, throughout all a w s ages; Eph. 3,21. i forever; Mt. 6, 13. Rom. 9, 5.
i
i

aiwaggeli, for. w., n. (95), gospel, glad tidings; I Cor. 9, 23. 15,
1. Gal. 1, 6.

Aiwwa, pr. n., Eve; I Tim. ace. -an; II Cor. 11, 3.

2,

13;

aiwaggelista, evangelist; Eph. 4,11. II Tim.
4, 5.

aiwxaristia, for. w., m.? ace. -an for. w., m. (108), (108); thanksgiving; II Cor. 9,
11.
aiz

Skeir. Ill, a.

(78, n. 1), n. (94),

brass,

w. v. (187), to bronze, money; Mk. 6, 8. aiwaggeljan, preach the gospel, preach Gal. Aizaikeia, pr. n., Hezekiah; gen. -ins; Ezra II, 16. 4,13. worker in aiwaggeljo, f. (112), gospel; Mt. aiza-smij>a, m. (108), bronze, coppersmith; II Tim. 9,35. Mk.1,1. Gal.2,7. Skeir.
;

I, d. Ill, b.

4,14.

302
Aizleim, pr. Lu. 3, 25.
Aizor, pr. n.. Lu. 3. 33.
n.,

Afzleim

— alt'w.
Akyla, pr.
19.
f.

Esli; gen. -is;

n.,

Aqnila;
,•,.;

I

Cor.

1(5.

Lu. 3, 9. alabalstraiin, indeel. forw., f. (2-1. n. 5; 46, n. 2; 120, n. 2), an ajukdi'i]N. (21, n. 2). f. (103). alabaster box; Lu. 7, 37. time, eternity: in ajukdfi]>s. for ever; Lu. 1, 33. Jo. 6, 51. ala-brunsts, f. (103), holocaust, ,.. burnt offering; Mk. 12, 33. for; Mt. 5, Alaiksandrus, pr. n.. Alexander; ak. conj. (218), but. ITim.l, 20. II Tim. 4, 14: gen. 15. Mk. 1, 44. ni patain -aus; Mk. 15, 21. but also; ak j ah not only
-is; aqizi,
.
.

Esrom; gen.

(9s,.

,

.

.

.

Rom.

9, 10.

i

]>atainei
. .

.

.

.

alakjo, adv.. together, collectively;

ak. not only
IV. d. V.
c.

nei ...

ak

but; Skeir. VII. b. ui ]>ataijab. ) not only
.

.

.

.

allai alakjo all: Mk. 11. 32. Lu. 4. 22. managei alakjo, nil the people; Lu.

but also;

Rom.

9, 24.

ak niu.

not rather, Lu. 17. 8. Rarely without a negative; Mk. 11,32. 37. ala-inans. Lu. 7. 7. Skeir. I, I).
AkaijiiN

alakjo managei. 19, 48. the whole multitude; Lu. 19.
in.

(117. n.l), nil men.

(Akajus). nom.

pi.,

the

the whole
VIII, b.

human

race;

Skeir.

people ofAcbaia; gen. -e,
16, 15;

I Cor.

Akaj§,
pr. n.,
I

II

Cor. 11,10.

Akaikus.

Acbaikus; gen.

Alamod 8? prop, n., in dat.Alam da: once each in Ar. and
,

-mis;

Cor. 16, 17.
.

Neap. Documents.
alan.

Akaja (AkaTja A xaia), pr. n., Acbaja; IICor.9,2; dat. Aka'ijai; II Cor. 1, 1.
akei, conj. (218), but; Mt. 9, 18.
11. 8.

(177). II Tim. 2, 17. to
str.

v.

to grow;

grow

uj>.

nourish:
ala-]>arba.

I

Tim.

4.

(5.

adj. (132, n. 2),

very

Mk.
27.

'•».

I•-..

13, 20.
i .

24.

poor, very needy: Lu. 15, 14. aldoma, m. (108), old age; Lu.
f.

Jo.

7.

;i

kei n

but not,

but neither, Rom.
2, 3.

LO, 2.

1. 36. Gal. aids (73: 74, n. 3),

(103),

an

age, generation;
.

Eph.

2, 2. 7.

akeita, for aw. m., or a keit

n,

(91,

.

3, 5.

life;

2), vinegar,

Mi. 27,

II

Mk. 15,36.
akran.
(94), fruit; Mt. 7. 16. Mk.4, 7. ICor. 9, 7. Gal.5, 22.
n.

Tim. 4, from generations; Col. 1, 26. s aide, from generin a <1
.

Tim. 2, 1. world; 10. fra m aldim
II

1

i

ation to generation; Lu.
also under a
aleina.
f.
i

1.

50.

akrana-laus. adj. (121), fruitless,
unfruitful;

\vs.

Mk.

4. 19.

(97).

ell.

cubit; Mt. 6,

akra, m. (91, n. 1). field; Mi. 27, Mk. L5, 21. Lu. L5, 7. 8. 1•'.
25.

27.

alew, n. (119). olive, oil; Mk. 6, 13. Ln. 7,46. 16, 6.

alewa-bagms

— alls.

303

alewa-bagms, m. (91), olive-tree; aljar, adv. (213, n. 1), elsewhere; Lu. 19, 37. Rom. 11, 17. 24. II Cor. 10, 1. 11. alews (130; or ale we is 127), aljab, adv. (213, d. 1), in another direction; adj., belonging to the oliveafleiban alja]?, to go away; Mk. 12, 1. tree, fairguni alewjo, the Mount of Olives; Mk.11,1. Lu. aljabro, adv. (213, n. 1), from elsewhere, by some other way, 19, 29. absent; Jo. 10, 1. II Cor. 13, 2. Alfaius, pr. n., Alpheus; gen. -aus; Mk. 2, 14. 3, 18. Lu. G, 10. Phil. 1, 27. 15. aljis, adj. (126), other, another; II Cor. 1, 13. Gal. 5, 10. I Tim. alhs, f. (11.6), temple; Mt, 27, 5. Mk. 14, 49. Lu. 4, 9. II Cor. 1, 10. Skeir. VII, b. all-andjo, adv., wholly, alto6,16. gether/ I Thess. 5, 23. alibs; see aljan. conj., than, except, un- allabro, adv. (213, n. 2), from all alja, (1) directions, from every quarter; less; Mk.9, 8. Lu.4, 26. II Cor. Mk. 1, 45. Lu. 19, 43. 1, 13. Skeir. VIII, c. (2) prep, w. dat. (217), except; Mk. 12, alla-waiirstwa, m. (108), one who works, with all his might, per32.
alja-kuns,
;

adj.

(130),

foreign,
,

fect; Col. 4, 12.
allis, (1)

strange s a a 1 j a k u j a this stranger; Lu. 17, 18. aljak u j a strangers; Eph. 2, 19. contrary to nature; Eom. 11,
i
,

24.
alja-leiko, adv., otherwise; I Tim.

6,3

(id B).

alja-leikon,

to

express figura-

tively; pret. partic.

-o^s,

alle-

gorical; Gal. 4, 24.
alja-leikos,
u.

adv. (215), in general, wholly, at all; w. ni not at all; Mt. 5,34.39. I Cor. 15, 29. (2) conj. (218), (never at the beginning-, except Mk. 12, 25), for; Mk. 6, 14. Lu. 1, 44. Jo. nih allis, for neither, 5, 46. for not; Mk. 4, 22. Lu. 20, 36. al s ib, indeed but Lu. 3, 16.
,

1 i

.

.

.

.

.

.

compar. adv. (212, otherwise; Phil. 3, 15. 2), I Tim. 5, 25. 6,3.

alls, adj.

(122, n. 1), all, every, whole, (1) alone, w. or without
18. 6, 32. 26, 70.
(2) w. (3)

the art. (demonstr. prn.); Mt.
5,

alja-leikobs; see
aljan,

aljaleikon.

w. v. (187; pret. partic. alibs), to fatten; Lu. 15, 23. 27. 31. aljan, n. (94), zeal, jealousy;

pers. prn.;

Mk. 14, 64.

a w. a

poss. prn., w. or without the
art.;

Lu. 15, 31. Jo. 17, 10.

Rom.
aljan on,

10, 2. 19. II Cor. 11,2.

w. v. (190), to envy, affect zealously; I Cor. 13, 4. w. dat.; II Cor. 11, 2. Gal. 4,
17. w. in w. dat.; Gal. 4, 18.

a rel. prn.; Mk. 11, 24. Mt, 8, 16. (5) w. a partic; Rom. 12, 3. (6) w. an adj"., w. or without the art.; Mk. 7, 23. Lu. 9, 2. Gal. 6, 6. (7) w. an
(4) w.

adv. phrase; Mt.

5, 15. (8)

w.

304

all-swerei

— ana-aukan.
ral,

a

sb.,

w. or without the art.:
9,

Mt. Mt. Mt.
pi.

w. jains; 9, 20. 31; w. a poss. prii.; 5, 29. 0, 29. (9) the gen.
8, 32.

35;

about: Jo. 7, 14. measure, about; as a a
18.
(d)

(c)

of
r-

s

a

dim fimftaihunim:
reading,
learning',

Jo. 11,

after vs. of 'writing,

of alls, either alone or w.

hearing,

knowing,
/'/;,

the same case, after a a superl.; Mk.4,31. 12,22. I Cor. 15, 8; for this gen. in w. dat.; Lu. 9, 48. (10) all (n.sing.) w. gen. sing.; Mk. 2, 13. (11) the sing, of alls, every, w. gen.pl.; Mt. 7, 17. Lu. 3, 5. Rom. 14, 11. bo alia, in all things;
sb. in

out
c.

of,

and the like. from, by: Mk. 12. 26. Jo. 9. 3^
I

12, 34.
vs.

Cor. 5, 9. Skeir. VII.
for,

(e) of 'cause*, especially after

of 'affection',

;'/),

at.

over;
(f)

Mt.

7,

28.

Mk. 12, 17.
I


,

II Cor. 1.4. 5,4.

Thess

3. 9.

Eph.

4, 15.
f.

all-swerei,

(113); in al Is hein simplici-

rein
ty;

for

bt

,,
c.

12, 8 (See note; and SAverei). cp.

Rom.

denoting 'inclination, reference', and the like, in, upon, toward, over, of; Mk. 9, 37. Lu.10, 19. 18,3. II Cor. 1,23. (g) stains ana staina, one stone upon another; Lu. V.>.
44.
27.

all-waldands, m. (115), nil-ruling: ahnightji'liCoT. 6, 18. albeis, adj. (128), old; Jo. 3, 34.

gaurei ana gaurein,
Phil. 2,

sorrow upon sorrow:

alba old things; II Cor. 5,17. j 6 sa albiza (com par.), the elder: Lu. 15, 25. albs; see aids.
Skeir. II, b.
,

Cal. — bo

(2) w. ace, (a) local, on,

upon, at, into; Mt. 5, 15. Lu. 5,4. trop., against; Mk. 14. 55.

ana andaugi, Jo. 13, 18. in presence/ II Cor. 10, 1. 1 i ubai ana attans, beloved for
the fathers' sake
28.
(c) distributive:
(?);

Amalaberga
Amalafrigda,
Aineinariah.

(54, n. 2), pr. n.
pr. n. (3, n. 2).
pr.
n.,

Rom.

11,

(b) temporal, in; Lu. 17,4.

Aminad&b;

ana baurgs,
.

gen. -is; Lu. 3, 33. anion, for w., Amen, verily: Mt.

in e very city; Tit 1
1

,

s a

k k 1 esj
1 1

s,

a a a throughout
5
.

1

5,18. 10,42. Neh.5, 13. Skeir.
II, a.

all churchte;

Cor. 8, 18.

ana

lrarjanoh fimftiguns, bj
pr. n.,

Ammo,

Amos;

gen. -6ns;

fifties:

Lu.
in;

9. 14.

(II) adv., on,

Lu. 3. 25.

MUM

(108; or

ams,

91?),

in..

shoulder: Lu. 15, 5.
an. interrog. part. (216) (cp. Lt.

Mt. 27, 7. Mk. 8, 23. 11,7. moi-eo ver, besides; II Cor. Frequently in compo8, 7.

upon,

siiion

w. vs., sbs., adjs.,

and

ad vs. <an',G. Menu•?); Ln. 3. 10. 10, 29. 18, 2<>. ana-aukan, red. v. (179). to add; ana, (I) prep. (217), (1) w. dat., (1) w. ana w. ace: Mt. (5. 27. (n) local, in. to, on, upon, over: Lu. 3. 20. (2) w. an inf. or a
Mt.7.24. Mk.1,45. (b) tempopartic.
it

denotes 'continued or

ana-biudan

— ana-laceins.

305

repeated action', and may be taken (with fever); Lu. 4, 38. translated by again, furtherto be possessed; Lu. 6, 18. more, while the inf. or the ana-haimeis (127, or -halms; partic. become the finite verbs; 130, n. 2), adj., at home, presLu. 20, 11. 12. \v. a partic; ent; II Cor. 5, 8. 9. Skeir. VI, d. ana-haitan, red. v. (170; 179), ana-biudan, str. v. (170; 173), (bidai, dat. of means), to call to command, instruct, bid, (1) upon, invoke; w. ace; Rom. w. dat. of pers.; Mt.27,10. Lu. 10, 13. I Thess. 4, 1. w. two 4, 36; and bi w. ace; Lu.4, 10. aces.; II Cor. 1, 23. w. dat., to (2) w. ace. ofth.; Mt.8,4. (3) exclaim loudly against, to rew. inf.; Mk. 6, 27. (4) w. du w. buke; Skeir. VIII, b. inf.; Lu. 4, 10. (5) w. ace. and ana-hamon, w. v. (190), to put inf.; I Tim, 6, 13. (6) w. imper.; on clothes, to clothe II Cor. Mk. 9, 25. (7) w. ei; Mk.9, 9. 5,4. ana-busns (75,n.l),f. (103), command, commandment, charge, ana-hnaiwjan, w.v. (187), w.acc, to lay upon; Mt. 8, 20. ordinance; Mt. 5, 19. Mk. 7, 7. ana-hneiwan, str. v. (172, u. 1), 8. 13. Jo. 15, 12. to bend down, stoop down; ana-drigkan (gg; 67, n.l), str. v.
,

;

Mk. 1, 7. Skeir. Ill, d. (174, n. 1); anadr. sik w. instr., to get drunk, be drunk; ana-keilan, w.v. (193), w. ace, Eph. 5, 18. to give rest to, refresh; II Cor.
ana-filh, n. (94), tradition,

7,13. thing committed to one, com- ana-kaiirjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, mendation; Mk. 7, 3. II Thess. to press upon, overload; II Cor. 3,6. II Tim. 1, 12. 14. ana2,5. filhisbokos, epistles of com- anaks, adv., suddenly, at once; mendation; II Cor. 3, 1. Mk. 9, 8. Lu. 2, 13. 9, 39. ana-nlhan, str. v. (174, n.l), vv.
dat. of pers.

any-

and
1.

ace. of th., to

ana-kumbjan

(kumbjan from
down, at meat;

deliver up, deliver, commit; Mt.

Lt. 'cumbere', to recline, as 'at
table'), w. v. (188), to lie
sit

27, 2.

Mk. 12,

Lu.

1, 2.

to

commend; II Cor. 3, 1. 5, 12. to hand down as tradition; Mk. 7, 5. 8. 13. — bata anafulhano izwar, your own
tradition; Mk.,7, 9.

down, recline, sit Lu.7,36. 9,14. w. ana w. dat.; Mk. 8, 6. in w. dat.; Mt. 9, 10. mib w. dat.; Mt. 8, 11.

ana-gaggan, an. v. (179, n. 3; 207), to come after, be future; ana-kunnan, w. v. (193), to read; II Cor. 1,13. 3,2. Eph. 2, 7.

ana-kunnains, f. (103, n. 1), a reading; II Cor. 3, 14.

ana-haban, w. v. (192), to take ana-lageins, f. (124), a laying on; hold of, possess; in pass, to be I Tim. 4, 14. II Tim. 1, 6.
20

30G

arm-lnuian

— ana-^aima.
tic,

ana-lasjan, w. v. (187), w. ace. to lay on Lu. 4, 40. b a j s
;

(dat.)

ananiwidin;

Col.

3, 10.

anal., to wound; Lu. 10, 30. ana-niuji]>a, f. (97), a renewing, renewal; Rom. 12. 2. ana-latjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to hinder; I These. 2, 18. Phil. ana-praggan (51), red. v. (178), to harass, trouble; only pret. 4,10. f. (113), secretness; partic. occurs; II Cor. 7, 5. ana-laugnei, Jo. 7, 4. ana-qiman, str. v. (175, n. 1), w. ace, to come near, approach; ana-laugniba, adv. (210), secretly, in secret; Jo. 7; 10. Lu. 2, 9.
ana-laugns, adj. (130), secret: ana-qiss, f. (103), blasphemy; Mk. 4, 22. Lu. 8, 17. I Cor. 4. Col. 3, 8. I Tim. 6. 4. 25. II Cor. 4, 2. 5. 14, ana-qi]»an, str. v. (17G, n. 1), to blaspheme; in pass., to be evil ana-leiko, adv., in like manner;
Skeir. VII, a.

spoken

of; 1 Cor. 10, 30.

ana-mall tjan, w. v. (188), to be violent against, do wrong, defraud, maltreat, (1) abs.; Mt. 11, 12. Mk. 10, 19. II Cor. 7. 12. in pass., to suffer violence; Mt. 11, 12. to suffer wrong; II Cor. 7, 12. (2) w. ace; Lu.3, 14. G, 28; in pass, the nom.; Lu. 18, 32.

ana-qiujan (42), \v. v. (187), to quicken, stir up; II Tim. 1, 6. ana-silan, w. v. (193), to be silent, be still, grow still: Mk. 4.
39.

ana-siuns,

adj.

(130),

visible:

Skeir. II, d.

ana-slawan, w.

come

(193), silent; Lu. 8, 24.

v.

to be-

ana-niahts (GG, n. 1), f. (103), iina-slepan(78,n.3),red.v.(179), power, injury; II Cor. 12, 10. to fall asleep, sleep, be asleep;
Skeir.
I,

b.

Lu.8,23. IThess.4,13.14.15.

ana-meljan, w. v. (187), to write ana-stodeins, f. (103, n.l), begindown; in a passive sense, to be ning; Mk.1,1. Col. 1,18. Skeir. enrolled for taxation, be taxed; 1, b. e first fruits; I Cor. 15, Lu. 2, 5. 20. 23. ana-minds, f. (103), supposition; ana-stodjan, w. v. (188), intr., I Tim. G, 4. to begin; Gal. 3, 3. Skeir. II, a. aiia-nan)>jan, w.v. (188), to dare, IV,b. Mk., Lu., Eph.,IIThess., bold; Mk. 15, 43. Rom. 10, be and Tit. superscrs. 20. II Cor. 11,21. w.inf.; Skeir. ana-timrjan, w.v. (188), to build IV, «I upon; w. ana dat.; Eph. ana-nanhjan, w. v. (188), w.acc., 2, 20. to constrain, compel; Mt. 5,41. ana-trimpan, str. v. (174, n. 1), Ananeias (Ananias), pr.n., Hato tread upon, piess upon; \v. nani{ah); dat. -in"; Neh. 7. 2. du w. inf.; Lu. 5, 1. ana-ninjan, w.v. (188), to renew; ana-]>aima, for. w., anathema;

.

II Cor. 4, 1G.

Eph.

4, 23.

par-

Rom.

9, 3.

I

Cor. 16, 22.

ana-]mvan

— anda-waurdi.
reward; II Cor. 24. I Tim. 5, 4.
6, 13.

307
Col. 3,

ana-]>iwan,
9,

(103), w. aec, to bring into subjection I Cor.
vv.

v.

;

27.

Ana]>0]>, pr. n.,

Anathoth; Ezra

anda-nahti, n. (95), evening; Mt. 8, 16. Mk.l, 32. 4,35. 11, 11.

2,23.

19.15,42.
;

ana-]>rafstjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, anda-neij>s, adj. (124), contrary; to refresh II Tim. 1, 16. PhiI Thess, 2, 15. Col. 2, 14.

lem. 20.

at a andaneipo, contrari-

ana-wairbs, adj. (124), future; wise; II Cor. 2, 7. Mk. 10, 30. Lu. 3, 7. Jo. 16, anda-nem (33), n. (94), a receiv13.
Col. 2, 17.
I
c.

Tim.

1, 16.

ing; Phil. 4, 15.
adj. (124), receiv-

4,8.

Skeir. II,

V, a.

batei anda-nemeigs,
-

au aw air]? was mis duwiu- ing, holding fast; Tit. 1, 9. n a n, that we should (lit. that and a ne m s ( 33 ) ad j .(130), pleasit was future to us to) suffer; ant, acceptable; Lu. 4, 19. 24.
,

I

Thess. 3, 4.

II Cor. 6, 2.

aiia-waiiiiiijan,

w. v. (188), blame; II Cor. 6, 3.
f.

ana-wiljei,

(113),

to anda-nuints (33), f. (103), a receiving, acceptation; Lu.9, 51. Rom. 11, 15. I Tim. 1, 15. 4, 9. moderation,

gravity; Phil. 4, 5. I Tim. 3,4. anda-sets (34), adj. (130), abominable; Tit. 1, 16. the n. sing, and, prep. w. ace. (217), (1) lois used substantively, abomical, denoting 'motion over, or nation; Lu. 16, 15. along, an object', to, into, on; Mt. 9, 26. 11, 1. Lu. 14, 23. anda-stabjis, m. (92), an adverRom. 10, 18. an d all every sary; Lu. 18, 3. I Cor. 16, 9. Phil. 1, 28. where; (2) temporal, at) Mt. m., an adversary; 27, 15. Mk. 15, 6. Occurs anda-staua, Mt 5, 25. often in composition with sbs., adj. (124), cautious, adjs., vbs., and ad vs., while the anda-bahts, vigilant, reasonable; Rom. 12, fuller form, an d a occurs with 1. ITim.3,2. II Tim. 4. 5. Tit. sbs. and adjs. only; Lu. 9, 6.

,

,

anda-bauhts,
I

f.

(103), ransom;

1, 8. Skeir. II, d.

Tim.

2, 6.

and-augi,

10, 1. I anda-beit, n. (94), reproach; II and-augiba, adv., openly, plainly, Cor. 2, 6. frankly; Jo. 7, 26. 10, 24. anda-hafts, f. (103), answer, reply, sentence, resolution; I Cor. and-augjo, adv., openly, publicly; Mk. 1, 45. Jo. 7, 10. 18, 20. 9, 3. II Cor.l, 9. Skeir. VIII, b.

(95), face; II Cor. Thess. 2, 17.
n.

an d a -h ait,

worth, price; (94), profession, anda-wairbi, n. (95), Mt. 27, 6. 9. confession; II Cor. 9, 13. I Tim.
n.

anda-waurdi, n. (95), answer; anda-lanni, n. (95), lvcompense, Lu. 2, 47. 20, 26. Jo. 19, 9.

6,12.13.

308
anda-wizns,
need,
f.

anda-wizns

— and-huleins.
dat. of pers.;
7,

want;

(103), necessity. Rom. 12, 13. II

28.

Mt. 25, 45. Mk. (3) w. ace. of th.; Mt.

Cor. 11, 8. Phil. 4, 16.

or -w 1 ei s anda-M f., 103?); countenance, face; Mt. 26, 67. Lu. 17, 16. I Cor.
leizn, u. (94;

27, 12. Mk. 14, 60. 61. (4) w. wi]?ra w. ace: Mt. 27, 14. Lu.

4,4. Skeir. VIII, b. (5) w. ei; Lu. 20, 7; or batei; Mk. 12,
29.

14, 25. II Cor. 3, 13. 11, 20.

and-bahti, n. (95, n. 1), office, service, ministry, ministration:

frodaba: Mk.12, 34; raihtaba; Lu. 10,28;
(6) w.

wail a; Mk.

12, 28.

Mk. 10,45,
3, 7. 11, 8.

I Cor. 16, 15. II Cor.

and-liaitan, red. v. (170: 179), to

profess, confess,

make

confes-

and-bahtjan, \v.v.(187), to serve, minister; Mk.10, 45. Jo. 12, 2. I Tim. 3, 10. 13. w. ace. of th.. to perform, administer; II Cor. 3, 3. 8, 19. 20. w.dat. of pers., to serve, minister; Mt. 8, 15. 25, 44. I Tim. 5, 16. Philem.13. and-bahts, m. (91), servant, minister, officer, Mt. 5, 25. Mk.14, 54. Jo. 12, 26. 18, 3. 22. Lu.
4, 20. Skeir. VIII, a.

sion, (1) abs.; Jo. 12,42; w. du w. dat.; Rom. 10, 10. (2) w.

ace, to confess, acknowledge, Skeir. V, a; w. two aces.; Jo. 9, 22. (3) w. dat., to confess (one's self) to, to thank; Mt. 10,32. Lu.2, 38. 10, 21. Rom. 10, 9. 14, 11. 15, 9; ouce to
confess something;
(4)

Mk.1.5.
(5)

w. ]>atei; Mt. 7,23. w. inf.; Tit, 1, 16.

and-bcitan, str. v. (172, n. 1), w. and-hanion, \v. v. (190), w. sik ace, to rebuke; Mk. 1, 25. 3, and instr.dat,, to take off; Col. 12. 8, 32. 33. Lu.18,15. 1 Tim. 2,15. 5, 1. Skeir. V, b. in pass., to be and-hausjan, w.v. (187), w. dat., perplexed: II Cor. 4, 8. to listen to; hence, to obey, and-bindan, str. v. (174), to loose, hear; Mk. 6, 20. Lu. 17, 6. to imhind, (1) w. ace; Mk. 1, 7. listen to (and answer favor11, 2. 4. 5. Lu. 3, 16. 19, 30. ably), to hear; Jo. 9, 31. 11, Jo. 11, 44. Skeir. Ill, d; fio•., to 41. 42. II Cor. 6, 2; pers. pass.; explain: Mk.4, 34. (2) w. af w. Mt. 6, 7. Lu. 1, 13.
dat.;

Rom.

7, 6.

and-hugjan, w. v. (188), in aiid-biiiidnan, w. v. (194), to be(Phil. 3, 15); prob. en error, for come loose, to loosen; Mk.
7,

35.

and h ul an
j

,

q. v.

andeis, m. (92, n.l), end; Mk. 3, and-hruskan, w. v. (? only pres. partic occurs), to ask ques26. 27. Rom. 10, 18. Phil. 3, 19. tions, inquire; I Cor. 10, 25. 27. Skeir. III. a. and andi, to the
end, to the uttermost:
2. 16.
I

Thess. and-huleins, f. (103, n. 1), uncovering, revelation, ilium illation;
II

aud-liafjnn, str.
(1) abs.:

v. 8.

(177. n. 2),

Lu.

2, 32.
1. 7.

I

Cor. 14, 26.

Mt.8,

11,4.

(2) w.

Cor. 12.

and-huljan

— and-wair)?i.

300

ace, gard, consider; Lu.20,21. Gal. and-huljan, w. v. (187), to uncover; Mk.2,4. toivveal; 6,1 (in A). Mk. 10, 26. Lu. 2, 35. 17, 30. and-sakan, str. v. (177, n. 1), to IIThess.2, 3; and dat. of pers.; argue against, speak against; Lu. 10, 21. 22. Jo. 12, 38. Eph. Lu. 2, 34.
3, 5.

.

Phil. 3, 15. pret. partic. and-satjan,

andhulips, uncovered,
andi-laus,
I

open;

ace, (187), to set against, attribute; Skeir.

..

.

I Cor. 11, 5. II Cor. 3, 18.

V,e

adj.

(124),

Tim. 1,4.

endless; and-sitan, str. y. (176, n. 1), w. ace, to regard; Gal. 2, 6. Skeir.

andiz-uh, conj. (218), otherwise,
else;

VIII, b.
10, 27.

to inquire into; I Cor.

andizuh
. . .

...

aip)?au,

and-speiwan, str. . (172, 1), to reject, lit. to spit against; and-letnan, w. v. (194), to become free, to depart; Phil. 1, Gal. 4, 14. 23. and -staid, n. (94), supply, ministration; Eph. 4, 16. Phil. 1,19. and-niman, str. v. (170; 175), w. ace, to take, receive, partake, and-staldan, red. v. (179), ace except; Mt. 10, 40. Mk. 4, 20; of pers. and instr. dat. of th., in pret. to have received, to to provide, supply, minister; have; Mt. 6, 2. 16; gamau- II Cor. 9, 10. Gal. 3, 5. I Tim. dein andn., to call to remem1,4. brance, to remember; II Tim. 1, and-standan, str. v. (177, n. 3.), and ana dat.; Neh. to oppose, be contrary, with5; stand, resist, gainsay; Rom. 5, 17; or ace, Lu. 2, 28; or in ace; Lu. 16, 4. 9; or at dat.; Mt. 10, 21. Eph. 6, 13. dat.; I Cor. 11, 23; or du w. 5, 39. Jo. 19, 12. Rom. 9, 19.
either
or; Lu. 16, 13.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

inf.;

Mk.

7, 4.

and-staiirran,

and-qi]>an, str. v.
dat., to

(176, n. 1),

ay.

speak with, approach;

.. (193), Av.ace, and-tilon, .. (189), . dat., to
to murmur against; Mk. 14,
5.

Lu. 8, 19. to bid farewell to; Lu. 9, 61. Andraias, pr.n., Andrew; Jo. 6, 8.
12, 22. Skeir. VII, a; gen.

serve, cleave to;

Lu.16, 13. to
self;

serve,

accomodate one's
(gg; 67,
devise,

Skeir. VII, b.

An- and-pagfcjan
(209; pret.
consider,
pret.)

.

1),

. v.
to
(in

draiins; Mk. 1, 29. Andriins; Cal.; dat. -in; Jo. 12, 22; ace -an; Mk. 1, 16. 3, 18.

-pahta

.

(5, b),

sik,

Lu. 6, 14. collect, remember; Skeir. VII, a; and-rinnan, st. v. (174, n. 1), to run against, to strive, dispute; so -ithout sik; Skeir. VII, a. Mk.9,34. sik; Skeir. Ill, a. and-wair]>i, n. (95), presence, face (person); Mt. 6, 16. Lu. 9, 53. and-saflian (34, n. 1), str. y. (176, in , or f aura n. 1), w. ace, to look at, reI Thess. 2, 17.

to be resolved, know; gen. of th., to reLu. 16, 4.

.

.

310

and-\vair)'is

— an)>ar-leiko.
24.

and wairbj a
of.

.

in the pivsence
5, 16. 24.

before;
i

Mt.

Mk.

favor\ Lu. 1, 30. 2,52. thank; I Cor. 10, 30. Col. 3, 16.
pr. n.,

9,2. wa r

n
i

managamma
a before many;
,

and- Antiaukia,

]->

II Cor.

1, 11. Skeir.

V, a.
,
.

c.

bi

wa

r ]>

i

a

\v

.

gen before;

andI Tim

-jai; Gal. 2, 11; Tim. 3, 11.

Antioch; dat. or -iai; II

5,19.
and-wairbis,
61.

adv. need as prep. w. dat., over against; Mt. 27,

anbar, adj. (122. n. 1; 124, ns. 1. 4; 14G), another, second, (1)

ainl-wairbs, adj., (124), present; I Cor. 5, 3. 7. 2(5. II Cor. 4, 17.

w.and without art.; Mt. 5,39. 8,9. Mk. 12,31.32. Lu. anbar 5,29. 6, 10. an]>aruh ]>an, the one the
alone,


.

.

.

.

.

.

.

a

d

w air]» o,

used as sb.
v.

:

Rom.

other; Skeir. II, d. V, a.

8, 38.

rai
.
. .

ban
. . .

.

.

anbaanbarai ban,
. .

aml-wasjan, w.

(187), w. ace. of pers. and instr.dat., to unclothe, take off (clothes); Mk.
15, 20.

some otheis; Mk.G, 15. sum an ]> a rub j^an, some
.

some; Mk.
7,12.

4, 5.

sumaih
.

anbarai, some.

... .others; Jo.

and-waurdjan,

w. v. (188). w. dat. of pert., to answer, ivjjIy to; Rom. 9, 20.

anbarai
.
.

...

sumaih

anbarai ban sumai ban, th. s.; Lu.9,19. ains anbar,
. . . .

]>an, th.s.; Mk. 8, 28.

and-weihan, str. v. (172), w.dat., to strive against, oppose; Rom.
7, 23. 9,

Anna,

pr.

13 (gloss). n., Anna; Lu.
n.,

the one the other: Mt. G. 24. Lu. 7, 41. 17,35. ]»ata anb a r for the ivst. besides I Cor.
.
.

.

,

;

2, 3G.

Annas, pr.

Annas; Jo. 18, 24;

dat. -in; Lu. 3, 2. Jo. 18, 13.

1,16. IICor.13,11. Eph. G, 10. an]>ar an bar an a, one another; Phil. 2, 3. IThess.5,11.

anno, f. (Ill; or anna, 9G?), wages, salary; Lu. 3, 14. s\v£m a t one's wn sai m a charges; I Cor. 9, 7.
,

anbar aubaris,
same
art.;

one of an-

other; Eph. 4. 25. (2) w. a si... (a) in gen.; Mt.8,21.(b) in the
case.
\v.

or without the

Anu, pr. n.. Ono Ezra 2. 33.
ans

(');
(?

gen. -os;

4.

Mt.27,61. Mk.4,36. 12,

an]>aramma sinba,

.
(9,
f.

n.4). m.
occurs),

90; only dat.
;

beam Lu.6,41
fa-

42.

usteigB, adj. (124), gracious, vorable Eph. 1, 6.
;

the second time', Mk. 14. 72. Jo. 9, 24. anbar fruma sabbat 6 the first sa hl>a t after the great Easter sabbath;

,

Lu.

G, 1.

ansts.
gift;
II

{102) Joy,

II
I

Rom.

(.

23.

(or. 1,24. anbar-leikei, f. (113), diversity; Skeir. V. c VI, b. Tim. 4. 14.

benent; Lu. 2. 40. 15. grace',
1. 6.

Tim.

Cor. 1, an|>ar-lciko, Rom. 1G, Tim. 1.3.
II

adv..

otherwise; I

Appaullo

— arman.

.'ill

Apaullo

(?), pr.
I

ii.,

-Cms;

14. Gal. 4, 1. apai'istaulei, for. w., f. (Ill), arbja, m. (1()S), heir, Gal. 3, 29. apostleship; I Cor. 9, 2. Gal. 4, 7. arbja wairj?an, to inherit; Mk. 10, 17. Lu. 10, 25. 8 (apaustulein in A). 2,

Cor. 1, 12; dat. -on; I Cor. 4, 6; ace. I Cor. 16, 12.

-;

Apollo; gen. arbi-numja, m. (108), one who takes an inheritance, an inheritor, heir;

Mk.12,7. Lu.20,

apaustaulus, m. (120, n. 1; apaustulus, 13, n.l), apostle, messenger; sing. nom. -us; Jo. 13, 16; gen. -aus; I Cor. subscr. II Cor. 12, 12; or -us; Cal. (in A); ace. -u Phil. 2, 25; pi. nom. -eis; Mk. 6,30; gen. -§; I Cor. 15, 9; dat. -urn; I Cor. 15, 7; ace. -uns; Lu.6,13. 9,1. I Cor. 4, 9. Eph. 4, 11.
;

18, 18. Gal. 5, 21. arbjo, f. (112), heiress;

arbjo
I Cor.

w air ban,
15, 50.

to inherit;

Arimabaia, pr. n., Ariinathea; gen. -as; Mt. 27, 57. Mk. 15,
43.

Areistarkus, pr.
Col. 4,

n.,

Aristarchus

10 (Arias tarkus in A). Arfaksad, pr. n., Arphaxad; gen.
-is; Lu. 3, 36.

ara f m. (108), eagle; Lu. 17, 37.

Arabia, pr.
II Cor.

n.,

Arabia; Gal. 4, 25.

arhazna,
16.

f.

(97),

arrow; Eph.

6,

Araitas, pr.n., Aretas; gen. -ins;

arjan, Ws v. (187), to plow; Lu.

11,32.

17,7.
-is; Lu. arka,

Aram,
3,

pr.n.,

Aram; gen.

33.

(97), ark, box, bag; Lu. 17, 27. Jo. 12, 6. 13, 29.
f.

arbaidjan, w. v. (187), to work, ark-aggilus (57), m. (105), archlabor, toil; Mt.6, 28. I Cor. 15, angel; I Thess. 4, 16. 10. II Tim. 2, 6. to suffer, en- Arkippus, pr. n., Archippus; dat. dure; II Tim. 2, 3. 9. 4, 5. sa-au; Col. 4, 17. arbaidjan w. dat., to arma-hairtei, 1 (11 3), pity, mercy; labor or strive together for; Lu. 1, 50. 54. 58. Rom. 15, 9.

mana
Phil.

Eph. 2, 4. 1,27. w. du w. dat., to labor under; Col. 1, 29. w. in w. arma-hairtiba, f. (97), pity, mercy; Mt. 6, 4. 9, 13. Lu. 1, 72. dat., to suffer in; II Tim. 2, 9. arbaips, f. (103), labor, work, arma-hairts, adj. (124), merciful; toil; I Cor. 15, 58. II Cor. 6, 5. Eph. 4, 32. press ure of b usiness; 1 1 Cor 1 1 armaio, f. (112), mercy, pity; 28. in arbaidai briggan, Rom. 9, 23. 11, 31. Gal. 6, 16. to exalt one's self; II Cor. 11, I Tim. 1,2. 16. alms; Mt.6,
.

20.

arbaidai winnan,

to

1. 2. 3.

labor; II Thess. 3, 8. arman, w. v. (192), to show mercy; Rom. 9, 16. 12, 8. w. arbi, n. (95), heritage, inheritance; Lu. 20, 14. Gal. 4, 30. ace, to have mercy on; Mt. Eph.l, 14. 18. 5, 5. Col. 3, 24. 9, 27. Mk. 10, 47. 48.

312

arms

— at-angjati.
\

arms, adj. (124), miserable, poor.
wretched,
super]
.

asts,

a r in 8

t

.

m. (91), branch, twig; Mk. 4,32. 11,8. 13,28. Jo. 12, 13.

nom.

pi.

armostai

(137):

Rom.
at,

11, 16. 18. 19. 21.

I Cor. 15, 19.

arms, m. (101), arm; Mk. 9, 36 Lu. 1, 51. 2, 28. Jo. 12, 38. arniba, adv. (130, n. 3: 210).
surely,

prep. (217), (1) w. dat., (a) local, («) of the pers. of which

anything
ceived',,

is

'heard, learned, re-

Mk. 14. 44.
spires:

and the like, of, from: Mk. 15,45. Lu. 10, 7. II Tim.
1,

ardmata, forw.. sweet
10.
1.

Mk.

18. Neh. 5, 15. Skeir. IV, d.

]mj

at im, what they have;

Artaksairksus, pr. n.,Artaxerxes; Neh. 5, 14. arwjo, adv., without cause; Jo. 25. gratuitously, freely;

.

Lu. 10, 7. (,5) nearness, at, by, with: Mt. 9, 9. Mk. 4, 1. (f) in consideration of, on account
of:

Skeir. V,

c.

— at

]>

a

mma
added

II Cor. 11, 7.

for nought; II

lei

ka

,

therefore: I Cor. 12, 15.

These. 3, 8. Asaf. pr. n. (gen.

10. in Skeir. VI, d

at

is

Asa
41.

bis. 50),

Asaph; Ezra
asans.
tin if.
f.

2.

(103), harvest, harvest summer: Mt. 9, 37. 38.

29. 13,28. Lu. 10, 2. Aser. pr. n.. Aser: gen. -is: Lu.
2.

Mk.4.
36.

Asgad,
Asia,

pr. n.,
pr.
n..

Azgad; Ezra
Asia;

2, 12.

to avoid ambiguity. (*) the point at which anything arrives, after vs. of 'coming, bringing', and the like, to; Mt. 7.15. Mk. 7. 31. 9.20. Lu. 3, 2. (b) temporal, i. e. 'time within which'; Lu.3.2: often emphatic w. the dat. aba.; Mt. 8, 10. Mk.

gen. -a is:

I Cor. 10, 19.

dat. -ai; I Cor.

4,6.35. Skeir. II, d. Ill, a. VII. b. VIII, a. c. d. (2) w.acc, only
temporal; as, at dulj», at the at feast; Lu. 2, 41. at
the season; Mk. 12,
2.

subscr. II Cor. 1,8. II Tim.l, 1 5. asilu-qairnus. f. (105), millstone
(lit.

,

'ass-mill.
ass):

by an
iisi'us.

a mill turned Mk. 9, 42.
i.e.

at m§l

m.f. (105), young ass, ass; Lu. 19, 30. Jo. 12, 14. 15.
pr. n.,
2,

swrsata, 713 due seasotr. Gal. (J. 9. at maurgin waiir]>n-

nana, when
come; Mt. 27,

the
1.

morning was

Asnioj>,

Azmaveth; gen.
1.

-is:

Ezra

2

asneis,

m. (92). servant, man, hireling', Mk. 1, 20. Lu.
15, 17. 19. Jo. 10, 12. 13.

at-ahni. n. (95), year, Jo. is. 13. hired at-angjan, w. v. (187), (1) to

bring before the eyes, to show.
(a) w. ace. of th.; Kpli.2.7. (b)

asviiijiis.

forw.,
pr.
n..

in.

1

1

().)).

,•/

small
gen.

w. dat. of pers,

and

ace. of th.;
(<•)

coin, farthing: Mt. 10, 29.

Lu L

5. 20.
,

24. Jo. 10. 32.
si k

4ssaum,
aetata * Lu. 1.1

Hasbum;

W. si k

or

sil 1>;
8,
1

-is: Eira 2, L9.
(,:

dat. of pers.;
I

Mt.

4.

and Mk. 1,
,

*)•

truth, certainty;

L (d) W. Lu. 5. 11. 17. acc.ofth.and Id w. dat.; Tim.
1.
I

at-bairan

— at-Iagjan.

«13

1,

16.

(e) av.

dat. of pers.

and at-giban

question; Lu. G, 47. (f) w. ei; Skeir. Ill, a. (2) to appear, (a) w. sik; Lu. 9, 8.
indir.

an

(56, n. 1), str. v. (176), (1) to give over, deliver up, de-

liver, av.

dat. (indir. obj.)

and

ace
18.

(dir. obj.);

Mt.

5, 25. 27,

(b) w. dat.;
.sik

Mk. 16,

9.

(c)

w.

Mk.
av.

1, 14.

and

dat. of pers.; Mt. 27,

deliver,

communicate;
(Iuav. inf.;

10, 33. (2) to I Cor.

53. 1 Cor. 15, 7. 8. (d)w.faura w. dat.; II Cor. 5, 10. in pass.

w. dat.;
I

Mk.

9, 4.

I

Cor. 15, 5.

Tim.

3, 16.

Mt. 26, 2; in av. ace; Mk. 9,31. Lu.9,44. av. tAvo aces.; Eph. 5, 2. (3) to deliver, give, w.two aces.; Eph.
1,

15,3;

at-bairan, str. v. (175), to bring; (1) av. ace. of th.; Mt. 5, 24. 8,
4.

22. w.

ace and du

av.

dat.;

Mk.6,28. to
5, 14.

offer;

Mk.1,44.

Lu.

(2) w. dat. of pers.

Jo. 13, 15. av. und Av.dat.; Mt. 27, 10. du w. dat. of purpose; I Cor. 5, 5. II Cor. 10, 8. or inf.;

and

ace. of th.;

Mt.

9, 32.

Mk.

Mk. 4,11. Lu.8,10. duAv.inf.;

Joh. 17, 4. 16 (implied). (3) w. ace. and du w. dat.; Mt. 8,16. at-haban, av. v. (192); ath. sik du av. dat., to approach; Mk. 9, 2. Mk. 10, 13.
12, 15.

at-driusan, str. v. (173, n. 1), to
fall; \y.

10, 35.

du w. dat.,

before; Lu. 8,

to fall down at-hafjan, av. v. (177, n. 2), \v. 47. in w. ace, ace, to take down; Mk.15,36.

to fall into; I Tim. 3, 6. 7. 6, 9. at-hahan (5, b), red. v. (179), av. Neh. 6, 16. Skeir. II, b. uf w. ace, to let down Lu. 5, 4. II dat., to fall under; Skeir. I, a. Cor. 11, 33.
;

Ateir, pr. n., Ater; gen. -is 2, 16. 42.
at-farjan, w. v. (188),

;

Ezra at-haitan (69,
179),
10, 1.
1.
av.

n. 2), red. v. (170; ace, to call to one; Mt.
3, 13. 23.
7, 14. 8,

to hind,

Mk.

arrive; Lu. 8, 26.

10, 42.

Lu.

7, 19.

15, 26.

at-gaggan, an. v. (179, n.3; 207), atisk, n. (? 94; only ace sing, atisk occurs), seed, cornfield; to go to, come; Mt. 5, 24. 9, 15. Mk. 2, 18. w. inf.;Lu.5, 7. Mk. 2, 23. Lu. 6, 1. av. af w. dat.; Lu. 17, 7. ana at-kunnan, av. v. (193), to afford, av. ace; Mk. 1, 10. Lu. 1, 35. grant, give; av. ace of th. and du av. dat.; Mt. 25, 39. Mk. 5, dat. of pers.; Col. 4, 1. 15. 6, 25. in av. ace; Mk.3,20. at-lagjan, w. v. (187), av. ace
11, 15.
av.

us

av.

dat.; Lu. 9, 54.
6, 22.

inn; Mt. 9, 25. Mk. aftana; Mk. 5, 27. m. (91),
av.

at-gaggs,

access;

Eph.
av.

2",

18. 3, 12.
at-garailitjan,
v.
(

1

88),

ace,

to set in order; Tit.

1, 5.

(sometimes implied), to lay, lay on, j)iit on av. ana av. ace; Mt. 9, 18. Mk. 15,17. du w. dat.; Lu.19,23. failr av. ace; Mk. 8, 6. i av. ace, to cast into; Mt. 7, 19. av. adv. ana; Mk.8, 23. adv. failr; Mk. 8, 6.
;

314
at

nt

-

— at-wandjan.

w.v. (100), invite, call; at-stei?au, str. v. (172, n. 1), to w. ace. and in w. dat.; I Cor. 7, descend, come down; Lu. 19,6. 24. in w. ace; Eph. 4, 4. Eph. 4, 10. w. af w. dat.; Mt. 27, 42. Mk. 15, 30.32. in w. at-ligan, str. v. (170, n.l), to lie ace {to step down into, enter); close to, be present with; Rom. Mt. 9, 1. Eph. 4, 9. us w. dat.; 7,18. Jo. 6, 33. 38. 41. 42. 50. 58. at-iiehjaii, w. \. (188), to draw dalap atst., to come down; near, approach, come nigh, he Lu.19, 5.\v. af w.dat.; IThess. at hand; Mk. 14, 42. Rom. 13, 4, 16. atst. dala]? w. inf., ///. 12. w. sik; Mk. 14,42. w. ana s.; Lu. 17, 31. w. ace; Lu. 10, 9. (so w. sik)
atta (69, n. 1), m. (108), father, forefather; Mt. 5, 16. 10, 37. at-niinan, str. v. (170; 175), to Jo. 6, 31. 7, 22. Rom. 15, 8. take to, adopt; Col. 1, 13.
11.

-,

und

w. dat. Phil. 2, 30.

at-rinnan, str. v. (174, n.l), to at-tekan (teikan; 7, n. 2), red. v. (181), to touch; Mt.8,3.15. run to, come to; Lu. 16, 21. 9,20.21.29. Mk. 1, 41. 3,10. at-sailran (34, n. 1), str. v. (17G, Lu. 5, 13. n. 1), (1) w. gen., to take heed to; I Tim. 1,4. 4,1. Tit. 1, 14. at-tiuhan, str. v. (173), w. ace,
(2) w.

4, 16.

du w.dat., th.s.; faura \v. dat.,

I

Tim.

to be-

Mt, 7, 15. Lu. 20, 46. (3) ats. sis w. gen., to beware of; Mk. 8, 15. (4) w. ace, to
of;

ware

to pull or draw towards, to bring; Mk. 11, 2. Lu. 19, 30. Jo. 7, 45. Skeir. VIII, a. b. and dat.; Lu. 19, 35. Jo. 19, 4. w.
w. dat.; Mk. 15, 22. w. hidre; Lu. 9,41. 14, 21. inn; Jo. 18, 16. dala}?; Rom. 10, 6.
at-]>insan, str. v. (174, n. 1), w.

ana

consider;

R). 5. (5) w.inf.. to take heed {that); Mt.
6, 1 (in
\v.

Gal

6,1.
at-satjan,
v. (187),

ace, to draw towards one; Jo. w. ace, to present; w. faura w. dat. {to 6,44. w. d u w. dat.; Jo. 1 2. 32. the Lord); Lu. 2, 22. w. two at-wairpaii, str. v. (174), to cast, aces.; Col. 1, 22. 2* cast down, w. (instr.) dat. und at-snarpjan. w. v. (188), to taste; in w. ace; Mt. 27, 5. w. ace of
Col. 2. 21.
pers.

and in

w. ace;

Mk.

9, 22.

47 (the inf. w. a pass, sense). at-etandan, sir. v. (177, n. 3), to atwatirpane wisan du w. standby, stand near; Mk. 14, dat., to be cast, belaid at; Lu. 70. 15,35. to come near; Lu. 16,20. 2. 38. 20, 1. w. dat., to stand near; Mk. 14, 47. atst. in at-walwjan, w. \. (188), w. ace a nd \va ir]>ja VV.gen., to stand and (1 u w. dat.. to roll to; Mk. over against; Mk. 15, 3!). to 15.46. get near, stejt up to; W. ufar at-wandjan, w.v. (188); atw. sik
[over) w. ace; Lu. 4, 39,

aftra, to return; Lu. 19, 15.

at-wisan

— auhuma.

315

at-wisan, str.v. (176, n. 1), to be aufto (au or au? 24, n. 1), adv. present, be at Land; Mk. 4, 29. ( 21 1 ) perhaps, likely, sure, . ,

II Tim. 4, 6. w. dat.; to be pre-

ly;

sent with;
at-witains,
f.

Rom.

7,

21.

4, 23. 20, 13. I Cor. 16, 12. II Cor. 12, 16. Philem. 15.

Lu.

(103, n. 1), observation; Lu. 17, 20. at-wopjan, w.v. (187), w. ace, to call, bid one come; Mk. 9, 35. 10,49. Lu. 16, 2. Jo. 9, 18. 24. Lu. 6, 13.
Abeineis, pr. n.
pi.,

aufto, if haply; Mk.11,13. b a i aufto, lest perhaps, lest perhaps; Mt,27,64. Mk.2,22. niu aufto, if per11, 13.
ei
i
,

Athens; dat.
pi.

haps, whether or not; Lu. 3, 15. ibai aufto ni, lest not; Rom. 11,21. nibai aufto, except;
II Cor. 13, 5.
n. (110),

-im; IThess.
aim, n.
(?

3, 1.

94; ouly dat.

ab- auga-dauro,

window; II

a]>]>an, couj.

Cor. 11,33. (218), always at the augjan, ay. v. (187), to show; Jo. beginning• of the sentence, but, 14, 8. 9. moreover; Mt. 5,22. Mk.2,10. augd, n. (110), eye; Mt. 5, 29. 38. I Cor. 4, 3. Skeir. IV, b. VI, a, 9, 30. I Cor. 15, 52. Gal. 4, 15. yet; II Cor. 11, 6. for; Rom. 8,
6.

namis found ),year;

Gal. 4,10.

in augam skalkinon, to Tim. 4, 4; serve with eye-service; Col. 3, 22. then, therefore; Mk. 11, 31. m.( 105), noise, tumult, nevertheless; II Tim. 2, 19. in- auhjodus,

9,11.

and;

II

insurrection; Mk. 5, 38. 15, 7. deed; Mk. 1, 8. Rom. 11, 22. now; II Cor. 10,1. abbanei, an Iijoii. w. v. (190), to make a, noise, to cry aloud; Mt. 9, 23. but that; Lu. 5, 24. a ban Mk. 5, 39. jabai, and if; Lu. 6, 32. Jo. 8, auh mists, for auhumists; s. 16. abban swebauh jabai,

auhuma. for though; II Cor. 10, 8. abban swebauh ni, but not as auhns, in. (91, n. 2), oven; Mt. 6. 30. Rom. 9, 6. a]']?an nu, if; auhsa, m. (108, n. 1), ox; Lu. 14, therefore; I Cor. 9,27. a b b a
u s w e b a u h, wherefore; 7,12.
audagei, f. (113), Gal. 4, 15.

Rom

19. I Cor. 9, 9.

I

Tim.

5, 18.

auhsus

(?

108,n.

1).

blessedness;

auhuma,
2, 3.

superl. adj. (139), w. a compar. meaning, higher; Phil.

audagjan, w.

(187), w. ace., to call blessed; Lu. 1, 48.
v.

— From auhuma
. ,

a new

superl ist formed

auhumists
auhu-

audags, adj. (124), blessed; Mt. 5,8. 11,6. Lu. 1,45. 10,23. I Tim. 1, 11. Skeir. VI, d.
auda-hafts,

(124), the highest, a chief; Eph. 2,20. auhumisto, the highest point;

Lu. 4, 29.
j

(124), blessed, happy; Lu. 1, 28.
adj.
n. 2), pr. n.

mists g u d

Audericus (25,

Mt. 27, 62. Mk. 14, 60. 66. Lu. 3, 2. 19,47.
a, chief priest;

316

auk

— azvtnus.

desert, waste; Mk. 1, 35. 45. auk, conj. (only once at the beginLu.4, 42. 9, 10. 12. Gal. 4, 27. ning of a sentence: Jo. 9, 30). Mt. 5, 18. Mk. 1.16. Phil. awebi, n. (95), fiock of sheep; Jo. for; 10. 16. I Cor. 9, 7. 15, 22. j ah auk, for; Mt. 8, 9. 26. 73. and, farther, but; awiliub (a \v i li u d). u. (94), thank:

Rom. a uk

8, 10. I Cor. 8. 11. 15. 50.
. .
.

I

Cor. 15. 57.

II Cor. 2, 14. 8,

i

|\

indeed

.

.

.

bat; Jo.
j

16.22.

I

Cor. 15. 51.

auk

ah.

16: giving of thanks, thanksgiving; II Cor. 4. 15: pi., th. >•.:
II Cor. 9, 12.
2. 1.

and auk,

also;

I Cor. 1, 16. but; Jo. 12, 10.

ban auk
7. 8.

Eph.

5. 4. I

Tim.

raihtis,
ankan, red.

for;

Mk.

6. 17.

jah awiliudon,

ban auk,
v.

for also; Lu.

w. v. (190). to thank, give thanks; Mk. 8, 16. Jo. 6,
11. ICor.ll. 24. Skeir. VII, b. w.

(179). to increase;

Skeir. IV, b.

auknan, w.
larger,

v.

(104. a), to

become

to increase, hence to ha ve nourishment, be nourished: Col. 2, 19.

in {for) w. gen.; I Cor. 10, 30. Eph. 1, 16. w. dat.; Lu.17,16. to glorify; Lu. 18. 43 and \v. fram (for) w. dat.: Eph. 5. 20. in (for) w. gen.: II Thess. 1. 3.
;

Auneiseiiaurus, pr. n., Onesiphorus: gen. -aus; II Tim. 1. 16.
Ai'inisimus (9, n. 1),

\\

.

unte;
a \v i

I
1 i

Tim.
ud6

1, 12.

pres.

I

lartic.

ds
f

,

t

ha nk-

Onesimus;
?

ful; Col. 3,

15.

in pass.: ei

dat.-au: Col. 4. aurahi (or a u r a h

9.
j

g ba aw
i

i 1 i

udau

a

r

so uns,

that for the gift thanks may be dat.pl. aurahiom occurs), f. gi ven on ourbehalf; II Cor.1,11. (98; or 111?), tomb; Mk.5,2.3. awistr (4), n. (94). eheepfold; aurali (5, a), for. w. (from Lt. Jo. 10, 16. 'orale'), n. (98). a cloth for awo, f. (112), f., grandmother; wiping off perspiration, napII Tim. 1. 5. kin: Jo. 11, 44. Axaja: see Akalja. jiurkeis, m.(92), for. w. (from Lt. azetaba. adv.. willingly, gladly. 'urceus' ),jug, cup; Mk. 7. 4. 8. easily; II Cor. 11,19. aiirti-trards. m. (101). garden; azeti, n. (95), pleasure; wizon Jo. 18,1. 26. in azetjam. to live pleasaurfja. in. (108), gardener, husure; I Tim. 5.

a

?

Only

m

(').

bandman;
1

Lu. 20, 10. 14. 16. azets, adj. (124). easy; compar.
n.
1<>.

Ansila 25, n. 2), pr. n. auso. n. (110), ear; Mt.

aǤtiz6; Mt.9,
f.

27.

Lu. 5. 23: w. dat.;
aziro.
I.

Mk.4.
L6.

9.

Ln. 1.44.
6, 16.

I

Cor. L2,

Mk.2. 9. Mk. 10, 25. (112), ashes; Mt.ll, 21.
5.
c.

Neh.
f.

n.

10, 13. Skeir. Ill,

au|dda.

(97). desert; Mi. 11. 7. azvinus

(77). for. w.

(from

(Jr.

Mk.

1, 3. 8, 4.

Lu.

1.

80. 5.

1•;.

toy),

Skeir. VII, d.
anj>eis (or a n)>s: 130, n. 2). adj.,

pi.

a

v.

occurs only once, in gen. unlea vened bread; y

m

,

Mk.

14, 12.

ba —

BaiJ>saidau.

317

.
ba, enclitic particle; Jo. 11, 25.

bring, bring forth (a child); Lu. 1, 57. 2, 6. Jo. 16, 21. (w. bar-

Babaw,

pr. n.,

Bebai; Ezra

2, 11.

badi, n. (95), bed; Mk. 2, 4. 9. 11. 12. 6, 55. Lu. 5, 19. 24.

Bagauis (gen.),

pr. n.,

Bigvai;

w. 4, 28. Lu. 8, 15. Jo. 12, 14. 15, 2. wroh bal• ran ana \v. ace, to bring an accusation against; Jo. 18, 29.
(fruit),

a) I Tim. 5, 14.

akran; Mk.

Ezra

2, 14.

Bai rail ja,
Veria,

bagms
8.

m. (91), tree; Mt.7, 17. 18. 19. Mk.8,24. 11,
(48, n. 1),
3, 9. 6,

Beroea (now a city in Macedonia);
pr.
n.,
f.

dat. -ai; Cal.

Lu.

43. 44.

bairgahei,

bai,

num.

adj. (140, n. 1),
5, 7.
6, 39.

both;
7, 42.

(113), hill-country; Lu. 1, 39. 65.

bairgan, str. v. (174, n. 1), w. dat., to hide, keep; .Jo. 12, 25. Baiailzaibul, pr.n.inacc, Beelzew. faura w. dat.; Jo. 17, 15. bub; Mt. 10, 25. Mk. 3, 22. bairhtaba, adv. (210), clearly, baidjan, w. v. (187), w. ace, to brightly; Mk. 8, 25. Skeir. Ill, command, compel; Gal. 2, 3. d. VI, c. openly; Col. 2, 15.

Lu.

1, 6. 7.

Eph.

2, 14. 1G.

14.

bairhtei, f.(113), brightness, clearn., Belial;

Bailiam, pr.

dat. Bai-

liama;

II Cor. 6, 15.
n.,

Baineiamein, pr.

Benjamin;

gen. -is; Phil. 3, 5.

baira-bagms, m.(91), for sycamine tree; Lu. 17, 6.

,
;

manifestation; bairhsun j os, by manifestei tation of the truth; II Cor. 4, 2. openly; Mt. 6, in bairhtei
ness,
,

4.6.
bai rh tjan, w. v. (187), to

make

bai ran, str. v. (175), w. ace, (1)

bright, manifest,
(dir. obj.)

show; w. ace

to bear, support; Rom. 11, 18. Jo. 7, 4. (2) to bear, carry, (a) in the hands or ou the shoulders; Mk. bairhts, adj. (124), bright, manifest; I Cor. 15, 27. Skeir. V, c; 14,13. Lu. 7, 14. 14,27. Jo. bairhts wairban, tobecome 12, 6. Gal. 6, 5 (b) in other manifest; Jo. 9, 3. Col. 3, 4. relations; Lu. 10, 4. Jo. 19, 5. Rom. 13, 4. I Cor. 15, 49 w. baitraba, adv., bitterly; Mt. 26, ana w. dat.; Gal. 6, 17. (3) to 75. bear, endure, suffer; Gal. 5, 10. baitrei, f. (113), bitterness; Eph. 4,31. Skeir. VIII, e 6, 2. (4) to carry, bring (a person); w. at w. dat.; Mk. 2, 3; baitrs (20, 3), adj. (124), bitter; d u w. dat.; Mt. 9, 2. 5, 23. Mk. Col. 3, 19. 1, 32. 7, 32. 8, 22. 9, 19. Lu. Baibil, pr. n., Bethel; gen. -is; 18, 15; w. ana w. dat.; Mk. 6, Ezra 2, 28. 55. Lu. 5, 18; \v. du (adverbi- Baiblaem; see Beblaihaim. al); Mk. 10, 13. (5) to bear; Baibsa'idan; see Bebsaeidan.
;

and

dat. (indir. obj.);

318
bajdbs,
adj.

bajo]>s

— BarftaulaumaiuK.
Mt. 20, 73. Skeir. V, ]?atei; Lu. 20.37.
12.
o.

(117, n. 1). both;

(4) w.

I Cor. 10. w. au indir. question: (5) Jo. 12, 33. 18, 32. balgs, in. (100), leather bug, wineskin, hot tl••; Mt. 9, 17. Mk. 2, bandwo, f. (112), sign, token;
9, 17.

Mt.

Lu.5,38. Eph.2,18.

Skeir. II, d. Ill, a.

22. Lu. 0, 37. 38.

Mk. 14,44.
banja,
bansts,
f.

These, 3, 17.

balsan, for. w., n. (94), balsam, balm; Mk. 14, 4. 5. Lu. 7, 37.

(97).

wound, sore; Lu.

10,30. 10. 20. 21.

38.46. Jo. 11,

2. 12, 3. 5.

m. (103). barn; Mt.6,26.

Lu. 3, 17. balbaba, adv., boldly, openly; Jo. 7, 13. Col. 2, 15. Barabbas (Barabba), pr. n.; k. 15,7. Jo. 18, 40. ace. -an; balbei, f. (113), boldness; II Cor. Mt. 27, 16. 17. Mk. 15, 11. 15. 3, 12. Eph. 3, 12. G. 19. Skeir.
balbjaii, W. v. (188), to

Jo. 18,40. be bold, Barakeias, pr. n., Beivchinh; gen. to dare; Skeir. II, a. -ins; Neh. 0, 18. balwa-wesei, f. (113), wickedness, barbarus, for. w., m. (105), formalice; I Cor. 5, 8. eigner, barbarian; Col. 3, 11. bahveins, f. (103, n. 1), torment, barizeins, adj. (124), of barley, punishment; Mt. 25, 40. Lu. Jo. 0, 9. 13. barms, m. (103), bosom; Lu. 6, 16, 23. balwjan, \v. v. (187), w. dat., to 38. 16, 22. 23. Jo. 13, 23. 25. torment, plague; Mt. 8, 29. Mk. barn (33), n. (93), child; Mt.ll, 19. Mk. 5, 39. 9, 24. 36. Rom. 5, 7. Lu. 8, 28; balwi]?s, tormented; Mt. 8, 6. 9, 8. Tit. 1, 4. Skeir. VII, b. Banaui, pr. n., Bani; gen. Babarne bar a, children's chiln a uis; Ezra 2, 10. dren, grandchildren', I Tim. 5,4. bamli, f. (96), band, bond; Mk. Barnabas, pr. n., Barnabas; I Cor. 7, 35. Lu.8,29. Col. 4, 19. Phil. 9,6. Gal. 2,13. gen. -ins, Col. 1, 14. 17. II Tim. 2, 9. Philem. 4, 10. dat. -in; Gal. 2, 1.9. L3. barnilo, n. (110), lit tie child, son; Mt. <>, 2. Mk. 2, 5. 10,24. Lu. bandja (32), m. (108), one being hound, ;i prisoner; Ml. 27, 15. 1,76. 15,31. Jo. 13, 33. 10. Mk. 15, 0. Eph. 3, 1. 4, 1. barniskei, f. (113), childishness, II Tim. 1,9. childish things; I Cor. 13, 11. bandwa, f. (97, u.l), sign, token; barniski, n. (95), childhood; us Cor. 14, 22. barniskja, from childhood; bamhvjan, w. v. (188), to make Mk. 9, 21. II Tim. 3, 15. signs, to show, designate, (1) barnisks, adj. (124), childish; ate.; I Cor. 10,28. (2) w. dat. I Cor. 14, 20. Gal. 4, 3. of pen., to beckon; Lu. 1, 22; Bartei mains, pr. n., Bnrtimeus; and du w. inf.; Jo. 13, 24; or Mk. 10.46. «i; Lu. 5. 7. (3) w. ace. of th.; Bar]>aulailniaius (24, n. 5), pr.n.,
VIII, b.
c.
I

barusnjan

— bi.

319

baurbei, f. (113), burden; Gal. 6. 5. 18; or Barpulauruaiu; Lu. baubs, adj. (124), deaf, dumb: Mt. 9, 32. 11, 5. Mk.7, 32. 37. 6,14. Lu. 7, 22. bau]?s Avairpan, barusnjan, w. v. (187), w. ace, to become dull, become insipid, to honor; I Tim. 5, 4. lose its savor; Lu. 14, 34. Bassus, pr. n., Bezai; gen. Bas3,

Bartholomew; ace -u; Mk.

beidan, str.v. (172, n.l), w.gen, to abide, expect; Mt.ll, 3. Mk. batists, superl. adj. (138), best; Lu. 1, 3. 15, 43. Lu. 1, 10. 21. 2, 25. 8, 40. Skeir. V, a. batiza, compar.adj.(138), better; Mt, 10, 31. Lu. 5, 39. Jo. 18, beist, n. (94), leaven; Mk. 8, 15. I Cor. 5, 6. 7. 8. Gal. 5, 9. 14. w. dat.; Mt. 5, 29. 30. Jo. 16, 7. II Cor. 8, 10. beitan, str.v. (172, n.l), w. ace,
2, 17.

saus; Ezra

at win; ace. to bite; Gal. 5, 15. Batwins(?), pr.n., -in Cal. Berob, pr. n. (indeclinable; 120), Beeroth; Ezra 2, 25. bauains, f. (103, n. 1), dwelling; Mk. 5, 3. II Cor. 5, 2. Eph. 2, berusjos (7, n. 3; 33), pl.m.(92), 22. Phil. 3, 20. parents; Lu. 2, 27. 41. Jo. 9, 23. bauan (26), w. v. (179, n. 2; 193, Bebania, pr.n., Bethany; Jo. 11, n. 1), to dwell, inhabit, (1) w. 18; gen. -as; Jo. 11, 1. dat. ace; I Tim. 6, 16. (2) w. mi -in; Mk. 8,22. 11, 12; or Biw. dat.; I Cor. 7,12; in w. dat.; paniin; Jo. 11, 1; orBepanRom. 7, 17. 20. 8, 9. II Cor. 6, jin; Lu. 19, 29. Jo. 12,1. ace 16. aid bauan, to lead a -an; Mk. 11, 11. life; I Tim. 2, 2. Beblaihaim, indecl. pr. n.; Jo. 7, Bauanairgais (a by-name of James 42. Beblahaim;Lu.2,4. 15. and John), Boanerges; Mk. 3, Baiblaem; Ezra 2, 21. 17. Bebsaeida, pr. n.; fram Bep;

Baiiaiis, pr. n.,

Booz; gen. Bau(lit.

saeida; Jo.

12, 21.

auzis; Lu. 3, 32. baur (33), m. (101), son
28.

namnidaizos

one being born); Mt.ll, 11. Lu. 7,
f.

dan; Lu. 9, 10. — wai bus Baipsaidan; Mt.ll, 21. Lu.
10, 13.

batirgs Baidsaii-

(113), burden; Gal. 6, 5. Bebsfagei, pr. n., Bethfage; dat. baurgja, m. (108), burgher, citi-ein; Mk. 11,1. Lu. 19, 29. zen; Lu. 15, 15. 19, 14. bi, prep. (217), (I) w. dat, (1) f. (116), burgh, borough, baurgs, local, against, upon; Mt. 7, 25. town, city; Mt.5,35. 8, 33. Mk. 27. Lu. 4, 11. by; Mk. 5, 41. baurei,
1,

38. 45. 6, 56. Lu.5,12. Neh.

9, 27.

7,2. baurgs-waddjus, f. (105), townwall; IICor.ll, 33. Neh. 5, 16.
6, 15. 7, 1.

9, 9.

(2) temporal, at; Rom. (3) in abstr. relations,

by, on; Mt, 5, 34. 7, 16. Lu.l, 58. 1 Cor. 15, 15. on account of, through, by; Jo. 16, 30. I Cor.

320

bi-abrjan

— bidjan.
to toil for, strive for;
I

10, 27. II Cor. 12, 7. after, ac-

Thess.

cording to; Mt.9, 29. Mk.7,

5.

4,11.
bi-aukan, red. v. (179), to add; Lu. 19, 11. w. dat. of pers. and

Rom.
b.

8, 5.

12, 16.

Tit. 1, 3.
c. d.

Skeir. Ill, d. V, a. b.

VIII,

bi

bam ma,

according• to

manner; Lu. G, 23. bi sunjai, in truth, indeed, certainly; Mk.11,32. Jo. Mk. 4, 24. ITim.0,7. bi naubai, bi-auknan, to become larger, in8, 36. of necessity; Philera. 14. Skeir. crease, abound; Phil 1, 26. I
that, in the like

Lu. 17, 5. in pass. w. dat. of pers., to give still more, give besides;

ace. of th., to increase;

bi n ami byname; Thess. 4, 10. Jo. 10, 3. bi and wairbja, bi-baurgeins, f. (103, n. 1), fortification, camp; Skeir. Ill, c. after the outward appearance; II Cor. 10, 7. (II) w. ace, (1) bi-bindan, str. v. (174), w.acc. of local, against, on; Mt. 5, 39. pers. and (instr.) dat., to bind about; Jo. 11, 44. about Mt. 8, 18. Mk. 1, 6. 3, 8.32.34. to; Jo. 11,19. (2) bida, f. (97), ivquest. prayer; Mk. temporal, in, within; Mk. 14. Lu. 1, 13. 2, 37. 9, 43. 9, 29. 58. 15, 29. Neb. 5, 18. at; II exhortation; II Cor. 8, 17. the Tim. 4, 1. about; Mt. 27, 46. pers. addressed in gen.; Lu. 6,
VI, a.
,
;

Gal. 2, 1. (3) in abstr. relations, at, about, over, beafter;

12; orw.

du

w.dat.;

Rom. 10,1.

cause of, for, of, concerning; Mt, 5, 44. 6, 28. Mk. 1, 30. 5, 27. 33. to; Rom. 9, 31. by; Lu. 4, 4. against: Mt. 5, 23. 27, 1. Mk. 3, 6. I Tim. 5, 19. according to, after; II Cor. 7, 9. 10.
I

Tim. 1,11. Skeir.

Ill, b.

V, d.

bi all, in all things; Col. 3, 20. 22. bi 8 u in at a, in part] II

Cor. 1, 14. 2, 5. bi twang, by two; I Cor. 14, 27. bi wig, by the way; Lu.10,4. bi an-

m

the pers. for whom the prayer is made is expressed by faur w. ace; II Cor. 9, 14; or bi w. ace; Rom. 10, 1. II Cor. 1, 11; or fram w. dat.; Eph. 6, 18. bidai anahaitan, to call upon, beseech; Rom. 10, 13. II Tim. 2, 22. I Thess. 4, 1. bidos taujan, to make prayers; Lu. 5, 33. gard, or razn, bi(16, house of prayer; Mk. 11, 17. Lu. 19,46. bidagwa, m. (108), beggar, Jo.

a man, after the man9. 8. ner of men: I Cor. 9, 8. 15,32. bidjan, str. v. (176, n.5), to pray, It occurs often in composition ask, desire, beseech, call on, beg, vs., also w. sbs., adjs., and VT. (1) abs.; Mt. 6, 5. 7. 9. Mk. 1,
il
,

an as

ad vs.
bi-abrjan,
7.
\v.

35. 6. 25.
v. (187),

Jo. 16. 26.

(2)

w.

to be as-

ace of the
5.

pers. addressed;

Mt.
10,
(3)

tonished; w.
28.

ana

w. dat.; Ml.

42. 6, 8. Lu.6. 30.
is

Rom.
6.

12; or desired;

Mk. 15.

bi-arbaidjan, w.v. (187), w. ace,

the pers. addressed

indicated

bi-ddmjan

— bi-leiban.
bi-hait, n. (94),
strife-,

321
II Cor. 12,

by bi w. ace; Mt. 5, 44. Jo. 16,

20. 26. 17, 9. 20; or faura vv.acc; Rom. 8, 34. Col.l, 9. or f ram bi-haitja, m.(108),

a,

contentious

man, boaster; II Tim. 3, 2. Tit. w. dat.; Lu. 6, 28. (4) the th. asked in ace; Lu. 18, 11. Jo. 1,7. or gen.; Mt. 27, 58. Mk. bi-hlahjan, str. v. (177, n. 2), to 14, 13; laugh at, laugh to scorn Mt. 6,24. 10,38. (5) w. ace. of pers. and gen. of th.; Jo. 14, 14. 9, 24. Mk. 5, 40. Lu. 8, 53.
;

(6)
th.;

\v.

ace. of

both

pers.

and

bi-lrairhaii.

the th. being expressed by bi w. ace; Lu. 4, 38; or au imper. clause; bi-lre (Cp. hie), by what, whereLu. 5, 8. 14, 18. 19; or optative by; Lu. 1, 18. clause; Lu. 8, 28. Eph. 3, 13. bijands (perhaps pres. partic. of or a clause w. ei w. opt.; Mt. 8, a lost v., *bijan, to add), in 34. Mk. 5, 10; or an inf. clause; bijandzub-ban, but withal; Mk. 5, 17. II Cor. 5, 20. Phil. Philem. 22. 4, 2; or du w. inf.; I Thess. 2, bi-kukjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, 11. II Thess. 2,1. to kiss; Lu. 7, 45. bi-domjan, w. v. (187), w. ace, bi-qiman, str. v. (175, n. 1), w. to judge; Col. 2, 16. ace, to come upon; I Thess. 5, 3. hi-faiho, f. (112), covetousness; w. v. w. ace, to
6, 23. 10, 35.,

Mk.

(174, n. 1), w. ace, to throng about, to throng; Lu. 8, 45.
str. v.

bi-laibjan,

(188),

II Cor. 9, 5.

bi-faihon, w. v. (190), to

make a
7,

lea ve; in pass, to be

left,

to

re-

main;

I

Thess. 4, 15.
w. v.
(190), to lick;

Lu. 16, 21. bi-gairdan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to begird, gird one's sell; Lu.17, 8. bi-laikan, red. v. (179), w. ace, to mock; Mk. 10, 34. 15,20. bi-gitan, str. v. (176, n. 1), to 31. Lu. 14, 29; pass.; Lu. 18, find, w. ace; Lu. 2, 16; \v. at 32. Gal. 6, 7. w. dat.; II Tim. 1, 18; f ram w. dat.; Lu. 1, 30. ana w. dat.; bi-leiban (56, n. 1), str. v. (172,

gain by, to defraud; II Cor. 2. 12,17.18. I Thess. 4, 6.

bi-laigon,

Mk. 11, 13. in w.

dat.; Jo. 14,

n. 1), to

remain; Cal.

w. two bi-leiban, str. v. (172, n. 1), to aces.; Mk. 7, 30. Lu. 7, 10. II leave, forsake, (1) \v.(abl.)dat.; Cor. 9, 4. 12, 20. in pass. w. Mt. 27, 46. Mk. 10, 7. 12, 19. nom.; Lu. 15, 24. 32. 17,18; 20. 21. 22. 14, 52. 15, 34; and
30. 18, 38. 19, 4. 6.

two noms.; I Cor. 4, 2. 15, 15. w. an obj. clause; Lu.5,19.
w.

19,48.
bi-graban (56, n. 1), str. v. (177, n.l), to surround with a ditch; Lu. 19, 43.

another dat. (indir.obj.); Rom. 9, 29. (2) w.ace; Lu.15,4. Jo. 14, 27. 16, 28. 32. II Tim. 4, 13. (3) w.partit. gen.; Mk.12, 19. Lu. 20, 31. (4) personal
pass.; Lu. 17, 34. 35.

21

322
bi-mait.
n.

"bi-iuait

— bi-suieitan.
7, in
i

(04).

circumcision;
15, 8. Gal.

Jo.

7,

22. 23.

Rom.

32; dii w. dat.: Lu. 5, 30: J> w. refl. dat. (izwis niisf.

2,9. bi-maitan, red. v. (179), (l)trans., to ciivumci.se; Jo. 7, 22. Lu.l,

so); Jo. 6, 43.
bi-riiuaiiis,

(103, n. 1), counsel; Skeir. Ill, a.

evil

59. 2, 21. I Cor. 7, 18. Gal. 5, binisjos; see berusjos. 3. 6, 13. (2) intr., to undergo bi-sailrau (34, n. 1; 176, n. 1), circumcision, hence to be cir(1) abs., to look round about;

cumcised; Gal.
1

2. 3. 5, 2. 6,

12.

Cor. 7. 18.

Mk. 10, 23. (2) w. acc, to look round about on; Mk.3,34. 11,
11. to perceive; Lu.20,23. (3) w. geu., to ha ve regard for, provide;

bi-mainpjan, w. v. (188), \v. ace, to deride, mock at; Lu. 16. 14. bi-nauhan, pret.-pres. v. (201);
impers.:

Rom.

12, 17.

bin ah,
it

it is

lawful;
II Cor.
tli.

bi-satjan,

w. v. (187).

ICor.10.23: 12.1; bin a
I

hehores;
lit

set

ist,
\v.

s.\

round anything; and (instr.) dat.: Mk.
f.

to beset. w. acc.
12. 1.
filthi-

Cor. 10, 23.
v.

bi-sauleins,

(103. n. 1),

bindan, str.
pers.

(174).

ace. of

ness; II Cor. 7, 1.

and

(instr.) dat.. to bind:

Lu. 8, 29. bi-niman. str.
(instr.)

bi-sauljan (24. n. 1). w. v. (188), sully, defile; Tit. 1. 15.

v.

(170; 175). w

bi-saulnan (24.
28.

u. 1),

to become
Jo. 18,

dat.,

to

take away.

soiled, sullied, defiled;

steal; Mt. 27. 04.
bi-niuhsjaii. w. v. (188), w. ace.,

bi-sitan, str. v. (176. n. 1). tosit

to spy out; Gal. 2. 4. bi-raubon, w. v. (100). w. ace. to rob, strip, despoil; Lu. 10. •">().
II

about, sit near: occurs only in pros, partic used as sb., m.
(115),

one who dwells near:
pi.

Cor. 11, 8.

uom.
HCor.

bi-reikei, f.(113), danger;

bisitauds, those that dwell round about: hence
neighbors:

11.2»;.
bi-reks. adj. (130, n. 2), being in danger, endangered; Lu. s 23.
< .

sitande

5*: <;en. bi(round about); Lu.
Lu.
1.

I

Cor. 15,30.

4.14: dat. bi sit and am w. acc; Lu. 1, 65. acc bisit a mis
{neighborhood); Lu. 7. 17; \v. u. {round about Galilee)] Mk. 1.28.

bi-rinnan, etr. v. (174. n. 1). w. ace., to run about; Mk. 0. 55. to surround; Jo. 10. 24.
bi-rodeins,
f.

(103, n. l). mur- bi-skaban. str. v. (177. n. 1). to shave off the hair, to shave; muring, slander; Jo. 7. 12. II Cor. 11.5. Cor. 12, 20.
I

bi-i'odjan.

to mur- bi-ekeinan, str. v. (172. n. 1). w. mur. (1) abs.; Lu. 15, 2. 19, 7. acc., to shine upon, shine round w. acc. of Hi.: Jo. 6, 61. 7. about: Lu. 2. 9. (2) 32. (3) w. bi vv. acc: Jo. (5. 41. bi-sineitan. str. v. (172. n. 1). w.
w. v. (188).

bi-sni\vaii

— blandau.
2. 8, 1.

323

ace. of th.

and dat.

of pers., to
9, 11.

besmear, anoint; Jo.

bi-sniwan, str. v. (176, n. 2), w. faur w. ace, to hasten on bePhil. 2, 23. fore, to prevent; IThess.4, 15. bi-bragjan, w. v. (188), to pass by with effort (?); occurs only bi-speiwan, str. v. (172, n. 1), w. ace, to bespit, spit upon; Mk. once: bibragjandans faur, running before; Lu. 19, 4. 15, 19. Lu. 18, 32.
bi-standan, str. v. (177, n. 3), to bi-bwahan, str. v. (177, n. 1), to stand by, stand round; Jo. 11, wash one's self; Jo. 9, 11. 42. w. ace, to surround; Lu. biud-; see biubs.
19, 43.

Jo. 13, 36. (2) conj., when, as, as soon as; Mt. 6, 16. 11, 1. Lu. 1, 23. 7, 1. 3, 21.

bi-stigqan (67, n.l), str. v. (174,
n. 1),

biugan, str. v. (173,n.l),fo bow, bend; Eph. 3, 14 to bend it;

to beat against; Lu. 6, self; Rom. 14, 11. 49. w. bi w. dat.; Mt, 7, 25. 27. biuhti, n. (95), custom; Lu. 1,9. Lu. 6, 48. d u w. dat., to stumJo. 18, 39. 2, 27. 42. 4, 16.
ble at;

bi-stugq
n.,

Rom. 9, 32. (bistuggq;

67, n.l),

Skeir. II, b.

a stumbling;

offence;

Rom.

9, 32. 33. 14, 13. II Cor. 6, 3.

biuhts, adj. (124), accustomed, wont; Mt, 27, 15. Mk. 10, 1.
(9l; or

bi-swijane,

adv., about,

round biubs, m.
table;

biub, n.? 94),
Lu. 16, 21.
5, 17.

about, near by; Mk. 1, 38. 3, 34. 6, 6. Lu. 4, 37. 9, 12. Neh.
5, 17. 6, 16.

Mk.

7, 28.

I Cor. 10, 21.

Neh.

bi-waibjan, w. v. (188), vv. ace, to wind about; hence to encombi-swairban, str. v. (174, n. 1), pass; Lu. 19, 43. b i w ai bi b w. ace and instr. dat., to wipe, Lu. 7, 38. 44. Jo. 11, 2. 12, 3. w. (instr.) dat., wound about, cast about; Mk.14,51; clothed; bi-swaran, str. v. (177, n. 1), to

ace of pers. Mk. 16, 5. and (a) bi w. dat. and a con- bi-wandjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, junctional clause; Mk. 5, 7; (b) to turn away, avoid, shun, rein w. dat,; I Thess. 5, 27. fuse; I Tim. 4, 7. 5,11. II Cor. bi-tiuhan, str. v. (173), w. ace, 8, 20. II Tim. 2, 16. 23. to go about, visit; Mt. 9, 35. bi-wmdan, str. v. (174, n. 1), w. Mk. 6, 6. to lead about; I Cor. ace, to wind round, in wrap,
conjure, adjure; w.

9,5.
bi-]>agkjan,

1; pret. (209), w.

(-baggkjan; bahta; 5, b),
ace and in w.

67, n.
vv.

v.

dat.,

to meditate, reason; Lu. 5, 22. bi-be (bi-]>e-h; for -h, s. -uh),
(1) adv., after that, then, after-

swathe; Lu. 2, 7. (biwundans, wrapped)12; and (instr.) dat.; Mt. 27, 59. Mk. 15, 46. bi-wisan, str. v. (176, n. 1), to feast, be merry; Lu. 15, 29. blandan, red. .(179,.1),/?/', communicate with, keep com-

ward; Mt.

5, 24. 9, 17.

Lu. 4,

pany;

I

Cor. 5, 11. w. dat,; I

324
Cor. 5, 9. Thess. 3, 14.

blaubjaii

— briggan.
II Cor. 3,

.

mi]? w. dat.:

II

6

;

pi.

b6k

s

,

letteis;

blaubjan, w.v. (187), \v. ace. and (instr.) dat., to make void or

Jo. 7, 15; letter, epistle; Gal. 6,11. II Cor. 7, 8. 10,9.10.11.
16, 3. II Thess. 3, 14 the writings, scriptures; Mk, 12, 24
;

of none effect; Mk. 7, 13. bleibei, . {11%), mercy; Rom. 12,
Cor. 1, 3. Col. 3, 12. bleibjan, w. v. (187), to have mercy, to pity; Lu. G, 36.
1. II

bleibs, adj. (130, n. 2), merciful. kind; Lu. 6, 36. Tit. 1, 8.

14,49. book; Mk.12, bill; Lu.16.6.7. afstassais bokos, a writing of di vorcement; Mt. 5, 31. bokos afsateiuais, a, bill of divorcement; Mk. 10, 4. ana(gloss).

26. Lu. 3, 4.

blicgwan (68),

str. v. (174, n.l), to beat, scourge; w. ace; Mk. 10,34. Lu. 20, 11. I Cor. 9, 26:

filhis

bokos,

letters

of
I
s.

commendation;
i

II Cor. 3, 1.

aud

(iustr.) dat.;

Mk.

5,

5. —

saggws boko, reading; Tim. 4, 13. s gg w a u b k

attans bliggwands, mur-

to read; Lu. 4, 16. dei-er of fatheis; ai]?eius bokareis, m. (92), scribe; Mt. 5, bliggwands, murdeivr of 20. 7,29. Mk. 8,31. 9.14. 12,

mothers;

I

Tim.

1, 9.

32.

blinds, adj. (123), blind; Mt. 9, bota, f. (97), advent age. good, 27. 11,5. Mk.8,23. Lu. 6, 39. boot; I Cor. 13, 3. 15,32. Gal. 14, 13. 18, 35. Jo, 9, 1. 6. 5,2.
blonia, m. (108), flower; 28.
,

Mt.

6,

botjan,

\v.

v.

(187), w. ace, to

blotan,red.v. (179, n.l) to ivverence, worship, w. ace: Mk.7, 7.
I

boot, profit, advantage; Mk. ni 8, 36. Jo. 6, 63. 12, 19.

wafhtai botida,
bettered;

nothing
sudden gins,
,•/

Tim.

2,

10; and

instr.;

Lu.2.

Mk.

5, 26.

37.
blotinassus,
II

bralr, n. (94), a quick,

m.

(105).

service,

worship; Rom. 12, 1. Col. 2. 18. I Cor. 15, Thess. 2, 4. 52. s ( 94 ) n blob, gen b 1 biood; braidei, f. (13), breadth; Eph. Mt. 27, 4. 6. Mk. 5. 25. 29. 3,18. Eph. 1, 7. 6, 12. braibs (braids; 74, n. 2), adj. blo]>a-riiman<ls, adj. (prop. pies. (124), broad; Mt. 7. 13. blood-running; brakja (33, n. 1), f. (108), stragpartic.; 133), qino bl and <-i gle, wivst ling. strife; Eph. 6, 12. a woman with an issue of blood; briggin (67,.2), w. v. (208). to Mt. 9,20. bring, lead, guide, w. ace; Mk. hnaiian (for bi-nauan? 26, b) 6. 27. Lu.7,37. 15,22.23. Jo. or \v. (? 179, n. 2), to rub, str. 10, 16; and ana w. ace. (sc skip): Lu.5,4; at \v. dat.: Mk. w. (instr.) dat.: Ln. 6, 1. boka, f. (97), letter; Rom. 7. 6. 11, 7. 9,20. du w. dat.; Mk.
.

movement; bralr a twinkling of an eye;

]

> i

.

.

.

.

brikan

— dags.

325

9, 17;

inw.

13. 14.

dat.; Mt, 6, 13. 7,

in

aljana brig-

partake of, (1) w. gen.; I Cor. 10,17. IICor.1, 17. 3, 12. (2)
w. (instr.) dat.; Skeir. Ill, b. the obj. being implied; I Cor. 7, 21.

gan, to bring into jealousy; in arbaidai br., to put in

bondage; II Cor. 11, 20. in b w a r h e i br to bring into bruks (15), adj. (130), useful, profitable, w. dat. of pers. and anger, make angry; Rom. 10, d u w. dat. of th.; I Cor. 10, 33. 19; w. und w. ace; Lu. 4, 29; br. saI Tim. 4, 8. II Tim. 2, 21. 4, 11. w. her; Lu. 19, 27. Philem. 11. Skeir. IV, b. to gather together; in an a, Lu. 15, 13. to make, render; brunjo, f. (112), breast-plate; Eph. 6, 14. I Thess. 5, 8. as, frijana br., to make free; Jo. 8, 32. 36. Gal. 5, 1. w. gen. brunna, m. (108), well, spring, issue; Mk. 5, 29. of the th. from which any one

is freed;

Rom.

8, 2.

gamain-

ja br., to communicate; 4,14. br. haubibwundan, to wound in the head; Mk. 12, 4. w air ban a br., to make or count worthy; II Cor. 3, 6.
II Thess. 1, 5. 11.

brusts, f. (116), breast; Lu. 18, Phil. 13. heart, affection, love, bowels;
,

II Cor. 7, 15.

Col. 3, 12.

Philem. 12. 20.
briib-fabs, gen.

-fad is, m. (101), bridegroom; Mt. 9, 15. Mk. 2,
19. 20. Lu. 5, 34.
f.

brikan (33, n. 1), n. 1), to break;

str. v.

(175, brubs (15),

(103), bride,

daugh-

I Cor. 10, 16.

ter-in-law; Mt. 10, 35.

to destroy; Gal. 1, 23. to con- bugjan, an. v. (209), w. ace, to buy, sell; Mk.11,15. Lu. 9, 12. tend, struggle; II Tim. 2, 5.

13.14,18.17,28. Jo. 6, 5. 13. bringan; see briggan. 29. w. (instr.) dat. of price; brinnan, str. v. (174, n. 1); to burn; Jo. 5, 35. Skeir. VI, a. Mt. 10, 29. brinno, f. (112), fever; Mk.1,31. byssaun, a Gr. word in ace. retained in Gothic; Lu. 16, 19. Lu. 4, 38. 39. in brinno ligan, to lie sick offerer; Mk.

D. 1,30. brobar, m. (114), brother; Mt. Daddjan (73, n. 1), w. v. (187), to give suck, to suckle; Mk.13, 5, 22. 23. Mk. 6, 17. Lu.8, 19.
I

Cor. 15, 1. 6. 16, 11.

II Cor.

17.

9,3. brobrahans,

Dagalaiphus (21, n. 1; 52), pr. n. pi. m. (perhaps a dags, m. (90), day; Mt.7,22. 11, 12. Mk. 6, 21. Lu. 5, 17. 9, 23. weak adj. used as sb.; 132), judgment-day, judgment; I Cor. brethren; Mk. 12, 20.
4, 3.

bro]>ru-lubo, f. (112), brotherly love; I Thess. 4, 9. bropra-

— inwisandin sabbate
see note to
all

daga;
all

Mk. 16,

1.

lubo

(?);

Rom. 12,10.

briikjan (15), an. v. (209), to use,

dagis, Rom. 8, 36.

day along; dagis luizuh,

320
daily; Neh.5,18.
daily;

daiffs

— dan

r.

men,

i

dalaha, adv. (213, n. 2), below; Mk. 14, 66. daga, to-day; dalapro, adv. (213. n. 2), from 16,19. beneath; Jo. 8, 23. Mt. 6, 11. 30. Lu.2,11. daga ah daga, day by day, daily: Dalmatia. pr^., Dalmatia; dat.

dagalvam-

Mk. 14, 49. Lu.

j

himma

-ai; IITimT4, 10. lump; Damasko, pr. n., Damascus; dat. m. (91), dough, dai£?s, Rom. 9, 21. 11,16. I Cor. , 6. -on: II Cor. 11. 32. 7. Gal. 5, 9. Damasks, adj., of Damascus; II

II Cor. 4, 16.

Daikapaulis, pr. n., Decapolis; Cor. 11, 32. gen. Daikapaulaios;Mk. 7, jdaubei, f. (113), deafness, dull31. dat. Daikapaulein: Mk. ness, blindness; Rom. 11, 25.
daubi]>a, f. (97), deafness, dulldealing, participadaila, f. (97), ness, blindness; Rom. 11, 25. tion, fellowship; II Cor. 6, 14. daufs (56. n. 1). adj. (124. n. 2), pound; Lu. 19, 13. 24. 25. deaf, hardened; Mk. 8, 17. dailjan, w. v. (188), to deal, deal dauhtar, f. (114), daughter: Mt. out, distribute, give; Rom. 12, 18. 22. Mk. 7,26.29. Lu.l,
9, 8.

5,20.

w. dat. (indir. obj.); I Cor.
f.

5. II Cor. 6, 18.

dails,

daunts, f. (103), feast; Lu. 5, 29. (103), deal, part, por14, 13. tion; Lu. 15, 12. 18, 12 (See dauns, f. (103), odor, savor, Jo. af dailjan). II Cor. 6.15. Col. 12, 3. I Cor. 12, 17. II Cor. 2. us dailai, in part; 1, 12. 14. 15. 16. Eph. 5, 2. I Cor. 13, 12. batai us daidaupeins, f. (103, n. 1), baptism: lai, that (which is) in part; Mk.1.4.10, 38. 39. 11. 30. Lu. in dailai, in I Cor. 13, 10. 3,3. 7,29. 20,4. a washing: respect of; Col. 2, 16.

12, 11. Eph. 4, 28.

daimonareis,

Mk. 7, 4. 8. Goth, suffix), m. (92), one possessed daupjan. w. v. (187), to baptize; Mk.1,5. 8. 9. 10, 38. Lu.3,16. with a devil; Mt. 8, 16. 28. 33. intr.. to I Cor. 1, 13. 12.13. 9, 32. Lu. 8, 36.
for.

w.

(\v.

dal, n. (94, n. 2),

dale,

valley;

Lu. 3, 5. ditch; Lu. 6, 39. dal u f m e s a a dish for a wine-fa t
,

wash one's self; Mk. 7, 4. Skeir. Ill, a. d.; to undergo baptism.
be baptized;
I Cor. 15, 29.

Mk.
dalap.

12. 1.

daupidans; one
tized; Skeir. IV, b.

being

lmj>-

adv. (213. n. 2), downward, down; Mt. 7. 25. 11, 23. 27, 51. Mk. 15,37. Lu. 4, 9. Rom. 10, 6. on the ground:

sa daup-

jands
11, 12.

(pres.

partic. used as

sb.),m.(115), the Baptist: Mt.

Mk.

6, 14.

Jo. 9, 6. 18, 6. and dalab, (laur, n. (94), door, gate: Mt. 7, L3. Mk.1,33. 15,46. Lu.7.12. to the bottom: Mt.27.51. Mk. 3s. 15. Jo. 10. 7.

daiira-warda

— dis-niman.

327

daura-warda, f. (97), a female diabula, f. (97), a female slanderer; I Tim. 3, 11. doorkeeper; Jo. 18, 16.

daura-wardo, f. (112), a female diakamms, for. w., m. (120), deacon; pi. nom d i a k a li j u s doorkeeper; Jo. 18, 17. I Tim. 3, 12; ace. diakaudaura- wards, m. (91), doorkeeper, nuns; I Tim, 3, 8; nom. and porter; Jo. 10, 3. Neh. 7, 1.
.

Ezra

2,

42.
pr. n.,

dat. sing.

Dauribaius,
Cal.

Dorotheas;

.dkn. (=diakun and diakuna); Ar. Doc. dat.

gen. -us (for -aus; 105, n. 2);
f.

diakuna; Neap.

Doc.

Didimus, pr. n., Didymns; Jo. door; 11,16. dauro, 112), Mt. 27, 60. Mk. 16, 3. Jo. 18, digrei, f. (113), thickness, abun16. Neh. 7, 3. dance; II Cor. 8, 20. daupeins, f. (103, n. 1), the dying; dis-, inseparable particle prefixed death, peril of II Cor. 4, 10. to vs. and verbal sbs. In meandeath; II Cor. 11, 23. ing it answers to the E. asunw. v. (187), w. ace, to daubjan, der, in pieces (cp.dis-dailjan kill, mortify; Col. 3, 5. dis-skaidan); sometimes it
(only in
pi.;

daubs (gen. daubis), adj. (124), dead; Mt. 8, 22. 11, 5. Mk. 9,
26. 12,27. Jo. 11, 39. 44. Skeir.

intensifies

the

v. (cp.

dis-ha-

ban, dis-niman).
dis-dailjan, w. v. (188), w. ace, to divide, separate; I Cor. 1, 13.

V,b.
daububleis, adj. (127), devoted to death; I Cor. 4, 9. daubus, m. (105), death; Mt. 26, 66. Mk. 7, 10. I Cor. 15, 55. II
Cor. 1, 10. Skeir.
I,

to divide, distribute; Mk. 15, 24; and dat. of pers., to give in portions or shares; Lu.15, 12.
dis-driusan, w. v. (173, n. 1), w.

a.
2, 25.

ace, to
12.

befall, fall

upon; Lu.

Daweid,

pr. n.,

David; Mk.

1,

12, 36. 37; gen. Daweidis; dis-haban, w. v. (192), w. ace, Mt, 9, 27. Lu. 1, 27. II Tim. 2, 8. to seize upon, take; Lu. 5, 9. deigan, str. v. (172, n. 1), to 8, 37. to constrain; II Cor. 5,

knead, form of earth; sa dei14. Phil. 1, 23. ganda, the former, he who dis-hniupan, str. v. (173, n. 1), forms; Rom. 9, 20. digans (n. w. ace, to tear or break to pi. digana), (made) of earth; pieces, to break; Lu. 8, 29.

Demas, pr. n., Demas; II Tim. 4, 10.

dis-hnupnan, w. v. (194), to become torn or broken into pieces, to break; Lu. 5, 6. diabaulus (13, n. 1), for. w., m. dis-huljan, w. v. (187), to cover, veil; w. ace and (instr.) dat.; (105), devil; Lu.4,2. 3,56. Jo. Lu. 8, 16. 6, 70. 8, 44. Eph. 6, 11. Skeir. I, b. c. dis-niman, str. v. (170; 175), w.
Col. 4, 14.

II

Tim.

2, 20.

328

die-sigqan

— drauhsnn.
5.

acc; to take wholly, possess; diups, adj. (124), deep; Mk. 4,
II Cor. 6, 10.
II Cor. 8, 2.

dis-sigqan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to dins, gen. diuzis, n. (94), beast; go down, descend (said of the Mk. 1, 13. I Cor. 15, 32.

sun); Eph. 4, 20.
dis-sitan,
str. v.

diwan,

str. v.

(170, n. 2), to die;
,

(170, n. 1), w.

acc, to settle upon, seize upon;

that which is mortal, mortality; I Cor. 15,
53. 54. II Cor. 5, 4.

bat a diwan

Mk. 10,

8.

(dizuh-]>an sat
c)

=

die- (78,

uh-]>ansat,
5, 20. 7, 10.

by tmesis) Lu.

donijan, w. v. (187), w. acc, to deem, judge; I Cor. 10, 15. II

dis-skaidan, red. v. (179), to dissever, set aside; Skeir. VIII. a.
dis-skreitan, str. v. (172, n. 1).

Cor. 5, 14; to discern;
2'.),

I

Cor.

1

1

tear asunder, rend; Mk. 14, 63. dis-skritnan, w.. v. (194), to become torn to slnvds, to rend
(intr.);

sik silban d u w. dat., to reckon ones self among; IICor.10, 12. w. double
acc:

domjan

garaihtana d.,
Lu.

to deem

right, to justify;

7, 29. 10,

Mt. 27, 51. Mk.15,38.
f.

15. Gal. 2,17.
d.,

uswaurhtana

dis-taheins,

(103, n. 1), dispersion; Jo. 7, 35. dis-tahjan, w. v. (188), w. acc,

th. s.;
inf.,

and
(loins,

Lu. 10, 29. w. acc to deem, hold, think;

Phil. 3, 8.

to scatter;
12. 10,32. 13. 10, 1.

Lu. 1, 51. Jo. 10, to waste; Lu. 15.

m.

(91),
str.

judgment, know-

ledge, opinion; Skeir. II,

c

VI,

c

dragaii,

v.

dis-tairan, str. v. (175, n. 1), w.

carry, load;

(177, n. 1), to dragand in B,

gadragand (q. v.) in .; II to tear asunder, buret; Tim. 4, 3. Mk. 2, 22. Lu. 5, 37. to ha yen (prop, to corrupt); Gal. 5, 9. dragk (draggk; 07, n. 1). n. dis-taiirnan, w. v. (194), to be(94), drink; Jo. 0,55. Horn. 14. come torn asunder, to burst 17. I Cor. 10, 4. Col. 2, 10. asunder, Mt. 9, 17. dragkjan, w. v. (188), to give to dis-wilwan, str. v. (174, n. 1). w. drink; w. acc; Mt. 25, 42. 27, acc. to plunder completely, Mk. 48. Mk. 15, 30. Rom. 12, 20; 3,27. and (instr.) dat.; I Cor. 12, 13. dis-wiiibjan, w. v. (188), \v. acc, draibjan, w. x. (188), w. acc, to drive; Lu. 8, 29. to trouble; to grind to powder, Lu. 20, 18. Mk. 5, 35. Lu. 8, 49. dr. sik. die-wise, i. (103), an unbinding or dissolving) hence release, deto trouble one's self; Lu. 7, 0.
acc,
parture, deatb; II Tim. 4. (5. draknia, for. w., m., a drachm; (abl.) dat.; drakmin, acc. pi. dimpei, f. (113). depth, deep; Eph.
8, 18.
«1
i

li

pi

J»:i.

f.

(97). depth, deep; Lu.

5.4.

Rom. 8,89.

11.33.

II

11,25.

Lu. 15, 9. Cor. draubsna (02. n.4),f. (97), crumb, fragment; Mk.7,28. Lu.10,21.

drakmans; Lu. sing, drakmein;

15, 8;

acc

(lrauhtinassus

— du-ga-windan.

329

10,18. (lrauhtinassus, m. (105), warfare; drus, m. (101, ns. 1 and 2), fall; II Cor. 10, 4. Mt. 7, 27. Lu. 2, 34. drauhtinon, w. v. (190), to war; du (217), (I) adv., to; Mk. 10,
II Cor. 10, 3;

Jo. 6, 12. VII, d.

drausna,

Skeir. drunjus,

m. (105), sound; Rom.

w. dat. (indir. obj.); II Tim. 2,4; w. (instr.)
dat,; I Cor. 9, 7.

13. Lu. 8,44. (II) prep. w. dat.,
(1) local, to, into, at, on, to-

draiihti-witoj>, n. (94), warfare,
fight; I

Tim.

1, 18.

dreiban,

(172, n. 1), to drive; w. ace. and us w. dat., to drive out, put out; Jo. 16, 2.
str. v.

wards; Mt, 8, 16. 25, 39. Mk. 1,5. Lu.5,8. Phil. 3, 14. w. an elliptical gen.; Lu. 19, 7. (2) temporal, during; Lu. 4, 25.

drigkan (driggkan; 67,
str. v.

n. 1),

d u a i w a fore ver, for e ver and ever; Rom. 11, 36. duhreilai, for a while, foraseason; Philem.
,

(174, n. 1), to drink, w. ace; Mt.6,25.31. Lu.1,15. Jo. 6, 54. w. partit. gen.; I Cor. 11,
28.

15. Skeir. VI, a.

du
,

leitilai

lreilai, for a little while; Skeir.

drugkans
I Cor.

(pret. partie),

drunken;

11,21.1 Thess.

a for a while, for a short time; Lu. 8, 13. I Thess. 1, 17. duleitilamma
VI, a.

du

in e 1

5,7. driugan, str. v. (173, n. 1), toperform military service, to war,
fight; I

mela, th. s.; Skeir. IV, b. du maiirgina, to-morrow; I Cor.
15, 32. (3) very often with inf.; Mt, 5, 28. Mk. 3, 15. 4, 3. (4) after vs. of 'saying, believing,

Tim.

1, 18.

driusan,

(173, n. 1), to fall; Mk.13, 25. Rom.14,4. w. afw. dat.; Lu. 16, 21. an aw.
str. v.

hoping',

and the

like,

to denote

ace.;

Mk.3,10.

9, 20.

Lu.5,12.
33. 7, 8, 41.

daw. dat.; Mk. 3, 11. 5, 25. faura w. dat.; Lu.
17, 16.

us w.

dat.; Lu. 10, 18.

drinso (31), f. (112), slope; Mt. 8, 32. Mk. 5, 13. Lu. 8, 33. drobjan, w. v. (188), w. ace., to stir up, trouble-, Gal. 1, 7. 5, 10. 12. to make insurrection; Mk.

15,7. drobna, m. (108), tumult; II Cor.
12, 20.

drobnan, w.
fused,

v. (194),

become
f.

to get conmistaken; II

the person to whom an action is directed; Mt. 8, 7. Mk.9,42. Jo. 5, 45. (5) of purpose or result, for, in; Mt.8,4. Rom. 15, pred. ace. or nom.; 4; often Mk.11,17. 12, 23. (b) against; Lu. 17, 4. Rom. 8, 7. according to; Gal. 2, 14. with; I Cor. In composition du 15, 32. signifies to, in, into; or 'the beginning of a state or condition'. See also d u e d u lu e. dugan, pret.-pres. v. (198); occurs only in 3d person sing. pres.

=

,

indie:

daug,
is

it is fit, it is ex-

Thess. 2, 2.

pedient, it

of use;

I

Cor. 10,
1 ),

drugkanei (32),
enness;

Rom. 13, 13.

23. II Tim. 2, 14. (113), drunkGal. 5, 21. du-ga-windan, str. v. (174, n.

330

du-ginnan

— Ei.
,

w. sik aud dat. of th., to en- dwali]>a, f. (97) foolishness; tangle one's self in: II Tim. 2. 4. 1, 18. 21. 23. 25.

I

Cor.

du-ginnan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to dwalmun, w. v. (190). to be foolbegin, undertake; alwaysw.inf.: ish, be mad; Jo. 10, 20. I Cor. Mt. 11, 7. Mk. 2, 23. Lu. 3, 8. 14. 23. II Cor. 3. 1. 8, 10. For the Gr. dwmls, adj. (124). foolish: Mt.5, 22. 7. 26. I Cor. 1. 20. 4. 10. future; Lu. G, 25. Phil. 1, 18. II Tim. 2, 16. 23. dii-lre, adv.. wherefore; Mt. 9, 4.
11. Mk.2.8. 15, 34. Jo. 13. 28.
Skeir. VIII, a.
(lulira-haitja,

.
(218), that, in order that, (1) introducing subject clauses; Mt. 5. 29. 10. 25. Mk.
(I) conj.

m. (108), creditor: Ei,

Lu.

7,

41.

dulgs, m. (101), debt;

dulgis
41.

skula, debtor; Lu.
dul]>jan, w. v. (188), feast;
(luljis,
f.

7,

9,

42.

Lu.

G,

12.

Jo. 14. 22.

to keep a

I

Cor. 5, 8.

Skeir. I, c. (2) before object clauses, after vs. of •perceiving,

(116, n. 1), feast, (especially the paschal feast) Easter;

knowing believing, hoping, saying", and the like; Mt. 5, 17. 10,23. Mk. 11,23. Lu.10.20.
20, 7.

Mt. 27, 15.

Mk. 15,
7, 2.

6.

Lu.

2,

41.42. Jo.

14. 12,12.

appositional clauses

Skeir. II, a, (3) before Lu. 1, 73.
;

adj. (124), dumb; Mt. 9. Lu. 1.22. 33. du-riunan, str. v. (174, n. 1). to run to; Mt. 8, 2. Mk. 9, 15. du-stodjan, w.v. (188), to begin: II Cor. superser. 8, 6; I Tim. \v. iuf.; Lu. 14. 30. superscr.;

dumbs,

10, 20. (4) before fiual clauses. after vs. of 'commanding, willing, praying',

and the like; Mt. 5,44.8*34.27,17. Mk.13.18.
Skeir.
I, d.

(5) causal

:

Mt.

8,

27.

Mk.1,27. G.2. Lu.8,25.(G) w. an adhortative opt. orimper.;
I

du-J>e,

du]>]u>,
-h

()''

(i.

e.

adv. aud couj., therefore, wherefoiv; Mt. 6,25. 27.8. Mk. 1.38. Jo. 9. 23. du)>ei (7,n. 2); Lu. 7. 7. dube, or du]»]»»*, eiw.indic, for, be,;; use; Lu. 1, 13. 20. 2,
uh-]?e),
4.

du-

=

Cor. 4, 5. Phil. 3. 16. (7) and |>an a dag ei, till the day that;
Lu. 1.20.

]>amma daga

ei,

f

on ra

tiie
|?

dav that; Lu.

17. 30.
ei. since

m am ma daga
day that;

the
14.

Col. 1, 9. Neh.5,
ei,
in

]>amma ha id a u
same manner as;
ei

Cor. 15. 0: therefore also; Lu. 1, 35. w. opt., that, in order
I

the

II

Tim. 3,

8. (8) for Gr.

in incur, ques-

that:

Mk.4.
6,

21.

II

Cor. 8, 13.

Eph. 3.4.

22. Col. 4. 8.

du-wakan. str. v. (177, n. 1), to wake, watch: Eph. 6, 18 (in A). dwala-waArdei, f. (113), foolish
talking: Eph.
5.
I.

tions; Mk. 11.13. Phil. 3. 12. (II) Affixed as an enclitic it scivcs to form the rel. prns. (157. 158: and Syntax. ^ 09):
rel.

eaei, ikei, ]>uei. izei: the advs.: ]>;i rei ]>adei ]>a.

Eiafreiko

— fnih.
family;

331
Eph.
sing,
3, 15.

]?roei,

]>anei;

the

conjs.

parents,

akei, eiban, faurbizei, sunsei, swaei, batei, beei,

both in art. and

and the adv. particles: waitei, wainei, batainel.
bei;
Eiaireiko; see Iaireiko. Eikaunio, pr. n., Iconium;
dat.

but the v. occur always in the pi.; Lu. 8, 56. 18, 29/jo. 9, 2. 3. 18. 20. 22; pi. fadreina; II Cor. 12, 14. Col. 3, 20. 1 Tim. 5, 4; forefathers; II Tim. 1, 3.
pi.,

and

fadreins, f. (103), lineage, family; Eila (65, n. 1), pr. n. Lu. 2, 4. Eeiraiu, pr.n., Harim; gen. Eei- faginon (66, n. 1), w.v. (190), to ramis; Ezra 2, 32. rejoice; the th. causing the joy eisarn, n. (94), iron; eisarna is put in the (instr.) dat.; Lu. bi fotuns gabugana and 10, 20. Rom. 12, 12. I Cor. 13, bo ana fotuns eisarna, 6; or is expressed by ana w. fetters for the feet, fetters Mk. dat.; II Cor. 7, 13; or f ram w. 5,4. dat.; II Cor. 2, 3; or in w. gen.; eisarna-bandi, f. (96), iron bond; ICor.l6,17.Jo.ll,15. IThess. Lu. 8, 29. 3, 9; or in w. dat.; Lu. 1, 14; or eisarneins, adj. (124), of iron, a clause w. ei; Lu. 10, 20; or iron Mk. 5, 34. {for, because); Lu. b am me ei-ban, conj. (218), therefore; Jo. 15, 6; or in bammei (th. s.); 9, 41. I Cor. 11, 27. Skeir. Ill, Lu.10, 20; or unte (for, that); b. V, d. VI, a. eiban nu, th. Lu. 15, 9; or ban (when); II Skeir. IV, a. s. to f. in fraujin, Cor. 3,9. ei-ban, conj. (perhaps an error, 1. in the Lord; Phil.
;
;

-On;

II

Tim.

3, 11.

i

;

rejoice
f.

3,

for

aibbau), or

else;

Lu. 14,

32.

Erelieva (54, n. 2), pr. n.

w. dat., to rejoice with; Lu. 15, 6. 9. imper. fagino, hail!; Lu. 1, 28.

mib

Ermanaricus (20, n. 3), pr. n. fagrs, adj. (124), suitable, fair; Ermenberga (20, n. 3), pr. n. Lu. 14, 35. Esa'ias, pr. n., Esaias; Mk. 7, 6. Rom. 9, 27. 29. 10,16.20; or fahan (5,b), red. v. (179), w.acc., to catch, grasp, take, lay hands 39. 41. Rom.
Jo. 12, on; Jo. 7, 44. 8, 20. 15, 12. gen. Esaeiins; Lu. 3, 4.4,17. Jo.12, 38. dat. s an n; fahebs (faheds; ei for e; 7, n. 2), f. (103); Mk.4, 16. Lu. 1, Mk. 1. 2. ace. Esa'ian; Mt. 8, 14. 2, 10. Jo. 17, 13. Rom. 15, 17.
pr. n. in

Esaeias;

Esaw,

ace, Esau;

Rom.

13. Skeir. IV, a.

9, 13.

faian (22, n. 2), red. v.? (182, n. 1), to and fault with; Rom. 9,

K.
Fadar, m. (114), father; Gal. 4,
6.

19.
faih, n. (94),

deception, fraud?;

fadrein, n. (94, n. 4), paternity,

II Cor. 12, 20.

332

faihu

— fair-rinnan.
Dost thou promise to thyself thanks toward that servant (i. e. dost thou determine to be thankful to that servant)? Lu. 17,
fairlrus,
9.

faihu, n. (106), cattle, property. money; Mk. 10, 22. 23. 24. 14,

m a?

11. Lu. 18, 24.
faihu-frikei,
ness,

(113), covetousMk. 7, 22. greediness;
f.

Eph.

4, 19. 5, 3.

faihu-friks, adj. (124), covetous, greedy; Lu. 10, 14. I Cor. 5,

(105), the world; usually with the article; Mk. 8,

m.

36. Jo. 9, 5.

Rom. 11,

15. Gal.

6,14. fairhj u habands, ruler of the world; Eph. 6, 12. faihu-gairnei, f. (113), covetousness; infaihugairneins, for fairina, f (97), complaint, charge; Col. 3, 13. charge, accusation; filthy lucre's sake; Tit. 1, 11. Mk. 15, 26. caii.se; Mt. 5, 32. faihu-gairns, adj. (124), covrtTim. 1, 12. Tit. 1,13. fault; ous; II Tim. 3, 2. Jo. 18, 38. 19, 46. faihu-ga-waurki, n. (95), acquisition of money, gain; I Tim. fairinon, w. v. (190), to blame; IICor.8, 20. Gal. 5, 15. fairi0,5. non d s being a false accuser; v. (193), to be faihu-geigan, w. II Tim. 3. 3. eager for money, covet; Rom. fafrneis, adj. (128), old; Mt. 9. 13, 9. 10. 17. Mk.2,21. 22. Lu.5,30. faihu-geigo, f. (112), covetous37.39. fairnjo jer, a year ness; Col. 3, 5. I Tim. 6, 10. ago; II Cor. 8, 10. 9, 2. faihu-skiila, m. (108), one who
10. 11. Eph. 5, 5. ITim.3,3.8.
.

,

owes money, a debtor; Lu.16, 5. fairnipa,

f.

(97),

oldness, anti-

faihu-]>raihns,m.(91;or-braihn, <iuity; Rom. 7, 6. n.; 94?), plenty of cattle, riches; fairra (213, n. 2), (1), adv., far, far off; Mk. 12, 34. Lu.14, 32. Lu. 10,9. 11.13. Eph. 2, 13. 17. 15, 13. 20. fair-, inseparable, intensive parwis an w. dat., to be fairra ticle, occurring in composition with vs. and verbal derivatives. far from; Mt. 8, 30. Mk.12,34. Lu.7,6. f. haban sik fair-ailian, pret.-pres. v. (203), w. dat., th. s.\ Mk. 7, 0. (2) prep., from, partit. gen., to partake of; I after vs. of motion. Mt. 7, 23. Cor. 10, 21. fair-greipan, str. v. (172), w.acc, 25,41. Lu. 1, 38. 2,15. gripr, seize, take, lay hold fairrapro, adv. (213, n. 2), far to on; Mk. 5, 41. 8, 23. Lu.8, 54. from, afar off; Mt. 27, 55. Mk. 9,47. 5, <i. 8, 3. 11, 13. 14, 54. 15, 40. Lu. 16, 23. fairguni, n. (95), mountain; Mt. 8, 1. Mk. 3, 13. 5. 5. Lu. 3, 5. fair-rinnan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to extend; w. du w.dat., toi-each 4, 29. Gal. 4, 25. rod. v. (170: towards, attain; II Cor. 10, 13. fair-haitan (69, 2), 179), to promise] ]>ank |>us 14; to pertain to, befit; Eph. fa r h a i t i s s k a 1 k a j a i a m5,4.

.

fair-rinon

— faura.

333
m. (108), band,

fair-rinon, for

fairinon

(Gal. 5, faskja, for. w.,

bandage; Jo. 11, 44. 15, in B), q. v. fair-waurkjan, an. v. (209), w. fastan, \v. v. (193), (1) w. ace, to hold fast, observe, keep; Mk. ace., to obtain, acquire; I Tim.
3, 13.

7,9. Jo.
I

8,

51.55. Gal.
I,

6,

13.

fair-weitjan, w. v. (187), to look about inquisitively; IIThess.3, 11. I Tim. 5, 13. to look at, behold steadfastly, fix the eyes

upon, w. gen.; II Cor. 3, 7. 4, 18. or du w. dat,; Lu. 4, 20. II Cor. 3, 7. or in w. ace.; II
Cor. 3, 13.
fair-weitl,
n.

(94),

spectacle;

b. to reserve, keep; Jo. 12, 7. to preserve, keep; Phil. 4, 7. to have in custody, keep; Lu. 8, 29. \v. in w. dat.; Jo. 11, 12. fastan sik si1ba to keep one's self; II Cor. 11,9. I Tim. 5, 22. (2) to fast; Mt, 6, 16. 17. 18. Mk. 2, 18. 19. 20. Lu.5, 33. 34. 35.
6, 14. Skeir.
,

Tim.

I Cor. 4, 9.

18, 12. I Cor. 7, 5.

(97), heel; Jo. 13, 18. fastubni, n. (95), (1) a keeping, will-worship' ; observance, I Falaig, pr. n., Phalec; gen. -is; 35. Cor. 7, 19. Col. 2, 23. (2) fastLu. 3,
fairzna,
f.
'

ing; Mk. 9, 29. Lu.2,37. 9, 43. Fallasur, Y>r.n.,Pashur; gen. -is; Ezra 2, 38. faba, f. (97), hedge; Mk. 9, 29. Lu. 2, 37. Eph. 2, 14. falban, red. v. (179), w. ace., to fold, fold up; Lu. 4, 20. fauho, f. (112), fox; Mt. 8, 20. small piece of Lu. 9, 58. fana, m. (108), a cloth, a patch; Mt. 9, 16. Mk. faur, (I) adv., before; Mk. 8, 6. Lu.19,4. (II) prep. w. ace, (1) 2, 21; napkin; Lu. 19, 20. of space, before, along, by; Mk. fani, n. (95), mud, clay; Jo. 9, 6.

11. 14. 15.

1,16. 10,46. Lu.
I

6, 17.

8,5.

Fanuel, pr. n., Phanuel; gen. -is; Lu. 2, 36. Farais, pr. n., Phares; Lu. 3, 33.
faran, str. v. (177, n. 1), to fare,

Thess. 4, 15.

(2) of time, he8, 29. 26, 75.
. .

fore,

above; Mt,

sake, Jo. 17, 24. (3) for, for concerning; Mk. 9, 40. Lu. 9, 50.
.

go; Lu. 10, 7. Faraon, pr. n., Pharaoh;

Jo. 10, 15.
dat.

— Occurs in compoand
adjs.
(2) of time,

sition with vs., sbs.,
fore; Phil. 3, 14.

-Cna; Rom.

9, 17.

faiira, (I) adv., (1) of space, be-

Fareisaius, m., Pharisee; Lu. 7, 39. Skeir.VIII, d. gen. -aus; Lu. 7, 36. 37. pi. nom. -eis;

before; I Tim. 1,13. Skeir. I, c. (II) prep. w. dat,, (1) of space,
before; Mt, 6, 2. 11, 10. Mk.l, 2. Lu. 14, 10. Rom. 14, 10. (2)
of time, before; Col. 1,17. Neh. 5, 15. (3) iu an abstract sense,
for,

Mt.

gen. -e; Mt. 5, 20. Skeir.VIII, c. d. dat. -urn; Lu. 17, 20. Skeir.VIII, a.
9, 11. 14.

farjan, w. v. (187), to

go by ship,
23. Jo. 6,

to
19.

sail,

row; Lu.

8.

because Mk. 2, 4. Lu.

of,

over; 8, 19. Jo. 12, 42.
before,

334

faura-dafiri

— faura-standan.
Eph. 1.11; and du dat.; Eph. 1. 5.
nate;
\v.

(4) after vs. of •bewaring, fleeing, hiding',

of from; lit. 7, 15. Mk. 12,38. 14, 52. Lu. 3, 7.— faura-ga-saiidjan (74, u. 3), w. v. Occurs often in composition w. (187), w. acc, to send beforevs. and sbs. hand; II Cor. 9, 3. f'aura-daiiri, n. (95). the space be- faura-ga-satjan, w. *. (187), \v. fore the door or gate, a street; acc, to present; II Cor. 4, 14.
Lu. 10. 10.
fai'ira-filli, n. (95),

faura-ga-teihaii, etr. v. (172. n. 1),

the foreskin:
2, 7.

to

tell

beforehand, foretell; II
\v.

I

Cor. 7,18. 19. Gal. 6, 15. Col. 3. 11.

5,6.

Cor. 13. 2.
acc. ofth.:

dat. of pers.
13. 23.

and

Mk.

faura-gagga, in. (108), 'fore-goer faura-hah (94). n., curtain; Mk. 15. 38. steward, governor; Gal. 4, 2. fanra-gaggan, an. v. (179), to go faura-qiman, str. v. (175. n. 1); before; Mk. 11, 19. w. faiira f. in andwairjna w. gen., to come before, go befoi-e: Lu. 1. w. dat.; Lu. 1,70: and a de.

pendent inf., to rule over, rule; 17. I Tim. 3.4. 5. 12. faura-qihaii, str. v. (170. n. 1), to tell beforehand, prophesy; fanra-gaggi, n.(95). stewardship; Lu.16,2. 3. 4. Eph.1,9. 3.2.9. Mt. 11, 13. w. dat. of pers. and a clause w. ]>atei; II Cor. 7.3. faura-gaggja (07. n.l). m. (108), 'fore-goer* governor, steward; 13,2. Gal. 5, 21. I Thess. 3. 4. Lu.8,3. 10.1. 2. 3. 8. Rom. 10. 4, 6. w. a conditional clause;
',

23. Tit. 1,7.
iai'ira-ira-haitan

Rom.

9. 29.

(69, 2), red. v. faura-mamvjaii. w. v. (188), \\. 170: 179). w. ace. to announce acc, to prepare beforehand;
Skeir. IV. b.
faiira-ina]>lcis.

beforehand, promise before; II
Cor.
9, 5.

faura-?a-luigjan. w. v. (188), w. (loc.)dat., to think beforehand.
to purpose;
II

Cor. 9. 7.
v.

faura-ga-leikan, w.

(193), w. dat., toplease beforehand', Eph. faura-nia]>li, n. (95). chief office; 1.9. \"ch. 5, 14. 18. f'aiira-ira-niainvjan. w. v. (188 faura-meljan. w.v.(187), to write
.

m. (92), ruler, prince, chief Mt. 9. 34. Lu. 8, 41.49. 19. 2. Xeh.5.14.15.17. f. J'iudos. 7. 2. Skeir. II. a. governor: II Cor. 1 1 32.

to prepare beforehand; w. ace:
II

beforehand, describe; Gal.
faiira-rahnjan,
\v.

3, 1.

Cor. 9, 5. Eph. 2. 10.

w.

du

w. dat.;

Rom.

9, 23.
v.

gard
(1ST), to
10.

(188), to rebefore, prefer; Rom. 12.
v.

fanra-ira-mrljan. w.

write beforehand:

Rom. 15.4. faura-standan.

str. v.

(177.

a. 3).

Eph.

3, 3.

i'aura-sra-mlan. red. v. (181), w. acc, to predestine, predesti-

to 'stand before*, rule, govern; Rom.l2.H. to stand near: Mk.

14.09.

Lu. 19. 24.

taiira-tani

— faurwaipjan.
str. v.

835

faiira-tani, n. (95), sign,

wonder; faur-qiban,
II Cor.

Mk. 13, 22. Jo.
12, 12.

6, 26.

faura-wenjan, w. v. (188); f. in w. dat., to put one's hope in faur-lageins, f. (103, n. 1), a laybeforehand; ph. 1, 12. ing before: hlaibos failrlafaura-wisan, str. v. (176, n. 1), to be forward, be ready; II Cor.
8, 11.

(176, n. 1), to make excuse; Lu. 14, 18.19. w. dat. of th.; to gainsay, frustrate; Gal. 2, 21.

geinais, sbowbread; Mk.
26.

2,

Lu.

6, 4.

to distinguish one'$

self;

Skeir. VIII, b.
faur-bauhts, f
.

faur-lagjan, w. v. (187), w. dat. of pers. and ace. of th., to lay
before, set before;

(

103

)

,

redemption ;

Lu.

9, 16.

Eph.

1, 7. 14. Col. 1, 14.

10, 8. I Cor. 10, 27.

faur-bi-gaggan, an. v. (179, n. 3; faur-muljan, w. v. (188), w.dat., 207), w. ace, to go before; Mk. to bind up one's mouth, to 10,32; and in w. ace; Mk.16,7. muzzle; I Cor. 9, 9. faur-bi-sniwan, str. v. (176, n. 2), to hasten on before, go before; faur-rinnan, str. v. (174, n. 1), to run before; pres. partic. I Tim. 5, 24.

faurrinnands, used as sb., faur-biudan, str. v. (170; 173), forerunner; Skeir*. Ill, b. w. dat., to command; Lu. 8, 25. w. dat. of pers. and a clause w. faur-sigljan, w. v. (188), av. ace. (]?ana stain), to fasten with ei ni w. opt., to forbid; Mk.6, a seal; Mt. 27, 66. 8. 30. Lu. 5, 14. 8, 56. 9, 21.
fanr-sniwan, str. v. (176, n. 2), faur-dammjaii, w: v. (187), to to hasten before-, anticipate; w. shut off as with a dam, to hindat.; I Cor. 11, 21. w. inf.; Mk. der, stop; II Cor. 11, 10. 14, 8. faura f. ana w. ace; to go before; I Tim. 1, 18. faur-domeins, f. (103, n. 1), preI
1, 3.

Tim.

judice, partiality; I

Tim.

5, 21.

faur-stasseis,

m. (92), one who

stands before, a chief, ruler; I faur-gaggan, an. v. (179, n. 3; Thess. 5, 12. 207), to go by, pass by; Mk. 11, 20. 15, 29. Lu. 18, 36. 39. Faurtunatus, pr.n., Fortunatus; faur-hah (5, b), n. (94), curtain; gen. -aus; I Cor. 16, 17. Mt. 27, 51. faurbis, adv., nrst, beforehand, faiirhtei, f. (113), fear; II Tim. before; Mt. 5, 24. Mk. 3, 27. Jo. 6, 62. II Cor. 1, 15. Skeir. 1, 7. astonishment; Mk. 5, 42. faurhtjan, w. v. (188), to fear, I, d. V, b. be afraid; Mt. 8, 26. Mk.5,36. faurbiz-ei, conj. (218), w. opt., Lu. 8, 50. 9, 34. Jo. 14, 27. f. before; Mt, 6, 8. Mk. 14, 72. sis (refl.dat.), th.s.; Mk.16,6. Lu. 2, 21. 26. faurhts, adj. (124), fearful; Mk. faur-waipjan, W.v. (188), to bind up; mun]? f., to muzzle; I Tim. 4,40. faurhts wair]?an, to
be afraid; Mk. 10, 32.

5,18.

330

faur-wahvjan

filu.

faur-walwjan, w. v. (187), to roll before, to shut by rolling before;
\v.

1, 71. 74.

Rom.

8, 7. I Cor. 15,

(instr.) dat.
:

and

26. II Thess. 3, 15. ace. fijabwa (fiabwa), f. (97), hatred,

of the th. shut

Mt. 27, 60.
G, 5. 8, 7.

enmity; Gal.
16.
filaus,

5, 20.

Eph. 2, 15.

fans, adj. (124, n. 3), few; Mt. 7.

14. 9, 37.

Mk.

Lu.

adv., properly gen. sing,

of filu, q. v. 10,2. du fawamma, little; fawizO haban, filegri; see filigri. I Tim. 4, 8. Filetus, pr. n., Philetus; II Tim. to ha ve lack; II Cor. 8, 15.

fera

(8),f.

(97), region, side. part.

2,

17.

country; Mt. 25, 41. Mk.8,10. Gal. 1, 21. Eph. 4, 1G.
ferja, in. (108),

lillian. str. v.

spy; Lu. 20, 20.
to adorn:

(174, n. 1). w. ace., to hide, conceal; I Tim. 5, 25. to bury; Mt. 8, 22.

filigri (filegri), n.(95),

fetjan,
I

w. v.
2, 9.

(187),

place,

a hidingcave, den; Mk. 11, 17.
n.,
f.,

Tim.

Lu. 19, 46.
Filippa, pr.
-ai;
I

flan; see

fijan.
adj. (124),

Philippi; dat.

fldur- (24, n. 2; 141, n. 1).

and

II

Cor. subscr.
n.,

fidur-dogs,

space of Filippisius, pr.
Filippus, pr.
n.,

voc.

pi.,

Phi-

four days; Jo. 11, 39.
fldur-falps, adj. (148), four-fold;